Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 17, 2015

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F


o

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

ý

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

OR

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

o

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 001-33632

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Bermuda
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

73 Front Street
Hamilton, HM 12, Bermuda

(Address of principal executive offices)

73 Front Street
Hamilton, HM 12, Bermuda
+1-441-294-3309
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Limited Partnership Units   New York Stock Exchange; Toronto Stock Exchange

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:

150,318,306 Limited Partnership Units as of December 31, 2014

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.         Yes  ý No  o

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.         Yes  o No  ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.         Yes  ý No  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).         Yes  o No  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated filer and large accelerated filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  ý   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  o

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

o  U.S. GAAP   ý  International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board
  o  Other

If "Other" has been checked in response to the previous question indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.         Item 17  o Item 18  o

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).         Yes  o No  ý

   


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
   
  PAGE  

INTRODUCTION AND USE OF CERTAIN TERMS

    1  

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    3  

PART I

    7  

Item 1.

  IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS     7  

Item 2.

  OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE     7  

Item 3.

  KEY INFORMATION     7  

  3.A   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA     7  

  3.B   CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS     8  

  3.C   REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS     8  

  3.D   RISK FACTORS     8  

Item 4.

  INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY     42  

  4.A   HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE     42  

  4.B   BUSINESS OVERVIEW     50  

  4.C   ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE     66  

  4.D   PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT     68  

Item 4A.

  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS     69  

Item 5.

  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS     69  

Item 6.

  DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT     100  

  6.A   DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT     100  

  6.B   COMPENSATION     108  

  6.C   BOARD PRACTICES     108  

  6.D   EMPLOYEES     112  

  6.E   SHARE OWNERSHIP     112  

Item 7.

  MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS     113  

  7.A   MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS     113  

  7.B   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS     114  

  7.C   INTEREST OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL     124  

Item 8.

  FINANCIAL INFORMATION     124  

  8.A   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION     124  

  8.B   SIGNIFICANT CHANGES     124  

Item 9.

  THE OFFER AND LISTING     125  

  9.A   PRICING HISTORY     125  

  9.B   PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION     126  

  9.C   MARKET     126  

  9.D   SELLING SHAREHOLDERS     126  

  9.E   DILUTION     126  

  9.F   EXPENSES OF THE ISSUE     126  

Item 10.

  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION     126  

  10.A   SHARE CAPITAL     126  

  10.B   MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION     127  

  10.C   MATERIAL CONTRACTS     152  

  10.D   EXCHANGE CONTROLS     153  

  10.E   TAXATION     153  

  10.F   DIVIDENDS AND PAYING AGENTS     183  

  10.G   STATEMENT BY EXPERTS     183  

i


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  PAGE  

  10.H   DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY     183  

  10.I   SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION     184  

Item 11.

  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT NON-PRODUCT RELATED MARKET RISK     184  

Item 12.

  DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES     184  

PART II

    185  

Item 13.

  DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES     185  

Item 14.

  MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS     185  

Item 15.

  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES     185  

Item 16A.

  AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT     186  

Item 16B.

  CODE OF ETHICS     186  

Item 16C.

  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES     186  

Item 16D.

  EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEE     187  

Item 16E.

  PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASER     187  

Item 16F.

  CHANGE IN REGISTRANT'S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT     187  

Item 16G.

  CORPORATE GOVERNANCE     187  

Item 16H.

  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES     187  

PART III

    188  

Item 17.

  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     188  

Item 18.

  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     188  

Item 19.

  EXHIBITS     188  

ii


Table of Contents


INTRODUCTION AND USE OF CERTAIN TERMS

        Unless otherwise specified, information provided in this annual report on Form 20-F is as of December 31, 2014.

        Unless the context requires otherwise, when used in this annual report on Form 20-F, the terms "Brookfield Infrastructure", "we", "us" and "our" refer to Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P., collectively with its subsidiary entities and the operating entities (as defined below). All dollar amounts contained in this annual report on Form 20-F are expressed in U.S. dollars and references to "dollars", "$", "US$" or "USD" are to U.S. dollars, all references to "C$" or "CAD" are to Canadian dollars, all references to "A$" or "AUD" are to Australian dollars, all references to "CLP" are to Chilean pesos, all references to "COP" are to Colombian pesos, all references to "reais", "BRL" or "R$" are to Brazilian reais and all references to "UF" are to Unidad de Fomento which is an inflation indexed Chilean peso monetary unit that is set daily, on the basis of the prior month's inflation rate. In addition, all references to "£" or "GBP" are to pound sterling, all references to "NZD" are to New Zealand dollars, all references to "€" or "EUR" are to Euros, and unless the context suggests otherwise, references to:

Brookfield Infrastructure 1


Table of Contents

2 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This annual report on Form 20-F contains certain forward-looking statements and information concerning our business and operations. The forward-looking statements and information also relate to, among other things, our objectives, goals, strategies, intentions, plans, beliefs, expectations and estimates and anticipated events or trends. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as "anticipate," "believe," "could," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "plan," "potential," "should," "objective," "will" and "would" or the negative of those terms or other comparable terminology.

        Although we believe that our anticipated future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements and information are based on reasonable assumptions and expectations, the reader should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements and information because they involve assumptions, known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from anticipated future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements and information.

        The following factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from our forward looking statements and information:

Brookfield Infrastructure 3


Table of Contents

4 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

        In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the events described by our forward-looking statements and information might not occur. We qualify any and all of our forward-looking statements and information by these cautionary factors. Please keep this cautionary note in mind as you read this annual report on Form 20-F. We disclaim any obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements or information, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law.


CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING THE USE OF NON-IFRS ACCOUNTING MEASURES

FFO

        To measure performance, among other measures, we focus on net income as well as funds from operations ("FFO").

        We define FFO as net income excluding the impact of depreciation and amortization, deferred income taxes, breakage and transaction costs, non-cash valuation gains or losses and other items. FFO is a measure of operating performance that is not calculated in accordance with, and does not have any standardized meaning prescribed by, International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") as issued by

Brookfield Infrastructure 5


Table of Contents

the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB"). FFO is therefore unlikely to be comparable to similar measures presented by other issuers. FFO has limitations as an analytical tool. See Item 5 "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Reconciliation of Non-IFRS Financial Measures" for more information on this measure, including a reconciliation to the most directly comparable IFRS measure.

AFFO

        In addition, we use adjusted funds from operations ("AFFO") as a measure of long-term sustainable cash flow.

        We define AFFO as FFO less maintenance capital expenditures. AFFO is a measure of operating performance that is not calculated in accordance with, and does not have any standardized meaning prescribed by, IFRS. AFFO is therefore unlikely to be comparable to similar measures presented by other issuers. AFFO has limitations as an analytical tool. See Item 5 "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Reconciliation of Non-IFRS Financial Measures" for more information on this measure, including a reconciliation to the most directly comparable IFRS measure.

Adjusted EBITDA

        In addition to FFO and AFFO, we focus on "adjusted EBITDA", which we define as FFO excluding the impact of interest expense, cash taxes and other cash income or expenses. Like FFO, adjusted EBITDA is a measure of operating performance that is not calculated in accordance with, and does not have any standardized meaning prescribed by, IFRS. Adjusted EBITDA is therefore unlikely to be comparable to similar measures presented by other issuers. Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool. See Item 5 "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Reconciliation of Non-IFRS Financial Measures" for more information on this measure, including a reconciliation to the most directly comparable IFRS measure.

6 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


PART I

ITEM 1.    IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

        Not applicable.

ITEM 2.    OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

        Not applicable.

ITEM 3.    KEY INFORMATION

3.A    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table presents financial data for Brookfield Infrastructure as of and for the periods indicated:

 
  For the Year Ended December 31,  
MILLIONS
  2014   2013   2012   2011   2010  
Statements of Operating Results—Key Metrics
 

Revenue

  $ 1,924   $ 1,826   $ 1,524   $ 1,115   $ 280  

Direct operating costs

    (846 )   (823 )   (766 )   (561 )   (172 )

General and administrative expenses

    (115 )   (110 )   (95 )   (61 )   (35 )

Depreciation and amortization expense

    (380 )   (329 )   (230 )   (126 )   (27 )

Interest expense

    (362 )   (362 )   (322 )   (253 )   (59 )

Share of earnings from investments in associates

    58     56     12     54     41  

Mark-to-market on hedging items

    38     19     (49 )   (35 )    

Gain on sale of associates

        53              

Other (expenses) income

    (1 )   (35 )   8     10     376  

Income before income tax

    316     295     82     143     404  

Current Income tax (expense) recovery

    (30 )   (3 )   (12 )   (2 )   (5 )

Deferred Income tax (expense) recovery

    (49 )   1     42     (12 )   4  

Net income from continuing operations

    237     293     112     129     403  

(Loss) income from discontinued operations (1)

    (8 )   (228 )   179     311     70  

Net income

    229     65     291     440     473  

Net income (loss) attributable to partnership (2)

    184     (58 )   106     187     430  

Net income (loss) per limited partnership unit

    0.67     (0.43 )   0.47     1.13     3.91  

Funds from operations (FFO) (3)

    724     682     462     392     197  

Per unit FFO (4)

    3.45     3.30     2.41     2.41     1.79  

Per unit distributions

    1.92     1.72     1.50     1.32     1.10  

(1)
The timber segment was reported as part of continuing operations until the second quarter of 2013 and has since been classified as discontinued operations for the comparative periods. Our Canadian and U.S. freehold timberlands were disposed of in the second and third quarter of 2013, respectively. During the fourth quarter of 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure initiated a plan to dispose of its interest in the North American natural gas transmission business which has since been classified as a discontinued operation.

(2)
Net income (loss) attributable to partnership includes net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests—Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield, general partner and limited partners.

(3)
FFO is defined as net income excluding the impact of depreciation and amortization, deferred income taxes, breakage and transaction costs, non-cash valuation gains or losses and other items. FFO is a measure of operating performance that is not calculated in accordance with, and does not have any standardized meaning prescribed by IFRS. Please see Item 5 "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Reconciliation of Non-IFRS Financial Measures" for a discussion of FFO and its limitations as a measure of our operating performance.

(4)
During 2014, on average there were 210.1 million units outstanding (2013: 206.7 million, 2012: 191.5 million, 2011: 162.5 million, 2010: 109.9 million).

Brookfield Infrastructure 7


Table of Contents


 
  As of December 31,  
MILLIONS
  2014   2013   2012   2011   2010  
Statements of Financial Position Key Metrics
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 189   $ 538   $ 263   $ 153   $ 154  

Total assets

    16,495     15,682     19,718     13,269     13,352  

Corporate borrowings

    588     377     946         18  

Non-recourse borrowings

    6,221     5,790     6,993     4,885     4,575  

Partnership capital—attributable to limited partners

    3,533     3,751     3,632     3,049     2,461  

Non-controlling interest—Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield

    1,321     1,408     1,365     1,133     887  

Non-controlling interest—in operating subsidiaries

    1,444     1,419     2,784     1,683     1,552  

Partnership capital—attributable to general partner

    24     27     27     24     23  

        The following table reconciles FFO, a non-IFRS financial metric, to the most directly comparable IFRS measure, which is net income (loss):

 
  For the Year Ended December 31  
MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER UNIT AMOUNTS (1)
  2014
  2013
  2012
  2011
  2010
 

Net income (loss) attributable to partnership (2)

  $ 184   $ (58 ) $ 106   $ 187   $ 430  

Add back or deduct the following:

                               

Depreciation and amortization

    481     400     300     203     132  

Impairment charge

        275     16          

Deferred income taxes

    (2 )   65     (37 )   73     11  

Gain on sale of associate

        (53 )            

Mark-to-market on hedging items

    (39 )   (7 )   50     26     1  

Valuation losses (gains) and other

    100     60     27     (97 )   (377 )
                       

FFO

  $ 724   $ 682   $ 462   $ 392   $ 197  
                       

(1)
Please see Item 5 "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Reconciliation of Non-IFRS Financial Measures" for a detailed reconciliation of Brookfield Infrastructure's proportionate results to our partnership's consolidated statements of operating results.

(2)
Net income (loss) attributable to partnership includes net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest—Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield, general partner and limited partners.

3.B   CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS

        Not applicable.

3.C    REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS

        Not applicable.

3.D    RISK FACTORS

        You should carefully consider the following factors in addition to the other information set forth in this annual report on Form 20-F. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations and the value of our units and preferred units would likely suffer.

8 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Us and Our Partnership

         Brookfield Infrastructure and our operating entities use leverage and such indebtedness may result in Brookfield Infrastructure or our operating entities being subject to certain covenants which restrict our ability to engage in certain types of activities or to make distributions to equity.

        The Holding LP and many of our Holding Entities and operating entities have entered into credit facilities or have incurred other forms of debt, including for the purposes of acquisitions and investments as well as for general corporate purposes. The total quantum of exposure to debt within Brookfield Infrastructure is significant, and we may become more highly leveraged in the future. Some facilities are fully drawn, while some have amounts of principal which are undrawn.

        Highly leveraged assets are inherently more sensitive to declines in revenues, increases in expenses and interest rates, and adverse economic, market and industry developments. A leveraged company's income and net assets also tend to increase or decrease at a greater rate than would otherwise be the case if money had not been borrowed. As a result, the risk of loss associated with a leveraged company, all other things being equal, is generally greater than for companies with comparatively less debt. In addition, the use of indebtedness in connection with an acquisition may give rise to negative tax consequences to certain investors. Leverage may also result in a requirement for short-term liquidity, which may force the sale of assets at times of low demand and/or prices for such assets. This may mean that we are unable to realize fair value for the assets in a sale.

        Our credit facilities also contain covenants applicable to the relevant borrower and events of default. Covenants can relate to matters including limitations on financial indebtedness, dividends, investments, or minimum amounts for interest coverage, adjusted EBITDA, cash flow or net worth. If an event of default occurs, or minimum covenant requirements are not satisfied, this can result in a requirement to immediately repay any drawn amounts or the imposition of other restrictions including a prohibition on the payment of distributions to equity.

        Our credit facilities or other debt or debt-like instruments may or may not be rated. Should such debt or debt-like instruments be rated, a credit downgrade may have an adverse impact on the cost of such debt.

         Our partnership is a holding entity and currently we rely on the Holding LP and, indirectly, the Holding Entities and our operating entities to provide us with the funds necessary to pay distributions and meet our financial obligations.

        Our partnership is a holding entity and its sole material asset is its managing general partnership interest in the Holding LP, which owns all of the common shares of the Holding Entities, through which we hold all of our interests in the operating entities. Our partnership has no independent means of generating revenue. As a result, we depend on distributions and other payments from the Holding LP and, indirectly, the Holding Entities and our operating entities to provide us with the funds necessary to pay distributions on our units and preferred units and to meet our financial obligations. The Holding LP, the Holding Entities and our operating entities are legally distinct from us and some of them are or may become restricted in their ability to pay dividends and distributions or otherwise make funds available to us pursuant to local law, regulatory requirements and their contractual agreements, including agreements governing their financing arrangements, such as the Holding LP's credit facilities and other indebtedness incurred by the Holding Entities and operating entities. Any other entities through which we may conduct operations in the future will also be legally distinct from us and may be similarly restricted in their ability to pay dividends and distributions or otherwise make funds available to us under certain conditions. The Holding LP, the Holding Entities and our operating entities will generally be required to service their debt obligations before making distributions to us or their parent entities, as applicable, thereby reducing the amount of our cash flow available to pay distributions, fund working capital and satisfy other needs.

Brookfield Infrastructure 9


Table of Contents

        Our partnership anticipates that the only distributions that it will receive in respect of our partnership's managing general partnership interests in the Holding LP will consist of amounts that are intended to assist our partnership in making distributions to our unitholders in accordance with our partnership's distribution policy and to allow our partnership to pay expenses as they become due.

        While we plan to review our partnership's distributions to our unitholders periodically, there is no guarantee that we will be able to increase, or even maintain the level of distributions that are paid. Historically, as a result of this review, we decided to increase distributions in February 2011, February 2012, February 2013, February 2014 and February 2015, respectively. However, such historical increases in distribution payments may not be reflective of any future increases in distribution payments which will be subject to review by the board of directors of our General Partner taking into account prevailing circumstances at the relevant time. Although we intend to make distributions on our units in accordance with our distribution policy, our partnership is not required to pay distributions on our units and neither our partnership nor our General Partner can assure you that our partnership will be able to increase or even maintain the level of distributions on our units that are made in the future.

         Future sales or issuances of our units or preferred units in the public markets, or the perception of such sales or issuances, could depress the trading price of our units and/or preferred units.

        The sale or issuance of a substantial number of our units, preferred units or other equity related securities of our partnership in the public markets, or the perception that such sales or issuances could occur, could depress the market price of our units or preferred units and impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional units or preferred units. We cannot predict the effect that future sales or issuances of our units, preferred units or other equity-related securities would have on the market price of our units or preferred units.

         The completion of new acquisitions can have the effect of significantly increasing the scale and scope of our operations, including operations in new geographic areas and industry segments, and the Service Provider may have difficulty managing these additional operations. In addition, acquisitions involve risks to our business.

        A key part of Brookfield Infrastructure's strategy involves seeking further acquisition opportunities. Acquisitions may increase the scale, scope and diversity of our operations. We depend on the diligence and skill of Brookfield's professionals to manage us, including integrating all of the acquired business's operations with our existing operations. These individuals may have difficulty managing the additional operations and may have other responsibilities within Brookfield's asset management business. If Brookfield does not effectively manage the additional operations, our existing business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

        Future acquisitions will likely involve some or all of the following risks, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations: the difficulty of integrating the acquired operations and personnel into our current operations; potential disruption of our current operations; diversion of resources, including Brookfield's time and attention; the difficulty of managing the growth of a larger organization; the risk of entering markets in which we have little experience; the risk of becoming involved in labour, commercial or regulatory disputes or litigation related to the new enterprise; and risk of environmental or other liabilities associated with the acquired business; and the risk of a change of control resulting from an acquisition triggering rights of third parties or government agencies under contracts with, or authorizations held by the operating business being acquired. While it is our practice to conduct extensive due diligence investigations into businesses being acquired, it is possible that due diligence may fail to uncover all material risks in the business being acquired, or to identify a change of control trigger in a material contract or authorization, or that a contractual counterparty or government agency may take a different view on the interpretation of such a provision to that taken by us, thereby resulting in a dispute.

10 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

         We are subject to foreign currency risk and our risk management activities may adversely affect the performance of our operations.

        A significant portion of our current operations are in countries where the U.S. dollar is not the functional currency. These operations pay distributions in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, which we must convert to U.S. dollars prior to making distributions, and certain of our operations have revenues denominated in currencies different from our expense structure, thus exposing us to currency risk. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could reduce the value of cash flows generated by our operating entities or could make it more expensive for our customers to purchase our services and consequently reduce the demand for our services. In addition, a significant depreciation in the value of such foreign currencies may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        When managing our exposure to such market risks, we may use forward contracts, options, swaps, caps, collars and floors or pursue other strategies or use other forms of derivative instruments. The success of any hedging or other derivative transactions that we enter into generally will depend on our ability to structure contracts that appropriately offset our risk position. As a result, while we may enter into such transactions in order to reduce our exposure to market risks, unanticipated market changes may result in poorer overall investment performance than if the derivative transaction had not been executed. Such transactions may also limit the opportunity for gain if the value of a hedged position increases.

         Our partnership is not, and does not intend to become, regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act (and similar legislation in other jurisdictions) and if our partnership was deemed an "investment company" under the Investment Company Act, applicable restrictions could make it impractical for us to operate as contemplated.

        The Investment Company Act (and similar legislation in other jurisdictions) provide certain protections to investors and impose certain restrictions on companies that are required to be regulated as investment companies. Among other things, such rules limit or prohibit transactions with affiliates, impose limitations on the issuance of debt and equity securities and impose certain governance requirements. Our partnership has not been and does not intend to become regulated as an investment company and our partnership intends to conduct its activities so it will not be deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act (and similar legislation in other jurisdictions). In order to ensure that we are not deemed to be an investment company, we may be required to materially restrict or limit the scope of our operations or plans. We will be limited in the types of acquisitions that we may make, and we may need to modify our organizational structure or dispose of assets of which we would not otherwise dispose. Moreover, if anything were to happen which causes our partnership to be deemed an investment company under the Investment Company Act, it would be impractical for us to operate as contemplated. Agreements and arrangements between and among us and Brookfield would be impaired, the type and amount of acquisitions that we would be able to make as a principal would be limited and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected. Accordingly, we would be required to take extraordinary steps to address the situation, such as the amendment or termination of the Master Services Agreement, the restructuring of our partnership and the Holding Entities, the amendment of our Limited Partnership Agreement or the termination of our partnership, any of which could materially adversely affect the value of our units and preferred units. In addition, if our partnership were deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, it would be taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and such treatment could materially adversely affect the value of our units and preferred units.

Brookfield Infrastructure 11


Table of Contents

         Our partnership is an "SEC foreign issuer" under Canadian securities regulations and is exempt from certain requirements of Canadian securities laws and a "foreign private issuer" under U.S. securities laws and as a result is subject to disclosure obligations different from requirements applicable to U.S. domestic registrants listed on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE").

        Although our partnership is a reporting issuer in Canada, it is an "SEC foreign issuer" and is exempt from certain Canadian securities laws relating to disclosure obligations and proxy solicitation, subject to certain conditions. Therefore, there may be less publicly available information in Canada about our partnership than would be available if we were a typical Canadian reporting issuer.

        Although our partnership is subject to the periodic reporting requirement of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 , as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder ("Exchange Act"), the periodic disclosure required of foreign private issuers under the Exchange Act is different from periodic disclosure required of U.S. domestic registrants. Therefore, there may be less publicly available information about our partnership than is regularly published by or about other public limited partnerships in the United States. Our partnership is exempt from certain other sections of the Exchange Act to which U.S. domestic issuers are subject, including the requirement to provide our unitholders with information statements or proxy statements that comply with the Exchange Act. In addition, insiders and large unitholders of our partnership are not obligated to file reports under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and certain corporate governance rules imposed by the NYSE are inapplicable to our partnership.

         We may be subject to the risks commonly associated with a separation of economic interest from control or the incurrence of debt at multiple levels within an organizational structure.

        Our ownership and organizational structure is similar to structures whereby one company controls another company which in turn holds controlling interests in other companies; thereby, the company at the top of the chain may control the company at the bottom of the chain even if its effective equity position in the bottom company is less than a controlling interest. Brookfield is the sole shareholder of our General Partner and, as a result of such ownership of our General Partner, Brookfield is able to control the appointment and removal of our General Partner's directors and, accordingly, exercises substantial influence over us. In turn, we often have a majority controlling interest or a significant influence in our investments. Even though Brookfield currently has an effective economic interest in our business of approximately 28.1% as a result of ownership of our units and the Redeemable Partnership Units, over time Brookfield may reduce this economic interest while still maintaining its controlling interest, and, therefore, Brookfield may use its control rights in a manner that conflicts with the economic interests of our other unitholders and preferred unitholders. For example, despite the fact that we have a conflicts protocol in place, which addresses the requirement for independent approval and other requirements for transactions in which there is greater potential for a conflict of interest to arise, including transactions with affiliates of Brookfield, because Brookfield will be able to exert substantial influence over us, and, in turn, over our investments, there is a greater risk of transfer of assets of our investments at non-arm's length values to Brookfield and its affiliates. In addition, debt incurred at multiple levels within the chain of control could exacerbate the separation of economic interest from controlling interest at such levels, thereby creating an incentive to leverage us and our investments. Any such increase in debt would also make us more sensitive to declines in revenues, increases in expenses and interest rates, and adverse market conditions. The servicing of any such debt would also reduce the amount of funds available to pay distributions to us and ultimately to our unitholders and preferred unitholders.

         Our failure to maintain effective internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our business in the future and the price of our units and preferred units.

        Any failure to maintain adequate internal controls over financial reporting or to implement required, new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could cause us

12 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

to report material weaknesses or other deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting and could result in errors or misstatements in our consolidated financial statements that could be material. If we or our independent registered public accounting firm were to conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting were not effective, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information and the price of our units and preferred units could decline. Our failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our business in the future, our access to the capital markets and investors' perception of us. In addition, material weaknesses in our internal controls could require significant expense and management time to remediate.

Risks Relating to Our Operations and the Infrastructure Industry

         All of our operating entities are subject to general economic conditions and risks relating to the economy.

        Many industries, including the industries in which we operate, are impacted by adverse events in financial markets, which may have a profound effect on global or local economies. Some key impacts of general financial market turmoil include contraction in credit markets resulting in a widening of credit spreads, devaluations and enhanced volatility in global equity, commodity and foreign exchange markets and a general lack of market liquidity. A slowdown in the financial markets or other key measures of the global economy or the local economies of the regions in which we operate, including, but not limited to, new home construction, employment rates, business conditions, inflation, fuel and energy costs, commodity prices, lack of available credit, the state of the financial markets, interest rates and tax rates may adversely affect our growth and profitability.

        The demand for services provided by our operating entities are, in part, dependent upon and correlated to general economic conditions and economic growth of the regions applicable to the relevant asset. Poor economic conditions or lower economic growth in a region or regions may, either directly or indirectly, reduce demand for the services provided by an asset.

        For example, a credit/liquidity crisis, such as the global crisis experienced in 2008/2009, could materially impact the cost and availability of financing and overall liquidity; the volatility of commodity output prices and currency exchange markets could materially impact revenues, profits and cash flow; volatile energy, commodity input and consumables prices and currency exchange rates could materially impact production costs; poor local or regional economic conditions could materially impact the level of traffic on our toll roads or volume of commodities transported on our rail network and/or shipped through our ports; our UK regulated distribution business earns connection revenues that would be negatively impacted by an economic recession and a reduction of housing starts in the UK; and the devaluation and volatility of global stock markets could materially impact the valuation of our units and preferred units. Any one of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If such increased levels of volatility and market turmoil were to continue, our operations and the trading price of our units and preferred units may be further adversely impacted.

         Some of our operations depend on continued strong demand for commodities, such as natural gas or minerals, for their financial performance. Material reduction in demand for these key commodities can potentially result in reduced value for assets, or in extreme cases, a stranded asset.

        Some of our operations are critically linked to the transport or production of key commodities. For example, our Australian regulated terminal operation relies on demand for coal exports, our Australian rail operation relies on demand for iron ore for steel production and our North American gas transmission operation relies on demand for natural gas and benefits from higher gas prices. While we endeavor to protect against short to medium term commodity demand risk wherever possible by structuring our contracts in a way that minimizes volume risk (e.g. minimum guaranteed volumes and 'take-or-pay' arrangements), these contract terms are finite and in some cases contracts contain termination or suspension rights for the benefit of the customer. Accordingly, a long term and

Brookfield Infrastructure 13


Table of Contents

sustained downturn in the demand for or price of a key commodity linked to one of our operations may result in termination, suspension or default under a key contract, or otherwise have a material adverse impact on the financial performance or growth prospects of that particular operation, notwithstanding our efforts to maximize contractual protections.

        If a critical upstream or downstream business ceased to operate, this could materially impact our financial performance or the value of one or more of our operating businesses. In extreme cases, our infrastructure could become redundant, resulting in an inability to recover a return on or of capital and potentially triggering covenants and other terms and conditions under associated debt facilities.

         General economic and business conditions that impact the debt or equity markets could impact Brookfield Infrastructure's ability to access credit markets.

        General economic and business conditions that impact the debt or equity markets could impact the availability of credit to, and cost of credit for, Brookfield Infrastructure. Brookfield Infrastructure has revolving credit facilities and other short-term borrowings. The amount of interest charged on these will fluctuate based on changes in short-term interest rates. Any economic event that affects interest rates or the ability to refinance borrowings could materially adversely impact Brookfield Infrastructure's financial condition. Movements in interest rates could also affect the discount rates used to value Brookfield Infrastructure's assets, which in turn could cause their valuations calculated under IFRS to be reduced resulting in a material reduction in Brookfield Infrastructure's equity value.

        In addition, some of our operations either currently have a credit rating or may have a credit rating in the future. A credit rating downgrade may result in an increase in the cost of debt for the relevant businesses and reduced access to debt markets.

        Some assets in our portfolio have a requirement for significant capital expenditure. For other assets, cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments combined with cash flow generated from operations are believed to be sufficient for it to make the foreseeable required level of capital investment. However, no assurance can be given that additional capital investments will not be required in these businesses. If Brookfield Infrastructure is unable to generate enough cash to finance necessary capital expenditures through operating cash flow, then Brookfield Infrastructure may be required to issue additional equity or incur additional indebtedness. The issue of additional equity would be dilutive to existing unitholders at the time. Any additional indebtedness would increase the leverage and debt payment obligations of Brookfield Infrastructure, and may negatively impact its business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Our business relies on continued access to capital to fund new investments and capital projects. While we aim to prudently manage our capital requirements and ensure access to capital is always available, it is possible we may overcommit ourselves or misjudge the requirement for capital or the availability of liquidity. Such a misjudgment may require capital to be raised quickly and the inability to do so could result in negative financial consequences or in extreme cases bankruptcy.

         All of our operating entities are subject to changes in government policy and legislation.

        Our financial condition and results of operations could also be affected by changes in economic or other government policies or other political or economic developments in each country or region, as well as regulatory changes or administrative practices over which we have no control such as: the regulatory environment related to our business operations and concession agreements; interest rates; currency fluctuations; exchange controls and restrictions; inflation; liquidity of domestic financial and capital markets; policies relating to climate change or policies relating to tax; and other political, social, economic, and environmental and occupational health and safety developments that may occur in or affect the countries in which our operating entities are located or conduct business or the countries in which the customers of our operating entities are located or conduct business or both.

14 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

        In addition, operating costs can be influenced by a wide range of factors, many of which may not be under the control of the owner/operator, including the need to comply with the directives of central and local government authorities. For example, in the case of our utility, transport and energy operations, we cannot predict the impact of future economic conditions, energy conservation measures, alternative fuel requirements, or governmental regulation all of which could reduce the demand for or availability of commodities our transport and energy operations rely upon, most notably coal and natural gas. It is difficult to predict government policies and what form of laws and regulations will be adopted or how they will be construed by the relevant courts, or to the extent which any changes may adversely affect us.

         We may be exposed to natural disasters, weather events, uninsurable losses and force majeure events.

        Force majeure is the term generally used to refer to an event beyond the control of the party claiming that the event has occurred, including but not limited to acts of God, fires, floods, earthquakes, wars and labour strikes. The assets of our infrastructure businesses are exposed to unplanned interruptions caused by significant catastrophic events such as cyclones, landslides, explosions, terrorist attacks, war, floods, earthquakes, fires, major plant breakdowns, pipeline or electricity line ruptures, accidents, extreme weather events or other disasters. Operational disruption, as well as supply disruption, could adversely affect the cash flow available from these assets. In addition, the cost of repairing or replacing damaged assets could be considerable and could give rise to third-party claims. In some cases, project agreements can be terminated if the force majeure event is so catastrophic as to render it incapable of remedy within a reasonable time period. Repeated or prolonged interruption may result in a permanent loss of customers, substantial litigation, damage, or penalties for regulatory or contractual non-compliance. Moreover, any loss from such events may not be recoverable in whole or in part under relevant insurance policies. Business interruption insurance is not always available, or available on reasonable economic terms to protect the business from these risks.

        Given the nature of the assets operated by our operating entities, we may be more exposed to risks in the insurance market that lead to limitations on coverage and/or increases in premium. For example, many components of our South American electricity transmission operations and toll roads are not insured or not fully insured against losses from earthquakes and our North American gas transmission operation, our Australian distribution operations and our European regulated distribution operations self-insure the majority of their line and pipe assets. Therefore, the occurrence of a major or uninsurable event could have a material adverse effect on financial performance. Even if such insurance were available, the cost may be prohibitive. The ability of the operating entities to obtain the required insurance coverage at a competitive price may have an impact on the returns generated by them and accordingly the returns we receive.

        For example, our regulated energy distribution businesses generate revenue based on the volume transmitted through their systems. Weather that deviates materially from normal conditions could impact these businesses. A number of our businesses may be adversely impacted by extreme weather. Our Australian rail operation transports grain on its system, for which it is contracted on a volume basis. A drought could have a material negative impact on revenue from grain transportation.

         All of our infrastructure operations may require substantial capital expenditures in the future.

        Our utilities, transport and energy operations are capital intensive and require substantial ongoing expenditures for, among other things, additions and improvements, and maintenance and repair of plant and equipment related to our operations. Any failure to make necessary capital expenditures to maintain our operations in the future could impair the ability of our operations to serve existing customers or accommodate increased volumes. In addition, we may not be able to recover such investments based upon the rates our operations are able to charge.

Brookfield Infrastructure 15


Table of Contents

        In some of the jurisdictions in which we have utilities, transport or energy operations, certain maintenance capital expenditures may not be covered by the regulatory framework. If our operations in these jurisdictions require significant capital expenditures to maintain our asset base, we may not be able to recover such costs through the regulatory framework. In addition, we may be exposed to disallowance risk in other jurisdictions to the extent that capital expenditures and other costs are not fully recovered through the regulatory framework.

         Performance of our operating entities may be harmed by future labour disruptions and economically unfavourable collective bargaining agreements.

        Several of our current operations or other business operations have workforces that are unionized or that in the future may become unionized and, as a result, are required to negotiate the wages, benefits and other terms with many of their employees collectively. If an operating entity were unable to negotiate acceptable contracts with any of its unions as existing agreements expire, it could experience a significant disruption of its operations, higher ongoing labour costs and restrictions on its ability to maximize the efficiency of its operations, which could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In addition, in some jurisdictions where we have operations, labour forces have a legal right to strike which may have an impact on our operations, either directly or indirectly, for example if a critical upstream or downstream counterparty was itself subject to a labour disruption which impacted our ability to operate.

         Our operations are exposed to occupational health and safety and accident risks.

        Infrastructure projects and operational assets are highly exposed to the risk of accidents that may give rise to personal injury, loss of life, disruption to service and economic loss. Some of the tasks undertaken by employees and contractors are inherently dangerous and have the potential to result in serious injury or death.

        Our operating entities are subject to laws and regulations governing health and safety matters, protecting both members of the public and their employees and contractors. Occupational health and safety legislation and regulations differ in each jurisdiction. Any breach of these obligations, or serious accidents involving our employees, contractors or members of the public could expose them to adverse regulatory consequences, including the forfeit or suspension of operating licenses, potential litigation, claims for material financial compensation, reputational damage, fines or other legislative sanction, all of which have the potential to impact the results of our operating entities and our ability to make distributions. Furthermore, where we do not control a business, we have a limited ability to influence health and safety practices and outcomes.

         Many of our operations are subject to economic regulation and may be exposed to adverse regulatory decisions.

        Due to the essential nature of some of the services provided by our assets and the fact that some of these services are provided on a monopoly or near monopoly basis, many of our operations are subject to forms of economic regulation. This regulation can involve different forms of price control and can involve ongoing commitments to economic regulators and other governmental agencies. The terms upon which access to our facilities is provided, including price, can be determined or amended by a regulator periodically. Future terms to apply, including access charges that our operations are entitled to charge, cannot be determined with any certainty, as we do not have discretion as to the amount that can be charged. New legislation, regulatory determinations or changes in regulatory approaches may result in regulation of previously unregulated businesses or material changes to the revenue or profitability of our operations. In addition, a decision by a government or regulator to regulate non- regulated assets may significantly and negatively change the economics of these businesses and the

16 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

value or financial performance of Brookfield Infrastructure. For example, in 2010 regulatory action taken by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission ("FERC") saw a significant reduction in annual cashflow expectations of our North American gas transmission operations.

         Our operating entities are exposed to the risk of environmental damage.

        Many of Brookfield Infrastructure's assets are involved in using, handling or transporting substances that are toxic, combustible or otherwise hazardous to the environment. Furthermore some of our assets have operations in or in close proximity to environmentally sensitive areas or densely populated communities. There is a risk of a leak, spillage or other environmental emission at one of these assets, which could cause regulatory infractions, damage to the environment, injury or loss of life. Such an incident if it occurred could result in fines or penalties imposed by regulatory authorities, revocation of licenses or permits required to operate the business or the imposition of more stringent conditions in those licenses or permits, or legal claims for compensation (including punitive damages) by affected stakeholders. In addition, some of our assets may be subject to regulations or rulings made by environmental agencies that conflict with existing obligations we have under concession or other permitting agreements. Resolution of such conflicts may lead to uncertainty and increased risk of delays or cost over-runs on projects. All of these have the potential to significantly impact the value or financial performance of Brookfield Infrastructure.

         Our operating entities are exposed to the risk of increasing environmental legislation and the broader impacts of climate change.

        With an increasing global focus and public sensitivity to environmental sustainability and environmental regulation becoming more stringent, Brookfield Infrastructure's assets could be subject to increasing environmental responsibility and liability. For example, many jurisdictions in which Brookfield Infrastructure operates are considering implementing, or have implemented, schemes relating to the regulation of carbon emissions. As a result, there is a risk that the consumer demand for some of the energy sources supplied by Brookfield Infrastructure will be reduced. For example, the United Kingdom's phasing out of analog meters and use of gas as a source of heating for residential customers could lead to a reduction in revenue and growth at our UK utility business. The nature and extent of future regulation in the various jurisdictions in which Brookfield Infrastructure's operations are situated is uncertain, but is expected to become more complex and stringent.

        It is difficult to assess the impact of any such changes on Brookfield Infrastructure. These schemes may result in increased costs to our operations that may not be able to be passed onto our customers and may have an adverse impact on prospects for growth of some businesses. To the extent such regimes (such as carbon emissions schemes or other carbon emissions regulations) become applicable to the operations of Brookfield Infrastructure (and the costs of such regulations are not able to be fully passed on to consumers), its financial performance may be impacted due to costs applied to carbon emissions and increased compliance costs.

        Our operating entities are also subject to laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment and pollution. Standards are set by these laws and regulations regarding certain aspects of environmental quality and reporting, provide for penalties and other liabilities for the violation of such standards, and establish, in certain circumstances, obligations to remediate and rehabilitate current and former facilities and locations where our operations are, or were, conducted. These laws and regulations may have a detrimental impact on the financial performance of our infrastructure operations and projects through increased compliance costs or otherwise. Any breach of these obligations, or even incidents relating to the environment that do not amount to a breach, could adversely affect the results of our operating entities and their reputations and expose them to claims for financial compensation or adverse regulatory consequences.

Brookfield Infrastructure 17


Table of Contents

        Our operations may also be exposed directly or indirectly to the broader impacts of climate change, including extreme weather events, export constraints on commodities, increased resource prices and restrictions on energy and water usage.

         Our operating entities may be exposed to higher levels of regulation than in other sectors and breaches of such regulations could expose our operating entities to claims for financial compensation and adverse regulatory consequences.

        In many instances, our ownership and operation of infrastructure assets involves an ongoing commitment to a governmental agency. The nature of these commitments exposes the owners of infrastructure assets to a higher level of regulatory control than typically imposed on other businesses. For example, several of our utilities, transport and energy operations are subject to government safety and reliability regulations that are specific to their industries. The risk that a governmental agency will repeal, amend, enact or promulgate a new law or regulation or that a governmental authority will issue a new interpretation of the law or regulations, could affect our operating entities substantially.

        Sometimes commitments to governmental agencies, for example, under toll road concession arrangements, involve the posting of financial security for performance of obligations. If obligations are breached these financial securities may be called upon by the relevant agency.

        There is also the risk that our operating entities do not have, might not obtain, or may lose permits necessary for their operations. Permits or special rulings may be required on taxation, financial and regulatory related issues. Even though most permits and licenses are obtained before the commencement of operations, many of these licenses and permits have to be renewed or maintained over the life of the business. The conditions and costs of these permits, licenses and consents may be changed on any renewal, or, in some cases, may not be renewed due to unforeseen circumstances or a subsequent change in regulations. In any event, the renewal or non-renewal could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        The risk that a government will repeal, amend, enact or promulgate a new law or regulation or that a regulator or other government agency will issue a new interpretation of the law or regulations, may affect our operations or a project substantially. This may also be due to court decisions and actions of government agencies that affect these operations or a project's performance or the demand for its services. For example, a government policy decision may result in adverse financial outcomes for us through directions to spend money to improve security, safety, reliability or quality of service.

         The lands used for our infrastructure assets may be subject to adverse claims or governmental or First Nations rights.

        Our operations require large areas of land on which to be constructed and operated. The rights to use the land can be obtained through freehold title, leases and other rights of use. Although we believe that we have valid rights to all material easements, licenses and rights of way for our infrastructure operations, not all of our easements, licenses and rights of way are registered against the lands to which they relate and may not bind subsequent owners. Additionally, different jurisdictions have adopted different systems of land title and in some jurisdictions it may not be possible to ascertain definitively who has the legal right to enter into land tenure arrangements with the asset owner. In some jurisdictions where we have operations, it is possible to claim indigenous or aboriginal rights to land and the existence or declaration of native title may affect the existing or future activities of our utilities, transport or energy operations and impact on their business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In addition, a government, court, regulator, or indigenous or aboriginal group may make a decision or take action that affects an asset or project's performance or the demand for its services. In particular, a regulator may restrict our access to an asset, or may require us to provide third parties with access, or may affect the pricing structure so as to lower our revenues and earnings. In Australia,

18 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

native title legislation provides for a series of procedures that may need to be complied with if native title is declared on relevant land. In Canada, for example, courts have recognized that First Nations peoples may possess rights at law in respect of land used or occupied by their ancestors where treaties have not been concluded to deal with these rights. In either case, the claims of a First Nations group may affect the existing or future activities of our operations, impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations, or require that compensation be paid.

         We operate in a highly competitive market for acquisition opportunities.

        Our acquisition strategy is dependent to a significant extent on the ability of Brookfield to identify acquisition opportunities that are suitable for us. We face competition for acquisitions primarily from investment funds, operating companies acting as strategic buyers, construction companies, commercial and investment banks, and commercial finance companies. Many of these competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than are available to us. Some of these competitors may also have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of acquisitions and to offer terms that we are unable or unwilling to match. Due to the capital intensive nature of infrastructure acquisitions, in order to finance acquisitions we will need to compete for equity capital from institutional investors and other equity providers, including Brookfield, and our ability to consummate acquisitions will be dependent on such capital continuing to be available. Increases in interest rates could also make it more difficult to consummate acquisitions because our competitors may have a lower cost of capital which may enable them to bid higher prices for assets. In addition, because of our affiliation with Brookfield, there is a higher risk that when we participate with Brookfield and others in joint ventures, partnerships and consortiums on acquisitions we may become subject to antitrust or competition laws that we would not be subject to if we were acting alone. These factors may create competitive disadvantages for us with respect to acquisition opportunities.

        We cannot provide any assurance that the competitive pressures we face will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations or that Brookfield will be able to identify and make acquisitions on our behalf that are consistent with our objectives or that generate attractive returns for our unitholders. We may lose acquisition opportunities in the future if we do not match prices, structures and terms offered by competitors, if we are unable to access sources of equity or obtain indebtedness at attractive rates or if we become subject to antitrust or competition laws. Alternatively, we may experience decreased rates of return and increased risks of loss if we match prices, structures and terms offered by competitors.

         Infrastructure assets may be subject to competition risk.

        Some assets may be affected by the existence of other competing assets owned and operated by other parties. There can be no assurance that our businesses can renew all their existing contracts or win additional contracts with their existing or potential customers. The ability of our businesses to maintain or improve their revenue is dependent on price, availability and customer service as well as on the availability of access to alternative infrastructure. In the case where the relevant business is unable to retain customers and/or unable to win additional customers to replace those customers it is unable to retain, the revenue from such assets will be reduced.

         Investments in infrastructure projects prior to or during a construction or expansion phase are likely to be subject to increased risk.

        A key part of Brookfield Infrastructure's growth strategy involves identifying and taking advantage of organic growth opportunities within our existing businesses. These opportunities typically involve development and construction of new infrastructure or expansion or upgrades to existing infrastructure. Investments in new infrastructure projects during a development or construction phase are likely to be subject to additional risk that the project will not receive all required approvals, will not be completed

Brookfield Infrastructure 19


Table of Contents

within budget, within the agreed timeframe and to the agreed specifications and, where applicable, will not be successfully integrated into the existing assets. During the construction phase, major risks include: (i) a delay in the projected completion of the project, which can result in an increase in total project construction costs through higher capitalized interest charges and additional labour, material expenses, and a resultant delay in the commencement of cash flow; (ii) the insolvency of the head contractor, a major subcontractor and/or a key equipment supplier, (iii) construction costs exceeding estimates for various reasons, including inaccurate engineering and planning, labour and building material costs in excess of expectations and unanticipated problems with project start-up; and (iv) defects in design, engineering or construction (including, without limitation, latent defects that do not materialize during an applicable warranty or limitation periods. Such unexpected increases may result in increased debt service costs, operations phase debt service costs, operations and maintenance expenses and damage payments for late delivery. This may result in the inability of project owners to meet the higher interest and principal repayments arising from the additional debt required.

        Finally, construction projects may be exposed to significant liquidated damages to the extent that commercial operations are delayed beyond prescribed dates or that performance levels do not meet guaranteed levels. For example, a liquidated damages regime applies in respect of some of the expansion of works at our Brazilian toll road business.

         Brookfield has structured some of our current operations as joint ventures, partnerships and consortium arrangements, and we intend to continue to operate in this manner in the future, which will reduce Brookfield's and our control over our operations and may subject us to additional obligations.

        Brookfield has structured some of our current operations as joint ventures, partnerships and consortium arrangements. An integral part of our strategy is to participate with institutional investors in Brookfield sponsored or co- sponsored consortiums for single asset acquisitions and as a partner in or alongside Brookfield sponsored or co-sponsored partnerships that target acquisitions that suit our profile. These arrangements are driven by the magnitude of capital required to complete acquisitions of infrastructure assets and other industry-wide trends that we believe will continue. Such arrangements involve risks not present where a third party is not involved, including the possibility that partners or co-venturers might become bankrupt or otherwise fail to fund their share of required capital contributions. Additionally, partners or co-venturers might at any time have economic or other business interests or goals different from us and Brookfield.

        Joint ventures, partnerships and consortium investments generally provide for a reduced level of control over an acquired company because governance rights are shared with others. Accordingly, decisions relating to the underlying operations, including decisions relating to the management and operation and the timing and nature of any exit, are often made by a majority vote of the investors or by separate agreements that are reached with respect to individual decisions. For example, when we participate with institutional investors in Brookfield sponsored or co-sponsored consortiums for asset acquisitions and as a partner in or alongside Brookfield sponsored or co-sponsored partnerships, there is often a finite term to the investment, which could lead to the investment being sold prior to the date we would otherwise choose. In addition, such operations may be subject to the risk that the company may make business, financial or management decisions with which we do not agree or the management of the company may take risks or otherwise act in a manner that does not serve our interests. Because we may not have the ability to exercise sole control over such operations, we may not be able to realize some or all of the benefits that we believe will be created from our and Brookfield's involvement. If any of the foregoing were to occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer as a result.

        In addition, because some of our current operations are structured as joint ventures, partnerships or consortium arrangements, the sale or transfer of interests in some of our operations are subject to rights of first refusal or first offer, tag along rights or drag along rights and some agreements provide

20 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

for buy-sell or similar arrangements. For example, some of our investments are subject to a shareholder agreement which allows for the sale of the assets without our consent. Such rights may be triggered at a time when we may not want them to be exercised and such rights may inhibit our ability to sell our interest in an entity within our desired time frame or on any other desired basis.

         Our infrastructure business is at risk of becoming involved in disputes and possible litigation.

        Our infrastructure business is at risk of becoming involved in disputes and possible litigation, the extent of which cannot be ascertained. Any material or costly dispute or litigation could adversely affect the value of the assets or future financial performance of Brookfield Infrastructure. In addition, as a result of the actions of the Holding Entities or the operating entities, Brookfield Infrastructure could be subject to various legal proceedings concerning disputes of a commercial nature, or to claims in the event of bodily injury or material damage. The final outcome of any proceeding could have a negative impact on the business, financial condition or results of operations of Brookfield Infrastructure during a given quarter or financial year.

         Some of our businesses operate in jurisdictions with less developed legal systems and could experience potential difficulties in obtaining effective legal redress and create uncertainties.

        Some of our businesses operate in jurisdictions with less developed legal systems than those in more established economies. In these jurisdictions, Brookfield Infrastructure could be faced with potential difficulties in obtaining effective legal redress; a higher degree of discretion on the part of governmental authorities; a lack of judicial or administrative guidance on interpreting applicable rules and regulations; inconsistencies or conflicts between and within various laws, regulations, decrees, orders and resolutions; and relative inexperience of the judiciary and courts in such matters.

        In addition, in certain jurisdictions, Brookfield Infrastructure may find that the commitment of local business people, government officials and agencies and the judicial system to abide by legal requirements and negotiated agreements could be uncertain, creating particular concerns with respect to permits, approvals and licenses required or desirable for, or agreements entered into in connection with, the Brookfield Infrastructure business in any such jurisdiction. These may be susceptible to revision or cancellation and legal redress may be uncertain or delayed. There can be no assurance that joint ventures, licenses, permits or approvals (or applications for licenses, permits or approvals) or other legal arrangements will not be adversely affected by the actions of government authorities or others and the effectiveness of and enforcement of such arrangements in these jurisdictions cannot be assured.

         Action taken by national, state or provincial governments, including nationalization or the imposition of new taxes, could materially impact the financial performance or value of our assets.

        Our assets are located in many different jurisdictions, each with its own government and legal system. Different levels of political risk exist in each jurisdiction and it is possible that action taken by a national, state or provincial government, including the nationalization of a business or the imposition of new taxes, could materially impact our financial performance or in extreme cases deprive Brookfield Infrastructure of one or more of its businesses without adequate compensation.

         Our business relies on the use of technology.

        Our business places significant reliance on information and other technology. This technology includes our computer systems used for information, processing, administrative and commercial operations and the operating plant and equipment used by our assets, including that on our toll roads, in our electricity transmission systems, coal terminal operations, ports, rail networks, and by our electricity and gas distribution companies. In addition, our business also relies upon telecommunication services to interface with its widely distributed business network and customers. The information and

Brookfield Infrastructure 21


Table of Contents

embedded systems of key business partners and regulatory agencies are also important to our operations. Our business relies on this technology functioning as intended.

        Our computer systems may be subject to cybersecurity risks or other breaches of information technology security, noting the increasing frequency and severity of these kinds of incidents. Further, the operating equipment used by our assets may not continue to perform as it has in the past, and there is a risk of equipment failure due to wear and tear, latent defect, design or operator errors or early obsolescence, among other things.

        A breach of our cyber/data security measures, the failure of any such computerized system or of the operating equipment used by our assets for a significant time period could have a material adverse effect on our business prospects, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

        Furthermore, our communications infrastructure operations rely for their continued viability on the ongoing demand for tower infrastructure, which is uncertain and could be subject to bypass risk or obsolescence as a result of new or developing technologies.

         Many of our operations depend on relevant contractual arrangements.

        Many of our operations rely on revenue from customers under contracts. There is a risk that customers will default under these contracts. We cannot provide assurance that one or more customers will not default on their obligations to us or that such a default or defaults will not have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial position, future results of operations, or future cash flows. Furthermore, the bankruptcy of one or more of our customers, or some other similar proceeding or liquidity constraint, might make it unlikely that we would be able to collect all or a significant portion of amounts owed by the distressed entity or entities. In addition, such events might force such customers to reduce or curtail their future use of our products and services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, we have a single customer which represented a majority of contractual and regulated revenues of our South American electricity transmission operations in 2014. As this accounts for a majority of its cash flow, our South American electricity transmission operations could be materially adversely affected by any material change in the financial condition of that customer. Similarly, our rail business is party to several commercial track access agreements to provide access to our rail network for the haulage of iron ore. The largest of these contracts currently accounts for a significant portion of forecast adjusted EBITDA within the rail business and an event of default under this contract could have a materially adverse effect on that business.

        We endeavor to minimize risk wherever possible by structuring our contracts in a way that minimizes volume risk (e.g. minimum guaranteed volumes and 'take or pay' arrangements), however it is possible that the take-or-pay arrangements may not be fully effective. In addition, the contract terms are finite and in some cases the contracts contain termination or suspension rights for the benefit of the customer.

        Certain of our assets with revenues contracted under contracts will be subject to re-contracting risk in the future. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to re-negotiate these contracts once their terms expire, or that even if we are able to do so, that we will be able to obtain the same prices or terms we currently receive. If we are unable to renegotiate these contracts, or unable to receive prices at least equal to the current prices we receive, our business, financial condition, results of operation and prospects could be adversely affected.

         We rely on tolling and revenue collection systems.

        Revenues at some of our assets depend on reliable and efficient tolling, metering or other revenue collection systems. There is a risk that, if one or more of our businesses are not able to operate and maintain these tolling, metering or other revenue collection systems in the manner expected, or if the cost of operation and maintenance is greater than expected, our assets, business, financial condition, and risks of operations could be materially adversely affected. Users of our facilities who do not pay

22 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

tolls or other charges may be subject to either direct legal action from the relevant business, or in some cases may be referred to the state for enforcement action. We bear the ultimate risk if enforcement actions against defaulting customers are not successful or if enforcement actions are more costly or take more time than expected.

         Our ability to finance our operations is subject to various risks relating to the state of the capital markets.

        We have corporate debt and limited recourse project level debt, the majority of which is non-recourse that will need to be replaced from time to time. Our financings may contain conditions that limit our ability to repay indebtedness prior to maturity without incurring penalties, which may limit our capital markets flexibility. Refinancing risk includes, among other factors, dependence on continued operating performance of our assets, future electricity market prices, future capital markets conditions, the level of future interest rates and investors' assessment of our credit risk at such time. In addition, certain of our financings are, and future financings may be exposed to floating interest rate risks, and if interest rates increase, an increased proportion of our cash flow may be required to service indebtedness. Future acquisitions, development and construction of new facilities and other capital expenditures will be financed out of cash generated from our operations, borrowings and possible future sales of equity. Our ability to obtain financing to finance our growth is dependent on, among other factors, the overall state of the capital markets, continued operating performance of our assets, future electricity market prices, the level of future interest rates and investors' assessment of our credit risk at such time, and investor appetite for investments in renewable energy and infrastructure assets in general and in our securities in particular. To the extent that external sources of capital become limited or unavailable or available on onerous terms, our ability to make necessary capital investments to construct new or maintain existing facilities will be impaired, and as a result, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be materially adversely affected.

         Changes in our credit ratings may have an adverse effect on our financial position and ability to raise capital.

        We cannot assure you that any credit rating assigned to us or any of our subsidiaries' debt securities will remain in effect for any given period of time or that any rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by the relevant rating agency. A lowering or withdrawal of such ratings may have an adverse effect on our financial position and ability to raise capital.

         We may suffer a significant loss resulting from fraud, bribery, corruption other illegal acts, inadequate or failed internal processes or systems, or from external events.

        We may suffer a significant loss resulting from fraud, bribery, corruption, other illegal acts by our employees or those of Brookfield, inadequate or failed internal processes or systems, or from external events, such as security threats affecting our ability to operate. Both Brookfield and our partnership operate in different markets and rely on our employees to follow our policies and processes as well as applicable laws in their activities. Risk of illegal acts or failed systems is managed through our infrastructure, controls, systems and people, complemented by a focus on enterprise-wide management of specific operational risks such as fraud, bribery and corruption, as well as personnel and systems risks. Specific programs, policies, standards and methodologies have been developed to support the management of these risks, however these cannot guarantee that such conduct does not occur and if it does, it can result in direct or indirect financial loss, reputational impact or regulatory consequences.

Risks Relating to Our Relationship with Brookfield

         Brookfield exercises substantial influence over our partnership and we are highly dependent on the Service Provider.

        Brookfield is the sole shareholder of our General Partner. As a result of its ownership of our General Partner, Brookfield is able to control the appointment and removal of our General Partner's

Brookfield Infrastructure 23


Table of Contents

directors and, accordingly, exercise substantial influence over our partnership and over the Holding LP, for which our partnership is the managing general partner. Our partnership and the Holding LP do not have any employees and depend on the management and administration services provided by the Service Provider. Brookfield personnel and support staff that provide services to us are not required to have as their primary responsibility the management and administration of our partnership or the Holding LP or to act exclusively for either of us. Any failure to effectively manage our current operations or to implement our strategy could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

         Brookfield has no obligation to source acquisition opportunities for us and we may not have access to all infrastructure acquisitions that Brookfield identifies.

        Our ability to grow depends on Brookfield's ability to identify and present us with acquisition opportunities. Brookfield established our partnership to own and operate certain infrastructure assets on a global basis. However, Brookfield has no obligation to source acquisition opportunities for us. In addition, Brookfield has not agreed to commit to us any minimum level of dedicated resources for the pursuit of infrastructure-related acquisitions. There are a number of factors which could materially and adversely impact the extent to which suitable acquisition opportunities are made available from Brookfield, for example:

    there is no accepted industry standard for what constitutes an infrastructure asset. For example, Brookfield may consider certain assets that have both real-estate related characteristics and infrastructure related characteristics to be real estate and not infrastructure;

    it is an integral part of Brookfield's (and our) strategy to pursue the acquisition of infrastructure assets through consortium arrangements with institutional investors, strategic partners or financial sponsors and to form partnerships to pursue such acquisitions on a specialized or global basis. Although Brookfield has agreed with us that it will not enter any such arrangements that are suitable for us without giving us an opportunity to participate in them, there is no minimum level of participation to which we will be entitled;

    the same professionals within Brookfield's organization that are involved in acquisitions that are suitable for us are responsible for the consortiums and partnerships referred to above, as well as having other responsibilities within Brookfield's broader asset management business. Limits on the availability of such individuals will likewise result in a limitation on the availability of acquisition opportunities for us;

    Brookfield will only recommend acquisition opportunities that it believes are suitable for us. Our focus is on assets where we believe that our operations-oriented approach can be deployed to create value. Accordingly, opportunities where Brookfield cannot play an active role in influencing the underlying operating company or managing the underlying assets may not be suitable for us, even though they may be attractive from a purely financial perspective. Legal, regulatory, tax and other commercial considerations will likewise be an important consideration in determining whether an opportunity is suitable and will limit our ability to participate in these more passive investments and may limit our ability to have more than 50% of our assets concentrated in a single jurisdiction; and

    in addition to structural limitations, the question of whether a particular acquisition is suitable is highly subjective and is dependent on a number of factors including our liquidity position at the time, the risk profile of the opportunity, its fit with the balance of our then current operations and other factors. If Brookfield determines that an opportunity is not suitable for us, it may still pursue such opportunity on its own behalf, or on behalf of a Brookfield sponsored partnership or consortium.

24 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

        In making these determinations, Brookfield may be influenced by factors that result in a misalignment or conflict of interest. See Item 7.B "Related Party Transactions—Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties."

         The departure of some or all of Brookfield's professionals could prevent us from achieving our objectives.

        We depend on the diligence, skill and business contacts of Brookfield's professionals and the information and opportunities they generate during the normal course of their activities. Our future success will depend on the continued service of these individuals, who are not obligated to remain employed with Brookfield. Brookfield has experienced departures of key professionals in the past and may do so in the future, and we cannot predict the impact that any such departures will have on our ability to achieve our objectives. The departure of a significant number of Brookfield's professionals for any reason, or the failure to appoint qualified or effective successors in the event of such departures, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our objectives. Our Limited Partnership Agreement and our Master Services Agreement do not require Brookfield to maintain the employment of any of its professionals or to cause any particular professionals to provide services to us or on our behalf.

         The control of our General Partner may be transferred to a third party without unitholder or preferred unitholder consent.

        Our General Partner may transfer its general partnership interest to a third party in a merger or consolidation or in a transfer of all or substantially all of its assets without the consent of our unitholders or preferred unitholders. Furthermore, at any time, the shareholder of our General Partner may sell or transfer all or part of its shares in our General Partner without the approval of our unitholders or preferred unitholders. If a new owner were to acquire ownership of our General Partner and to appoint new directors or officers of its own choosing, it would be able to exercise substantial influence over our partnership's policies and procedures and exercise substantial influence over our management and the types of acquisitions that we make. Such changes could result in our partnership's capital being used to make acquisitions in which Brookfield has no involvement or in making acquisitions that are substantially different from our targeted acquisitions. Additionally, our partnership cannot predict with any certainty the effect that any transfer in the ownership of our General Partner would have on the trading price of our units and preferred units or our partnership's ability to raise capital or make investments in the future, because such matters would depend to a large extent on the identity of the new owner and the new owner's intentions with regard to our partnership. As a result, the future of our partnership would be uncertain and our partnership's business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

         Brookfield may increase its ownership of our partnership and the Holding LP relative to other unitholders.

        Brookfield holds approximately 28.5% of the issued and outstanding interests in the Holding LP through a 0.5% special limited partnership interest and a 28% redeemable limited partnership interest. The redeemable limited partnership interests held by Brookfield are redeemable for cash or exchangeable for our units in accordance with the Redemption-Exchange Mechanism, which could result in Brookfield eventually owning approximately 28.1% of our issued and outstanding units (including other issued and outstanding units that Brookfield currently also owns). See Item 10.B "Memorandum and Articles of Association—Description of the Holding LP's Limited Partnership Agreement—Redemption-Exchange Mechanism". Brookfield currently owns approximately 0.03% of our issued and outstanding units.

        Our Infrastructure Special LP may also reinvest incentive distributions in exchange for units of the Holding LP. See Item 7.B "Related Party Transactions—Incentive Distributions." In addition, Brookfield has advised our partnership that it may from time-to-time reinvest distributions it receives from the Holding LP in the Holding LP's distribution reinvestment plan, with the result that Brookfield

Brookfield Infrastructure 25


Table of Contents

will receive additional units of the Holding LP. Additional units of the Holding LP acquired, directly or indirectly, by Brookfield are redeemable for cash or exchangeable for our units in accordance with the Redemption-Exchange Mechanism. See Item 10.B "Memorandum and Articles of Association—Description of the Holding LP's Limited Partnership Agreement—Redemption-Exchange Mechanism". Brookfield may also purchase additional units of our partnership in the market. Any of these events may result in Brookfield increasing its ownership of our partnership and the Holding LP above 50%.

         Our Master Services Agreement and our other arrangements with Brookfield do not impose on Brookfield any fiduciary duties to act in the best interests of our unitholders or preferred unitholders.

        Our Master Services Agreement and our other arrangements with Brookfield do not impose on Brookfield any duty (statutory or otherwise) to act in the best interests of the Service Recipients, nor do they impose other duties that are fiduciary in nature. As a result, our General Partner, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Brookfield Asset Management, in its capacity as our General Partner, has sole authority to enforce the terms of such agreements and to consent to any waiver, modification or amendment of their provisions, subject to approval by a majority of our independent directors in accordance with our conflicts protocol.

        In addition, the Bermuda Limited Partnership Act of 1883 ("Bermuda Limited Partnership Act"), under which our partnership and the Holding LP were established, does not impose statutory fiduciary duties on a general partner of a limited partnership in the same manner that certain corporate statutes, such as the Canada Business Corporations Act ("Canada Business Corporations Act"), impose fiduciary duties on directors of a corporation. In general, under applicable Bermudian legislation, a general partner has certain limited duties to its limited partners, such as the duty to render accounts, account for private profits and not compete with the partnership in business. In addition, Bermudian common law recognizes that a general partner owes a duty of utmost good faith to its limited partners. These duties are, in most respects, similar to duties imposed on a general partner of a limited partnership under U.S. and Canadian law. However, to the extent that our General Partner owes any such fiduciary duties to our partnership, our preferred unitholders and unitholders, these duties have been modified pursuant to our Limited Partnership Agreement as a matter of contract law. We have been advised by Bermudian counsel that such modifications are not prohibited under Bermudian law, subject to typical qualifications as to enforceability of contractual provisions, such as the application of general equitable principles. This is similar to Delaware law which expressly permits modifications to the fiduciary duties owed to partners, other than an implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

        Our Limited Partnership Agreement contains various provisions that modify the fiduciary duties that might otherwise be owed to our partnership, our preferred unitholders and unitholders, including when conflicts of interest arise. Specifically, our Limited Partnership Agreement states that no breach of our Limited Partnership Agreement or a breach of any duty, including fiduciary duties, may be found for any matter that has been approved by a majority of the independent directors of our General Partner. In addition, when resolving conflicts of interest, our Limited Partnership Agreement does not impose any limitations on the discretion of the independent directors or the factors which they may consider in resolving any such conflicts. The independent directors of our General Partner can therefore take into account the interests of third parties, including Brookfield, when resolving conflicts of interest. Additionally, any fiduciary duty that is imposed under any applicable law or agreement is modified, waived or limited to the extent required to permit our General Partner to undertake any affirmative conduct or to make any decisions, so long as such action is reasonably believed to be in, or not inconsistent with, the best interests of our partnership.

        In addition, our Limited Partnership Agreement provides that our General Partner and its affiliates do not have any obligation under our Limited Partnership Agreement, or as a result of any duties stated or implied by law or equity, including fiduciary duties, to present business or investment opportunities to our partnership, the Holding LP, any Holding Entity or any other holding entity established by us. They also allow affiliates of our General Partner to engage in activities that may

26 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

compete with us or our activities. Additionally, any failure by our General Partner to consent to any merger, consolidation or combination will not result in a breach of our Limited Partnership Agreement or any other provision of law. Our Limited Partnership Agreement prohibits our limited partners from advancing claims that otherwise might raise issues as to compliance with fiduciary duties or applicable law. These modifications to the fiduciary duties are detrimental to our unitholders and preferred unitholders because they restrict the remedies available for actions that might otherwise constitute a breach of fiduciary duty and permit conflicts of interest to be resolved in a manner that is not in the best interests of our partnership or the best interests of our unitholders and preferred unitholders. See Item 7.B. "Related Party Transactions—Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties".

         Our organizational and ownership structure may create significant conflicts of interest that may be resolved in a manner that is not in the best interests of our partnership or the best interests of our unitholders and preferred unitholders.

        Our organizational and ownership structure involves a number of relationships that may give rise to conflicts of interest between our partnership, our unitholders and preferred unitholders, on the one hand, and Brookfield, on the other hand. In certain instances, the interests of Brookfield may differ from the interests of our partnership, our preferred unitholders and our unitholders, including with respect to the types of acquisitions made, the timing and amount of distributions by our partnership, the reinvestment of returns generated by our operations, the use of leverage when making acquisitions and the appointment of outside advisors and service providers, including as a result of the reasons described under Item 7.B "Related Party Transactions".

        In addition, the Service Provider, an affiliate of Brookfield, provides management services to us pursuant to our Master Services Agreement. Pursuant to our Master Services Agreement, on a quarterly basis, we pay a base management fee to the Service Provider equal to 0.3125% (1.25% annually) of the market value of our partnership. For purposes of calculating the base management fee, the market value of our partnership is equal to the aggregate value of all our outstanding units (assuming full conversion of Brookfield's limited partnership interests in Brookfield Infrastructure into units), preferred units and securities of the other Service Recipients that are not held by Brookfield Infrastructure, plus all outstanding third party debt with recourse to a Service Recipient, less all cash held by such entities. Infrastructure Special LP will also receive incentive distributions based on the amount by which quarterly distributions on the limited partnership units of the Holding LP exceed specified target levels as set forth in the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement. For a further explanation of the base management fee and incentive distributions, see Item 6.A "Directors and Senior Management—Management Fee" and Item 7.B "Related Party Transactions—Incentive Distributions". This relationship may give rise to conflicts of interest between us, our unitholders and preferred unitholders, on the one hand, and Brookfield, on the other, as Brookfield's interests may differ from the interests of Brookfield Infrastructure, our unitholders and preferred unitholders.

        Our General Partner, the sole shareholder of which is Brookfield, has sole authority to determine whether we will make distributions and the amount of distributions on our units and timing of these distributions. The arrangements we have with Brookfield may create an incentive for Brookfield to take actions which would have the effect of increasing distributions and fees payable to it, which may be to the detriment of us, our unitholders and preferred unitholders. For example, because the base management fee is calculated based on the market value of our partnership, it may create an incentive for Brookfield to increase or maintain the market value of our partnership over the near-term when other actions may be more favourable to us or our unitholders and preferred unitholders. Similarly, Brookfield may take actions to increase distributions on our units in order to ensure Brookfield is paid incentive distributions in the near-term when other investments or actions may be more favourable to us or our unitholders and preferred unitholders. Also, through Brookfield's ownership of our units and the Redeemable Partnership Units, it has an effective economic interest in our business of approximately 28.1% and therefore may be incentivized to increase distributions payable to our unitholders and thereby to Brookfield.

Brookfield Infrastructure 27


Table of Contents

         Our arrangements with Brookfield were negotiated in the context of an affiliated relationship and may contain terms that are less favourable than those which otherwise might have been obtained from unrelated parties.

        The terms of our arrangements with Brookfield were effectively determined by Brookfield in the context of the spin-off. While our General Partner's independent directors are aware of the terms of these arrangements and have approved the arrangements on our behalf, they did not negotiate the terms. These terms, including terms relating to compensation, contractual or fiduciary duties, conflicts of interest and Brookfield's ability to engage in outside activities, including activities that compete with us, our activities and limitations on liability and indemnification, may be less favourable than otherwise might have resulted if the negotiations had involved unrelated parties. Under our Limited Partnership Agreement, persons who acquire our units or preferred units and their transferees will be deemed to have agreed that none of those arrangements constitutes a breach of any duty that may be owed to them under our Limited Partnership Agreement or any duty stated or implied by law or equity.

         Our General Partner may be unable or unwilling to terminate the Master Services Agreement.

        The Master Services Agreement provides that the Service Recipients may terminate the agreement only if: the Service Provider defaults in the performance or observance of any material term, condition or covenant contained in the agreement in a manner that results in material harm to us and the default continues unremedied for a period of 30 days after written notice of the breach is given to the Service Provider; the Service Provider engages in any act of fraud, misappropriation of funds or embezzlement against any Service Recipient that results in material harm to us; the Service Provider is grossly negligent in the performance of its duties under the agreement and such negligence results in material harm to the Service Recipients; or upon the happening of certain events relating to the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Service Provider. Our General Partner cannot terminate the agreement for any other reason, including if the Service Provider or Brookfield experiences a change of control, and there is no fixed term to the agreement. In addition, because our General Partner is an affiliate of Brookfield, it may be unwilling to terminate the Master Services Agreement, even in the case of a default. If the Service Provider's performance does not meet the expectations of investors, and our General Partner is unable or unwilling to terminate the Master Services Agreement, the market price of our units or preferred units could suffer. Furthermore, the termination of the Master Services Agreement would terminate our partnership's rights under the Relationship Agreement and our Licensing Agreements. See Item 7.B "Related Party Transactions—Relationship Agreement" and Item 7.B "Related Party Transactions—Licensing Agreements".

         The liability of the Service Provider is limited under our arrangements with it and we have agreed to indemnify the Service Provider against claims that it may face in connection with such arrangements, which may lead it to assume greater risks when making decisions relating to us than it otherwise would if acting solely for its own account.

        Under the Master Services Agreement, the Service Provider has not assumed any responsibility other than to provide or arrange for the provision of the services described in the Master Services Agreement in good faith and will not be responsible for any action that our General Partner takes in following or declining to follow its advice or recommendations. In addition, under our Limited Partnership Agreement, the liability of our General Partner and its affiliates, including the Service Provider, is limited to the fullest extent permitted by law to conduct involving bad faith, fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, action that was known to have been unlawful. The liability of the Service Provider under the Master Services Agreement is similarly limited, except that the Service Provider is also liable for liabilities arising from gross negligence. In addition, our partnership has agreed to indemnify the Service Provider to the fullest extent permitted by law from and against any claims, liabilities, losses, damages, costs or expenses incurred by an indemnified person or threatened in connection with our operations, investments and activities or in respect of or arising

28 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

from the Master Services Agreement or the services provided by the Service Provider, except to the extent that the claims, liabilities, losses, damages, costs or expenses are determined to have resulted from the conduct in respect of which such persons have liability as described above. These protections may result in the Service Provider tolerating greater risks when making decisions than otherwise would be the case, including when determining whether to use leverage in connection with acquisitions. The indemnification arrangements to which the Service Provider is a party may also give rise to legal claims for indemnification that are adverse to our partnership, our unitholders and preferred unitholders.

Risks Relating to Our Units and Preferred Units

         Our unitholders and preferred unitholders do not have a right to vote on partnership matters or to take part in the management of our partnership.

        Under our Limited Partnership Agreement, our unitholders and preferred unitholders are not entitled to vote on matters relating to our partnership, such as acquisitions, dispositions or financing, or to participate in the management or control of our partnership. In particular, our unitholders and preferred unitholders do not have the right to remove our General Partner, to cause our General Partner to withdraw from our partnership, to cause a new general partner to be admitted to our partnership, to appoint new directors to our General Partner's board of directors, to remove existing directors from our General Partner's board of directors or to prevent a change of control of our General Partner. In addition, except as prescribed by applicable laws, our unitholders' and preferred unitholders consent rights apply only with respect to certain amendments to our Limited Partnership Agreement. As a result, unlike holders of common stock of a corporation, our unitholders are not able to influence the direction of our partnership, including its policies and procedures, or to cause a change in its management, even if they are unsatisfied with the performance of our partnership. Consequently, our unitholders may be deprived of an opportunity to receive a premium for their units in the future through a sale of our partnership and the trading price of our units may be adversely affected by the absence or a reduction of a takeover premium in the trading price. Preferred unitholders only have a right to vote under limited circumstances as described in Item 10.B "Memorandum and Articles of Association—Description of Our Units, Preferred Units and Our Limited Partnership Agreement."

         The market price of our units and preferred units may be volatile.

        The market price of our units and preferred units may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. Some of the factors that could negatively affect the price of our units and preferred units include: general market and economic conditions, including disruptions, downgrades, credit events and perceived problems in the credit markets; actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly operating results or distributions on our units; actual or anticipated variations or trends in market interest rates; changes in our investments or asset composition; write-downs or perceived credit or liquidity issues affecting our assets; market perception of our partnership, our business and our assets; our level of indebtedness and/or adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we incur in the future; our ability to raise capital on favourable terms or at all; loss of any major funding source; the termination of our Master Services Agreement or additions or departures of our or Brookfield's key personnel; changes in market valuations of similar infrastructure companies; speculation in the press or investment community regarding us or Brookfield; and changes in U.S. tax laws that make it impractical or impossible for our partnership to continue to be taxable as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Securities markets in general have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies or partnerships. Any broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our units and preferred units.

Brookfield Infrastructure 29


Table of Contents

         We may need additional funds in the future and we may issue additional units in lieu of incurring indebtedness which may dilute existing holders of our units or we may issue securities that have rights and privileges that are more favourable than the rights and privileges accorded to our unitholders and preferred unitholders.

        Under our Limited Partnership Agreement subject to the terms of any preferred units then outstanding, we may issue additional partnership securities, including units, preferred units and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to partnership securities for any purpose and for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as our General Partner may determine. Subject to the terms of any preferred units outstanding, our General Partner's board of directors will be able to determine the class, designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties of any additional partnership securities, including any rights to share in our profits, losses and distributions, any rights to receive partnership assets upon our dissolution or liquidation and any redemption, conversion and exchange rights. Subject to the terms of any preferred units outstanding, our General Partner may use such authority to issue additional units or preferred units, which could dilute holders of our units, or to issue securities with rights and privileges that are more favourable than those of our units or preferred units. Subject to the terms of any preferred units then outstanding, holders of units and preferred units will not have any pre-emptive right or any right to consent to or otherwise approve the issuance of any such securities or the terms on which any such securities may be issued.

         Non-U.S. unitholders will be subject to foreign currency risk associated with Brookfield Infrastructure's distributions.

        A significant number of our unitholders will reside in countries where the U.S. dollar is not the functional currency. Our distributions are denominated in U.S. dollars but are settled in the local currency of the unitholder receiving the distribution. For each non-U.S. unitholder, the value received in the local currency from the distribution will be determined based on the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the applicable local currency at the time of payment. As such, if the U.S. dollar depreciates significantly against the local currency of the non-U.S. unitholder, the value received by such unitholder in its local currency will be adversely affected.

         U.S. investors in our units and preferred units may find it difficult or impossible to enforce service of process and enforcement of judgments against us and directors and officers of our General Partner and the Service Provider.

        We were established under the laws of Bermuda, and most of our subsidiaries are organized in jurisdictions outside of the United States. In addition, our executive officers and the experts identified in this annual report on Form 20-F are located outside of the United States. Certain of the directors and officers of our General Partner and the Service Provider reside outside of the United States. A substantial portion of our assets are, and the assets of the directors and officers of our General Partner and the Service Provider and the experts identified in this annual report on Form 20-F may be, located outside of the United States. It may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon the directors and officers of our General Partner and the Service Provider. It may also not be possible to enforce against us, the experts identified in this annual report on Form 20-F, or the directors and officers of our General Partner and the Service Provider judgments obtained in U.S. courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of applicable securities law in the United States.

         Canadian investors in our units and preferred units may find it difficult or impossible to enforce service of process and enforcement of judgments against us and the directors and officers of our General Partner and the Service Provider.

        We were established under the laws of Bermuda, and most of our subsidiaries are organized in jurisdictions outside of Canada. Certain of the directors and officers of our General Partner and the

30 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

Service Provider reside outside of Canada. A substantial portion of our assets are, and the assets of the directors and officers of our General Partner and the Service Provider and the experts identified in this annual report on Form 20-F may be, located outside of Canada. It may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within Canada upon the directors and officers of our General Partner and the Service Provider. It may also not be possible to enforce against us, the experts identified in this annual report on Form 20-F, or the directors and officers of our General Partner and the Service Provider judgments obtained in Canadian courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of applicable securities laws in Canada.

         We may not be able to continue paying comparable or growing cash distributions to our unitholders in the future.

        The amount of cash we can distribute to our unitholders depends upon the amount of cash we receive from the Holding LP and, indirectly, the Holding Entities and the operating entities. The amount of cash the Holding LP, the Holding Entities and the operating entities generate will fluctuate from quarter to quarter and will depend upon, among other things: the weather in the jurisdictions in which they operate; the level of their operating costs; and prevailing economic conditions. In addition, the actual amount of cash we will have available for distribution will also depend on other factors, such as: the level of costs related to litigation and regulatory compliance matters; the cost of acquisitions, if any; our debt service requirements; fluctuations in our working capital needs; our ability to borrow under our credit facilities; our ability to access capital markets; restrictions on distributions contained in our debt agreements; and the amount, if any, of cash reserves established by our General Partner in its discretion for the proper conduct of our business. As a result of all these factors, we cannot guarantee that we will have sufficient available cash to pay a specific level of cash distributions to our unitholders. Furthermore, unitholders should be aware that the amount of cash we have available for distribution depends primarily upon the cash flow of the Holding LP, the Holding Entities and the operating entities, and is not solely a function of profitability, which is affected by non-cash items. As a result, we may declare and/or pay cash distributions on our units during periods when we record net losses.

Risks Related to Taxation

General

         Changes in tax law and practice may have a material adverse effect on the operations of our partnership, the Holding Entities, and the operating entities and, as a consequence, the value of our assets and the net amount of distributions payable to our unitholders.

        Our structure, including the structure of the Holding Entities and the operating entities, is based on prevailing taxation law and practice in the local jurisdictions in which we operate. Any change in tax legislation (including in relation to taxation rates) and practice in these jurisdictions could adversely affect these entities, as well as the net amount of distributions payable to our unitholders. Taxes and other constraints that would apply to our operating entities in such jurisdictions may not apply to local institutions or other parties, and such parties may therefore have a significantly lower effective cost of capital and a corresponding competitive advantage in pursuing such acquisitions.

         Our partnership's ability to make distributions depends on it receiving sufficient cash distributions from its underlying operations, and we cannot assure our unitholders that our partnership will be able to make cash distributions to them in amounts that are sufficient to fund their tax liabilities.

        Our Holding Entities and operating entities may be subject to local taxes in each of the relevant territories and jurisdictions in which they operate, including taxes on income, profits or gains and withholding taxes. As a result, our partnership's cash available for distribution is indirectly reduced by such taxes, and the post-tax return to our unitholders is similarly reduced by such taxes. We intend for future acquisitions to be assessed on a case-by-case basis and, where possible and commercially viable,

Brookfield Infrastructure 31


Table of Contents

structured so as to minimize any adverse tax consequences to our unitholders as a result of making such acquisitions.

        In general, a unitholder that is subject to income tax in Canada or the United States must include in income its allocable share of our partnership's items of income, gain, loss, and deduction (including, so long as it is treated as a partnership for tax purposes, our partnership's allocable share of those items of the Holding LP) for each of our partnership's fiscal years ending with or within such unitholder's tax year. See Item 10.E "Taxation—Certain Material Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations" and "Taxation—Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations". However, the cash distributed to a unitholder may not be sufficient to pay the full amount of such unitholder's tax liability in respect of its investment in our partnership, because each unitholder's tax liability depends on such unitholder's particular tax situation and the tax treatment of the underlying activities or assets of our partnership. If our partnership is unable to distribute cash in amounts that are sufficient to fund our unitholders' tax liabilities, each of our unitholders will still be required to pay income taxes on its share of our partnership's taxable income.

         As a result of holding our units, our unitholders may be subject to U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. taxes and return filing obligations in jurisdictions in which they are not resident for tax purposes or otherwise not subject to tax.

        Our unitholders may be subject to U.S. federal, state, local, and non-U.S. taxes, including unincorporated business taxes and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that are imposed by the various jurisdictions in which our partnership entities do business or own property now or in the future, even if our unitholders do not reside in any of those jurisdictions. Our unitholders may be required to file income tax returns and pay income taxes in some or all of these jurisdictions. Further, our unitholders may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with these requirements. Although our partnership will attempt, to the extent reasonably practicable, to structure our partnership operations and investments so as to minimize income tax filing obligations by our unitholders in such jurisdictions, there may be circumstances in which our partnership is unable to do so. It is the responsibility of each unitholder to file all U.S. federal, state, local, and non-U.S. tax returns that may be required of such unitholder.

    Our unitholders may be exposed to transfer pricing risks.

        To the extent that our partnership, the Holding LP, the Holding Entities or the operating entities enter into transactions or arrangements with parties with whom they do not deal at arm's length, including Brookfield, the relevant tax authorities may seek to adjust the quantum or nature of the amounts received or paid by such entities if they consider that the terms and conditions of such transactions or arrangements differ from those that would have been made between persons dealing at arm's length. This could result in more tax (and penalties and interest) being paid by such entities, and therefore the return to investors could be reduced. For Canadian tax purposes, a transfer pricing adjustment may in certain circumstances result in additional income being allocated to a unitholder with no corresponding cash distribution or in a dividend being deemed to be paid by a Canadian-resident to a non-arm's length non-resident, which deemed dividend is subject to Canadian withholding tax.

        Our General Partner believes that the base management fee and any other amount that is paid to the Service Provider will be commensurate with the value of the services being provided by the Service Provider and comparable to the fees or other amounts that would be agreed to in an arm's-length arrangement. However, no assurance can be given in this regard.

        If the relevant tax authority were to assert that an adjustment should be made under the transfer pricing rules to an amount that is relevant to the computation of the income of the Holding LP or our partnership, such assertion could result in adjustments to amounts of income (or loss) allocated to our

32 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

unitholders by our partnership for tax purposes. In addition, we might also be liable for transfer pricing penalties in respect of transfer pricing adjustments unless reasonable efforts were made to determine, and use, arm's-length transfer prices. Generally, reasonable efforts in this regard are only considered to be made if contemporaneous documentation has been prepared in respect of such transactions or arrangements that support the transfer pricing methodology.

         The U.S. Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") or Canada Revenue Agency ("CRA") may not agree with certain assumptions and conventions that our partnership uses in order to comply with applicable U.S. and Canadian federal income tax laws or that our partnership uses to report income, gain, loss, deduction, and credit to our unitholders.

        Our partnership will apply certain assumptions and conventions in order to comply with applicable tax laws and to report income, gain, deduction, loss, and credit to a unitholder in a manner that reflects such unitholder's beneficial ownership of partnership items, taking into account variation in ownership interests during each taxable year because of trading activity. A successful IRS or CRA challenge to such assumptions or conventions could adversely affect the amount of tax benefits available to our unitholders and could require that items of income, gain, deduction, loss, or credit, including interest deductions, be adjusted, reallocated or disallowed in a manner that adversely affects our unitholders. See Item 10.E "Taxation—Certain Material Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations" and "Taxation—Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations".

United States

         If our partnership or the Holding LP were to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the value of our units might be adversely affected.

        The value of our units to unitholders will depend in part on the treatment of our partnership and the Holding LP as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, in order for our partnership to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, under present law, 90% or more of our partnership's gross income for every taxable year must consist of qualifying income, as defined in Section 7704 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("U.S. Internal Revenue Code"), and our partnership must not be required to register, if it were a U.S. corporation, as an investment company under the Investment Company Act and related rules. Although our General Partner intends to manage our partnership's affairs so that our partnership will not need to be registered as an investment company if it were a U.S. corporation and so that it will meet the 90% test described above in each taxable year, our partnership may not meet these requirements, or current law may change so as to cause, in either event, our partnership to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If our partnership (or the Holding LP) were treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could result for our unitholders and our partnership (or the Holding LP, as applicable), as described in greater detail in Item 10.E "Taxation—Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Partnership Status of Our Partnership and the Holding LP".

         We may be subject to U.S. backup withholding tax or other U.S. withholding taxes if any unitholder fails to comply with U.S. tax reporting rules or if the U.S. Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") or other applicable state or local taxing authority does not accept our withholding methodology, and such excess withholding tax cost will be an expense borne by our partnership and, therefore, by all of our unitholders on a pro rata basis.

        We may become subject to U.S. "backup" withholding tax or other U.S. withholding taxes with respect to any unitholder who fails to timely provide our partnership (or the applicable clearing agent or other intermediary) with an IRS Form W-9 or IRS Form W-8, as the case may be, or if the withholding methodology we use is not accepted by the IRS or other applicable state or local taxing authority. See Item 10.E "Taxation—Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Administrative Matters—Withholding and Backup Withholding". To the extent that any unitholder fails

Brookfield Infrastructure 33


Table of Contents

to timely provide the applicable form (or such form is not properly completed), or should the IRS or other applicable state or local taxing authority not accept our withholding methodology, our partnership might treat such U.S. backup withholding taxes or other U.S. withholding taxes as an expense, which would be borne indirectly by all of our unitholders on a pro rata basis. As a result, our unitholders that fully comply with their U.S. tax reporting obligations may bear a share of such burden created by other unitholders that do not comply with the U.S. tax reporting rules.

         Tax-exempt organizations may face certain adverse U.S. tax consequences from owning our units.

        Our General Partner intends to use commercially reasonable efforts to structure the activities of our partnership and the Holding LP, respectively, to avoid generating income connected with the conduct of a trade or business (which income generally would constitute "unrelated business taxable income" ("UBTI") to the extent allocated to a tax-exempt organization). However, neither our partnership nor the Holding LP is prohibited from incurring indebtedness, and no assurance can be provided that neither our partnership nor the Holding LP will generate UBTI attributable to debt-financed property in the future. In particular, UBTI includes income attributable to debt-financed property, and neither our partnership nor the Holding LP is prohibited from financing the acquisition of property with debt. The potential for income to be characterized as UBTI could make our units an unsuitable investment for a tax-exempt organization. Each tax-exempt organization should consult its own tax adviser to determine the U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our units.

         If our partnership were engaged in a U.S. trade or business, non-U.S. persons would face certain adverse U.S. tax consequences from owning our units.

        Our General Partner intends to use commercially reasonable efforts to structure the activities of our partnership and the Holding LP to avoid generating income treated as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, including effectively connected income attributable to the sale of a "United States real property interest", as defined in the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. If our partnership were deemed to be engaged in a U.S. trade or business, or to realize gain from the sale or other disposition of a U.S. real property interest, Non-U.S. Holders (as defined in Item 10.E "Taxation—Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations") generally would be required to file U.S. federal income tax returns and could be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at the highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to ordinary income. See Item 10.E "Taxation—Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders".

         To meet U.S. federal income tax and other objectives, our partnership and the Holding LP may invest through U.S. and non-U.S. Holding Entities that are treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and such Holding Entities may be subject to corporate income tax.

        To meet U.S. federal income tax and other objectives, our partnership and the Holding LP may invest through U.S. and non-U.S. Holding Entities that are treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and such Holding Entities may be subject to corporate income tax. Consequently, items of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit realized in the first instance by the operating entities will not flow, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, directly to the Holding LP, our partnership, or our unitholders, and any such income or gain may be subject to a corporate income tax, in the United States or other jurisdictions, at the level of the Holding Entity. Any such additional taxes may adversely affect our partnership's ability to maximize its cash flow.

         Our unitholders taxable in the United States may be viewed as holding an indirect interest in an entity classified as a "passive foreign investment company" for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        U.S. Holders may face adverse U.S. tax consequences arising from the ownership of a direct or indirect interest in a "passive foreign investment company" ("PFIC"). In general, gain realized by U.S. Holders from the sale of stock of a PFIC is subject to tax at ordinary income rates, and an

34 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

interest charge generally applies. Alternatively, U.S. Holders making certain elections with respect to their direct or indirect interest in a PFIC may be required to recognize taxable income prior to the receipt of cash relating to such income. See Item 10.E "Taxation—Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Consequences to U.S. Holders—Passive Foreign Investment Companies". Based on our organizational structure, as well as our expected income and assets, our General Partner currently believes that a U.S. Holder is unlikely to be regarded as owning an interest in a PFIC solely by reason of owning our units for the taxable year ending December 31, 2015. However, our General Partner believes that some of our operating entities may have been PFICs in prior taxable years. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that a future entity in which our partnership acquires an interest will not be classified as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder, because PFIC status is a factual determination that depends on the assets and income of a given entity and must be made on an annual basis. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax adviser regarding the implication of the PFIC rules for an investment in our units.

         Tax gain or loss from the disposition of our units could be more or less than expected.

        If a sale of our units by a unitholder is taxable in the United States, the unitholder will recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the amount realized and the unitholder's adjusted tax basis in such units. Prior distributions to a unitholder in excess of the total net taxable income allocated to such unitholder will have decreased such unitholder's tax basis in our units. Therefore, such excess distributions will increase a unitholder's taxable gain or decrease such unitholder's taxable loss when our units are sold, and may result in a taxable gain even if the sale price is less than the original cost. A portion of the amount realized, whether or not representing gain, could be ordinary income to such unitholder.

         Our partnership structure involves complex provisions of U.S. federal income tax law for which no clear precedent or authority may be available. The tax characterization of our partnership structure is also subject to potential legislative, judicial, or administrative change and differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.

        The U.S. federal income tax treatment of our unitholders depends in some instances on determinations of fact and interpretations of complex provisions of U.S. federal income tax law for which no clear precedent or authority may be available. Unitholders should be aware that the U.S. federal income tax rules, particularly those applicable to partnerships, are constantly under review by the Congressional tax-writing committees and other persons involved in the legislative process, the IRS, the Treasury Department and the courts, frequently resulting in changes which could adversely affect the value of our units or cause our partnership to change the way it conducts its activities. For example, changes to the U.S. federal tax laws and interpretations thereof could make it more difficult or impossible for our partnership to be treated as a partnership that is not taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, change the character or treatment of portions of our partnership's income, reduce the net amount of distributions available to our unitholders, or otherwise affect the tax considerations of owning our units. In addition, our partnership's organizational documents and agreements permit our General Partner to modify our Limited Partnership Agreement, without the consent of our unitholders, to address such changes. These modifications could have a material adverse impact on our unitholders. See Item 10.E "—Taxation—Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Administrative Matters—New Legislation or Administrative or Judicial Action".

         Our partnership's delivery of required tax information for a taxable year may be subject to delay, which could require a unitholder who is a U.S. taxpayer to request an extension of the due date for such unitholder's income tax return.

        Our partnership has agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to provide U.S. tax information (including IRS Schedule K-1 information needed to determine a unitholder's allocable share of our

Brookfield Infrastructure 35


Table of Contents

partnership's income, gain, losses, and deductions) no later than 90 days after the close of each calendar year. However, providing this U.S. tax information to our unitholders will be subject to delay in the event of, among other reasons, the late receipt of any necessary tax information from lower-tier entities. It is therefore possible that, in any taxable year, a unitholder will need to apply for an extension of time to file such unitholder's tax returns. In addition, unitholders that do not ordinarily have U.S. federal tax filing requirements will not receive a Schedule K-1 and related information unless such unitholders request it within 60 days after the close of each calendar year. See Item 10.E "Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Administrative Matters—Information Returns".

         The sale or exchange of 50% or more of our units will result in the constructive termination of our partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        Our partnership will be considered to have been terminated for U.S. federal income tax purposes if there is a sale or exchange of 50% or more of our units within a 12-month period. A constructive termination of our partnership would, among other things; result in the closing of its taxable year for U.S. federal income tax purposes for all of our unitholders and could result in the possible acceleration of income to certain of our unitholders and certain other consequences that could adversely affect the value of our units. However, our General Partner does not expect a constructive termination, should it occur, to have a material impact on the computation of the future taxable income generated by our partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See Item 10.E "Taxation—Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Administrative Matters—Constructive Termination".

         Under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance provisions of the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act of 2010 ("FATCA"), certain payments made or received by our partnership may be subject to a 30% federal withholding tax, unless certain requirements are met.

        Under FATCA, a 30% withholding tax may apply to certain payments of U.S.-source income made to our partnership, the Holding LP, the Holding Entities, or the operating entities, or by our partnership to a unitholder, unless certain requirements are met, as described in greater detail in Item 10.E "Taxation—Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Administrative Matters—Foreign Account Tax Compliance". The 30% withholding tax may also apply to certain payments made on or after January 1, 2017 that are attributable to U.S.-source income or that constitute gross proceeds from the disposition of property that could produce U.S.-source dividends or interest. To ensure compliance with FATCA, information regarding certain unitholders' ownership of our units may be reported to the IRS or to a non-U.S. governmental authority. Unitholders should consult their own tax advisers regarding the consequences under FATCA of an investment in our units.

Canada

         If the subsidiaries that are corporations ("Non-Resident Subsidiaries") and that are not resident or deemed to be resident in Canada for purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (together with the regulations thereunder, "Tax Act") and that are "controlled foreign affiliates" (as defined in the Tax Act and referred to herein as "CFAs") in which the Holding LP directly invests earn income that is "foreign accrual property income" ("FAPI"), our unitholders may be required to include amounts allocated from our partnership in computing their income for Canadian federal income tax purposes even though there may be no corresponding cash distribution.

        Certain of the Non-Resident Subsidiaries in which the Holding LP directly invests are expected to be CFAs of the Holding LP. If any CFA of the Holding LP or any direct or indirect subsidiary thereof that is itself a CFA of the Holding LP ("Indirect CFA"), earns income that is characterized as FAPI in a particular taxation year of the CFA or Indirect CFA, the FAPI allocable to the Holding LP must be included in computing the income of the Holding LP for Canadian federal income tax purposes for the fiscal period of the Holding LP in which the taxation year of that CFA or Indirect CFA ends, whether or not the Holding LP actually receives a distribution of that FAPI. Our partnership will include its

36 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

share of such FAPI of the Holding LP in computing its income for Canadian federal income tax purposes and our unitholders will be required to include their proportionate share of such FAPI allocated from our partnership in computing their income for Canadian federal income tax purposes. As a result, our unitholders may be required to include amounts in their income for Canadian federal income tax purposes even though they have not and may not receive an actual cash distribution of such amounts. The Tax Act contains anti-avoidance rules to address certain foreign tax credit generator transactions ("Foreign Tax Credit Generator Rules"). Under the Foreign Tax Credit Generator Rules, the "foreign accrual tax" (as defined in the Tax Act) applicable to a particular amount of FAPI included in the Holding LP's income in respect of a particular CFA of the Holding LP may be limited in certain specified circumstances. See Item 10.E "Taxation—Certain Material Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations".

         Unitholders may be required to include imputed amounts in their income for Canadian federal income tax purposes in accordance with section 94.1 of the Tax Act.

        Section 94.1 of the Tax Act contains rules relating to investments in entities that are not resident or deemed to be resident in Canada for purposes of the Tax Act or not situated in Canada, other than a CFA of the taxpayer ("Non-Resident Entities"), that could in certain circumstances cause income to be imputed to unitholders for Canadian federal income tax purposes, either directly or by way of allocation of such income imputed to our partnership or to the Holding LP. See Item 10.E "Taxation—Certain Material Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations".

         Unitholders' foreign tax credits for Canadian federal income tax purposes will be limited if the Foreign Tax Credit Generator Rules apply in respect of the foreign "business-income tax" or "non-business-income tax" (each as defined in the Tax Act) paid by our partnership or the Holding LP to a foreign country.

        Under the Foreign Tax Credit Generator Rules, the foreign "business-income tax" or "non-business-income tax" for Canadian federal income tax purposes for any taxation year may be limited in certain circumstances. If the Foreign Tax Credit Generator Rules apply, the allocation to a unitholder of foreign "business-income tax" or "non-business-income tax" paid by our partnership or the Holding LP, and therefore, such unitholder's foreign tax credits for Canadian federal income tax purposes, will be limited. See Item 10.E "Taxation—Certain Material Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations".

         Unitholders who are not and are not deemed to be resident in Canada for purposes of the Tax Act and who do not use or hold, and are not deemed to use or hold, their units of our partnership in connection with a business carried on in Canada ("non-Canadian limited partners"), may be subject to Canadian federal income tax with respect to any Canadian source business income earned by our partnership or the Holding LP if our partnership or the Holding LP were considered to carry on business in Canada.

        If our partnership or the Holding LP were considered to carry on a business in Canada for purposes of the Tax Act, non-Canadian limited partners would be subject to Canadian federal income tax on their proportionate share of any Canadian source business income earned or considered to be earned by our partnership, subject to the potential application of the safe harbor rule in section 115.2 of the Tax Act and any relief that may be provided by any relevant income tax treaty or convention.

        Our General Partner intends to manage the affairs of our partnership and the Holding LP, to the extent possible, so that they do not carry on business in Canada and are not considered or deemed to carry on business in Canada for purposes of the Tax Act. Nevertheless, because the determination of whether our partnership or the Holding LP is carrying on business and, if so, whether that business is carried on in Canada, is a question of fact that is dependent upon the surrounding circumstances, the CRA might contend successfully that either or both of our partnership and the Holding LP carries on business in Canada for purposes of the Tax Act.

Brookfield Infrastructure 37


Table of Contents

        If our partnership or the Holding LP is considered to carry on business in Canada or is deemed to carry on business in Canada for the purposes of the Tax Act, non-Canadian limited partners that are corporations would be required to file a Canadian federal income tax return for each taxation year in which they are a non-Canadian limited partner regardless of whether relief from Canadian taxation is available under an applicable income tax treaty or convention. Non-Canadian limited partners who are individuals would only be required to file a Canadian federal income tax return for any taxation year in which they are allocated income from our partnership from carrying on business in Canada that is not exempt from Canadian taxation under the terms of an applicable income tax treaty or convention.

         Non-Canadian limited partners may be subject to Canadian federal income tax on capital gains realized by our partnership or the Holding LP on dispositions of "taxable Canadian property" (as defined in the Tax Act).

        A non-Canadian limited partner will be subject to Canadian federal income tax on its proportionate share of capital gains realized by our partnership or the Holding LP on the disposition of "taxable Canadian property" other than "treaty-protected property" (as defined in the Tax Act). "Taxable Canadian property" includes, but is not limited to, property that is used or held in a business carried on in Canada and shares of corporations that are not listed on a "designated stock exchange" (as defined in the Tax Act) if more than 50% of the fair market value of the shares is derived from certain Canadian properties during the 60-month period immediately preceding the particular time. Property of our partnership and the Holding LP generally will be "treaty-protected property" to a non-Canadian limited partner if the gain from the disposition of the property would, because of an applicable income tax treaty or convention, be exempt from tax under the Tax Act. Our General Partner does not expect our partnership or the Holding LP to realize capital gains or losses from dispositions of "taxable Canadian property". However, no assurance can be given in this regard. Non-Canadian limited partners will be required to file a Canadian federal income tax return in respect of a disposition of "taxable Canadian property" by our partnership or the Holding LP unless the disposition is an "excluded disposition" for the purposes of section 150 of the Tax Act. However, non-Canadian limited partners that are corporations will still be required to file a Canadian federal income tax return in respect of a disposition of "taxable Canadian property" that is an "excluded disposition" for purposes of section 150 of the Tax Act if tax would otherwise be payable under Part I of the Tax Act by the non-Canadian limited partners in respect of the disposition but is not because of an applicable income tax treaty or convention (otherwise than in respect of a disposition of "taxable Canadian property" that is "treaty-protected property" of the corporation). In general, an "excluded disposition" is a disposition of property by a taxpayer in a taxation year where (a) the taxpayer is a non-resident of Canada at the time of the disposition; (b) no tax is payable by the taxpayer under Part I of the Tax Act for the taxation year; (c) the taxpayer is not liable to pay any amounts under the Tax Act in respect of any previous taxation year (other than certain amounts for which the CRA holds adequate security); and (d) each "taxable Canadian property" disposed of by the taxpayer in the taxation year is either (i) "excluded property" (as defined in subsection 116(6) of the Tax Act) or (ii) property in respect of the disposition of which a certificate under subsection 116(2), (4) or (5.2) of the Tax Act has been issued by the CRA. Non-Canadian limited partners should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the requirements to file a Canadian federal income tax return in respect of a disposition of "taxable Canadian property" by our partnership or the Holding LP.

         Non-Canadian limited partners may be subject to Canadian federal income tax on capital gains realized on the disposition of our units if our units are "taxable Canadian property".

        Any capital gain arising from the disposition or deemed disposition of our units by a non-Canadian limited partner will be subject to taxation in Canada, if, at the time of the disposition or deemed disposition, our units are "taxable Canadian property" of the non-Canadian limited partner, unless our units are "treaty-protected property" to such non-Canadian limited partner. In general, our units will not constitute "taxable Canadian property" of any non-Canadian limited partner at the time of

38 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

disposition or deemed disposition, unless (a) at any time in the 60-month period immediately preceding the disposition or deemed disposition, more than 50% of the fair market value of our units was derived, directly or indirectly (excluding through a corporation, partnership or trust, the shares or interests in which were not themselves "taxable Canadian property"), from one or any combination of (i) real or immovable property situated in Canada, (ii) "Canadian resource property" (as defined in the Tax Act), (iii) "timber resource property" (as defined in the Tax Act), and (iv) options in respect of, or interests in, or for civil law rights in, such property, whether or not such property exists, or (b) our units are otherwise deemed to be "taxable Canadian property". Since our partnership's assets will consist principally of units of the Holding LP, our units would generally be "taxable Canadian property" at a particular time if the units of the Holding LP held by our partnership derived, directly or indirectly (excluding through a corporation, partnership or trust, the shares or interests in which were not themselves "taxable Canadian property") more than 50% of their fair market value from properties described in (i) to (iv) above, at any time in the 60-month period preceding the particular time. Units of our partnership will be "treaty-protected property" if the gain on the disposition of our units is exempt from tax under the Tax Act under the terms of an applicable income tax treaty or convention. Our General Partner does not expect our units to be "taxable Canadian property" of any non-Canadian limited partner at any time but no assurance can be given in this regard. See Item 10.E "Taxation—Certain Material Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations." Even if our units constitute "taxable Canadian property", our units will be "treaty-protected property" if the gain on the disposition of our units is exempt from tax under the Tax Act under the terms of an applicable income tax treaty or convention. If our units constitute "taxable Canadian property", non-Canadian limited partners will be required to file a Canadian federal income tax return in respect of a disposition of our units unless the disposition is an "excluded disposition" (as discussed above). If our units constitute "taxable Canadian property", non-Canadian limited partners should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the requirement to file a Canadian federal income tax return in respect of a disposition of our units.

         Non-Canadian limited partners may be subject to Canadian federal income tax reporting and withholding tax requirements on the disposition of "taxable Canadian property".

        Non-Canadian limited partners who dispose of "taxable Canadian property", other than "excluded property" and certain other property described in subsection 116(5.2) of the Tax Act, (or who are considered to have disposed of such property on the disposition of such property by our partnership or the Holding LP), are obligated to comply with the procedures set out in section 116 of the Tax Act and obtain a certificate pursuant to the Tax Act. In order to obtain such certificate, the non-Canadian limited partner is required to report certain particulars relating to the transaction to the CRA not later than 10 days after the disposition occurs. Our General Partner does not expect our units to be "taxable Canadian property" of any non-Canadian limited partner and does not expect our partnership or the Holding LP to dispose of property that is "taxable Canadian property", but no assurance can be given in these regards.

         Payments of dividends or interest (other than interest exempt from Canadian federal withholding tax) by residents of Canada to the Holding LP will be subject to Canadian federal withholding tax and we may be unable to apply a reduced rate taking into account the residency or entitlement to relief under an applicable income tax treaty or convention of our unitholders.

        Our partnership and the Holding LP will be deemed to be a non-resident person in respect of certain amounts paid or credited or deemed to be paid or credited to them by a person resident or deemed to be resident in Canada, including dividends or interest. Dividends or interest (other than interest exempt from Canadian federal withholding tax) paid or deemed to be paid by a person resident or deemed to be resident in Canada to the Holding LP will be subject to withholding tax under Part XIII of the Tax Act at the rate of 25%. However, the CRA's administrative practice in similar circumstances is to permit the rate of Canadian federal withholding tax applicable to such payments to be computed by looking through the partnership and taking into account the residency of the partners

Brookfield Infrastructure 39


Table of Contents

(including partners who are resident in Canada) and any reduced rates of Canadian federal withholding tax that any non-Canadian limited partners may be entitled to under an applicable income tax treaty or convention, provided that the residency status and entitlement to treaty benefits can be established. In determining the rate of Canadian federal withholding tax applicable to amounts paid by the Holding Entities to the Holding LP, our General Partner expects the Holding Entities to look-through the Holding LP and our partnership to the residency of the partners of our partnership (including partners who are resident in Canada) and to take into account any reduced rates of Canadian federal withholding tax that non-Canadian limited partners may be entitled to under an applicable income tax treaty or convention in order to determine the appropriate amount of Canadian federal withholding tax to withhold from dividends or interest paid to the Holding LP. However, there can be no assurance that the CRA will apply its administrative practice in this context. If the CRA's administrative practice is not applied and the Holding Entities withhold Canadian federal withholding tax from applicable payments on a look-through basis, the Holding Entities may be liable for additional amounts of Canadian federal withholding tax plus any associated interest and penalties. Under the Canada-United States Tax Convention 1980 ("Treaty"), in certain circumstances a Canadian-resident payer is required to look-through fiscally transparent partnerships, such as our partnership, and the Holding LP to the residency and Treaty entitlements of their partners and to take into account the reduced rates of Canadian federal withholding tax that such partners may be entitled to under the Treaty.

        While we expect the Holding Entities to look-through our partnership and the Holding LP in determining the rate of Canadian federal withholding tax applicable to amounts paid or deemed to be paid by the Holding Entities to the Holding LP, we may be unable to accurately or timely determine the residency of our unitholders for purposes of establishing the extent to which Canadian federal withholding taxes apply or whether reduced rates of withholding tax apply to some or all of our unitholders. In such a case, the Holding Entities will withhold Canadian federal withholding tax from all payments made to the Holding LP that are subject to Canadian federal withholding tax at the rate of 25%. Canadian-resident unitholders will be entitled to claim a credit for such taxes against their Canadian federal income tax liability but non-Canadian limited partners will need to take certain steps to receive a refund or credit in respect of any such Canadian federal withholding taxes withheld equal to the difference between the withholding tax at a rate of 25% and the withholding tax at the reduced rate they are entitled to under an applicable income tax treaty or convention. Investors should consult their own tax advisors concerning all aspects of Canadian federal withholding taxes.

         Our units may not continue to be "qualified investments" under the Tax Act for registered plans.

        Provided that our units are listed on a "designated stock exchange" (which currently includes the Toronto Stock Exchange ("TSX") and the NYSE), our units will be "qualified investments" under the Tax Act for a trust governed by a registered retirement savings plan ("RRSP"), deferred profit sharing plan, registered retirement income fund ("RRIF"), registered education savings plan, registered disability savings plan, and tax-free savings account ("TFSA"). However, there can be no assurance that tax laws relating to "qualified investments" will not be changed. Taxes may be imposed in respect of the acquisition or holding of non-qualified investments by such registered plans and certain other taxpayers and with respect to the acquisition or holding of "prohibited investments" (as defined in the Tax Act) by a TFSA or an RRSP or RRIF.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, a holder of a TFSA or an annuitant under an RRSP or RRIF, as the case may be, will be subject to a penalty tax if our units held in a TFSA, RRSP or RRIF are a "prohibited investment" for the TFSA, RRSP or RRIF, as the case may be. Generally, our units will not be a "prohibited investment" if the holder of the TFSA or the annuitant under the RRSP or RRIF, as applicable, deals at arm's length with our partnership for purposes of the Tax Act and does not have a "significant interest" (as defined in the Tax Act) in our partnership. Unitholders who intend to hold our units in a TFSA, RRSP or RRIF should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the

40 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

application of the foregoing "prohibited investment" rules having regard to their particular circumstances.

         The Canadian federal income tax consequences to our unitholders could be materially different in certain respects from those described in this annual report on Form 20-F if our partnership or the Holding LP is a "SIFT partnership" (as defined in the Tax Act).

        Under the rules in the Tax Act applicable to a "SIFT partnership" ("SIFT Rules"), certain income and gains earned by a "SIFT partnership" will be subject to income tax at the partnership level at a rate similar to a corporation, and allocations of such income and gains to its partners will be taxed as a dividend from a "taxable Canadian corporation". In particular, a "SIFT partnership" will be required to pay a tax on the total of its income from businesses carried on in Canada, income from "non-portfolio properties" (as defined in the Tax Act) other than taxable dividends, and taxable capital gains from dispositions of "non-portfolio properties". "Non-portfolio properties" include, among other things, equity interests or debt of corporations, trusts or partnerships that are resident in Canada, and of non-resident persons or partnerships the principal source of income of which is one or any combination of sources in Canada (other than an "excluded subsidiary entity", as defined in the Tax Act) that are held by the "SIFT partnership" and have a fair market value that is greater than 10% of the equity value of such entity, or that have, together with debt or equity that the "SIFT partnership" holds of entities affiliated (within the meaning of the Tax Act) with such entity, an aggregate fair market value that is greater than 50% of the equity value of the "SIFT partnership". The tax rate that is applied to the above mentioned sources of income and gains is set at a rate equal to the "net corporate income tax rate" plus the "provincial SIFT tax rate" (each as defined in the Tax Act).

        A partnership will be a "SIFT partnership" throughout a taxation year if at any time in the taxation year (i) it is a "Canadian resident partnership" (as defined in the Tax Act), (ii) "investments" (as defined in the Tax Act) in the partnership are listed or traded on a stock exchange or other public market, and (iii) it holds one or more "non-portfolio properties". For these purposes, a partnership will be a "Canadian resident partnership" at a particular time if (a) it is a "Canadian partnership" (as defined in the Tax Act) at that time, (b) it would, if it were a corporation, be resident in Canada (including, for greater certainty, a partnership that has its central management and control located in Canada), or (c) it was formed under the laws of a province. A "Canadian partnership" for these purposes is a partnership all of whose members are resident in Canada or are partnerships that are "Canadian partnerships".

        Under the SIFT Rules, our partnership and the Holding LP could each be a "SIFT partnership" if it is a "Canadian resident partnership". However, the Holding LP would not be a "SIFT partnership" if our partnership is a "SIFT partnership" regardless of whether the Holding LP is a "Canadian resident partnership" on the basis that the Holding LP would be an "excluded subsidiary entity". Our partnership and the Holding LP will be a "Canadian resident partnership" if the central management and control of these partnerships is located in Canada. This determination is a question of fact and is expected to depend on where our General Partner is located and exercises central management and control of the respective partnerships. Our General Partner will take appropriate steps so that the central management and control of these entities is not located in Canada such that the SIFT Rules should not apply to our partnership or the Holding LP at any relevant time. However, no assurance can be given in this regard. If our partnership or the Holding LP is a "SIFT partnership", the Canadian federal income tax consequences to our unitholders could be materially different in certain respects from those described in Item 10.E "Taxation—Certain Material Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations." In addition, there can be no assurance that the SIFT Rules will not be revised or amended in the future such that the SIFT Rules will apply.

Brookfield Infrastructure 41


Table of Contents

ITEM 4.    INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

4.A    HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE

    Overview

        Brookfield Infrastructure owns and operates high quality, long-life assets that generate stable cash flows, require relatively minimal maintenance capital expenditures and, by virtue of barriers to entry and other characteristics, tend to appreciate in value over time. Our current operations consist of utilities, transport and energy businesses in North and South America, Australia and Europe. Brookfield Infrastructure has appointed Brookfield as its Service Provider to provide certain management, administrative and advisory services for a fee under the Master Services Agreement. Brookfield owns an approximate 28.5% interest in Brookfield Infrastructure.

        Our mission is to own and operate a globally diversified portfolio of high quality infrastructure assets that will generate sustainable and growing distributions over the long term for our unitholders. To accomplish this objective, we will seek to leverage our operating segments to acquire infrastructure assets and actively manage them to extract additional value following our initial investment. An integral part of our strategy is to participate with institutional investors in Brookfield-sponsored partnerships that target acquisitions that suit our profile. We focus on partnerships in which Brookfield has sufficient influence or control to deploy an operations-oriented approach.

        We target a total return of 12% to 15% per annum on the infrastructure assets that we own, measured over the long term. We intend to generate this return from the in-place cash flow of our operations plus growth through investments in upgrades and expansions of our asset base, as well as acquisitions. If we are successful in growing our FFO per unit, we expect to be able to increase distributions to unitholders. Additionally, an increase in our FFO per unit should result in capital appreciation. We also measure the growth of FFO per unit, which we believe is a proxy for our ability to increase distributions. See Item 5 "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for more detail.

        Our objective is to pay a distribution to unitholders that is sustainable on a long-term basis while retaining within our operations sufficient liquidity to fund recurring growth capital expenditures, debt repayments and general corporate requirements. We currently believe that a payout of 60% to 70% of our FFO is appropriate.

        In light of the current prospects for our business, the board of directors of our General Partner recently approved a 10% increase in our quarterly distribution to 53 cents per unit. Distributions have grown at a compound annual growth rate of 13% since inception of the partnership in 2008. We target a 5% to 9% annual distribution growth in light of the per unit FFO growth that we foresee in our operations. We intend to review our distribution per unit in the first quarter of each year in the normal course. Please refer to Item 3.D Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Us and Our Partnership—"Our partnership is a holding entity and currently we rely on the Holding LP and, indirectly, the Holding Entities and our operating entities to provide us with the funds necessary to pay distributions and meet our financial obligations".

42 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

History and Development of our Business

        Our partnership, Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P., is a Bermuda exempted limited partnership that was established on May 21, 2007 under the provisions of the Bermuda Exempted Partnership Act of 1992 ("Bermuda Exempted Partnerships Act") and the Bermuda Limited Partnership Act. Our registered office is 73 Front Street, Hamilton HM 12, Bermuda and our telephone number at this address is +1-441-294-3309. Our partnership was spun-off from Brookfield on January 31, 2008. The following table outlines the formative events in the history and development of our business:

Date   Notes   Event
May 2007   1   Corporate:
Utilities:
  Established Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P.
Contributed interests in utilities investments into Brookfield Infrastructure, including:
–  South American electricity transmission operations
–  North American electricity transmission operations
–  Brazilian transmission investments ("TBE")
        Timber:   Contributed interests in timberlands into Brookfield Infrastructure

January 2008

 
2
 

Corporate:

 

Began trading as public entity on NYSE (under the symbol "BIP")

November 2008

 
3
 

Timber:

 

Invested $103 million in U.S. timber operation following the acquisition of a tree farm in Washington State

January 2009

 
4
 

Utilities:

 

Brookfield and partner Isolux Corsan Concesiones, SA (Isolux) were awarded right to build $500 million of transmission lines in Texas

June 2009

 
5
 

Utilities:

 

Completed the sale of our interest in TBE for after-tax proceeds of $275 million

September 2009

 
6
 

Corporate:

 

Units commenced trading on TSX (under the symbol "BIP.UN")

November 2009

 
7
 

Corporate:

 

Invested $941 million to acquire a 40% interest in Prime and direct interests in two assets from Prime

        Utilities:   Acquired interests in the following:
–  Australian regulated terminal operations
–  Australasian regulated distribution operations
–  UK regulated distribution operations
        Transport:   Acquired interests in the following:
–  Australian rail operations
–  UK port operations
–  European port operations
        Energy:   Acquired interests in the following:
–  North American gas transmission operations
–  European energy distribution operations
–  Australian energy distribution operations

November 2009

 
8
 

Corporate:

 

Raised approximately $940 million of net proceeds through issuance of equity. Proceeds were used to fund the Prime investments

December 2009 – September 2010

 
9
 

Corporate:

 

Sold interests in certain utilities, transport and energy assets for proceeds of $74 million and acquired Brookfield's interest in our UK port operations for $27 million

Brookfield Infrastructure 43


Table of Contents

Date   Notes   Event

December 2010

  10  

Corporate:

 

Completed merger with Prime

        Utilities:   Increased interests in the following:
–  Australian regulated terminal operations
–  Australasian regulated distribution operations
–  UK regulated distribution operations
        Transport:   Increased interests in the following:
–  Australian rail operations
–  European port operations
        Energy:   Increased interests in the following:
–  North American gas transmission operations
–  European energy distribution operations
–  Australian energy distribution operations

October 2011

 
11
 

Corporate:

 

Raised approximately $660 million of net proceeds through issuance of equity. Proceeds were used primarily to fund Australian rail expansion and pending Chilean toll road acquisition

December 2011

 
12
 

Transport:

 

Invested $160 million to acquire Chilean toll road assets

January 2012

 
13
 

Utilities:

 

Invested $55 million in a Colombian regulated distribution business

April 2012

 
14
 

Energy:

 

Invested $16 million in a natural gas storage facility in Alberta

August 2012

 
15
 

Corporate:

 

Raised approximately $500 million of net proceeds through issuance of equity. Proceeds were used to partially fund several strategic initiatives

October 2012

 
16
 

Utilities:

 

Acquired Brookfield's interest in our Chilean transmission system for approximately $235 million

October 2012

 
17
 

Transport:

 

Closed acquisition of additional interest in Chilean toll road for $170 million increasing ownership to 51%

October 2012

 
18
 

Corporate:

 

Completed C$400 million corporate bond issuance

October 2012

 
19
 

Energy:

 

Invested approximately $75 million in a district energy system in Toronto

November 2012

 
20
 

Utilities:

 

Completed merger and recapitalization of a UK regulated distribution utility investing approximately $525 million and closed sale of 20% interest in combined UK regulated distribution business for proceeds of approximately $235 million

December 2012

 
21
 

Transport:

 

Completed $310 million investment in Brazilian toll road platform

December 2012

 
22
 

Corporate:

 

Closed upsizing of credit facilities to $855 million

December 2012

 
23
 

Timber:

 

Completed sale of 12.5% interest in Canadian Timber operations for approximately $85 million

May 2013

 
24
 

Corporate:

 

Raised approximately $330 million of net proceeds through issuance of equity. Proceeds were used for repayment of amounts outstanding under revolving credit facilities, investment opportunities, working capital and other general corporate purposes

June 2013

 
25
 

Timber:

 

Completed sale of Canadian timberlands for net proceeds of approximately $170 million

July 2013

 
26
 

Timber:

 

Completed the sale of U.S. timberland operations for approximately $790 million, including $320 million of proportionate debt

August 2013

 
27
 

Corporate:

 

Closed upsizing of credit facilities to $1.4 billion

September 2013

 
28
 

Transport:

 

Invested a further approximate $490 million in Brazilian toll road platform

November 2013

 
29
 

Utilities:

 

Sold Australasian regulated distribution business for approximately $415 million

December 2013

 
30
 

Energy:

 

Invested approximately $40 million in a district energy business serving Houston and New Orleans

44 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

Date   Notes   Event

March 2014

  31  

Transport

 

Invested approximately $125 million in West Coast North American container terminals

March 2014

 
32
 

Corporate:

 

Effected certain amendments to the limited partnership agreement of the Holding LP to simplify its governance structure

August 2014

 
33
 

Energy:

 

Invested approximately $50 million aggregate in two district energy businesses serving Chicago, Las Vegas and Seattle

August 2014

 
34
 

Transport

 

Invested approximately $370 million in a rail and port logistics business in Brazil

August 2014

 
35
 

Corporate:

 

Extended $1.4 billion credit facilities to June 2019

November 2014

 
36
 

Utilities:

 

Signed agreements to invest approximately $500 million in a European telecommunications operation

December 2014

 
37
 

Energy:

 

Invested approximately $40 million in a Texas gas storage business

December 2014

 
38
 

Energy:

 

Invested approximately $40 million in a West Coast North American gas storage business

March 2015

 
39
 

Corporate:

 

Completed C$450 million corporate bond issuance. Proceeds were used for general corporate purposes, including to fund new investments that were previously announced and repay amounts outstanding under credit facilities

March 2015

 
40
 

Corporate:

 

Effected certain amendments to the provisions of the limited partnership agreements of our partnership and the Holding LP to provide for issuance of preferred limited partnership units of our partnership and the Holding LP, respectively

March 2015

 
41
 

Corporate:

 

Raised approximately C$125 million of net proceeds through issuance of Series 1 Preferred Units. Proceeds were used for general corporate purposes, including to fund new investments that were previously announced and repay amounts outstanding under credit facilities

Details of History and Development of our Business (Notes)

(1)
Prior to the spin-off, Brookfield acquired the following interests in our utilities and timber operations: (i) a 100% interest in our North American electricity transmission operations, in 1982; (ii) a 50% interest in our Canadian freehold timberlands, in May 2005; (iii) a 28% interest in our South American electricity transmission operations, in June 2006; (iv) 7%-18% interests in TBE, a group of five related transmission investments in Brazil, in 2006; and (v) a 100% interest in our U.S. freehold timberlands, in April 2007.

    In conjunction with the spin-off, Brookfield contributed the following interests in our utilities and timber operations to us: (i) a 100% interest in our North American electricity transmission operations; (ii) a 38% interest in our Canadian freehold timberlands; and (iii) an 11% interest in our South American electricity transmission operations; (iv) 7%-18% interests in TBE; (v) a 30% interest in our U.S. freehold timberlands.

    Our Chilean electricity transmission system was acquired by Brookfield on June 30, 2006 by a consortium of buyers led by Brookfield. As part of the stock purchase agreement between the parties, the buyers agreed to pay a purchase price adjustment of $160 million that was determined on April 4, 2008 following the final resolution of the 2006 transmission rate proceeding. In conjunction with our disproportionate funding of this purchase price adjustment, our ownership in our Chilean electricity transmission system increased to approximately 18% from approximately 11% at the time of the spin-off.

Brookfield Infrastructure 45


Table of Contents

(2)
On January 31, 2008, our partnership was spun off from Brookfield and its units began trading on the NYSE under the symbol "BIP".

(3)
On November 4, 2008, we invested $103 million into our U.S. freehold timberlands. The proceeds were used to partially fund the add-on acquisition of a 67,661 acre tree farm in Washington State for $163 million and repay an outstanding bridge loan whose principal amount was approximately $250 million.

(4)
In January 2009, Brookfield and its partner Isolux, through their joint venture company, Wind Energy Texas Transmission LLC ("WETT"), were awarded the right to build $500 million of transmissions lines in Texas to facilitate the delivery of wind power to population centers as part of the Texas Competitive Renewable Energy Zones program. In the third quarter of 2009, Brookfield contributed its interest in WETT to a Brookfield sponsored infrastructure fund in which we own an interest (see Note 9 below). Upon finalization of the route selection and determination of the number of substations that comprise our system, this investment opportunity increased to approximately $750 million.

(5)
On June 30, 2009, we completed the sale of our interest in our Brazilian transmission operations for after-tax proceeds of $275 million, including proceeds from foreign exchange currency hedges. The sale resulted in the recognition of an approximately $68 million after-tax gain over book value.

(6)
On September 10, 2009, our partnership's units commenced trading on the TSX under the symbol "BIP.UN".

(7)
On November 20, 2009, we invested $941 million to acquire an interest in Prime, and direct interests in two assets from Prime, collectively the BBI Transaction. In total, our investment in Prime was part of a comprehensive recapitalization in which Prime raised over $1.6 billion from our partnership, Brookfield and other investors to repay debt. The first direct investment was in a UK port operation, which is one of the largest in the UK The second investment was an economic interest in an Australian terminal operation, one of the largest coal export terminals in the world. Our interests in North American gas transmission operations, Australasian regulated distribution operations, UK regulated distribution operations, European energy distribution operations, Australian energy distribution operations, Australian rail operations, European port operations and an additional interest in the Australian terminal operations were held through Prime.

(8)
Our participation in the BBI Transaction was financed in part by a public offering of 40.7 million units at a price of C$15.55 per unit that closed in November 2009. The net proceeds of the public offering, inclusive of the exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option, were approximately C$601 million. We funded the balance of the $940 million investment in the BBI Transaction through the issuance of Redeemable Partnership Units and general partner units of the Holding LP to Brookfield at a price of approximately $13.71 per unit, representing the price of our units issued under the public offering net of underwriting commissions payable by our partnership.

(9)
On September 20, 2010, Brookfield closed a $2.7 billion infrastructure fund. Brookfield manages the fund and has committed 25% of the fund's total capital commitments, with such commitments primarily funded by Brookfield Infrastructure. We hold all or a portion of our interests in our Australian regulated terminal operations, our UK port operations, our Texas electricity transmission project, our high-voltage direct current ("HVDC") submarine transmission line, our South American toll road operations, our Colombian distribution utility, our gas storage operations and our district heating and cooling operations through this fund.

(10)
On December 8, 2010, Brookfield Infrastructure increased its ownership of Prime from 40% to 100% through a Merger Transaction whereby Prime security holders received 0.24 of our units per Prime security held and a special distribution of A$0.20 per Prime security. Pursuant to the

46 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

    merger, approximately 50.7 million units were issued, including 0.9 million Redeemable Partnership Units to Brookfield.

(11)
On October 26, 2011, Brookfield Infrastructure issued approximately 19.4 million units at $24.75 per unit under its shelf registrations in the U.S. and Canada. Brookfield acquired approximately 8.3 million Redeemable Partnership Units at the offering price net of commissions to maintain its interest on a fully exchanged basis. Net proceeds from this equity offering totaled approximately $657 million. The proceeds were used to fund an equity investment in our Australian rail, including the pay down of our corporate credit facility, which had been primarily drawn over the previous nine months to fund the investment in our rail expansion program, and a $160 million investment in Chilean toll road assets.

(12)
On December 15, 2011 we invested approximately $160 million to purchase an ownership stake in two related Chilean toll road assets comprised of a 33 kilometre toll road and tunnel that form part of a key ring road in the transportation network of Santiago, Chile. The toll road and tunnel are long-life assets that have concessions with expirations in 2033 and 2037, respectively. This investment seeds our toll road platform with high quality assets in a high growth country with a favourable concession regime.

(13)
On January 27, 2012, we purchased an ownership interest in a Colombian electricity distribution utility. This utility serves predominantly residential load in Boyacá, a region of 1.3 million inhabitants located 150 kilometres north of Bogotá with emerging cement, steel and coal industries.

(14)
On April 27, 2012, we purchased an ownership interest in a natural gas storage facility in northeastern Alberta.

(15)
In August 2012, Brookfield Infrastructure issued approximately 11.1 million units at an offering price of $33.25 per unit under its shelf registrations in the U.S. and Canada. Brookfield acquired approximately 4.4 million Redeemable Partnership Units at the offering price net of commissions to maintain its interest on a fully exchanged basis. Net proceeds from this equity offering totaled $497 million. The net proceeds were used by Brookfield Infrastructure to partially fund several strategic initiatives further described below.

(16)
On October 1, 2012, Brookfield Infrastructure acquired Brookfield's interest in its Chilean transmission system for $235 million. Following this transaction, Brookfield Infrastructure's ownership interest was 28%.

(17)
On October 1, 2012, we closed the acquisition of an additional interest in our Chilean toll road for $170 million, increasing our ownership to 51%.

(18)
On October 10, 2012, Brookfield Infrastructure issued C$400 million of five-year corporate bonds in the Canadian market with a 3.5% interest rate, which was swapped into U.S. dollars at an effective interest rate of 2.7%. Proceeds were used primarily to refinance holding company debt.

(19)
On October 31, 2012, we invested approximately $75 million in a district energy system that serves commercial customers in downtown Toronto, which we acquired in partnership with institutional investors. This business generates very stable cash flow with 93% of its revenue under long-term contracts with high quality counterparties. There are growth opportunities in this business in light of the large pipeline of prospective new customers that can be connected to the deep lake cooling system.

(20)
On November 13, 2012, we completed the merger of our existing UK regulated distribution business with a UK regulated distribution business that we acquired in the third quarter. In conjunction with the merger, we invested $525 million of equity to recapitalize the combined business. On November 30, 2012, Brookfield Infrastructure closed the sale of a 20% interest in the

Brookfield Infrastructure 47


Table of Contents

    combined business to an institutional investor for proceeds of approximately $235 million. Brookfield Infrastructure maintained control of this business, while bringing on board a respected global infrastructure investor as a minority partner who we believe is well-suited to work with us in support of the growth of the combined business over the long term.

(21)
On December 4, 2012, Brookfield Infrastructure purchased a controlling interest in a Brazilian toll road platform, along with Abertis Infraestructuras and institutional partners. With this acquisition, Brookfield Infrastructure owns interests in 11 toll roads in Brazil and Chile. Its 3,200 kilometre network is diversified with a balance of light and heavy vehicles and urban and interurban traffic. As one of the largest owner/operators of toll roads in the region, Brookfield Infrastructure is well positioned to invest in additional expansions and upgrades of the system as well as add-on acquisitions and development opportunities in two of the highest growth countries in the region. As required by law, Brookfield Infrastructure and its partners have satisfied its obligations under a tender offer made to the minority holders of the Brazilian toll roads, which offered substantially the same consideration as was paid in the acquisition of the controlling stake.

(22)
In December, 2012, Brookfield Infrastructure closed an upsizing of its corporate credit facilities, increasing commitments to $855.6 million from $700 million. Following a second close in January 2013, commitments increased to $900 million. The incremental $200 million of commitments have substantially the same terms as the previous facilities. These corporate credit facilities continue to be available to provide short-term liquidity for investments and acquisitions as well as general corporate purposes.

(23)
On December 31, 2012, Brookfield Infrastructure completed its sale of a 12.5% interest of its Canadian timberlands for $85 million, and retained a 25% interest in this business.

(24)
In May 2013, Brookfield Infrastructure issued approximately 6.6 million units at an offering price of $37.75 per unit under its shelf registrations in the U.S. and Canada. Brookfield acquired approximately 2.6 million Redeemable Partnership Units at the offering price net of commissions in order to maintain its interest on a fully-exchanged basis. Net proceeds from this equity offering totaled approximately $330 million. The proceeds were used for the repayment of amounts outstanding under revolving credit facilities, investment opportunities, working capital and other general corporate purposes.

(25)
On June 7, 2013, Brookfield Infrastructure completed the sale of its remaining 25% interest in its Canadian timberlands for proceeds of approximately $170 million.

(26)
On July 23, 2013, Brookfield Infrastructure completed the sale of its interest in its U.S. Pacific Northwest timberlands for approximately $790 million. The buyer agreed to assume Brookfield Infrastructure's proportionate debt of approximately $320 million resulting in net proceeds from the transaction of approximately $470 million.

(27)
In August 2013, Brookfield Infrastructure closed an upsizing of its corporate credit facilities, increasing commitments to $1.4 billion. The incremental $545 million of commitments have substantially the same terms as the previous facilities. These corporate credit facilities continue to be available to provide short-term liquidity for investments and acquisitions as well as general corporate purposes.

(28)
On September 6, 2013, Brookfield Infrastructure invested a further approximate $490 million in its Brazilian toll road platform, increasing its ownership to approximately 31%.

(29)
On November 29, 2013, Brookfield Infrastructure announced that it completed the sale of its 42% interest in its Australasian regulated distribution business for approximately $415 million.

(30)
On December 2, 2013, Brookfield Infrastructure invested approximately $40 million in a district energy system that serves commercial customers in New Orleans and Houston, which we acquired

48 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

    in partnership with institutional investors. Brookfield Infrastructure owns an approximate 40% interest in the business.

(31)
On March 26, 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure acquired alongside institutional investors an approximate 50% equity stake in Mitsui O.S.K. Lines, Ltd. container terminals in Los Angeles and Oakland, of which Brookfield Infrastructure invested 40% for a total investment of approximately $125 million.

(32)
On March 28, 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure effected a restructuring pursuant to which the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement was amended to make our partnership the managing general partner of the Holding LP and to make the Infrastructure Special LP, the former general partner of the Holding LP, a special limited partner of the Holding LP. This change was made in order to simplify the Holding LP's governance structure and to more clearly delineate our partnership's governance rights in respect of the Holding LP. As a result, the voting agreement between Brookfield Infrastructure and Brookfield, which required Brookfield to exercise certain of its voting rights in respect of the Holding LP's former general partner as directed by Brookfield Infrastructure, was terminated and related changes were made to our Limited Partnership Agreement and the Master Services Agreement. Because Brookfield is a party to these agreements, all of the amendments were approved by a special committee of independent directors of the General Partner and the former general partner of the Holding LP. The economic interests of Brookfield Infrastructure were not affected by these changes.

(33)
On August 7, 2014 and November 21, 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure invested alongside institutional investors to acquire two district energy businesses serving Chicago, Las Vegas and Seattle for approximately $50 million in aggregate. Brookfield Infrastructure Partners owns an approximate 40% interest in each business.

(34)
On August 19, 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure invested approximately $370 million, alongside institutional investors to acquire an approximate 25% interest in VLI, one of Brazil's largest rail and port logistics businesses.

(35)
In August 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure closed an extension of its corporate credit facilities to June 30, 2019 and decreased the annual interest rate spread applicable on LIBOR and the unused commitment fee to 120 basis points and 18 basis points, respectively.

(36)
On November 6, 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure signed agreements to invest approximately $500 million, alongside institutional investors, to acquire a 23% interest in TDF, the largest independent communication tower infrastructure business in France. Completion of this transaction is expected to occur in the first quarter of 2015, subject to obtaining all required consents and regulatory approvals.

(37)
On December 3, 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure acquired alongside institutional investors a 50% interest in Tres Palacios Gas Storage in Texas for approximately $100 million, of which Brookfield Infrastructure invested approximately $40 million.

(38)
On December 31, 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure acquired alongside institutional investors a 100% stake in Lodi Gas Storage in California for approximately $105 million, of which Brookfield Infrastructure invested approximately $40 million.

(39)
On March 11, 2015, our partnership issued C$450 million of seven-year corporate bonds in the Canadian market with a 3.452% interest rate, which was swapped into USD$360 million on a matched maturity basis at an effective rate of 3.965%. Proceeds were used for general corporate purposes, including to fund new investments that were previously announced and repay amounts outstanding under credit facilities.

Brookfield Infrastructure 49


Table of Contents

(40)
On March 12, 2015, our Limited Partnership Agreement was amended to permit the authorization and issuance of preferred units, authorize and create the Class A Preferred Units, Series 1 Preferred Units and Series 2 Preferred Units and to make certain consequential changes resulting from such authorization and creation. On March 12, 2015, the limited partnership agreement of the Holding LP was also amended to permit the authorization and issuance of preferred units ("Holding LP preferred units"), authorize and create the cumulative class A preferred units ("Holding LP Class A Preferred Units"), cumulative class A preferred units, Series 1 ("Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Units") and cumulative class A preferred units, Series 2 ("Holding LP Series 2 Preferred Units") with terms substantially mirroring the Class A Preferred Units, Series 1 Preferred Units and Series 2 Preferred Units, respectively.

(41)
In March 2015, our partnership issued 5 million Series 1 Preferred Units at an offering price of C$25.00 per unit under its shelf registration in Canada. Our Partnership acquired 5 million Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Units at the offering price. Holders of the Series 1 Preferred Units and Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Units will be entitled to receive a cumulative quarterly fixed distribution at a rate of 4.50% annually for the initial period ending June 30, 2020. Thereafter, the distribution rate will be reset every five years at a rate equal to the 5-year Government of Canada bond yield plus 3.56%. Holders of Series 2 Preferred Units and Holding LP Series 2 Preferred Units will be entitled to receive a cumulative quarterly floating distribution at a rate equal to the 90-day Canadian Treasury Bill yield plus 3.56%. Proceeds were used for general corporate purposes, including to fund new investments that were previously announced and repay amounts outstanding under credit facilities. Net proceeds from this offering totaled approximately USD $95 million.

4.B    BUSINESS OVERVIEW

Our Operations

        Brookfield Infrastructure owns a portfolio of infrastructure assets that are diversified by sector and by geography. We have a stable cash flow profile with approximately 90% of our adjusted EBITDA supported by regulated or contractual revenues. In order to assist our unitholders and preferred unitholders in evaluating our performance and assessing our value, we group our businesses into operating segments based on similarities in their underlying economic drivers.

50 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

        Our operating segments are summarized below:

Operating Segment
 
Asset Platform
 
Primary Location

Utilities

       

Regulated or contractual businesses that earn a return on their rate base

  •  Regulated Terminal
•  Electricity Transmission
•  Regulated Distribution
  •  Australia
•  North & South America
•  Europe & South America

Transport

       

Provide transportation for freight, bulk commodities and passengers, for which we are paid an access fee

  •  Rail
•  Toll Roads
•  Ports
  •  Australia & South America
•  South America
•  Europe & North America

Energy

       

Systems that provide transmission, distribution and storage services

  •  Transmission, Distribution & Storage
•  District Energy
  •  North America & Europe

•  North America & Australia

Communications Infrastructure

       

Provides contracted transmission services and tower access rights

  •  Tower Infrastructure Operations   •  Europe

GRAPHIC

Utilities

Overview

        Our utilities segment is comprised of regulated businesses, which earn a return on their asset base, as well as businesses with contracts designed to generate a return on capital over the life of the contract. In all cases, we own and operate assets that earn a return on a regulated or notionally

Brookfield Infrastructure 51


Table of Contents

stipulated asset base, which we refer to as rate base. Our rate base increases in accordance with capital that we invest to upgrade and expand our systems. Depending on the jurisdiction, our rate base may also increase by inflation and maintenance capital expenditures and decrease by regulatory depreciation. The return that we earn is typically determined by a regulator or contracts for prescribed periods of time. Thereafter, it may be subject to customary reviews based upon established criteria. Due to the regulatory diversity we have within our utilities segment, we mitigate exposure to any single regulatory regime. In addition, due to the regulatory frameworks and economies of scale of our utilities businesses, we often have significant competitive advantages in competing for projects to expand our rate base. Accordingly, we expect this segment to produce stable revenue and margins that should increase with investment of additional capital and inflation. Nearly all of our utility segment's adjusted EBITDA is supported by regulated or contractual revenues.

        Our objectives for our utilities segment are to invest capital in the expansion of our rate base and to provide safe and reliable service for our customers on a cost efficient basis. If we do so, we will be in a position to earn an appropriate return on our rate base. Our performance can be measured by the growth in our rate base, the return on our rate base, as well as our AFFO.

        Our utilities segment is comprised of the following:

Regulated Terminal

    One of the world's largest coal export terminals, with 85 mtpa of capacity

Electricity Transmission

    Approximately 10,800 kilometres of transmission lines in North and South America

Regulated Distribution

    Approximately 2.4 million electricity and natural gas connections

Regulated Terminal Operations

        Our regulated terminal operation is comprised of a port facility that exports metallurgical and thermal coal mined in the central Bowen Basin region of Queensland, Australia, which is a high quality and low cost source of metallurgical coal. Our Australian regulated terminal is one of the world's largest export terminals, accounting for approximately 20% of global seaborne metallurgical coal exports and 7% of total global seaborne coal exports.

        Our regulated terminal operation generates revenues under take-or-pay contracts. These contracts include: (i) a capacity charge that is allocated to users based on the percentage of total capacity for which they contract and (ii) a fixed and variable handling charge associated with operating and maintaining the terminal. The capacity charge is paid by users irrespective of their use of our terminal facility. The handling charge (both fixed and variable) is structured to be a complete pass through of the costs charged for terminal operations and maintenance.

Strategic Position

        The Bowen Basin is a high quality, low cost, prolific series of coal deposits, where there are few cost efficient options to access export markets for this coal other than through our terminal operations. We have take-or-pay contracts with some of the world's largest mining companies that operate in the Bowen Basin. Our regulated terminal operation is currently contracted through 2019. Existing customers hold evergreen options to extend their capacity by a further five years and based on their past actions are expected to renew. Under the regulatory regime, we receive capacity revenue as if the terminal is fully contracted.

52 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

Regulatory Environment

        Our Australian terminal operation is regulated by the Queensland Competition Authority ("QCA"). The current regulatory period was set for five and a half years ending June 30, 2016. The QCA utilizes a return on regulated asset base methodology to calculate our revenue requirement. Our coal terminal's rate base increases with inflation and capital expenditures and decreases by depreciation. Our current weighted average cost of capital allowed by the QCA is approximately 9.9%.

Growth Opportunities

        Over the past 30 years, our terminal's capacity has been expanded from 15 mtpa to 85 mtpa to meet ongoing customer demand. Potential exists to further expand our operations to facilitate future expansions by mining companies in the Bowen Basin. Our coal terminal has committed to feasibility studies aimed at identifying further incremental expansion opportunities within the existing port precinct and surrounding area.

Electricity Transmission Operations

        Our electricity transmission operations are comprised of approximately 10,800 kilometres of transmission lines in North and South America. Our North American electricity transmission operations consists of approximately 560 kilometres of 44 kilovolt ("kV") to 230 kV transmission lines in Ontario and a 39 kilometre, 330 megawatt HVDC submarine cable in New York. We also have approximately 600 kilometres of 345 kV transmission lines in Texas, which achieved full commercial operation in January 2014. Our South American electricity transmission system is comprised of 9,600 kilometres including 100% of Chile's 500 kV transmission lines (the highest voltage lines in Chile) and approximately 47% of the 220 kV lines, 85% of the 154 kV lines and 10% of the 66 kV and 110 kV lines in Chile.

Strategic Position

        Our electricity transmission operations occupy key positions in the markets in which we operate. In North America, our operations include an important component of Ontario's transmission system that connects generators in Northern Ontario to electricity demand in Southern Ontario. Our HVDC submarine cable connects the electricity grids of New England and Long Island, New York. In Texas, our transmission lines facilitate the delivery of wind power to population centers as part of the state's competitive renewable energy zone program. In South America, our operations constitute the backbone of the high-voltage transmission system in Chile. Our Chilean operations extend from the city of Arica in the north of Chile to the island of Chiloé in the south, serving 98% of the population of the country.

        All of our electricity transmission operations benefit from stable long-term cash flows. Our Ontario and Texas operations have a broad customer base with revenues assessed and collected on a province and state-wide basis, respectively, mitigating our volume and credit risk. Our HVDC submarine cable is fully contracted to an investment grade utility on Long Island, and the contract is based on availability, not usage. Approximately 52% of our South American electricity transmission operations' revenues are derived from a number of long-term transmission contracts, primarily serving hydro-electric power generators. These contracts have a pricing framework that is similar to the applicable regulatory framework (as discussed below), and following their expiration, a majority of this contracted revenue will convert to the regulatory framework.

Regulatory Environment

        All of our electricity transmission operations are located in regions with stable regulatory environments. In Ontario, revenues from our operations are 100% regulated under a historical cost of service regime and are subject to periodic review by the Ontario Energy Board. Based on a recent rate

Brookfield Infrastructure 53


Table of Contents

review, our Ontario transmission operations are allowed to earn a 9.3% return on equity, which is deemed to be 40% of our rate base. Our rate base is equal to the historic cost of the system's assets plus any capital expenditures less depreciation and other deductibles. Our operating revenues do not fluctuate with usage of our system but do fluctuate based on provincial electric loads, which are measured by the Independent Electricity System Operator, a not-for-profit corporate entity that is responsible for the day-to-day operation of Ontario's electrical system.

        In the U.S., capacity payments on our HVDC submarine cable escalate by 1% per annum and are based on a 98% availability factor. To the extent that performance diverges from the target availability factor, the capacity payments are adjusted in a linear fashion either upwards or downwards. Our Texas transmission business operates under a historical cost of services regulatory regime overseen by the Public Utility Commission of Texas. Based on a January 2013 rate case settlement, our Texas transmission business is allowed to earn a 9.6% return on equity which is deemed to be 40% of our rate base. Our rate base and revenues are calculated in a manner similar to our Ontario transmission system. Our operating revenues do not fluctuate with usage of our system but do fluctuate based on total system peak annual electric loads, which are measured by the Electric Reliability Council of Texas, a not-for-profit corporate entity that is responsible for the day to day operation of Texas' electrical system.

        In Chile, regulated revenues are determined every four years based on a 10% annuity real rate return on replacement cost of the existing transmission system plus annual payments that provide for recovery of operational, maintenance and administrative costs. Since the 10% annuity return is prescribed by law, it is not subject to review in the regulatory process. Between rate reviews, both revenue components are adjusted by a multi-component inflation factor. This effectively results in a 10% pre-tax, real return on our regulated asset base. Since the Chilean regulatory and contractual frameworks are based on replacement cost, we are not required to invest capital in our regulated asset base at a level equal to depreciation to prevent a decline in revenue. Furthermore, our South American electricity transmission system has no material volume risk.

Growth Opportunities

        We believe that attractive growth opportunities exist for our electricity transmission operations, including the following:

        Our Texas transmission project was completed in January 2014 and we believe that there are further opportunities to grow our rate base. Generation in Texas is expected to be developed in the western area of the state which is away from population centers in the east. In addition, strong economic growth and an aging infrastructure will drive the need for further expansions and upgrades of the existing transmission system. We believe we are favourably positioned to take advantage of these future growth opportunities due to our geographical location in west Texas as well as our incumbent status. Ontario has adopted a very aggressive Renewable Portfolio Standard through the passage of Ontario Bill 150 ("Green Energy Act"). A cornerstone of the Green Energy Act requires the decommissioning of existing coal plants and replacement with renewable and clean sources of power. The majority of the new generation that will be developed is in remote locations far from the existing transmission grid. Expansions of the electricity transmission system will be required to connect this generation to the existing grid. As an incumbent utility, our Ontario electricity transmission system has an advantage in competing for these projects.

        Chile also has electricity generation that is many miles away from population centers. Upgrades and expansions of the electricity transmission system will be required to connect new electricity generation to load centers to satisfy increased electricity demand resulting from economic growth. As of December 31, 2014, the capital expenditure backlog of our South American transmission system was

54 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

approximately $362 million and is comprised of projects that have been awarded to us for which expenditures have not yet been made.

Regulated Distribution Operations

        Our regulated distribution operations have approximately 2.4 million electricity and natural gas connections in the UK and Colombia. In the UK, our regulated distribution operation is the largest independent "last mile" natural gas and electricity connections provider, comprised of approximately 2 million connections, principally natural gas and electricity. In South America, our electricity distribution franchise area is in the Boyacá province of Colombia, a region that is approximately 150 kilometres north of the capital, Bogotá.

Strategic Position

        Like our electricity transmission systems, our regulated distribution operations are critical to the markets in which they are located. In the UK, our regulated distribution system is currently a market leader in terms of new gas and electricity connection sales and in terms of total installed connections among independent utilities. Our South American regulated distribution operations provide reliable power to 427,000 customers in the Boyacá region of Colombia.

        Our regulated distribution operations generate stable cash flow in the geographies in which we operate. Our UK regulated distribution operations have a diverse customer base throughout England, Scotland and Wales, which underpins its cash flow. Our UK customers consist primarily of large energy retailers who serve residential and business users. Our South American regulated distribution operations provide power to a customer base that is primarily residential, with nearly 100% urban electrification and 92% rural electrification in the areas we service.

Regulatory Environment

        Our UK regulated distribution operations compete with other connection providers in the UK to secure contracts to construct, own and operate new natural gas and electricity connections. Once connections are established, we charge energy retailers rates that are established based on the tariff of the distribution utility with which we are interconnected. These tariffs are set on the basis of a regulated asset base. The connection rate is typically adjusted annually and provides inflation protection as it escalates at inflation minus a factor determined by the UK regulator. During the first 20 years after the commissioning of a connection, the gas connection rate is subject to a cap and floor that escalates by an inflation factor. Electricity and gas connections revenue does not vary materially with volume transported over our system.

        Our South American distribution business earns an annuity return on the replacement cost of its systems plus a charge to cover operating expenses. Our rates are determined every five years. Our current regulated return is in excess of 13%. Between rate reviews, revenues are adjusted by an inflation factor. The majority of our South American regulated distribution business' revenues do not fluctuate with volumes.

Growth Opportunities

        We believe that our regulated distribution operations will be able to grow organically in each of the regions in which we operate. Opportunities for growth in the UK are driven by new gas and electricity connections, as well as through leveraging and cross-selling certain bundled service offerings, by introducing new product lines such as "fibre to home" to existing customers. Prospects for growth are further aided by the continual opening up of the electricity market to independent connections providers and by the continuing recovery in the housing market. In South America, our regulated distribution operations has a grandfathered operating license which allows us to expand vertically into

Brookfield Infrastructure 55


Table of Contents

the generation, transmission, and retail sectors. We continuously monitor potential growth opportunities and believe we are well positioned to take advantage of future growth opportunities. Additionally, we will benefit from economic growth in the Boyacá region of Colombia, which is home to emerging industrial industries.

Transport

Overview

        Our transport segment is comprised of open access systems that provide transportation, storage and handling services for freight, bulk commodities and passengers, for which we are paid an access fee. Profitability is based on the volume and price achieved for the provision of these services. This operating segment is comprised of businesses with price ceilings as a result of regulation, such as our rail and toll road operations, as well as unregulated businesses, such as our ports. Transport businesses typically have high barriers to entry and, in many instances, have very few substitutes in their local markets. While these businesses have greater sensitivity to market prices and volume than our utilities segment, revenues are generally stable and, in many cases, are supported by contracts or customer relationships. Our transport segment is expected to benefit from increases in demand for commodities and increases in the global movement of goods. Furthermore, the diversification within our transport segment mitigates the impact of fluctuations in demand from any particular sector, commodity or customer. Approximately 80% of our transport segment's adjusted EBITDA is supported by contractual revenues.

        Our objectives for our transport segment are to provide safe and reliable service to our customers and to satisfy their growth requirements by increasing the utilization of our assets and expanding our capacity in a capital efficient manner. If we do so, we will be able to charge an appropriate price for our services and we will be able to earn an attractive return on the capital that we have deployed as well as the capital that we will invest to increase the capacity of our operations. Our performance can be measured by our revenue growth and our adjusted EBITDA margin.

        Our transport segment is comprised of the following:

Rail

    Sole provider of rail networks in Southwestern Western Australia with 5,100 kilometres of track and operator of approximately 4,800 kilometres of rail in South America

Toll Roads

    Approximately 3,200 kilometres of motorways in Brazil and Chile

Ports

    30 terminals in North America, the UK and across Europe

Rail

        Our Australian rail operations are comprised of a below rail access provider, which operates over 5,100 kilometres of track and related infrastructure in the southwest region of Western Australia ("WA") under a long-term lease with the government. There are approximately 35 years remaining on this lease and this rail system is a crucial transport link in the region. Our Australian rail operation's revenue is derived from access charges paid by rail operators or underlying customers. Stability of revenue is underpinned by rail transport being a small yet essential component of the overall value of the commodities and freight transported and the contractual framework that exists with a significant proportion of our customers.

56 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

        Our Brazilian rail operations are part of an integrated system with transshipment and port terminal operations. They provide below and above rail services for approximately 4,800 kilometres of track, with concessions expiring in 2026 and 2038. Our Brazil rail operates under concession contracts that establish productivity standards, volume goals and price caps. Additional revenue is earned by offering complimentary services including inland collection centers (terminals) and port services, which are not subject to any tariff regimes.

Strategic Position

        Our Australian rail is the only freight rail network in the southwest region of WA providing access to the region's five government-owned ports for minerals, grain and interstate intermodal traffic. The majority of our customers are leading commodity customers and our top 10 customers contribute approximately 93% of our track access revenue, with contract expiration dates ranging from 2015 to 2027.

        Our Brazilian rail operations span nine states and operate in three main corridors serving Brazil's center-north, center-east and center-southeast regions, including the most important agricultural and industrial regions in the country. Main sources of revenue are derived from grains, sugar, fertilizer, industrialized and steel sectors and are generated from a diversified customer base.

Regulatory Environment

        In Australia, the Economic Regulatory Authority ("ERA") is the independent economic regulator for WA, responsible for the gas, electricity and rail industries. For rail industries, the ERA has an access regime with revenue ceilings and floors for each track segment, established using a methodology based on return on regulated asset base. However, our revenue is not tied to the regulatory regime as customers have either negotiated and concluded their access agreement outside the access regime for various commercial reasons, or are generating revenues well below the regulated ceiling. As a result, none of our contracted revenue is currently exposed to reduction under this access regime. However, one of our customers (representing approximately 11% of our revenue) whose contract is under renewal is exploring access to our network under the regulatory regime. Our Australian rail operates its track as open access infrastructure consistent with the rail access regime and its lease obligations to the WA government.

        Our Brazilian rail concessions are governed by Brazil's rail regulator, Agência Nacional de Transportes Terrestres ("ANTT"), which is also responsible for the tariff regime in that country. In addition, we access rail networks controlled by Vale in an arrangement governed by long-term agreements. The regulatory regime requires concession holders to provide third-party access allowing us to reach destination ports in both the north and south. Since most of our port operations are privately held, they are not subject to regulated tariffs and are able to move third party cargos with no limitations.

Growth Opportunities

        Our Australian rail operation is a critical component of the logistics chain in WA as, in many cases, it is the only mode of transportation for freight that is economically viable. As a result, our rail operation is well positioned to benefit from a number of expansions of existing mines and the development of new mine projects in WA, which would require access to our rail network in order for commodities from these projects to access the export markets.

        Our Brazilian rail business expects to deploy more than R$6 billion to upgrade and expand its operations over the next few years, allowing it to capture volume growth from increased activity in the agriculture, steel and other industrial sectors in Brazil. This business is focused on improving network integrations in the system by capturing the growing demand for integrated transportation services in

Brookfield Infrastructure 57


Table of Contents

Brazil. This includes a R$2.2 billion port expansion, adding three berths to handle over 14 mtpa of grain and sugar exports and fertilizer imports, which will significantly benefit our rail operation by increasing volumes to be transported as a result of the added capacity at our terminals. Other projects include the completion of four inland terminals and the purchase of locomotives and wagons.

Toll Roads

        Our toll road operations are comprised of two urban toll roads and nine interurban toll roads in Chile and Brazil, respectively. Our Chilean operations include 33 kilometres of free flowing toll roads that form a key part of the ring road in the transportation network of Santiago, Chile. Our Brazilian operations comprise in excess of 3,200 kilometres of inter-urban toll roads, located in the Southeast and South regions of Brazil crossing or connecting states like São Paulo, Rio de Janeiro, Minas Gerais, Parana and Santa Catarina. Our concessions began operations between 1998 and 2008 and operate under long-term concessions with staggered maturities, with an average remaining term of 17 years.

        Our toll roads are expected to generate stable, growing cash flows as a result of their strategic locations and the favourable economic trends in Chile and Brazil. Both markets have experienced significant economic growth over the last 20 years, which has led to increased motorization rates and economic trade. These key factors have driven increases in traffic volumes. We expect these trends to continue, resulting in significant future traffic growth on our toll roads.

Strategic Position

        Our Chilean toll road constitutes a key artery in Santiago's urban road network as it connects the affluent business center of east Santiago with Chile's international airport, the Port of Valparaiso and the North of Chile. The primary users of the road are commuters getting to and from work. Conversely, our Brazilian toll roads are part of the inter-urban Brazilian toll road network, whose traffic is primarily heavy industrial users. Our roads are used in the transportation of goods in states of Brazil, which represent approximately 65% of Brazilian GDP.

        Our toll roads are critical infrastructure for the economies of Chile and Brazil, with few alternative routes available. The ability to build new competing routes is limited by environmental restrictions, difficulty to expropriate urban land and physical restrictions.

Regulatory Environment

        Our Chilean assets are governed by the Ministerio de Obras Publicas ("MOP"). Chile has an established concession program which has been in place for more than 20 years. To date, 80 concession agreements have been awarded, representing a total investment of approximately $20 billion within the country. Specifically, the ministerial regime for urban toll roads allows operators to raise annual tariffs at a level equal to the consumer price index ("CPI") + 3.5% with additional increases in the form of congestion premiums, which can be up to three times the base tariff during congested periods.

        Our Brazilian assets are governed by Agência Reguladora de Serviços Públicos Delegados de Transporte do Estado de São Paulo ("ARTESP") and ANTT, the Sao Paulo State and Federal regulators, respectively. The country has a widely developed toll road program, both at the Federal and State level, which has been in place for approximately 15 years. As of 2014, there were 53 motorway concessions in Brazil totaling over 19,000 kilometres. Since October 2013, ANTT auctioned five road concessions totaling over 4,000 kilometres. Brazilian concession agreements provide operators with annual tariff increases indexed to Índice Nacional de Preços ao Consumidor Amplo ("IPCA"), the Brazilian inflation rate. Additional investments not considered in the initial concession agreements are compensated with real tariff increase or an extension of the concession period.

58 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

Growth Opportunities

        We believe that growth in these South American economies will trigger increases in traffic volumes. Coupled with tariff increases in excess of inflation and congestion tariffs, this should drive significant future cash flow growth for our toll road businesses. In addition, both Brazil and Chile are seeking to increase their respective paved road network by expanding existing roads and developing new roads. These planned expansions should present opportunities for us to invest additional capital in these attractive markets, given the scale of our existing network.

Ports

        Our port operations are located primarily in the UK, North America and Europe. Our UK port is one of the largest operators in the country by volume and is a statutory harbor authority ("SHA") for the Port of Tees and Hartlepool in the north of the UK Our UK port's status as the SHA gives it the right to charge vessel and cargo owners conservancy tariffs (toll-like dues) for use of the River Tees. At our UK port, our revenue is primarily generated from port handling services for bulk and container volumes. However, approximately 25% of our revenue is earned from conservancy and pilotage tariffs. Furthermore, we have a freehold land base of approximately 2,065 acres that is strategically located in close proximity to our port, which generates income from long-term property leases that account for 10% of our revenue.

        Our North American port operation is comprised of gateway container terminals in the ports of Los Angeles and Oakland, which operate under long-term terminal leases with the Los Angeles and Oakland port authorities and handled over 900,000 Twenty-Foot Equivalent Units ("TEUs") in 2014. In North America, our revenue is generated from port handling services for container volumes. Approximately 30% of our volumes are underpinned by a 10-year minimum volume guarantee arrangement provided by our partner in this business, Mitsui O.S.K. Lines, Ltd.

        Our European port operations are comprised of a portfolio of concessions in key strategic locations throughout Europe that handle heavy dry bulk, specialty dry bulk, liquid bulk, general cargo and containers. Our European port operations handle approximately 80 mtpa of cargo. At our European operations, we benefit from diversified operations with over 50 different types of products handled at 19 port terminals located throughout seven countries in continental Europe.

Strategic Position

        Our port operations are strategically located. In the UK, Teesport is a large, deep-water port located in a well-developed industrial area in Northern England. The SHA status, as well as the established infrastructure which includes rail and road access, create barriers to entry for potential competitors.

        Our North American port operations are located in the ports of Los Angeles and Oakland, the first and fifth largest container port markets in North America, respectively. These deep-water ports are in close proximity to irreplaceable, land-side infrastructure for intermodal and transloading services and are capable of handling the largest vessels currently in service.

        Our European port operations are located in 19 port terminals across continental Europe plus two in China and consist of 465 hectares of long-term port concessions and over 29 kilometres of quay length. With substantial infrastructure that is often integrated with our customers' facilities, including cranes, berths, warehouses, inloading and outloading equipment, our European port operations are protected by significant barriers to entry. Additionally, our operations provide significant logistical services for our customers that would be difficult for potential competitors to replicate.

        Our UK and North American port operations have a number of long-term contracts with established parties, including large multinational corporations. The majority of our revenues are derived

Brookfield Infrastructure 59


Table of Contents

from customers with significant investment in industrial infrastructure at or within close proximity to these ports. Our European port operations mainly serve industrial customers in the immediate vicinity of our terminals under varied contract terms. Many key customers have been long-term customers continuously for between 10 and 30 years.

Regulatory Environment

        Our UK port is unregulated, but its status as the SHA for the River Tees provides the statutory right to collect conservancy tariffs (toll-like dues) payable by ships using the river and the requirement to maintain navigability of the waterway. The port has the statutory authority to set tariffs which are determined through consultancy with users of the river and indexed to inflation. Our North American and European port operations conduct business in an unregulated environment.

Growth Opportunities

        Our UK port's flexible, multi-purpose capacity positions it to benefit from numerous growth initiatives, including the following:

    steel slab production operational efficiencies in the steel facility adjacent to Teesport has led to increased throughput (import of commodities and export of steel slab) which is expected to grow further in the short to medium term as the facility reaches full production capacity;

    the growing market for renewable energy in the UK, both offshore wind and biomass energy, may enable Teesport to provide the port-based industrial infrastructure that these industries require; and

    the expansion of our container handling facilities, in addition to improvements in our rail capacity, have driven new customer contracts for container cargo and positions Teesport to be the main entry point for container cargo destined for the Northern England market as retailers seek to streamline their logistics supply chains.

        Our North American port operations are undergoing a significant modernization project in Los Angeles that is expected to approximately double capacity and increase efficiency. Once complete, this project will make the Los Angeles port one of the most automated terminals in North America with surplus capacity to facilitate future volume growth.

        In Europe, our port operations are well positioned to capitalize on increasing demand for bulk and general commodities as well as cross-selling opportunities with existing customers.

Energy

Overview

        Our energy segment is comprised of systems that provide transportation, storage and distribution services. Profitability is based on the volume and price achieved for the provision of these services. This operating segment is comprised of businesses that are subject to light regulation, such as our natural gas transmission business whose services are subject to price ceilings, and businesses that are essentially unregulated like our district energy business. Energy businesses typically have high barriers to entry as a result of significant fixed costs combined with economies of scale or unique positions in their local markets. Our energy segment is expected to benefit from forecasted increases in demand for energy. Although these businesses have greater sensitivity to market prices and volume than our utilities segment, revenues are typically generated under contracts with varying durations and are relatively stable.

        Our objectives for our energy segment are to provide safe and reliable service to our customers and to satisfy their growth requirements by increasing the utilization of our assets and expanding our

60 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

capacity in a capital efficient manner. If we do so, we will be able to charge an appropriate price for our services and earn an attractive return on the capital that we have deployed as well as the capital that we will invest to increase the capacity of our operations. Our performance can be measured by our revenue growth, our adjusted EBITDA margin and our AFFO.

        Our energy segment is comprised of the following:

Transmission, Distribution and Storage Operations

    14,800 kilometres of transmission pipelines.

    Over 40,000 gas distribution customers in the UK

    370 billion cubic feet of natural gas storage in the U.S. and Canada

District Energy Operations

    Delivers heating and cooling to customers from centralized systems including heating plants capable of delivering 2,775,000 pounds per hour of steam heating capacity, centralized gas distribution and cogeneration for heating, cooling and energy, 251,000 tons of cooling capacity, as well as 1,800 customer connections for distributed water and sewage services.

Transmission, Distribution and Storage Operations

        Our transmission, distribution and storage operations include one of the largest natural gas transmission and pipeline systems in the U.S., an unregulated natural gas and liquid propane gas ("LPG") distribution operation in the UK, and significant natural gas storage capacity in Alberta and the continental U.S. Our profitability in this segment is primarily determined by our ability to compete in the market rather than from a regulated return on rate base.

        The majority of our revenues from these operations are generated under contracts with a demand charge and variable charge structure. The demand charge does not fluctuate with usage and is designed to cover fixed costs and a return of and return on our capital, while the variable charge is designed to cover variable costs. Our energy distribution system in the UK is the only provider of natural gas distribution services on the islands on which it operates. Revenues from our distribution operations fluctuate with the volume of sales, which is primarily driven by the weather.

Strategic Position

        Our North American natural gas transmission system is the largest provider of natural gas transmission and storage services to the Chicago and Northern Indiana market and has significant interconnectivity with local distribution companies, industrial users and gas-fired power plants. The system is also well connected to other pipelines accessing additional downstream markets, which increases demand for our services.

        In the UK, our energy distribution business is the sole provider of gas distribution and retail services on the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man, servicing over 40,000 customers. The natural gas and LPG distribution customer base on the Channel Islands and Isle of Man is comprised of a number of residential and commercial end users. Our main competition comes from alternate energy sources, such as electricity, as we believe it is uneconomic for potential new entrants to establish competing businesses.

        We own interests in three natural gas storage facilities across North America, located in northern Alberta, northern California and south Texas. These facilities contract with customers to provide natural gas storage services while customers pay a fee to store their natural gas. Our Canadian and Californian natural gas storage facilities represent approximately 5% and 8% of the total storage

Brookfield Infrastructure 61


Table of Contents

capacity in the province of Alberta and state of California respectively, while our south Texas gas storage facility has a high deliverability gas storage capacity and has a header system that interconnects across 10 interstate and intrastate pipelines. The facilities customers are primarily large international financial institutions with the Californian and south Texas facilities also servicing local distribution companies.

Regulatory Environment

        Our transmission and storage operations are subject to varied regulation that differs across our regions of operation. Our U.S. operations are regulated by FERC under the Natural Gas Act of 1938 ("Gas Act"). FERC provides a regulated framework for shippers and natural gas pipeline owners to reach commercial agreement with customers without regulatory intervention under a maximum rate regime, and there is no periodic rate case obligation. Our Californian natural gas storage facilities are also subject to California Public Utilities Commission oversight.

        Our European energy distribution operations are not regulated, but are ultimately subject to government oversight, while our Australian energy distribution operation is not subject to any economic regulation.

        Our Canadian natural gas storage facility is regulated by the Alberta Energy and Resources Conservation Board, which provides operational and environmental oversight. This facility is not subject to any economic regulation.

Growth Opportunities

        Within our existing storage businesses we have identified opportunities to expand our facilities' capacity by adding incremental storage capacity through low cost capital projects. Additionally, ownership of natural gas storage facilities is highly fragmented and we expect to continue to transact opportunistically in the marketplace. We believe that with the recent drop in commodity prices and a prolonged period of low natural gas storage spreads that there is an opportunity to act as an industry consolidator at historically low valuations.

District Energy

        Our North American district energy operations consist of heating plants capable of delivering 2,775,000 pounds per hour of steam heating capacity, produced from six gas-fired steam plants and 251,000 tons of cooling capacity, sourced from a deep lake water system with mechanical chilling capacity. These operations provide steam heating in downtown Toronto, Ontario, in the medical district of New Orleans, Louisiana and in the central business district of Seattle, Washington. District cooling services are provided through an innovative deep lake cooling system in Toronto and from mechanical chilling operations in Chicago, Houston and New Orleans.

        Our Australian district energy operations provide heating, cooling and energy solutions and distributed water and sewage services, in the states of New South Wales and Victoria. They also deliver natural gas in a network of over 800 kilometres of pipeline, bringing 91 million cubic meters of natural gas to homes and businesses each year, with availability to provide this service to approximately 57,000 commercial and residential customers. These operations provide natural gas heating throughout urban areas in the Australian state of Tasmania, as well as, energy and gas services.

Strategic Position

        Our district energy business in North America provides essential heating and cooling services to commercial customers, governments, hospitals and major sporting arenas in Toronto, Houston, New Orleans, Chicago and Seattle. Our Australian district energy business comprises an established natural

62 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

gas distribution and retail business, supplying to approximately 12,000 residential, commercial and industrial customers currently connected to our network. We are also operating and developing projects to supply natural gas and/or thermal energy, as well as distributed water and sewage services, to residential and commercial customers in New South Wales and regional Victoria. In most cases our district energy businesses offer the only feasible source of energy to customers who are connected to our network. In addition, we are able to realize synergies across this platform through the sharing best practices for customer contracting and due diligence, financing synergies through raising funds at the platform level, as well as sharing back office functions in our North American and Australian businesses.

Regulatory Environment

        Our district energy business in Toronto is regulated under the Ontario Public Utilities Act of 1913 and Toronto District Heating Corporation Act, 1998 . However, the business is not subject to rate regulation but receives the rights of a utility, allowing it unrestricted access to its network of underground pipes in downtown Toronto. Our district energy business in Australia is currently not subject to any economic regulation. In Houston, Chicago, New Orleans and Seattle, our operations are enabled by franchise agreements with the respective municipalities.

Growth Opportunities

        We have significant organic growth opportunities in our various district energy businesses, primarily through system expansions. We recently completed a significant capital project to increase our steam generating capacity in New Orleans to meet the needs of our customers, a number of whom are expanding the size and scope of their facilities. Our Toronto deep lake cooling system provides chilled water by pumping cold water from the depths of Lake Ontario. As a result of significant historical investment, this system has low variable costs. The system currently has significant excess capacity during non-peak periods of demand, upon which we will seek to capitalize by connecting incremental interruptible load to the system at limited capital cost. Furthermore, the district energy industry in North America is highly fragmented, providing significant opportunities to grow our business through acquisitions.

        Our Australian district energy business was recently selected to design, build and construct a distribution energy network to certain regional towns under the State of Victoria's Energy for the Regions program. The project will involve centralized natural gas networks which will roll out to approximately 12,500 homes and businesses and be funded via a government grant. This business is developing into a multi-asset energy and water provider, offering combined services for heating, cooling and energy as well as distributed water and sewage services.

        There are significant barriers to entry in these businesses, as there are limited opportunities for customers to support competing businesses once connected to our systems. Once a system is established, we are well positioned to capture further organic growth opportunities.

Communications Infrastructure

Overview

        On November 6, 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure signed agreements to invest approximately $500 million, alongside institutional investors, to acquire a 23% interest in TDF, the largest independent communication tower infrastructure business in France. Completion of this transaction is expected to occur in the first half of 2015, subject to obtaining all required consents and regulatory approvals. This acquisition will form the basis of our communications infrastructure segment.

        Our communications infrastructure segment will, following the completion of the TDF acquisition, provide essential services and critical infrastructure to the media broadcasting and telecom sectors.

Brookfield Infrastructure 63


Table of Contents

These services and access to infrastructure are contracted on a long-term basis with tariff escalation mechanisms. Our telecom customers will pay upfront and recurring fees to lease space on our towers to host their equipment. Our broadcasting customers will pay us fees for transmitting television and radio content to the end user.

        The key objective for this segment is to deploy capital to capture increased demand for densification from mobile network operators and to acquire towers and other infrastructure that are non-core to such operators. Our performance will be measured by growth in our adjusted EBITDA.

        The segment is comprised of approximately 7,000 multi-purpose towers and active rooftop sites and 5,000 km of fibre backbone located in France.

        Our tower infrastructure platform will consist of multi-purpose towers and active rooftop sites and fibre backbone providing site hosting and transmission services to customers in the telecom and broadcast sectors. These operations will generate stable, inflation-linked cash flows underpinned by long-term contracts (typically 10-20 years in telecom and over five years in broadcasting) with large, prominent customers in France.

    Strategic Position

        TDF is the leading independent communication infrastructure operator in France. Its sites cover the entire French territory, with some in the very best locations, which will enable us to be the leader across all of the segments in which we operate. Its scale in telecom sites makes it the number one independent tower operator in France and a preferred partner of mobile network operators. In television, it is capable of covering the French population with approximately 97% coverage in one of Europe's largest television markets. In radio TDF is the reference provider for radio services in France with approximately 60% share of FM analog radio frequencies.

    Regulatory Environment

        In the television business, a small proportion of the sites (currently approximately 80) are considered to be non-replicable because either (i) they benefit from a remarkable location, often on an elevated point or area where the construction of a second tower is in practice very complex, (ii) equipment attachment height is greater than 100 meters or (iii) a set of exceptional circumstances prevent the site from being replicated. On these sites the regulator considers the business to have significant market power and as a result regulates the prices that can be charged for site hosting. In total these regulated revenues will account for approximately 30% of our television broadcast revenues. On the residual television sites, deemed replicable, access prices are subject to a price floor and cap established by the regulator.

Growth Opportunities

        We see growth opportunities in the telecom infrastructure segment on the back of three main trends: technological evolution driving further site growth; network densification; and further site rollout associated with minimum coverage requirements. We believe that the size and scope of our tower platform will position us to take advantage of these favourable market trends through construction and acquisition of additional assets.

Acquisition Strategy

        Over the past few years, we have established operating segments with scale in many aspects of the utility, transport and energy industries. As we look to grow our business, we will primarily target acquisitions that add on to existing operating segments and extend our operating platforms into new

64 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

geographies in which we have a presence. As we grow our asset base, we will primarily target acquisitions in the following infrastructure sectors:

    Utilities: electricity transmission, regulated electricity, gas and water distribution and regulated or contracted terminal operations;

    Transport: railroads, ports, toll roads and airports;

    Energy: oil and gas pipelines and gathering and storage systems and district energy systems; and

    Communications infrastructure: telecommunications towers.

        An integral part of our acquisition strategy is to participate with institutional investors in Brookfield sponsored consortiums for single asset acquisitions and as a partner in or alongside Brookfield sponsored partnerships that target acquisitions that suit our profile. We will focus on consortiums and partnerships where Brookfield has sufficient influence or control to deploy our operations oriented approach. Brookfield has a strong track record of leading such transactions.

        Brookfield has agreed that it will not sponsor transactions that are suitable for us in the infrastructure sector unless we are given an opportunity to participate. See Item 7.B "Related Party Transactions—Relationship Agreement". Since Brookfield has large, well-established operations in real estate and renewable power that are separate from us, Brookfield will not be obligated to provide us with any opportunities in these sectors. In addition, since Brookfield has granted an affiliate the right to act as the exclusive vehicle for Brookfield's timberland acquisitions in Eastern Canada and the Northeastern U.S., we will not be entitled to participate in timberland acquisitions in those geographic regions.

About Brookfield

        Brookfield is a global asset management company focused on property, renewable energy, infrastructure and private equity assets with approximately $200 billion of assets under management, 27,500 operating employees and over 700 investment professionals worldwide. Brookfield's strategy is to combine best-in-class operating segments and transaction execution capabilities to acquire and invest in targeted assets and actively manage them in order to achieve superior returns on a long-term basis.

        To execute our vision of being a leading owner and operator of high quality infrastructure assets that produce an attractive risk-adjusted total return for our unitholders, we will seek to leverage our relationship with Brookfield and in particular, its operations-oriented approach, which is comprised of the following attributes:

    strong business development capabilities, which benefit from deep relationships within, and in-depth knowledge of, its target markets;

    technical knowledge and industry insight used in the evaluation, execution, risk management and financing of development projects and acquisitions;

    project development capabilities, with expertise in negotiating commercial arrangements (including offtake arrangements and engineering, procurement and construction contracts), obtaining required permits and managing construction of network upgrades and expansions, as well as greenfield projects;

    operational expertise, with considerable experience optimizing sales of its products and structuring and executing contracts with end users to enhance the value of its assets; and

    development and retention of the highest quality people in its operations.

        Brookfield has an approximate 28.5% interest in Brookfield Infrastructure. Our partnership and the other Service Recipients have each appointed Brookfield as their Service Provider to provide certain management, administrative and advisory services, for a fee, under the Master Services Agreement.

Brookfield Infrastructure 65


Table of Contents

Employees

        Our partnership does not employ any of the individuals who carry out the current management of our partnership. The personnel that carry out these activities are employees of Brookfield, and their services are provided to our partnership or for our benefit under the Master Services Agreement. For a discussion of the individuals from Brookfield's management team that are expected to be involved in our infrastructure business, see Item 6.A "Directors and Senior Management—Our Management."

Intellectual Property

        Our partnership, as licensee, has entered into a Licensing Agreement with Brookfield pursuant to which Brookfield has granted us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name "Brookfield" and the Brookfield logo in connection with marketing activities. Other than under this limited license, we do not have a legal right to the "Brookfield" name or the Brookfield logo. Brookfield may terminate our Licensing Agreement immediately upon termination of our Master Services Agreement and it may be terminated in the circumstances described under Item 7.B "Related Party Transactions—Licensing Agreements."

4.C    ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

Organizational Charts

        The chart below presents a summary of our ownership and organizational structure. Please note that on this chart all interests are 100% unless otherwise indicated and "GP Interest" denotes a general partnership interest and "LP Interest" denotes a limited partnership interest. These charts should be read in conjunction with the explanation of our ownership and organizational structure below and the information included under Item 4.B "Business Overview," Item 6.C "Board Practices" and Item 7.B "Related Party Transactions."

LOGO

(1)
Brookfield's general partner interest is held through Brookfield Infrastructure Partners Limited, a Bermuda company that is indirectly wholly-owned by Brookfield Asset Management, an Ontario corporation.

66 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

(2)
On March 28, 2014, our partnership and the Holding LP underwent a restructuring, which redesignated our partnership's interest in the Holding LP as managing general partner units ("Managing General Partner Units") and re-designated Brookfield's 0.5% interest in the Holding LP as special limited partner units ("Special Limited Partner Units"). Brookfield's Special Limited Partner Units are held through the Infrastructure Special LP, a Bermuda limited partnership, the sole general partner of which is the Infrastructure General Partner, a Bermuda company that is wholly owned by Brookfield Asset Management.

(3)
Brookfield's limited partnership interest in the Holding LP, held in Redeemable Partnership Units, is redeemable for cash or exchangeable for our units in accordance with the Redemption-Exchange Mechanism, which could result in Brookfield eventually owning approximately 28.1% of our partnership's issued and outstanding units on a fully exchanged basis (including the issued and outstanding units that Brookfield currently also owns). See Item 10.B "Memorandum and Articles of Association—Description of the Holding LP's Limited Partnership Agreement—Redemption—Exchange Mechanism."

(4)
Brookfield has provided an aggregate of $20 million of working capital to certain Holding Entities through a subscription for preferred shares. See Item 4.C "Organizational Structure—The Holding LP and Holding Entities".

(5)
The Service Provider provides services to Brookfield Infrastructure pursuant to the Master Services Agreement.

(6)
The limited partnership capital of our partnership consists of 150,318,306 units, and is equal to the number of Managing General Partner Units held by our partnership in the Holding LP.

(7)
On March 12, 2015, our partnership issued five million Series 1 Preferred Units to the public and acquired five million Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Units.

Our Partnership

        We own and operate high quality, long-life assets that generate stable cash flows, require relatively minimal maintenance capital expenditures and, by virtue of barriers to entry and other characteristics, tend to appreciate in value over time.

        Our partnership is a Bermudian exempted limited partnership that was established on May 21, 2007. See Item 4.D "Property, Plant and Equipment" for information regarding our partnership's head office.

        Our partnership's sole material asset is its managing general partnership interest and preferred limited partnership interest in the Holding LP. Our partnership serves as the Holding LP's managing general partner and has sole authority for the management and control of the Holding LP. Our partnership anticipates that the only distributions that it will receive in respect of our partnership's managing general partnership interests and preferred limited partnership interest in the Holding LP will consist of amounts that are intended to assist our partnership in making distributions to our unitholders in accordance with our partnership's distribution policy, to our preferred unitholders in accordance with the terms of our preferred units and to allow our partnership to pay expenses as they become due. The declaration and payment of cash distributions by our partnership is at the discretion of our General Partner. Our partnership is not required to make such distributions and neither our partnership nor our General Partner can assure you that our partnership will make such distributions as intended.

The Service Provider and Brookfield

        The Service Recipients have engaged the Service Provider, an affiliate of Brookfield, to provide them with management and administration services pursuant to the Master Services Agreement.

Our General Partner

        Our General Partner serves as our partnership's general partner and has sole authority for the management and control of our partnership, which is exercised exclusively by its board of directors in Bermuda. Our partnership's interest in the Holding LP, which consists of Managing General Partner Units and Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Units, entitles our partnership to serve as the Holding LP's managing general partner, with sole authority for management and control of the Holding LP, which is exercised exclusively through the board of directors of our General Partner.

Brookfield Infrastructure 67


Table of Contents

        See also the information contained in this annual report on Form 20-F under Item 3.D "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Us and Our Partnership," Item 3.D "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Relationship with Brookfield," Item 6.A "Directors and Senior Management," Item 7.B "Related Party Transactions," Item 10.B "Memorandum and Articles of Association—Description of Our Units, Preferred Units and Our Limited Partnership," Item 10.B "Memorandum and Articles of Association—Description of the Holding LP's Limited Partnership Agreement" and Item 7.A "Major Shareholders."

The Holding LP and Holding Entities

        Our partnership indirectly holds its interests in operating entities through the Holding LP and the Holding Entities. The Holding LP owns all of the common shares of the Holding Entities. Brookfield has provided an aggregate of $20 million of working capital to certain Holding Entities through a subscription for preferred shares of such Holding Entities. These preferred shares are entitled to receive a cumulative preferential dividend equal to 6% of their redemption value as and when declared by the board of directors of the applicable Holding Entity and are redeemable at the option of the Holding Entity, subject to certain limitations, at any time after the tenth anniversary of their issuance. Except for the preferred share of our primary US Holding Entity, which is entitled to one vote, the preferred shares are not entitled to vote, except as required by law.

Infrastructure Special LP

        The Infrastructure Special LP is entitled to receive incentive distributions from the Holding LP as a result of its ownership of the special limited partnership interest of the Holding LP See Item 7.B "Related Party Transactions—Incentive Distributions."

Significant Subsidiaries

        The following table sets forth for each of Brookfield Infrastructure's significant subsidiaries, the jurisdiction of incorporation and the percentage ownership held by Brookfield Infrastructure.

 
   
   
  Ownership
Interest
  Voting
Interest
 
Defined Name
  Name of entity   Jurisdiction of
Organization
  2014
%
  2014
%
 

Holding LP

  Brookfield Infrastructure L.P.   Bermuda     72 (1)   100  

Australian rail operation

  Brookfield Rail Holdings No. 1 Pty Ltd   Australia     100 (2)   100  

Regulated terminal operations

  DBCT Management Pty Ltd   Australia     71 (2)   100  

UK regulated distribution operations

  Brookfield Utilities UK Holdings Limited   United Kingdom     80 (2)   80  

Brazilian toll road operation

  Arteris S.A.   Brazil     31 (2)   31  

(1)
Ownership interest held directly by our partnership.

(2)
Ownership interest held indirectly by the Holding LP.

4.D   PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

        Our partnership's principal office and its registered office is at 73 Front Street, Hamilton HM 12, Bermuda. Our partnership does not directly own any real property.

        See also the information contained in this annual report on Form 20-F under Item 3.D "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Operations and the Infrastructure Industry—All of our infrastructure operations may require substantial capital expenditures in the future," "—Investments in infrastructure projects prior to or during a construction or expansion phase are likely to be subject to increased risk," "—All of our operating entities are subject to changes in government policy and legislation," and Item 5 "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

68 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

ITEM 4A.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

        Not applicable.

ITEM 5.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Performance Targets and Key Measures

        We target a total return of 12% to 15% per annum on the infrastructure assets that we own, measured over the long term. We intend to generate this return from the in-place cash flow from our operations plus growth through investments in upgrades and expansions of our asset base, as well as acquisitions. If we are successful in growing our funds from operations ("FFO") per unit, we will be able to increase distributions to unitholders. Furthermore, the increase in our FFO per unit should result in capital appreciation (see "Reconciliation of Non-IFRS Financial Measures" on page 91 for more detail). We also measure the growth of FFO per unit, which we believe is a proxy for our ability to increase distributions to unitholders. In addition, we have performance measures that track the key value drivers for each of our operating segments. See "Segmented Disclosures" on page 73 for more detail.

Distribution Policy

        Our objective is to pay a distribution per unit that is sustainable on a long-term basis while retaining sufficient liquidity within our operations to fund recurring growth capital expenditures, debt repayments and general corporate requirements. We currently believe that a payout of 60% to 70% of our FFO is appropriate.

        In light of the current strong prospects for our business, the Board of Directors of our General Partner has approved a 10% increase in our quarterly distribution to 53 cents per unit starting with the distribution paid in March 2015. This increase reflects the forecasted contribution from our recently commissioned capital projects, as well as the expected cash yield on acquisitions that we closed in the past year. Distributions have grown at a compound annual growth rate of 13% since inception of the partnership in 2008. We target 5% to 9% annual distribution growth per unit in light of the per unit FFO growth we foresee in our operations.

Basis of Presentation

        Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS"), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB"). Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Brookfield Infrastructure and the entities over which it has control. Brookfield Infrastructure accounts for investments over which it exercises significant influence, but does not control, using the equity method.

        Our partnership's equity interests include units held by public unitholders and the Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield. Our units and the Redeemable Partnership Units have the same economic attributes in all respects, except that the Redeemable Partnership Units provide Brookfield the right to request that its units be redeemed for cash consideration. In the event that Brookfield exercises this right, our partnership has the right, at its sole discretion, to satisfy the redemption request with our units, rather than cash, on a one-for-one basis. As a result, Brookfield, as holder of Redeemable Partnership Units, participates in earnings and distributions on a per unit basis equivalent to the per unit participation of the limited partnership units of our partnership. However, given the redeemable feature referenced above, we present the Redeemable Partnership Units as a component of non-controlling interests.

Brookfield Infrastructure 69


Table of Contents

        When we discuss the results of our operating segments, we present Brookfield Infrastructure's proportionate share of results for operations accounted for using consolidation and the equity method, in order to demonstrate the impact of key value drivers of each of these operating segments on our partnership's overall performance. As a result, segment revenues, costs attributable to revenues, other income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, deferred taxes, fair value adjustments and other items will differ from results presented in accordance with IFRS as they (1) include Brookfield Infrastructure's proportionate share of earnings from investments in associates attributable to each of the above noted items, and (2) exclude the share of earnings (losses) of consolidated investments not held by Brookfield Infrastructure apportioned to each of the above noted items. However, net income for each segment is consistent with results presented in accordance with IFRS. See "Reconciliation of Operating Segments" on page 92 for a reconciliation of segment results to our partnership's statement of operating results in accordance with IFRS.

        Our presentation currency and functional currency is the U.S. dollar, and has been throughout each of the last seven years. There were no changes in accounting policies that have had a material impact on the comparability of the results between financial years since the adoption of IFRS.

REVIEW OF CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL RESULTS

        In this section we review our consolidated performance and financial position as at December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the 12-month periods ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. Further details on the key drivers of our operations and financial position are contained within the review of operating segments.

        The following table summarizes the financial results of Brookfield Infrastructure.

 
  Year Ended
December 31
 
US$ MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER UNIT INFORMATION
  2014   2013   2012  
Summary Statements of Operating Results
 

Revenues

  $ 1,924   $ 1,826   $ 1,524  

Direct operating costs

    (846 )   (823 )   (766 )

General and administrative expenses

    (115 )   (110 )   (95 )

Depreciation and amortization expense

    (380 )   (329 )   (230 )

Interest expense

    (362 )   (362 )   (322 )

Share of earnings from investments in associates

    58     56     12  

Net income

    229     65     291  

Income from continuing operations

    237     293     112  

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of income tax

    (8 )   (228 )   179  

Net income (loss) attributable to the partnership (1)

    184     (58 )   106  

Net income (loss) per limited partnership unit

  $ 0.67   $ (0.43 ) $ 0.47  

(1)
Includes net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests—Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield, general partner and limited partners.

        Revenues totaled $1,924 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, representing an increase of $98 million, or 5%, compared to 2013. Approximately $47 million of the increase relates to acquisitions made in our U.S. district energy business over the past twelve months. Our UK regulated distribution operation, Australian rail operation and Colombian regulated distribution operation contributed incremental revenues of $31 million, $24 million, and $17 million, respectively, as we benefited from inflationary increases in tariffs and investments in organic growth initiatives. Our business also recorded higher revenues in its transport and utility operations as a result of increased volumes at our Chilean toll road, UK port operation and Australian regulated terminal contributing $12 million, $11 million and $10 million, respectively. These factors were partially offset by a decline in

70 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

the Australian dollar, Chilean peso and Colombian peso relative to the U.S. dollar, as the depreciation of these currencies negatively impacted total revenues by $54 million.

        Total revenues increased by $302 million from 2012 to 2013, representing a year-over-year increase of 20%. Approximately $240 million of the increase relates to acquisitions made in the second half of 2012, in particular investments made in our UK regulated distribution and Canadian district energy business, which contributed incremental revenues of $98 million and $62 million, respectively. Our Chilean toll road contributed incremental revenues of $81 million, as we began consolidating this business following the additional investment made in this business in the fourth quarter of 2012 (it was accounted for using the equity method previously). Finally, $85 million of additional revenues were generated from the completion of our Australian rail operations expansion project in March 2013.

        Direct operating expenses totaled $846 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, which is an increase of $23 million, or 3%, compared to the prior year. The increase is primarily attributable to the aforementioned U.S district energy acquisitions completed over the past year, which contributed $31 million of incremental operating expenses. Further incremental costs of $32 million were incurred as a result of the aforementioned capital expansion programs at our UK regulated distribution operation and Australian rail operation as well as higher volumes in our UK port operation. These increases were offset by the impact of a decline in the Australian dollar, Chilean peso and Colombian peso relative to the U.S. dollar of $18 million, in addition we benefited $22 million as a result of our foreign currency hedging program.

        Total operating expenses increased $57 million from 2012 to 2013, representing a year-over-year increase of 7%. The increase is primarily attributable to the aforementioned investments made in the second half of 2012 and the completion of the Australian rail expansion, which contributed incremental direct operating costs of $88 million. These increases were partially offset by a $25 million decrease in direct operating costs at our Australian operations as a result of the depreciation of the Australian dollar versus the U.S. dollar.

        General and administrative expenses totaled $115 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, which was a $5 million increase over the same period in 2013 and followed an increase of $15 million to $110 million from December 31, 2012 to 2013. This line item is primarily comprised of the base management fee that is paid to Brookfield, which is equal to 1.25% of the partnership's market value plus recourse debt, net of cash. It also includes certain public company expenditures relating to the on-going operations of the partnership. The base management fee increased versus the same period in 2013 and 2012 as a result of an increase in market capitalization from the higher trading price of our partnership units. The increase in market capitalization from the year ended December 31, 2012 to 2013 was also attributable to a $340 million equity issuance completed in May 2013.

        Depreciation and amortization expense totaled $380 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $51 million compared to the same period in 2013. Depreciation and amortization expense increased by $99 million from $230 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $329 million in 2013. The increases relative to prior periods are due primarily to the impact of new investments and higher property, plant and equipment values as a result of our annual revaluation process.

        Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 totaled $362 million resulting in no change compared to the same period in 2013. Interest expense increased $8 million as a result of the aforementioned U.S. district energy business acquisitions as well as higher borrowings at our UK regulated distribution business associated with organic growth initiatives, which contributed incremental interest expense of $7 million. These increases were equaled by the impact of the depreciation of the Australian dollar, Chilean peso and Colombian peso relative to the U.S. dollar.

Brookfield Infrastructure 71


Table of Contents

        Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $40 million to $362 million compared to the same period in 2012, due primarily to the additional interest expense associated with the businesses we acquired in the fourth quarter of 2012, as well as higher borrowings at our Australian rail operation, which contributed incremental interest expense of $31 million and $18 million, respectively. These increases were partially offset by $9 million of interest savings as a result of lower borrowing costs on our corporate credit facility following receipt of an investment grade credit rating and the replacement of higher cost legacy corporate debt with corporate bonds issued in the fourth quarter of 2012.

        Earnings from investments in associates were $58 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to earnings of $56 million and $12 million for the same periods in 2013 and 2012, respectively. The $2 million increase from 2013 to 2014 was primarily due to higher volumes in our Transport business and our increased interest at our Brazilian toll road operations, which contributed incremental earnings of $38 million. The acquisition of our Brazilian rail business in the third quarter of the year and commissioning of our Texas transmission system contributed earnings of $6 million and $4 million, respectively. These earnings were offset by the sale of our Australasian regulated distribution operation in the fourth quarter of 2013, which contributed $31 million of earnings in 2013 and the $15 million decline caused by the depreciation of the Brazilian reais and Chilean peso relative to the U.S. dollar and inflation indexation on our Chilean peso denominated debt.

        Earnings from investments in associates for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $44 million from the same period in 2012. This increase was primarily due to $22 million of additional income generated at our Chilean transmission system resulting from inflation indexation and additions to rate base and a $16 million impairment of one of our European ports in 2012.

        Earnings from our North American gas transmission operation and U.S. and Canadian freehold timberlands have been recorded as (loss) income from discontinuing operations for the current and comparative periods. Loss from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 of $228 million reflects the $275 million impairment charge recorded on our North American gas transmission operation partially offset by earnings from our U.S. and Canadian freehold timberlands, which were disposed of during 2013. Income from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $179 million is primarily the result of positive fair value adjustments recorded on our timberlands during the period.

 
  As of  
US$ MILLIONS
  December 31, 2014   December 31, 2013  
Summary Statements of Financial Position Key Metrics
 

Cash and cash equivalents

    $     189     $     538  

Other current assets

    1,371     730  

Total assets

    16,495     15,682  

Current liabilities

    780     527  

Corporate borrowings

    588     377  

Non-recourse borrowings

    6,221     5,790  

Other long-term liabilities

    2,584     2,383  

Non-controlling interest—in operating subsidiaries

    1,444     1,419  

Non-controlling interest—Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield

    1,321     1,408  

Limited Partners' capital

    3,533     3,751  

General Partner capital

    24     27  

        As of December 31, 2014, we had $16,495 million in assets, compared to $15,682 million at the end of 2013. This $813 million increase is primarily due to acquisitions completed in the past twelve months, including investments made in our district energy business, Brazilian rail business, North

72 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

American gas storage operation and North American west coast container terminal, which added $1,449 million in assets. Total assets also increased from revaluation gains of approximately $519 million, primarily at our UK regulated distribution operation and Chilean electricity transmission system. This was partially offset by the approximately $1,145 million impact of the depreciation of the Australian dollar, British pound, Chilean peso, Brazilian reais and Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar.

        Corporate borrowings increased to $588 million at December 31, 2014, compared to $377 million at December 31, 2013. The increase in corporate borrowings of $211 million was due to $246 million drawn on our corporate credit facility used to bridge-finance the aforementioned investment activity, partially offset by a decline in the Canadian denominated corporate debt, as the Canadian dollar depreciated against the U.S dollar during the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, decreasing our corporate debt balance by $35 million.

        Non-recourse borrowings increased by $431 million to $6,221 million at December 31, 2014 from $5,790 million at December 31, 2013. The increase is primarily due to refinancings at our UK regulated distribution operation, Chilean toll road operation and Australian rail operation, which combined to increase our debt balance by approximately $615 million, in addition to $245 million from the district energy acquisitions completed over the past twelve months. This was partially offset by a decline in Australian dollar, British pound and Chilean peso denominated debt, due to the depreciation of these currencies versus the U.S. dollar during the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, decreasing our debt balance by $423 million.

        Partnership capital decreased by $308 million to $4,878 million at December 31, 2014 from $5,186 million at December 31, 2013. The decrease was as a result of distributions paid to our unitholders of $448 million and foreign currency translation losses of $555 million net of mark-to-market gains related to our foreign currency hedging program, offset by revaluation gains of approximately $519 million resulting from our annual revaluation of property, plant and equipment and net income attributable to the partnership of $184 million.

SEGMENTED DISCLOSURES

        In this section, we review the results of our principal operating segments: utilities, transport and energy. Each segment is presented on a proportionate basis, taking into account Brookfield Infrastructure's ownership in operations accounted for using the consolidation and equity methods, whereby our partnership either controls or exercises significant influence over its investments. See "Discussion of Segment Reconciling Items" on page 96 for a reconciliation of segment results to our partnership's statement of operating results in accordance with IFRS.

Brookfield Infrastructure 73


Table of Contents

Utilities Operations

Results of Operations

        The following table presents the roll-forward of our rate base and selected key metrics:

 
  Year ended December 31  
(US$ MILLIONS)
  2014
  2013
 

Rate base, start of period

  $ 4,242   $ 4,790  

Impact of acquisitions, net of disposals

        (626 )

Capital expenditures commissioned

    189     355  

Inflation and other indexation

    110     161  

Regulatory depreciation

    (72 )   (83 )

Foreign exchange

    (351 )   (355 )
           

Rate base, end of period

  $ 4,118   $ 4,242  
           

 

 
  Year ended December 31  
(US$ MILLIONS)
  2014
  2013
  2012
 

Funds from operations (FFO)

  $ 367   $ 377   $ 308  

Maintenance capital

    (14 )   (27 )   (25 )
               

Adjusted funds from operations (AFFO)

  $ 353   $ 350   $ 283  
               

        For the year ended December 31, 2014, our utilities segment produced FFO of $367 million, compared with $377 million in the prior year and $308 million in 2012. The decrease in FFO relative to 2013 is primarily due to the sale of our Australasian regulated distribution operation in the fourth quarter of 2013. Excluding the impact of the sale, FFO increased by $39 million as the business benefited from higher connections activity at our UK regulated distribution business, inflation indexation and lower costs resulting from margin improvement programs at a number of operations. The increase in FFO comparing 2013 to 2012 is primarily attributable to new investments completed near the end of 2012 that doubled the size of our UK regulated distribution business and increased our ownership in the Chilean electricity transmission system. In addition, our business also benefited from 'same store' organic growth from inflation indexation and contributions from organic growth investments.

        The following table presents our utilities segment's proportionate share of financial results:

 
  Year ended December 31  
(US$ MILLIONS)
  2014
  2013
  2012
 

Revenue

  $ 736   $ 831   $ 774  

Costs attributable to revenues

    (217 )   (284 )   (305 )
               

Adjusted EBITDA

    519     547     469  

Interest expense

    (158 )   (175 )   (167 )

Other income

    6     5     6  
               

Funds from operations (FFO)

    367     377     308  

Depreciation and amortization

    (155 )   (147 )   (123 )

Deferred taxes and other items

    (58 )   6     (74 )
               

Net income

  $ 154   $ 236   $ 111  
               

74 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

        The following table presents our proportionate adjusted EBITDA and FFO for the businesses in this operating segment:

 
  Adjusted EBITDA   FFO  
(US$ MILLIONS)
  2014
  2013
  2012
  2014
  2013
  2012
 

Regulated Distribution

  $ 200   $ 236   $ 188   $ 158   $ 178   $ 133  

Regulated Terminal

    172     174     180     93     91     98  

Electricity Transmission

    147     137     101     116     108     77  
                           

Total

  $ 519   $ 547   $ 469   $ 367   $ 377   $ 308  
                           

        For the year ended December 31, 2014 our regulated distribution operations generated adjusted EBITDA and FFO of $200 million and $158 million, respectively, versus $236 million and $178 million, respectively, in 2013 and $188 million and $133 million, respectively, in 2012. Results decreased versus prior year primarily due to sale of our Australasian regulated distribution operation in the fourth quarter of 2013. Excluding the impact of the sale, results for the business were ahead of prior year by $39 million due primarily to stronger performance at our UK regulated distribution business that benefited from a higher rate base, inflation indexation, higher connections sales activity and lower costs. Results increased from 2012 to 2013 as a result of investments in our rate base, inflation indexation and contributions from new investment activities, which were completed in the fourth quarter of 2012.

        For the year ended December 31, 2014 our regulated terminal reported adjusted EBITDA and FFO of $172 million and $93 million, respectively, versus $174 million and $91 million, respectively, in the prior period and $180 million and $98 million, respectively, in 2012. Adjusted EBITDA decreased compared to both comparative periods as inflation indexation and the benefit of additions to rate base were more than offset by the impact of foreign exchange. Compared to the prior periods, FFO increased due to lower borrowing costs, where we benefited from financings completed over the past 12 months. FFO decreased for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012 due to the impact of foreign exchange.

        For the year ended December 31, 2014 our electricity transmission operations generated adjusted EBITDA and FFO of $147 million and $116 million, respectively, versus $137 million and $108 million, respectively, in 2013 and $101 million and $77 million, respectively, in 2012. Adjusted EBITDA and FFO increased versus prior year due to inflation indexation, commissioning of projects into rate base and lower operating costs, partially offset by the impact of foreign exchange. Adjusted EBITDA and FFO also increase for the year ended December 31, 2013 versus the same period in 2012 for the aforementioned factors in addition to our increased ownership interest in the Chilean transmission system, which was completed in the fourth quarter of 2012.

        Depreciation and amortization increased to $155 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, up from $147 million and $123 million for the same period in 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase of $8 million from 2013 is primarily due to higher depreciation expense from additions to our regulated asset base from growth capital expenditures and the aforementioned acquisitions, partially offset by the impact of the aforementioned disposition of the Australasian regulated distribution operation. The increase in depreciation of $24 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 versus the same period in 2012 is primarily due to higher depreciation expense from additions to our regulated asset base from growth capital expenditures and the acquisition of the UK regulated distribution business in the fourth quarter of 2012. Deferred taxes and other items for the year ended December 31, 2014 was a loss of $58 million compared to a gain of $6 million for the same period in 2013 and a loss of $74 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The negative variance versus the prior year is associated with foreign exchange losses on translation of U.S. denominated debt at our Chilean electricity transmission system and lower mark-to-market gains on hedging items at our UK regulated distribution business.

Brookfield Infrastructure 75


Table of Contents

The positive variance for the year ended December 31, 2013 relative to the same period in 2012 is primarily the result of mark-to-market gains recognized during the 2013 on hedging items relating to our UK regulated distribution business, compared to mark-to-market losses recorded on these items during 2012.

Transport Operations

Results of Operations

        The following table presents our proportionate share of the key metrics of our transport segment:

 
  Year ended December 31  
(US$ MILLIONS)
  2014
  2013
  2012
 

Growth capital expenditures

  $ 332   $ 212   $ 361  

Adjusted EBITDA margin (1)

    48%     47%     37%  

Funds from operations (FFO)

    392     326     168  

Maintenance capital

    (80 )   (63 )   (45 )
               

Adjusted funds from operations (AFFO)

  $ 312   $ 263   $ 123  
               

(1)
Adjusted EBITDA margin is adjusted EBITDA divided by revenues.

        Our transport segment generated FFO of $392 million in 2014 compared to $326 million in 2013 and $168 million in 2012. The increase in FFO versus both comparative periods was driven by a full year contribution from the additional investment in our Brazilian toll road operation made in September 2013 and contribution from the acquisition of our Brazilian rail business in third quarter of 2014. The commissioning of our Australian rail operations expansion program in March 2013 also positively impacted results relative to both comparative periods. On a comparable basis, results benefited from inflationary tariff increases and volume growth at our Brazilian toll roads as well as favourable grain harvest at our Australian rail operation.

        The following table presents our transport segment's proportionate share of financial results:

 
  Year ended December 31  
(US$ MILLIONS)
  2014
  2013
  2012
 

Revenues

  $ 1,238   $ 1,054   $ 738  

Cost attributed to revenues

    (639 )   (557 )   (463 )
               

Adjusted EBITDA

    599     497     275  

Interest expense

    (173 )   (153 )   (106 )

Other expenses

    (34 )   (18 )   (1 )
               

Funds from operations (FFO)

    392     326     168  

Depreciation and amortization

    (250 )   (183 )   (118 )

Impairment charge

            (16 )

Deferred taxes and other items

    (39 )   (78 )   (1 )
               

Net income

  $ 103   $ 65   $ 33  
               

76 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

        The following table presents proportionate adjusted EBITDA and FFO for each business in this operating segment:

 
  Adjusted EBITDA   FFO  
(US$ MILLIONS)
  2014
  2013
  2012
  2014
  2013
  2012
 

Rail

  $ 270   $ 250   $ 169   $ 201   $ 187   $ 118  

Toll Roads

    248     173     30     140     97     12  

Ports

    81     74     76     51     42     38  
                           

Total

  $ 599   $ 497   $ 275   $ 392   $ 326   $ 168  
                           

        For the year ended December 31, 2014, our rail business generated adjusted EBITDA and FFO of $270 million and $201 million, respectively, versus $250 million and $187 million, respectively, in 2013 and $169 million and $118 million, respectively, in 2012. Results increased compared to the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 as a result of the partial contribution from our Brazilian rail acquisition completed in the third quarter of 2014. On a same store basis, FFO increased as a result of higher volumes associated with bumper grain harvest and the aforementioned completion of the expansion program, where volumes ramped up substantially and reached full take-or-pay levels in March 2013.

        For the year ended December 31, 2014, our toll roads contributed adjusted EBITDA and FFO of $248 million and $140 million, respectively, versus $173 million and $97 million, respectively, in 2013 and $30 million and $12 million, respectively, in 2012. Results increased compared to both comparative periods primarily due to the increase in ownership of our Brazilian toll roads completed in September 2013 and as a result of the investments in our South American toll roads in the fourth quarter of 2012. On a same store basis, toll revenues increased 8% year-over-year and 15% in 2013 relative to 2012, driven by tariff increases and higher volumes on our toll roads.

        For the year ended December 31, 2014, our port operations reported adjusted EBITDA and FFO of $81 million and $51 million, respectively, versus $74 million and $42 million, respectively, in 2013 and $76 million and $38 million, respectively, in 2012. Adjusted EBITDA and FFO increased versus prior year primarily due to improved volumes at our UK port as economic conditions in the region continue to improve and contribution from the North American container port acquisition during the year. FFO for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $4 million compared to the same period in 2012 as the decrease in adjusted EBITDA was more than offset by lower borrowing costs following a refinancing at our continental European port operation completed during 2013.

        Non-cash expenses are primarily comprised of depreciation and amortization, inflation indexation on our Chilean peso denominated debt, deferred taxes and other items. Depreciation and amortization increased to $250 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, up from $183 million and $118 million for the same period in 2013 and 2012, respectively. The $67 million increase versus 2013 is primarily driven by a full year contribution from the additional investment in our Brazilian toll road operation made in September 2013 and contribution from the close of our South American rail acquisition in August 2014. The increase of $65 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 relative to the same period in 2012, is primarily due to additional depreciation on our recently commissioned Australian rail expansion and toll road acquisitions. Deferred taxes and other expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014 were $39 million compared to $78 million and $1 million for the same period in 2013 and 2012, respectively. The $39 million reduction versus 2013 is primarily the result of breakage costs associated with the refinancing of our rail operation and European port operations during 2012. The negative variance for the year ended December 31, 2013 relative to the same period in 2012 is also primarily the result of the aforementioned breakage costs.

Brookfield Infrastructure 77


Table of Contents

Energy Operations

Results of Operations

        The following table presents our proportionate share of the key metrics of our energy segment:

 
  Year ended December 31  
(US$ MILLIONS)
  2014
  2013
  2012
 

Growth capital expenditures

  $ 37   $ 15   $ 17  

Adjusted EBITDA margin (1)

    45%     42%     46%  

Funds from operations (FFO)

    68     70     76  

Maintenance capital

    (37 )   (39 )   (37 )
               

Adjusted funds from operations (AFFO)

  $ 31   $ 31   $ 39  
               

(1)
Adjusted EBITDA margin is adjusted EBITDA divided by revenues.

        Our energy segment generated FFO of $68 million, compared to $70 million in 2013 and $76 million in 2012. Results were lower in 2014 relative to the prior two comparative periods as the benefit of our district energy acquisitions and improved performance at our energy distribution businesses in Australia, were offset by the impact of a challenging North American natural gas market that impacted the results of our gas transmission business.

        The following table presents our energy segment's proportionate share of financial results:

 
  Year ended December 31  
(US$ MILLIONS)
  2014
  2013
  2012
 

Revenues

  $ 311   $ 323   $ 316  

Cost attributed to revenues

    (172 )   (186 )   (172 )

Adjusted EBITDA

    139     137     144  
               

Interest expense

    (71 )   (69 )   (70 )

Other income

        2     2  
               

Funds from operations (FFO)

    68     70     76  

Depreciation and amortization

    (76 )   (70 )   (59 )

Deferred taxes and other items

    12     (254 )   (17 )
               

Net income (loss)

  $ 4   $ (254 ) $  
               

        The following table presents proportionate adjusted EBITDA and FFO for each business in this operating segment:

 
  Adjusted EBITDA   FFO  
(US$ MILLIONS)
  2014
  2013
  2012
  2014
  2013
  2012
 

Transmission, Distribution & Storage

  $ 111   $ 117   $ 134   $ 45   $ 54   $ 67  

District Energy

    28     20     10     23     16     9  
                           

Total

  $ 139   $ 137   $ 144   $ 68   $ 70   $ 76  
                           

        For the year ended December 31, 2014 our transmission, distribution and storage operations reported adjusted EBITDA and FFO of $111 million and $45 million, respectively, versus $117 million and $54 million, respectively, in 2013 and $134 million and $67 million, respectively, in 2012. Adjusted EBITDA and FFO decreased compared to the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, due to weak

78 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

market fundamentals continuing to impact transportation revenues at our North American energy transmission business.

        For the year ended December 31, 2014, our district energy business contributed adjusted EBITDA and FFO of $28 million and $23 million, respectively, versus $20 million and $16 million, respectively, in 2013 and $10 million and $9 million, respectively, in 2012. Results increased as a result of contributions from new district energy systems that came on-line in the fourth quarter of 2013 and the third quarter of 2014 as well as increased contributions from our Australian distribution operation that benefited from higher in-place connections. Prior period balances have been reclassified to include Australian district energy business which was formerly presented as part of our energy distribution segment.

        Non-cash expenses are primarily comprised of depreciation, amortization, impairment charges, deferred taxes and other items. Depreciation and amortization increased to $76 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, up from $70 million and $59 million for the same period in 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase is primarily due to additional depreciation as a result of acquisitions in our district energy business. Deferred taxes and other expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $12 million of income compared to a $254 million loss and a $17 million loss for the same period in 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase of $266 million versus the prior year is due primarily to a $275 million impairment charge taken on our North American gas transmission business in 2013. The negative variance for the year ended December 31, 2013 relative to the same period in 2012 is due primarily to the aforementioned impairment charge partially offset by non-recurring breakage costs of $40 million attributable to a refinancing completed at our North American gas transmission business that impacted 2012 results.

Corporate and other

        The following table presents the components of Corporate and Other, on a proportionate basis for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 
  Year ended December 31  
(US$ MILLIONS)
  2014
  2013
  2012
 

Timber adjusted EBITDA

  $   $ 39   $ 48  

General and administrative costs

    (8 )   (8 )   (9 )

Base management fee

    (107 )   (102 )   (86 )
               

Adjusted EBITDA

    (115 )   (71 )   (47 )

Other income

    26     6     7  

Financing costs

                   

Timber

        (13 )   (28 )

Corporate

    (14 )   (13 )   (22 )
               

Funds from operations (FFO)

    (103 )   (91 )   (90 )

Deferred taxes and other items

    26     (14 )   52  
               

Net loss

  $ (77 ) $ (105 ) $ (38 )
               

        In 2013, we completed the sale of our timberland operations for proceeds of $640 million, and as a result eliminated reporting on the timber segment and included results from this business in our Corporate and other segment. The timber business generated FFO for the year ended December 31, 2013 of $25 million compared to $22 million in 2012.

Brookfield Infrastructure 79


Table of Contents

        General and administrative costs for the year ended December 31, 2014 were consistent with the comparative periods. We anticipate that our general and administrative costs, excluding the base management fee, will be in the range of $8 million to $10 million per year on an annualized basis.

        Pursuant to our Master Services Agreement, we pay an annual base management fee to Brookfield equal to 1.25% of our market value, plus recourse debt net of cash. The base management fee for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased relative to the same periods in 2013 and 2012 due to an increase in our market capitalization attributable to the higher trading price of our partnership units and equity issuances completed in May 2013 and August 2012. The base management fee for the year ended December 31, 2013 was higher than 2012 due to an increase in our market capitalization attributable to the higher trading price of our partnership units and an equity issuance completed in May 2013.

        Financing costs include interest expense and standby fees on our committed credit facility, less interest earned on cash balances. Corporate financing costs for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased versus 2013 due to higher draws on our credit facility used to bridge finance new investments during 2014. Corporate financing costs for the year ended December 31, 2013 were lower compared 2012 due to lower interest costs on our corporate credit facility following the receipt of our investment grade credit rating, in addition to refinancing higher cost legacy debt with corporate bonds issued in October 2012.

        Other income includes interest and distribution income as well as realized gains earned on corporate financial assets.

        Deferred taxes and other expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014 were $26 million of income compared to a $14 million loss in 2013 and income of $52 million in the same period in 2012. The $40 million variance from prior year is due to the current period benefiting from mark-to-market gains related to our foreign currency hedging program, while the prior period contained mark-to-market losses. The negative variance of $66 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 versus the same period in 2012 is primarily the result of positive fair value adjustments recorded on our timberlands in 2012.

80 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

SELECTED STATEMENT OF OPERATING RESULTS AND FINANCIAL POSITION INFORMATION

        To measure performance, we focus on FFO and AFFO, among other measures. We also focus on adjusted EBITDA and net income, taking into account items that we consider unusual or otherwise not reflective of the ongoing profitability of our operations. We define FFO as net income excluding the impact of depreciation and amortization, deferred income taxes, breakage and transaction costs, non-cash valuation gains or losses and other items. We define AFFO as FFO less maintenance capex, as detailed in the Reconciliation of Non-IFRS Financial Measures section of this MD&A. FFO is a measure of operating performance, and AFFO is a measure of the sustainable cash flow of our business. Since they are not calculated in accordance with, and do not have any standardized meanings prescribed by, IFRS, FFO and AFFO are unlikely to be comparable to similar measures presented by other issuers and FFO and AFFO have limitations as analytical tools. See the Reconciliation of Non-IFRS Financial Measures section for a more fulsome discussion, including a reconciliation to the most directly comparable IFRS measures.

 
  Year ended December 31  
(US$ MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER UNIT INFORMATION)
  2014   2013   2012  
Key Metrics
 

Funds from operations (FFO)

  $ 724   $ 682   $ 462  

Per unit FFO (1)

    3.45     3.30     2.41  

Distributions per unit

    1.92     1.72     1.50  

Payout ratio (2)

    62%     57%     66%  

Growth of per unit FFO (1)

    5%     37%      

Adjusted funds from operations (AFFO) (3)

    593     553     355  

(1)
Average units outstanding during the year of 210.1 million (2013: 206.7 million, 2012: 191.5 million).

(2)
Payout ratio is defined as distributions paid per unit (inclusive of GP incentive distributions) divided by FFO.

(3)
AFFO is defined as FFO less maintenance capital expenditures.

        For the year ended December 31, 2014 we posted strong results with FFO totaling $724 million ($3.45 per unit) compared to FFO of $682 million ($3.30 per unit) in 2013 and FFO of $462 million ($2.41 per unit) in 2012. Results increased by 5% and 43% on a per unit basis compared to 2013 and 2012, respectively as organic growth across most of our businesses and incremental earnings on capital that we deployed over the past 2 years more than offset the impact of asset sales. Our payout ratio is 62%, which is at the low end of the target range of 60-70%.

Brookfield Infrastructure 81


Table of Contents

        The following tables present selected statement of operating results and financial position information by operating segment on a proportionate basis:

 
  Year ended December 31  
(US$ MILLIONS)
  2014   2013   2012  
Statement of Operating Results
 

Net income (loss) by segment

                   

Utilities

  $ 154   $ 236   $ 111  

Transport

    103     65     33  

Energy

    4     (254 )    

Corporate and other

    (77 )   (105 )   (38 )
               

Net income (loss)

  $ 184   $ (58 ) $ 106  
               

Adjusted EBITDA by segment

                   

Utilities

  $ 519   $ 547   $ 469  

Transport

    599     497     275  

Energy

    139     137     144  

Corporate and other

    (115 )   (71 )   (47 )
               

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 1,142   $ 1,110   $ 841  
               

FFO by segment

                   

Utilities

  $ 367   $ 377   $ 308  

Transport

    392     326     168  

Energy

    68     70     76  

Corporate and other

    (103 )   (91 )   (90 )
               

FFO

  $ 724   $ 682   $ 462  
               

 

 
  As of  
 
  December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 
(US$ MILLIONS)
 
Statement of Financial Position
 

Total assets by segment

             

Utilities

  $ 4,805   $ 4,766  

Transport

    4,970     4,789  

Energy

    1,816     1,629  

Corporate and other

    (56 )   (46 )
           

Total assets

  $ 11,535   $ 11,138  
           

Net debt by segment

             

Utilities

  $ 2,843   $ 2,838  

Transport

    2,513     2,333  

Energy

    1,030     927  

Corporate and other

    271     (146 )
           

Net debt

  $ 6,657   $ 5,952  
           

Partnership capital by segment

             

Utilities

  $ 1,962   $ 1,928  

Transport

    2,457     2,456  

Energy

    786     702  

Corporate and other

    (327 )   100  
           

Partnership capital

  $ 4,878   $ 5,186  
           

82 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY

        The nature of our asset base and the quality of our associated cash flows enable us to maintain a stable and low cost capital structure. We attempt to maintain sufficient financial liquidity at all times so that we are able to participate in attractive opportunities as they arise, better withstand sudden adverse changes in economic circumstances and maintain a relatively high distribution of our FFO to unitholders. Our principal sources of liquidity are cash flows from our operations, undrawn credit facilities and access to public and private capital markets. We also structure the ownership of our assets to enhance our ability to monetize them to provide additional liquidity, if necessary. Certain subsidiaries may be subject to limitations on their ability to declare and pay dividends. Any limitations existing at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were insignificant and would not adversely impact our ability to meet cash obligations.

        Our group-wide liquidity at December 31, 2014 was $2,125 million and was comprised of the following:

 
  As of  
(US$ MILLIONS)
  December 31, 2014
  December 31, 2013
 

Corporate cash and cash equivalents

  $    317   $    523  

Committed corporate credit facility

    1,400     1,400  

Draws on corporate credit facility

    (246 )    

Commitments under corporate credit facility

    (110 )   (99 )

Proportionate cash retained in businesses

    380     330  

Proportionate availability under subsidiary credit facilities

    384     428  
           

Group-wide liquidity

  $ 2,125   $ 2,582  
           

        At December 31, 2014, we believe that the sources of group-wide liquidity are sufficient for Brookfield Infrastructure's present requirements. We finished the year with group-wide liquidity of approximately $2,125 million, down from $2,582 million at December 31, 2013 primarily as a result of financing new investments during the year. At the corporate level, we ended the year with $1,361 million of liquidity, a decrease of $463 million compared to the prior year. The decrease was primarily attributable to funding acquisitions during the year including our U.S. district energy businesses, Brazilian rail business and North American gas storage operations.

Brookfield Infrastructure 83


Table of Contents

        We finance our assets principally at the operating company level with debt that generally has long-term maturities, few restrictive covenants and no recourse to either Brookfield Infrastructure or our other operations. At the operating company level, we endeavour to maintain prudent levels of debt. We also strive to ladder our principal repayments over a number of years. On a proportionate basis as of December 31, 2014, scheduled principal repayments over the next five years are as follows:

(US$ MILLIONS)
  Average Term
(years)
  2015   2016   2017   2018   2019   Beyond   Total  

Recourse borrowings

                                                 

Corporate borrowings

    3   $   $   $ 342   $   $ 246   $   $ 588  
                                   

Total recourse borrowings

    3             342         246         588  
                                   

Non-recourse borrowings (1)(2)

                                                 

Utilities

    10     1     272     46     2     41     2,529     2,891  

Transport

    9     242     24     203     317     57     1,961     2,804  

Energy

    8     2         530         145     394     1,071  
                                   

Total non-recourse borrowings (1)(2)

    10     245     296     779     319     243     4,884     6,766  
                                   

Total borrowings (3)

    10   $ 245   $ 296   $ 1,121   $ 319   $ 489   $ 4,884   $ 7,354  
                                   

Cash retained in businesses

                                                 

Utilities

                                            $ 48  

Transport

                                              291  

Energy

                                              41  

Corporate and other

                                              317  
                                                 

Total cash retained

                                            $ 697  
                                                 

Net debt

                                                 

Utilities

                                            $ 2,843  

Transport

                                              2,513  

Energy

                                              1,030  

Corporate

                                              271  
                                     

Total net debt

          3%     4%     15%     4%     7%     67%   $ 6,657  
                                     

(1)
Represents non-recourse debt to Brookfield Infrastructure as the holders have recourse only to the underlying operations.

(2)
Non-recourse project debt from our social infrastructure operations has been excluded from the above tables as this is long-term debt which is fully amortized during the term of our concession contracts.

(3)
As of December 31, 2014, approximately 30% has been issued as floating rate debt. Brookfield Infrastructure and its subsidiaries have entered into interest rate swaps whereby the floating rate debt has been converted to fixed rate debt, effectively reducing floating rate debt maturities to approximately 18% of our total borrowings.

        The average cash interest rates for our utilities, transport, energy and corporate segments were 5.5%, 6.4%, 6.9% and 3.4%, respectively (December 31, 2013: 5.6%, 6.5%, 6.9% and 3.5% respectively).

84 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

        Our debt has an average term of 10 years. On a proportionate basis, our net debt-to-capitalization ratio as of December 31, 2014 was 59%. Proportionate debt can be reconciled to consolidated debt as follows:

 
  As of December 31  
(US$ MILLIONS)
  2014
  2013
 

Consolidated debt

  $ 6,809   $ 6,167  

Add: proportionate share of debt of investments in associates:

             

Utilities

    684     716  

Transport

    1,140     885  

Energy

        779  

Add: proportionate share of debt directly associated with assets held for sale

    809      

Less: borrowings attributable to non-controlling interest

    (1,834 )   (1,675 )

Premium on debt and cross currency swaps

    (254 )   (67 )
           

Proportionate debt

  $ 7,354   $ 6,805  
           

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

        The table below outlines Brookfield Infrastructure's contractual obligations as at December 31, 2014:

 
  Payments due by period  
(US$ MILLIONS)
  Total   Less than 1 year   1-2 years   2-5 years   5+ years  

Accounts payable and other liabilities

  $ 627   $ 413   $ 85   $ 8   $ 121  

Interest-bearing liabilities (1)

    9,667     347     637     1,840     6,843  

Finance lease liabilities

    7     3     1     2     1  

Other long-term liabilities

    469     106     56     231     76  
                       

  $ 10,770   $ 869   $ 779   $ 2,081   $ 7,041  
                       

(1)
Comprised of non-recourse borrowings and corporate borrowings and includes interest payments of $306 million, $298 million, $818 million and $1,354 million for the periods as follows: less than 1 year, 1-2 years, 2-5 years and 5 years and thereafter, respectively. Interest payments are calculated based on interest rates in effect as at the balance sheet date.

        In addition, pursuant to the Master Services Agreement, on a quarterly basis we pay a base management fee to Brookfield equal to 0.3125% (1.25% annually) of the market value, plus recourse debt of our partnership net of cash. As of December 31, 2014, this fee is estimated to be approximately $116 million per year based on our current market capitalization and unit price.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS—FOREIGN CURRENCY HEDGING STRATEGY

        To the extent that we believe it is economic to do so, our strategy is to hedge a portion of our equity investments and/or cash flows exposed to foreign currencies. The following key principles form the basis of our foreign currency hedging strategy:

    We leverage any natural hedges that may exist within our operations

    We utilize local currency debt financing to the extent possible

    We may utilize derivative contracts to the extent that natural hedges are insufficient

Brookfield Infrastructure 85


Table of Contents

        The following table presents our hedged position in foreign currencies as of December 31, 2014:

 
  Net Investment Hedges  
(US$ MILLIONS)
  USD   AUD   GBP   BRL   CLP   CAD   EUR   COP  

Equity Investment—US$

  $ 823   $ 1,531   $ 984   $ 1,041   $ 118   $ 152   $ 165   $ 64  

FX contracts—US$

    2,689     (1,422 )   (984 )           (152 )   (131 )    
                                   

Net unhedged—US$

  $ 3,512   $ 109   $   $ 1,041   $ 118   $   $ 34   $ 64  
                                   

        At December 31, 2014, 72% of our net equity investment was denominated in U.S. dollars after the impact of hedges. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2014, we recorded gains in other comprehensive income of $141 million related to these contracts.

OTHER MARKET RISKS

Inflation Risk

        Certain of our subsidiaries and associates are subject to inflation risk. Most significantly, our South American electricity transmission operations and a portion of our toll road operations in Chile are subject to inflation risk as these debt portfolios are denominated in Unidad de Fomento ("UF") which is an inflation indexed Chilean peso monetary unit that is set daily, on the basis of the prior month's inflation rate. However, we believe this is offset by the nature of our revenues which are in large part indexed to Chilean inflation.

Commodity Risk

        Some of our operations are critically linked to the transport or production of key commodities. For example, in the long term, our Australian regulated terminal operation relies on demand for coal exports, our Australian rail operation relies on demand for iron ore exports and our North American gas transmission operation relies on demand for natural gas and benefits from higher gas prices. While we endeavour to protect against short to medium term commodity demand risk wherever possible by structuring our contracts in a way that minimizes volume risk (e.g. minimum guaranteed volumes and 'take-or-pay' arrangements), these contract terms are not always able to be achieved and in any event the contract terms are finite and may include suspension or termination rights in favour of the customer. Accordingly, a long term and sustained downturn in the demand for or price of a key commodity linked to one of our operations may have a material adverse impact on the financial performance or growth prospects of that particular operation, notwithstanding the use of take-or-pay contracts wherever possible. Furthermore, our North American gas transmission operations have direct natural gas exposure as it collects more natural gas from customers than it consumes and resells the balance; however, this exposure has been significantly reduced as a result of the FERC settlement agreed to in July 2011. See Item 4.B "Business Overview" for more information.

        Revenues from our Chilean electricity transmission operation are adjusted by a multi-factor inflation index that is designed to approximate changes in prices of the underlying components of the replacement cost of our transmission system. See Item 4.B "Business Overview". Due to the construction of the system, metals, such as aluminum, are a material percentage of replacement cost. Thus, changes in the price of these metals will impact our revenues.

        We do not currently use any hedging strategies or instruments to manage the commodity risks in our operations.

86 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

CAPITAL REINVESTMENT

        Our financing plan is to fund our recurring growth capital expenditures with cash flow generated by our operations, as well as debt financing that is sized to maintain our credit profile. To fund large scale development projects and acquisitions, we will evaluate a variety of capital sources including proceeds from selling non-core assets, equity and debt financing. We will seek to raise additional equity if we believe that we can earn returns on these investments in excess of the cost of the incremental equity.

        The following table highlights the sources and uses of cash for the year:

 
  Year ended December 31  
(US$ MILLIONS)
  2014
  2013
  2012
 

Funds from operations (FFO)

  $ 724   $ 682   $ 462  

Less maintenance capital

    (131 )   (129 )   (107 )
               

Funds available for distribution (AFFO)

    593     553     355  

Distributions paid

    (448 )   (388 )   (304 )
               

Funds available for reinvestment

    145     165     51  
               

Growth capital expenditures

    (611 )   (504 )   (565 )

Asset level debt funding of growth capex

    339     288     437  

New investments, net of disposals

    (310 )   528     (1,012 )

Asset level financings (repayments)

    77     419     (374 )

Draws (repayments) on corporate credit facility

    246     (546 )   546  

Corporate debt issuance, net

            408  

Proceeds from equity issuance

        335     497  

Changes in working capital and other

    (42 )   (42 )   16  
               

Change in proportionate cash retained in business

    (156 )   643     4  

Opening, proportionate cash retained in business

    853     210     206  
               

Closing, proportionate cash retained in business

  $ 697   $ 853   $ 210  
               

        The following table presents the components of growth and maintenance capital expenditures by operating segment:

 
  Year ended December 31  
(US$ MILLIONS)
  2014
  2013
  2012
 

Growth capital expenditures by segment

                   

Utilities

  $ 242   $ 277   $ 187  

Transport

    332     212     361  

Energy

    37     15     17  
               

  $ 611   $ 504   $ 565  
               

 

 
  Current Annual
Estimated
Sustaining
Capex
   
   
   
 
 
  Year ended December 31  
 
  2014
  2013
  2012
 
(US$ MILLIONS)
  Low   High  

Maintenance capital expenditures by segment

                               

Utilities

  $ 15   $ 20   $ 14   $ 27   $ 25  

Transport

    90     100     80     63     45  

Energy

    25     35     37     39     37  
                       

  $ 130   $ 155   $ 131   $ 129   $ 107  
                       

Brookfield Infrastructure 87


Table of Contents

        For the year ended December 31, 2014, our maintenance capital expenditures were within the expected average annual range required to maintain our infrastructure assets. Maintenance capital expenditures were $14 million for the current period for our Utilities segment, which is lower than the average annual sustainable level of $15 million to $20 million. The lower than average expenditures are primarily attributable to timing of certain larger scale projects at our South American electricity transmission business. Maintenance capital expenditures were $80 million for the current period for our Transport segment, which is lower than the average annual sustainable level of $90 million to $100 million. The lower than average expenditures are primarily attributable to timing of certain larger scale projects at our Australian rail and South American toll road operations. Maintenance capital expenditures were $37 million for the current period for our energy segment, which is higher than the average annual sustainable level of $25 million to $35 million. The higher than average expenditures are primarily attributable to timing of certain larger scale projects at our North American energy transmission business that are non-recurring.

PARTNERSHIP CAPITAL

        As of December 31, 2014, our partnership owned limited partnership units that represented approximately 71.5% of the Holding LP's total outstanding units, and Brookfield owned Redeemable Partnership Units that represented approximately 28% of the Holding LP's total outstanding units. The Redeemable Partnership Units, at the request of the holder, require the Holding LP to redeem all or a portion of the holder's units for cash in an amount equal to the market value of our units multiplied by the number of units to be redeemed. This right is subject to our partnership's right of first refusal which entitles it, at its sole discretion, to elect to acquire any unit so presented to the Holding LP in exchange for one of the partnership's units (subject to certain customary adjustments). Both the units issued by Brookfield Infrastructure and the Redeemable Partnership Units issued by the Holding LP have the same economic attributes in all respects, except for the redemption right described above. The Redeemable Partnership Units participate in earnings and distributions on a per unit basis equivalent to the per unit participation of the units of Brookfield Infrastructure. The partnership reflects the Redeemable Partnership Units issued to Brookfield by the Holding LP as a separate component of non-controlling interest, within consolidated equity, as Brookfield Infrastructure can, at its sole discretion, elect to satisfy a redemption request by Brookfield of the Redeemable Partnership Units by issuing an equal number of units. Based on the number of units outstanding as of December 31, 2014, Brookfield's aggregate limited partnership interest in our partnership would be approximately 28.1%, if Brookfield fully exercised its redemption right and our partnership fully exercised its right of first refusal.

        As of December 31, 2014 Brookfield also owned Special Limited Partner Units that represented approximately 0.5% of the Holding LP's total outstanding units. Brookfield is entitled to incentive distribution rights which are based on the amount by which quarterly distributions on our units exceed specified target levels. To the extent distributions on our units exceed $0.305 per quarter, the incentive distribution rights are entitled to 15% of incremental distributions above this threshold. To the extent that distributions on our units exceed $0.33 per quarter, the incentive distribution rights are entitled to 25% of incremental distributions above this threshold. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the partnership paid incentive distributions of $44 million (2013: $31 million, 2012: $16 million).

88 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

        The total number of partnership units in the Holding LP outstanding was comprised of the following:

 
  As of  
 
  December 31, 2014
  December 31, 2013
 

Redeemable Partnership Units

    58,739,416     58,739,416  

Special Limited Partner Units (1)

    1,066,928     1,066,928  

Managing General Partner Units (1)

    150,318,306     150,252,174  
           

Total

    210,124,650     210,058,518  
           

(1)
On March 28, 2014, our partnership and the Holding LP underwent a restructuring, which redesignated our partnership's limited partnership interest in the Holding LP as Managing General Partner Units and re-designated Brookfield's general partnership interest in the Holding LP as Special Limited Partner Units.

        During 2014 and 2013, our outstanding issued Redeemable Partnership Units changed as follows:

 
  2014   2013  
MILLIONS, EXCEPT UNIT INFORMATION
  Book Value   Units
  Book Value   Units
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

  $ 1,178     58,739,416   $ 1,084     56,137,081  

Units issued

            94     2,602,335  
                   

Outstanding at end of year

  $ 1,178     58,739,416   $ 1,178     58,739,416  
                   

        During 2014 and 2013, our outstanding issued Special Limited Partner Units changed as follows:

 
  2014   2013  
MILLIONS, EXCEPT UNIT INFORMATION
  Book Value   Units
  Book Value   Units
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

  $ 19     1,066,928   $ 19     1,066,928  
                   

Outstanding at end of year

  $ 19     1,066,928   $ 19     1,066,928  
                   

        During 2014 and 2013, our outstanding issued Managing General Partner Units changed as follows:

 
  2014   2013  
MILLIONS, EXCEPT UNIT INFORMATION
  Book Value   Units
  Book Value   Units
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

  $ 3,199     150,252,174   $ 2,955     143,567,955  

Units issued

    2     66,132     244     6,684,219  
                   

Outstanding at end of year

  $ 3,201     150,318,306   $ 3,199     150,252,174  
                   

        In March 2015, our Limited Partnership Agreement was amended to permit the authorization and issuance of preferred units, authorize and create the Class A Preferred Units, Series 1 Preferred Units and Series 2 Preferred Units and to make certain consequential changes resulting from such authorization and creation. The limited partnership agreement of the Holding LP was also amended to permit the authorization and issuance of Holding LP preferred units, authorize and create the Holding LP Class A Preferred Units, Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Units and Holding LP Series 2 Preferred Units with terms substantially mirroring the preferred units, Class A Preferred Units, Series 1 Preferred Units and Series 2 Preferred Units, respectively. Our Partnership issued five million Series 1

Brookfield Infrastructure 89


Table of Contents

Preferred Units at an offering price of C$25.00 per unit under its shelf registration in Canada and acquired five million Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Units at the offering price.

        In October 2014, we announced that the TSX accepted a notice filed by our partnership of its intention to renew its normal course issuer bid. Repurchases were authorized to commence on October 6, 2014 and ending on October 5, 2015 or earlier if repurchases were completed prior to such date. In the year ended December 31, 2014, no units were repurchased and cancelled under this program or our program that was in effect prior to October 1, 2014. See Item 16E. "Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchaser" for more information.

        In March 2014, the Holding LP underwent a restructuring whereby the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement was amended to make our partnership the managing general partner of the Holding LP by redesignating the limited partner units as managing general partner units and to make the general partner a special limited partner of the Holding LP by redesignating the general partner units to special limited partner units. This change was made in order to simplify our governance structure and to more clearly delineate our partnership's governance rights in respect of the Holding LP.

        In May 2013, our partnership issued 6,528,665 units at a gross price of $37.75 under our shelf registrations in the U.S. and Canada. In addition, the Holding LP issued 2,602,335 Redeemable Partnership Units to Brookfield at $36.24. In total, approximately $330 million of net proceeds were raised through this issuance.

        In August 2012, our partnership issued 11,132,000 units at a gross price of $33.25 under our shelf registrations in the U.S. and Canada. In addition, the Holding LP issued 4,439,000 Redeemable Partnership Units to Brookfield at $31.92. In total, $497 million of net proceeds were raised through this issuance.

        In June 2010, we implemented a distribution reinvestment plan ("Plan"), that allows eligible holders of our units to purchase additional units by reinvesting their cash distributions. Under the Plan, units are acquired at a price per unit calculated by reference to the volume weighted average of the trading price for our units on the NYSE for the five trading days immediately preceding the relevant distribution date. During the period, our partnership issued 66,132 units (2013: 155,554 units).

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        We have entered into a number of related party transactions with Brookfield. See Item 7.B—"Related Party Transactions."

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

        Brookfield Infrastructure has no off-balance sheet arrangements.

        Brookfield Infrastructure, on behalf of our subsidiaries provide letters of credit, which include, but are not limited to, guarantees for debt service reserves, capital reserves, construction completion and performance. As at December 31, 2014, letters of credit issued by subsidiaries of Brookfield Infrastructure amounted to $110 million.

        In the normal course of operations, we execute agreements that provide for indemnification and guarantees to third parties in transactions such as business dispositions and acquisitions, construction projects, capital projects, and sales and purchases of assets and services. We have also agreed to indemnify our directors and certain of our officers and employees. The nature of substantially all of the indemnification undertakings prevents us from making a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount that we could be required to pay third parties, as many of the agreements do not specify a maximum amount and the amounts are dependent upon the outcome of future contingent events, the

90 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

nature and likelihood of which cannot be determined at this time. Historically, we have made no significant payments under such indemnification agreements.

RECONCILIATION OF NON-IFRS FINANCIAL MEASURES

        To measure performance, amongst other measures, we focus on FFO. We define FFO as net income excluding the impact of depreciation and amortization, deferred income taxes, breakage and transaction costs, non-cash valuation gains or losses and other items. FFO is a measure of operating performance that is not calculated in accordance with, and does not have any standardized meaning prescribed by, IFRS. FFO is therefore unlikely to be comparable to similar measures presented by other issuers.

        FFO has limitations as an analytical tool:

    FFO does not include depreciation and amortization expense; because we own capital assets with finite lives, depreciation and amortization expense recognizes the fact that we must maintain or replace our asset base in order to preserve our revenue generating capability;

    FFO does not include deferred income taxes, which may become payable if we own our assets for a long period of time; and

    FFO does not include breakage and transaction costs or non-cash valuation gains, losses and impairment charges.

        Because of these limitations, FFO should not be considered as the sole measure of our performance and should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, analysis of our results as reported under IFRS. However, FFO is a key measure that we use to evaluate the performance of our operations and forms the basis for our partnership's distribution policy.

        When viewed with our IFRS results, we believe that FFO provides a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our underlying operations. FFO allows us to evaluate our businesses on the basis of cash return on invested capital by removing the effect of non-cash and other items. We add back depreciation and amortization to remove the implication that our assets decline in value over time since we believe that the value of most of our assets will typically increase over time provided we make all necessary maintenance expenditures.

        We add back deferred income taxes because we do not believe this item reflects the present value of the actual cash tax obligations we will be required to pay, particularly if our operations are held for a long period of time. We add back non-cash valuation gains or losses recorded in net income as these are non-cash in nature and indicate a point in time approximation of value on long-term items. We also add back breakage and transaction costs as they are capital in nature.

        In addition, we focus on adjusted funds from operations or AFFO, which is defined as FFO less maintenance capital expenditures. Management uses AFFO as a measure of long-term sustainable cash flow.

Brookfield Infrastructure 91


Table of Contents

        The following table reconciles FFO and AFFO to the most directly comparable IFRS measure, which is net income. We urge you to review the IFRS financial measures within the MD&A and to not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our partnership.

 
  Year ended December 31  
(US$ MILLIONS)
  2014
  2013
  2012
 

Net income (loss) attributable to partnership (1)

  $ 184   $ (58 ) $ 106  

Add back or deduct the following:

                   

Depreciation and amortization

    481     400     300  

Impairment charge

        275     16  

Deferred income taxes

    (2 )   65     (37 )

Gain on sale of associate

        (53 )    

Mark-to-market on hedging items

    (39 )   (7 )   50  

Valuation losses and other

    100     60     27  
               

FFO

    724     682     462  

Maintenance capital

    (131 )   (129 )   (107 )
               

AFFO

  $ 593   $ 553   $ 355  
               

(1)
Includes net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests—Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield, general partner and limited partners.

        The difference between net income and FFO is primarily attributable to depreciation and amortization expenses of $481 million and valuations losses and other of $100 million mostly associated with foreign exchange losses on translation of U.S. denominated debt at our Chilean electricity transmission system and other expenses at our toll road operations.

        We also use adjusted EBITDA as a measure of performance. We define adjusted EBITDA as FFO excluding the impact of interest expense, cash taxes and other income (expense).

Reconciliation of Operating Segments

        Adjusted EBITDA, FFO, and AFFO are presented based on Brookfield Infrastructure's proportionate share of results in operations accounted for using consolidation and the equity method whereby our partnership either controls or exercises significant influence over the investment respectively, in order to demonstrate the impact of key value drivers of each of these operating segments on our partnership's overall performance. As a result, segment depreciation and amortization, deferred income taxes, breakage and transaction costs, non-cash valuation gains and losses and other items are reconciling items that will differ from results presented in accordance with IFRS as these reconciling items (1) include Brookfield Infrastructure's proportionate share of earnings from investments in associates attributable to each of the above-noted items, and (2) exclude the proportionate share of earnings (loss) of consolidated investments not held by Brookfield Infrastructure apportioned to each of the above-noted items.

92 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

        The following tables present each segment's results in the format that management organizes its segments to make operating decisions and assess performance. Each segment is presented on a proportionate basis, taking into account Brookfield Infrastructure's ownership in operations accounted for using the consolidation and equity method whereby our partnership either controls or exercises significant influence over the investment, respectively. These tables reconcile Brookfield Infrastructure's proportionate results to our partnership's consolidated statements of operating results on a line by line basis by aggregating the components comprising the earnings from our partnership's investments in associates and reflecting the portion of each line item attributable to non-controlling interests. See "Discussion of Segment Reconciling Items" on page 96 for a reconciliation of segment results to our partnership's statement of operating results in accordance with IFRS.

 
   
   
   
   
   
  Contribution
from
investments
in
associates
   
   
   
 
 
  Total attributable to Brookfield Infrastructure   Attributable
to non-
controlling
interest
   
  As per
IFRS
financials
on F-7 (1)
 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2014
US$ MILLIONS
  Discontinued
Operations
 
  Utilities   Transport   Energy   Other   Total  

Revenues

  $ 736   $ 1,238   $ 311   $   $ 2,285   $ (821 ) $ 597   $ (137 ) $ 1,924  

Costs attributed to revenues

    (217 )   (639 )   (172 )       (1,028 )   437     (304 )   49     (846 )

General and administrative costs

                (115 )   (115 )               (115 )
                                       

Adjusted EBITDA

    519     599     139     (115 )   1,142     (384 )   293     (88 )      

Other income (expense)

    6     (34 )       26     (2 )   23     (10 )       11  

Interest expense

    (158 )   (173 )   (71 )   (14 )   (416 )   102     (106 )   58     (362 )
                                       

FFO

    367     392     68     (103 )   724     (259 )   177     (30 )      

Depreciation and amortization

    (155 )   (250 )   (76 )       (481 )   167     (111 )   45     (380 )

Deferred income taxes

    (27 )   8     5     16     2     (35 )   (14 )   (2 )   (49 )

Mark-to-market on hedging items

    7     4     (4 )   32     39     (3 )   2         38  

Valuation (losses) gains and other

    (38 )   (51 )   11     (22 )   (100 )   72     (9 )   (5 )   (42 )

Share of earnings from associates

                        58             58  

Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax

                                (8 )   (8 )

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

                            (45 )       (45 )
                                       

Net income (loss) attributable to partnership (2)

  $ 154   $ 103   $ 4   $ (77 ) $ 184   $   $   $   $ 184  
                                       

(1)
The above table provides each segment's results in the format that management organizes its segments to make operating decisions and assess performance. Each segment is presented on a proportionate basis, taking into account Brookfield Infrastructure's ownership in operations accounted for using the consolidation and equity methods under IFRS. The above table reconciles Brookfield Infrastructure's proportionate results to our partnership's consolidated statements of operating results on a line by line basis by aggregating the components comprising the earnings from our partnership's investments in associates and reflecting the portion of each line item attributable to non-controlling interests.

(2)
Net income (loss) attributable to partnership includes net income attributable to non-controlling interests—Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield, general partners and limited partners.

Brookfield Infrastructure 93


Table of Contents


 
  Total attributable to Brookfield Infrastructure   Contribution
from
investments
in associates
  Attributable
to non-
controlling
interest
   
  As per
IFRS
financials
on F-7 (1)
 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2013
US$ MILLIONS
  Discontinued
Operations
 
  Utilities   Transport   Energy   Other   Total  

Revenues

  $ 831   $ 1,054   $ 323   $ 83   $ 2,291   $ (761 ) $ 551   $ (255 ) $ 1,826  

Costs attributed to revenues

    (284 )   (557 )   (186 )   (44 )   (1,071 )   414     (287 )   121     (823 )

General and administrative costs

                (110 )   (110 )               (110 )
                                       

Adjusted EBITDA

    547     497     137     (71 )   1,110     (347 )   264     (134 )      

Other income (expense)

    5     (18 )   2     6     (5 )   17     (13 )   18     17  

Interest expense

    (175 )   (153 )   (69 )   (26 )   (423 )   97     (108 )   72     (362 )
                                       

FFO

    377     326     70     (91 )   682     (233 )   143     (44 )      

Depreciation and amortization

    (147 )   (183 )   (70 )       (400 )   115     (92 )   48     (329 )

Impairment charge

            (275 )       (275 )           275      

Deferred taxes

    (8 )   7     19     (83 )   (65 )   (11 )   22     55     1  

Gain on sale of associates

    35             18     53                 53  

Mark-to-market on hedging items

    7     (9 )   3     6     7     3     9         19  

Valuation (losses) gains and other

    (28 )   (76 )   (1 )   45     (60 )   70     (2 )   (63 )   (55 )

Share of earnings from associates

                        56             56  

Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax

                                (228 )   (228 )

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

                            (80 )   (43 )   (123 )
                                       

Net income (loss) attributable to partnership (2)

  $ 236   $ 65   $ (254 ) $ (105 ) $ (58 ) $   $   $   $ (58 )
                                       

(1)
The above table provides each segment's results in the format that management organizes its segments to make operating decisions and assess performance. Each segment is presented on a proportionate basis, taking into account Brookfield Infrastructure's ownership in operations accounted for using the consolidation and equity methods under IFRS. The above table reconciles Brookfield Infrastructure's proportionate results to our partnership's consolidated statements of operating results on a line by line basis by aggregating the components comprising the earnings from our partnership's investments in associates and reflecting the portion of each line item attributable to non-controlling interests.

(2)
Net income (loss) attributable to partnership includes net income attributable to non-controlling interests—Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield, general partners and limited partners.


 
  Total attributable to Brookfield Infrastructure   Contribution
from
investments
in associates
  Attributable
to non-
controlling
interest
   
  As per
IFRS
financials
on F-7 (1)
 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2012
US$ MILLIONS
  Discontinued
Operations
 
  Utilities   Transport   Energy   Other   Total  

Revenues

  $ 774   $ 738   $ 316   $ 143   $ 1,971   $ (543 ) $ 422   $ (326 ) $ 1,524  

Costs attributed to revenues

    (305 )   (463 )   (172 )   (95 )   (1,035 )   335     (229 )   163     (766 )

General and administrative costs

                (95 )   (95 )               (95 )
                                       

Adjusted EBITDA

    469     275     144     (47 )   841     (208 )   193     (163 )      

Other income (expense)

    6     (1 )   2     7     14     3     (7 )   (2 )   8  

Interest expense

    (167 )   (106 )   (70 )   (50 )   (393 )   75     (95 )   91     (322 )
                                       

FFO

    308     168     76     (90 )   462     (130 )   91     (74 )      

Depreciation and amortization

    (123 )   (118 )   (59 )       (300 )   79     (52 )   43     (230 )

Impairment charge

        (16 )           (16 )   16              

Deferred taxes

    11     (2 )   31     (3 )   37     (7 )   14     (2 )   42  

Mark-to-market on hedging items

    (10 )   (2 )   (17 )   (21 )   (50 )   (1 )   (14 )   16     (49 )

Valuation (losses) gains and other

    (75 )   3     (31 )   76     (27 )   31     14     (30 )   (12 )

Share of earnings from associates

                        12             12  

Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax

                                179     179  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

                            (53 )   (132 )   (185 )
                                       

Net income (loss) attributable to partnership (2)

  $ 111   $ 33   $   $ (38 ) $ 106   $   $   $   $ 106  
                                       

(1)
The above table provides each segment's results in the format that management organizes its segments to make operating decisions and assess performance. Each segment is presented on a proportionate basis, taking into account Brookfield Infrastructure's ownership in operations accounted for using the consolidation and equity methods under IFRS. The above table reconciles Brookfield Infrastructure's proportionate results to our partnership's consolidated statements of operating results on a line by line basis by aggregating the components comprising the earnings from our partnership's investments in associates and reflecting the portion of each line item attributable to non-controlling interests.

(2)
Net income (loss) attributable to partnership includes net income attributable to non-controlling interests—Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield, general partners and limited partners.

94 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

        The following tables provide each segment's assets in the format that management organizes its segments to make operating decisions and assess performance. Each segment is presented on a proportionate basis, taking into account Brookfield Infrastructure's ownership in operations using consolidation and the equity method whereby our partnership either controls or exercises significant influence over the investment respectively. These tables reconcile Brookfield Infrastructure's proportionate assets to total assets presented on our partnership's consolidated statements of financial position by removing net liabilities contained within investments in associates and reflecting the assets attributable to non-controlling interests, and adjusting for working capital assets which are netted against working capital liabilities.

 
  Total attributable to Brookfield Infrastructure    
   
   
   
 
 
  Contribution
from
investments
in associates
  Attributable
to non-
controlling
interest
  Working
capital
adjustment
and other
  As per
IFRS
financials
on F-6 (1)
 
AS AT
DECEMBER 31, 2014
US$ MILLIONS
  Utilities   Transport   Energy   Corporate
& Other
  Brookfield
Infrastructure
 

Total assets

  $ 4,805   $ 4,970   $ 1,816   $ (56 ) $ 11,535   $ (1,944 ) $ 4,284   $ 2,620   $ 16,495  
                                       


 
  Total attributable to Brookfield Infrastructure    
   
   
   
 
 
  Contribution
from
investments
in associates
  Attributable
to non-
controlling
interest
  Working
capital
adjustment
and other
  As per
IFRS
financials
on F-6 (1)
 
AS AT
DECEMBER 31, 2013
US$ MILLIONS
  Utilities   Transport   Energy   Corporate
& Other
  Brookfield
Infrastructure
 

Total assets

  $ 4,766   $ 4,789   $ 1,629   $ (46 ) $ 11,138   $ (2,156 ) $ 3,899   $ 2,801   $ 15,682  
                                       

(1)
The above table provides each segment's assets in the format that management organizes its segments to make operating decisions and assess performance. Each segment is presented on a proportionate basis, taking into account Brookfield Infrastructure's ownership in operations using consolidation and the equity method whereby our partnership either controls or exercises significant influence over the investment respectively. The above table reconciles Brookfield Infrastructure's proportionate assets to total assets presented on our partnership's consolidated statements of financial position by removing net liabilities contained within investments in associates and reflecting the assets attributable to non-controlling interests, and adjusting for working capital assets which are netted against working capital liabilities.

Brookfield Infrastructure 95


Table of Contents

Discussion of Segment Reconciling Items

        The following tables detail and provide discussion, where applicable, of material changes between reporting periods for each operating segment, the reconciliation of contributions from investments in associates and attribution of non controlling interest in the determination of adjusted EBITDA, FFO and Net income attributable to our partnership in order to facilitate the understanding of the nature of and changes to reconciling items.

FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014
US$ MILLIONS
  Utilities   Transport   Energy   Corporate
& Other
  Total  

Adjustments to items comprising adjusted EBITDA (1)

                               

Contributions from investment in associates

  $ (116 ) $ (268 ) $   $   $ (384 )

Attribution to non-controlling interest

    198     62     33         293  

Discontinued operations

            (88 )       (88 )
                       

Adjusted EBITDA

    82     (206 )   (55 )       (179 )

Adjustments to items comprising adjusted FFO (2)

                               

Contributions from investment in associates

    23     106         (4 )   125  

Attribution to non-controlling interest

    (66 )   (32 )   (16 )   (2 )   (116 )

Discontinued operations

            58         58  
                       

FFO

    39     (132 )   (13 )   (6 )   (112 )

Adjustments to items comprising net income attributable to partnership (3)

                               

Contributions from investment in associates

    93     162         4     259  

Attribution to non-controlling interest

    (132 )   (30 )   (17 )   2     (177 )

Discontinued operations

            30         30  
                       

Net income attributable to partnership

  $   $   $   $   $  
                       


FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013
US$ MILLIONS
  Utilities   Transport   Energy   Corporate
& Other
  Total  

Adjustments to items comprising adjusted EBITDA (1)

                               

Contributions from investment in associates

  $ (176 ) $ (170 ) $ (1 ) $   $ (347 )

Attribution to non-controlling interest

    172     59     33         264  

Discontinued operations

            (95 )   (39 )   (134 )
                       

Adjusted EBITDA

    (4 )   (111 )   (63 )   (39 )   (217 )

Adjustments to items comprising adjusted FFO (2)

                               

Contributions from investment in associates

    40     74             114  

Attribution to non-controlling interest

    (86 )   (25 )   (10 )       (121 )

Discontinued operations

            59     31     90  
                       

FFO

    (50 )   (62 )   (14 )   (8 )   (134 )

Adjustments to items comprising net income attributable to partnership (3)

                               

Contributions from investment in associates

    136     97             233  

Attribution to non-controlling interest

    (86 )   (35 )   (22 )       (143 )

Discontinued operations

            36     8     44  
                       

Net income attributable to partnership

  $   $   $   $   $  
                       

96 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012
US$ MILLIONS
  Utilities   Transport   Energy   Corporate
& Other
  Total  

Adjustments to items comprising adjusted EBITDA (1)

                               

Contributions from investment in associates

  $ (146 ) $ (61 ) $ (1 ) $   $ (208 )

Attribution to non-controlling interest

    150     34     9         193  

Discontinued operations

            (115 )   (48 )   (163 )
                       

Adjusted EBITDA

    4     (27 )   (107 )   (48 )   (178 )

Adjustments to items comprising adjusted FFO (2)

                               

Contributions from investment in associates

    42     37         (1 )   78  

Attribution to non-controlling interest

    (84 )   (17 )   (1 )       (102 )

Discontinued operations

            63     26     89  
                       

FFO

    (38 )   (7 )   (45 )   (23 )   (113 )

Adjustments to items comprising net income attributable to partnership (3)

                               

Contributions from investment in associates

    104     24     1     1     130  

Attribution to non-controlling interest

    (66 )   (17 )   (8 )       (91 )

Discontinued operations

            52     22     74  
                       

Net income attributable to partnership

  $   $   $   $   $  
                       

(1)
Revenues, costs attributed to revenues, general and administrative costs.

(2)
Other income, interest expense and cash taxes.

(3)
Depreciation and amortization, deferred taxes, fair value adjustments, other expenses, share of earnings from associates, net income attributable to non-controlling interest.

        Contributions from investments in associates increased compared to 2013 as the sale of our Australasian regulated distribution operation and lower transportation volumes at our North American gas transmission business. These contributions were more than offset by the contributions from the additional investment in our Brazilian toll roads made in September 2013, the acquisition of our Brazilian rail business completed in the third quarter of 2014 and investments in our rate base and inflation indexation at our electricity transmission operations.

        Attribution to non-controlling interest increased over the prior year primarily due to improved performance at our UK regulated distribution business that benefited from a higher rate base and inflation indexation. In addition to contributions from three U.S. district energy acquisitions completed in the fourth quarter of 2013, third quarter of 2014 and fourth quarter of 2014, respectively and the acquisition of our Colombian regulated distribution operation completed January 2012. Compared to 2012 attribution to non-controlling interest increased as the incremental investment in our Chilean toll road in the fourth quarter of 2012 led to a change in the basis of presentation from an investment in associate to the consolidation of a non-wholly owned subsidiary.

        For the year ended December 31, 2014, contributions from discontinued operations are comprised of the results of our North American gas transmission business as management initiated a plan to dispose its interest in the business and expects to complete the sale during the year ending December 31, 2015. For the years ending December 31, 2013 and 2012 income from discontinued operations also includes the results of our Canadian and U.S. freehold timberland operations which were sold in the second and third quarter of 2013, respectively.

Brookfield Infrastructure 97


Table of Contents

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

        The preparation of financial statements requires management to make critical judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources, during the reporting period. These estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

        The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

        Critical judgments made by management and utilized in the normal course of preparing Brookfield Infrastructure's consolidated financial statements are outlined below.

Financial instruments

        Critical judgments associated with the partnership's financial instruments pertain to the assessment of the effectiveness of hedging relationships. Brookfield Infrastructure performs hedge effectiveness testing on an ongoing basis with a forward-looking evaluation of whether or not the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedging item are expected to be highly effective in offsetting the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item over the term of the relationship, conversely the partnership performs a retrospective hedge effectiveness test evaluating whether the changes in fair value or cash flows from the hedging item has been highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item since the date of designation. Estimates and assumptions used in determining the fair value of financial instruments are equity and commodity prices; future interest rates; the credit worthiness of the company relative to its counterparties; the credit risk of the company's counterparties relative to the company; estimated future cash flows; and discount rates.

Revaluation of property, plant and equipment

        Property, plant and equipment is revalued on a regular basis. The critical estimates and assumptions underlying the valuation of property, plant and equipment are set out in note 13. The fair value of the partnership's property, plant, and equipment is measured at fair value on a recurring basis with an effective date of revaluation for all asset classes of December 31, 2014 and 2013. Brookfield Infrastructure determined fair value under the income method with due consideration to significant inputs such as the discount rate, terminal value multiple and overall investment horizon.

Impairment of goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives

        The partnership assesses the impairment of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives by reviewing the value-in-use or fair value less costs of disposal of the cash-generating units to which goodwill or the intangible asset has been allocated. Brookfield Infrastructure uses the following critical assumptions and estimates: the tax circumstances that gave rise to the goodwill, timing and amount of future cash flows expected from the cash-generating unit; discount rates; terminal capitalization rates; terminal valuation dates; useful lives and residual values. Other estimates utilized in the preparation of the partnership's financial statements are: depreciation and amortization rates and useful lives; recoverable amount of goodwill and intangible assets; ability to utilize tax losses and other tax measurements.

98 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

ADOPTION OF ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

(a)   Recently Adopted Accounting Standards and Amendments

        Brookfield Infrastructure applied, for the first time, certain Standards and amendments to Standards applicable to Brookfield Infrastructure that became effective January 1, 2014. The impact of adopting these Standards on the partnership's accounting policies and disclosures are as follows:

IFRIC 21 Levies—("IFRIC 21")

        IFRIC 21, Levies ("IFRIC 21") provides guidance on when to recognize a liability for a levy imposed by a government, both for levies that are accounted for in accordance with IAS 37, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, and those where the timing and amount of the levy is certain. IFRIC 21 identifies the obligating event for the recognition of a liability as the activity that triggers the payment of the levy in accordance with the relevant legislation. A liability is recognized progressively if the obligating event occurs over a period of time or, if an obligation is triggered on reaching a minimum threshold, the liability is recognized when that minimum threshold is reached. IFRIC 21 was applied retrospectively and the application of this new standard had no impact on Brookfield Infrastructure's accounting for levies for the current and prior periods presented.

IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation—("IAS 32")

        IAS 32, Financial Instruments: Presentation ("IAS 32") was amended to clarify certain aspects as a result of the application of offsetting requirements, namely focusing on the following four main areas: the interpretation of "currently has a legally enforceable right of set-off", the application of simultaneous realization and settlement, the offsetting of collateral amounts, and the unit of account for applying the offsetting requirements. The amendments to IAS 32 were applied retrospectively and the application of these amendments had no impact on Brookfield Infrastructure's accounting for or presentation of financial instruments for the current and prior periods presented.

(b)   Future Changes in Accounting Policies

Standards issued, but not yet adopted

IAS 16 Property, Plant, and Equipment—("IAS 16") and IAS 38 Intangible Assets—("IAS 38")

        IAS 16, Property, Plant, and Equipment— ("IAS 16") and IAS 38, Intangible Assets— ("IAS 38") were both amended by the IASB as a result of clarifying the appropriate amortization method for intangible assets of service concession arrangements under IFRIC 12, Service Concession Arrangements ("SCAs"). The IASB determined that the issue does not only relate to SCAs but all tangible and intangible assets that have finite useful lives. Amendments to IAS 16 prohibit entities from using a revenue-based depreciation method for items of property, plant, and equipment. Similarly, the amendment to IAS 38 introduces a rebuttable presumption that revenue is not an appropriate basis for amortization of an intangible asset, with only limited circumstances where the presumption can be rebutted. Guidance is also introduced to explain that expected future reductions in selling prices could be indicative of a reduction of the future economic benefits embodied in an asset. The amendments apply prospectively and are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2016, with earlier application permitted. Brookfield Infrastructure is currently evaluating the impact of the amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38 on its consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers—("IFRS 15")

        IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("IFRS 15") specifies how and when revenue should be recognized as well as requiring more informative and relevant disclosures. The Standard supersedes IAS 18, Revenue, IAS 11 Construction Contracts and a number of revenue-related

Brookfield Infrastructure 99


Table of Contents

interpretations. Application of the Standard is mandatory and it applies to nearly all contracts with customers: the main exceptions are leases, financial instruments and insurance contracts. IFRS 15 must be applied for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017 with early application permitted. Brookfield Infrastructure is currently evaluating the impact of IFRS 15 on its consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments—("IFRS 9")

        In July 2014, the IASB issued the final publication of the IFRS 9 standard, superseding the current IAS 39, Financial Instruments standard. This standard establishes principles for the financial reporting of financial assets and financial liabilities that will present relevant and useful information to users of financial statements for their assessment of the amounts, timing and uncertainty of an entity's future cash flows. This new standard also includes a new general hedge accounting standard which will align hedge accounting more closely with risk management. It does not fully change the types of hedging relationships or the requirement to measure and recognize ineffectiveness, however, it will provide more hedging strategies that are used for risk management to qualify for hedge accounting and introduce more judgment to assess the effectiveness of a hedging relationship. The standard has a mandatorily effective date for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018 with early adoption permitted. Brookfield Infrastructure is currently evaluating the impact of IFRS 9 on its consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 6.    DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

6.A    DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Board of Directors of our General Partner

        As required by law, our limited partnership agreement provides for the management and control of our partnership by a general partner rather than a board of directors and officers. Our General Partner serves as our partnership's general partner and has a board of directors. Our General Partner has no executive officers. Our General Partner has sole responsibility and authority for the central management and control of our partnership, which is exercised through its board of directors in Bermuda.

        The following table presents certain information concerning the current board of directors of our General Partner as of the date of this annual report on Form 20-F:

Name and Municipality of Residence (1)
  Age   Position   Principal Occupation

Derek Pannell (2)
Saint John, Canada

    68   Chair   Director

Jeffrey Blidner
Toronto, Canada

    67   Director   Senior Managing Partner of Brookfield Asset Management

John Fees
Lynchburg, Virginia

    57   Director   Chairman of The Babcock & Wilcox Company

David Hamill (2,3)
Ipswich, Qld, Australia

    57   Director   Director

Arthur Jacobson, Jr. (2)
Malibu, California

    52   Director   Director

Don Mackenzie
Pembroke, Bermuda

    54   Director   Chairman and Owner of New Venture Holdings

100 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

Name and Municipality of Residence (1)
  Age   Position   Principal Occupation

Rafael Miranda Robredo (2)
Madrid, Spain

    65   Director   Director

Anne Schaumburg (3)
Short Hills, New Jersey

    65   Director   Director

Danesh Varma (3)
Kingston-Upon-Thames, England

    65   Director   Chief Financial Officer, Anglesey Mining PLC, a mining company

(1)
The business address for each of the directors is 73 Front Street, Hamilton, HM 12, Bermuda.

(2)
Member of the nominating and governance committee. Arthur Jacobson is the chair of the nominating and governance committee.

(3)
Member of the audit committee. Anne Schaumburg is the chair of the audit committee. Danesh Varma is an audit committee financial expert.

        Set forth below is biographical information for our General Partner's current directors.

        Derek Pannell.     Derek has served as a director of our General Partner since June 15, 2007. Until April 2010, he was a Managing Partner of Brookfield Asset Management and prior to this he was the Chief Executive Officer of Noranda Inc. and Falconbridge Limited from June 2002 to October 2006. He also served as the President and Chief Operating Officer for Noranda Inc. between September 2001 and June 2002. Derek is a metallurgical engineer with over 42 years of experience in the mining and metals industry. He is former Chair of the Mining Association of Canada and board member of the International Council on Mining and Metals. Derek was a board member of Teck Resources Inc. until April 1, 2010 and African Barrick Gold until April 2013 and currently serves on the board of Agrium Inc. Derek is a professional engineer registered in Quebec and Peru and is an Associate of the Royal School of Mines and a Fellow of the Canadian Academy of Engineers. Derek holds a Bachelor of Science degree from Imperial College in London, England.

        Jeffrey Blidner.     Jeffrey is a Senior Managing Partner of Brookfield Asset Management and is responsible for strategic planning and transaction execution. Jeffrey is also a director of a number of Brookfield companies in Europe and Canada. Prior to joining Brookfield in 2000, Jeffrey was a senior partner at a Canadian law firm. Jeffrey's practice focused on merchant banking transactions, public offerings, mergers and acquisitions, management buy-outs and private equity transactions. Jeffrey received his LLB from Osgoode Hall Law School and was called to the Bar in Ontario as a Gold Medalist.

        John Fees.     John joined as a director of our General Partner on April 22, 2013. He is the Chairman of The Babcock & Wilcox Company, having assumed this role after completing the spin-off of The Babcock & Wilcox Company to McDermott International shareholders. John is a 30 year veteran of McDermott International, having started his career in 1979 in The Babcock & Wilcox Company. While CEO of McDermott International, John led the company and board through the process of the spin-off and established McDermott International and The Babcock & Wilcox Company as two independent, public companies. John holds a Masters of Engineering Administration from George Washington University and a Bachelor of Science, Industrial Engineering, from the University of Pittsburgh.

        David Hamill.     David has served as a director of our General Partner since December 31, 2010. He is a professional director and brings significant management and strategic expertise to Brookfield Infrastructure. He was Treasurer of the State of Queensland in Australia from 1998 to 2001, Minister for Education from 1995 to 1996, and Minister for Transport and Minister Assisting the Premier on Economic and Trade Development from 1989 to 1995. David retired from the Queensland Parliament in February 2001. David holds a Bachelor of Arts (Honours) from the University of Queensland, a

Brookfield Infrastructure 101


Table of Contents

Master of Arts from Oxford University and a Doctorate of Philosophy from University of Queensland and is a fellow of the Chartered Institute of Transport and the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

        Arthur Jacobson, Jr.     Arthur has served as a director of our General Partner since November 27, 2007. He is a former Managing Director of Spear, Leeds Kellogg Specialists LLC (a division of Goldman Sachs Group Inc.) from 2001 to 2004. He was a partner of Benjamin Jacobson and Sons, LLC from 1987 to 2001. He was also a specialist on the NYSE for 16 years, from 1988 to 2004. Prior to that he was an account executive at Drexel Burnham Lambert Inc. from 1985 to 1987. Arthur holds a degree in business administration from the University of Southern California.

        Don Mackenzie.     Don joined as a director of our General Partner on April 22, 2013. He is the Chairman and Owner of New Venture Holdings, a well-established privately owned holding company with operating company and real estate investments in Bermuda and Canada. Prior to moving to Bermuda in 1990, Don worked in the software and sales sector. He acquired his first business in 1995, and New Venture Holdings was formed in 2000 to consolidate a number of operating investments under a holding company umbrella. Don has a Bachelor of Commerce from Queens University and an MBA from Schulich School of Business of York University.

        Rafael Miranda Robredo.     Rafael joined as a director of our General Partner on April 22, 2013. He is the Chairman of Acerinox S.A., Hispania Activos lnmobiliarios S.A. and the Endesa Foundation, Honorary Chairman of Eurelectric, the European Electricity Association, Chairman of the Social Council of Burgos University and, until April 2013, a board member of Enersis, the company which manages all of Endesa's investments in Latin America. He joined Endesa, Spain's largest electric company in 1987 as managing director, and served as the company's CEO from 1997 to 2009, leading the business through a period of government deregulation of the electricity sector. Rafael has a Bachelor of Industrial Engineering from Comillas University, and a Master's degree in Management Science from the Industrial Organization E.O.I.

        Anne Schaumburg.     Anne has served as a director of our General Partner since November 3, 2008. She has been a member of the board of directors of NRG Energy, Inc., a power generation company listed on NYSE, since 2005. From 1984 until her retirement in 2002, Anne was with the Global Energy Group of Credit Suisse First Boston, where she last served as Managing Director. From 1979 to 1984, she was with the Utilities Group at Dean Witter Financial Services Group, where she last served as Managing Director. From 1971 to 1978, Anne was at First Boston Corporation in the Public Utilities Group. Anne is a graduate of the City University of New York.

        Danesh Varma.     Danesh has served as a director of our General Partner since June 15, 2007. He is the Chief Financial Officer of Anglesey Mining PLC, Minco plc., Xterra Inc. and Conquest Resources Limited. He joined Minco plc and Conquest Resources Limited in 2006, Xterra Inc. in 2008 and Anglesey Mining PLC in 2014. From 1999 to 2005, Danesh was a director at Dundee B Corp. Ltd. Prior to that, Danesh held a number of senior positions in the banking, corporate finance and accounting fields. Danesh holds a degree from Delhi University and is a Chartered Accountant.

Additional Information About Directors and Officers

        Until February 2011, CEO of the Service Provider, Mr. Sam Pollock was a director of Fraser Papers Inc. ("Fraser Papers") an integrated specialty paper company that produces a broad range of specialty packaging and printing papers. On June 28, 2009, Fraser Papers and its subsidiaries filed for creditor protection under the Companies Creditors Arrangement Act ("CCAA") in Canada and Chapter 15 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. In February 2011, the Ontario and Delaware courts overseeing these proceedings issued orders enabling the implementation of an amended plan of

102 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

arrangement and compromise previously approved by Fraser Papers' creditors, which was completed in May 2011.

        Director of our General Partner, Mr. Danesh Varma, has acted as a director of various corporations in several jurisdictions around the world. He was a director and officer of American Resource Corporation Limited when it became subject to a cease trade order by the Ontario Securities Commission in June 2004 for failure to file its audited annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the first quarter interim unaudited financial statements for the period ended March 31, 2004. The cease trade order was lifted in June 2008.

Our Management

        Our General Partner does not have any employees. Instead, members of Brookfield's senior management and other individuals from Brookfield's global affiliates are drawn upon to fulfill the Service Provider's obligations to provide us with management services under our Master Services Agreement. Brookfield currently has approximately 28,000 operating employees and over 600 investment professionals, worldwide. The following table presents certain information concerning the core senior management team that is principally responsible for our operations and their positions with the Service Provider as of the date of this annual report on Form 20-F:

Name
  Age   Years of Experience in
relevant industry or role
  Years at Brookfield   Current Position with the
Service Provider

Jeffrey Blidner

    67     38     13   Chair

Sam Pollock

    48     25     20   Chief Executive Officer

Bahir Manios

    36     13     10   Chief Financial Officer

        Each of the members of this team has substantial deal origination and execution expertise, having put together numerous consortiums, partnerships and joint ventures for large complex transactions. Members of this team have also been integral in building and developing Brookfield's utilities, transport, and energy operations. Set forth below is biographical information for Messrs. Pollock, and Manios, however, for biographical information regarding Mr. Blidner see Item 6.A "Directors and Senior Management—Board of Directors of our General Partner":

        Sam Pollock.     Sam is a Senior Managing Partner of Brookfield Asset Management and Chief Executive Officer of the Service Provider. Since 2006, Sam has led Brookfield's expansion into the infrastructure sector and is responsible for the formulation and execution of the operating and investment strategy for Brookfield's infrastructure business. Sam joined Brookfield Asset Management in 1994 and, prior to his current role, was broadly responsible for Brookfield's investment initiatives acting as Brookfield Asset Management's Chief Investment Officer. Sam is a Professional Accountant and holds a business degree from Queen's University.

        Bahir Manios.     Bahir is a Managing Partner of Brookfield Asset Management and Chief Financial Officer of the Service Provider. In his capacity as Chief Financial Officer of the Service Provider, Bahir is responsible for the Infrastructure Group's financial reporting, risk management, investor relations, taxation, corporate finance and overall funding activities of the organization. Bahir began his career at one of the big four accounting firms where he worked in the assurance and business advisory practice, and joined Brookfield in 2004. A graduate of the school of business and economics at Wilfrid Laurier University in 2001, Bahir is a member of the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada.

        See also information contained in this annual report on Form 20-F under Item 6.C "Board Practices," Item 3.D "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Relationship with Brookfield," Item 6.A "Directors and Senior Management" and Item 7.B "Related Party Transactions."

Brookfield Infrastructure 103


Table of Contents

Our Master Services Agreement

        The Service Recipients have entered into a Master Services Agreement pursuant to which the Service Provider has agreed to provide or arrange for other service providers to provide management and administration services to our partnership and the other Service Recipients. The operating entities are not a party to the Master Services Agreement.

        The following is a summary of certain provisions of our Master Services Agreement and is qualified in its entirety by reference to all of the provisions of the agreement. Because this description is only a summary of the Master Services Agreement, it does not necessarily contain all of the information that you may find useful. We therefore urge you to review the Master Services Agreement in its entirety. Our Master Services Agreement is available electronically on the website of the SEC at www.sec.gov and is available to our unitholders and preferred unitholders as described under Item 10.C "Material Contracts" and Item 10.H "Documents on Display."

Appointment of the Service Provider and Services Rendered

        Under our Master Services Agreement, the Service Recipients have appointed the Service Provider, as the service provider, to provide the following services, or arrange for their provision by an appropriate service provider:

    causing or supervising the carrying out of all day-to-day management, secretarial, accounting, banking, treasury, administrative, liaison, representative, regulatory and reporting functions and obligations;

    establishing and maintaining or supervising the establishment and maintenance of books and records;

    identifying, evaluating and recommending to the Service Recipients acquisitions or dispositions from time-to-time and, where requested to do so, assisting in negotiating the terms of such acquisitions or dispositions;

    recommending and, where requested to do so, assisting in the raising of funds whether by way of debt, equity or otherwise, including the preparation, review or distribution of any prospectus or offering memorandum in respect thereof and assisting with communications support in connection therewith;

    recommending to the Service Recipients suitable candidates to serve on the boards of directors or their equivalents of the operating entities;

    making recommendations with respect to the exercise of any voting rights to which the Service Recipients are entitled in respect of the operating entities;

    making recommendations with respect to the payment of dividends or other distributions by the Service Recipients, including distributions by our partnership to our unitholders;

    monitoring and/or oversight of the applicable Service Recipient's accountants, legal counsel and other accounting, financial or legal advisors and technical, commercial, marketing and other independent experts, and managing litigation in which a Service Recipient is sued or commencing litigation after consulting with, and subject to the approval of, the relevant board of directors or its equivalent;

    attending to all matters necessary for any reorganization, bankruptcy proceedings, dissolution or winding up of a Service Recipient, subject to approval by the relevant board of directors or its equivalent;

104 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

    supervising the timely calculation and payment of taxes payable, and the filing of all tax returns due, by each Service Recipient;

    causing the Service Recipients' annual consolidated financial statements and quarterly interim financial statements to be: (i) prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or other applicable accounting principles for review and audit at least to such extent and with such frequency as may be required by law or regulation; and (ii) submitted to the relevant board of directors or its equivalent for its prior approval;

    making recommendations in relation to and effecting the entry into insurance of each Service Recipient's assets, together with other insurances against other risks, including directors and officers insurance as the relevant service provider and the relevant board of directors or its equivalent may from time to time agree;

    arranging for individuals to carry out the functions of principal executive, accounting and financial officers for our partnership only for purposes of applicable securities laws;

    providing individuals to act as senior officers of Service Recipients as agreed from time-to-time, subject to the approval of the relevant board of directors or its equivalent;

    advising the Service Recipients regarding the maintenance of compliance with applicable laws and other obligations; and

    providing all such other services as may from time-to-time be agreed with the Service Recipients that are reasonably related to the Service Recipient's day-to-day operations.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing all investment advisory services (as defined in the Master Services Agreement) must be provided solely to the Holding LP.

        The Service Provider's activities are subject to the supervision of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of our General Partner and of each of the other Service Recipients, as applicable. The relevant governing body remains responsible for all investment and divestment decisions made by the Service Recipient.

        Any Service Provider may, from time to time, appoint an affiliate of Brookfield to act as a new Service provider under our Master Services Agreement, effective upon the execution of a joinder agreement by the new Service Provider.

Management Fee

        Pursuant to the Master Services Agreement, on a quarterly basis, we pay a base management fee, to the Service Provider equal to 0.3125% (1.25% annually) of the market value of our partnership. For purposes of calculating the base management fee, the market value of our partnership is equal to the aggregate value of all our outstanding units (assuming full conversion of Brookfield's limited partnership interests in Brookfield Infrastructure into units), preferred units and securities of the other Service Recipients that are not held by Brookfield Infrastructure, plus all outstanding third party debt with recourse to a Service Recipient, less all cash held by such entities.

        The table below sets forth the management fees for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 
  Year ended December 31  
MILLIONS
  2014
  2013
  2012
 

Base management fee

  $ 107   $ 102   $ 86  

Brookfield Infrastructure 105


Table of Contents

        To the extent that under any other arrangement we are obligated to pay a base management fee (directly or indirectly through an equivalent arrangement) to the Service Provider (or any affiliate) on a portion of our capital that is comparable to the base management fee, the base management fee payable for each quarter in respect thereof will be reduced on a dollar for dollar basis by our proportionate share of the comparable base management fee (or equivalent amount) under such other arrangement for that quarter. The base management fee will not be reduced by the amount of any incentive distribution payable by any Service Recipient or operating entity to the Service Provider (or any other affiliate) (for which there is a separate credit mechanism under the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement), or any other fees that are payable by any operating entity to Brookfield for financial advisory, operations and maintenance, development, operations management and other services. See Item 7.B "Related Party Transactions—Other Services" and Item 7.B "Related Party Transactions—Incentive Distributions."

Reimbursement of Expenses and Certain Taxes

        We also reimburse the Service Provider for any out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses incurred in the provision of the management and administration services. However, the Service Recipients are not required to reimburse the Service Provider for the salaries and other remuneration of its management, personnel or support staff who carry out any services or functions for such Service Recipients or overhead for such persons.

        The relevant Service Recipient is required to pay the Service Provider all other out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the provision of the services including those of any third party and to reimburse the Service Provider for any such fees, costs and expenses. Such out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses include, among other things, (i) fees, costs and expenses relating to any debt or equity financing; (ii) out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the general administration of any Service Recipient; (iii) taxes, licenses and other statutory fees or penalties levied against or in respect of a Service Recipient; (iv) amounts owed under indemnification, contribution or similar arrangements; (v) fees, costs and expenses relating to our financial reporting, regulatory filings and investor relations and the fees, costs and expenses of agents, advisors and other persons who provide services to or on behalf of a Service Recipient; and (vi) any other fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Service Provider that are reasonably necessary for the performance by the Service Provider of its duties and functions under the Master Services Agreement.

        In addition, the Service Recipients are required to pay all fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the investigation, acquisition, holding or disposal of any acquisition that is made or that is proposed to be made by us. Where the acquisition or proposed acquisition involves a joint acquisition that is made alongside one or more other persons, the Service Provider will be required to allocate such fees, costs and expenses in proportion to the notional amount of the acquisition made (or that would have been made in the case of an unconsummated acquisition) among all joint investors. Such additional fees, expenses and costs represent out-of-pocket costs associated with investment activities that are undertaken pursuant to the Master Services Agreement.

        The Service Recipients are also required to pay or reimburse the Service Provider for all sales, use, value added, withholding or other taxes or customs duties or other governmental charges levied or imposed by reason of the Master Services Agreement or any agreement it contemplates, other than income taxes, corporation taxes, capital taxes or other similar taxes payable by the Service Provider, which are personal to the Service Provider.

106 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

Termination

        The Master Services Agreement has no fixed term. However, the Service Recipients may terminate the Master Services Agreement upon 30 days' prior written notice of termination from our General Partner to the Service Provider if any of the following occurs:

    the Service Provider defaults in the performance or observance of any material term, condition or covenant contained in the agreement in a manner that results in material harm to the Service Recipients and the default continues unremedied for a period of 30 days after written notice of the breach is given to the Service Provider;

    the Service Provider engages in any act of fraud, misappropriation of funds or embezzlement against any Service Recipient that results in material harm to the Service Recipients;

    the Service Provider is grossly negligent in the performance of its duties under the agreement and such negligence results in material harm to the Service Recipients; or

    certain events relating to the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Service Provider.

        The Service Recipients have no right to terminate for any other reason, including if the Service Provider or Brookfield experiences a change of control. Our General Partner may only terminate the Master Services Agreement on behalf of our partnership with the prior unanimous approval of our General Partner's independent directors.

        Our Master Services Agreement expressly provides that the agreement may not be terminated by our General Partner due solely to the poor performance or the underperformance of any of our operations.

        The Service Provider may terminate the Master Services Agreement upon 30 days' prior written notice of termination to our General Partner if any Service Recipient defaults in the performance or observance of any material term, condition or covenant contained in the agreement in a manner that results in material harm and the default continues unremedied for a period of 30 days after written notice of the breach is given to the Service Recipient. The Service Provider may also terminate the Master Services Agreement upon the occurrence of certain events relating to the bankruptcy or insolvency of our partnership.

        If the Master Services Agreement is terminated, the Licensing Agreements, the Relationship Agreement and any of Brookfield's obligations under the Relationship Agreement would also terminate. See Item 7.B "Related Party Transactions—Relationship Agreement" and Item 3.D "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Relationship with Brookfield."

Indemnification and Limitations on Liability

        Under the Master Services Agreement, the Service Provider has not assumed and will not assume any responsibility other than to provide or arrange for the provision of the services called for thereunder in good faith and will not be responsible for any action that the Service Recipients take in following or declining to follow the advice or recommendations of the Service Provider. The maximum amount of the aggregate liability of the Service Provider or any of its affiliates, or of any director, officer, employee, contractor, agent, advisor or other representative of the Service Provider or any of its affiliates, will be equal to the base management fee previously paid by the Service Recipients in the two most recent calendar years pursuant to the Master Services Agreement. The Service Recipients have also agreed to indemnify each of the Service Provider, Brookfield and their directors, officers, agents, members, partners, shareholders and employees to the fullest extent permitted by law from and against any claims, liabilities, losses, damages, costs or expenses (including legal fees) incurred by an indemnified person or threatened in connection with our respective businesses, investments and activities or in respect of or arising from the Master Services Agreement or the services provided by

Brookfield Infrastructure 107


Table of Contents

the Service Provider, except to the extent that the claims, liabilities, losses, damages, costs or expenses are determined to have resulted from the indemnified person's bad faith, fraud or willful misconduct, or in the case of a criminal matter, action that the indemnified person knew to have been unlawful. In addition, under the Master Services Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the indemnified persons will not be liable to the Service Recipients except for conduct that involved bad faith, fraud, willful misconduct, gross negligence or in the case of a criminal matter, action that the indemnified person knew to have been unlawful.

Outside Activities

        Our Master Services Agreement does not prohibit the Service Provider or its affiliates from pursuing other business activities or providing services to third parties that compete directly or indirectly with us. For a description of related aspects of the relationship between Brookfield and the Service Recipients, see Item 7.B "Related Party Transactions—Relationship Agreement."

6.B    COMPENSATION

        During the year ended December 31, 2014, our General Partner paid each of its directors $60,000 per year for serving on its board of directors and various board committees. Our General Partner during the year ended December 31, 2014 paid the chairperson of the board of directors $110,000 per year for serving as chairperson of its board of directors. Also during the year ended December 31, 2014 an additional amount of $20,000 was paid to the chairperson of the audit committee, making the audit committee chairperson's total remuneration for the 2014 fiscal year $80,000.

        Our General Partner does not have any employees. Our partnership has entered into a Master Services Agreement with the Service Provider pursuant to which the Service Provider provides or arranges for other service providers to provide day-to-day management and administrative services for our partnership and the other Service Recipients. The fees payable under the Master Service Agreement are set forth under Item 6.A "Directors and Senior Management—Our Master Services Agreement—Management Fee." In addition, Brookfield is entitled to receive incentive distributions from the Holding LP described under Item 7.B "Related Party Transactions—Incentive Distributions."

        Pursuant to the Master Service Agreement, members of Brookfield's senior management and other individuals from Brookfield's global affiliates are drawn upon to fulfill obligations under the Master Service Agreement. However, these individuals, including the Brookfield employees identified in the table under Item 6.A "Directors and Senior Management—Our Management," are not compensated by our partnership or our General Partner. Instead, they will continue to be compensated by Brookfield.

6.C    BOARD PRACTICES

Board Structure, Practices and Committees

        The structure, practices and committees of our General Partner's board of directors, including matters relating to the size, independence and composition of the board of directors, the election and removal of directors, requirements relating to board action and the powers delegated to board committees, are governed by our General Partner's By-laws. Our General Partner's board of directors is responsible for exercising the management, control, power and authority of the General Partner except as required by applicable law or the By-laws of the General Partner. The following is a summary of certain provisions of those By-laws that affect our partnership's governance.

Size, Independence and Composition of the Board of Directors

        Our General Partner's board of directors is currently set at nine directors. The board may consist of between three and 11 directors or such other number of directors as may be determined from

108 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

time-to-time by a resolution of our General Partner's shareholders and subject to its By-laws. At least three directors and at least a majority of the directors holding office must be independent of our General Partner and Brookfield, as determined by the full board of directors using the standards for independence established by the NYSE.

        If the death, resignation or removal of an independent director results in the board of directors consisting of less than a majority of independent directors, the vacancy must be filled promptly. Pending the filling of such vacancy, the board of directors may temporarily consist of less than a majority of independent directors and those directors who do not meet the standards for independence may continue to hold office. In addition, our General Partner's By-laws provide that not more than 50% of the directors (as a group) or the independent directors (as a group) may be residents of any one jurisdiction (other than Bermuda and any other jurisdiction designated by the board of directors from time to time).

Election and Removal of Directors

        Our General Partner's board of directors was appointed by its shareholders and each of its current directors will serve until the close of the next annual meeting of shareholders of our General Partner or his or her death, resignation or removal from office, whichever occurs first. Vacancies on the board of directors may be filled and additional directors may be added by a resolution of our General Partner's shareholders or a vote of the directors then in office. A director may be removed from office by a resolution duly passed by our General Partner's shareholders or, if the director has been absent without leave from three consecutive meetings of the board of directors, by a written resolution requesting resignation signed by all other directors then holding office. A director will be automatically removed from the board of directors if he or she becomes bankrupt, insolvent or suspends payments to his or her creditors or becomes prohibited by law from acting as a director.

Action by the Board of Directors

        Our General Partner's board of directors may take action in a duly convened meeting at which a quorum is present or by a written resolution signed by all directors then holding office. Our General Partners' board of directors holds a minimum of four meetings per year. When action is to be taken at a meeting of the board of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast is required for any action to be taken.

Transactions Requiring Approval by Independent Directors

        Our General Partner's independent directors have approved a conflicts protocol which addresses the approval and other requirements for transactions in which there is greater potential for a conflict of interest to arise. These transactions include:

    the dissolution of our partnership;

    any material amendment to the Master Services Agreement, the Relationship Agreement, our Limited Partnership Agreement or the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement;

    any material service agreement or other arrangement pursuant to which Brookfield will be paid a fee, or other consideration other than any agreement or arrangement contemplated by the Master Services Agreement;

    acquisitions by us from, and dispositions by us to, Brookfield;

    determinations regarding the payment of fees under the Master Services Agreement in units of our partnership or the Holding LP or the deferral of incentive distributions under the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement;

Brookfield Infrastructure 109


Table of Contents

    approval of the protocol governing the allocation of employees between our partnership and the Service Provider;

    any other material transaction involving us and Brookfield; and

    termination of, or any determinations regarding indemnification under, the Master Services Agreement.

        Our conflicts protocol requires the transactions described above to be approved by a majority of our General Partner's independent directors. Pursuant to our conflicts protocol, independent directors may grant approvals for any of the transactions described above in the form of general guidelines, policies or procedures in which case no further special approval will be required in connection with a particular transaction or matter permitted thereby. See Item 7.B "Related Party Transactions—Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties".

Transactions in which a Director has an Interest

        A director who directly or indirectly has an interest in a contract, transaction or arrangement with our General Partner, our partnership or certain of our affiliates is required to disclose the nature of his or her interest to the full board of directors. Such disclosure may take the form of a general notice given to the board of directors to the effect that the director has an interest in a specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract, transaction or arrangement which may after the date of the notice be made with that company or firm or its affiliates. A director may participate in any meeting called to discuss or any vote called to approve the transaction in which the director has an interest and any transaction approved by the board of directors will not be void or voidable solely because the director was present at or participates in the meeting in which the approval was given provided that the board of directors or a board committee authorizes the transaction in good faith after the director's interest has been disclosed or the transaction is fair to our General Partner and our partnership at the time it is approved.

Service Contracts

        There are no service contracts with directors that provide benefit upon termination of employment.

Audit Committee

        Our General Partner's board of directors is required to establish and maintain at all times an audit committee that operates pursuant to a written charter. The audit committee is required to consist solely of independent directors and each member must be financially literate and there will be at least one member designated as an audit committee financial expert. Not more than 50% of the audit committee members may be directors who are residents of any one jurisdiction (other than Bermuda and any other jurisdiction designated by the board of directors from time to time).

        The audit committee is responsible for assisting and advising our General Partner's board of directors with matters relating to:

    our accounting and financial reporting processes;

    the integrity and audits of our financial statements;

    our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; and

    the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent accountants.

        The audit committee is also responsible for engaging our independent accountants, reviewing the plans and results of each audit engagement with our independent accountants, approving professional services provided by our independent accountants, considering the range of audit and non-audit fees

110 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

charged by our independent accountants and reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. The audit committee charter is available on our website at www.brookfieldinfrastructure.com/aboutus/governance and is available upon written request from our Corporate Secretary, at 73 Front Street, Hamilton HM 12, Bermuda.

Nominating and Governance Committee

        Our General Partner's board of directors is required to establish and maintain at all times a nominating and governance committee that operates pursuant to a written charter. The nominating and governance committee is required to consist of a majority of independent directors and not more than 50% of the nominating and corporate governance committee members may be directors who are residents of any one jurisdiction (other than Bermuda and any other jurisdiction designated by the board of directors from time to time).

        The nominating and governance committee is responsible for approving the appointment by the sitting directors of a person to the office of director and for recommending a slate of nominees for election as directors by our General Partner's shareholders. The nominating and governance committee is also responsible for assisting and advising our General Partner's board of directors with respect to matters relating to the general operation of the board of directors, our partnership's governance, the governance of our General Partner and the performance of its board of directors and individual directors. Subsequent to dissolution of the compensation committee of the board of directors of the General Partner during the year ended December 31, 2013, the nominating and governance committee is also responsible for reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors of the General Partner concerning the remuneration of directors and committee members and supervising any changes in the fees to be paid pursuant to the Master Services Agreement. The nominating and governance committee charter is available on our website at www.brookfieldinfrastructure.com/aboutus/governance and is available upon written request from our Corporate Secretary, at 73 Front Street, Hamilton HM 12, Bermuda.

Indemnification and Limitations on Liability

Our Limited Partnership Agreement

        Bermuda law permits the partnership agreement of a limited partnership, such as our partnership, to provide for the indemnification of a partner, the officers and directors of a partner and any other person against any and all claims and demands whatsoever, except to the extent that the indemnification may be held by the courts of Bermuda to be contrary to public policy or to the extent that Bermuda law prohibits indemnification against personal liability that may be imposed under specific provisions of Bermuda law. Bermuda law also permits a partnership to pay or reimburse an indemnified person's expenses in advance of a final disposition of a proceeding for which indemnification is sought. See Item 10.B "Memorandum and Articles of Association—Description of Our Units, Preferred Units and Our Limited Partnership Agreement—Indemnification; Limitations on Liability" for a description of the indemnification arrangements in place under our Limited Partnership Agreement.

Our General Partner's By-laws

        Bermuda law permits the By-laws of an exempted company, such as our General Partner, to provide for the indemnification of its officers, directors and shareholders and any other person designated by the company against any and all claims and demands whatsoever, except to the extent that the indemnification may be held by the courts of Bermuda to be contrary to public policy or to the extent that Bermuda law prohibits indemnification against personal liability that may be imposed under specific provisions of Bermuda law. Bermuda company law also permits an exempted company to pay

Brookfield Infrastructure 111


Table of Contents

or reimburse an indemnified person's expenses in advance of a final disposition of a proceeding for which indemnification is sought.

        Under our General Partner's By-laws, our General Partner is required to indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, its affiliates, directors, officers, resident representative, shareholders and employees, any person who serves on a governing body of the Holding LP or any of its subsidiaries and certain others against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, incurred by an indemnified person in connection with our partnership's investments and activities or in respect of or arising from their holding such positions, except to the extent that the claims, liabilities, losses, damages, costs or expenses are determined to have resulted from the indemnified person's bad faith, fraud or willful misconduct, or in the case of a criminal matter, action that the indemnified person knew to have been unlawful. In addition, under our General Partner's By-laws, (i) the liability of such persons has been limited to the fullest extent permitted by law and except to the extent that their conduct involves bad faith, fraud or willful misconduct, or in the case of a criminal matter, action that the indemnified person knew to have been unlawful; and (ii) any matter that is approved by the independent directors will not constitute a breach of any duties stated or implied by law or equity, including fiduciary duties. Our General Partner's By-laws require it to advance funds to pay the expenses of an indemnified person in connection with a matter in which indemnification may be sought until it is determined that the indemnified person is not entitled to indemnification.

Insurance

        Our partnership has obtained insurance coverage under which the directors of our General Partner are insured, subject to the limits of the policy, against certain losses arising from claims made against such directors by reason of any acts or omissions covered under the policy in their respective capacities as directors of our General Partner, including certain liabilities under securities laws.

Canadian Insider Reporting

        Our partnership is not subject to Canadian insider reporting requirements due to its status as a "SEC Foreign Issuer" under Canadian securities laws. However, our partnership does not rely on the exemption that is available to it from the insider reporting requirements of Canadian securities laws.

6.D    EMPLOYEES

        Our partnership does not employ any of the individuals who carry out the management and other non-operational activities of our partnership. The personnel that carry out these activities are employees of Brookfield, and their services are provided to our partnership or for our benefit under our Master Services Agreement. For a discussion of the individuals from Brookfield's management team that are expected to be involved in our infrastructure business, see Item 6.A "Directors and Senior Management—Our Management."

6.E    SHARE OWNERSHIP

        Each of our directors and officers of our General Partner own less than one percent of our units.

112 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.    MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

7.A    MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

        The following table presents information regarding the beneficial ownership of our units by each entity that we know beneficially owns more than 5% of our units as at December 31, 2014.

 
  Units Outstanding  
Name and Address
  Units Owned (1)   Percentage (2)  

Brookfield Asset Management Inc.

    58.8 million (3)   28.1% (3)

Partners Limited

    61.0 million (4)   29.2% (4)

1832 Asset Management, L.P.

    9.5 million (5)   6.33%  

ClearBridge Investments, LLC

    9.0 million (6)   5.99%  

(1)
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Units relating to securities currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding such securities but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person.

(2)
Except as set forth in footnotes (3) and (4) below, the percentages shown are based on 150,318,306 units outstanding as of December 31, 2014.

(3)
Brookfield Asset Management may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of 58,788,346 of our units that it holds through wholly-owned subsidiaries, constituting approximately 28.1% of the issued and outstanding units, assuming that all of the Redeemable Partnership Units are exchanged for our units pursuant to the Redemption-Exchange Mechanism described in Item 10.B "Memorandum and Articles of Association—Description of the Holding LP's Limited Partnership Agreement—Redemption-Exchange Mechanism." This amount includes 48,930 of our units beneficially held by Brookfield Asset Management.

(4)
Partners Limited owns all of Brookfield Asset Management's Class B Limited Voting Shares and approximately 50% of Partners Value Fund Inc.'s (formerly BAM Investments Corp.) common shares. Partners Limited may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of 61,032,396 of our units, constituting approximately 29.2% of the issued and outstanding units, assuming that all of the Redeemable Partnership Units are exchanged for our units pursuant to the Redemption-Exchange Mechanism described in Item 10.B "Memorandum and Articles of Association—Description of the Holding LP's Limited Partnership Agreement—Redemption-Exchange Mechanism." This amount includes 2,218,649 of our units beneficially held by Partners Value Fund Inc. and 48,930 of our units beneficially held by Brookfield Asset Management. Partners Limited may be deemed to have the power (together with each of Brookfield Asset Management and Partners Value Fund Inc.) to vote or direct the vote of the units beneficially owned by it or to dispose of such units other than 25,401 of our units with respect to which it has sole voting and investment power.

(5)
Based on a Schedule 13F filed by 1832 Asset Management, L.P. (formerly GCIC Ltd) with the SEC showing that it held 9,517,974 units on December 31, 2014.

(6)
Based on a Schedule 13F filed by ClearBridge Investments, LLC with the SEC showing that it held 9,008,787 units on December 31, 2014.

        On February 20, 2009, Brookfield Asset Management, Brookfield Financial Corp., BAM Investments Corp. and Partners Limited jointly filed an amendment to their Schedule 13D with the SEC reflecting shared beneficial ownership of 17,400,517, or 45.5%, of our units. On May 20, 2011, Brookfield Asset Management, Inc., BAM Investments Corp. and Partners Limited jointly filed an amendment to their Schedule 13D with the SEC reflecting shared beneficial ownership of 45,684,516, or 29.2%, of our units.

        Our major unitholders have the same voting rights as all other holders of our units.

        As of December 31, 2014, 133,589 of our outstanding units were held by 996 holders of record in the United States, not including The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"). As of December 31, 2014, DTC was the holder of record of 148,826,727 units.

        See also the information contained in this annual report on Form 20-F under Item 3.D "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Relationship with Brookfield," Item 6.C "Board Practices," Item 6.A "Directors and Senior Management" and Item 7.B "Related Party Transactions."

Brookfield Infrastructure 113


Table of Contents


7.B    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        We are an affiliate of Brookfield. We have entered into a number of agreements and arrangements with Brookfield in order to enable us to be established as a separate entity and pursue our vision of being a leading owner and operator of high quality infrastructure assets. While we believe that this ongoing relationship with Brookfield provides us with a strong competitive advantage as well as access to opportunities that would otherwise not be available to us, we operate very differently from an independent, stand-alone entity. We describe below these relationships as well as potential conflicts of interest (and the methods for resolving them) and other material considerations arising from our relationship with Brookfield.

        See also the information contained in this annual report on Form 20-F under Item 3.D "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Relationship with Brookfield," Item 6.C "Board Practices," Item 6.A "Directors and Senior Management" and Item 7.A "Major Shareholders."

Relationship Agreement

        Our partnership, the Holding LP, the Holding Entities, the Service Provider and Brookfield have entered into an agreement, referred to as the Relationship Agreement, that governs aspects of the relationship among them. Pursuant to the Relationship Agreement, Brookfield Asset Management has agreed that we serve as the primary (though not exclusive) vehicle through which Brookfield makes future infrastructure related acquisitions that are suitable for our strategy and objectives. Our acquisition strategy focuses on large scale transactions, for which we believe there is less competition and where Brookfield has sufficient influence or control so that our operations-oriented approach can be deployed to create value. Due to similar asset characteristics and capital requirements we believe that the infrastructure industry will evolve like the real estate industry in which assets are commonly owned through consortiums and partnerships of institutional equity investors and owner/operators such as ourselves. Accordingly, an integral part of our strategy is to participate with institutional investors in Brookfield sponsored or co-sponsored consortiums for single asset acquisitions and as a partner in or alongside Brookfield sponsored or co-sponsored partnerships that target acquisitions that suit our profile. Brookfield has a strong track record of leading such consortiums and partnerships and actively managing underlying assets to improve performance. Brookfield agreed that it will not sponsor such arrangements that are suitable for us in the infrastructure sector unless we are given an opportunity to participate.

        Brookfield's commitment to us and our ability to take advantage of opportunities is subject to a number of inherent limitations such as our financial capacity, the suitability of the acquisition in terms of the underlying asset characteristics and its fit with our strategy, limitations arising from the tax and regulatory regimes that govern our affairs and certain other restrictions. See Item 3.D "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Relationship with Brookfield." Under the terms of the Relationship Agreement, our partnership, the Holding LP and the Holding Entities acknowledge and agree that, subject to providing us the opportunity to participate on the basis described above, Brookfield (including its directors, officers, agents, members, partners, shareholders and employees) is able to pursue other business activities and provide services to third parties that compete directly or indirectly with us. In addition, Brookfield has established or advised, and may continue to establish or advise, other entities that rely on the diligence, skill and business contacts of Brookfield's professionals and the information and acquisition opportunities they generate during the normal course of their activities. Our partnership, the Holding LP and the Holding Entities acknowledge and agree that some of these entities may have objectives that overlap with our objectives or may acquire infrastructure assets or businesses that could be considered appropriate acquisitions for us, and that Brookfield may have greater financial incentives to assist those other entities over us. Due to the foregoing, we expect to compete from time-to-time with Brookfield or other third parties for access to the benefits that we expect to realize from Brookfield's involvement in our business.

114 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

        Since Brookfield has large, well established operations in real estate, timberlands and renewable power that are separate from us, Brookfield will not be obligated to provide us with any opportunities in these sectors. In addition, since Brookfield has granted an affiliate the right to act as the exclusive vehicle for Brookfield's timberland acquisitions in Eastern Canada and the Northeastern U.S., we will not be entitled to participate in timberland acquisitions in those geographic regions. Brookfield has also appointed an affiliate as its primary vehicle through which Brookfield will acquire renewable power assets on a global basis. In the event of the termination of the Master Services Agreement, the Relationship Agreement would also terminate, including Brookfield's commitments to provide us with acquisition opportunities, as described above.

        Pursuant to the Relationship Agreement, Brookfield Asset Management has also agreed that any voting rights with respect to any operating entity that are held by entities over which it has control will be:

    voted in favour of the election of a director (or its equivalent) approved by the entity through which our interest in the relevant entity is held;

    withheld from voting for (or voted against, if applicable) the election of a director (or its equivalent) not approved by the entity through which our interest in the relevant entity is held; and

    voted in accordance with the direction of the entity through which our interest in the relevant entity is held with respect to the approval or rejection of the following matters relating to the operating entity, as applicable: (i) any sale of all or substantially all of its assets, (ii) any merger, amalgamation, consolidation, business combination or other material corporate transaction, except in connection with any internal reorganization that does not result in a change of control, (iii) any plan or proposal for a complete or partial liquidation or dissolution, or any reorganization or any case, proceeding or action seeking relief under any existing laws or future laws relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, (iv) any issuance of shares, units or other securities, including debt securities, or (v) any commitment or agreement to do any of the foregoing.

        For these purposes, the relevant entity may maintain, from time-to—time, an approved slate of nominees or provide direction with respect to the approval or rejection of any matter in the form of general guidelines, policies or procedures in which case no further approval or direction will be required. Any such general guidelines, policies or procedures may be modified by the relevant entity in its discretion.

        Under the Relationship Agreement, our partnership, the Holding LP and the Holding Entities have agreed that none of Brookfield or the Service Provider, nor any director, officer, agent, member, partner, shareholder or employee of Brookfield or the Service Provider, will be liable to us for any claims, liabilities, losses, damages, costs or expenses (including legal fees) arising in connection with the business, investments and activities in respect of or arising from the Relationship Agreement. The maximum amount of the aggregate liability of Brookfield, or of any director, officer, employee, contractor, agent, advisor or other representative of Brookfield, will be equal to the amounts previously paid in the two most recent calendar years by the Service Recipients pursuant to the Master Services Agreement.

Voting Agreements

        Our partnership has entered into voting agreements ("Voting Agreements") with Brookfield that permit our partnership (or our partnership's designated affiliates) to direct all eligible votes with respect to approving or rejecting certain fundamental matters involving the following entities:

    Brookfield Ports (UK) Limited, which controls our UK port operation;

Brookfield Infrastructure 115


Table of Contents

    Brookfield Global Funds GP Limited, which controls our Australian regulated terminal operation;

    BAIF CSC Manager (Delaware) LLC, which controls our New England electricity transmission operation;

    Empresa de Energia de Boyacá SA and BCIF Holdings Colombia I S.A.S., which together control our Colombian distribution business;

    1870448 Ontario Inc., which controls our North American gas storage operation;

    Brookfield Americas Infrastructure Holdings I Limited, which controls our Chilean toll roads;

    District Energy Holdings LP and BIF II MM Seattle (Delaware), LLC, which together control our U.S. district energy operations;

    BIF II CalGas (Delaware) LLC, which controls our North American west coast gas storage operation;

    BIF II GP Bermuda Limited, which has undertaken an investment in certain debt securities; and

    Enwave Energy Corporation, which controls our Canadian district energy operation.

        Pursuant to the Voting Agreements, Brookfield has agreed that any voting rights with respect to the above noted entities will be voted in favour of the election of directors or officers (or their equivalent, if any) approved by our partnership (or our partnership's designated affiliates). In addition, Brookfield has agreed that it will exercise any voting rights involving the above noted entities at the direction of our partnership (or our partnership's designated affiliates) with respect to the following matters: (i) any sale of all or substantially all of its assets, (ii) any merger, amalgamation, consolidation, business combination or other material corporate transaction, except in connection with any internal reorganization that does not result in a change of control, (iii) any plan or proposal for a complete or partial liquidation or dissolution, or any reorganization or any case, proceeding or action seeking relief under any existing laws or future laws relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, (iv) any amendments to the applicable organizational documents, or (v) any commitment or agreement to do any of the foregoing. For these purposes, our partnership or our partnership's designated affiliates, as applicable, may maintain, from time-to-time, an approved slate of nominees or provide direction with respect to the approval or rejection of any matter in the form of general guidelines, policies or procedures in which case no further approval or direction will be required. Any such slate of nominees or general guidelines, policies or procedures may be modified by our partnership or our partnership's designated affiliates, as applicable, in their discretion.

        Each Voting Agreement terminates (i) at such time that we cease to own any interest in the relevant entity, (ii) at such time that our General Partner (or its successors or permitted assigns) involuntarily ceases to be the general partner of our partnership, (iii) at such time that our partnership (or its successors or permitted assigns) involuntarily ceases to be the general partner of the Holding LP, (iv) at such time that the Infrastructure General Partner (or its successors or permitted assigns) involuntarily ceases to be the general partner of the Infrastructure Special LP, or (v) upon 30 days' notice given by our partnership. In addition, any party to a Voting Agreement is permitted to terminate the Voting Agreement at such time that such a party provides notice that it has reasonably determined that, as a result of applicable regulation and through no fault of its own, continued participation in the Voting Agreement would have a material adverse effect on such party. The termination of a Voting Agreement with respect to one or more entity will not affect the validity or enforceability of the Voting Agreements with respect to any other entity.

116 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

        The Voting Agreements also contain restrictions on transfers of the shares that Brookfield has agreed to vote in accordance with the direction of our partnership with respect to the approval or rejection of the matters noted above.

Services Provided under Our Master Services Agreement

        The Service Recipients have entered into the Master Services Agreement pursuant to which the Service Provider has agreed to provide or arrange for other service providers to provide management and administration services to our partnership and the other Service Recipients. For example, Samuel Pollock, in his capacity as the Chief Executive Officer of the Service Provider, and Bahir Manios, in his capacity as the Chief Financial Officer of the Service Provider, are the persons who perform the functions of our partnership's principal executive officer and principal financial officer, respectively. In exchange, the Service Provider is entitled to a base management fee. For a description of our Master Services Agreement, see Item 6.A "Directors and Senior Management—Our Master Services Agreement."

Other Services

        Brookfield may provide to the operating entities services which are outside the scope of the Master Services Agreement under arrangements that are on market terms and conditions and pursuant to which Brookfield will receive fees. The services provided under these arrangements include financial advisory, operations and maintenance, development, operations management and other services. Pursuant to our conflict of interest guidelines, those arrangements may require prior approval by a majority of the independent directors, which may be granted in the form of general guidelines, policies or procedures. See "—Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties."

Preferred Shares

        Brookfield has provided an aggregate of $20 million of working capital to certain of our Holding Entities through a subscription for preferred shares of such Holding Entities. The preferred shares are entitled to receive a cumulative preferential dividend equal to 6% of their redemption value as and when declared by the board of directors of the applicable Holding Entity and are redeemable at the option of the Holding Entity, subject to certain limitations, at any time after the tenth anniversary of their issuance. Except for the preferred share of our primary US Holding Entity, which is entitled to one vote, the preferred shares are not entitled to vote, except as required by law.

Redemption-Exchange Mechanism

        One or more wholly-owned subsidiaries of Brookfield Asset Management that hold Redeemable Partnership Units (as hereinafter defined) have the right to require the Holding LP to redeem all or a portion of the Redeemable Partnership Units, subject to our partnership's right of first refusal, for cash in an amount equal to the market value of one of our units multiplied by the number of units to be redeemed (subject to certain adjustments). See Item 10.B "Memorandum and Articles of Association—Description of the Holding LP's Limited Partnership Agreement—Redemption-Exchange Mechanism." Taken together, the effect of the redemption right and the right of first refusal is that one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries of Brookfield Asset Management will receive our units, or the value of such units, at the election of our partnership. Should our partnership determine not to exercise its right of first refusal, cash required to fund a redemption of limited partnership interests of the Holding LP held by wholly-owned subsidiaries of Brookfield Asset Management will likely be financed by a public offering of our units.

Brookfield Infrastructure 117


Table of Contents

Registration Rights Agreement

        Our partnership has entered into a registration rights agreement with Brookfield pursuant to which our partnership has agreed that, upon the request of Brookfield, our partnership will file one or more registration statements to register for sale under the United States Securities Act of 1933 , as amended, any of our units held by Brookfield (including our units acquired pursuant to the Redemption-Exchange Mechanism). In the registration rights agreement we have agreed to pay expenses in connection with such registration and sales and have indemnified Brookfield for material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement.

Incentive Distributions

        Infrastructure Special LP is entitled to receive incentive distributions from the Holding LP as a result of its ownership of the Special Limited Partner Units. The incentive distributions are to be calculated in increments based on the amount by which quarterly distributions on the limited partnership units of the Holding LP exceed specified target levels as set forth in the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement. See Item 10.B "Memorandum and Articles of Association—Description of the Holding LP's Limited Partnership Agreement—Distributions."

        The Infrastructure Special LP may, at its sole discretion, elect to reinvest incentive distributions in exchange for Redeemable Partnership Units.

        To the extent that any Holding Entity or any operating entity pays to Brookfield any comparable performance or incentive distribution, the amount of any future incentive distributions will be reduced in an equitable manner to avoid duplication of distributions.

        For example, in conjunction with the consortium arrangements in respect of our South American electricity transmission operations, we pay to Brookfield our pro-rata share of base management fees paid by the consortium. Pursuant to the Master Services Agreement, the base management fees paid pursuant to the consortium arrangements are creditable against the management fee payable under the Master Services Agreement. See Item 6.A "Directors and Senior Management—Our Master Services Agreement."

General Partner Distributions

        Pursuant to our Limited Partnership Agreement, our General Partner is entitled to receive a general partner distribution equal to 0.01% of the total distributions on the units of our partnership. See Item 10.B "Memorandum and Articles of Association—Description of Our Units, Preferred Units and Our Limited Partnership Agreement."

Special Limited Partner Distributions

        Pursuant to the limited partnership agreement of the Holding LP, Infrastructure Special LP is also entitled to receive a special limited partner distribution from the Holding LP equal to a share of the total distributions of the Holding LP in proportion to Infrastructure Special LP's special limited partnership interest in the Holding LP which is equal to approximately 0.5% of the total distributions on the units of the Holding LP. See Item 10.B "Memorandum and Articles of Association—Description of the Holding LP's Limited Partnership Agreement—Distributions." In addition, it is entitled to receive the incentive distributions described above under "—Incentive Distribution."

Distribution Reinvestment Plan

        The Holding LP has a distribution reinvestment plan. Brookfield has advised our partnership that it may from time-to-time reinvest distributions it receives from the Holding LP in the Holding LP's distribution reinvestment plan. In addition, our partnership adopted a distribution reinvestment plan

118 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

which became effective on June 29, 2010. The following is a summary description of the principal terms of our partnership's distribution reinvestment plan.

        Pursuant to the distribution reinvestment plan, holders of our units may elect to have distributions paid on our units held by them automatically reinvested in additional units to be held for the account of the unitholder in accordance with the terms of the distribution reinvestment plan, provided that there are not any laws or governmental regulations in the unitholder's jurisdiction that may limit or prohibit participation and, in the case of DTC participants, where DTC permits participation by participants. Distributions to be reinvested in our units under the distribution reinvestment plan will be reduced by the amount of any applicable withholding tax.

        Distributions due to plan participants will be paid to the plan agent, for the benefit of the plan participants and, if a plan participant has elected to have his or her distributions automatically reinvested, applied, on behalf of such plan participant, to the purchase of additional units. Such purchases will be made from our partnership on the distribution date at a price per unit calculated by reference to the volume weighted average of the trading price for our units on the NYSE for the five trading days immediately preceding the date the relevant distribution is paid by our partnership ("Market Price").

        As soon as reasonably practicable after each distribution payment date, a statement of account will be mailed to each participant setting out the amount of the relevant cash distribution reinvested, the applicable Market Price, the number of units purchased under the distribution reinvestment plan on the distribution payment date and the total number of units, computed to four decimal places, held for the account of the participant under the distribution reinvestment plan (or, in the case of DTC participants, DTC will receive such statement on behalf of beneficial owners participating in the distribution reinvestment plan). While our partnership will not issue fractional units, a plan participant's entitlement to units purchased under the distribution reinvestment plan may include a fraction of a unit and such fractional units shall accumulate. A cash adjustment for any fractional units will be paid by the plan agent upon the withdrawal from or termination by a plan participant of his or her participation in the distribution reinvestment plan or upon termination of the distribution reinvestment plan at price per unit calculated based upon the closing price of our units on the NYSE on the trading day immediately preceding such withdrawal or termination. A registered holder may, at any time, obtain unit certificates for any number of whole units held for the participant's account under the distribution reinvestment plan by notifying the plan agent. Certificates for units acquired under the distribution reinvestment plan will not be issued to participants unless specifically requested. Prior to pledging, selling or otherwise transferring units held for a participant's account (except for sales of units through the plan agent), a registered holder must request that his or her units be electronically transferred to his or her brokerage account or a unit certificate be issued. The automatic reinvestment of distributions under the distribution reinvestment plan will not relieve participants of any income tax obligations applicable to such distributions. No brokerage commissions will be payable in connection with the purchase of our units under the distribution reinvestment plan and all administrative costs will be borne by our partnership.

        Unitholders will be able to terminate their participation in the distribution reinvestment plan by providing, or by causing to be provided, notice to the plan agent. Such notice, if actually received by the plan agent no later than five business days prior to a record date, will have effect in respect of the distribution to be made as of such date. Thereafter, distributions to such unitholders will be in cash. In addition, unitholders may request that all or part of their units be sold. When units are sold through the plan agent, a holder will receive the proceeds less a handling charge and any brokerage trading fees. Our partnership will be able to amend, modify, suspend or terminate our distribution reinvestment plan, at any time, but such actions will have no retroactive effect that would prejudice a participant's interest. The plan agent will notify participants in writing of any amendments or modifications to our distribution reinvestment plan that in our partnership's opinion may materially prejudice participants.

Brookfield Infrastructure 119


Table of Contents

        Our partnership does not intend to reinvest distributions it receives from the Holding LP in the Holding LP's distribution reinvestment plan except to the extent that holders of our units elect to reinvest distributions pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan. Brookfield has advised our partnership that it may from time-to-time reinvest distributions it receives from the Holding LP pursuant to the Holding LP's distribution reinvestment plan. The units of the Holding LP to be issued to Brookfield under the distribution reinvestment plan will become subject to the Redemption-Exchange Mechanism and may therefore result in Brookfield acquiring additional units of our partnership. See Item 10.B "Memorandum and Articles of Association—Description of the Holding LP's Limited Partnership Agreement—Redemption-Exchange Mechanism."

Indemnification Arrangements

        Subject to certain limitations, Brookfield and its directors, officers, agents, members, partners, shareholders and employees generally benefit from indemnification provisions and limitations on liability that are included in our Limited Partnership Agreement, our General Partner's By-laws, the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement, our Master Services Agreement and other arrangements with Brookfield. See Item 6.A "Directors and Senior Management—Our Master Services Agreement," Item 10.B "Memorandum and Articles of Association—Description of Our Units, Preferred Units and Our Limited Partnership Agreement—Indemnification; Limitations of Liability" and Item 10.B "Memorandum and Articles of Association—Description of the Holding LP's Limited Partnership Agreement—Indemnification; Limitations of Liability."

Licensing Agreements

        Our partnership and the Holding LP have each entered into a Licensing Agreement with Brookfield pursuant to which Brookfield has granted a non- exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name "Brookfield" and the Brookfield logo. Other than under this limited license, we do not have a legal right to the "Brookfield" name and the Brookfield logo in the United States and Canada.

        We will be permitted to terminate the Licensing Agreements upon 30 days' prior written notice if Brookfield defaults in the performance of any material term, condition or agreement contained in the agreement and the default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice of termination of the breach is given to Brookfield. Brookfield may terminate the Licensing Agreements effective immediately upon termination of our Master Services Agreement or with respect to any licensee upon 30 days' prior written notice of termination if any of the following occurs:

    the licensee defaults in the performance of any material term, condition or agreement contained in the agreement and the default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice of termination of the breach is given to the licensee;

    the licensee assigns, sublicenses, pledges, mortgages or otherwise encumbers the intellectual property rights granted to it pursuant to the Licensing Agreement;

    certain events relating to a bankruptcy or insolvency of the licensee; or

    the licensee ceases to be an affiliate of Brookfield.

        A termination of a Licensing Agreement with respect to one or more licensee will not affect the validity or enforceability of the agreement with respect to any other licensees.

Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties

        Our organizational and ownership structure and strategy involve a number of relationships that may give rise to conflicts of interest between our partnership, our unitholders and preferred

120 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

unitholders, on the one hand, and Brookfield, on the other hand. In particular, conflicts of interest could arise, among other reasons, because:

    in originating and recommending acquisition opportunities, Brookfield has significant discretion to determine the suitability of opportunities for us and to allocate such opportunities to us or to itself or third parties;

    because of the scale of typical infrastructure acquisitions and because our strategy includes completing acquisitions through consortium or partnership arrangements with pension funds and other financial sponsors, we will likely make co-investments with Brookfield and Brookfield sponsored funds or Brookfield sponsored or co-sponsored consortiums and partnerships, which typically will require that Brookfield owe fiduciary duties to the other partners or consortium members that it does not owe to us;

    there may be circumstances where Brookfield will determine that an acquisition opportunity is not suitable for us because of limits arising due to regulatory or tax considerations or limits on our financial capacity or because of the immaturity of the target assets or the fit with our acquisition strategy and Brookfield is entitled to pursue the acquisition on its own behalf rather than offering us the opportunity to make the acquisition and, as a result, Brookfield may initially or ultimately make the acquisition;

    where Brookfield has made an acquisition, it may transfer it to us at a later date after the assets have been developed or we have obtained sufficient financing;

    our relationship with Brookfield involves a number of arrangements pursuant to which Brookfield provides various services and access to financing arrangements and acquisition opportunities, and circumstances may arise in which these arrangements will need to be amended or new arrangements will need to be entered into;

    our arrangements with Brookfield were negotiated in the context of the spin-off, which may have resulted in those arrangements containing terms that are less favourable than those which otherwise might have been obtained from unrelated parties;

    under the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement and the agreements governing the operating entities, Brookfield is generally entitled to share in the returns generated by our operations, which could create an incentive for it to assume greater risks when making decisions than they otherwise would in the absence of such arrangements;

    Brookfield is permitted to pursue other business activities and provide services to third parties that compete directly with our business and activities without providing us with an opportunity to participate, which could result in the allocation of Brookfield's resources, personnel and acquisition opportunities to others who compete with us;

    Brookfield does not owe our partnership or our unitholders and preferred unitholders any fiduciary duties, which may limit our recourse against it; and

    the liability of Brookfield is limited under our arrangements with them, and we have agreed to indemnify Brookfield against claims, liabilities, losses, damages, costs or expenses which they may face in connection with those arrangements, which may lead them to assume greater risks when making decisions than they otherwise would if such decisions were being made solely for their own account, or may give rise to legal claims for indemnification that are adverse to the interests of our unitholders and preferred unitholders.

        With respect to transactions in which there is greater potential for a conflict of interest to arise, our General Partner may be required to seek the prior approval of a majority of the independent directors pursuant to conflict of interest guidelines that have been approved by a majority of the

Brookfield Infrastructure 121


Table of Contents

independent directors. These transactions include (i) the dissolution of our partnership; (ii) any material amendment to the Master Services Agreement, the Relationship Agreement, our Limited Partnership Agreement or the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement; (iii) any material service agreement or other arrangement pursuant to which Brookfield will be paid a fee, or other consideration other than any agreement or arrangement contemplated by the Master Services Agreement; (iv) acquisitions by us from, and dispositions by us to, Brookfield; (v) any other transaction involving Brookfield; and (vi) termination of, or any determinations regarding indemnification under, the Master Services Agreement. Pursuant to our conflicts protocol, independent directors may grant prior approvals for any of these transactions in the form of general guidelines, policies or procedures in which case no further special approval will be required in connection with a particular transaction or matter permitted thereby. In certain circumstances, these transactions may be related party transactions for the purposes of and subject to certain requirements of Multilateral Instrument 61-101—Protection of Minority Security Holders in Special Transactions ("MI 61-101") which in some situations requires minority shareholder approval and/or valuation for transactions with related parties. An exemption from such requirements is available when the fair market value of the transaction is not more than 25% of the market capitalization of the issuer. Our partnership has been granted exemptive relief from the requirements of MI 61-101 that, subject to certain conditions, would permit it to be exempt from the minority approval and valuation requirements for transactions that would have a value of less than 25% of our partnership's market capitalization if Brookfield's indirect equity interest in our partnership was included in the calculation of our partnership's market capitalization. As a result, the 25% threshold above which the minority approval and valuation requirements would apply would be increased to include the approximately 28.1% indirect interest in our partnership held by Brookfield.

        We maintain a conflicts protocol to assist in the resolution of these potential or actual conflicts which states that conflicts be resolved based on the principles of transparency, independent validation and approvals. The policy recognizes the benefit to us of our relationship with Brookfield and our intent to pursue a strategy that seeks to maximize the benefits from this relationship. The policy also recognizes that the principal areas of potential application of the policy on an ongoing basis will be in connection with our acquisitions and our participation in Brookfield led consortia and partnership arrangements, together with any management or service arrangements entered into in connection therewith or the ongoing operations of the underlying operating entities.

        In general, the policy provides that acquisitions that are carried out jointly by us and Brookfield, or in the context of a Brookfield led or co-led consortium or partnership be carried out on the basis that the consideration paid by us be no more, on a per share or proportionate basis, than the consideration paid by Brookfield or other participants, as applicable. The policy also provides that any fees or carried interest payable in respect of our proportionate investment, or in respect of an acquisition made solely by us, must be credited in the manner contemplated by our Master Services Agreement and the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement, where applicable, or that such fees or carried interest must either have been negotiated with another arm's length participant or otherwise demonstrated to be on market terms. The policy further provides that if the acquisition involves the purchase by us of an asset from Brookfield, or the participation in a transaction involving the purchase by us and Brookfield of different assets, that a fairness opinion or, in some circumstances, a valuation or appraisal by a qualified expert be obtained. These requirements provided for in the conflicts protocol are in addition to any disclosure, approval and valuation requirements that may arise under applicable law.

        Our Limited Partnership Agreement contains various provisions that modify the fiduciary duties that might otherwise be owed to our partnership, our unitholders and preferred unitholders including when conflicts of interest arise. Specifically, our limited partnership agreement states that no breach of our Limited Partnership Agreement or a breach of any duty, including fiduciary duties, may be found for any matter that has been approved by a majority of the independent directors of our General

122 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

Partner. In addition, when resolving conflicts of interest, our limited partnership agreement does not impose any limitations on the discretion of the independent directors or the factors which they may consider in resolving any such conflicts. The independent directors of our General Partner can therefore take into account the interests of third parties, including Brookfield, when resolving conflicts of interest. Additionally, any fiduciary duty that is imposed under any applicable law or agreement is modified, waived or limited to the extent required to permit our General Partner to undertake any affirmative conduct or to make any decisions, so long as such action is reasonably believed to be in, or not inconsistent with, the best interests of our partnership.

        Our Master Services Agreement and our other arrangements with Brookfield do not impose on Brookfield any duty (statutory or otherwise) to act in the best interests of the Service Recipients, nor do they impose other duties that are fiduciary in nature. As a result, our General Partner, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Brookfield Asset Management, in its capacity as our general partner, has sole authority to enforce the terms of such agreements and to consent to any waiver, modification or amendment of their provisions, subject to approval by a majority of our independent directors in accordance with our conflicts protocol.

        In addition, the Bermuda Limited Partnership Act, under which our partnership and the Holding LP were established, does not impose statutory fiduciary duties on a general partner of a limited partnership in the same manner that certain corporate statutes, such as the Canada Business Corporations Act, impose fiduciary duties on directors of a corporation. In general, under applicable Bermudian legislation, a general partner has certain limited duties to its limited partners, such as the duty to render accounts, account for private profits and not compete with the partnership in business. In addition, Bermudian common law recognizes that a general partner owes a duty of utmost good faith to its limited partners. These duties are, in most respects, similar to duties imposed on a general partner of a limited partnership under U.S. and Canadian law. However, to the extent that our General Partner owes any such fiduciary duties to our partnership, our unitholders and preferred unitholders, these duties have been modified pursuant to our Limited Partnership Agreement as a matter of contract law. We have been advised by counsel that such modifications are not prohibited under Bermudian law, subject to typical qualifications as to enforceability of contractual provisions, such as the application of general equitable principles. This is similar to Delaware law which expressly permits modifications to the fiduciary duties owed to partners, other than an implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

        In addition, our Limited Partnership Agreement provides that our General Partner and its affiliates do not have any obligation under our Limited Partnership Agreement, or as a result of any duties stated or implied by law or equity, including fiduciary duties, to present business or investment opportunities to our partnership, the Holding LP, any Holding Entity or any other holding entity established by us. They also allow affiliates of our General Partner to engage in activities that may compete with us or our activities. Additionally, any failure by our General Partner to consent to any merger, consolidation or combination will not result in a breach of our Limited Partnership Agreement or any other provision of law. Our Limited Partnership Agreement prohibits our limited partners from advancing claims that otherwise might raise issues as to compliance with fiduciary duties or applicable law.

        These modifications to the fiduciary duties are detrimental to our unitholders and preferred unitholders because they restrict the remedies available for actions that might otherwise constitute a breach of fiduciary duty and permit conflicts of interest to be resolved in a manner that is not in the best interests of our partnership or the best interests of our unitholders and preferred unitholders. We believe it is necessary to modify the fiduciary duties that might otherwise be owed to us, our unitholders and preferred unitholders, as described above, due to our organizational and ownership structure and the potential conflicts of interest created thereby. Without modifying those duties, the ability of our General Partner to attract and retain experienced and capable directors and to take

Brookfield Infrastructure 123


Table of Contents

actions that we believe will be necessary for the carrying out of our business would be unduly limited due to their concern about potential liability. See Item 3.D "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Relationship with Brookfield—Our Master Services Agreement and our other arrangements with Brookfield do not impose on Brookfield any fiduciary duties to act in the best interests of our unitholders or preferred unitholders."

7.C    INTEREST OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

        Not applicable.

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL INFORMATION

8.A    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        Please see Item 18 below for additional information required to be disclosed under this Item.

8.B    SIGNIFICANT CHANGES

        Please see Item 3 "Key Information," Item 4 "Information on the Company," Item 5 "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation" for additional information. In March 2015, our Limited Partnership Agreement was amended to permit the authorization and issuance of preferred units, authorize and create the Class A Preferred Units, Series 1 Preferred Units and Series 2 Preferred Units and to make certain consequential changes resulting from such authorization and creation. The limited partnership agreement to permit the authorization and issuance of Holding LP preferred units, authorize and create the Holding LP Class A Preferred Units, Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Units and Holding LP Series 2 Preferred Units with terms substantially mirroring the preferred units, Class A Preferred Units, Series 1 Preferred Units and Series 2 Preferred Units, respectively. Our Partnership issued 5 million Series 1 Units at an offering price of C$25.00 per unit under its shelf registration in Canada and acquired 5 million Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Units at the offering price. On March 28, 2014, we effected a restructuring pursuant to which the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement was amended to make our partnership the managing general partner of the Holding LP and to make the Infrastructure Special LP, the former general partner of the Holding LP, a special limited partner of the Holding LP. This change was made in order to simplify our governance structure and to more clearly delineate our partnership's governance rights in respect of the Holding LP. As a result, the voting agreement between our partnership and Brookfield, which required Brookfield to exercise certain of its voting rights in respect of the Holding LP's former general partner as directed by our partnership, was terminated and related changes were made to our Limited Partnership Agreement and the Master Services Agreement. Because Brookfield is a party to these agreements, all of the amendments were approved by a special committee of independent directors of the General Partner and the former general partner of the Holding LP. The economic interests of our partnership were not affected by these changes. See Item 10.B "Memorandum and Articles of Association—Description of Our Units, Preferred Units and Our Limited Partnership" and Item 10.B "Memorandum and Articles of Association—Description of the Holding LP's Limited Partnership Agreement".

124 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


ITEM 9.    THE OFFER AND LISTING

9.A    PRICING HISTORY

        The following table sets forth the annual high and low prices for our units on the NYSE for the past five years:

 
  High   Low  

Year Ended December 31, 2010

  $ 23.34   $ 14.95  

Year Ended December 31, 2011

  $ 27.86   $ 21.08  

Year Ended December 31, 2012

  $ 36.70   $ 27.98  

Year Ended December 31, 2013

  $ 41.27   $ 34.19  

Year Ended December 31, 2014

  $ 42.99   $ 35.72  

        The following table sets forth the quarterly high and low prices for our units on the NYSE for the two most recent full financial years:

 
  High   Low  

January 1, 2013 to March 31, 2013

  $ 40.40   $ 35.85  

April 1, 2013 to June 30, 2013

  $ 39.72   $ 34.19  

July 1, 2013 to September 30, 2013

  $ 38.24   $ 34.35  

October 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013

  $ 41.27   $ 36.42  

January 1, 2014 to March 31, 2014

  $ 39.45   $ 35.72  

April 1, 2014 to June 30, 2014

  $ 41.95   $ 38.28  

July 1, 2014 to September 30, 2014

  $ 42.65   $ 38.00  

October 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014

  $ 42.99   $ 37.10  

        The following table sets forth the monthly high and low prices for our units on the NYSE for the most recent six months:

 
  High   Low  

September 1, 2014 to September 30, 2014

  $ 42.36   $ 38.00  

October 1, 2014 to October 31, 2014

  $ 40.59   $ 37.10  

November 1, 2014 to November 30, 2014

  $ 41.97   $ 39.57  

December 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014

  $ 42.99   $ 39.59  

January 1, 2015 to January 31, 2015

  $ 43.33   $ 41.90  

February 1, 2015 to February 28, 2015

  $ 46.41   $ 42.28  

        The following table sets forth the annual high and low prices for our units on the TSX for the past five years, in Canadian dollars:

 
  High   Low  

January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010

  $ 23.31   $ 15.94  

January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011

  $ 28.35   $ 19.68  

January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2012

  $ 36.27   $ 28.13  

January 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013

  $ 43.08   $ 35.33  

January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014

  $ 48.91   $ 39.50  

Brookfield Infrastructure 125


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth the quarterly high and low prices for our units on the TSX for the two most recent full financial years, in Canadian dollars:

 
  High   Low  

January 1, 2013 to March 31, 2013

  $ 41.25   $ 35.33  

April 1, 2013 to June 30, 2013

  $ 40.80   $ 35.50  

July 1, 2013 to September 30, 2013

  $ 39.44   $ 36.00  

October 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013

  $ 43.08   $ 38.07  

January 1, 2014 to March 31, 2014

  $ 43.78   $ 39.50  

April 1, 2014 to June 30, 2014

  $ 48.57   $ 41.78  

July 1, 2014 to September 30, 2014

  $ 46.76   $ 42.57  

October 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014

  $ 48.91   $ 41.50  

        The following table sets forth the monthly high and low prices for our units on the TSX for the most recent six months, in Canadian dollars:

 
  High   Low  

September 1, 2014 to September 30, 2014

  $ 46.20   $ 42.57  

October 1, 2014 to October 31, 2014

  $ 45.77   $ 41.50  

November 1, 2014 to November 30, 2014

  $ 47.75   $ 45.05  

December 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014

  $ 48.91   $ 46.00  

January 1, 2015 to January 31, 2015

  $ 53.65   $ 49.33  

February 1, 2015 to February 28, 2015

  $ 57.97   $ 52.66  

        Our units do not have a par value.

9.B    PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

        Not applicable.

9.C    MARKET

        Our units are listed on the NYSE under the symbol "BIP" and on the TSX under the symbol "BIP.UN".

9.D    SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

        Not applicable.

9.E    DILUTION

        Not applicable.

9.F    EXPENSES OF THE ISSUE

        Not applicable.

ITEM 10.    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

10.A    SHARE CAPITAL

        Not applicable.

126 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


10.B    MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

DESCRIPTION OF OUR UNITS, PREFERRED UNITS AND OUR LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

        The following is a description of the material terms of our units and our Limited Partnership Agreement and is qualified in its entirety by reference to all of the provisions of our Limited Partnership Agreement. Because this description is only a summary of the terms of our units and our Limited Partnership Agreement, it does not contain all of the information that you may find useful. For more complete information, you should read our Limited Partnership Agreement which is available electronically on the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission at www.sec.gov and our Canadian System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval ("SEDAR") profile at www.sedar.com and will be made available to our holders as described under Item 10.C "Material Contracts" and Item 10.H "Documents on display."

        See also the information contained in this annual report on Form 20-F under Item 3.D "Risk Factors—Risk Relating to Our Relationship with Brookfield," Item 6.C "Board Practices," Item 6.A "Directors and Senior Management" and Item 7.B "Related Party Transactions."

Formation and Duration

        Our partnership is a Bermuda exempted limited partnership registered under the Bermuda Limited Partnership Act and the Bermuda Exempted Partnerships Act. Our partnership has a perpetual existence and will continue as a limited liability partnership unless our partnership is terminated or dissolved in accordance with our Limited Partnership Agreement. Our partnership interests consist of our units and preferred units, which represent limited partnership interests in our partnership, and any additional partnership interests representing limited partnership interests that we may issue in the future as described below under "—Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests." In this description, references to "holders of our partnership interests", our "preferred unitholders" and our "unitholders" are to our limited partners and references to our limited partners include holders of our units and preferred units.

Nature and Purpose

        Under section 2.2 of our Limited Partnership Agreement, the purpose of our partnership is to: acquire and hold interests in the Holding LP and, subject to the approval of our General Partner, interests in any other entity; engage in any activity related to the capitalization and financing of our partnership's interests in such entities; serve as the managing general partner of the Holding LP; and engage in any other activity that is incidental to or in furtherance of the foregoing and that is approved by our General Partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized under the Bermuda Limited Partnership Act, the Exempted Partnerships Act, and our Limited Partnership Agreement.

Our Units

        Our units are limited partnership interests in our partnership. Holders of our units are not entitled to the withdrawal or return of capital contributions in respect of our units, except to the extent, if any, that distributions are made to such holders pursuant to our Limited Partnership Agreement or upon the liquidation of our partnership as described below under "—Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds" or as otherwise required by applicable law. Except to the extent expressly provided in our Limited Partnership Agreement, a holder of our units does not have priority over any other holder of our units, either as to the return of capital contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions. Holders of our units will not be granted any preemptive or other similar right to acquire additional interests in

Brookfield Infrastructure 127


Table of Contents

our partnership. In addition, holders of our units do not have any right to have their units redeemed by our partnership.

Our Preferred Units

        Our preferred units are limited partnership interests in our partnership. Holders of our preferred units are not entitled to the withdrawal or return of capital contributions in respect of our preferred units, except to the extent, if any, that distributions are made to such holders pursuant to our Limited Partnership Agreement or upon the liquidation of our partnership as described below under "—Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds" or as otherwise required by applicable law. The Class A Preferred Units rank senior to the units with respect to priority in the return of capital contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions. Each series of Class A Preferred Units ranks on a parity with every other series of the Class A Preferred Units with respect to priority in the return of capital contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions. The Series 1 Preferred Units are redeemable on or after June 30, 2020. Holders of the Series 1 Preferred Units will have the right, at their option, to reclassify their Series 1 Preferred Units into Series 2 Preferred Units, subject to certain conditions, on June 30, 2020 and on June 30 every 5 years thereafter. Holders of our Class A Preferred Units will not be granted any preemptive or other similar right to acquire additional interests in our partnership. In addition, holders of our Class A Preferred Units do not have any right to have their preferred units redeemed by our partnership.

Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests

        Subject to the rights of the holders of Class A Preferred Units to approve issuances of additional partnership interests ranking senior to the Class A Preferred Units with respect to priority in the return of capital contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions by a majority, our General Partner has broad rights to cause our partnership to issue additional partnership interests and may cause our partnership to issue additional partnership interests (including new classes of partnership interests and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to such interests) for any partnership purpose, at any time and on such terms and conditions as it may determine without the approval of any limited partners. Any additional partnership interests may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of classes, with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing classes and series of partnership interests) as may be determined by our General Partner in its sole discretion, all without approval of our limited partners.

Investments in the Holding LP

        If and to the extent that our partnership raises funds by way of the issuance of equity or debt securities, or otherwise, pursuant to a public offering, private placement or otherwise, an amount equal to the proceeds will be invested in the Holding LP, unless otherwise agreed by our partnership and the Holding LP.

Capital Contributions

        Brookfield and our General Partner each contributed $1 to the capital of our partnership in order to form our partnership. Thereafter, Brookfield contributed to our partnership limited partnership interests of the Holding LP in exchange for Redeemable Partnership Units and our units, the latter of which was distributed by Brookfield Asset Management in the spin-off.

Distributions

        Subject to the rights of holders of Class A Preferred Units to receive cumulative preferential cash distributions in accordance with the terms of the Series 1 Preferred Units and Series 2 Preferred Units,

128 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

distributions to partners of our partnership will be made only as determined by our General Partner in its sole discretion. However, our General Partner will not be permitted to cause our partnership to make a distribution if it does not have sufficient cash on hand to make the distribution, the distribution would render it insolvent or if, in the opinion of our General Partner, the distribution would leave it with insufficient funds to meet any future contingent obligations. In addition, our partnership will not be permitted to make a distribution on our units unless all accrued distributions have been paid in respect of the Class A Preferred Units, Series 1 Preferred Units and Series 2 Preferred Units and all other units of our partnership ranking prior to or on a parity with the Class A Preferred Units, Series 1 Preferred Units and Series 2 Preferred Units with respect to the payment of distributions.

        Holders of the Series 1 Preferred Units will be entitled to receive a cumulative quarterly fixed distribution at a rate of 4.50% annually for the initial period ending June 30, 2020. Thereafter, the distribution rate will be reset every five years at a rate equal to the 5-year Government of Canada bond yield plus 3.56%. Holders of Series 2 Preferred Units will be entitled to receive a cumulative quarterly floating distribution at a rate equal to the 90-day Canadian Treasury Bill yield plus 3.56%. Subject to the terms of any preferred units outstanding at the time, any distributions from our partnership will be made to the limited partners holding units as to 99.99% and to our General Partner as to 0.01%. Distributions to holders of Class A Preferred Units in accordance with their terms rank higher in priority than distributions to holders of our units. Each holder of units or preferred units will receive a pro rata share of distributions made to all holders of units or preferred units, as applicable, in accordance with the proportion of all units or preferred units held by that unitholder. See Item 8.A "Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information."

Allocations of Income and Losses

        Net income and net loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be allocated for each taxable year or other relevant period among our partners (other than our partners holding preferred units) using a monthly, quarterly or other permissible convention pro rata on a per unit basis, except to the extent otherwise required by law or pursuant to tax elections made by our partnership. The source and character of items of income and loss so allocated to a partner of our partnership (other than a partner holding preferred units) will be the same source and character as the income earned or loss incurred by our partnership.

        The income for Canadian federal income tax purposes of our partnership for a given fiscal year of our partnership will be allocated to each partner in an amount calculated by multiplying such income by a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the distributions received by such partner with respect to such fiscal year and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of the distributions made by our partnership to partners with respect to such fiscal year, provided that the numerator and denominator will not include any distributions on the preferred units that are in satisfaction of accrued distributions on the preferred units that were not paid in a previous fiscal year of our partnership where our General Partner determines that the inclusion of such distributions would result in a preferred unitholder being allocated more income than it would have been if the distributions were paid in the fiscal year of our partnership in which they were accrued. Generally, the source and character of items of income so allocated to a partner with respect to a fiscal year of our partnership will be the same source and character as the distributions received by such partner with respect to such fiscal year. To such end, any person who was a partner at any time during such fiscal year but who has disposed of all of their units (including any preferred units) before the last day of that fiscal year may be deemed to be a partner on the last day of such fiscal year for the purposes of subsection 96(1) of the Tax Act. Our General Partner may adjust allocations of items that would otherwise be made pursuant to the terms of our Limited Partnership Agreement to the extent necessary to avoid an adverse effect on our partnership's limited partners, subject to the approval of a committee of the board of directors of our General Partner made up of independent directors.

Brookfield Infrastructure 129


Table of Contents

        If, with respect to a given fiscal year, no distribution is made by our partnership or our partnership has a loss for Canadian federal income tax purposes, one quarter of the income or loss, as the case may be, for Canadian federal income tax purposes for such fiscal year, will be allocated to the partners of record at the end of each quarter ending in such fiscal year as follows: (i) to the preferred unitholders in respect of preferred units held by them on each such date, such amount of the income or the loss, as the case may be, for Canadian federal income tax purposes as our General Partner determines is reasonable in the circumstances having regard to such factors as our General Partner considers to be relevant, including, without limitation, the relative amount of capital contributed to our partnership on the issuance of preferred units as compared to all other units and the relative fair market value of the preferred units as compared to all other units, and (ii) to the partners, other than in respect of preferred units, the remaining amount of the income or the loss, as the case may be, for Canadian federal income tax purposes pro rata to their respective percentage interests on each such date.

Limited Liability

        Assuming that a limited partner does not participate in the control or management of our partnership or conduct the affairs of, sign or execute documents for or otherwise bind our partnership within the meaning of the Bermuda Limited Partnership Act and otherwise acts in conformity with the provisions of our limited partnership agreement, such partner's liability under the Bermuda Limited Partnership Act and our limited partnership agreement will be limited to the amount of capital such partner is obligated to contribute to our partnership for its limited partner interest plus its share of any undistributed profits and assets, except as described below.

        If it were determined, however, that a limited partner was participating in the control or management of our partnership or conducting the affairs of, signing or executing documents for or otherwise binding our partnership (or purporting to do any of the foregoing) within the meaning of the Bermuda Limited Partnership Act or the Bermuda Exempted Partnerships Act, such limited partner would be liable as if it were a general partner of our partnership in respect of all debts of our partnership incurred while that limited partner was so acting or purporting to act. Neither our limited partnership agreement nor the Bermuda Limited Partnership Act specifically provides for legal recourse against our General Partner if a limited partner were to lose limited liability through any fault of our General Partner. While this does not mean that a limited partner could not seek legal recourse, we are not aware of any precedent for such a claim in Bermuda case law.

No Management or Control

        Our partnership's limited partners, in their capacities as such, may not take part in the management or control of the activities and affairs of our partnership and do not have any right or authority to act for or to bind our partnership or to take part or interfere in the conduct or management of our partnership. Limited partners are not entitled to vote on matters relating to our partnership, although holders of units are entitled to consent to certain matters as described under "—Amendment of Our Limited Partnership Agreement," "—Opinion of Counsel and Limited Partner Approval," "—Merger, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets," and "—Withdrawal of Our General Partner" which may be effected only with the consent of the holders of the percentages of our outstanding units specified below. Each unit shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote for the purposes of any approvals of holders of units. Except as otherwise provided by law or as set out in the provisions attached to any series of Class A Preferred Units and except for meetings of the holders of Class A Preferred Units as a class or meetings of the holders of a series thereof, the holders of Class A Preferred Units are not entitled to receive notice of, attend, or vote at any meeting of holders of units, unless and until our partnership shall have failed to pay eight quarterly distributions in respect of the Series 1 Preferred Units or the Series 2 Preferred Units, whether or not consecutive and whether or

130 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

not such distributions have been declared and whether or not there are any monies of our partnership properly applicable to the payment of distributions. In the event of such non-payment, and for only so long as any such distributions remain in arrears, such holders will be entitled to receive notice of and to attend each meeting of holders of units (other than any meetings at which only holders of another specified class or series are entitled to vote) and such holders shall have the right, at any such meeting, to one vote for each Series 1 Preferred Unit or Series 2 Preferred Unit held. Upon payment of the entire amount of all such distributions in arrears, the voting rights of such holders of Series 1 Preferred Units and Series 2 Preferred Units shall forthwith cease (unless and until the same default shall again arise as described herein).

Meetings

        Our General Partner may call special meetings of partners at a time and place outside of Canada determined by our General Partner on a date not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days after the mailing of notice of the meeting. The limited partners do not have the ability to call a special meeting. Only holders of record on the date set by our General Partner (which may not be less than 10 days nor more than 60 days, before the meeting) are entitled to notice of any meeting.

        Written consents may be solicited only by or on behalf of our General Partner. Any such consent solicitation may specify that any written consents must be returned to our partnership within the time period, which may not be less than 20 days, specified by our General Partner.

        For purposes of determining holders of partnership interests entitled to provide consents to any action described above, our General Partner may set a record date, which may be not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date by which record holders are requested in writing by our General Partner to provide such consents. Only those holders of partnership interests on the record date established by our General Partner will be entitled to provide consents with respect to matters as to which a consent right applies.

Amendment of Our Limited Partnership Agreement

        Amendments to our Limited Partnership Agreement may be proposed only by or with the consent of our General Partner. To adopt a proposed amendment, other than the amendments that do not require limited partner approval discussed below, our General Partner must seek approval of a majority of our outstanding units required to approve the amendment or call a meeting of the limited partners to consider and vote upon the proposed amendment.

        Notwithstanding the above, in addition to any other approvals required by law, the approval of all amendments to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Class A Preferred Units as a class and any other approval to be given by the holders of the Class A Preferred Units may be given by a resolution signed by the holders of Class A Preferred Units owning not less than the percentage of the Class A Preferred Units that would be necessary to authorize such action at a meeting of the holders of the Class A Preferred Units at which all holders of the Class A Preferred Units were present and voted or were represented by proxy or passed by an affirmative vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the votes cast at a meeting of holders of the Class A Preferred Units duly called for that purpose and at which the holders of at least 25% of the outstanding Class A Preferred Units are present or represented by proxy or, if no quorum is present at such meeting, at an adjourned meeting at which the holders of Class A Preferred Units then present would form the necessary quorum. At any meeting of holders of Class A Preferred Units as a class, each such holder shall be entitled to one vote in respect of each Class A Preferred Unit held.

        Further, in addition to any other approvals required by law, the approval of all amendments to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Series 1 Preferred Units and the Series 2 Preferred Units as a series and any other approval to be given by the holders of the Series 1 Preferred

Brookfield Infrastructure 131


Table of Contents

Units and the Series 2 Preferred Units as a series may be given by a resolution signed by the holders of Series 1 Preferred Units or Series 2 Preferred Units, as applicable, owning not less than the percentage of the Series 1 Preferred Units or the Series 2 Preferred Units that would be necessary to authorize such action at a meeting of the holders of the Series 1 Preferred Units or the Series 2 Preferred Units, as applicable, at which all holders of the Series 1 Preferred Units or the Series 2 Preferred Units, as applicable, were present and voted or were represented by proxy or passed by an affirmative vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the votes cast at a meeting of holders of the Series 1 Preferred Units or Series 2 Preferred Units duly called for that purpose and at which the holders of at least 25% of the outstanding Series 1 Preferred Units or the Series 2 Preferred Units, as applicable, are present or represented by proxy or, if no quorum is present at such meeting, at an adjourned meeting at which the holders of Series 1 Preferred Units or the Series 2 Preferred Units, as applicable, then present would form the necessary quorum. At any meeting of holders of Series 1 Preferred Units or Series 2 Preferred Units as a series, each such holder shall be entitled to one vote in respect of each Series 1 Preferred Unit or Series 2 Preferred Unit held.

Prohibited Amendments

        No amendment may be made that would:

    enlarge the obligations of any limited partner without its consent, except that any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any class of partnership interests in relation to other classes of partnership interests may be approved by at least a majority of the type or class of partnership interests so affected; or

    enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable by our partnership to our General Partner or any of its affiliates without the consent of our General Partner, which may be given or withheld in its sole discretion.

        The provision of our Limited Partnership Agreement preventing the amendments having the effects described directly above can be amended upon the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units.

No Limited Partner Approval

        Subject to applicable law, our General Partner may generally make amendments to our limited partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner to reflect:

    a change in the name of our partnership, the location of our partnership's registered office, or our partnership's registered agent;

    the admission, substitution or withdrawal of partners in accordance with our Limited Partnership Agreement;

    a change that our General Partner determines is necessary or appropriate for our partnership to qualify or to continue our partnership's qualification as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability under the laws of any jurisdiction or to ensure that our partnership will not be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for tax purposes;

    an amendment that our General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to address certain changes in tax regulations, legislation or interpretation;

    an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of our counsel, to prevent our partnership or our General Partner or its directors, officers, agents or trustees, from having a material risk of

132 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

      being in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act or similar legislation in other jurisdictions;

    an amendment that our General Partner determines in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate for the creation, authorization or issuance of any class or series of partnership interests or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating to partnership securities;

    any amendment expressly permitted in our Limited Partnership Agreement to be made by our General Partner acting alone;

    an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by an agreement of merger, consolidation or other combination agreement that has been approved under the terms of our Limited Partnership Agreement;

    any amendment that in the sole discretion of our General Partner is necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the formation by our partnership of, or its investment in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, as otherwise permitted by our Limited Partnership Agreement;

    a change in our partnership's fiscal year and related changes; or

    any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters described directly above.

        In addition, our General Partner may make amendments to our Limited Partnership Agreement without the approval of any limited partner if those amendments, in the discretion of our General Partner:

    do not adversely affect our partnership's limited partners considered as a whole (including any particular class of partnership interests as compared to other classes of partnership interests) in any material respect;

    are necessary or appropriate to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any governmental agency or judicial authority;

    are necessary or appropriate to facilitate the trading of our units or preferred units or to comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any securities exchange on which our units or preferred units are or will be listed for trading;

    are necessary or appropriate for any action taken by our General Partner relating to splits or combinations of units or preferred units under the provisions of our Limited Partnership Agreement; or

    are required to effect the intent expressed in the provisions of our Limited Partnership Agreement or are otherwise contemplated by our Limited Partnership Agreement.

Opinion of Counsel and Limited Partner Approval

        Our General Partner will not be required to obtain an opinion of counsel that an amendment will not result in a loss of limited liability to the limited partners if one of the amendments described above under "—No Limited Partner Approval" should occur. No other amendments to our limited partnership agreement (other than an amendment pursuant to a merger, sale or other disposition of assets effected in accordance with the provisions described under "—Merger, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets") will become effective without the approval of holders of at least 90% of our units, unless our partnership obtains an opinion of counsel to the effect that the amendment will not cause our partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for tax purposes (provided that for U.S. tax purposes our General Partner has not made the election

Brookfield Infrastructure 133


Table of Contents

described below under "—Election to be Treated as a Corporation") or affect the limited liability of any of our partnership's limited partners under the Bermuda Limited Partnership Act or the Bermuda Exempted Partnerships Act.

        Subject to the terms of any preferred units outstanding, in addition to the above restrictions, any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any type or class of partnership interests in relation to other classes of partnership interests will also require the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding partnership interests of the class so affected.

        In addition, any amendment that reduces the voting percentage required to take any action must be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding voting units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced.

Merger, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets

        Any merger, consolidation or other combination of our partnership requires the prior approval of our General Partner who has no duty or obligation to provide any such approval. Our limited partnership agreement generally prohibits our General Partner, without the prior approval of the holders of a majority of our units, from causing our partnership to, among other things, sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our partnership's assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, including by way of merger, consolidation or other combination, or approving on our partnership's behalf the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of our partnership's subsidiaries. However, our General Partner in its sole discretion may mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of our partnership's assets (including for the benefit of persons other than our partnership or our partnership's subsidiaries) without that approval. Our General Partner may also sell all or substantially all of our partnership's assets under any forced sale of any or all of our partnership's assets pursuant to the foreclosure or other realization upon those encumbrances without that approval.

        If conditions specified in our Limited Partnership Agreement are satisfied, our General Partner may convert or merge our partnership into, or convey some or all of our partnership's assets to, a newly formed entity if the sole purpose of that merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in our partnership's legal form into another limited liability entity. Holders of partnership interests are not entitled to dissenters' rights of appraisal under our Limited Partnership Agreement or the Bermuda Limited Partnership Act or the Bermuda Exempted Partnerships Act in the event of a merger or consolidation, a sale of substantially all of our assets or any other transaction or event.

Election to be Treated as a Corporation

        If our General Partner determines that it is no longer in our partnership's best interests to continue as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, our General Partner may elect to treat our partnership as an association or as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal (and applicable state) income tax purposes.

Termination and Dissolution

        Our partnership will terminate upon the earlier to occur of (i) the date on which all of our partnership's assets have been disposed of or otherwise realized by our partnership and the proceeds of such disposals or realizations have been distributed to partners, (ii) the service of notice by our General Partner, with the special approval of a majority of its independent directors, that in its opinion the coming into force of any law, regulation or binding authority has or will render illegal or impracticable the continuation of our partnership, and (iii) at the election of our General Partner, if

134 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

our partnership, as determined by our General Partner, is required to register as an "investment company" under the Investment Company Act or similar legislation in other jurisdictions.

        Our partnership will be dissolved upon the withdrawal of our General Partner as the general partner of our partnership (unless Brookfield becomes the general partner as described in the following sentence or the withdrawal is effected in compliance with the provisions of our Limited Partnership Agreement that are described below under "—Withdrawal of Our General Partner") or the entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of a decree of judicial dissolution of our partnership or an order to wind up or liquidate our General Partner. Our partnership will be reconstituted and continue without dissolution if within 30 days of the date of dissolution (and so long as a notice of dissolution has not been filed with the Bermuda Monetary Authority), Brookfield executes a transfer deed pursuant to which it becomes the general partner and assumes the rights and undertakes the obligations of the general partner and our partnership receives an opinion of counsel that the admission of Brookfield as general partner will not result in the loss of the limited liability of any limited partner.

Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds

        Upon our dissolution, unless our partnership is continued as a new limited partnership, the liquidator authorized to wind up our partnership's affairs will, acting with all of the powers of our General Partner that the liquidator deems necessary or appropriate in its judgment, liquidate our partnership's assets and apply the proceeds of the liquidation first, to discharge our partnership's liabilities as provided in our Limited Partnership Agreement and by law, second to holders of any Class A Preferred Units in accordance with the terms of such units and thereafter to the partners holding units pro rata according to the percentages of their respective partnership interests as of a record date selected by the liquidator. The liquidator may defer liquidation of our partnership's assets for a reasonable period of time or distribute assets to partners in kind if it determines that an immediate sale or distribution of all or some of our partnership's assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the partners.

Withdrawal of Our General Partner

        Our General Partner may withdraw as general partner without first obtaining approval of our unitholders and preferred unitholders by giving 90 days' advance notice, and that withdrawal will not constitute a violation of our Limited Partnership Agreement.

        Upon the withdrawal of our General Partner, the holders of a majority of the voting power of our outstanding units may select a successor to that withdrawing general partner. If a successor is not elected, or is elected but an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability, tax matters and the Investment Company Act (and similar legislation in other jurisdictions) cannot be obtained, our partnership will be dissolved, wound up and liquidated. See "—Termination and Dissolution" above.

        In the event of withdrawal of a general partner where that withdrawal violates our Limited Partnership Agreement, a successor general partner will have the option to purchase the general partnership interest of the departing general partner for a cash payment equal to its fair market value. Under all other circumstances where a general partner withdraws, the departing general partner will have the option to require the successor general partner to purchase the general partnership interest of the departing general partner for a cash payment equal to its fair market value. In each case, this fair market value will be determined by agreement between the departing general partner and the successor general partner. If no agreement is reached within 30 days of the general partner's departure, an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the departing general partner and the successor general partner will determine the fair market value. If the departing general partner and the successor general partner cannot agree upon an expert within 45 days of the general

Brookfield Infrastructure 135


Table of Contents

partner's departure, then an expert chosen by agreement of the experts selected by each of them will determine the fair market value.

        If the option described above is not exercised by either the departing general partner or the successor general partner, the departing general partner's general partnership interests will automatically convert into units pursuant to a valuation of those interests as determined by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected in the manner described in the preceding paragraph.

Transfer of the General Partnership Interest

        Our General Partner may transfer all or any part of its general partnership interests without first obtaining approval of any unitholder or preferred unitholder. As a condition of this transfer, the transferee must assume the rights and duties of our General Partner to whose interest that transferee has succeeded, agree to be bound by the provisions of our Limited Partnership Agreement and furnish an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability, tax matters, and the Investment Company Act (and similar legislation in other jurisdictions). Any transfer of the general partnership interest is subject to prior notice to and approval of the relevant Bermuda regulatory authorities. At any time, the members of our General Partner may sell or transfer all or part of their shares in our General Partner without the approval of the unitholders or preferred unitholders.

Partnership Name

        If our General Partner ceases to be the general partner of our partnership and our new general partner is not an affiliate of Brookfield, our partnership will be required by our Limited Partnership Agreement to change the name of our partnership to a name that does not include "Brookfield" and which could not be capable of confusion in any way with such name. Our Limited Partnership Agreement explicitly provides that this obligation shall be enforceable and waivable by our General Partner notwithstanding that it may have ceased to be the general partner of our partnership.

Transactions with Interested Parties

        Our General Partner, the Service Provider and their respective partners, members, shareholders, directors, officers, employees and shareholders, which we refer to as "interested parties," may become limited partners or beneficially interested in limited partners and may hold, dispose of or otherwise deal with our units or preferred units with the same rights they would have if our General Partner was not a party to our Limited Partnership Agreement. An interested party will not be liable to account either to other interested parties or to our partnership, our partnership's partners or any other persons for any profits or benefits made or derived by or in connection with any such transaction.

        Our Limited Partnership Agreement permits an interested party to sell investments to, purchase assets from, vest assets in and enter into any contract, arrangement or transaction with our partnership, the Holding LP, any of the Holding Entities, any operating entity or any other holding vehicle established by our partnership and may be interested in any such contract, transaction or arrangement and shall not be liable to account either to our partnership, the Holding LP, any of the Holding Entities, any operating entity or any other holding vehicle established by our partnership or any other person in respect of any such contract, transaction or arrangement, or any benefits or profits made or derived therefrom, by virtue only of the relationship between the parties concerned, subject to any approval requirements that are contained in our conflicts protocol. See Item 7.B "Related Party Transactions—Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties."

136 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

Outside Activities of Our General Partner; Conflicts of Interest

        Under our Limited Partnership Agreement, our General Partner is required to maintain as its sole activity the role of general partner of our partnership. Our General Partner is not permitted to engage in any activity or incur or guarantee any debts or liabilities except in connection with or incidental to its performance as general partner or incurring, guaranteeing, acquiring, owning or disposing of debt or equity securities of the Holding LP, a Holding Entity or any other holding vehicle established by our partnership.

        Our Limited Partnership Agreement provides that each person who is entitled to be indemnified by our partnership (other than our General Partner), as described below under "—Indemnification; Limitation on Liability," has the right to engage in businesses of every type and description and other activities for profit, and to engage in and possess interests in business ventures of any and every type or description, irrespective of whether (i) such activities are similar to our affairs or activities or (ii) such affairs and activities directly compete with, or disfavour or exclude, our General Partner, our partnership, the Holding LP, any Holding Entity, any operating entity or any other holding vehicle established by our partnership. Such business interests, activities and engagements will be deemed not to constitute a breach of our Limited Partnership Agreement or any duties stated or implied by law or equity, including fiduciary duties, owed to any of our General Partner, our partnership, the Holding LP, any Holding Entity, any operating entity and any other holding vehicle established by our partnership (or any of their respective investors), and shall be deemed not to be a breach of our General Partner's fiduciary duties or any other obligation of any type whatsoever of our General Partner. None of our General Partner, our partnership, the Holding LP, any Holding Entity, any operating entity, any other holding vehicle established by our partnership or any other person shall have any rights by virtue of our Limited Partnership Agreement or the partnership relationship established thereby or otherwise in any business ventures of any person who is entitled to be indemnified by our partnership as described below under "—Indemnification; Limitation on Liability."

        Our General Partner and the other indemnified persons described in the preceding paragraph do not have any obligation under our Limited Partnership Agreement or as a result of any duties stated or implied by law or equity, including fiduciary duties, to present business or investment opportunities to our partnership, the Holding LP, any Holding Entity, any operating entity or any other holding vehicle established by our partnership. These provisions will not affect any obligation of an indemnified person to present business or investment opportunities to our partnership, the Holding LP, any Holding Entity, any operating entity or any other holding vehicle established by our partnership pursuant to a separate written agreement between such persons.

        Any conflicts of interest and potential conflicts of interest that are approved by a majority of our General Partner's independent directors from time-to-time will be deemed approved by all partners. Pursuant to our conflicts protocol, independent directors may grant approvals for any of the transactions described above in the form of general guidelines, policies or procedures in which case no further special approval will be required in connection with a particular transaction or matter permitted thereby. See Item 7.B "Related Party Transactions—Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties."

Indemnification; Limitations on Liability

        Under our Limited Partnership Agreement, our partnership is required to indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law our General Partner, the Service Provider and any of their respective affiliates (and their respective officers, directors, agents, shareholders, partners, members and employees), any person who serves on a governing body of the Holding LP, a Holding Entity, operating entity or any other holding vehicle established by our partnership and any other person designated by our General Partner as an indemnified person, in each case, against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other

Brookfield Infrastructure 137


Table of Contents

amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, incurred by an indemnified person in connection with our investments and activities or by reason of their holding such positions, except to the extent that the claims, liabilities, losses, damages, costs or expenses are determined to have resulted from the indemnified person's bad faith, fraud or willful misconduct, or in the case of a criminal matter, action that the indemnified person knew to have been unlawful. In addition, under our Limited Partnership Agreement, (i) the liability of such persons has been limited to the fullest extent permitted by law, except to the extent that their conduct involves bad faith, fraud or willful misconduct, or in the case of a criminal matter, action that the indemnified person knew to have been unlawful and (ii) any matter that is approved by the independent directors of our General Partner will not constitute a breach of our Limited Partnership Agreement or any duties stated or implied by law or equity, including fiduciary duties. Our Limited Partnership Agreement requires us to advance funds to pay the expenses of an indemnified person in connection with a matter in which indemnification may be sought until it is determined that the indemnified person is not entitled to indemnification.

Accounts, Reports and Other Information

        Our partnership prepares its financial statements in accordance with IFRS. Our partnership's financial statements must be made publicly available together with a statement of the accounting policies used in their preparation, such information as may be required by applicable laws and regulations and such information as our General Partner deems appropriate. Our partnership's annual financial statements must be audited by an independent accountant firm of international standing and made publicly available within such period of time as is required to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including any rules of any applicable securities exchange. Our partnership's quarterly financial statements may be unaudited and are made available publicly as and within the time period required by applicable laws and regulations.

        Our General Partner is also required to use commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and send to the limited partners of our partnership on an annual basis, additional information regarding our partnership, including Schedule K-1 (or equivalent) and information related to the passive foreign investment company status of any non-U.S. corporation that we control and, where reasonably possible, any other non-U.S. corporation in which we hold an interest. However, unitholders and preferred unitholders that do not ordinarily have U.S. federal tax filing requirements will not receive a Schedule K-1 and related information unless such unitholders and preferred unitholders request it within 60 days after the close of each calendar year. Our General Partner will, where reasonably possible, prepare and send information required by the non-U.S. limited partners of our partnership for U.S. federal income tax reporting purposes, including information related to investments in "U.S. real property interests," as that term is defined in Section 897 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. Our General Partner will also, where reasonably possible and applicable, prepare and send information required by limited partners of our partnership for Canadian federal income tax purposes.

Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction

        Our Limited Partnership Agreement is governed by and will be construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda. Under our Limited Partnership Agreement, each of our partnership's partners (other than governmental entities prohibited from submitting to the jurisdiction of a particular jurisdiction) will submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any court in Bermuda in any dispute, suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to our Limited Partnership Agreement. Each partner waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any immunity from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process therein and further waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim of inconvenient forum, improper venue or that any such court does not have jurisdiction over the partner. Any final judgment against a partner in any proceedings brought in a court in Bermuda will be conclusive and

138 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

binding upon the partner and may be enforced in the courts of any other jurisdiction of which the partner is or may be subject, by suit upon such judgment. The foregoing submission to jurisdiction and waivers will survive the dissolution, liquidation, winding up and termination of our partnership.

Transfers of Units

        We are not required to recognize any transfer of our units or preferred units until certificates, if any, evidencing such units are surrendered for registration of transfer. Each person to whom a unit or preferred unit is transferred (including any nominee holder or an agent or representative acquiring such unit for the account of another person) will be admitted to our partnership as a partner with respect to the unit or preferred unit so transferred subject to and in accordance with the terms of our Limited Partnership Agreement. Any transfer of a unit or preferred unit will not entitle the transferee to share in the profits and losses of our partnership, to receive distributions, to receive allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit or any similar item or to any other rights to which the transferor was entitled until the transferee becomes a partner and a party to our Limited Partnership Agreement.

        By accepting a unit or preferred unit for transfer in accordance with our Limited Partnership Agreement, each transferee will be deemed to have:

    executed our Limited Partnership Agreement and become bound by the terms thereof;

    granted an irrevocable power of attorney to our General Partner and any officer thereof to act as such partner's agent and attorney-in-fact to execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices all (i) all agreements, certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the existence or qualification of our partnership as an exempted limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in Bermuda and in all jurisdictions in which our partnership may conduct activities and affairs or own property; any amendment, change, modification or restatement of our Limited Partnership Agreement, subject to the requirements of our Limited Partnership Agreement; the dissolution and liquidation of our partnership; the admission, withdrawal or removal of any partner of our partnership or any capital contribution of any partner of our partnership; the determination of the rights, preferences and privileges of any class or series of units or other partnership interests of our partnership, and to a merger or consolidation of our partnership; and (ii) subject to the requirements of our Limited Partnership Agreement, all ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates, documents and other instruments necessary or appropriate, in the sole discretion of our General Partner or the liquidator of our partnership, to make, evidence, give, confirm or ratify any voting consent, approval, agreement or other action that is made or given by our partnership's partners or is consistent with the terms of our Limited Partnership Agreement or to effectuate the terms or intent of our Limited Partnership Agreement;

    made the consents and waivers contained in our Limited Partnership Agreement, including with respect to the approval of the transactions and agreements entered into in connection with our formation and the spin-off: and

    ratified and confirmed all contracts, agreements, assignments and instruments entered into on behalf of the partnership in accordance with our Limited Partnership Agreement.

        The transfer of any unit or preferred unit and the admission of any new partner to our partnership will not constitute any amendment to our Limited Partnership Agreement.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        Computershare Trust Company, N.A. in New York, New York, U.S.A. and Computershare Investor Services Inc. in Toronto, Ontario, Canada have been appointed to act as transfer agent and registrar for the purpose of registering our units and Class A Preferred Units, respectively, and transfers of our units and Class A Preferred Units, respectively, as provided in our Limited Partnership Agreement.

Brookfield Infrastructure 139


Table of Contents

Description of the Holding LP's Limited Partnership Agreement

        The following is a description of the material terms of the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement, as amended, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to all of the provisions of such agreement, as amended from time to time. Holders of units in our partnership are not partners of the Holding LP and do not have any rights under its limited partnership agreement. However, our partnership is the managing general partner of the Holding LP and is responsible for the management and control of the Holding LP.

        Because this description is only a summary of the terms of the agreement, it does not necessarily contain all of the information that you may find useful. For more complete information, you should read the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement, as amended from time to time, which is available electronically on the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission at www.sec.gov and on our SEDAR profile at www.sedar.com and will be made available to our unitholders and preferred unitholders as described under Item 10.C "Material Contracts" and Item 10.H "Documents on display."

Formation and Duration

        The Holding LP is a Bermuda exempted limited partnership registered under the Bermuda Limited Partnership Act and the Bermuda Exempted Partnerships Act. The Holding LP has a perpetual existence and will continue as a limited liability partnership unless the partnership is terminated or dissolved in accordance with its limited partnership agreement.

Nature and Purpose

        Under its limited partnership agreement, the purpose of the Holding LP is to: acquire and hold interests in the Holding Entities and, subject to the approval of our partnership in its capacity as managing general partner of the Holding LP, any other entity; engage in any activity related to the capitalization and financing of the Holding LP's interests in such entities; and engage in any other activity that is incidental to or in furtherance of the foregoing and that is approved by our partnership in its capacity as managing general partner of the Holding LP and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized under the Bermuda Limited Partnership Act and our Limited Partnership Agreement.

Units

        In connection with the spin-off, the Holding LP issued two classes of units. The first class of units, referred to as the Class A limited partnership units, was issued to Brookfield and subsequently transferred to our partnership. The second class of units, referred to as the Redeemable Partnership Units, were issued to wholly-owned subsidiaries of Brookfield Asset Management. Redeemable Partnership Units are limited partnership units and are described further below under the headings "—Distributions", "—No Management or Control" and "—Redemption-Exchange Mechanism".

        On March 28, 2014, we effected a restructuring pursuant to which: (i) all of the Class A limited partnership units of the Holding LP were reclassified as Managing General Partner Units in the Holding LP; and (ii) all of the general partnership interests in the Holding LP were reclassified as Special Limited Partner Units in the Holding LP.

        On March 12, 2015, our Limited Partnership Agreement was amended to permit the authorization and issuance of preferred units, authorize and create the Class A Preferred Units, Series 1 Preferred Units and Series 2 Preferred Units. On the same date, our partnership issued five million Series 1 Preferred Units and acquired five million Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Units.

        As of the date of this annual report on Form 20-F, the Holding LP has four classes of units: Special Limited Partner Units, Redeemable Partnership Units, Managing General Partner Units and Holding LP Class A Preferred Units. Holders of units are not entitled to the withdrawal or return of

140 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

capital contributions in respect of their units, except to the extent, if any, that distributions are made to such holders pursuant to the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement or upon the liquidation of the Holding LP or as otherwise required by applicable law. Except to the extent expressly provided in the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement, as amended from time to time, and except pursuant to the terms of any Holding LP Class A Preferred Units outstanding, a holder of units does not have priority over any other holder of units, either as to the return of capital contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions. The Holding LP Class A Preferred Units rank senior to the other Holding LP units with respect to priority in the return of capital contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions. Each series of Holding LP Class A Preferred Units ranks on a parity with every other series of the Holding LP Class A Preferred Units with respect to priority in the return of capital contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions.

Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests

        Subject to the rights of the holders of Holding LP Class A Preferred Units to approve issuances of additional partnership interests ranking senior to the Holding LP Class A Preferred Units with respect to priority in the return of capital contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions by a majority, the Holding LP may issue additional partnership interests (including new classes of partnership interests and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to such interests) for any partnership purpose, at any time and on such terms and conditions as its managing general partner may determine. Any additional partnership interests may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of classes, with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing classes and series of partnership interests) as our partnership in its capacity as managing general partner of the Holding LP may determine in its sole discretion.

Redemption-Exchange Mechanism

        At any time, one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries of Brookfield Asset Management that hold Redeemable Partnership Units will have the right to require the Holding LP to redeem for cash all or a portion of the Redeemable Partnership Units held by such subsidiary, subject to our partnership's right of first refusal, as described below. Any such redeeming subsidiary may exercise its right of redemption by delivering a notice of redemption to the Holding LP and our partnership. After presentation for redemption, such redeeming subsidiary will receive, subject to our partnership's right of first refusal, as described below, for each unit that is presented, cash in an amount equal to the market value of one of our units multiplied by the number of units to be redeemed (as determined by reference to the five day volume weighted average of the trading price of our units and subject to certain customary adjustments). Upon its receipt of the redemption notice, our partnership will have a right of first refusal entitling it, at its sole discretion, to elect to acquire all (but not less than all) units described in such notice and presented to the Holding LP for redemption in exchange for units on a one for one basis (subject to certain customary adjustments). Upon a redemption for cash, the holder's right to receive distributions with respect to the Holding LP's units so redeemed will cease.

        Brookfield's aggregate limited partnership interest in our partnership would be approximately 28.1% if it exercised its redemption right in full and our partnership exercised its right of first refusal on the Holding LP's units redeemed (including the approximately 48,930 issued and outstanding units that Brookfield currently also owns). Brookfield's total percentage interest in our partnership would be increased if it participates in the Holding LP's distribution reinvestment plan.

Distributions

        Subject to the rights of holders of Holding LP Class A Preferred Units to receive cumulative preferential cash distributions in accordance with the terms of the Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Units and Holding LP Series 2 Preferred Units, distributions by the Holding LP will be made in the sole discretion of our partnership in its capacity as managing general partner of the Holding LP. The

Brookfield Infrastructure 141


Table of Contents

holders of Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Units and the Holding LP Series 2 Preferred Units will be entitled to receive the same distribution as the holders of Series 1 Preferred Units and Series 2 Preferred Units, respectively. However, our partnership will not be permitted to cause the Holding LP to make a distribution if the Holding LP does not have sufficient cash on hand to make the distribution, the distribution would render the Holding LP insolvent or if, in the opinion of its managing general partner, the distribution would leave the Holding LP with insufficient funds to meet any future contingent obligations.

        Except as set forth below, prior to the dissolution of the Holding LP, distributions of available cash (if any) in any given quarter will be made by the Holding LP as follows, referred to as the Regular Distribution Waterfall:

    first, 100% of any available cash to our partnership until our partnership has been distributed an amount equal to our partnership's expenses and outlays for the quarter properly incurred;

    second, 100% to the owners of the Holding LP's preferred units, in proportion to their respective relative percentage of Holding LP preferred units held (determined by reference to the aggregate value of the issue price of the Holding LP preferred units held by each holder relative to the aggregate value of the issue price of all Holding LP preferred units then outstanding) until there has been distributed to such holder an amount equal to all preferential distributions to which the holder are entitled under the terms of the Holding LP preferred units then outstanding and any outstanding accrued and unpaid preferential distributions from prior periods;

    third, 100% of any available cash then remaining to the owners of the Holding LP's partnership interests, other than holders of Holding LP preferred units, pro rata to their percentage interests, until each holder of a partnership unit of the Holding LP, other than a holder of a Holding LP preferred unit, has received distributions during such quarter in an amount equal to $0.305, referred to as the First Distribution Threshold;

    fourth, 85% of any available cash then remaining to the owners of the Holding LP's partnership interests, other than holders of Holding LP preferred units, pro rata to their percentage interests, and 15% to the holder of Special Limited Partner Units, until each holder of a partnership unit of the Holding LP, other than a holder of a Holding LP preferred unit, has received distributions during such quarter in an amount equal to $0.33, referred to as the Second Distribution Threshold; and

    thereafter, 75% of any available cash then remaining to the owners of the Holding LP's partnership interests, other than holders of Holding LP preferred units, pro rata to their percentage interests, and 25% to the holder of Special Limited Partner Units.

142 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

        Set forth below is an example of how the incentive distributions described above are calculated on a quarterly and annualized basis going forward. The figures used below are for illustrative purposes only and are not indicative of Brookfield Infrastructure's expectations.

 
   
  Quarterly   Annually  
Incentive Distribution Calculation
  Units (m)   Per Unit ($)   Total ($m)   Per Unit ($)   Total ($m)  

Illustrative distribution

        $ 0.53         $ 2.120        

First distribution threshold

        $ 0.305           1.220        

Total units of Holding LP

    210                          

Total first distribution

              $ 64         $ 256  

Distribution in excess of first distribution threshold

        $ 0.025         $ 0.100        

Total units of Holding LP

    210                          

Second distribution to partners

              $ 5         $ 20  

15% incentive distribution to the holder of Special Limited Partner Units

                1           4  
                             

Total second distribution

              $ 6         $ 24  

Distribution in excess of second distribution threshold

        $ 0.200         $ 0.800        

Total units Holding LP

    210                          

Third distribution to partners

              $ 42         $ 168  

25% incentive distribution to the holder of Special Limited Partner Units

                14           56  
                             

Total third distribution

              $ 56         $ 224  
                             

Total distributions to partners (including incentive distributions)

              $ 126         $ 504  
                             

Total incentive distributions to the holder of Special Limited Partner Units

              $ 15         $ 60  
                             

        The table below sets forth the incentive distributions for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 paid to Infrastructure Special LP.

 
  Year ended December 31  
MILLIONS
  2014
  2013
  2012
 

Incentive Distributions

  $ 44   $ 31   $ 16  

        Subject to the terms of any Holding LP preferred units outstanding, if, prior to the dissolution of the Holding LP, available cash is deemed by its managing general partner, in its sole discretion, to be (i) attributable to sales or other dispositions of the Holding LP's assets and (ii) representative of unrecovered capital, then such available cash shall be distributed to the partners of the Holding LP, other than holders of Holding LP preferred units, in proportion to the unreturned capital attributable to the Holding LP's partnership interests held by such partners until such time as the unreturned capital attributable to each such partnership interest is equal to zero. Thereafter, distributions of available cash made by the Holding LP (to the extent made prior to dissolution) will be made in accordance with the Regular Distribution Waterfall.

        Upon the occurrence of an event resulting in the dissolution of the Holding LP, all cash and property of the Holding LP in excess of that required to discharge the Holding LP's liabilities will be distributed as follows: (i) to the extent such cash and/or property is attributable to a realization event occurring prior to the event of dissolution, such cash and/or property will be distributed in accordance

Brookfield Infrastructure 143


Table of Contents

with the Regular Distribution Waterfall and/or the distribution waterfall applicable to unrecovered capital; and (ii) all other cash and/or property will be distributed in the manner set forth below.

    first, 100% to our partnership until our partnership has received an amount equal to the excess of (i) the amount of our partnership's outlays and expenses incurred during the term of the Holding LP, over (ii) the aggregate amount of distributions received by our partnership pursuant to the first tier of the Regular Distribution Waterfall during the term of the Holding LP;

    second, 100% to the preferred unitholders pro rata in proportion to their respective relative percentage of Holding LP preferred units held (determined by reference to the aggregate value of the issue price of the Holding LP preferred units held by each preferred unitholder relative to the aggregate value of the issue price of all Holding LP preferred units then outstanding) until there has been distributed in respect of each Holding LP preferred unit outstanding an amount equal to any preferential distributions to which the preferred unitholders are entitled in the event of dissolution, liquidation, or winding-up of Holding LP under the terms of the Holding LP preferred units then outstanding (including any outstanding accrued and unpaid preferential distributions from prior periods);

    third, if there are Holding LP preferred units outstanding, an amount equal to the amount of cash or property held by the Holding LP at such time, that is attributable to a realization event occurring prior to the date of a dissolution event and that has been deemed by our partnership as capital surplus shall be distributed as though such amount has been deemed by our partnership to be (i) attributable to sales or other dispositions of the Holding LP's assets and (ii) representative of unrecovered capital;

    fourth, 100% to the owners of the Holding LP's partnership interests, other than holders of Holding LP preferred units, in proportion to their respective amounts of unrecovered capital in the Holding LP;

    fifth, 100% to the owners of the Holding LP's partnership interests, other than holders of Holding LP preferred units, pro rata to their percentage interests, until each holder of a Holding LP partnership unit, other than a Holding LP preferred unit, has received an amount equal to the excess of (i) the First Distribution Threshold for each quarter during the term of the Holding LP (subject to adjustment upon the subsequent issuance of additional partnership interests in the Holding LP), over (ii) the aggregate amount of distributions made in respect of the Holding LP's partnership units, other than Holding LP preferred units, pursuant to the third tier of the Regular Distribution Waterfall during the term of the Holding LP (subject to adjustment upon the subsequent issuance of additional partnership interests in the Holding LP);

    sixth, 85% to the owners of the Holding LP's partnership interests, other than holders of Holding LP preferred units, pro rata to their percentage interests, and 15% to the holder of Special Limited Partner Units, until each holder of a partnership unit of the Holding LP, other than Holding LP preferred units, has received an amount equal to the excess of (i) the Second Distribution Threshold less the First Distribution Threshold for each quarter during the term of the Holding LP (subject to adjustment upon the subsequent issuance of additional partnership interests in the Holding LP), over (ii) the aggregate amount of distributions made in respect of the partnership units of the Holding LP pursuant to the fourth tier of the Regular Distribution Waterfall during the term of the Holding LP (subject to adjustment upon the subsequent issuance of additional partnership interests in the Holding LP); and

    thereafter, 75% to the owners of the Holding LP's partnership interests, other than holders of Holding LP preferred units, pro rata to their percentage interests, and 25% to the holder of Special Limited Partner Units.

        Each partner's percentage interest is determined by the relative portion of all outstanding partnership interests, other than any Holding LP preferred units, held by that partner from time to

144 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

time and is adjusted upon and to reflect the issuance of additional partnership interests of the Holding LP. In addition, the unreturned capital attributable to each of the partnership interests, as well as certain of the distribution thresholds set forth above, may be adjusted pursuant to the terms of the limited partnership agreement of the Holding LP so as to ensure the uniformity of the economic rights and entitlements of (i) the previously outstanding partnership interests of the Holding LP, and (ii) the subsequently issued partnership interests of the Holding LP.

        The limited partnership agreement of the Holding LP provides that, to the extent that any Holding Entity or any operating entity pays to Brookfield any comparable performance or incentive distribution, the amount of any incentive distributions paid to the holder of Special Limited Partner Units in accordance with the distribution entitlements described above will be reduced in an equitable manner to avoid duplication of distributions.

        The holder of Special Limited Partner Units may elect, at its sole discretion, to reinvest incentive distributions in Redeemable Partnership Units.

No Management or Control

        The Holding LP's limited partners, in their capacities as such, may not take part in the management or control of the activities and affairs of the Holding LP and do not have any right or authority to act for or to bind the Holding LP or to take part or interfere in the conduct or management of the Holding LP.

        Limited partners are not entitled to vote on matters relating to the Holding LP, although holders of units are entitled to consent to certain matters as described under "—Amendment of the Holding LP's Limited Partnership Agreement," "—Opinion of Counsel and Limited Partner Approval," "—Merger, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets," and "—Withdrawal of the General Partner" which may be effected only with the consent of the holders of the percentages of outstanding units specified below. For the purposes of any approval required from holders of the Holding LP's units, if holders of Redeemable Partnership Units are entitled to vote, they will be entitled to one vote per unit held subject to a maximum number of votes equal to 49% of the total number of units of the Holding LP then issued and outstanding. Each unit shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote for the purposes of any approvals of holders of units. Except as otherwise provided by law or as set out in the provisions attached to any series of Holding LP Class A Preferred Units and except for meetings of the holders of Holding LP Class A Preferred Units as a class or meetings of the holders of a series thereof, the holders of Holding LP Class A Preferred Units are not entitled to receive notice of, attend, or vote at any meeting of holders of units, unless and until the Holding LP shall have failed to pay eight quarterly distributions in respect of the Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Units or the Holding LP Series 2 Preferred Units, whether or not consecutive and whether or not such distributions have been declared and whether or not there are any monies of the Holding LP properly applicable to the payment of distributions. In the event of such non-payment, and for only so long as any such distributions remain in arrears, such holders will be entitled to receive notice of and to attend each meeting of holders of units (other than any meetings at which only holders of another specified class or series are entitled to vote) and such holders shall have the right, at any such meeting, to one vote for each Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Unit or Holding LP Series 2 Preferred Unit held. Upon payment of the entire amount of all such distributions in arrears, the voting rights of such holders of Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Units and Holding LP Series 2 Preferred Units shall forthwith cease (unless and until the same default shall again arise as described herein).

Meetings

        Special meetings of the limited partners of the Holding LP may be called by its managing general partner at a time and place outside of Canada determined by it on a date not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days after the mailing of notice of the meeting. Special meetings of the limited partners may also be called by limited partners owning 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding

Brookfield Infrastructure 145


Table of Contents

partnership interests of the class or classes for which a meeting is proposed. For this purpose, the partnership interests outstanding do not include partnership interests owned by its managing general partner or Brookfield. Only holders of partnership interests of the Holding LP of record on the date set by its managing general partner (which may not be less than 10 days nor more than 60 days, before the meeting) are entitled to notice of any meeting.

Amendment of the Holding LP's Limited Partnership Agreement

        Amendments to the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement may be proposed only by or with the consent of its managing general partner. To adopt a proposed amendment, other than the amendments that do not require limited partner approval discussed below, the managing general partner must seek approval of a majority of the Holding LP's outstanding units required to approve the amendment or call a meeting of the limited partners to consider and vote upon the proposed amendment. Notwithstanding the above, in addition to any other approvals required by law, the approval of all amendments to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Holding LP Class A Preferred Units as a class and any other approval to be given by the holders of the Holding LP Class A Preferred Units may be given by a resolution signed by the holders of Holding LP Class A Preferred Units owning not less than the percentage of the Holding LP Class A Preferred Units that would be necessary to authorize such action at a meeting of the holders of the Holding LP Class A Preferred Units at which all holders of the Holding LP Class A Preferred Units were present and voted or were represented by proxy or passed by an affirmative vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the votes cast at a meeting of holders of the Holding LP Class A Preferred Units duly called for that purpose and at which the holders of at least 25% of the outstanding Holding LP Class A Preferred Units are present or represented by proxy or, if no quorum is present at such meeting, at an adjourned meeting at which the holders of Holding LP Class A Preferred Units then present would form the necessary quorum. At any meeting of holders of Holding LP Class A Preferred Units as a class, each such holder shall be entitled to one vote in respect of each Holding LP Class A Preferred Unit held.

        Further, in addition to any other approvals required by law, the approval of all amendments to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Units and the Holding LP Series 2 Preferred Units as a series and any other approval to be given by the holders of the Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Units and the Holding LP Series 2 Preferred Units as a series may be given by a resolution signed by the holders of Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Units or Holding LP Series 2 Preferred Units, as applicable, owning not less than the percentage of the Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Units or the Holding LP Series 2 Preferred Units that would be necessary to authorize such action at a meeting of the holders of the Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Units or the Holding LP Series 2 Preferred Units, as applicable, at which all holders of the Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Units or the Holding LP Series 2 Preferred Units, as applicable, were present and voted or were represented by proxy or passed by an affirmative vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the votes cast at a meeting of holders of the Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Units or Holding LP Series 2 Preferred Units duly called for that purpose and at which the holders of at least 25% of the outstanding Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Units or the Holding LP Series 2 Preferred Units, as applicable, are present or represented by proxy or, if no quorum is present at such meeting, at an adjourned meeting at which the holders of Series 1 Preferred Units or the Holding LP Series 2 Preferred Units, as applicable, then present would form the necessary quorum. At any meeting of holders of Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Units or Holding LP Series 2 Preferred Units as a series, each such holder shall be entitled to one vote in respect of each Holding LP Series 1 Preferred Unit or Holding LP Series 2 Preferred Unit held.

146 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

Prohibited Amendments

        No amendment may be made that would:

    enlarge the obligations of any limited partner of the Holding LP without its consent, except that any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any class of partnership interests in relation to other classes of partnership interests may be approved by at least a majority of the type or class of partnership interests so affected; or

    enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable by the Holding LP to its managing general partner or any of its affiliates without the consent of the managing general partner which may be given or withheld in its sole discretion.

        The provision of the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement preventing the amendments having the effects described directly above can be amended upon the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units.

No Limited Partner Approval

        Subject to applicable law, the managing general partner may generally make amendments to the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner to reflect:

    a change in the name of the partnership, the location of the partnership's registered office or the partnership's registered agent;

    the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of partners in accordance with the limited partnership agreement;

    a change that the managing general partner determines is necessary or appropriate for the partnership to qualify or to continue its qualification as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability under the laws of any jurisdiction or to ensure that the Holding LP will not be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for tax purposes;

    an amendment that the managing general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to address certain changes in tax regulations, legislation or interpretation;

    an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of counsel, to prevent the Holding LP or the managing general partner or its directors, officers, agents or trustees, from having a material risk of being in any manner subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act or similar legislation in other jurisdictions;

    an amendment that the managing general partner determines in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate for the creation, authorization or issuance of any class or series of partnership interests or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating to partnership securities;

    any amendment expressly permitted in the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement to be made by the managing general partner acting alone;

    an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by an agreement of merger, consolidation or other combination agreement that has been approved under the terms of the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement;

    any amendment that in the sole discretion of the managing general partner is necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the formation by the partnership of, or its investment in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, as otherwise permitted by the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement;

    a change in its fiscal year and related changes;

Brookfield Infrastructure 147


Table of Contents

    any amendment concerning the computation or allocation of specific items of income, gain, expense or loss among the partners that, in the sole discretion of the managing general partner, is necessary or appropriate to (i) comply with the requirements of applicable law, (ii) reflect the partners' interests in the Holding LP, or (iii) consistently reflect the distributions made by the Holding LP to the partners pursuant to the terms of the limited partnership agreement of the Holding LP;

    any amendment that in the sole discretion of the managing general partner, is necessary or appropriate to address any statute, rule, regulation, notice or announcement that affects or could affect the U.S. federal tax treatment of any allocation or distribution related to any interest of the managing general partner in the profits of Holding LP; and

    any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters described directly above.

        In addition, amendments to the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement may be made by the managing general partner without the approval of any limited partner if those amendments, in the discretion of the managing general partner:

    do not adversely affect the Holding LP's limited partners considered as a whole (including any particular class of partnership interests as compared to other classes of partnership interests) in any material respect;

    are necessary or appropriate to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any governmental agency or judicial authority;

    are necessary or appropriate to comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any securities exchange on which the limited partner interests are or will be listed for trading;

    are necessary or appropriate for any action taken by the managing general partner relating to splits or combinations of units under the provisions of the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement; or

    are required to effect the intent expressed in the provisions of the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement or are otherwise contemplated by the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement.

Opinion of Counsel and Limited Partner Approval

        The managing general partner of the Holding LP will not be required to obtain an opinion of counsel that an amendment will not result in a loss of limited liability to the limited partners if one of the amendments described above under "—No Limited Partner Approval" should occur. No other amendments to the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement (other than an amendment pursuant to a merger, sale or other disposition of assets effected in accordance with the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement) will become effective without the approval of holders of at least 90% of the Holding LP's units, unless it obtains an opinion of counsel to the effect that the amendment will not cause the Holding LP to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for tax purposes (provided that for U.S. tax purposes its managing general partner has not made the election described below under "—Election to be Treated as a Corporation"), or affect the limited liability under the Bermuda Limited Partnership Act of any of the Holding LP's limited partners.

        Subject to the terms of any Holding LP preferred units outstanding, in addition to the above restrictions, any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any type or class of partnership interests in relation to other classes of partnership interests will also require the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding partnership interests of the class so affected.

148 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

        In addition, any amendment that reduces the voting percentage required to take any action must be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding voting units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced.

Election to be Treated as a Corporation

        If, in the determination of the managing general partner, it is no longer in the Holding LP's best interests to continue as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the managing general partner may elect to treat the Holding LP as an association or as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal (and applicable state) income tax purposes.

Dissolution

        The Holding LP shall dissolve and its affairs shall be wound up, upon the earlier of (i) the service of notice by the managing general partner, with the approval of a majority of the members of the independent directors of our General Partner, that, in the opinion of the managing general partner, the coming into force of any law, regulation or binding authority renders illegal or impracticable the continuation of the Holding LP; (ii) the election of the managing general partner if the Holding LP, as determined by the managing general partner, is required to register as an "investment company" under the Investment Company Act or similar legislation in other jurisdictions; (iii) the date that the managing general partner withdraws from the partnership (unless Brookfield becomes the managing general partner of the Holding LP as described below under "—Withdrawal of the Managing General Partner"); (iv) the date on which any court of competent jurisdiction enters a decree of judicial dissolution of the Holding LP or an order to wind up or liquidate the managing general partner without the appointment of a successor; and (v) the date on which the managing general partner decides to dispose of, or otherwise realize proceeds in respect of, all or substantially all of the Holding LP's assets in a single transaction or series of transactions.

        The Holding LP shall not dissolve if within 30 days of the date of dissolution (and provided that a notice of dissolution with respect to the Holding LP has not been filed with the Bermuda Monetary Authority), a successor managing general partner executes a transfer deed pursuant to which the successor managing general partner assumes the rights and undertakes the obligations of the original managing general partner, but only if the Holding LP receives an opinion of counsel that the admission of a new managing general partner will not result in the loss of limited liability of any limited partner of the Holding LP.

Withdrawal of the Managing General Partner

        Our partnership may withdraw as managing general partner without first obtaining approval of unitholders or preferred unitholders by giving 90 days advance notice, and that withdrawal will not constitute a violation of the limited partnership agreement.

        Upon the withdrawal of our partnership, the holders of a majority of the voting power of Special Limited Partner Units may select a successor to our partnership to act as managing general partner. If a successor is not elected, or is elected but an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability, tax matters and the Investment Company Act (and similar legislation in other jurisdictions) cannot be obtained, the Holding LP will be dissolved, wound up and liquidated. See "—Dissolution" above.

        Our partnership may not be removed as managing general partner by the partners of Holding LP.

        In the event of withdrawal of our partnership as the managing general partner where that withdrawal violates the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement, a successor managing general partner will have the option to purchase the managing general partnership interest of the our partnership for a cash payment equal to its fair market value. Under all other circumstances where our partnership withdraws, our partnership will have the option to require the successor managing general partner to purchase the managing general partnership interest of our partnership for a cash payment

Brookfield Infrastructure 149


Table of Contents

equal to its fair market value. In each case, this fair market value will be determined by agreement between our partnership and the successor managing general partner. If no agreement is reached within 30 days of our partnership's departure, an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by our partnership and the successor managing general partner will determine the fair market value. If our partnership and the successor managing general partner cannot agree upon an expert within 45 days of our partnership's departure, then an expert chosen by agreement of the experts selected by each of them will determine the fair market value.

        If the option described above is not exercised by either the departing managing general partner or the successor managing general partner, the departing managing general partner's managing general partnership interests will automatically convert into either Special Limited Partner Units or Redeemable Partnership Units pursuant to a valuation of those interests as determined by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected in the manner described in the preceding paragraph.

Transfer of the Managing General Partnership Interest

        Our partnership may transfer all or any part of its managing general partnership interests without first obtaining approval of any unitholder or preferred unitholder. As a condition of this transfer, the transferee must assume the rights and duties of the managing general partner to whose interest that transferee has succeeded, agree to be bound by the provisions of the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement and furnish an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability, tax matters and the Investment Company Act (and similar legislation in other jurisdictions). Any transfer of the managing general partnership interest is subject to prior notice to and approval of the relevant Bermuda regulatory authority.

Transactions with Interested Parties

        The managing general partner of the Holding LP, its affiliates and their respective partners, members, shareholders, directors, officers, employees and shareholders, which we refer to as "interested parties", may become limited partners or beneficially interested in limited partners and may hold, dispose of or otherwise deal with units of the Holding LP with the same rights they would have if the managing general partner of the Holding LP were not a party to the limited partnership agreement of the Holding LP. An interested party will not be liable to account either to other interested parties or to the Holding LP, its partners or any other persons for any profits or benefits made or derived by or in connection with any such transaction.

        The limited partnership agreement of the Holding LP permits an interested party to sell investments to, purchase assets from, vest assets in and enter into any contract, arrangement or transaction with the Holding LP, any of the Holding Entities, any operating entity or any other holding vehicle established by the Holding LP and may be interested in any such contract, transaction or arrangement and shall not be liable to account either to the Holding LP, any of the Holding Entities, any operating entity or any other holding vehicle established by the Holding LP or any other person in respect of any such contract, transaction or arrangement, or any benefits or profits made or derived therefrom, by virtue only of the relationship between the parties concerned, subject to our conflicts protocol.

Outside Activities of the Managing General Partner

        In accordance with our limited partnership agreement, our partnership is authorized to: acquire and hold interests in the Holding LP and, subject to the approval of the General Partner, interests in any other entity; engage in any activity related to the capitalization and financing of our partnership's interests in such entities; serve as the managing general partner of the Holding LP; and engage in any other activity that is incidental to or in furtherance of the foregoing and that is approved by our General Partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized under the

150 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

Bermuda Limited Partnership Act, the Bermuda Exempted Partnerships Act, and our limited partnership agreement.

        The Holding LP's limited partnership agreement provides that each person who is entitled to be indemnified by the partnership, as described below under "—Indemnification; Limitations on Liability" will have the right to engage in businesses of every type and description and other activities for profit, and to engage in and possess interests in business ventures of any and every type or description, irrespective of whether (i) such businesses and activities are similar to our activities, or (ii) such businesses and activities directly compete with, or disfavour or exclude, the Holding LP, the managing general partner, any Holding Entity, operating entity, or any other holding vehicle established by the Holding LP. Such business interests, activities and engagements will be deemed not to constitute a breach of the limited partnership agreement or any duties stated or implied by law or equity, including fiduciary duties, owed to any of the Holding LP, the managing general partner, any Holding Entity, operating entity, and any other holding vehicle established by the Holding LP (or any of their respective investors), and shall be deemed not to be a breach of the managing general partner's fiduciary duties or any other obligation of any type whatsoever of the managing general partner. None of the Holding LP, the managing general partner, any Holding Entity, operating entity, any other holding vehicle established by the Holding LP or any other person shall have any rights by virtue of the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement or the partnership relationship established thereby or otherwise in any business ventures of any person who is entitled to be indemnified by the Holding LP as described below under "—Indemnification; Limitations on Liability."

        Our partnership and the other indemnified persons described in the preceding paragraph will not have any obligation under the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement or as a result of any duties stated or implied by law or equity, including fiduciary duties, to present business or investment opportunities to the Holding LP, any Holding Entity, operating entity, or any other holding vehicle established by the Holding LP. These provisions will not affect any obligation of such indemnified person to present business or investment opportunities to the Holding LP, any Holding Entity, operating entity or any other holding vehicle established by the Holding LP pursuant to a separate written agreement between such persons.

Account Reports

        The Holding LP prepares its financial statements in accordance with IFRS. See also the information contained in this annual report on Form 20-F under Item 10.B "Memorandum and Articles of Association—Description of Our Units, Preferred Units and Our Limited Partnership Agreement—Accounts, Reports and Other Information".

        The managing general partner of the Holding LP is also required to use commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and send to the Holding LP's limited partners on an annual basis, additional information regarding the Holding LP, including Schedule K-1 (or equivalent) and information related to the passive foreign investment company status of any non-U.S. corporation that we control and, where reasonably possible, any other non-U.S. corporation in which we hold an interest. The managing general partner of the Holding LP will also, where reasonably possible, prepare and send information required by the Holding LP's non-U.S. limited partners for U.S. federal income tax reporting purposes, including information related to investments in "U.S. real property interests," as that term is defined in Section 897 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. The managing general partner will also, where reasonably possible and applicable, prepare and send information required by the Holding LP's limited partners for Canadian federal income tax purposes.

Indemnification; Limitations on Liability

        Under the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement, it is required to indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law the managing general partner, and any of its respective affiliates (and their

Brookfield Infrastructure 151


Table of Contents

respective officers, directors, agents, shareholders, partners, members and employees), any person who serves on a governing body of the Holding LP, a Holding Entity, operating entity or any other holding vehicle established by our partnership and any other person designated by the managing general partner as an indemnified person, in each case, against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, incurred by an indemnified person in connection with its business, investments and activities or by reason of their holding such positions, except to the extent that the claims, liabilities, losses, damages, costs or expenses are determined to have resulted from the indemnified person's bad faith, fraud or willful misconduct, or in the case of a criminal matter, action that the indemnified person knew to have been unlawful. In addition, under the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement, (i) the liability of such persons has been limited to the fullest extent permitted by law, except to the extent that their conduct involves bad faith, fraud or willful misconduct, or in the case of a criminal matter, action that the indemnified person knew to have been unlawful and (ii) any matter that is approved by the independent directors will not constitute a breach of any duties stated or implied by law or equity, including fiduciary duties. The Holding LP's limited partnership agreement requires it to advance funds to pay the expenses of an indemnified person in connection with a matter in which indemnification may be sought until it is determined that the indemnified person is not entitled to indemnification.

Governing Law

        The Holding LP's limited partnership agreement is governed by and will be construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda.

10.C    MATERIAL CONTRACTS

        The following are the only material contracts, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, to which we have been a party within the past two years:

    1.
    Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement by and among the Service Recipients, Brookfield Asset Management Inc., the Service Provider and others described under Item 6.A. "Directors and Senior Management—Our Master Services Agreement";

    2.
    Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of our partnership, as amended from time to time, described under Item 10.B. "Description of our Units, Preferred Units and our Limited Partnership Agreement";

    3.
    Third Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of the Holding LP, as amended from time to time, described under Item 10.B. "Description of the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement";

    4.
    Amended and Restated Relationship Agreement by and among our partnership, the Holding LP, the Holding Entities, the Service Provider and Brookfield Asset Management Inc. described under Item 7.B. "Related Party Transactions—Relationship Agreement";

    5.
    Indenture by and among Brookfield Infrastructure Finance ULC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance LLC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Limited, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, described under Item 12 "Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities";

    6.
    First Supplemental Indenture dated October 10, 2012 between Brookfield Infrastructure Finance ULC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance LLC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Limited, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, described under Item 12 "Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities";

152 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

    7.
    Guarantee dated October 10, 2012 by Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P., Brookfield Infrastructure L.P., BIP Bermuda Holdings I Limited, Brookfield Infrastructure Holdings (Canada) Inc. and Brookfield Infrastructure Corporation in favour of Computershare Trust Company of Canada, described under Item 12 "Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities";

    8.
    Guarantee dated November 27, 2013 by Brookfield Infrastructure US Holdings I Corporation in favour of Computershare Trust Company of Canada, described under Item 12 "Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities";

    9.
    Second Supplemental Indenture dated March 11, 2015 between Brookfield Infrastructure Finance ULC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance LLC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Limited, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, described under Item 12 "Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities"; and

    10.
    Guarantee dated March 11, 2015 by Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P., Brookfield Infrastructure L.P., BIP Bermuda Holdings I Limited, Brookfield Infrastructure Holdings (Canada) Inc. and Brookfield Infrastructure US Holdings I Corporation in favour of Computershare Trust Company of Canada, described under Item 12 "Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities".

10.D    EXCHANGE CONTROLS

        There are currently no governmental laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation of Bermuda or the United States which restrict the import or export of capital or the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-residents of Bermuda or the United States holding the Company's securities, except as otherwise described in this annual report on Form 20-F under Item 10.E "Taxation."

10.E    TAXATION

        The following summary discusses certain material United States, Canadian, Australian and Bermudian tax considerations related to the holding and disposition of our units as of the date hereof. Holders of our units are advised to consult their own tax advisors concerning the consequences under the tax laws of the country of which they are resident or in which they are otherwise subject to tax of making an investment in our units.

CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

        This summary discusses certain material United States federal income tax considerations to unitholders relating to the receipt, holding, and disposition of our units as of the date hereof. This summary is based on provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, on the regulations promulgated thereunder ("Treasury Regulations"), and on published administrative rulings, judicial decisions, and other applicable authorities, all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change at any time, possibly with retroactive effect. This summary is necessarily general and may not apply to all categories of investors, some of whom may be subject to special rules, including, without limitation, persons that own (directly or indirectly, applying certain attribution rules) 5% or more of our units, dealers in securities or currencies, financial institutions or financial services entities, mutual funds, life insurance companies, persons that hold our units as part of a straddle, hedge, constructive sale or conversion transaction with other investments, persons whose units are loaned to a short seller to cover a short sale of units, persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, persons who have elected mark-to-market accounting, persons who hold our units through a partnership or other entity treated as a pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, persons for whom our units are not a capital asset, persons who are liable for the alternative minimum tax, and certain U.S. expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States. Tax-exempt organizations are addressed separately

Brookfield Infrastructure 153


Table of Contents

below. The actual tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our units will vary depending on your individual circumstances.

        For purposes of this discussion, a "U.S. Holder" is a beneficial owner of one or more of our units that is for U.S. federal tax purposes: (i) an individual citizen or resident of the United States; (ii) a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or (iv) a trust (a) that is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and all substantial decisions of which one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control or (b) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

        A "Non-U.S. Holder" is a beneficial owner of one or more of our units, other than a U.S. Holder or an entity classified as a partnership or other fiscally transparent entity for U.S. federal tax purposes.

        If a partnership holds our units, the tax treatment of a partner of such partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners of partnerships that hold our units should consult their own tax advisers.

         This discussion does not constitute tax advice and is not intended to be a substitute for tax planning. You should consult your own tax adviser concerning the U.S. federal, state and local income tax consequences particular to your ownership and disposition of our units, as well as any tax consequences under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

Partnership Status of Our Partnership and the Holding LP

        Each of our partnership and the Holding LP has made a protective election to be classified as a partnership for U.S. federal tax purposes. An entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal tax purposes incurs no U.S. federal income tax liability. Instead, each partner is generally required to take into account its allocable share of items of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit of the partnership in computing its U.S. federal income tax liability, regardless of whether cash distributions are made. Distributions of cash by a partnership to a partner generally are not taxable unless the amount of cash distributed to a partner is in excess of the partner's adjusted basis in its partnership interest.

        An entity that would otherwise be classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes may nonetheless be taxable as a corporation if it is a "publicly traded partnership", unless an exception applies. Our partnership is publicly traded. However, an exception, referred to as the "Qualifying Income Exception", exists with respect to a publicly traded partnership if (i) at least 90% of such partnership's gross income for every taxable year consists of "qualifying income" and (ii) the partnership would not be required to register under the Investment Company Act if it were a U.S. corporation. Qualifying income includes certain interest income, dividends, real property rents, gains from the sale or other disposition of real property, and any gain from the sale or disposition of a capital asset or other property held for the production of income that otherwise constitutes qualifying income.

        Our General Partner intends to manage the affairs of our partnership and the Holding LP so that our partnership will meet the Qualifying Income Exception in each taxable year. Accordingly, our General Partner believes that our partnership will be treated as a partnership and not as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        If our partnership fails to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, other than a failure which is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent and which is cured within a reasonable time after discovery, or if our partnership is required to register under the Investment Company Act, our partnership will be treated as if it had transferred all of its assets, subject to liabilities, to a newly formed corporation, on the first day of the year in which our partnership fails to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, in return for stock in such corporation, and then distributed the stock to our unitholders in liquidation.

154 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

This deemed contribution and liquidation could result in the recognition of gain (but not loss) to U.S. Holders, except that U.S. Holders generally would not recognize the portion of such gain attributable to stock or securities of non-U.S. corporations held by us. If, at the time of such contribution, our partnership were to have liabilities in excess of the tax basis of its assets, U.S. Holders generally would recognize gain in respect of such excess liabilities upon the deemed transfer. Thereafter, our partnership would be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        If our partnership were treated as a corporation in any taxable year, either as a result of a failure to meet the Qualifying Income Exception or otherwise, our partnership's items of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit would be reflected only on our partnership's tax return rather than being passed through to our unitholders, and our partnership would be subject to U.S. corporate income tax and potentially branch profits tax with respect to its income, if any, effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. Moreover, under certain circumstances, our partnership might be classified as a PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and a U.S. Holder would be subject to the rules applicable to PFICs discussed below. See "—Consequences to U.S. Holders—Passive Foreign Investment Companies". Subject to the PFIC rules, distributions made to U.S. Holders would be treated as taxable dividend income to the extent of our partnership's current or accumulated earnings and profits. Any distribution in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits would first be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of a U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in its units. Thereafter, to the extent such distribution were to exceed a U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in its units, the distribution would be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of such units. The amount of a distribution treated as a dividend could be eligible for reduced rates of taxation, provided certain conditions are met. In addition, dividends, interest and certain other passive income received by our partnership with respect to U.S. investments generally would be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% (although certain Non-U.S. Holders nevertheless might be entitled to certain treaty benefits in respect of their allocable share of such income) and U.S. Holders would not be allowed a tax credit with respect to any such tax withheld. In addition, the "portfolio interest" exemption would not apply to certain interest income of our partnership (although certain Non-U.S. Holders nevertheless might be entitled to certain treaty benefits in respect of their allocable share of such income). Depending on the composition of our assets, additional adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could result under the anti-inversion rules described in Section 7874 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, as implemented by the Treasury Regulations and IRS administrative guidance.

        Based on the foregoing consequences, the treatment of our partnership as a corporation could materially reduce a holder's after-tax return and therefore could result in a substantial reduction of the value of our units. If the Holding LP were to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, consequences similar to those described above would apply.

        The remainder of this summary assumes that our partnership and the Holding LP will be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal tax purposes. Our partnership expects that a substantial portion of the items of income, gain, deduction, loss, or credit realized by our partnership will be realized in the first instance by the Holding LP and allocated to our partnership for reallocation to our unitholders. Unless otherwise specified, references in this section to realization of our partnership's items of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit include a realization of such items by the Holding LP and the allocation of such items to our partnership.

Consequences to U.S. Holders

Holding of Our Units

        Income and Loss.     If you are a U.S. Holder, you will be required to take into account, as described below, your allocable share of our partnership's items of income, gain, loss, deduction, and credit for each of our partnership's taxable years ending with or within your taxable year. Each item generally will have the same character and source as though you had realized the item directly. You must report such

Brookfield Infrastructure 155


Table of Contents

items without regard to whether any distribution has been or will be received from our partnership. Our partnership intends to make cash distributions to all unitholders on a quarterly basis in amounts generally expected to be sufficient to permit U.S. Holders to fund their estimated U.S. tax obligations (including U.S. federal, state, and local income taxes) with respect to their allocable shares of our partnership's net income or gain. However, based upon your particular tax situation and simplifying assumptions that our partnership will make in determining the amount of such distributions, and depending upon whether you elect to reinvest such distributions pursuant to the distribution reinvestment plan, your tax liability might exceed cash distributions made to you, in which case any tax liabilities arising from your ownership of our units would need to be satisfied from your own funds.

        With respect to U.S. Holders who are individuals, certain dividends paid by a corporation (including certain qualified foreign corporations) to our partnership and that are allocable to such U.S. Holders may qualify for reduced rates of taxation. A qualified foreign corporation includes a foreign corporation that is eligible for the benefits of specified income tax treaties with the United States. In addition, a foreign corporation is treated as a qualified corporation with respect to its shares that are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Among other exceptions, U.S. Holders who are individuals will not be eligible for reduced rates of taxation on any dividends if the payer is a PFIC for the taxable year in which such dividends are paid or for the preceding taxable year. Dividends received by non-corporate U.S. Holders may be subject to an additional Medicare tax on unearned income of 3.8% (see"—Medicare Tax" below). U.S. Holders that are corporations may be entitled to a "dividends received deduction" in respect of dividends paid by U.S. corporations in which our partnership (through the Holding LP) owns stock. You should consult your own tax adviser regarding the application of the foregoing rules in light of your particular circumstances.

        For U.S. federal income tax purposes, your allocable share of our partnership's items of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit will be governed by our Limited Partnership Agreement if such allocations have "substantial economic effect" or are determined to be in accordance with your interest in our partnership. Similarly, our partnership's allocable share of items of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit of the Holding LP will be governed by the limited partnership agreement of the Holding LP if such allocations have "substantial economic effect" or are determined to be in accordance with our partnership's interest in the Holding LP. Our General Partner believes that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such allocations should be given effect, and our General Partner intends to prepare and file tax returns based on such allocations. If the IRS were to successfully challenge the allocations made pursuant to either our limited partnership agreement or the Limited Partnership Agreement of the Holding LP, then the resulting allocations for U.S. federal income tax purposes might be less favourable than the allocations set forth in such agreements.

        Basis.     You will have an initial tax basis in your units equal to the sum of (i) the amount of cash paid for our units (or, if you received your units pursuant to the spin-off, the amount of dividend income you recognized pursuant to the spin-off) and (ii) your share of our partnership's liabilities, if any. That basis will be increased by your share of our partnership's income and by increases in your share of our partnership's liabilities, if any. That basis will be decreased, but not below zero, by distributions you receive from our partnership, by your share of our partnership's losses, and by any decrease in your share of our partnership's liabilities. Under applicable U.S. federal income tax rules, a partner in a partnership has a single, or "unitary", tax basis in his or her partnership interest. As a result, any amount you pay to acquire additional units (including through the distribution reinvestment plan) will be averaged with the adjusted tax basis of units owned by you prior to the acquisition of such additional units.

        For purposes of the foregoing rules, the rules discussed immediately below, and the rules applicable to a sale or exchange of our units, our partnership's liabilities generally will include our partnership's share of any liabilities of the Holding LP.

156 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

        Limits on Deductions for Losses and Expenses.     Your deduction of your allocable share of our partnership's losses will be limited to your tax basis in our units and, if you are an individual or a corporate holder that is subject to the "at risk" rules, to the amount for which you are considered to be "at risk" with respect to our partnership's activities, if that is less than your tax basis. In general, you will be at risk to the extent of your tax basis in our units, reduced by (i) the portion of that basis attributable to your share of our partnership's liabilities for which you will not be personally liable (excluding certain qualified non-recourse financing) and (ii) any amount of money you borrow to acquire or hold our units, if the lender of those borrowed funds owns an interest in our partnership, is related to you, or can look only to your units for repayment. Your at-risk amount generally will increase by your allocable share of our partnership's income and gain and decrease by cash distributions you receive from our partnership and your allocable share of losses and deductions. You must recapture losses deducted in previous years to the extent that distributions cause your at-risk amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year. Losses disallowed or recaptured as a result of these limitations will carry forward and will be allowable to the extent that your tax basis or at-risk amount, whichever is the limiting factor, subsequently increases. Upon the taxable disposition of our units, any gain recognized by you can be offset by losses that were previously suspended by the at-risk limitation, but may not be offset by losses suspended by the basis limitation. Any excess loss above the gain previously suspended by the at-risk or basis limitations may no longer be used. You should consult your own tax adviser as to the effects of the at-risk rules.

        Limitations on Deductibility of Organizational Expenses and Syndication Fees.     In general, neither our partnership nor any U.S. Holder may deduct organizational or syndication expenses. Similar rules apply to organizational or syndication expenses incurred by the Holding LP. Syndication fees (which would include any sales or placement fees or commissions) must be capitalized and cannot be amortized or otherwise deducted.

        Limitations on Interest Deductions.     Your share of our partnership's interest expense is likely to be treated as "investment interest" expense. For a non-corporate U.S. Holder, the deductibility of "investment interest" expense generally is limited to the amount of such holder's "net investment income". Your share of our partnership's dividend and interest income will be treated as investment income, although "qualified dividend income" subject to reduced rates of tax in the hands of an individual will only be treated as investment income if such individual elects to treat such dividend as ordinary income not subject to reduced rates of tax. In addition, state and local tax laws may disallow deductions for your share of our partnership's interest expense.

        Net investment income includes gross income from property held for investment and amounts treated as portfolio income under the passive loss rules, less deductible expenses, other than interest, directly connected with the production of investment income, but generally does not include gains attributable to the disposition of property held for investment.

        Deductibility of Partnership Investment Expenditures by Individual Partners and by Trusts and Estates.     Subject to certain exceptions, all miscellaneous itemized deductions of an individual taxpayer, and certain of such deductions of an estate or trust, are deductible only to the extent that such deductions exceed 2% of the taxpayer's adjusted gross income. In addition, the otherwise allowable itemized deductions of individuals whose gross income exceeds an applicable threshold amount are subject to reduction by an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 3% of the excess of the individual's adjusted gross income over the threshold amount and (ii) 80% of the amount of the individual's itemized deductions. The operating expenses of our partnership, including our partnership's allocable share of the base management fee or any other management fees, may be treated as miscellaneous itemized deductions subject to the foregoing rule. Accordingly, if you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, you should consult your own tax adviser regarding the application of these limitations.

Brookfield Infrastructure 157


Table of Contents

Treatment of Distributions

        Distributions of cash by our partnership generally will not be taxable to you to the extent of your adjusted tax basis (described above) in our units. Any cash distributions in excess of your adjusted tax basis generally will be considered to be gain from the sale or exchange of our units (described below). Such gain generally will be treated as capital gain and will be long-term capital gain if your holding period for our units exceeds one year. A reduction in your allocable share of our liabilities, and certain distributions of marketable securities by our partnership, if any, will be treated similar to cash distributions for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Sale or Exchange of Our Units

        You will recognize gain or loss on the sale or taxable exchange of our units equal to the difference, if any, between the amount realized and your tax basis in our units sold or exchanged. Your amount realized will be measured by the sum of the cash or the fair market value of other property received plus your share of our partnership's liabilities, if any.

        Gain or loss recognized by you upon the sale or exchange of our units generally will be taxable as capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if our units were held for more than one year as of the date of such sale or exchange. Assuming you have not elected to treat your share of our partnership's investment in any PFIC as a "qualified electing fund", gain attributable to such investment in a PFIC would be taxable in the manner described below in "—Passive Foreign Investment Companies". In addition, certain gain attributable to "unrealized receivables" or "inventory items" could be characterized as ordinary income rather than capital gain. For example, if our partnership were to hold debt acquired at a market discount, accrued market discount on such debt would be treated as "unrealized receivables". The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

        Each U.S. Holder who acquires our units at different times and intends to sell all or a portion of our units within a year of the most recent purchase should consult its own tax adviser regarding the application of certain "split holding period" rules to such sale and the treatment of any gain or loss as long-term or short-term capital gain or loss.

Medicare Tax

        U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates, or trusts may be required to pay a 3.8% Medicare tax on the lesser of (i) the excess of such U.S. Holders' "modified adjusted gross income" (or"adjusted gross income" in the case of estates and trusts) over certain thresholds and (ii) such U.S. Holders' "net investment income" (or"undistributed net investment income" in the case of estates and trusts). Net investment income generally includes your allocable share of our partnership's income, as well as gain realized by you from a sale of our units. Special rules relating to the 3.8% Medicare tax may apply to dividends and gain, if any, derived by such U.S. Holders with respect to our partnership's interest in a PFIC. See "—Passive Foreign Investment Companies" below. You should consult your own tax adviser regarding the implications of the 3.8% Medicare tax for your ownership and disposition of our units.

Foreign Tax Credit Limitations

        If you are a U.S. Holder, you generally will be entitled to a foreign tax credit with respect to your allocable share of creditable foreign taxes paid on our partnership's income and gains. Complex rules may, depending on your particular circumstances, limit the availability or use of foreign tax credits. Gain from the sale of our partnership's investments may be treated as U.S.-source gain. Consequently, you may not be able to use the foreign tax credit arising from any foreign taxes imposed on such gain unless the credit can be applied (subject to applicable limitations) against U.S. tax due on other income treated as derived from foreign sources. Certain losses that our partnership incurs may be treated as foreign-source losses, which could reduce the amount of foreign tax credits otherwise available.

158 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

Section 754 Election

        Our partnership and the Holding LP have each made the election permitted by Section 754 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code ("Section 754 Election"). The Section 754 Election cannot be revoked without the consent of the IRS. The Section 754 Election generally requires our partnership to adjust the tax basis in its assets, or inside basis, attributable to a transferee of our units under Section 743(b) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code to reflect the purchase price paid by the transferee for our units. This election does not apply to a person who purchases units directly from us. For purposes of this discussion, a transferee's inside basis in our partnership's assets will be considered to have two components: (i) the transferee's share of our partnership's tax basis in our partnership's assets, or common basis, and (ii) the adjustment under Section 743(b) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code to that basis. The foregoing rules would also apply to the Holding LP.

        Generally, a Section 754 Election would be advantageous to a transferee U.S. Holder if such holder's tax basis in its units were higher than such units' share of the aggregate tax basis of our partnership's assets immediately prior to the transfer. In that case, as a result of the Section 754 Election, the transferee U.S. Holder would have a higher tax basis in its share of our partnership's assets for purposes of calculating, among other items, such holder's share of any gain or loss on a sale of our partnership's assets. Conversely, a Section 754 Election would be disadvantageous to a transferee U.S. Holder if such holder's tax basis in its units were lower than such units' share of the aggregate tax basis of our partnership's assets immediately prior to the transfer. Thus, the fair market value of our units may be affected either favourably or adversely by the election.

        Whether or not the Section 754 Election is made, if our units are transferred at a time when our partnership has a "substantial built-in loss" in its assets, our partnership will be obligated to reduce the tax basis in the portion of such assets attributable to such units.

        The calculations involved in the Section 754 Election are complex, and our General Partner advises that it will make such calculations on the basis of assumptions as to the value of our partnership assets and other matters. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax adviser as to the effects of the Section 754 Election.

Uniformity of Our Units

        Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of our units, we must maintain uniformity of the economic and tax characteristics of our units to a purchaser of our units. In the absence of uniformity, we may be unable to comply fully with a number of U.S. federal income tax requirements. A lack of uniformity can result from a literal application of certain Treasury Regulations to our partnership's Section 743(b) adjustments, a determination that our partnership's Section 704(c) allocations are unreasonable, or other reasons. Section 704(c) allocations would be intended to reduce or eliminate the disparity between tax basis and the value of our partnership's assets in certain circumstances, including on the issuance of additional units. In order to maintain the fungibility of all of our units at all times, we will seek to achieve the uniformity of U.S. tax treatment for all purchasers of our units which are acquired at the same time and price (irrespective of the identity of the particular seller of our units or the time when our units are issued by our partnership), through the application of certain tax accounting principles that our General Partner believes are reasonable for our partnership. However, the IRS may disagree with us and may successfully challenge our application of such tax accounting principles. Any non-uniformity could have a negative impact on the value of our units.

Foreign Currency Gain or Loss

        Our partnership's functional currency is the U.S. dollar, and our partnership's income or loss is calculated in U.S. dollars. It is likely that our partnership will recognize "foreign currency" gain or loss with respect to transactions involving non-U.S. dollar currencies. In general, foreign currency gain or

Brookfield Infrastructure 159


Table of Contents

loss is treated as ordinary income or loss. You should consult your own tax adviser regarding the tax treatment of foreign currency gain or loss.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies

        U.S. Holders may be subject to special rules applicable to indirect investments in foreign corporations, including an investment through our partnership in a PFIC. A PFIC is defined as any foreign corporation with respect to which (after applying certain look-through rules) either (i) 75% or more of its gross income for a taxable year is "passive income" or (ii) 50% or more of its assets in any taxable year (generally based on the quarterly average of the value of its assets) produce or are held for the production of "passive income". There are no minimum stock ownership requirements for PFICs. If you hold an interest in a foreign corporation for any taxable year during which the corporation is classified as a PFIC with respect to you, then the corporation will continue to be classified as a PFIC with respect to you for any subsequent taxable year during which you continue to hold an interest in the corporation, even if the corporation's income or assets would not cause it to be a PFIC in such subsequent taxable year, unless an exception applies.

        Subject to certain elections described below, any gain on the disposition of stock of a PFIC owned by you indirectly through our partnership, as well as income realized on certain "excess distributions" by such PFIC, would be treated as though realized ratably over the shorter of your holding period of our units or our partnership's holding period for the PFIC. Such gain or income generally would be taxable as ordinary income, and dividends paid by the PFIC would not be eligible for the preferential tax rates for dividends paid to non-corporate U.S. Holders. In addition, an interest charge would apply, based on the tax deemed deferred from prior years. To the extent reasonably practicable, we intend to make distributions of the earnings of each entity we are able to identify as a PFIC not less frequently than annually so as to minimize the likelihood that you will have excess distributions with respect to any such entity. However, because we cannot assure that will be the case, and because any gains on a sale of any such entity would remain subject to the PFIC tax regime, we urge you to consider making any applicable election described below.

        If you were to elect to treat your share of our partnership's interest in a PFIC as a "qualified electing fund" ("QEF Election"), for the first year you were treated as holding such interest, then in lieu of the tax consequences described in the paragraph immediately above, you would be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the PFIC, even if not distributed to our partnership or to you. A QEF Election must be made by you on an entity-by-entity basis. To make a QEF Election, you must, among other things, (i) obtain a PFIC annual information statement (through an intermediary statement supplied by our partnership) and (ii) prepare and submit IRS Form 8621 with your annual income tax return. To the extent reasonably practicable, we intend to timely provide you with information related to the PFIC status of each entity we are able to identify as a PFIC, including information necessary to make a QEF Election with respect to each such entity. Any such election should be made for the first year our partnership holds an interest in such entity or for the first year in which you hold our units, if later.

        Once you have made a QEF Election for an entity, such election applies to any additional shares of interest in such entity acquired directly or indirectly, including through additional units acquired after the QEF Election is made (such as units acquired under the distribution reinvestment plan). If you were to make a QEF Election after the first year that you were treated as holding an interest in a PFIC, the adverse tax consequences relating to PFIC stock would continue to apply with respect to the pre-QEF Election period, unless you were to make a "purging election". The purging election would create a deemed sale of your previously held share of our partnership's interests in a PFIC. The gain recognized by the purging election would be subject to the special tax and interest charge rules, which treat the gain as an excess distribution, as described above. As a result of the purging election, you would have a new basis and holding period in your share of our partnership's interests in the PFIC.

160 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisers as to the manner in which such direct inclusions could affect their allocable share of our partnership's income and their tax basis in our units and the advisability of making a QEF Election or a purging election.

        Treasury Regulations under Section 1411 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code contain special rules for applying the 3.8% Medicare tax (as described above under "—Medicare Tax") to U.S. persons owning an interest in a PFIC. Under the special rules, if you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder that has made a QEF Election with respect to our partnership's interest in a PFIC, then you are permitted to make a special election to treat your share of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the PFIC as net investment income for purposes of the 3.8% Medicare tax. If you do not make the special election, then you may be required to calculate your basis in our units for purposes of the 3.8% Medicare tax in a manner that differs from the calculation of your basis in our units for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally. You should consult your own tax adviser regarding the implications of the special election, as well as the other implications of the 3.8% Medicare tax and the Treasury Regulations under Section 1411 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code for your ownership and disposition of our units.

        In the case of a PFIC that is a publicly traded foreign company, and in lieu of making a QEF Election, an election may be made to "mark to market" the stock of such publicly traded foreign company on an annual basis. Pursuant to such an election, you would include in each year as ordinary income the excess, if any, of the fair market value of such stock over its adjusted basis at the end of the taxable year. However, none of the current Holding Entities or operating entities are expected to be publicly traded, although our partnership may in the future acquire interests in PFICs which are publicly traded foreign companies. Thus the mark-to-market election is not expected to be available to any U.S. Holder in respect of its indirect ownership interest in any of the current Holding Entities or operating entities.

        Based on our organizational structure, as well as our expected income and assets, our General Partner currently believes that a U.S. Holder is unlikely to be regarded as owning an interest in a PFIC solely by reason of owning our units for the taxable year ending December 31, 2015. However, our General Partner believes that some of our operating entities may have been PFICs in prior taxable years. In addition, we may decide to hold an existing or future operating entity through a Holding Entity that would be a PFIC in order to ensure that our partnership satisfies the Qualifying Income Exception. See "—Investment Structure", below. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that a current or future investment will not qualify as a PFIC.

        A U.S. person who directly or indirectly owns an interest in a PFIC may be required to file an annual report with the IRS, and the failure to file such report could result in the imposition of penalties on such U.S. person and in the extension of the statute of limitations with respect to federal income tax returns filed by such U.S. person. You should consult your own tax adviser regarding the PFIC rules, including the foregoing filing requirements, as well as the advisability of making a QEF Election, a special election under the Treasury Regulations under Section 1411 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, or a mark-to-market election, as applicable, with respect to any PFIC in which you are treated as owning an interest through our partnership.

Investment Structure

        To ensure that our partnership meets the Qualifying Income Exception for publicly traded partnerships (discussed above) and complies with certain requirements in our Limited Partnership Agreement, our partnership may structure certain investments through an entity classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such investments will be structured as determined in the sole discretion of our General Partner generally to be efficient for our unitholders. However, because our unitholders will be located in numerous taxing jurisdictions, no assurance can be given that any such investment structure will benefit all our unitholders to the same extent, and such an

Brookfield Infrastructure 161


Table of Contents

investment structure might even result in additional tax burdens on some unitholders. As discussed above, if any such entity were a non-U.S. corporation, it might be considered a PFIC. If any such entity were a U.S. corporation, it would be subject to U.S. federal net income tax on its income, including any gain recognized on the disposition of its investments. In addition, if the investment were to involve U.S. real property, gain recognized on the disposition of the investment by a corporation generally would be subject to corporate-level tax, whether the corporation were a U.S. or a non-U.S. corporation.

U.S. Withholding Taxes

        Although each U.S. Holder is required to provide us with an IRS Form W-9, we nevertheless may be unable to accurately or timely determine the tax status of our investors for purposes of determining whether U.S. withholding applies to payments made by our partnership to some or all of our unitholders. In such a case, payments made by our partnership to U.S. Holders might be subject to U.S. "backup" withholding at the applicable rate or other U.S. withholding taxes. You would be able to treat as a credit your allocable share of any U.S. withholding taxes paid in the taxable year in which such withholding taxes were paid and, as a result, you might be entitled to a refund of such taxes from the IRS. In the event you transfer or otherwise dispose of some or all of your units, special rules might apply for purposes of determining whether you or the transferee of such units were subject to U.S. withholding taxes in respect of income allocable to, or distributions made on account of, such units or entitled to refunds of any such taxes withheld. See below "Administrative Matters—Certain Effects of a Transfer of Units". You should consult your own tax adviser regarding the treatment of U.S. withholding taxes.

Transferor/Transferee Allocations

        Our partnership may allocate items of income, gain, loss, and deduction using a monthly or other convention, whereby any such items recognized in a given month by our partnership are allocated to our unitholders as of a specified date of such month. As a result, if you transfer your units, you might be allocated income, gain, loss, and deduction realized by our partnership after the date of the transfer. Similarly, if you acquire additional units, you might be allocated income, gain, loss, and deduction realized by our partnership prior to your ownership of such units.

        Although Section 706 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code generally governs allocations of items of partnership income and deductions between transferors and transferees of partnership interests, it is not clear that our partnership's allocation method complies with the requirements. If our partnership's convention were not permitted, the IRS might contend that our partnership's taxable income or losses must be reallocated among our unitholders. If such a contention were sustained, your tax liabilities might be adjusted to your detriment. Our General Partner is authorized to revise our partnership's method of allocation between transferors and transferees (as well as among investors whose interests otherwise vary during a taxable period).

U.S. Federal Estate Tax Consequences

        If our units are included in the gross estate of a U.S. citizen or resident for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, then a U.S. federal estate tax might be payable in connection with the death of such person. Individual U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisers concerning the potential U.S. federal estate tax consequences with respect to our units.

Certain Reporting Requirements

        A U.S. Holder who invests more than $100,000 in our partnership may be required to file IRS Form 8865 reporting the investment with such U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax return for the year that includes the date of the investment. You may be subject to substantial penalties if you fail to

162 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

comply with this and other information reporting requirements with respect to an investment in our units. You should consult your own tax adviser regarding such reporting requirements.

U.S. Taxation of Tax-Exempt U.S. Holders of Our Units

        Income recognized by a U.S. tax-exempt organization is exempt from U.S. federal income tax except to the extent of the organization's UBTI. UBTI is defined generally as any gross income derived by a tax-exempt organization from an unrelated trade or business that it regularly carries on, less the deductions directly connected with that trade or business. In addition, income arising from a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that holds operating assets or is otherwise engaged in a trade or business generally will constitute UBTI. Notwithstanding the foregoing, UBTI generally does not include any dividend income, interest income, certain other categories of passive income, or capital gains realized by a tax-exempt organization, so long as such income is not "debt-financed", as discussed below. Our General Partner believes that our partnership should not be regarded as engaged in a trade or business, and anticipates that any operating assets held by our partnership will be held through entities that are treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        The exclusion from UBTI does not apply to income from "debt-financed property", which is treated as UBTI to the extent of the percentage of such income that the average acquisition indebtedness with respect to the property bears to the average tax basis of the property for the taxable year. If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes incurs acquisition indebtedness, a tax-exempt partner in such partnership will be deemed to have acquisition indebtedness equal to its allocable portion of such acquisition indebtedness. If any such indebtedness were used by our partnership or by the Holding LP to acquire property, such property generally would constitute debt-financed property, and any income from or gain from the disposition of such debt-financed property allocated to a tax-exempt organization generally would constitute UBTI to such tax-exempt organization. In addition, even if such indebtedness were not used either by our partnership or by the Holding LP to acquire property but were instead used to fund distributions to our unitholders, if a tax-exempt organization subject to taxation in the United States were to use such proceeds to make an investment outside our partnership, the IRS might assert that such investment constitutes debt-financed property to such unitholder with the consequences noted above. Our partnership and the Holding LP currently do not have any outstanding indebtedness used to acquire property, and our General Partner does not believe that our partnership or the Holding LP will generate UBTI attributable to debt-financed property in the future. However, neither our partnership nor the Holding LP is prohibited from incurring indebtedness, and no assurance can be provided that neither our partnership nor the Holding LP will generate UBTI attributable to debt-financed property in the future. Tax-exempt U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisers regarding the tax consequences of an investment in our units.

Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

        Our General Partner intends to use commercially reasonable efforts to structure the activities of our partnership and the Holding LP, respectively, to avoid the realization by our partnership and the Holding LP, respectively, of income treated as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, including effectively connected income attributable to the sale of a "United States real property interest", as defined in the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. Specifically, our partnership intends not to make an investment, whether directly or through an entity which would be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, if our General Partner believes at the time of such investment that such investment would generate income treated as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. If, as anticipated, our partnership is not treated as engaged in a U.S. trade or business or as deriving income which is treated as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, and provided that a Non-U.S. Holder is not itself engaged in a U.S. trade or business, then such Non-U.S. Holder generally

Brookfield Infrastructure 163


Table of Contents

will not be subject to U.S. tax return filing requirements solely as a result of owning our units and generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its allocable share of our partnership's interest and dividends from non-U.S. sources or gain from the sale or other disposition of securities or real property located outside of the United States.

        However, there can be no assurance that the law will not change or that the IRS will not deem our partnership to be engaged in a U.S. trade or business. If, contrary to our General Partner's expectations, our partnership is treated as engaged in a U.S. trade or business, then a Non-U.S. Holder generally would be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return, even if no effectively connected income were allocable to it. If our partnership were to have income treated as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, then a Non-U.S. Holder would be required to report that income and would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular graduated rates. In addition, our partnership might be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax on such Non-U.S. Holder's distributive share of such income. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder might also be subject to branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower treaty rate, if applicable. Finally, if our partnership were treated as engaged in a U.S. trade or business, a portion of any gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder upon the sale or exchange of its units could be treated as income effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business and therefore subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular graduated rates.

        In general, even if our partnership is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business, and assuming you are not otherwise engaged in a U.S. trade or business, you will nonetheless be subject to a withholding tax of 30% on the gross amount of certain U.S.-source income which is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. Income subjected to such a flat tax rate is income of a fixed or determinable annual or periodic nature, including dividends and certain interest income. Such withholding tax may be reduced or eliminated with respect to certain types of income under an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence or under the "portfolio interest" rules or other provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, provided that you provide proper certification as to your eligibility for such treatment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and although each Non-U.S. Holder is required to provide us with an IRS Form W-8, we nevertheless may be unable to accurately or timely determine the tax status of our investors for purposes of establishing whether reduced rates of withholding apply to some or all of our investors. In such a case, your allocable share of distributions of U.S.-source dividend and interest income will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30%. Further, if you would not be subject to U.S. tax based on your tax status or otherwise were eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding, you might need to take additional steps to receive a credit or refund of any excess withholding tax paid on your account, which could include the filing of a non-resident U.S. income tax return with the IRS. Among other limitations applicable to claiming treaty benefits, if you reside in a treaty jurisdiction which does not treat our partnership as a pass-through entity, you might not be eligible to receive a refund or credit of excess U.S. withholding taxes paid on your account. In the event you transfer or otherwise dispose of some or all of your units, special rules may apply for purposes of determining whether you or the transferee of such units are subject to U.S. withholding taxes in respect of income allocable to, or distributions made on account of, such units or entitled to refunds of any such taxes withheld. See "—Administrative Matters—Certain Effects of a Transfer of Units". You should consult your own tax adviser regarding the treatment of U.S. withholding taxes.

        Special rules may apply in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder subject to special rules, including, without limitation, any Non-U.S. Holder (i) that has an office or fixed place of business in the United States; (ii) that is present in the United States for 183 days or more in a taxable year; or (iii) that is (a) a former citizen or long-term resident of the United States, (b) a foreign insurance company that is treated as holding a partnership interest in our partnership in connection with its U.S. business, (c) a PFIC, or (d) a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax. You should consult your own tax adviser regarding the application of these special rules.

164 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

Taxes in Other Jurisdictions

        In addition to U.S. federal income tax consequences, an investment in our partnership could subject you to U.S. state and local taxes in the U.S. state or locality in which you are a resident for tax purposes. You could also be subject to tax return filing obligations and income, franchise, or other taxes, including withholding taxes, in non-U.S. jurisdictions in which we invest. We will attempt, to the extent reasonably practicable, to structure our operations and investments so as to avoid income tax filing obligations by U.S. Holders in non-U.S. jurisdictions. However, there may be circumstances in which we are unable to do so. Income or gain from investments held by our partnership may be subject to withholding or other taxes in jurisdictions outside the United States, except to the extent an income tax treaty applies. If you wish to claim the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty, you might be required to submit information to tax authorities in such jurisdictions. You should consult your own tax adviser regarding the U.S. state, local, and non-U.S. tax consequences of an investment in our partnership.

Administrative Matters

Tax Matters Partner

        Our General Partner acts as our partnership's "tax matters partner". As the tax matters partner, our General Partner has the authority, subject to certain restrictions, to act on behalf of our partnership in connection with any administrative or judicial review of our partnership's items of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit.

Information Returns

        We have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to furnish to you, within 90 days after the close of each calendar year, U.S. tax information (including IRS Schedule K-1) which describes on a U.S. dollar basis your share of our partnership's income, gain, loss and deduction for our preceding taxable year. However, providing this U.S. tax information to our unitholders will be subject to delay in the event of, among other reasons, the late receipt of any necessary tax information from lower-tier entities. It is therefore possible that, in any taxable year, you will need to apply for an extension of time to file your tax returns. In addition, unitholders that do not ordinarily have U.S. federal tax filing requirements will not receive a Schedule K-1 and related information unless such unitholders request it within 60 days after the close of each calendar year. In preparing this U.S. tax information, we will use various accounting and reporting conventions, some of which have been mentioned in the previous discussion, to determine your share of income, gain, loss and deduction. The IRS may successfully contend that certain of these reporting conventions are impermissible, which could result in an adjustment to your income or loss.

        Our partnership may be audited by the IRS. Adjustments resulting from an IRS audit could require you to adjust a prior year's tax liability and result in an audit of your own tax return. Any audit of your tax return could result in adjustments not related to our partnership's tax returns, as well as those related to our partnership's tax returns.

Tax Shelter Regulations and Related Reporting Requirements

        If we were to engage in a "reportable transaction", we (and possibly our unitholders) would be required to make a detailed disclosure of the transaction to the IRS in accordance with regulations governing tax shelters and other potentially tax-motivated transactions. A transaction may be a reportable transaction based upon any of several factors, including the fact that it is a type of tax avoidance transaction publicly identified by the IRS as a "listed transaction" or "transaction of interest", or that it produces certain kinds of losses in excess of $2 million (or, in the case of certain foreign currency transactions, losses in excess of $50,000). An investment in our partnership may be

Brookfield Infrastructure 165


Table of Contents

considered a "reportable transaction" if, for example, our partnership were to recognize certain significant losses in the future. In certain circumstances, a unitholder who disposes of an interest in a transaction resulting in the recognition by such holder of significant losses in excess of certain threshold amounts may be obligated to disclose its participation in such transaction. Certain of these rules are unclear, and the scope of reportable transactions can change retroactively. Therefore, it is possible that the rules may apply to transactions other than significant loss transactions.

        Moreover, if we were to participate in a reportable transaction with a significant purpose to avoid or evade tax, or in any listed transaction, you might be subject to significant accuracy-related penalties with a broad scope, for those persons otherwise entitled to deduct interest on federal tax deficiencies, non-deductibility of interest on any resulting tax liability, and in the case of a listed transaction, an extended statute of limitations. We do not intend to participate in any reportable transaction with a significant purpose to avoid or evade tax, nor do we intend to participate in any listed transactions. However, no assurance can be provided that the IRS will not assert that we have participated in such a transaction.

        You should consult your own tax adviser concerning any possible disclosure obligation under the regulations governing tax shelters with respect to the disposition of our units.

Taxable Year

        Our partnership uses the calendar year as its taxable year for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Under certain circumstances which we currently believe are unlikely to apply, a taxable year other than the calendar year may be required for such purposes.

Constructive Termination

        Subject to the electing large partnership rules described below, our partnership will be considered to have been terminated for U.S. federal income tax purposes if there is a sale or exchange of 50% or more of our units within a 12-month period.

        A constructive termination of our partnership would result in the close of its taxable year for all unitholders. If a unitholder reports on a taxable year other than a fiscal year ending on our partnership's year-end, and the unitholder is otherwise subject to U.S. federal income tax, the closing of our partnership's taxable year may result in more than 12 months of our partnership's taxable income or loss being includable in such unitholder's taxable income for the year of the termination. We would be required to make new tax elections after a termination, including a new Section 754 Election. A constructive termination could also result in penalties and other adverse tax consequences if we were unable to determine that the termination had occurred. Moreover, a constructive termination might either accelerate the application of, or subject our partnership to, any tax legislation enacted before the termination.

Elective Procedures for Large Partnerships

        The U.S. Internal Revenue Code allows large partnerships to elect streamlined procedures for income tax reporting. This election would reduce the number of items that must be separately stated on the IRS Schedules K-1 that are issued to our unitholders, and such IRS Schedules K-1 would have to be provided to holders on or before the first March 15 following the close of each taxable year. In addition, this election would prevent our partnership from suffering a "technical termination" (which would close our partnership's taxable year and require that we make a new Section 754 Election) if, within a 12-month period, there were a sale or exchange of 50% or more of our partnership's total units. Despite the foregoing benefits, there are also costs and administrative burdens associated with such an election. Consequently, as of this time, our partnership has not elected to be subject to the reporting procedures applicable to large partnerships.

166 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

Withholding and Backup Withholding

        For each calendar year, we will report to you and to the IRS the amount of distributions that we pay, and the amount of tax (if any) that we withhold on these distributions. The proper application to our partnership of the rules for withholding under Sections 1441 through 1446 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (applicable to certain dividends, interest, and amounts treated as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, among other items) is unclear. Because the documentation we receive may not properly reflect the identities of unitholders at any particular time (in light of possible sales of our units), we may over-withhold or under-withhold with respect to a particular unitholder. For example, we may impose withholding, remit such amount to the IRS and thus reduce the amount of a distribution paid to a Non-U.S. Holder. It may be the case, however, that the corresponding amount of our income was not properly allocable to such holder, and the appropriate amount of withholding should have been less than the actual amount withheld. Such Non-U.S. Holder would be entitled to a credit against the holder's U.S. federal income tax liability for all withholding, including any such excess withholding. However, if the withheld amount were to exceed the holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, the holder would need to apply for a refund to obtain the benefit of such excess withholding. Similarly, we may fail to withhold on a distribution, and it may be the case that the corresponding income was properly allocable to a Non-U.S. Holder and that withholding should have been imposed. In such case, we intend to pay the under-withheld amount to the IRS, and we may treat such under-withholding as an expense that will be borne indirectly by all unitholders on a pro rata basis (since we may be unable to allocate any such excess withholding tax cost to the relevant Non-U.S. Holder).

        Under the backup withholding rules, you may be subject to backup withholding tax with respect to distributions paid unless: (i) you are an exempt recipient and demonstrate this fact when required; or (ii) provide a taxpayer identification number, certify as to no loss of exemption from backup withholding tax, and otherwise comply with the applicable requirements of the backup withholding tax rules. A U.S. Holder that is exempt should certify such status on a properly completed IRS Form W-9. A Non-U.S. Holder may qualify as an exempt recipient by submitting a properly completed IRS Form W-8. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to you will be allowed as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle you to a refund from the IRS, provided you supply the required information to the IRS in a timely manner.

        If you do not timely provide our partnership, or the applicable nominee, broker, clearing agent, or other intermediary, with IRS Form W-9 or IRS Form W-8, as applicable, or such form is not properly completed, then our partnership may become subject to U.S. backup withholding taxes in excess of what would have been imposed had our partnership or the applicable intermediary received properly completed forms from all unitholders. For administrative reasons, and in order to maintain the fungibility of our units, such excess U.S. backup withholding taxes, and if necessary similar items, may be treated by our partnership as an expense that will be borne indirectly by all unitholders on a pro rata basis (e.g., since it may be impractical for us to allocate any such excess withholding tax cost to the unitholders that failed to timely provide the proper U.S. tax forms).

Foreign Account Tax Compliance

        FATCA imposes a 30% withholding tax on "withholdable payments" made to a "foreign financial institution" or a "non-financial foreign entity", unless such financial institution or entity satisfies certain information reporting or other requirements. Withholdable payments include certain U.S.-source income, such as interest, dividends, and other passive income. Beginning January 1, 2017, withholdable payments also include gross proceeds from the sale or disposition of property that can produce U.S.-source interest or dividends. We intend to comply with FATCA, so as to ensure that the 30% withholding tax does not apply to any withholdable payments received by our partnership, the Holding LP, the Holding Entities, or the operating entities. Nonetheless, the 30% withholding tax may

Brookfield Infrastructure 167


Table of Contents

also apply to your allocable share of distributions attributable to withholdable payments, unless you properly certify your FATCA status on IRS Form W-8 or IRS Form W-9 (as applicable) and satisfy any additional requirements under FATCA.

        In compliance with FATCA, information regarding certain unitholders' ownership of our units may be reported to the IRS or to a non-U.S. governmental authority. FATCA remains subject to modification by an applicable intergovernmental agreement between the United States and another country, such as the agreement in effect between the United States and Bermuda for cooperation to facilitate the implementation of FATCA, or by future Treasury Regulations or guidance. You should consult your own tax adviser regarding the consequences under FATCA of an investment in our units.

Information Reporting with Respect to Foreign Financial Assets

        Under Treasury Regulations, U.S. individuals that own "specified foreign financial assets" with an aggregate fair market value exceeding either $50,000 on the last day of the taxable year or $75,000 at any time during the taxable year generally are required to file an information report with respect to such assets with their tax returns. Significant penalties may apply to persons who fail to comply with these rules. Specified foreign financial assets include not only financial accounts maintained in foreign financial institutions, but also, unless held in accounts maintained by a financial institution, any stock or security issued by a non-U.S. person, any financial instrument or contract held for investment that has an issuer or counterparty other than a U.S. person, and any interest in a foreign entity. Upon the issuance of future Treasury Regulations, these information reporting requirements may apply to certain U.S. entities that own specified foreign financial assets. The failure to report information required under the current regulations could result in substantial penalties and in the extension of the statute of limitations with respect to federal income tax returns filed by you. You should consult your own tax adviser regarding the possible implications of these Treasury Regulations for an investment in our units.

Certain Effects of a Transfer of Units

        Our partnership may allocate items of income, gain, loss, deduction, and credit using a monthly or other convention, whereby any such items recognized in a given month by our partnership are allocated to our unitholders as of a specified date of such month. Any U.S. withholding taxes applicable to dividends received by the Holding LP (and, in turn, our partnership) generally will be withheld by our partnership only when such dividends are paid. Because our partnership generally intends to distribute amounts received in respect of dividends shortly after receipt of such amounts, it is generally expected that any U.S. withholding taxes withheld by our partnership on such amounts will correspond to our unitholders who were allocated income and who received the distributions in respect of such amounts. The Holding LP may invest in debt obligations or other securities for which the accrual of interest or income thereon is not matched by a contemporaneous receipt of cash. Any such accrued interest or other income would be allocated pursuant to such monthly or other convention. Consequently, our unitholders may recognize income in excess of cash distributions received from our partnership, and any income so included by a unitholder would increase the basis such unitholder has in our units and would offset any gain (or increase the amount of loss) realized by such unitholder on a subsequent disposition of its units. In addition, U.S. withholding taxes generally would be withheld by our partnership only on the payment of cash in respect of such accrued interest or other income, and, therefore, it is possible that some unitholders would be allocated income which might be distributed to a subsequent unitholder, and such subsequent unitholder would be subject to withholding at the time of distribution. As a result, the subsequent unitholder, and not the unitholder who was allocated income, would be entitled to claim any available credit with respect to such withholding.

        The Holding LP has invested and will continue to invest in certain Holding Entities and operating entities organized in non-U.S. jurisdictions, and income and gain from such investments may be subject to withholding and other taxes in such jurisdictions. If any such non-U.S. taxes were imposed on

168 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

income allocable to a U.S. Holder, and such holder were thereafter to dispose of its units prior to the date distributions were made in respect of such income, under applicable provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code and Treasury Regulations, the unitholder to whom such income was allocated (and not the unitholder to whom distributions were ultimately made) would, subject to other applicable limitations, be the party permitted to claim a credit for such non-U.S. taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus a unitholder may be affected either favourably or adversely by the foregoing rules. Complex rules may, depending on a unitholder's particular circumstances, limit the availability or use of foreign tax credits, and you are urged to consult your own tax adviser regarding all aspects of foreign tax credits.

Nominee Reporting

        Persons who hold an interest in our partnership as a nominee for another person may be required to furnish to us:

    (i)
    the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the beneficial owner and the nominee;

    (ii)
    whether the beneficial owner is (a) a person that is not a U.S. person, (b) a foreign government, an international organization, or any wholly-owned agency or instrumentality of either of the foregoing, or (c) a tax-exempt entity;

    (iii)
    the amount and description of units held, acquired, or transferred for the beneficial owner; and

    (iv)
    specific information including the dates of acquisitions and transfers, means of acquisitions and transfers, and acquisition cost for purchases, as well as the amount of net proceeds from sales.

        Brokers and financial institutions may be required to furnish additional information, including whether they are U.S. persons and specific information on units they acquire, hold, or transfer for their own account. A penalty of $100 per failure, up to a maximum of $1,500,000 per calendar year, generally is imposed by the U.S. Internal Revenue Code for the failure to report such information to us. The nominee is required to supply the beneficial owner of our units with the information furnished to us.

New Legislation or Administrative or Judicial Action

        The U.S. federal income tax treatment of our unitholders depends, in some instances, on determinations of fact and interpretations of complex provisions of U.S. federal income tax law for which no clear precedent or authority may be available. You should be aware that the U.S. federal income tax rules, particularly those applicable to partnerships, are constantly under review (including currently) by the Congressional tax-writing committees and other persons involved in the legislative process, the IRS, the U.S. Treasury Department and the courts, frequently resulting in revised interpretations of established concepts, statutory changes, revisions to regulations and other modifications and interpretations, any of which could adversely affect the value of our units and be effective on a retroactive basis. For example, changes to the U.S. federal tax laws and interpretations thereof could make it more difficult or impossible for our partnership to be treated as a partnership that is not taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, change the character or treatment of portions of our partnership's income (including changes that recharacterize certain allocations as potentially non-deductible fees), reduce the net amount of distributions available to our unitholders, or otherwise affect the tax considerations of owning our units. Such changes could also affect or cause our partnership to change the way it conducts its activities and adversely affect the value of our units.

Brookfield Infrastructure 169


Table of Contents

        Our partnership's organizational documents and agreements permit our General Partner to modify our Limited Partnership Agreement from time to time, without the consent of our unitholders, to elect to treat our partnership as a corporation for U.S. federal tax purposes, or to address certain changes in U.S. federal income tax regulations, legislation or interpretation. In some circumstances, such revisions could have a material adverse impact on some or all of our unitholders.

        THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION IS NOT INTENDED AS A SUBSTITUTE FOR CAREFUL TAX PLANNING. THE TAX MATTERS RELATING TO OUR PARTNERSHIP AND UNITHOLDERS ARE COMPLEX AND ARE SUBJECT TO VARYING INTERPRETATIONS. MOREOVER, THE EFFECT OF EXISTING INCOME TAX LAWS, THE MEANING AND IMPACT OF WHICH IS UNCERTAIN, AND OF PROPOSED CHANGES IN INCOME TAX LAWS WILL VARY WITH THE PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES OF EACH UNITHOLDER, AND IN REVIEWING THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 20-F THESE MATTERS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED. EACH UNITHOLDER SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISER WITH RESPECT TO THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ANY INVESTMENT IN OUR UNITS.

CERTAIN MATERIAL CANADIAN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

        The following is an accurate summary of the principal Canadian federal income tax consequences under the Tax Act of the holding and disposition of units in our partnership generally applicable to a holder who, for the purposes of the Tax Act and at all relevant times, holds our units as capital property, deals at arm's length and is not affiliated with our partnership, the Holding LP, our General Partner and their respective affiliates ("Holder"). Generally, our units will be considered to be capital property to a Holder, provided that the Holder does not use or hold our units in the course of carrying on a business of trading or dealing in securities, and has not acquired them in one or more transactions considered to be an adventure or concern in the nature of trade.

        This summary is not applicable to a Holder: (i) that is a "financial institution" (as defined in the Tax Act) for the purposes of the "mark-to-market" property rules; (ii) that is a "specified financial institution" (as defined in the Tax Act); (iii) who makes or has made a functional currency reporting election pursuant to section 261 of the Tax Act; (iv) an interest in which would be a "tax shelter investment" (as defined in the Tax Act) or who acquires our units as a "tax shelter investment" (and this summary assumes that no such persons hold our units); (v) that has, directly or indirectly, a "significant interest" (as defined in subsection 34.2(1) of the Tax Act) in our partnership; (vi) to whom any affiliate of our partnership is a "foreign affiliate" (as defined in the Tax Act); or (vii) that holds preferred units. Any such Holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to an investment in our units.

        This summary is based on the current provisions of the Tax Act, all specific proposals to amend the Tax Act publicly announced by or on behalf of the Minister of Finance (Canada) prior to the date hereof ("Tax Proposals") and the current published administrative and assessing policies and practices of the CRA. This summary assumes that all Tax Proposals will be enacted in the form proposed but no assurance can be given that the Tax Proposals will be enacted in the form proposed or at all.

        This summary does not otherwise take into account or anticipate any changes in law, whether by judicial, administrative or legislative decision or action, or changes in the CRA's administrative and assessing policies and practices, nor does it take into account provincial, territorial or foreign income tax legislation or considerations, which may differ significantly from those described herein. Holders should consult their own tax advisors in respect of the provincial, territorial or foreign income tax consequences to them of holding and disposing of our units.

170 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

        This summary also assumes that neither our partnership nor the Holding LP is a "tax shelter" (as defined in the Tax Act) or a "tax shelter investment". However, no assurance can be given in this regard.

        This summary also assumes that neither our partnership nor the Holding LP will be a "SIFT partnership" at any relevant time for the purposes of the SIFT Rules on the basis that neither our partnership nor the Holding LP will be a "Canadian resident partnership" at any relevant time. However, there can be no assurance that the SIFT Rules will not be revised or amended such that the SIFT Rules will apply.

        This summary does not address the deductibility of interest on money borrowed to acquire our units.

         This summary is of a general nature only and is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax advice to any particular Holder, and no representation with respect to the Canadian federal income tax consequences to any particular Holder is made. Consequently, Holders are advised to consult their own tax advisors with respect to their particular circumstances. See also Item 3.D "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Taxation—Canada".

        For purposes of the Tax Act, all amounts relating to the acquisition, holding or disposition of our units must be expressed in Canadian dollars including any distributions, adjusted cost base and proceeds of disposition. For purposes of the Tax Act, amounts denominated in a currency other than the Canadian dollar generally must be converted into Canadian dollars using the rate of exchange quoted by the Bank of Canada at noon on the date such amounts arose, or such other rate of exchange as is acceptable to the CRA.

Holders Resident in Canada

        The following portion of the summary is generally applicable to a Holder who, for purposes of the Tax Act and at all relevant times, is or is deemed to be resident in Canada ("Canadian Holder").

Computation of Income or Loss

        Each Canadian Holder is required to include (or, subject to the "at-risk rules" discussed below, entitled to deduct) in computing his or her income for a particular taxation year, the Canadian Holder's pro rata share of the income (or loss) of our partnership for its fiscal year ending in, or coincidentally with, the Canadian Holder's taxation year end, whether or not any of that income is distributed to the Canadian Holder in the taxation year and regardless of whether our units were held throughout such year.

        Our partnership will not itself be a taxable entity and is not expected to be required to file an income tax return in Canada for any taxation year. However, the income (or loss) of our partnership for a fiscal period for purposes of the Tax Act will be computed as if it were a separate person resident in Canada and the partners will be allocated a share of that income (or loss) in accordance with our partnership's Limited Partnership Agreement. The income (or loss) of our partnership will include our partnership's share of the income (or loss) of the Holding LP for a fiscal year determined in accordance with the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement. For this purpose, our partnership's fiscal year end and that of the Holding LP will be December 31.

        The income for tax purposes of our partnership for a given fiscal year of our partnership will be allocated to each Canadian Holder in an amount calculated by multiplying such income by a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the distributions received by such Canadian Holder with respect to such fiscal year and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of the distributions made by our partnership to all partners with respect to such fiscal year, subject to adjustment in respect of distributions on the preferred units that are in satisfaction of accrued distributions on the preferred

Brookfield Infrastructure 171


Table of Contents

units that were not paid in a previous fiscal year of our partnership where our General Partner determines that the allocation to preferred unitholders based on such distributions would result in a preferred unitholder being allocated more income than it would have been if the distributions were paid in the fiscal year of our partnership in which they were accrued.

        If, with respect to a given fiscal year, no distribution is made by our partnership or our partnership has a loss for tax purposes, one quarter of the income, or loss, as the case may be, for tax purposes of our partnership for such fiscal year, will be allocated to the partners of record at the end of each calendar quarter ending in such fiscal year as follows: (i) to the holders of Series 1 Preferred Units or Series 2 Preferred Units in respect of the Series 1 Preferred Units or Series 2 Preferred Units, as the case may be, held by them on each such date, such amount of our partnership's income or loss for tax purposes, as the case may be, as our General Partner determines is reasonable in the circumstances having regard to such factors as our General Partner considers to be relevant, including, without limitation, the relative amount of capital contributed to our partnership on the issuance of Series 1 Preferred Units or Series 2 Preferred Units, as the case may be, as compared to all other units and the relative fair market value of the Series 1 Preferred Units or Series 2 Preferred Units, as the case may be, as compared to all other units, and (ii) to the partners other than in respect of Series 1 Preferred Units or Series 2 Preferred Units, the remaining amount of our partnership's income or loss for tax purposes, as the case may be, pro rata to their respective percentage interests.

        The income of our partnership as determined for purposes of the Tax Act may differ from its income as determined for accounting purposes and may not be matched by cash distributions. In addition, for purposes of the Tax Act, all income (or losses) of our partnership and the Holding LP must be calculated in Canadian currency. Where our partnership (or the Holding LP) holds investments denominated in U.S. dollars or other foreign currencies, gains and losses may be realized by our partnership as a consequence of fluctuations in the relative values of the Canadian and foreign currencies.

        In computing the income (or loss) of our partnership, deductions may be claimed in respect of reasonable administrative costs, interest and other expenses incurred by our partnership for the purpose of earning income, subject to the relevant provisions of the Tax Act. Our partnership may also deduct from its income for the year a portion of the reasonable expenses, if any, incurred by our partnership to issue units. The portion of such issue expenses deductible by our partnership in a taxation year is 20% of such issue expenses, pro-rated where our partnership's taxation year is less than 365 days.

        In general, a Canadian Holder's share of any income (or loss) from our partnership from a particular source will be treated as if it were income (or loss) of the Canadian Holder from that source, and any provisions of the Tax Act applicable to that type of income (or loss) will apply to the Canadian Holder. Our partnership will invest in limited partnership units of the Holding LP. In computing our partnership's income (or loss) under the Tax Act, the Holding LP will itself be deemed to be a separate person resident in Canada which computes its income (or loss) and allocates to its partners their respective share of such income (or loss). Accordingly, the source and character of amounts included in (or deducted from) the income of Canadian Holders on account of income (or loss) earned by the Holding LP generally will be determined by reference to the source and character of such amounts when earned by the Holding LP.

        The characterization by the CRA of gains realized by our partnership or the Holding LP on the disposition of investments as either capital gains or income gains will depend largely on factual considerations, and no conclusions are expressed herein.

        A Canadian Holder's share of taxable dividends received or considered to be received by our partnership in a fiscal year from a corporation resident in Canada will be treated as a dividend received by the Canadian Holder and will be subject to the normal rules in the Tax Act applicable to such

172 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

dividends, including the enhanced gross-up and dividend tax credit for "eligible dividends" (as defined in the Tax Act) when the dividend received by the Holding LP is designated as an "eligible dividend".

        Foreign taxes paid by our partnership or the Holding LP and taxes withheld at source on amounts paid or credited to our partnership or the Holding LP (other than for the account of a particular partner) will be allocated pursuant to the governing partnership agreement. Each Canadian Holder's share of the "business-income tax" and "non-business-income tax" paid to the government of a foreign country for a year will be creditable against such Canadian Holder's Canadian federal income tax liability to the extent permitted by the detailed foreign tax credit rules contained in the Tax Act. Although the foreign tax credit rules are designed to avoid double taxation, the maximum credit is limited. Because of this, and because of timing differences in recognition of expenses and income and other factors, the foreign tax credit provisions may not provide a full foreign tax credit for the "business-income tax" and "non-business-income tax" paid by our partnership or the Holding LP to the government of a foreign country. Under the Foreign Tax Credit Generator Rules, the foreign "business-income tax" or "non-business-income tax" allocated to a Canadian Holder for the purpose of determining such Canadian Holder's foreign tax credit for any taxation year may be limited in certain circumstances, including where a Canadian Holder's share of the income of our partnership or the Holding LP under the income tax laws of any country (other than Canada) under whose laws the income of our partnership or the Holding LP is subject to income taxation ("Relevant Foreign Tax Law") is less than the Canadian Holder's share of such income for purposes of the Tax Act. For this purpose, a Canadian Holder is not considered to have a lesser direct or indirect share of the income of our partnership or the Holding LP under the Relevant Foreign Tax Law than for the purposes of the Tax Act solely because, among other reasons, of a difference between the Relevant Foreign Tax Law and the Tax Act in the manner of computing the income of our partnership or the Holding LP or in the manner of allocating the income of our partnership or the Holding LP because of the admission or withdrawal of a partner. No assurance can be given that the Foreign Tax Credit Generator Rules will not apply to any Canadian Holder. If the Foreign Tax Credit Generator Rules apply, the allocation to a Canadian Holder of foreign "business-income tax" or "non-business-income tax" paid by our partnership or the Holding LP, and therefore such Canadian Holder's foreign tax credits, will be limited.

        Our partnership and the Holding LP will be deemed to be a non-resident person in respect of certain amounts paid or credited or deemed to be paid or credited to them by a person resident or deemed to be resident in Canada, including dividends or interest. Dividends or interest (other than interest exempt from Canadian federal withholding tax) paid or deemed to be paid by a person resident or deemed to be resident in Canada to the Holding LP will be subject to withholding tax under Part XIII of the Tax Act at the rate of 25%. However, the CRA's administrative practice in similar circumstances is to permit the rate of Canadian federal withholding tax applicable to such payments to be computed by looking through the partnership and taking into account the residency of the partners (including partners who are resident in Canada) and any reduced rates of Canadian federal withholding tax that any non-resident partners may be entitled to under an applicable income tax treaty or convention, provided that the residency status and entitlement to the treaty benefits can be established. In determining the rate of Canadian federal withholding tax applicable to amounts paid by the Holding Entities to the Holding LP, our General Partner expects the Holding Entities to look-through the Holding LP and our partnership to the residency of the partners of our partnership (including partners who are resident in Canada) and to take into account any reduced rates of Canadian federal withholding tax that non-resident partners may be entitled to under an applicable income tax treaty or convention in order to determine the appropriate amount of Canadian federal withholding tax to withhold from dividends or interest paid to the Holding LP. However, there can be no assurance that the CRA will apply its administrative practice in this context. Under the Treaty, in certain circumstances a Canadian-resident payer is required to look-through fiscally transparent partnerships, such as our partnership and the Holding LP, to the residency and Treaty entitlements of their partners

Brookfield Infrastructure 173


Table of Contents

and to take into account the reduced rates of Canadian federal withholding tax that such partners may be entitled to under the Treaty.

        If our partnership incurs losses for tax purposes, each Canadian Holder will be entitled to deduct in the computation of income for tax purposes the Canadian Holder's pro rata share of any net losses for tax purposes of our partnership for its fiscal year to the extent that the Canadian Holder's investment is "at-risk" within the meaning of the Tax Act. The Tax Act contains "at-risk rules" which may, in certain circumstances, restrict the deduction of a limited partner's share of any losses of a limited partnership. Our General Partner does not anticipate that our partnership or the Holding LP will incur losses but no assurance can be given in this regard. Accordingly, Canadian Holders should consult their own tax advisors for specific advice with respect to the potential application of the "at-risk rules".

        Section 94.1 of the Tax Act contains rules relating to investments by a taxpayer in Non-Resident Entities that could, in certain circumstances, cause income to be imputed to Canadian Holders, either directly or by way of allocation of such income imputed to our partnership or the Holding LP. These rules would apply if it is reasonable to conclude, having regard to all the circumstances, that one of the main reasons for the Canadian Holder, our partnership or the Holding LP acquiring, holding or having an investment in a Non-Resident Entity is to derive a benefit from portfolio investments in certain assets from which the Non-Resident Entity may reasonably be considered to derive its value in such a manner that taxes under the Tax Act on income, profits and gains from such assets for any year are significantly less than they would have been if such income, profits and gains had been earned directly. In determining whether this is the case, section 94.1 of the Tax Act provides that consideration must be given to, among other factors, the extent to which the income, profits and gains for any fiscal period are distributed in that or the immediately following fiscal period. No assurance can be given that section 94.1 of the Tax Act will not apply to a Canadian Holder, our partnership or the Holding LP. If these rules apply to a Canadian Holder, our partnership or the Holding LP, income, determined by reference to a prescribed rate of interest plus two percent applied to the "designated cost" (as defined in section 94.1 of the Tax Act) of the interest in the Non-Resident Entity, will be imputed directly to the Holder or to our partnership or the Holding LP and allocated to the Canadian Holder in accordance with the rules in section 94.1 of the Tax Act. The rules in section 94.1 of the Tax Act are complex and Canadian Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of these rules to them in their particular circumstances.

        Certain of the Non-Resident Subsidiaries in which the Holding LP directly invests are expected to be CFAs of the Holding LP. Dividends paid to the Holding LP by a CFA of the Holding LP will be included in computing the income of the Holding LP. To the extent that any CFA of the Holding LP or any Indirect CFA earns income that is characterized as FAPI in a particular taxation year of the CFA or Indirect CFA, the FAPI allocable to the Holding LP under the rules in the Tax Act must be included in computing the income of the Holding LP for Canadian federal income tax purposes for the fiscal period of the Holding LP in which the taxation year of that CFA or Indirect CFA ends, whether or not the Holding LP actually receives a distribution of that FAPI. Our partnership will include its share of such FAPI of the Holding LP in computing its income for Canadian federal income tax purposes and Canadian Holders will be required to include their proportionate share of such FAPI allocated from our partnership in computing their income for Canadian federal income tax purposes. As a result, Canadian Holders may be required to include amounts in their income even though they have not and may not receive an actual cash distribution of such amounts. If an amount of FAPI is included in computing the income of the Holding LP for Canadian federal income tax purposes, an amount may be deductible in respect of the "foreign accrual tax" applicable to the FAPI. Any amount of FAPI included in income net of the amount of any deduction in respect of "foreign accrual tax" will increase the adjusted cost base to the Holding LP of its shares of the particular CFA in respect of which the FAPI was included. At such time as the Holding LP receives a dividend of this type of income that was

174 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

previously included in the Holding LP's income as FAPI, such dividend will effectively not be included in computing the income of the Holding LP and there will be a corresponding reduction in the adjusted cost base to the Holding LP of the particular CFA shares. Under the Foreign Tax Credit Generator Rules, the "foreign accrual tax" applicable to a particular amount of FAPI included in the Holding LP's income in respect of a particular "foreign affiliate" of the Holding LP may be limited in certain specified circumstances, including where the direct or indirect share of the income of any member of the Holding LP (which is deemed for this purpose to include a Canadian Holder) that is a person resident in Canada or a "foreign affiliate" of such a person is, under a Relevant Foreign Tax Law, less than such member's share of such income for purposes of the Tax Act. No assurance can be given that the Foreign Tax Credit Generator Rules will not apply to the Holding LP. For this purpose, a Canadian Holder is not considered to have a lesser direct or indirect share of the income of the Holding LP under the Relevant Foreign Tax Law than for purposes of the Tax Act solely because, among other reasons, of a difference between the Relevant Foreign Tax Law and the Tax Act in the manner of computing the income of the Holding LP or in the manner of allocating the income of the Holding LP because of the admission or withdrawal of a partner. If the Foreign Tax Credit Generator Rules apply, the "foreign accrual tax" applicable to a particular amount of FAPI included in the Holding LP's income in respect of a particular "foreign affiliate" of the Holding LP will be limited.

Disposition of Units

        The disposition by a Canadian Holder of a unit will result in the realization of a capital gain (or capital loss) by such Canadian Holder in the amount, if any, by which the proceeds of disposition of the unit, less any reasonable costs of disposition, exceed (or are exceeded by) the adjusted cost base of such unit. In general, the adjusted cost base of a Canadian Holder's units will be equal to: (i) the actual cost of the units (excluding any portion thereof financed with limited recourse indebtedness); plus (ii) the pro rata share of the income of our partnership allocated to the Canadian Holder for fiscal years of our partnership ending before the relevant time; less (iii) the aggregate of the pro rata share of losses of our partnership allocated to the Canadian Holder (other than losses which cannot be deducted because they exceed the Canadian Holder's "at-risk" amount) for fiscal years of our partnership ending before the relevant time; and less (iv) the Canadian Holder's distributions received from our partnership made before the relevant time. The adjusted cost base of each of the units will be subject to the averaging provisions contained in the Tax Act.

        Where a Canadian Holder disposes of all of its units, it will no longer be a partner of our partnership. If, however, a Canadian Holder is entitled to receive a distribution from our partnership after the disposition of all such units, then the Canadian Holder will be deemed to dispose of the units at the later of: (i) the end of the fiscal year of our partnership during which the disposition occurred; and (ii) the date of the last distribution made by our partnership to which the Canadian Holder was entitled. The pro rata share of the income (or loss) for tax purposes of our partnership for a particular fiscal year which is allocated to a Canadian Holder who has ceased to be a partner will generally be added (or deducted) in the computation of the adjusted cost base of the Canadian Holder's units immediately prior to the time of the disposition. These rules are complex and Canadian Holders should consult their own tax advisors for advice with respect to the specific tax consequences to them of disposing of units.

        A Canadian Holder will realize a deemed capital gain if, and to the extent that, the adjusted cost base of the Canadian Holder's units is negative at the end of any fiscal year of our partnership. In such a case, the adjusted cost base of the Canadian Holder's units will be nil at the beginning of the next fiscal year of our partnership.

Brookfield Infrastructure 175


Table of Contents

Taxation of Capital Gains and Capital Losses

        In general, one-half of a capital gain realized by a Canadian Holder must be included in computing such Canadian Holder's income as a taxable capital gain. One-half of a capital loss is deducted as an allowable capital loss against taxable capital gains realized in the year and any remainder may be deducted against net taxable capital gains in any of the three years preceding the year or any year following the year to the extent and under the circumstances described in the Tax Act. Special rules in the Tax Act may apply to disallow the one-half treatment on all or a portion of a capital gain realized on a disposition of our units to a tax-exempt person or a non-resident person. Canadian Holders contemplating such a disposition should consult their own tax advisors in this regard.

        A Canadian Holder that is throughout the relevant taxation year a "Canadian-controlled private corporation" (as defined in the Tax Act) may be liable to pay an additional refundable tax of 6 2 / 3 % on its "aggregate investment income" (as defined in the Tax Act) for the year, which is defined to include taxable capital gains.

Eligibility for Investment

        Provided that our units are listed on a "designated stock exchange", which currently includes the TSX and the NYSE, our units will be "qualified investments" under the Tax Act for a trust governed by an RRSP, deferred profit sharing plan, RRIF, registered education savings plan, registered disability savings plan, and TFSA. However, there can be no assurance that tax laws relating to "qualified investments" will not be changed. Taxes may be imposed in respect of the acquisition or holding of non-qualified investments by such registered plans and certain other taxpayers and with respect to the acquisition or holding of "prohibited investments" by a TFSA or an RRSP or RRIF.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, a holder of a TFSA or an annuitant under an RRSP or RRIF, as the case may be, will be subject to a penalty tax if our units held in a TFSA, RRSP or RRIF are a "prohibited investment" for the TFSA, RRSP or RRIF, as the case may be. Generally, our units will not be a "prohibited investment" if the holder of the TFSA or the annuitant under the RRSP or RRIF, as applicable, deals at arm's-length with our partnership for purposes of the Tax Act and does not have a "significant interest" in our partnership. Unitholders who intend to hold our units in a TFSA, RRSP or RRIF should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the application of the foregoing "prohibited investment" rules having regard to their particular circumstances.

Alternative Minimum Tax

        Canadian Holders that are individuals or trusts may be subject to the alternative minimum tax rules. Such Canadian Holders should consult their own tax advisors.

Holders Not Resident in Canada

        The following portion of the summary is generally applicable to a Holder who, for purposes of the Tax Act and at all relevant times, is not, and is not deemed to be, resident in Canada and who does not use or hold and is not deemed to use or hold its units in connection with a business carried on in Canada ("Non-Canadian Holder").

        The following portion of the summary assumes that (i) our units are not and will not at any relevant time constitute "taxable Canadian property" of any Non-Canadian Holder and (ii) our partnership and the Holding LP will not dispose of property that is "taxable Canadian property". "Taxable Canadian property" includes, but is not limited to, property that is used or held in a business carried on in Canada and shares of corporations that are not listed on a "designated stock exchange" if more than 50% of the fair market value of the shares is derived from certain Canadian properties during the 60-month period immediately preceding the particular time. In general, our units will not

176 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

constitute "taxable Canadian property" of any Non-Canadian Holder at a particular time, unless (a) at any time during the 60-month period immediately preceding the particular time, more than 50% of the fair market value of our units was derived, directly or indirectly (excluding through a corporation, partnership or trust, the shares or interests in which were not themselves "taxable Canadian property") from one or any combination of (i) real or immovable property situated in Canada, (ii) "Canadian resource property", (iii) "timber resource property", and (iv) options in respect of, or interests in, or for civil law rights in, such property, whether or not such property exists, or (b) our units are otherwise deemed to be "taxable Canadian property". Since our partnership's assets will consist principally of units of the Holding LP, our units would generally be "taxable Canadian property" at a particular time if the units of the Holding LP held by our partnership derived, directly or indirectly (excluding through a corporation, partnership or trust, the shares or interests in which were not themselves "taxable Canadian property") more than 50% of their fair market value from properties described in (i) to (iv) above, at any time in the 60-month period preceding the particular time. Our General Partner does not expect our units to be "taxable Canadian property" of any Non-Canadian Holder and does not expect our partnership or the Holding LP to dispose of "taxable Canadian property". However, no assurance can be given in these regards. See Item 3.D "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Taxation—Canada".

        The following portion of the summary also assumes that neither our partnership nor the Holding LP will be considered to carry on business in Canada. Our General Partner intends to organize and conduct the affairs of each of these entities, to the extent possible, so that neither of these entities should be considered to carry on business in Canada for purposes of the Tax Act. However, no assurance can be given in this regard. If our partnership or the Holding LP carry on business in Canada, the tax implications to our partnership or the Holding LP and to holders may be materially and adversely different than as set out herein.

        Special rules, which are not discussed in this summary, may apply to a Non-Canadian Holder that is an insurer carrying on business in Canada and elsewhere.

Taxation of Income or Loss

        A Non-Canadian Holder will not be subject to Canadian federal income tax under Part I of the Tax Act on its share of income from a business carried on by our partnership (or the Holding LP) outside Canada or the non-business income earned by our partnership (or the Holding LP) from sources in Canada. However, a Non-Canadian Holder may be subject to Canadian federal withholding tax under Part XIII of the Tax Act, as described below. Our General Partner intends to organize and conduct the affairs of our partnership and the Holding LP, to the extent possible, such that Non-Canadian Holders should not be considered to be carrying on business in Canada solely by virtue of holding our units. However, no assurance can be given in this regard.

        Our partnership and the Holding LP will be deemed to be a non-resident person in respect of certain amounts paid or credited or deemed to be paid or credited to them by a person resident or deemed to be resident in Canada, including dividends or interest. Dividends or interest (other than interest exempt from Canadian federal withholding tax) paid or deemed to be paid by a person resident or deemed to be resident in Canada to the Holding LP will be subject to withholding tax under Part XIII of the Tax Act at the rate of 25%. However, the CRA's administrative practice in similar circumstances is to permit the rate of Canadian federal withholding tax applicable to such payments to be computed by looking through the partnership and taking into account the residency of the partners (including partners who are resident in Canada) and any reduced rates of Canadian federal withholding tax that any non-resident partners may be entitled to under an applicable income tax treaty or convention, provided that the residency status and entitlement to the treaty benefits can be established. In determining the rate of Canadian federal withholding tax applicable to amounts paid by the Holding Entities to the Holding LP, our General Partner expects the Holding Entities to look-through the

Brookfield Infrastructure 177


Table of Contents

Holding LP and our partnership to the residency of the partners of our partnership (including partners who are resident in Canada) and to take into account any reduced rates of Canadian federal withholding tax that non-resident partners may be entitled to under an applicable income tax treaty or convention in order to determine the appropriate amount of Canadian federal withholding tax to withhold from dividends or interest paid to the Holding LP. However, there can be no assurance that the CRA would apply its administrative practice in this context. Under the Treaty, in certain circumstances a Canadian-resident payer is required to look-through fiscally transparent partnerships such as our partnership and the Holding LP to the residency and Treaty entitlements of their partners and take into account the reduced rates of Canadian federal withholding tax that such partners may be entitled to under the Treaty.

AUSTRALIAN TAX CONSIDERATIONS

        Set out below are general Australian income tax implications for Australian tax resident holders of units (Australian Holders).

        This is not tax advice an Australian Holder can rely on. The individual circumstances of each Australian Holder will affect the taxation implications of each Australian Holder's interest in our partnership. Australian Holders should seek appropriate independent professional advice that considers the taxation implications in respect of their own specific circumstances.

        The discussion is primarily intended for Australian Holders who hold their interest in our partnership on capital account. Different outcomes will potentially arise for Australian Holders who are investing on revenue account. Those Australian Holders should seek professional taxation advice in relation to their interest in our partnership.

        The summary of the Australian income tax implications set out below is based on established judicial and administrative interpretations of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (Cth) ("ITAA 1997"), the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (Cth) ("ITAA 1936") and the Taxation Administration Act 1953 (Cth) ("Administration Act") as at the date of this annual report.

Summary

        The key Australian income tax implications for Australian Holders of units are set out below:

        Our partnership should be classified as a "corporate limited partnership" for Australian income tax purposes as:

    it satisfies the definition of "corporate limited partnership"; and

    it is not either a "venture capital limited partnership", an "early stage venture capital limited partnership", an "Australian venture capital fund of funds" or a "venture capital management partnership"; and

    it is not a "foreign hybrid limited partnership".

        On the basis that our partnership is a corporate limited partnership it should be treated as a company for Australian tax purposes.

        Our partnership is a non-resident of Australia for tax purposes and therefore, should not be subject to income tax in Australia except for any income sourced in Australia, or in respect of certain capital gains that relate to "taxable Australian property" as detailed in the ITAA 1997.

        Distributions made by our partnership to Australian Holders should be characterized as dividends for Australian income tax purposes and included in Australian Holders' assessable unfranked dividend income.

178 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

        Australian Holders should not be subject to income tax on an accruals basis under the Controlled Foreign Company ("CFC") or proposed Foreign Accumulation Fund ("FAF") rules. This conclusion is dependent on the quantum and nature of the interests held in our partnership.

        The disposal of units by Australian Holders should give rise to a capital gains tax ("CGT") event for the Australian Holders. Broadly, Australian Holders that hold their units on capital account should realize a capital gain (or loss) equal to the difference between any capital proceeds received and the cost base (or reduced cost base) of the units.

Characterization of the Partnership

    Definition of "limited partnership"

        A limited partnership is defined in section 995-1 of the ITAA 1997 and means:

    a.
    an association of persons (other than a company) carrying on business as partners or in receipt of ordinary income or statutory income jointly, where the liability of at least one of those persons is limited; or

    b.
    an association of persons (other than one referred to in paragraph (a)) with legal personality separate from those persons that was formed solely for the purpose of becoming a "venture capital limited partnership" ("VCLP"), an "early stage venture capital limited partnership" ("ESVCLP"), an "Australian venture capital fund of funds" ("AFOF") or a "venture capital management partnership" ("VCMP") and to carry on activities that are carried on by a body of that kind.

        There is no requirement as to where or under which law the liability is limited. For tax purposes, the liability is limited if it is effectively limited under the laws applying to the partnership (as per the partnership agreement). Our partnership should be a limited partnership for Australian tax purposes.

    Definition of "corporate limited partnership"

        Under subsection 94D(1)(a) of the ITAA 1936, a partnership will be a corporate limited partnership in relation to the year of income of the partnership if the year of income is the 1995-96 year of income or a later year of income.

        Our partnership should be a corporate limited partnership under subsection 94D(1) of the above definition. Subsection 94D(2) of the ITAA 1936 specifically excludes from a corporate limited partnership a VCLP, ESVCLP, or AFOF. A requirement for each of these definitions is that the partnership be registered either in Australia or a country prescribed by relevant regulations or be an Australian resident. Our partnership is registered in Bermuda and is not a resident of Australia. Bermuda is not a country prescribed by relevant regulations. Therefore our partnership will not be a VCLP, ESVCLP or AFOF. A VCLP is defined by reference to the Venture Capital Act 2002. Our partnership, as a Bermudian Exempted Limited Partnership, will not be excluded from the definition of a corporate limited partnership as subsection 9-1(1) of the Venture Capital Act requires of a VCLP that:

    (a)
    the partnership was established by or under a law in force in, or in any part of:

    I.
    Australia; or

    II.
    a foreign country in respect of which a double tax agreement (as defined in Part X of the ITAA 1936) is in force; and

    (b)
    all of the partners who are general partners are residents of a country referred to in paragraph (a).

Brookfield Infrastructure 179


Table of Contents

    Definition of "foreign hybrid limited partnership"

        Pursuant to sub-section 94D(5) of the ITAA 1936, an exception to our partnership being a corporate limited partnership applies if it is a "foreign hybrid limited partnership" ("FHLP"), as defined in section 830-10 of the ITAA 1997. A limited partnership will be a FHLP if:

    a.
    it was formed in a foreign country (i.e. other than Australia); and

    b.
    foreign income tax is imposed under the law of the foreign country on the partners, not the limited partnership, in respect of the income or profits of the partnership for the income year; and

    c.
    at no time during the income year is the limited partnership, for the purposes of a law of any foreign country that imposes foreign income tax on entities because they are residents of the foreign country, a resident of that country; and

    d.
    disregarding subsection 94D(5) of the ITAA 1936, at no time during the income year is it an Australian resident; and

    e.
    disregarding that subsection, in relation to the same income year of another taxpayer:

    I.
    the limited partnership is a CFC at the end of a statutory accounting period that ends in the income year; and

    II.
    at the end of the statutory accounting period, the taxpayer is an attributable taxpayer in relation to the CFC with an attribution percentage greater than nil.

        Paragraph (a) should be met on the basis that our partnership was formed in Bermuda. Paragraph (b) would not be met on the basis that Bermuda does not impose any tax on income, profits, dividends or wealth. Therefore, there is no foreign tax imposed under the laws of Bermuda on the partners of our partnership and this paragraph will not be satisfied. This position is confirmed by the Australia Taxation Office ("ATO") in ATO ID 2006/149. On the basis that paragraph (b) is not met, our partnership should not be a FHLP.

    Conclusion

        Our partnership should be classified as a corporate limited partnership for Australian income tax purposes in accordance with section 94D of the ITAA 1997. The consequences of that include that our partnership is treated as a company for the purposes of applying Australian domestic income tax law (sections 94J and 94K of the ITAA 1936). Accordingly, Australian Holders' units in our partnership should be treated as shares in a company.

Proposed Foreign Accumulation Fund rules

        Broadly, the proposed FAF rules, if enacted, should apply to an Australian resident who has an interest in a FAF, providing a tax deferral benefit for the income year. A FAF is a foreign resident that is not a CFC, whose investment returns are subject to a low level of risk and which does not distribute substantially all of the profits and gains of the fund.

        The level of risk of return of an investment held by an entity will be low if the return is 'sufficiently certain'. A return is sufficiently certain, where at the time the investment is made it is reasonably expected that the foreign entity will receive returns from the investments it makes and at least some of the return is fixed or determinable with reasonable accuracy.

        Returns on an investment in our partnership will not be fixed or accurately determinable as the distributions are at the discretion of our General Partner. Our General Partner is not required to make distributions and provides no assurance that distributions will be made as intended. The distributions

180 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

paid by our partnership will be dependent on the performance of its investments. Accordingly, the proposed FAF rules should not apply to the income accruing to Australian Holders in our partnership.

Partnership distributions to Australian Holders

        Australian Holders will potentially receive distributions from our partnership. Distributions will be treated as dividends on the basis that our partnership is a corporate limited partnership for Australian tax purposes. The distributions should be treated as unfranked dividends to Australian Holders.

        Our partnership will not provide information to enable Australian Holders to determine whether a return of capital has been made for Australian tax purposes. Therefore, Australian Holders should treat all distributions as unfranked dividends.

        The taxation treatment of a partnership dividend received by Australian Holders will vary depending on the type of Australian Holder. Australian Holders should seek further independent advice in relation to the nature of future distributions received from our partnership.

        Set out below is a summary of how different types of Australian Holders should treat a distribution received from our partnership.

    Australian tax resident individuals

        Distributions received by Australian tax resident individuals should in most cases be included in their Australian assessable income. Australian Holders should be entitled to an Australian foreign income tax offset which reduces the Australian tax payable on assessable dividends by up to an amount of any foreign income tax withheld by our partnership.

        Australian Holders should seek independent advice in relation to their entitlement to Australian foreign income tax offsets to the extent foreign tax is withheld.

    Australian tax resident companies

        The taxation treatment of a dividend received by an Australian tax resident company is the same as that described above for an Australian tax resident individual.

    Australian tax resident trusts

        The comments below relate to Australian tax resident beneficiaries who are not under a legal disability where those beneficiaries are presently entitled to income of an Australian resident trust. If the beneficiary is under a legal disability, we recommend those beneficiaries seek independent professional taxation advice.

        Distributions in the form of dividend income should either be included in the trustee's, or the beneficiary's, assessable income, as the case may be. The tax treatment of the dividend then depends on the tax status of the Australian resident trust and the legal identity of the beneficiary as an individual, a company or a trust (refer to comments above).

    Australian tax resident superannuation funds

        Dividends paid to an Australian tax resident superannuation fund should be included in the fund's Australian assessable income. Superannuation funds should be entitled to an Australian foreign income tax offset against the Australian tax payable on assessable dividends of up to the amount of any foreign income tax withheld by our partnership on the distribution.

Brookfield Infrastructure 181


Table of Contents

        Australian Holders should seek further independent advice in relation to their entitlement to Australian foreign income tax offsets to the extent foreign tax is withheld on our partnership distributions.

    Documentation for Australian Holders

        Australian Holders with income tax years that end on 30 June will not receive any documentation from our partnership that will correlate directly to a 30 June income tax year end. Australian Holders will need to rely on distribution payment statements to support their Australian income tax disclosures.

Australian CGT implications for Australian Holders

    Cost base of the Partnership Units

        The cost base of the units for Australian Holders who bought their units in our partnership directly should equal the money paid for those units plus any incidental costs of acquisition and disposal of the units (e.g. broker's fees, borrowing expenses).

        Where an Australian Holder received the units as consideration for entering into the Merger Transaction, the cost base or reduced cost base of the units acquired is made up of a number of elements including the money paid or market value of property given to acquire the units. That amount should be the market value of the Prime Infrastructure securities exchanged for the units under the Merger Transaction plus the incidental costs of acquisition and disposal of the Prime Infrastructure securities (if any).

        On the basis that our partnership and the Prime Infrastructure securityholders were acting at arm's length, the market value of the Prime Infrastructure securities disposed of under the Merger Transaction should be the same as the market value of the units received in exchange.

        The acquisition date for the units for CGT purposes should be the date the units were allotted to the Prime Infrastructure securityholders (8 December 2010 Australian Eastern Standard Time).

        The market value of the units may be determined by reference to the NYSE/TSX VWAP of these units on 8 December 2010 (A$20.651 per unit).

    Disposal of units

        In the event Australian Holders dispose of units, a capital gain should arise where the sale proceeds received exceed an Australian Holders' cost base in the units. A capital loss should arise where the Australian Holders' reduced cost base exceeds the sale proceeds. The time that the CGT event occurs is when the contract is entered into or, if there is no contract, when the change of ownership occurs.

        Partnership distributions should be treated as unfranked dividends and no CGT cost base reduction should be calculated as a result of the distributions.

        Where the proceeds received are in foreign currency (e.g. US$ or C$), these should be converted into A$ at the daily average exchange rate for the day of the sale (the date the sale contract is entered into). The ATO publish daily average exchange rates on their website (www.ato.gov.au). This may be a different amount than the A$ cash an Australian Holder ultimately receives.

        Accordingly, there may a foreign exchange gain or loss if there are any fluctuations in the exchange rate between the date of the sale contract and the date payment is received by the Australian Holders. To the extent payment is received within 12 months of the date of disposal (the date the sale contract is entered into) of the units any such foreign exchange realization gains or losses will be

182 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

capital in nature and subject to the CGT provisions (i.e. included in the overall gain or loss on the disposal of the units).

        If payment is received more than 12 months after the contract date, the foreign exchange gain or loss provisions of the ITAA 1997 apply. Australian Holders should seek specific advice in this circumstance.

    Discount of capital gain

        Provided the units that gave rise to the capital gain were held for at least 12 months prior to the occurrence of the CGT event, any net capital gain realized by an Australian Holder on those units (e.g. if a sale were to occur) may qualify for discount capital gains tax treatment.

        The discount is taken into account after applying any available capital losses against the capital gain eligible for the discount.

        This treatment broadly only applies in respect of units held by Australian Holders that are individuals, trustees of trusts, and trustees of superannuation funds. No such discount is available for corporate Australian Holders.

        Where the CGT discount is available, individual Australian Holders (either holding their units directly or indirectly through a trust) may reduce their net capital gain by 50%. For trustees (responsible entities) of superannuation funds, the net capital gain may be reduced by 33 1 / 3 %.

BERMUDA TAX CONSIDERATIONS

        In Bermuda there are no taxes on profits, income or dividends, nor is there any capital gains tax, estate duty or death duty. Profits can be accumulated and it is not obligatory to pay dividends. As "exempted undertakings", exempted partnerships and overseas partnerships are entitled to apply for (and will ordinarily receive) an assurance pursuant to the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 that, in the event that legislation introducing taxes computed on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation, is enacted, such taxes shall not be applicable to the partnership or any of its operations until March 31, 2035. Such an assurance may include the assurance that any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall not be applicable to the units, debentures or other obligations of the partnership.

        Exempted partnerships and overseas partnerships fall within the definition of "international businesses" for the purposes of the Stamp Duties (International Businesses Relief) Act 1990 , which means that instruments executed by or in relation to an exempted partnership or an overseas partnership are exempt from stamp duties (such duties were formerly applicable under the Stamp Duties Act 1976). Thus, stamp duties are not payable upon, for example, an instrument which effects the transfer or assignment of a unit in an exempted partnership or an overseas partnership, or the sale or mortgage of partnership assets; nor are they payable upon the partnership capital.

10.F    DIVIDENDS AND PAYING AGENTS

        Not applicable.

10.G    STATEMENT BY EXPERTS

        Not applicable.

10.H    DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

        Any statement in this annual report on Form 20-F about any of our contracts or other documents is not necessarily complete. If the contract or document is filed as an exhibit to the annual report on

Brookfield Infrastructure 183


Table of Contents

Form 20-F the contract or document is deemed to modify the description contained in this annual report on Form 20-F. You must review the exhibits themselves for a complete description of the contract or document.

        Brookfield Asset Management and our partnership are both subject to the information filing requirements of the Exchange Act, and accordingly are required to file periodic reports and other information with the SEC. As a foreign private issuer under the SEC's regulations, we file annual reports on Form 20-F and other reports on Form 6-K. The information disclosed in our reports may be less extensive than that required to be disclosed in annual and quarterly reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q required to be filed with the SEC by U.S. issuers.

        Moreover, as a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to the proxy requirements under Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and our directors and principal shareholders are not subject to the insider short swing profit reporting and recovery rules under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Our and Brookfield Asset Management's SEC filings are available at the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we or Brookfield Asset Management files with the SEC at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at SEC Headquarters, Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the SEC's public reference facilities by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

        In addition, Brookfield Asset Management and our partnership are required to file documents required by Canadian securities laws electronically with Canadian securities regulatory authorities and these filings are available on our or Brookfield Asset Management's SEDAR profile at www.sedar.com. Written requests for such documents should be directed to our Corporate Secretary at 73 Front Street, Hamilton HM 12, Bermuda.

10.I    SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION

        Not applicable.

ITEM 11.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT NON—PRODUCT RELATED MARKET RISK

        See the information contained in this annual report on Form 20-F under Item 5 "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Other Market Risks" and Item 5 "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Foreign Currency Hedging Strategy."

ITEM 12.    DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

        An indenture dated as of October 10, 2012 between our partnership's wholly-owned subsidiaries Brookfield Infrastructure Finance ULC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance LLC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Limited and Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd (collectively, the "Fincos") and Computershare Trust Company of Canada ("Trustee"), as supplemented and amended from time to time ("Indenture") provides for one or more series of unsecured debentures or notes of the Fincos ("Finco Bonds"). On October 10, 2012, the Fincos issued C$400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.455% Medium Term Notes, Series 1, due October 10, 2017 under the Indenture. On March 11, 2015, the Fincos issued C$450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.452% Medium Term Notes, Series 2, due March 11, 2022 under the Indenture. The Finco Bonds are fully and unconditionally guaranteed as to payment of principal, premium (if any) and interest by our partnership and other related entities.

184 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


PART II

ITEM 13.    DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

        None.

ITEM 14.    MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

        None.

ITEM 15.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        As of December 31, 2014, an evaluation of the effectiveness of our "disclosure controls and procedures" (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of persons performing the functions of principal executive and principal financial officers for us and the Service Provider. Based upon that evaluation, the persons performing the functions of principal executive and principal financial officers for us have concluded that, as of December 31, 2014, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective: (i) to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and forms; and (ii) to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the persons performing the functions of principal executive and principal financial officers for us, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

        It should be noted that while our management, including persons performing the functions of principal executive and principal financial officers for us, believe our disclosure controls and procedures provide a reasonable level of assurance that such controls and procedures are effective, they do not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived or operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including persons performing the functions of principal executive and principal financial officers for us, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on the criteria set forth in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on evaluation under the Framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2014. Excluded from our evaluation were controls over financial reporting at our mid-west and pacific U.S. district energy operation and North American west coast gas storage operation, in which control was acquired on August 21, 2014, November 21, 2014 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The financial statements of these entities constitute 4% of total assets, 4% of net assets, 1% of revenue and less than 1% of net income of the consolidated financial statements of our partnership as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014.

        Internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to

Brookfield Infrastructure 185


Table of Contents

future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

        The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 has been audited by Deloitte LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, who have also audited the financial statements of our partnership, as stated in their reports which are included herein.

Changes in Internal Control

        There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the year ended December 31, 2014, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 16A.    AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERTS

        Our General Partner's board of directors has determined that Danesh Varma possesses specific accounting and financial management expertise, that he is the audit committee financial expert as defined by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and that he is independent within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE. The board of directors of our General Partner has also determined that other members of the audit committee have sufficient experience and ability in finance and compliance matters to enable them to adequately discharge their responsibilities.

ITEM 16B.    CODE OF ETHICS

        On December 4, 2007, our General Partner adopted a Code of Conduct and Ethics ("Code") that applies to the members of the board of directors of our General Partner, our partnership and any officers or employees of our General Partner. The Code was updated in 2014 and we have posted a copy of the current Code on our website at http://www.brookfieldinfrastructure.com/content/about_us/governance-2615.html .

ITEM 16C.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

        Our General Partner has retained Deloitte LLP to act as our partnership's Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

        The table below summarizes the fees for professional services rendered by Deloitte LLP:

 
  For the Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  
FEES
  USD ('000)   %   USD ('000)   %  

Audit fees (1)

  $ 4,842     94%   $ 4,574     95%  

Tax fees

                 

Audit-related fees (2)

    306     6%     266     5%  
                   

Total

  $ 5,148     100%   $ 4,840     100%  
                   

(1)
Audit fees relate to annual fees for our partnership and the Holding LP.

(2)
Audit-related fees relate primarily to services pertaining to the filing of our Canadian short form base shelf prospectus and other securities-related matters.

        The audit committee of our General Partner pre-approves all audit and audit-related services provided to our partnership and the Holding LP by Deloitte LLP.

186 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

ITEM 16D.    EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEE

        None.

ITEM 16E.    PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASER

        Our partnership may from time-to-time, subject to applicable law, purchase our units for cancellation in the open market, provided that any necessary approval has been obtained. Brookfield has also advised our partnership that it may from time-to-time, subject to applicable law, purchase our units in the market without making an offer to all unitholders.

        On October 1, 2014, our partnership announced that the TSX accepted a notice filed by our partnership of its intention to renew its normal course issuer bid. Unitholders may obtain a copy of the notice, free of charge, by contacting our partnership. Our partnership believes that at times our units may trade in a price range that does not fully reflect their value. As a result, from time to time, acquiring our units for cancellation represents an attractive use of available funds. Under the normal course issuer bid, the board of directors of our General Partner authorized our partnership to repurchase up to 7.4 million of our units, representing approximately 5% of our issued and outstanding units. Under the normal course issuer bid, our partnership may purchase up to 23,783 units on the TSX during any trading day. The price to be paid for our units under the normal course issuer bid will be the market price at the time of purchase. The actual number of units to be purchased and the timing of such purchases will be determined by our partnership, and all purchases will be made through the facilities of the TSX or the NYSE. Repurchases were authorized to commence on October 6, 2014 and will terminate on October 5, 2015 or earlier should our partnership complete its repurchases prior to such date. Repurchases shall occur subject to prevailing market conditions and will be funded from available cash. Repurchases will also be subject to compliance with applicable United States federal securities laws, including Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act, as well as applicable Canadian securities laws. All of our units acquired by our partnership under the normal course issuer bid will be cancelled.

        In the year ended December 31, 2014, none of our units were repurchased and cancelled under the normal course issuer bid or the normal course issuer bid that was in effect prior to October 1, 2014.

ITEM 16F.    CHANGE IN REGISTRANT'S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

        Not Applicable.

ITEM 16G.    CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

        Our corporate governance practices are not materially different from those required of domestic limited partnerships under the NYSE listing standards.

ITEM 16H.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

        Pursuant to Section 1503(a) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 , issuers that are operators, or that have a subsidiary that is an operator, of a coal or other mine in the United States are required to disclose in their periodic reports filed with the SEC information regarding specified health and safety violations, orders and citations, related assessments and legal actions, and mining-related fatalities under the regulation of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Administration ("MSHA") under the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 , as amended ("Mine Act"). During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, our partnership did not have any mines in the United States subject to regulation by MSHA under the Mine Act.

Brookfield Infrastructure 187


Table of Contents


PART III

ITEM 17.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        Not applicable.

ITEM 18.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        See the list of financial statements on page F-1 which are filed as part of this annual report on Form 20-F.

ITEM 19.    EXHIBITS

Number
  Description
 

1.1

  Certificate of registration of Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P., registered as of May 29, 2007—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to our partnership's Registration Statement on Form 20-F filed July 31, 2007. (With regard to applicable cross-references in this report, our partnership's registration statement was filed with the SEC under File No. 1-33632).
 

1.2

  Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P., dated March 28, 2014—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.2 to our partnership's Annual Report on Form 20-F filed March 28, 2014.
 

1.3

  First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P. dated February 16, 2015—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to our partnership's Form 6-K filed February 17, 2015.
 

1.4

  Second Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P. dated March 12, 2015—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of our partnership's Form 6-K filed March 12, 2015.
 

4.1

  Third Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Brookfield Infrastructure L.P., dated March 28, 2014—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our partnership's Annual Report on Form 20-F filed March 28, 2014.
 

4.2

  First Amendment to the Third Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Brookfield Infrastructure L.P. dated March 12, 2015—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to our partnership's Form 6-K filed March 12, 2015.
 

4.3

  Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement, dated March 13, 2015, by and among Brookfield Asset Management Inc., Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P., Brookfield Infrastructure L.P., and others.*
 

4.4

  Amended and Restated Relationship Agreement, dated March 28, 2014, by and among Brookfield Asset Management Inc., Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P., Brookfield Infrastructure L.P., and others—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to our partnership's Annual Report on Form 20-F filed March 28, 2014.
 

4.5

  Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 4, 2007, between Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P. and Brookfield Asset Management Inc.—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to our partnership's Registration Statement on Form 20-F/A filed December 13, 2007.
 

4.6

  Trust Indenture dated October 10, 2012 between Brookfield Infrastructure Finance ULC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance LLC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Limited, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as supplemented from time to time.*
 

4.7

  First Supplemental Indenture dated October 10, 2012 between Brookfield Infrastructure Finance ULC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance LLC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Limited, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd and Computershare Trust Company of Canada.*
 

   

188 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

Number
  Description
 

4.8.

  Guarantee dated October 10, 2012 by Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P., Brookfield Infrastructure L.P., BIP Bermuda Holdings I Limited, Brookfield Infrastructure Holdings (Canada) Inc. and Brookfield Infrastructure Corporation in favour of Computershare Trust Company of Canada.*
 

4.9

  Guarantee dated November 27, 2013 by Brookfield Infrastructure US Holdings I Corporation in favour of Computershare Trust Company of Canada.*
 

4.10

  Second Supplemental Indenture dated March 11, 2015 between Brookfield Infrastructure Finance ULC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance LLC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Limited, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd and Computershare Trust Company of Canada.*
 

4.11

  Guarantee dated March 11, 2015 by Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P., Brookfield Infrastructure L.P., BIP Bermuda Holdings I Limited, Brookfield Infrastructure Holdings (Canada) Inc. and Brookfield Infrastructure US Holdings I Corporation in favour of Computershare Trust Company of Canada.*
 

8.1

  Significant Subsidiaries (as defined in §210.1-02 (w) of Regulation S-X) of Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P. (Incorporated by reference to Item 4, "Information on the Company").
 

12.1

  Certification of Samuel Pollock, Chief Executive Officer, Brookfield Infrastructure Group L.P., pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 .*
 

12.2

  Certification of Bahir Manios, Chief Financial Officer, Brookfield Infrastructure Group L.P., pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 .*
 

13.1

  Certification of Samuel Pollock, Chief Executive Officer, Brookfield Infrastructure Group L.P., pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 .*
 

13.2

  Certification of Bahir Manios, Chief Financial Officer, Brookfield Infrastructure Group L.P., pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 .*
 

15.1

  Consent of Deloitte LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, relating to the incorporation of the consolidated financial statements of Brookfeld Infrastructure Partners L.P. into this Annual Report on Form 20-F.*

*
Filed electronically herewith.

        The registrant hereby agrees to furnish to the SEC at its request copies of long-term debt instruments defining the rights of holders of outstanding long-term debt that are not required to be filed herewith.

Brookfield Infrastructure 189


Table of Contents


SIGNATURE

        The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing an annual report on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

Dated: March 17, 2015

  BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P. by its
general partner, Brookfield Infrastructure Partners Limited

 

By:

 

/s/ DON MACKENZIE


      Name:   Don Mackenzie

      Title:   Director

190 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page

Audited Financial Statements of Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

 
F-2

Brookfield Infrastructure F-1


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Partners of Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P. and subsidiaries (the "Partnership"), which comprise the consolidated statements of financial position as at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, and the consolidated statements of operating results, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of partnership capital, and consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014, and a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Management's Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements

        Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor's Responsibility

        Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

        An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor's judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity's preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

        We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Partnership as at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, and their financial performance and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014 in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

F-2 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

Other Matter

        We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Partnership's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 17, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Partnership's internal control over financial reporting.

    /s/ Deloitte LLP

Toronto, Canada
March 17, 2015

 

Chartered Professional Accountants, Chartered Accountants
Licensed Public Accountants

Brookfield Infrastructure F-3


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Partners of Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P.

Dear Sirs/Mesdames:

        We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P. and subsidiaries (the "Partnership") as of December 31, 2014, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. As described in Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management excluded from its assessment of the internal control over financial reporting its mid-west and pacific U.S. district energy operations and North American west coast gas storage operation, in which control was acquired on August 21, 2014, November 21, 2014 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The financial statements of these entities constitute 4% of total assets, 4% of net assets, 1% of revenue and less than 1% of net income of the consolidated financial statements of the Partnership as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014. Accordingly, our audit did not include the internal control over financial reporting at the aforementioned acquired operation. The Partnership's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Partnership's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the

F-4 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents

risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        In our opinion, the Partnership maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

        We have also audited, in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014 of the Partnership and our report dated March 17, 2015 expressed an unmodified opinion on those financial statements.

    /s/ Deloitte LLP

Toronto, Canada
March 17, 2015

 

Chartered Professional Accountants, Chartered Accountants
Licensed Public Accountants

Brookfield Infrastructure F-5


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

US$ MILLIONS
  Notes   As of
December 31,
2014
  As of
December 31,
2013
 

Assets

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

  8   $ 189   $ 538  

Financial assets

  9     484     362  

Accounts receivable and other

  10     299     346  

Inventory

  11     21     22  

Assets classified as held for sale

  6     567      
               

Current assets

        1,560     1,268  

Property, plant and equipment

  13     8,084     7,763  

Intangible assets

  14     3,575     4,006  

Investments in associates

  12     2,412     2,039  

Investment properties

  16     162     164  

Goodwill

  15     84     48  

Financial assets

  9     430     178  

Other assets

  10     89     92  

Deferred income tax asset

  26     99     124  
               

Total assets

      $ 16,495   $ 15,682  
               

Liabilities and Partnership Capital

                 

Liabilities

                 

Accounts payable and other

  17     532     491  

Non-recourse borrowings

  19     41     71  

Financial liabilities

  18     49     36  

Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale

  6     199      
               

Current liabilities

        821     598  

Corporate borrowings

  19, 20     588     377  

Non-recourse borrowings

  19     6,180     5,719  

Financial liabilities

  18     554     511  

Other liabilities

  17     569     557  

Deferred income tax liability

  26     1,441     1,295  

Preferred shares

  21     20     20  
               

Total liabilities

        10,173     9,077  
               

Partnership capital

                 

Limited partners'

        3,533     3,751  

Non-controlling interest attributable to:

                 

Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield

        1,321     1,408  

Interest of others in operating subsidiaries

  25     1,444     1,419  

General partner

        24     27  
               

Total partnership capital

        6,322     6,605  
               

Total liabilities and partnership capital

      $ 16,495   $ 15,682  
               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-6 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATING RESULTS

 
   
  For the Year Ended December 31,  
US$ MILLIONS (except per unit information)
  Notes   2014   2013   2012  

Revenues

  22   $ 1,924   $ 1,826   $ 1,524  

Direct operating costs

        (846 )   (823 )   (766 )

General and administrative expenses

        (115 )   (110 )   (95 )

Depreciation and amortization expense

  13, 14     (380 )   (329 )   (230 )
                   

        583     564     433  

Interest expense

  23     (362 )   (362 )   (322 )

Share of earnings from investments in associates

  12     58     56     12  

Mark-to-market on hedging items

  7     38     19     (49 )

Gain on sale of associates

  12         53      

Other (expenses) income

        (1 )   (35 )   8  
                   

Income before income tax

        316     295     82  

Income tax (expense) recovery

                       

Current

  26     (30 )   (3 )   (12 )

Deferred

  26     (49 )   1     42  
                   

Net income from continuing operations

        237     293     112  

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of income tax

  6     (8 )   (228 )   179  
                   

Net income

      $ 229   $ 65   $ 291  
                   

Attributable to:

                       

Limited partners

      $ 101   $ (63 ) $ 64  

Non-controlling interest attributable to:

                       

Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield

        39     (26 )   26  

Interest of others in operating subsidiaries

  25     45     123     185  

General partner

        44     31     16  
                   

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per unit attributable to:

                       

Limited partners

  27   $ 0.67   $ (0.43 ) $ 0.47  
                   

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

Brookfield Infrastructure F-7


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 
   
  For the Year Ended December 31,  
US$ MILLIONS
  Notes   2014   2013   2012  

Net income

      $ 229   $ 65   $ 291  
                   

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

                       

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

                       

Revaluation of property, plant and equipment

  13     547     658     556  

Unrealized actuarial losses

        (45 )   (5 )   (9 )

Taxes on the above items

  26     (135 )   (185 )   (161 )

Equity accounted investments

  12     115     137     142  
                   

        482     605     528  
                   

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

                       

Foreign currency translation

        (655 )   (423 )   99  

Cash flow hedge

  7     (41 )   (13 )   (29 )

Net investment hedge

  7     141     (12 )   (9 )

Available-for-sale securities

  7     9     14      

Taxes on the above items

  26     (5 )   7      

Equity accounted investments

  12     8     23     (4 )
                   

        (543 )   (404 )   57  
                   

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

        (61 )   201     585  
                   

Comprehensive income

      $ 168   $ 266   $ 876  
                   

Attributable to:

                       

Limited partners

  28   $ 68   $ 53   $ 432  

Non-controlling interest attributable to:

                       

Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield

  28     27     20     173  

Interest of others in operating subsidiaries

        30     161     252  

General partner

  28     43     32     19  
                   

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-8 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PARTNERSHIP CAPITAL

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Non-Controlling Interest—
Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield
   
   
 
 
  Limited Partners'   General Partner    
   
   
   
  Non-
Controlling
Interest—
Redeemable
Partnership
Units held by
Brookfield
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
  Non-
controlling
interest—
in operating
subsidiaries
   
 
US$ MILLIONS
  Limited
partners'
capital
  (Deficit)
Retained
earnings
  Ownership
Changes
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (1)
  Limited
partners'
  General
partner
capital
  Retained
earnings
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (1)
  General
partner
  Redeemable
units held
by
Brookfield
  (Deficit)
Retained
earnings
  Ownership
Changes
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (1)
  Total
partners'
capital
 

Balance as at January 1, 2014

  $ 3,199   $ (213 ) $ 77   $ 688   $ 3,751   $ 19   $ 2   $ 6   $ 27   $ 1,178   $ (95 ) $ 30   $ 295   $ 1,408   $ 1,419   $ 6,605  
                                                                   

Net income

        101             101         44         44         39             39     45     229  

Other comprehensive loss

                (33 )   (33 )           (1 )   (1 )               (12 )   (12 )   (15 )   (61 )
                                                                   

Comprehensive income (loss)

        101         (33 )   68         44     (1 )   43         39         (12 )   27     30     168  

Unit issuance

    2                 2                                             2  

Partnership distributions

        (288 )           (288 )       (46 )       (46 )       (114 )           (114 )       (448 )

Acquisition of interests

                                                            362     362  

Subsidiary distributions to non-controlling interest

                                                            (367 )   (367 )
                                                                   

Balance as at December 31, 2014

  $ 3,201   $ (400 ) $ 77   $ 655   $ 3,533   $ 19   $   $ 5   $ 24   $ 1,178   $ (170 ) $ 30   $ 283   $ 1,321   $ 1,444   $ 6,322  
                                                                   

 

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Non-Controlling Interest—
Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield
   
   
 
 
  Limited Partners'   General Partner    
   
   
   
  Non-
Controlling
Interest—
Redeemable
Partnership
Units held by
Brookfield
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
  Non-
controlling
interest—
in operating
subsidiaries
   
 
US$ MILLIONS
  Limited
partners'
capital
  Retained
earnings
(deficit)
  Ownership
Changes
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (1)
  Limited
partners'
  General
partner
capital
  Retained
earnings
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (1)
  General
partner
  Redeemable
units held
by
Brookfield
  Retained
earnings
(deficit)
  Ownership
Changes
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (1)
  Total
partners'
capital
 

Balance as at January 1, 2013

  $ 2,955   $ 48   $   $ 629   $ 3,632   $ 19   $ 3   $ 5   $ 27   $ 1,084   $ 9   $   $ 272   $ 1,365   $ 2,784   $ 7,808  
                                                                   

Net (loss) income

        (63 )           (63 )       31         31         (26 )           (26 )   123     65  

Other comprehensive income

                116     116             1     1                 46     46     38     201  
                                                                   

Comprehensive (loss) income

        (63 )       116     53         31     1     32         (26 )       46     20     161     266  

Unit issuance

    244                 244                     94                 94         338  

Partnership distributions

        (255 )           (255 )       (32 )       (32 )       (101 )           (101 )       (388 )

Acquisition of interests

                                                            64     64  

Dispositions of interests (notes 5,6)

                                                            (1,437 )   (1,437 )

Subsidiary distributions to non-controlling interest

                                                            (156 )   (156 )

Changes in ownership (note 5)

            77         77                             30         30     3     110  

Other items

        57         (57 )                           23         (23 )            
                                                                   

Balance as at December 31, 2013

  $ 3,199   $ (213 ) $ 77   $ 688   $ 3,751   $ 19   $ 2   $ 6   $ 27   $ 1,178   $ (95 ) $ 30   $ 295   $ 1,408   $ 1,419   $ 6,605  
                                                                   

 

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Non-Controlling Interest—
Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield
   
   
 
 
  Limited Partners'   General Partner    
   
   
  Non-
Controlling
Interest—
Redeemable
Partnership
Units held by
Brookfield
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
  Non-
controlling
interest—
in operating
subsidiaries
   
 
US$ MILLIONS
  Limited
partners'
capital
  Retained
earnings
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (1)
  Limited
partners'
  General
partner
capital
  Retained
earnings
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (1)
  General
partner
  Redeemable
units held
by
Brookfield
  Retained
earnings
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (1)
  Total
partners'
capital
 

Balance as at January 1, 2012

  $ 2,597   $ 191   $ 261   $ 3,049   $ 19   $ 3   $ 2   $ 24   $ 942   $ 66   $ 125   $ 1,133   $ 1,683   $ 5,889  
                                                           

Net income

        64         64         16         16         26         26     185     291  

Other comprehensive income

            368     368             3     3             147     147     67     585  
                                                           

Comprehensive income

        64     368     432         16     3     19         26     147     173     252     876  

Unit issuance

    358             358                     142             142         500  

Partnership distributions

        (206 )       (206 )       (16 )       (16 )       (82 )       (82 )       (304 )

Acquisition of interests (note 4)

                                                    943     943  

Subsidiary distributions to non-controlling interest

                                                    (94 )   (94 )

Other items

        (1 )       (1 )                       (1 )       (1 )       (2 )
                                                           

Balance as at December 31, 2012

  $ 2,955   $ 48   $ 629   $ 3,632   $ 19   $ 3   $ 5   $ 27   $ 1,084   $ 9   $ 272   $ 1,365   $ 2,784   $ 7,808  
                                                           

(1)
Refer to note 28 for an analysis of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by item.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

Brookfield Infrastructure F-9


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
   
  For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
US$ MILLIONS
  Notes   2014   2013   2012  

Operating Activities

                         

Net income

        $ 229   $ 65   $ 291  

Adjusted for the following items:

                         

Earnings from investments in associates, net of distributions received

    12     (12 )   307     62  

Fair value adjustments

              10     (200 )

Depreciation and amortization expense

    13, 14     380     329     232  

Mark-to-market on hedging items

    7     (38 )   (19 )   49  

Gain on sale of associates

    12         (53 )    

Provisions and other items

          29     62     15  

Deferred income tax expense

    26     49     12     30  

Changes in non-cash working capital, net

    37     54     (19 )   156  
                     

Cash from operating activities

          691     694     635  
                     

Investing Activities

                         

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

    4     (89 )   (56 )   (726 )

Disposal of subsidiaries, net of cash disposed

    6         622     317  

Additions of investments in associates

    12     (477 )   (518 )   (728 )

Disposal of investments in associates

    12     30     457      

Purchase of long lived assets

    13, 14     (454 )   (425 )   (654 )

Disposal of long lived assets

    13, 14     15     5     17  

Purchase of financial assets

          (177 )   (331 )    

Sale of financial assets

          57     110      

Net settlement of foreign exchange hedging items

          22     (26 )   10  
                     

Cash used by investing activities

          (1,073 )   (162 )   (1,764 )
                     

Financing Activities

                         

Distributions to general partner

    29     (46 )   (32 )   (16 )

Distributions to other unitholders

    29     (402 )   (356 )   (288 )

Subsidiary distributions to non-controlling interest

          (314 )   (156 )   (94 )

Proceeds from corporate credit facility

    19     675     445     2,367  

Repayment of corporate credit facility

    19     (429 )   (991 )   (1,821 )

Corporate debt issuance

    19             408  

Proceeds from subsidiary borrowings

    19     1,796     2,648     1,181  

Repayment of subsidiary borrowings

    19     (1,240 )   (2,128 )   (999 )

Partnership units issued, net of issuance costs

    27     2     338     500  
                     

Cash from (used by) financing activities

          42     (232 )   1,238  
                     

Cash and cash equivalents

                         

Change during the year

          (340 ) $ 300   $ 109  

Impact of foreign exchange on cash

          (9 )   (25 )   1  

Balance, beginning of year

          538     263     153  
                     

Balance, end of year

        $ 189   $ 538   $ 263  
                     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-10 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

NOTE 1.  ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

        Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P. (the "partnership") owns and operates utility, transport and energy businesses in North and South America, Australia and Europe. The partnership was formed as a limited partnership established under the laws of Bermuda, pursuant to a limited partnership agreement dated May 17, 2007, as amended and restated. The partnership is a subsidiary of Brookfield Asset Management Inc. ("Brookfield"). The partnership's limited partnership units are listed on the New York Stock Exchange and the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbols "BIP" and "BIP.UN", respectively. Our cumulative Class A preferred limited partnership units, series 1 are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol BIP.PR.A. The registered office is 73 Front Street, Hamilton, HM12, Bermuda.

NOTE 2.  SUBSIDIARIES

        The following provides information about the partnership's wholly-owned subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 
   
   
  Ownership
interest (%)
 
 
   
  Country of
incorporation
 
Defined Name
  Name of entity   2014   2013  

Utilities

                     

Ontario electricity transmission operation

  Great Lakes Power L.P.   Canada     100     100  

Transport

                     

Australian rail operation

  Brookfield Rail Holdings No. 1 Pty Ltd   Australia     100     100  

Energy

                     

Australian energy distribution operation

  Tasmania Gas Networks   Australia     100     100  

European energy distribution operation

  International Energy Group   UK     100     100  

        The following table presents details of non-wholly owned subsidiaries of the partnership:

 
   
   
  Ownership
Interest (%)
  Voting
interest (%)
 
 
   
  Country of
incorporation
 
Defined Name
  Name of entity   2014   2013   2014   2013  

Utilities

                                 

UK regulated distribution operation

  Brookfield Utilities UK Holdings Limited   UK     80     80     80     80  

Australian regulated terminal operation

  DBCT Management Pty Ltd   Australia     71     71     100     100  

New England electricity transmission operation

  Cross-Sound Cable Company LLC (3)   U.S.     23     23     100     100  

Colombian regulated distribution operation

  Empresa de Energia de Boyaca S.A. (3)   Colombia     17     17     100     100  

Brookfield Infrastructure F-11


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

 
   
   
  Ownership
Interest (%)
  Voting
interest (%)
 
 
   
  Country of
incorporation
 
Defined Name
  Name of entity   2014   2013   2014   2013  

Transport

                                 

UK port operation

  Brookfield Port Acquisitions (UK) Limited (3)   UK     59     59     100     100  

Chilean toll roads

  Sociedad Concesionaria Vespucio Norte Express S.A. (3)   Chile     51     51     89     89  

Energy

                                 

North American gas storage operation

  Warwick Gas Storage L.P. (3)   Canada     17     17     70     70  

Canadian district energy operation

  Enwave Energy Corporation (3)   Canada     25     25     100     100  

U.S. district energy operation

  Enwave USA (1),(3)   U.S.     40     40     100     100  

North American west coast gas storage operation

  Lodi Gas Storage (2),(3)   U.S.     40         100      

Corporate & Other

                                 

Holding LP

  Brookfield Infrastructure L.P.   Bermuda     72     72     100     100  

(1)
In December 2013, Brookfield Infrastructure acquired a 40% interest in Enwave USA through a Brookfield sponsored infrastructure fund for $43 million. On August 21, 2014 Brookfield Infrastructure acquired a 40% interest in Macquarie District Energy Holdings LLC, part of the U.S. district energy operation, for consideration of $38 million through a Brookfield sponsored infrastructure fund. Also, in December 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure acquired a 40% interest in Seattle Steam Inc., part of the U.S. district energy operation, for consideration of $9 million through a Brookfield sponsored infrastructure fund.

(2)
In December 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure acquired a 40% interest in Lodi Gas Storage through a Brookfield sponsored infrastructure fund for $42 million.

(3)
For the above noted subsidiaries, the partnership has entered into voting arrangements to provide the partnership with the ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee. The partnership controls these investees given that the partnership is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. The partnership exercises judgment to determine the level of variability that will achieve control over an investee, particularly in circumstances where the partnership's voting interest differs from its ownership interest in an investee. The following were considered to determine whether the partnership controls these investees: the degree of power (if any) held by other investors, the degree of exposure to variability of each investor, the determination of whether any general partner removal rights are substantive and the purpose and design of the investee.

NOTE 3.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

(a)
Statement of Compliance

        These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IFRS").

        The consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on February 1, 2015.

(b)
Basis of Preparation

        The consolidated financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis. Standards and guidelines not yet effective for the current accounting period are described in note 3(s).

F-12 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

(i)
Subsidiaries

        These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the partnership and subsidiaries over which the partnership has control. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date of acquisition, being the date on which the partnership obtains control, and continue to be consolidated until the date when control is lost. The partnership (investor) controls an investee when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. Together, the partnership and its subsidiaries are referred to as "Brookfield Infrastructure" in these financial statements.

        Non-controlling interests may be initially measured either at fair value or at the non-controlling interests' proportionate share of the fair value of the acquiree's identifiable net assets. The choice of measurement basis is made on an acquisition by acquisition basis. Subsequent to acquisition, the carrying amount of non-controlling interests is the amount of those interests at initial recognition plus the non-controlling interests' share of subsequent changes in partnership capital in addition to changes in ownership interests. Total comprehensive income is attributed to non-controlling interests, even if this results in the non-controlling interests having a deficit balance.

        Holding LP has issued Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield, which may, at the request of the holder, require the Holding LP to redeem the units for cash consideration equal to the market price of the partnership's limited partnership units. This right is subject to the partnership's right of first refusal which entitled it, at its sole discretion, to elect to acquire any unit so presented to Holding LP in exchange for one of the partnership's units subject to certain customary adjustments.

        All intercompany balances, transactions, revenues and expenses are eliminated in full.

(ii)
Associates

        Associates are entities over which the partnership has significant influence. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but does not constitute control. The partnership accounts for investments over which it has significant influence using the equity method, and are recorded as Investments in associates on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.

        Interests in investments accounted for using the equity method are initially recorded at cost. If the cost of the associate is lower than the proportionate share of the investment's underlying fair value, the partnership records a gain on the difference between the cost and the underlying fair values of the identifiable net assets of the associate. If the cost of the associate is greater than the partnership's proportionate share of the underlying fair value, goodwill and other adjustments arising from the purchase price allocation relating to the associate is included in the carrying amount of the investment. Subsequent to initial recognition, the carrying value of the partnership's interest in an investee is adjusted for the partnership's share of comprehensive income or loss and distributions to the investee.

        Profits or losses resulting from transactions with an associate are recognized in the consolidated financial statements based on the interests of unrelated investors in the associate.

(c)
Foreign Currency Translation

        The U.S dollar is the functional and presentation currency of Brookfield Infrastructure. Each of Brookfield Infrastructure's subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities determines its own

Brookfield Infrastructure F-13


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

functional currency and items included in the financial statements of each subsidiary and associate are measured using that functional currency.

        Assets and liabilities of foreign operations having a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing at the reporting date and revenues and expenses at average rates during the period. Gains or losses on translation are included as a component of equity. On disposal of a foreign operation resulting in the loss of control, the component of other comprehensive income due to accumulated foreign currency translation relating to that foreign operation is reclassified to net income. Gains or losses on foreign currency denominated balances and transactions that are designated as hedges of net investments in these operations are reported in the same manner. On partial disposal of a foreign operation in which control is retained, the proportionate share of the component of other comprehensive income or loss relating to that foreign operation is reclassified to non-controlling interests in that foreign operation.

        Foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities are translated using the rate of exchange prevailing at the reporting date and non-monetary assets and liabilities measured at fair value are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing at the date when the fair value was determined. Revenues and expenses are measured at average rates during the period. Gains or losses on translation of these items are included in net income. Gains and losses on transactions which hedge these items are also included in net income or loss. Foreign currency denominated non-monetary assets and liabilities, measured at historic cost, are translated at the rate of exchange at the transaction date.

(d)
Business Combinations

        Business acquisitions in which control is acquired are accounted for using the acquisition method, other than those between and among entities under common control. The consideration of each acquisition is measured at the aggregate of the fair values at the acquisition date of assets transferred by the acquirer, liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity instruments issued by Brookfield Infrastructure in exchange for control of the acquiree. Acquisition related costs are recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operating Results as incurred and included in other expenses.

        Where applicable, the consideration for the acquisition includes any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement, measured at its acquisition-date fair value. Subsequent changes in fair values are adjusted against the cost of the acquisition where they qualify as measurement period adjustments. All other subsequent changes in the fair value of contingent consideration classified as liabilities will be recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operating Results, whereas changes in the fair values of contingent consideration classified within partnership capital are not subsequently re-measured.

        Where a business combination is achieved in stages, Brookfield Infrastructure's previously held interests in the acquired entity are remeasured to fair value at the acquisition date, that is, the date Brookfield Infrastructure attains control and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operating Results. Amounts arising from interests in the acquiree prior to the acquisition date that have previously been recognized in other comprehensive income are reclassified to the Consolidated Statements of Operating Results, where such treatment would be appropriate if that interest were disposed of.

        If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which the combination occurs, Brookfield Infrastructure reports provisional amounts for the

F-14 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

items for which the accounting is incomplete. Those provisional amounts are adjusted during the measurement period, or additional assets or liabilities are recognized, to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the amounts recognized as of that date.

        The measurement period is the period from the date of acquisition to the date Brookfield Infrastructure obtains complete information about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date. The measurement period is subject to a maximum of one year subsequent to the acquisition date.

        If, after reassessment, Brookfield Infrastructure's interest in the fair value of the acquiree's identifiable net assets exceeds the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree and the fair value of the acquirer's previously held equity interest in the acquiree if any, the excess is recognized immediately in income or loss as a bargain purchase gain.

        Contingent liabilities acquired in a business combination are initially measured at fair value at the date of acquisition. At the end of subsequent reporting periods, such contingent liabilities are measured at the higher of the amount that would be recognized in accordance with IAS 37, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets ("IAS 37") and the amount initially recognized less cumulative amortization recognized in accordance with IAS 18, Revenue ("IAS 18").

(e)
Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less.

(f)
Accounts Receivable

        Trade receivables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any allowance for uncollectability.

(g)
Property, Plant and Equipment

        Brookfield Infrastructure uses the revaluation method of accounting for all classes of property, plant and equipment. Certain assets which are under development for future use as property, plant and equipment are also accounted for using the revaluation method. Property, plant and equipment is initially measured at cost and subsequently carried at its revalued amount, being the fair value at the date of the revaluation less any subsequent accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Revaluations are made on an annual basis or more frequently if facts and circumstances warrant, to ensure that the carrying amount does not differ significantly from fair value. Where the carrying amount of an asset is increased as a result of a revaluation, the increase is recognized in other comprehensive income or loss and accumulated in equity within the revaluation surplus reserve, unless the increase reverses a previously recognized impairment recorded through net income, in which case that portion of the increase is recognized in net income. Where the carrying amount of an asset is decreased, the decrease is recognized in other comprehensive income to the extent of any balance existing in revaluation surplus in respect of the asset, with the remainder of the decrease recognized in net income. Revaluation gains are included in other comprehensive income, but are not subsequently recycled into profit or loss.

Brookfield Infrastructure F-15


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

        An item of property, plant and equipment and any significant part initially recognized is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal. The gain or loss arising on disposal or retirement of an item of property, plant and equipment is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operating Results. However, any balance accumulated in revaluation surplus is subsequently recorded in retained earnings when an asset is derecognized and not transferred to profit or loss.

        Depreciation of an asset commences when it is available for use. Property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight line basis over the estimated useful lives of each component of the assets as follows:

Buildings

  Up to 50 years

Transmission stations, towers and related fixtures

  Up to 40 years

Leasehold improvements

  Up to 49 years

Plant and equipment

  Up to 39 years

Network systems

  Up to 40 years

Track premium

  40 years

District energy systems

  50 years

Gas storage assets

  20 years

        Depreciation on property, plant and equipment is calculated on a straight-line basis so as to write-off the net cost of each asset over its expected useful life to its estimated residual value. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the period of the lease or estimated useful life, whichever is the shorter, using the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation methods are reviewed at the end of each annual reporting period, with the effect of any changes recognized on a prospective basis.

(h)
Investment Property

        Brookfield Infrastructure uses the fair value method to account for assets classified as investment property. An asset is determined to be an investment property when it is principally held to earn rental income or for capital appreciation, or both. Investment property is initially measured at cost including transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, investment properties are carried at fair value. Gains or losses arising from changes in fair value are included in profit or loss.

        Fair values are primarily determined by discounting the expected future cash flows of each property, generally over a term of 10 years, using a discount and terminal capitalization rate reflective of the characteristics, location and market of each property. The future cash flows of each property are based upon, among other things, rental income from current leases and assumptions about rental income from future leases reflecting current conditions, less future cash outflows in respect of such current and future leases. Fair value is estimated by management of the partnership with due consideration given to other relevant data points.

(i)
Asset Impairment

        At each reporting date Brookfield Infrastructure assesses whether for assets, other than those measured at fair value with changes in values recorded in net income, there is any indication that such

F-16 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

assets are impaired. This assessment includes a review of internal and external factors which includes, but is not limited to, changes in the technological, political, economic or legal environment in which the entity operates in, structural changes in the industry, changes in the level of demand, physical damage and obsolescence due to technological changes. An impairment is recognized if the recoverable amount, determined as the higher of the estimated fair value less costs of disposal or the discounted future cash flows generated from use and eventual disposal from an asset or cash generating unit is less than their carrying value. The projections of future cash flows take into account the relevant operating plans and management's best estimate of the most probable set of conditions anticipated to prevail. Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset or cash generating unit is increased to the lesser of the revised estimate of recoverable amount and the carrying amount that would have been recorded had no impairment loss been recognized previously.

(j)
Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets acquired in a business combination and recognized separately from goodwill are initially recognized at their fair value at the acquisition date. Brookfield Infrastructure's intangible assets are comprised primarily of conservancy rights, service concession arrangements and customer order backlogs.

        Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination are reported at cost less accumulated amortization unless indefinite lived and accumulated impairment losses, on the same basis as intangible assets acquired separately.

        Public service concessions that provide Brookfield Infrastructure the right to charge users for a service in which the service and fee is regulated by the grantor are accounted for as an intangible asset under IFRIC 12, Service Concession Arrangements .

        Concession arrangements were acquired as part of the acquisition of the Australian regulated terminal operation and Chilean toll roads and were recognized at their fair values. The intangible asset at the Australian regulated terminal operation relates to use of a specific coal port terminal for a contractual length of time and is amortized over the life of the contractual arrangement with 89 years remaining. The intangible assets at the Chilean toll roads relate to the right to operate a road and charge users a specified tariff for a contractual length of time and is amortized over the life of the contractual arrangement with 19 years remaining.

        The conservancy right was acquired as part of the acquisition of the UK port operation and was recorded at its fair value. As a right in perpetuity issued by the Statutory Harbour Authority in the UK, the conservancy right is classified as having an indefinite life and is subject to an annual impairment review.

        The customer order backlog was acquired as part of the acquisition of the UK regulated distribution operation and was recorded at its fair value. The customer order backlog represents the present value of future earnings derived from the build out of contracted connections at the acquisition date of the UK regulated distribution operation. The customer order backlog is amortized over its estimated useful life of 50 years.

        Intangible assets acquired separately are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Amortization of the Australian regulated terminal operation concession arrangement and UK regulated distribution customer order backlog intangible assets are recognized on a straight-line basis over the intangible assets' estimated useful lives. Amortization of the Chilean toll

Brookfield Infrastructure F-17


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

road reflects the pattern of consumption of the intangible asset over the estimated useful life of the concession arrangement. The estimated useful life and amortization method are reviewed at the end of each annual reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate being accounted for on a prospective basis.

        Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible asset are measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognized in profit or loss when the asset is derecognized.

(k)
Goodwill

        Goodwill represents the excess of the price paid for the acquisition of an entity over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets and liabilities acquired. Goodwill is allocated to the cash generating unit or units to which it relates. Brookfield Infrastructure identifies cash generating units as identifiable groups of assets that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets.

        Goodwill is evaluated for impairment annually or more often if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment. Impairment is determined for goodwill by assessing if the carrying value of a cash generating unit, including the allocated goodwill, exceeds its recoverable amount determined as the greater of the estimated fair value less costs of disposal or the value in use. Impairment losses recognized in respect of a cash generating unit are first allocated to the carrying value of goodwill and any excess is allocated to the carrying amount of assets in the cash generating unit. Any goodwill impairment is charged to profit or loss in the period in which the impairment is identified. Impairment losses on goodwill are not subsequently reversed.

        On disposal of a subsidiary, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the gain or loss on disposal of the operation.

(l)
Revenue Recognition

        Revenue is recognized to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to Brookfield Infrastructure and the revenue and costs incurred or to be incurred can be reliably measured.

        Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. Amounts disclosed as revenue are net of estimated customer returns, trade allowances, rebates and other similar allowances.

        When the partnership receives a transfer of cash or property, plant and equipment from a customer, it assesses whether the constructed or acquired item of property, plant and equipment meets the definition of an asset in accordance with IFRIC 18, Transfer of Assets from Customers . If the definition of an asset is met, the partnership recognizes the item of property, plant and equipment at its cost and recognizes revenue or deferred revenue, as applicable, for the same amount based on the appropriate revenue recognition policy.

        Brookfield Infrastructure recognizes revenue when the specific criteria have also been met for each of Brookfield Infrastructure's activities as described below. Cash received by Brookfield Infrastructure from customers is recorded as deferred revenue until revenue recognition criteria are met.

F-18 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

Utilities

        Revenue from utilities infrastructure is derived from the distribution and transmission of energy as well as from Brookfield Infrastructure's Australian regulated terminal operation. Distribution and transmission revenue is recognized when services are rendered based upon usage or volume during that period. Terminal infrastructure charges are charged at set rates per tonne of coal based on each customer's annual contracted tonnage and is then recognized on a pro-rata basis each month. Brookfield Infrastructure's Australian regulated terminal operation also recognizes handling charges based on tonnes of coal shipped through the terminal.

Transport

        Revenue from transport infrastructure consists primarily of freight, toll road operations and transportation services revenue. Revenue is recognized when services are provided and rendered based primarily on usage or volume throughput during the period.

Energy

        Revenue from energy infrastructure consists primarily of energy distribution and storage as well as district energy services. Revenue is recognized when services are provided and rendered based primarily on usage or volume throughput during the period.

(m)
Financial Instruments and Hedge Accounting

        The following summarizes Brookfield Infrastructure's classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities:

 
  Classification   Measurement  

Financial assets

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  Loans and receivables   Amortized cost  

Accounts receivable and other

  Loans and receivables   Amortized cost  

Restricted cash and deposits

  Loans and receivables   Amortized cost  

Marketable securities

  Available-for-sale   Fair value  

Financial assets

         

Derivative assets

  FVTPL (1) Fair value  

Other financial assets

  Loans and receivables/
Available-for-sale
  Amortized cost/
Fair value
 

Financial liabilities

         

Corporate borrowings

  Other liabilities   Amortized cost  

Non-recourse borrowings

  Other liabilities   Amortized cost (2)

Accounts payable and other

  Other liabilities   Amortized cost  

Preferred shares

  Other liabilities   Amortized cost  

Financial liabilities

  FVTPL   Fair value  

(1)
Fair value through profit or loss ("FVTPL"), except for derivatives in a hedging relationship.

(2)
Except for derivatives embedded in the related financial instruments that are classified as FVTPL and measured at fair value.

Brookfield Infrastructure F-19


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

        The partnership maintains a portfolio of marketable securities comprised of liquid equity and debt securities. The marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale and are subsequently measured at fair value at each reporting date with the change in fair value recorded in other comprehensive income. When a decline in the fair value of an available—for-sale financial asset has been recognized in other comprehensive income and there is objective evidence that the asset is impaired, the cumulative loss that had been recognized in other comprehensive income is reclassified from equity to profit or loss as a reclassification adjustment.

        Brookfield Infrastructure selectively utilizes derivative financial instruments primarily to manage financial risks, including interest rate and foreign exchange risks. Derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value. Hedge accounting is applied when the derivative is designated as a hedge of a specific exposure and there is assurance that it will continue to be highly effective as a hedge based on an expectation of offsetting cash flows or fair value. Hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively when the derivative no longer qualifies as a hedge or the hedging relationship is terminated. Once discontinued, the cumulative change in fair value of a derivative that was previously recorded in other comprehensive income by the application of hedge accounting is recognized in profit or loss over the remaining term of the original hedging relationship as amounts related to the hedged item are recognized in profit or loss. The assets or liabilities relating to unrealized mark-to-market gains and losses on derivative financial instruments are recorded in Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, respectively.

(i)
Items Classified as Hedges

        Realized and unrealized gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts, designated as hedges of currency risks relating to a net investment in a subsidiary with a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar are included in equity and are included in net income in the period in which the subsidiary is disposed of or to the extent partially disposed and control is not retained. Derivative financial instruments that are designated as hedges to offset corresponding changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities and cash flows are measured at estimated fair value with changes in fair value recorded in profit or loss or as a component of equity as applicable.

        Unrealized gains and losses on interest rate contracts designated as hedges of future variable interest payments are included in equity as a cash flow hedge when the interest rate risk relates to an anticipated variable interest payment. The periodic exchanges of payments on interest rate swap contracts designated as hedges of debt are recorded on an accrual basis as an adjustment to interest expense. The periodic exchanges of payments on interest rate contracts designated as hedges of future interest payments are amortized into profit or loss over the term of the corresponding interest payments.

(ii)
Items Not Classified as Hedges

        Derivative financial instruments that are not designated as hedges are carried at estimated fair value, and gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are recognized in net income in the period the changes occur. Realized and unrealized gains on other derivatives not designated as hedges are recorded in other expenses.

        Other financial assets are classified as loans and receivables or available-for-sale securities based on their nature and use within the partnership's business and are recorded initially at fair value. Other financial assets classified as available-for-sale are subsequently measured at fair value at each reporting

F-20 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

date with the change in fair value recorded in other comprehensive income. Other financial assets classified as loans and receivables are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment. Assets classified as loans and receivables are impaired when there exists objective evidence that the financial asset is impaired.

(n)
Income Taxes

        Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax accrued in the period and deferred income tax.

(i)
Current income tax

        Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be paid to tax authorities, net of recoveries based on the tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. Current income tax relating to items recognized directly in partnership capital are also recognized directly in partnership capital and other comprehensive income.

(ii)
Deferred income tax

        Deferred income tax liabilities are provided for using the liability method on temporary differences between the tax bases used in the computation of taxable income and carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred income tax assets are recognized for all deductible temporary differences, carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that deductions, tax credits and tax losses can be utilized. Such deferred income tax assets and liabilities are not recognized if the temporary difference arises from goodwill or from the initial recognition of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable income nor the accounting income, other than in a business combination. The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent it is no longer probable that the income tax asset will be recovered.

        Deferred income tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and associates, and interests in joint ventures, except where Brookfield Infrastructure is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred income tax assets arising from deductible temporary differences associated with such investments and interests are only recognized to the extent that it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable income against which to utilize the benefits of the temporary differences and they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future.

        Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is settled or the asset realized, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. The measurement of deferred income tax liabilities and assets reflect the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which Brookfield Infrastructure expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

        Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority within a single taxable entity or Brookfield Infrastructure intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis in the case where there exist different taxable entities in

Brookfield Infrastructure F-21


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

the same taxation authority and when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities.

(o)
Assets Held for Sale

        Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the non-current asset or disposal group is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Management must be committed to the sale, which should be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date of classification subject to limited exceptions.

        When Brookfield Infrastructure is committed to a sale plan involving loss of control of a subsidiary, all of the assets and liabilities of that subsidiary are classified as held for sale when the criteria described above are met, regardless of whether Brookfield Infrastructure will retain a non-controlling interest in its former subsidiary after the sale.

        Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their previous carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

        Non-current assets classified as held for sale and the assets of a disposal group are presented separately from other assets in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position and are classified as current. The liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale are presented separately from other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.

        Once classified as held for sale, property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, are not depreciated or amortized, respectively.

(p)
Provisions

        Provisions are recognized when Brookfield Infrastructure has a present obligation either legal or constructive as a result of a past event, it is probable that Brookfield Infrastructure will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

        The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Where a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows.

        When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, the receivable is recognized as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount of the receivable can be measured reliably.

(q)
Critical Accounting Judgments and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty

        The preparation of financial statements requires management to make critical judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources, during the reporting period. These estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

F-22 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

        The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

        Critical judgments made by management and utilized in the normal course of preparing Brookfield Infrastructure's consolidated financial statements are outlined below.

(i)
Common control transactions

        IFRS 3 (2008) Business Combinations does not include specific measurement guidance for transfers of businesses or subsidiaries between entities under common control. Accordingly, Brookfield Infrastructure has developed a policy to account for such transactions taking into consideration other guidance in the IFRS framework and pronouncements of other standard-setting bodies. Brookfield Infrastructure's policy is to record assets and liabilities recognized as a result of transactions between entities under common control at the carrying value on the transferor's financial statements, and to have the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, Consolidated Statements of Operating Results, Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and Statements of Cash Flows reflect the results of combining entities for all periods presented for which the entities were under the transferor's common control, irrespective of when the combination takes place.

(ii)
Classification of assets and liabilities as held for sale

        Brookfield Infrastructure's accounting policy relating to assets held for sale is described in note 3(o) of Brookfield Infrastructure's consolidated financial statements. In applying this policy, judgment is applied in determining whether certain assets should be reclassified to assets held for sale on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Judgment is also applied in determining whether the results of operations associated with the assets should be recorded in discontinued operations on the Consolidated Statements of Operating Results. Brookfield Infrastructure will reclassify the results of operations associated with certain assets to discontinued operations where the assets represent a component of the partnership whose operations and cash flows can be clearly distinguished, operationally and for financial reporting purposes, from the rest of the partnership.

(iii)
Financial instruments

        Brookfield Infrastructure's accounting policies relating to derivative financial instruments are described in note 3(m). The critical judgments inherent in these policies relate to applying the criteria to the assessment of the effectiveness of hedging relationships. Estimates and assumptions used in determining the fair value of financial instruments are equity and commodity prices; future interest rates; the credit worthiness of the company relative to its counterparties; the credit risk of the partnership and counterparty; estimated future cash flows; and discount rates.

(iv)
Revaluation of property, plant and equipment

        Property, plant and equipment is revalued on a regular basis. The critical estimates and assumptions underlying the valuation of property, plant and equipment are set out in note 13.

Brookfield Infrastructure F-23


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

(v)
Valuation of investment property

        The fair value of investment property is primarily determined by discounting the expected future cash flows of each property, generally over a term of 10 years, using a discount and terminal capitalization rate reflective of the characteristics, location and market of each property. The future cash flows of each property are based upon, among other things, rental income from current leases and assumptions about rental income from future leases reflecting current conditions, less future cash outflows in respect of such current and future leases.

        In some cases, the fair values are determined based on recent real estate transactions with similar characteristics and location to those of Brookfield Infrastructure. Fair value is estimated by management of the partnership with due consideration given to other relevant data points.

(vi)
Fair values in business combinations

        Brookfield Infrastructure accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. This method requires the application of fair values for both the consideration given and the assets and liabilities acquired. The calculation of fair values is often predicated on estimates and judgments including future cash flows discounted at an appropriate rate to reflect the risk inherent in the acquired assets and liabilities (refer to note 4 for details of business combinations). The determination of the fair values may remain provisional for up to 12 months from the date of acquisition due to the time required to obtain independent valuations of individual assets and to complete assessments of provisions. When the accounting for a business combination has not been completed as at the reporting date, this is disclosed in the financial statements, including observations on the estimates and judgments made as of the reporting date.

(vii)
Impairment of goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives

        The impairment assessment of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives requires estimation of the value-in-use or fair value less costs of disposal of the cash-generating units to which goodwill or the intangible asset has been allocated. Brookfield Infrastructure uses the following critical assumptions and estimates: the circumstances that gave rise to the goodwill, timing and amount of future cash flows expected from the cash-generating unit; discount rates; terminal capitalization rates; terminal valuation dates; useful lives and residual values.

        Other estimates utilized in the preparation of the partnership's financial statements are: depreciation and amortization rates and useful lives; recoverable amount of goodwill and intangible assets; ability to utilize tax losses and other tax measurements.

        Other critical judgments utilized in the preparation of the partnership's financial statements include the determination of functional currency, determination of operating segments, recoverability of deferred income tax assets and assessment of tax uncertainties, and determination of control.

F-24 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

(r)
Recently Adopted Accounting Policies

        Brookfield Infrastructure applied, for the first time, certain Standards and amendments to Standards applicable to Brookfield Infrastructure that became effective January 1, 2014. The impact of adopting these Standards on the partnership's accounting policies and disclosures are as follows:

IFRIC 21 Levies—("IFRIC 21")

        IFRIC 21, Levies ("IFRIC 21") provides guidance on when to recognize a liability for a levy imposed by a government, both for levies that are accounted for in accordance with IAS 37, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, and those where the timing and amount of the levy is certain. IFRIC 21 identifies the obligating event for the recognition of a liability as the activity that triggers the payment of the levy in accordance with the relevant legislation. A liability is recognized progressively if the obligating event occurs over a period of time or, if an obligation is triggered on reaching a minimum threshold, the liability is recognized when that minimum threshold is reached. IFRIC 21 was applied retrospectively and the application of this new standard had no impact on Brookfield Infrastructure's accounting for levies for the current and prior periods presented.

IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation—("IAS 32")

        IAS 32, Financial Instruments: Presentation ("IAS 32") was amended to clarify certain aspects as a result of the application of offsetting requirements, namely focusing on the following four main areas: the interpretation of "currently has a legally enforceable right of set-off", the application of simultaneous realization and settlement, the offsetting of collateral amounts, and the unit of account for applying the offsetting requirements. The amendments to IAS 32 were applied retrospectively and the application of these amendments had no impact on Brookfield Infrastructure's accounting for or presentation of financial instruments for the current and prior periods presented.

(s)
Future Changes in Accounting Policies

Standards issued, but not yet adopted

IAS 16 Property, Plant, and Equipment—("IAS 16") and IAS 38 Intangible Assets—("IAS 38")

        IAS 16, Property, Plant, and Equipment— ("IAS 16") and IAS 38, Intangible Assets— ("IAS 38") were both amended by the IASB as a result of clarifying the appropriate amortization method for intangible assets of service concession arrangements under IFRIC 12, Service Concession Arrangements ("SCAs"). The IASB determined that the issue does not only relate to SCAs but all tangible and intangible assets that have finite useful lives. Amendments to IAS 16 prohibit entities from using a revenue-based depreciation method for items of property, plant, and equipment. Similarly, the amendment to IAS 38 introduces a rebuttable presumption that revenue is not an appropriate basis for amortization of an intangible asset, with only limited circumstances where the presumption can be rebutted. Guidance is also introduced to explain that expected future reductions in selling prices could be indicative of a reduction of the future economic benefits embodied in an asset. The amendments apply prospectively and are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2016, with earlier application permitted. Brookfield Infrastructure is currently evaluating the impact of the amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38 on its consolidated financial statements.

Brookfield Infrastructure F-25


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers—("IFRS 15")

        IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("IFRS 15") specifies how and when revenue should be recognized as well as requiring more informative and relevant disclosures. The Standard supersedes IAS 18, Revenue, IAS 11 Construction Contracts and a number of revenue-related interpretations. IFRS 15 applies to nearly all contracts with customers: the main exceptions are leases, financial instruments and insurance contracts. IFRS 15 must be applied for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017 with early application permitted. Brookfield Infrastructure is currently evaluating the impact of IFRS 15 on its consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments—("IFRS 9")

        In July 2014, the IASB issued the final publication of the IFRS 9 standard, superseding the current IAS 39, Financial Instruments standard. This standard establishes principles for the financial reporting of financial assets and financial liabilities that will present relevant and useful information to users of financial statements for their assessment of the amounts, timing and uncertainty of an entity's future cash flows. This new standard also includes a new general hedge accounting standard which will align hedge accounting more closely with an entity's risk management activities. It does not fully change the types of hedging relationships or the requirement to measure and recognize ineffectiveness, however, it will provide more hedging strategies that are used for risk management to qualify for hedge accounting and introduce more judgment to assess the effectiveness of a hedging relationship. The standard has a mandatorily effective date for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018 with early adoption permitted. Brookfield Infrastructure is currently evaluating the impact of IFRS 9 on its consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 4.  ACQUISITION OF BUSINESSES

(a)
Acquisition of Macquarie District Energy

        On August 21, 2014 Brookfield Infrastructure expanded the U.S. district energy platform to the mid-west U.S. as it acquired a 40% interest in Macquarie District Energy, for consideration of $38 million through a Brookfield sponsored infrastructure fund. Brookfield Infrastructure has entered into a voting agreement with an affiliate of Brookfield, providing Brookfield Infrastructure the right to elect the majority of the Board of Directors of the entity, thereby providing Brookfield Infrastructure with control. Accordingly, Brookfield Infrastructure consolidated the entity effective August 21, 2014. Acquisition costs of less than $1 million were expensed at the acquisition date and recorded as other expenses on the Consolidated Statement of Operating Results.

        The following summarizes the consideration transferred, assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:

Consideration transferred

US$ MILLIONS
   
 

Cash

  $ 38  
       

Total consideration

  $ 38  
       

F-26 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

Fair value of assets and liabilities acquired as at August 21, 2014 (provisional) (1) :

US$ MILLIONS
   
 

Accounts receivable and other

  $ 28  

Property, plant and equipment

    347  

Goodwill

    40  

Accounts payable and other

    (10 )

Non-recourse borrowings

    (175 )

Deferred income tax liability

    (132 )
       

Net assets acquired before non-controlling interest

    98  

Non-controlling interest (2)

    (60 )
       

Net assets acquired

  $ 38  
       

(1)
The fair values of all acquired assets, liabilities and goodwill for this operation have been determined on a provisional basis, pending finalization of the fair value of acquired net assets.

(2)
Non-controlling interest represents the interest not acquired by Brookfield Infrastructure and was measured at fair value at the acquisition date.

        Upon acquisition of Macquarie District Energy by Brookfield Infrastructure, a deferred tax liability of $132 million was recorded. The deferred income tax liability arose because tax bases of the net assets to Brookfield Infrastructure were significantly lower than their fair value. The inclusion of this liability in the net book value of the acquired business gave rise to goodwill of $40 million, which is viewed to be recoverable so long as the tax circumstances that gave rise to the goodwill do not change. To date, no such changes have occurred. None of the goodwill recognized is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

        Brookfield Infrastructure's results from operations for the year ended December 31, 2014, include $20 million of revenue and $2 million of net loss from Macquarie District Energy.

(b)
Acquisition of Seattle Steam

        On November 21, 2014 Brookfield Infrastructure expanded the U.S. district energy platform to the pacific U.S. as it acquired a 40% interest in Seattle Steam, for consideration of $9 million through a Brookfield sponsored infrastructure fund. Brookfield Infrastructure has entered into a voting agreement with an affiliate of Brookfield, providing Brookfield Infrastructure the right to elect the majority of the Board of Directors of the entity thereby providing Brookfield Infrastructure with control. Accordingly, Brookfield Infrastructure consolidated the entity effective November 21, 2014. Acquisition costs of less than $1 million were expensed at the acquisition date and recorded as other expenses on the consolidated statement of operating results.

Brookfield Infrastructure F-27


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

        The following summarizes the consideration transferred, assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:

Consideration transferred

US$ MILLIONS
   
 

Cash

  $ 9  
       

Consideration

  $ 9  
       

Fair value of assets and liabilities acquired as at November 21, 2014 (provisional) (1) :

US$ MILLIONS
   
 

Accounts receivable and other

  $ 17  

Property, plant and equipment

    45  

Non-recourse borrowings

    (37 )
       

Net assets acquired before non-controlling interest

  $ 25  

Non-controlling interest (2)

    (16 )
       

Net assets acquired

  $ 9  
       

(1)
The fair values of all acquired assets, liabilities and goodwill for this operation have been determined on a provisional basis, pending finalization of the fair value of acquired net assets.

(2)
Non-controlling interest represents the interest not acquired by Brookfield Infrastructure and was measured at fair value at the acquisition date.

        No goodwill arose on acquisition as the consideration transferred by Brookfield Infrastructure equaled its share of the fair value of the net assets of Seattle Steam.

        Brookfield Infrastructure's results from operations for the year ended December 31, 2014, include $3 million of revenue and less than $1 million of net income from Seattle Steam.

(c)
Acquisition of Lodi Gas Storage

        On December 31, 2014 Brookfield Infrastructure expanded the North American gas storage operation to the U.S. West Coast as it acquired a 40% interest in Lodi Gas Storage, for consideration of $42 million through a Brookfield sponsored infrastructure fund. Brookfield Infrastructure has entered into a voting agreement with an affiliate of Brookfield, providing Brookfield Infrastructure the right to elect the majority of the Board of Directors of the entity thereby providing Brookfield Infrastructure with control. Accordingly, Brookfield Infrastructure consolidated the entity effective December 31, 2014. Acquisition costs of less than $1 million were expensed at the acquisition date and recorded as other expenses on the consolidated statement of operating results.

F-28 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

        The following summarizes the consideration transferred, assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:

Consideration transferred

US$ MILLIONS
   
 

Cash

  $ 42  
       

Consideration

  $ 42  
       

Fair value of assets and liabilities acquired as at December 31, 2014 (provisional) (1) :

US$ MILLIONS
   
 

Accounts receivable and other

  $ 4  

Property, plant and equipment

    130  

Accounts payable and other

    (30 )
       

Net assets acquired before non-controlling interest

    104  

Non-controlling interest (2)

    (62 )
       

Net assets acquired

  $ 42  
       

(1)
The fair values of all acquired assets, liabilities and goodwill for this operation have been determined on a provisional basis, pending finalization of the fair value of acquired net assets.

(2)
Non-controlling interest represents the interest not acquired by Brookfield Infrastructure and was measured at fair value at the acquisition date.

        No goodwill arose on acquisition as the consideration transferred by Brookfield Infrastructure equaled its share of the fair value of the net assets of Lodi Gas Storage.

        Brookfield Infrastructure's results from operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 did not record any revenue or net income from the acquisition of Lodi Gas Storage as the transaction was completed on December 31, 2014.

(d)
Business combinations—supplemental information

        Had the acquisitions of Macquarie District Energy, Seattle Steam and Lodi Gas Storage been effective January 1, 2014, the revenue of Brookfield Infrastructure would have been $1,985 million (unaudited) for the year ended December 31, 2014 and net income would have been $217 million (unaudited) for the year ended December 31, 2014. In determining the pro-forma revenue and net income attributable to the partnership, management has:

    Calculated depreciation of property, plant and equipment acquired on the basis of the fair values at the time of the business combination rather than the carrying amounts recognized in the pre-acquisition financial statements;

    Based borrowing costs on the funding levels, credit ratings and debt/equity position of Brookfield Infrastructure after the business combination; and

    Excluded transaction deal costs of the acquiror as a non-recurring pre-acquisition cost.

Brookfield Infrastructure F-29


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

NOTE 5.  PARTIAL DISPOSITION OF UK REGULATED DISTRIBUTION OPERATION

        In November 2012, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Brookfield Infrastructure entered into an arrangement whereby a 20% economic interest in its UK regulated distribution operation was sold to an institutional investor for £145 million subject to the UK regulated distribution operation attaining long-term financing under certain pre-defined contractual terms. In the event that the UK regulated distribution operation did not obtain long-term financing at the contractually specified terms within two years of the arrangement, the institutional investor had the right to request repayment of £145 million plus 3% interest. Consequently, the proceeds were recorded as a financial liability.

        In March 2013, the UK regulated distribution operation satisfied the requirements within the contractual terms of the arrangement, which resulted in the derecognition of the financial liability as the £145 million initially received under the arrangement was recognized as proceeds on the disposal of a partial interest of a subsidiary.

        The partial disposition of Brookfield Infrastructure's 20% interest in the UK regulated distribution operation resulted in an adjustment to the carrying amounts of controlling and non-controlling interests to reflect the change in interest in the subsidiary. The difference between the amount by which the non-controlling interests are adjusted and the fair value of the consideration received was recognized directly in equity.

        The partial disposition was accounted for as follows:

US$ MILLIONS
   
 

Fair value of consideration received (£145 million)

  $ 221  

Less: carrying value of 20% interest in UK regulated distribution operation allocated to non-controlling interest—in operating subsidiaries

    (115 )
       

Gain on changes in ownership interest recognized in equity (1)

  $ 106  
       

(1)
The gain on changes in ownership interest recognized in equity is recorded as ownership changes within the Consolidated Statements of Partnership Capital and attributed on a ratable basis to the partners of Brookfield Infrastructure based on their respective ownership interests existing at the date of the partial disposal. Amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income at the date of the partial disposition that were attributable to the UK regulated distribution operation were ratably allocated to accumulated other comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interest—in operating subsidiaries.

NOTE 6.  ASSETS CLASSIFIED HELD FOR SALE & DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

Assets Held for Sale

a)
New England electricity transmission operations

        In the fourth quarter of 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure initiated a plan to dispose of its interest in its New England electricity transmission operations. Management is actively seeking a buyer and expects to complete the sale during the year ending December 31, 2015. The New England electricity transmission operation was reported as a non-wholly owned subsidiary on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position until the fourth quarter of 2014 and was reclassified as held for sale as of December 31, 2014.

        Subsequent to December 31, 2014 Brookfield Infrastructure executed a definitive agreement to sell its 23% interest in its New England electricity transmission operations to a third party. The business

F-30 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

will be sold for proceeds of $281 million (on 100% basis). Completion of the transaction is expected to occur in the second half of 2015, subject to customary closing conditions.

b)
North American natural gas transmission business

        In the fourth quarter of 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure initiated a plan to dispose of its interest in its North American natural gas transmission business. Management is actively seeking a buyer and expects to complete the sale during the year ending December 31, 2015. The North American natural gas transmission business was reported as an investment in associate on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position until the fourth quarter of 2014 and was reclassified as held for sale as of December 31, 2014.

        The following table presents the assets and liabilities that are classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2014:

US$ MILLIONS
   
 

Assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1  

Accounts receivable and other

    4  

Property, plant and equipment

    218  

Intangible assets

    33  

Investments in associates

    311  
       

Assets classified as held for sale

  $ 567  
       

Liabilities

       

Accounts payable and other

    3  

Non-recourse borrowings

    145  

Financial liabilities

    4  

Other liabilities

    4  

Deferred income tax liability

    43  
       

Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale

  $ 199  
       

Discontinued Operations

        The revenues and expenses related to the partnership's North American natural gas transmission business and the U.S. and Canadian freehold timberlands, Brookfield Infrastructure's timber segment, have been presented within the Consolidated Statements of Operating Results as discontinued operations as a result of the following transactions:

    i)
    During the fourth quarter of 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure initiated a plan to dispose of its interest in its North American natural gas transmission business and expects to complete the sale during the year ending December 31, 2015;

    ii)
    Brookfield Infrastructure sold its 30% interest in its U.S. freehold timberlands to a third party for proceeds of $467 million. This transaction closed in the third quarter of 2013;

    iii)
    During the second quarter of 2013, Brookfield Infrastructure disposed of its 25% interest in its Canadian freehold timberlands to a third party for proceeds of $173 million.

Brookfield Infrastructure F-31


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

        The North American natural gas transmission business and timber segment were reported as part of continuing operations until the third quarter of 2014 and second quarter of 2013, respectively, and have since been classified as discontinued operations for both the current and comparative periods.

        The operating results of discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013   2012  

Revenues

  $   $ 305   $ 480  

Direct operating costs

        (174 )   (328 )

Depreciation and amortization expense

            (2 )
               

        131     150  

Interest expense

        (44 )   (85 )

Share of losses from investments in associates

    (8 )   (273 )   (11 )

Fair value adjustments

        (10 )   203  

Other expenses

        (2 )    
               

(Loss) income before income tax

    (8 )   (198 )   257  

Attributable current and deferred income taxes

        (14 )   (78 )
               

    (8 )   (212 )   179  

Gain on disposal of timber segment

        57      

Attributable current and deferred income taxes

        (73 )    
               

    (8 )   (16 )    
               

(Loss) income from discontinued operations

  $ (8 ) $ (228 ) $ 179  
               

F-32 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

        Income (loss) attributable to unitholders for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013   2012  

Income from continuing operations attributable to:

                   

Limited partners

  $ 107   $ 131   $ 31  

Non-controlling interest attributable to:

                   

Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield

    41     50     12  

Interest of others in operating subsidiaries

    45     80     53  

General partner

    44     32     16  
               

(Loss) income from discontinued operations attributable to:

                   

Limited partners

  $ (6 ) $ (194 ) $ 33  

Non-controlling interest attributable to:

                   

Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield

    (2 )   (76 )   14  

Interest of others in operating subsidiaries

        43     132  

General partner

        (1 )    
               

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per unit attributable to:

                   

Limited partners from continuing operations

    0.71     0.86     0.23  

Limited partners from discontinued operations

    (0.04 )   (1.29 )   0.24  
               

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per unit attributable to Limited partners

  $ 0.67   $ (0.43 ) $ 0.47  
               

        Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to unitholders for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013   2012  

Comprehensive income from continuing operations attributable to:

                   

Limited partners

  $ 74   $ 245   $ 498  

Non-controlling interest attributable to:

                   

Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield

    29     96     206  

Interest of others in operating subsidiaries

    30     111     118  

General partner

    43     33     19  
               

Comprehensive (loss) income from discontinued operations attributable to:

                   

Limited partners

  $ (6 ) $ (192 ) $ (66 )

Non-controlling interest attributable to:

                   

Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield

    (2 )   (76 )   (33 )

Interest of others in operating subsidiaries

        50     134  

General partner

        (1 )    
               

Brookfield Infrastructure F-33


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

        Other comprehensive (loss) income relating to the disposal groups for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013   2012  

Revaluation of property, plant and equipment

  $   $ (4 ) $ (3 )

Cash flow hedges

        5     16  

Taxes on the above items

        (1 )   (2 )
               

Total

  $   $   $ 11  
               

        The net cash flows attributable to the operating, investing and financing activities of discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2013   2012  

Operating cash flows

  $   $ 67   $ 56  

Investing cash flows

        (49 )   (7 )

Financing cash flows

        (49 )   (52 )
               

Net cash flows

  $   $ (31 ) $ (3 )
               

NOTE 7.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

        The fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair values are determined by reference to quoted bid or ask prices, as appropriate. Where bid and ask prices are unavailable, the closing price of the most recent transaction of that instrument is used. In the absence of an active market, fair values are determined based on prevailing market rates such as bid and ask prices, as appropriate for instruments with similar characteristics and risk profiles or internal or external valuation models, such as option pricing models and discounted cash flow analyses, using observable market inputs.

        Fair values determined using valuation models require the use of assumptions concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and discount rates. In determining those assumptions, Brookfield Infrastructure looks primarily to external readily observable market inputs such as interest rate yield curves, currency rates, and price and rate volatilities as applicable. The fair value of interest rate swap contracts which form part of financing arrangements is calculated by way of discounted cash flows using market interest rates and applicable credit spreads.

Classification of Financial Instruments

        Financial instruments classified as fair value through profit or loss are carried at fair value on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Changes in the fair values of financial instruments classified as fair value through profit or loss are recognized in profit or loss. Mark-to-market

F-34 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

adjustments on hedging items for those in an effective hedging relationship and changes in the fair value of available-for-sale securities are recognized in other comprehensive income.

Carrying Value and Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The following table provides the allocation of financial instruments and their associated financial instrument classifications as at December 31, 2014:

US$ MILLIONS
  FVTPL   Available for
sale securities
  Loans and
Receivables/
Other Liabilities
   
 
Financial Instrument Classification
MEASUREMENT BASIS
  (Fair Value)   (Fair Value
through OCI)
  (Amortized Cost)   Total  

Financial assets

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $   $   $ 189   $ 189  

Accounts receivable and other

            299     299  

Financial assets (current and non-current) (1),

    607         2     609  

Marketable securities

        305         305  
                   

Total

  $ 607   $ 305   $ 490   $ 1,402  
                   

Financial liabilities

                         

Corporate borrowings

  $   $   $ 588   $ 588  

Non-recourse borrowings (current and non-current)

            6,221     6,221  

Accounts payable and other

            532     532  

Preferred shares

            20     20  

Financial liabilities (current and non-current) (1)

    528         75     603  
                   

Total

  $ 528   $   $ 7,436   $ 7,964  
                   

(1)
Derivative instruments which are elected for hedge accounting totaling $560 million are included in Financial assets and $164 million of derivative instruments are included in Financial liabilities.

Brookfield Infrastructure F-35


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

        The following table provides the allocation of financial instruments and their associated financial instrument classifications as at December 31, 2013:

US$ MILLIONS
  FVTPL   Available for
sale securities
  Loans and
Receivables/
Other Liabilities
   
 
Financial Instrument Classification
MEASUREMENT BASIS
  (Fair Value)   (Fair Value
through OCI)
  (Amortized Cost)   Total  

Financial assets

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $   $   $ 538   $ 538  

Accounts receivable and other

            346     346  

Financial assets (current and non-current) (1)

    241         69     310  

Marketable securities

        230         230  
                   

Total

  $ 241   $ 230   $ 953   $ 1,424  
                   

Financial liabilities

                         

Corporate borrowings

  $   $   $ 377   $ 377  

Non-recourse borrowings (current and non-current)

            5,790     5,790  

Accounts payable and other

            491     491  

Preferred shares

            20     20  

Financial liabilities (current and non-current) (1)

    547             547  
                   

Total

  $ 547   $   $ 6,678   $ 7,225  
                   

(1)
Derivative instruments which are elected for hedge accounting totaling $196 million are included in Financial assets and $195 million of derivative instruments are included in Financial liabilities.

F-36 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

        The following table provides the carrying values and fair values of financial instruments as at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

 
  Dec. 31, 2014   Dec. 31, 2013  
US$ MILLIONS
  Carrying Value   Fair Value   Carrying Value   Fair Value  

Financial assets

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 189   $ 189   $ 538   $ 538  

Accounts receivable and other

    299     299     346     346  

Financial assets (current and non-current)

    609     609     310     310  

Marketable securities

    305     305     230     230  
                   

Total

  $ 1,402   $ 1,402   $ 1,424   $ 1,424  
                   

Financial liabilities

                         

Corporate borrowings (1)

  $ 588   $ 600   $ 377   $ 381  

Non-recourse borrowings (2)

    6,221     6,544     5,790     5,973  

Accounts payable and other (current and non-current)

    532     532     491     491  

Preferred shares

    20     20     20     20  

Financial liabilities (current and non-current)

    603     603     547     547  
                   

  $ 7,964   $ 8,299   $ 7,225   $ 7,412  
                   

(1)
Corporate borrowings is classified under level 1 of the fair value hierarchy; quoted prices in an active market are available.

(2)
Non-recourse borrowings are classified under level 2 of the fair value hierarchy with the exception of certain borrowings at the UK port operation and Chilean toll road which are classified under level 1. For level 2 fair values, future cash flows are estimated based on observable forward interest rates at the end of the reporting period.

Hedging Activities

        Brookfield Infrastructure uses derivatives and non-derivative financial instruments to manage or maintain exposures to interest and currency risks. For certain derivatives which are used to manage exposures, Brookfield Infrastructure determines whether hedge accounting can be applied. When hedge accounting can be applied, a hedge relationship can be designated as a fair value hedge, cash flow hedge or a hedge of foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation with a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar. To qualify for hedge accounting the derivative must be highly effective in accomplishing the objective of offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk both at inception and over the life of the hedge. If it is determined that the derivative is not highly effective as a hedge, hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively.

Cash Flow Hedges

        Brookfield Infrastructure uses interest rate swaps to hedge the variability in cash flows related to a variable rate asset or liability and highly probably forecast issuances of debt. The settlement dates typically coincide with the dates on which the interest is payable on the underlying debt, and the amount accumulated in equity is reclassified to profit or loss over the period that the floating rate interest payments on debt affect profit or loss. For the year ended December 31, 2014, pre-tax net unrealized losses of $41 million (2013: losses of $13 million, 2012: losses of $29 million) were recorded in other comprehensive income for the effective portion of the cash flow hedges. As at December 31,

Brookfield Infrastructure F-37


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

2014, there was a net derivative asset balance of $269 million relating to derivative contracts designated as cash flow hedges (2013: $31 million liability).

Net Investment Hedges

        Brookfield Infrastructure uses foreign exchange contracts and foreign currency denominated debt instruments to manage its foreign currency exposures arising from net investments in foreign operations having a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar. For the year ended December 31, 2014, unrealized net gains of $118 million (2013: gains of $14 million, 2012: losses of $19 million) were recorded in other comprehensive income for the effective portion of hedges of net investments in foreign operations. Further, Brookfield Infrastructure recognized a $23 million gain (2013: loss of $26 million, 2012: gain of $10 million) in other comprehensive income relating to the net settlement of foreign exchange contracts in the period. As at December 31, 2014, there was a net unrealized derivative asset balance of $127 million relating to derivative contracts designated as net investment hedges (2013: net unrealized derivative asset balance of $8 million).

Fair Value Hierarchical Levels—Financial Instruments

        Fair value hierarchical levels are directly determined by the amount of subjectivity associated with the valuation inputs of these assets and liabilities, and are as follows:

Level 1

    Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Level 2

 

 

Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability through correlation with market data at the measurement date and for the duration of the instrument's anticipated life. Fair valued assets and liabilities that are included in this category are primarily certain derivative contracts and other financial assets carried at fair value in an inactive market.

Level 3

 

 

Inputs reflect management's best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Consideration is given to the risk inherent in the valuation technique and the risk inherent in the inputs to determining the estimate. Fair valued assets and liabilities that are included in this category are interest rate swap contracts, derivative contracts, certain equity securities carried at fair value which are not traded in an active market and the non-controlling interest's share of net assets of limited life funds.

F-38 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

        The fair value of the partnership's financial assets and financial liabilities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The following table summarizes the valuation techniques and significant inputs for Brookfield Infrastructure's financial assets and financial liabilities:

US$ MILLIONS
  Fair value hierarchy   Dec. 31, 2014   Dec. 31, 2013  

Marketable securities

  Level 1 (1)   $ 305   $ 230  

Foreign currency forward contracts

  Level 2 (2)              

Financial asset

        188     64  

Financial liability

        6     36  

Interest rate swaps

  Level 2 (2)              

Financial asset

      $ 419     177  

Financial liability

        510     511  

Other contracts

                 

Financial liability

  Level 3 (3)   $ 12      

(1)
Valuation technique: Quoted bid prices in an active market.

(2)
Valuation technique: Discounted cash flow. Future cash flows are estimated based on forward exchange rates (from observable forward exchange rates at the end of the reporting period) and contract forward rates, discounted at a rate that reflects our credit risk and the credit risk of various counterparties.

(3)
Valuation technique: Discounted cash flow. Future cash flows primarily driven by freight volumes and the use of assumptions concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and discount rates. See note 12 for additional information pertaining to the North American container terminal.

        Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis include $912 million (2013: $471 million) of financial assets and $528 million (2013: $547 million) of financial liabilities which are measured at fair value using valuation inputs based on management's best estimates.

        During the year, no transfers were made between level 1 and 2 or level 2 and 3. The following table categorizes financial assets and liabilities, which are carried at fair value, based upon the level of input.

 
  Dec. 31, 2014   Dec. 31, 2013  
US$ MILLIONS
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Financial assets

                                     

Marketable securities

    305             230          

Financial assets (current and non-current)

        607             241      
                           

Financial liabilities

                                     

Financial liabilities (current and non-current)

  $   $ 516   $ 12   $   $ 547   $  
                           

Offsetting of Financial Assets and Liabilities

        Financial assets and liabilities are offset with the net amount reported in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position where the partnership currently has a legally enforceable right to offset and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. As of December 31, 2014 the amounts offset in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position totaled $3 million (2013: $1 million).

Brookfield Infrastructure F-39


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

NOTE 8.  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013  

Cash

  $ 122   $ 529  

Cash equivalents

    67     9  
           

Total cash and cash equivalents

  $ 189   $ 538  
           

NOTE 9.  FINANCIAL ASSETS

US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013  

Current:

             

Foreign currency forward contracts

  $ 173   $ 30  

Marketable securities

    305     230  

Other

    6     102  
           

Total current

  $ 484   $ 362  
           

Non-current:

             

Cross currency interest rate swaps

  $ 398   $ 175  

Other

    32     3  
           

Total non-current

  $ 430   $ 178  
           

NOTE 10.  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND OTHER

US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013  

Current:

             

Accounts receivable

  $ 268   $ 313  

Prepayments & other assets

    31     33  
           

Total current

  $ 299   $ 346  
           

Non-current:

             

Deferred financing costs (1)

  $ 2   $ 2  

Other assets

    87     90  
           

Total non-current

  $ 89   $ 92  
           

(1)
Deferred financing costs are amortized to interest expense over the term of the borrowing using the effective interest method.

F-40 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

NOTE 11.  INVENTORY

US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013  

Current:

             

Raw materials and consumables

  $ 21   $ 22  
           

Carrying amount of inventories

  $ 21   $ 22  
           

        The amount of inventory written down in 2014 is $nil (2013: $nil, 2012: $nil).

NOTE 12.  INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES

        The following table presents the ownership interest and carrying values of Brookfield Infrastructure's investments in associates:

 
  Ownership Interest   Voting Interest   Carrying Value  
US$ MILLIONS
  Dec. 31, 2014   Dec. 31, 2013   Dec. 31, 2014   Dec. 31, 2013   Dec. 31, 2014   Dec. 31, 2013  

Brazilian toll road

    31%     31%     31%     31%   $ 985   $ 773  

South American transmission operation

    28%     28%     28%     28%     724     717  

Brazilian rail business (1)

    11%     —%     11%     —%     320      

Other (2), (3), (4)

    11%-40%     11%-50%     11%-40%     11%-50%     383     549  
                           

Total

                          $ 2,412   $ 2,039  
                                   

        The following table represents the change in the balance of investments in associates:

US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013  

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 2,039   $ 2,179  

Share of earnings for the year—continuing operations

    58     56  

Share of losses for the year—discontinued operations

    (8 )   (273 )

Foreign currency translation and other

    (307 )   (81 )

Share of other reserves for the year—OCI

    123     160  

Distributions

    (38 )   (90 )

Acquisitions, net of disposals (1),(3),(4),(5)

    856     88  

Reclassification to asset held for sale (6)

    (311 )    
           

Balance at end of year

  $ 2,412   $ 2,039  
           

(1)
On August 19, 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure, through a Brookfield sponsored fund, acquired an 11% interest in a Brazilian rail business for $367 million. Brookfield Infrastructure has significant influence through its representation on the board of directors of the business. Accordingly, Brookfield Infrastructure equity accounts for the entity.

(2)
Other includes the partnership's North American gas transmission operation, European port operation, Texas electricity transmission project, North American west coast container terminal and U.S. gas storage operation. Brookfield Infrastructure executed definitive agreements in the fourth quarter of 2014 to sell its 50% interest in its Social Infrastructure assets to a third party for proceeds of $9 million and recorded a gain of $5 million.

Brookfield Infrastructure F-41


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

(3)
On March 26, 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure, through an arrangement formed between Brookfield and Mitsui O.S.K. Lines Ltd., acquired a 20% interest in a North American west coast container terminal operation. Brookfield Infrastructure has significant influence through its position in the arrangement. Accordingly, Brookfield Infrastructure equity accounts for the entity. The purchase price is payable in a series of three equal payments, one on the date of acquisition as well as one and two years subsequent to this date and consequently an amount payable of $76 million is recorded as a financial liability within the consolidated financial statements of financial position. Also, an acquisition earn-out may be payable to the extent that certain earnings-based performance metrics are met, the potential earn-out is based on certain 2015 and 2016 EBITDA targets whereby a further $11 million financial liability was recorded. The earn-out will be subsequently measured at fair value with resulting changes in fair value recorded in profit or loss. Based on an expected value methodology of performance targets the partnership has determined a possible undiscounted range of payment outcomes ranging from $nil to $28 million.

(4)
On December 3, 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure, through a Brookfield sponsored fund, acquired a 20% interest in a U.S. gas storage operation. The purchase price is payable in a series of payments, one on the date of acquisition for $27 million as well as payments over the next five years resulting in an amount payable of $12 million recorded as a financial liability within the consolidated financial statements of financial position. Brookfield Infrastructure has significant influence through Brookfield's governance rights in relation to the business. Accordingly, Brookfield Infrastructure equity accounts for the entity.

(5)
In the fourth quarter of 2013, Brookfield Infrastructure sold its 42% interest in its Australasian energy distribution business to a third party for net proceeds of USD $415 million, resulting in a gain on disposition of $35 million recognized on the Consolidated Statement of Operating Results within the gain on sale of associates line item. As a result of the disposition, accumulated revaluation surplus of $80 million post-tax was reclassified from other comprehensive income directly to retained earnings and noted as an other item on the Consolidated Statements of Partnership Capital.

(6)
In the fourth quarter of 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure initiated a plan to dispose of its interest in its North American natural gas transmission business—see note 6 for additional information.

        The following tables presents the gross assets and liabilities of Brookfield Infrastructure's investments in associates:

 
  As at December 31, 2014  
 
  Total   Attributable to  
US$ MILLIONS
  Current
Assets
  Non-
Current
Assets
  Total
Assets
  Current
Liabilities
  Non-
Current
Liabilities
  Total
Liabilities
  Total
Net
Assets
  Other
Ownership
Interests
  Partnership's
Share
 

Brazilian toll road

  $ 683   $ 5,867   $ 6,550   $ 666   $ 1,495   $ 2,161   $ 4,389   $ 3,404   $ 985  

South American transmission operation

    244     5,513     5,757     155     3,361     3,516     2,241     1,517     724  

Brazilian rail business

    787     3,337     4,124     240     883     1,123     3,001     2,681     320  

Other

    330     3,374     3,704     230     1,730     1,960     1,744     1,361     383  
                                       

Total

  $ 2,044   $ 18,091   $ 20,135   $ 1,291   $ 7,469   $ 8,760   $ 11,375   $ 8,963   $ 2,412  
                                       


 
  As at December 31, 2013  
 
  Total   Attributable to  
US$ MILLIONS
  Current
Assets
  Non-
Current
Assets
  Total
Assets
  Current
Liabilities
  Non-
Current
Liabilities
  Total
Liabilities
  Total
Net
Assets
  Other
Ownership
Interests
  Partnership's
Share
 

Brazilian toll road

  $ 805   $ 4,758   $ 5,563   $ 532   $ 2,578   $ 3,110   $ 2,453   $ 1,680   $ 773  

South American transmission operation

    1,254     4,543     5,797     1,189     2,055     3,244     2,553     1,836     717  

Other

    541     8,087     8,628     382     6,235     6,617     2,011     1,462     549  
                                       

Total

  $ 2,600   $ 17,388   $ 19,988   $ 2,103   $ 10,868   $ 12,971   $ 7,017   $ 4,978   $ 2,039  
                                       

F-42 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

        The following tables present the gross amounts of revenue, net income, other comprehensive income and distributions from Brookfield Infrastructure's investments in associates for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012:

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2014  
 
  Total   Attributable to Other
Ownership Interests
  Attributable to Partnership  
US$ MILLIONS
  Revenue   Net
Income
  OCI   Total   Comprehensive
Income
  Distributions   Comprehensive
Income
  Distributions  

Brazilian toll road

  $ 1,056   $ 88   $ (431 ) $ (343 ) $ (236 ) $   $ (107 ) $  

South American transmission operation

    434     65     30     95     60     70     35     28  

Brazilian rail business

    459     58     (480 )   (422 )   (376 )       (46 )    

Other

    929     26     72     98     106     65     (8 )   10  
                                   

Total

  $ 2,878   $ 237   $ (809 ) $ (572 ) $ (446 ) $ 135   $ (126 ) $ 38  
                                   

 

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2013  
 
  Total   Attributable to Other
Ownership Interests
  Attributable to Partnership  
US$ MILLIONS
  Revenue   Net
Income
  OCI   Total   Comprehensive
Income
  Distributions   Comprehensive
Income
  Distributions  

Brazilian toll road

  $ 1,125   $ (15 ) $ (193 ) $ (208 ) $ (192 ) $   $ (16 ) $  

South American transmission operation

    446     113     264     377     202     175     175     68  

Australasian energy distribution

    308     206     (45 )   161     73     26     88     19  

Other

    1,459     (1,032 )   204     (828 )   (524 )   6     (304 )   3  
                                   

Total

  $ 3,338   $ (728 ) $ 230   $ (498 ) $ (441 ) $ 207   $ (57 ) $ 90  
                                   

 

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2012  
 
  Total   Attributable to Other
Ownership Interests
  Attributable to Partnership  
US$ MILLIONS
  Revenue   Net
Income
  OCI   Total   Comprehensive
Income
  Distributions   Comprehensive
Income
  Distributions  

Brazilian toll road

  $ 65   $ 10   $ 35   $ 45   $ 42   $   $ 3   $  

South American transmission operation

    439     55     321     376     298     92     78     39  

Australasian energy distribution

    322     45     206     251     164     52     87     17  

Other

    1,472     (96 )   (39 )   (135 )   (106 )   3     (29 )   7  
                                   

Total

  $ 2,298   $ 14   $ 523   $ 537   $ 398   $ 147   $ 139   $ 63  
                                   

        As at December 31, 2014 and 2013, none of the associates have quoted prices in an active market.

Brookfield Infrastructure F-43


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

NOTE 13.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

US$ MILLIONS
  Utility
Assets
  Transport
Assets
  Energy
Assets
  Timberland
Assets
  Total
Assets
 

Gross Carrying Amount:

                               

Balance at January 1, 2013

  $ 3,320   $ 3,000   $ 1,082   $ 651   $ 8,053  

Additions

    172     170     43         385  

Disposals

            (5 )       (5 )

Acquisitions (dispositions) through business combinations

            145     (651 )   (506 )

Fair value adjustment

    167     225     39         431  

Net foreign currency exchange differences

    (13 )   (410 )   (71 )       (494 )
                       

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 3,646   $ 2,985   $ 1,233   $   $ 7,864  
                       

Additions, net of disposals

    214     128     61         403  

Acquisitions (dispositions) through business combinations

            522         522  

Fair value adjustment

    321         43         364  

Reclassified as held for sale assets

    (233 )               (233 )

Net foreign currency exchange differences

    (311 )   (295 )   (74 )       (680 )
                       

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $ 3,637   $ 2,818   $ 1,785   $   $ 8,240  
                       

Accumulated depreciation:

                               

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ (10 ) $ (43 ) $ (25 ) $ (5 ) $ (83 )

Depreciation expense

    (121 )   (111 )   (43 )       (275 )

Fair value adjustment

    102     93     32         227  

Disposals

                5     5  

Net foreign currency exchange differences

    5     17     3         25  
                       

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ (24 ) $ (44 ) $ (33 ) $   $ (101 )
                       

Depreciation expense

    (130 )   (129 )   (58 )       (317 )

Fair value adjustment

    128     8     47         183  

Reclassified as held for sale assets

    15                 15  

Net foreign currency exchange differences

    11     49     4         64  
                       

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $   $ (116 ) $ (40 ) $   $ (156 )
                       

Net book value:

                               

December 31, 2014

  $ 3,637   $ 2,702   $ 1,745   $   $ 8,084  
                       

December 31, 2013

  $ 3,622   $ 2,941   $ 1,200   $   $ 7,763  
                       

        The fair value of the partnership's property, plant, and equipment is measured at fair value on a recurring basis with an effective date of revaluation for all asset classes of December 31, 2014 and 2013. Brookfield Infrastructure determined fair value under the income method. Assets under development were revalued where fair value could be reliably measured. The following table summarizes the valuation techniques and significant inputs for Brookfield Infrastructure's property,

F-44 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

plant and equipment assets, categorized by segment. The partnership has classified all assets below under level 3 of the fair value hierarchy:

 
  December 31, 2014   December 31, 2013
Segment
  Valuation
Technique
  Discount
Rate
  Terminal
Value
Multiple
  Investment
Horizon
  Valuation
Technique
  Discount
Rate
  Terminal
Value
Multiple
  Investment
Horizon

Utilities

  Discounted cash flow model   8% to 12%   8x to 16x   10 to 20 yrs   Discounted cash flow model   8% to 13%   10x to 16x   10 to 20 yrs

Transport

 

Discounted cash flow model

 

11% to 15%

 

10x to 12x

 

10 to 20 yrs

 

Discounted cash flow model

 

11% to 12%

 

7x to 11x

 

10 yrs

Energy

 

Discounted cash flow model

 

10% to 13%

 

8x to 12x

 

10 yrs

 

Discounted cash flow model

 

12% to 16%

 

8x to 12x

 

10 yrs

        An increase in the discount rate would lead to a decrease in the fair value of property, plant and equipment. Additionally, an increase in the discount rate could result in a decrease to the terminal value multiple which would further decrease the value of property, plant and equipment. Conversely, an increase to the terminal value multiple would increase the fair value of property, plant and equipment.

        At December 31, 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure carried out a review of the fair value of its Utility property, plant and equipment, resulting in a gain from revaluation of $449 million (2013: $269 million) which was recognized in revaluation surplus in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. The carrying amount of Utility property, plant and equipment that would have been recognized had the assets been carried under the cost model is $2,706 million (2013: $3,140 million).

        At December 31, 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure carried out a review of the fair value of its Transport property, plant and equipment. A gain from revaluation of $8 million (2013: $318 million) was recognized in revaluation surplus in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. The carrying amount of Transport assets that would have been recognized had the assets been carried under the cost model is $1,832 million (2013: $2,079 million).

        At December 31, 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure carried out a review of the fair value of its Energy property, plant and equipment. A gain from revaluation of $90 million (2013: $71 million) was recognized in revaluation surplus in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. The carrying amount of Energy assets that would have been recognized had the assets been carried under the cost model is $1,538 million (2013: $1,083 million).

        The fair value of the partnership's property, plant and equipment are determined by management of the partnership using estimated inputs and observable market data when available.

Brookfield Infrastructure F-45


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

NOTE 14.  INTANGIBLE ASSETS

US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013  

Cost

  $ 3,729   $ 4,117  

Accumulated amortization

    (154 )   (111 )
           

Net intangible assets

  $ 3,575   $ 4,006  
           

        Intangible assets are allocated to the following cash generating units:

US$ MILLIONS
  Dec. 31, 2014   Dec. 31, 2013  

Australian regulated terminal

  $ 2,048   $ 2,231  

Chilean toll roads

    1,093     1,278  

UK port operation

    334     355  

Other (1)

    100     142  
           

Total

  $ 3,575   $ 4,006  
           

(1)
Other intangibles are comprised of easements and permits to use and operate on government land.

        The intangible assets at Brookfield Infrastructure's Australian regulated terminal operation and Chilean toll roads relate to service concession arrangements.

        The terms and conditions of access to the Australian regulated terminal's services, including tariffs that can be charged to the users, are regulated by the Queensland Competition Authority. Brookfield Infrastructure's Australian regulated terminal operation has Standard Access Agreements with the users of the terminal which entails 100% take or pay contracts at a designated tariff rate based on the asset value. The concession arrangement has an expiration date of 2051 with an option to extend the arrangement an additional 49 years.

        The terms and conditions of the Chilean toll roads concession, including tariffs that can be charged to the users and the duties to be performed by the operator, are regulated by the Ministerio de Obras Publicas ("MOP"). The service concession provides the operator the right to charge a tariff to vehicles which use the road over the term of the concession in exchange for operating the road, including preserving the road based on a defined maintenance and construction schedule. Tariffs are adjusted annually for Chilean Consumer Price Index plus 3.5%, in addition to congestion charges which may be levied should specified traffic levels be reached. The concession arrangement has an expiration date of 2033 at which point the underlying concessions assets will be returned to the MOP.

        The intangible asset at Brookfield Infrastructure's UK port operation relates to a conservancy right. As a right in perpetuity issued by the Statutory Harbour Authority in the UK, the conservancy right is classified as having an indefinite life, and is subject to an annual impairment review.

F-46 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

        The carrying value as at December 31, 2014, of Brookfield Infrastructure's indefinite lived intangibles is $334 million (2013: $355 million). The following table presents the change in the balance of intangible assets:

US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013  

Cost at beginning of the year

  $ 4,117   $ 4,566  

Additions

    36     40  

Acquisitions through business combinations

        4  

Reclassified as held for sale

    (42 )    

Foreign currency translation

    (382 )   (493 )
           

Cost at end of year

  $ 3,729   $ 4,117  
           

        The following table presents the accumulated amortization for Brookfield Infrastructure's intangible assets:

US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013  

Accumulated amortization at beginning of year

  $ (111 ) $ (69 )

Amortization

    (63 )   (54 )

Reclassified as held for sale

    10      

Foreign currency translation

    10     12  
           

Accumulated amortization at end of year

  $ (154 ) $ (111 )
           

NOTE 15.  GOODWILL

US$ MILLIONS
  Dec. 31,
2014
  Dec. 31,
2013
 

Cost

  $ 48   $ 636  

Acquisitions through business combinations (1)

    40     3  

Disposition of subsidiary

        (591 )

Foreign currency translation

    (4 )    
           

Total

  $ 84   $ 48  
           

(1)
See note 4 for additional information.

        Upon the acquisition of U.S freehold timberlands by Brookfield Infrastructure, a deferred income tax liability of approximately $591 million was recorded. The deferred income tax liability arose because tax bases of the net assets, to Brookfield, were significantly lower than their fair value. The inclusion of this liability in the net book value of the acquired business gave rise to goodwill of approximately $591 million. This goodwill was attributable to a single cash-generating unit (CGU) and is tested for impairment annually using a fair value less costs of disposal model. In July 2013, Brookfield Infrastructure sold its 30% interest in the U.S freehold timberlands business resulting in the disposal of $591 million of goodwill.

Brookfield Infrastructure F-47


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

NOTE 16.  INVESTMENT PROPERTIES

US$ MILLIONS
  UK port
operation
  HBU (1)   Total  

Gross carrying amount:

                   

Balance at January 1, 2013

  $ 157   $ 56   $ 213  

Disposition of subsidiary

        (54 )   (54 )

Fair value adjustments

    4     (2 )   2  

Foreign exchange differences

    3         3  
               

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 164   $   $ 164  

Additions

    3         3  

Fair value adjustments

    4         4  

Foreign exchange differences

    (9 )       (9 )
               

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $ 162   $   $ 162  
               

(1)
HBU is defined as "highest and best use" lands.

        As at December 31, 2014, a $4 million gain was recognized for the UK port operation (2013: $4 million gain). Fair values are generally determined by calculating the discounted future cash flows of the properties.

        During the year ended December 31, 2013, Brookfield Infrastructure sold its 30% interest in its U.S freehold timberlands and 25% interest in its Canadian freehold timberlands resulting in the disposal of $54 million of investment properties.

        Investment properties are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and the effective date of revaluation is December 31, 2014 and 2013. The fair value of the partnership's investment properties are determined by management of the partnership with due consideration given to other relevant market conditions. The following table summarizes the valuation techniques and significant inputs for Brookfield Infrastructure's investment property. The partnership has classified all assets below under level 3 of the fair value hierarchy:

Segment
 
Valuation technique
 
Significant unobservable inputs
  Range of inputs

Transport

  Direct Income Capitalization   Capitalization Rate   7% to 15%

        An increase in the capitalization rate would lead to a decrease in the fair value of property, plant and equipment, with the opposite impact for a decrease in the capitalization rate.

F-48 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

NOTE 17.  ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND OTHER

US$ MILLIONS
  Note   2014   2013  

Current:

                 

Accounts payable (1)

      $ 264   $ 222  

Accrued & other liabilities

        149     188  

Deferred revenue

  (i)     102     65  

Provisions

        17     16  
               

Total current

      $ 532   $ 491  
               

Non-current:

                 

Deferred revenue

  (i)   $ 340   $ 397  

Provisions

        15     57  

Pension liability (2)

        99     80  

Other liabilities

        115     23  
               

Total non-current

      $ 569   $ 557  
               

(1)
The average credit period on purchases of goods and services is 30 days. No interest is incurred on trade creditors. Brookfield Infrastructure has financial risk management policies in place to ensure that all payables are paid within the pre-agreed credit terms.

(2)
See Note 32, Retirement Benefit Plans for further details.

        Brookfield Infrastructure's exposure to currency and liquidity risk related to trade and other payables is disclosed in Note 35.

(i)
Deferred revenue

        Deferred revenue relates primarily to cash contributions from third parties to build or upgrade existing network capabilities and for future natural gas and electricity connections at Brookfield Infrastructure's Australian rail operation and UK regulated distribution operation, respectively. The deferred revenue is recorded on receipt of cash payments and recognized as revenue over the life of the contracted track access and connections arrangement.

Brookfield Infrastructure F-49


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

NOTE 18.  FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013  

Current:

             

Foreign currency forward contracts

  $ 6   $ 36  

Other financial liabilities

    43      
           

Total current financial liabilities

  $ 49   $ 36  
           

Non-current:

             

Interest rate swaps

  $ 143   $ 103  

Inflation swaps

    294     354  

Other financial liabilities

    117     54  
           

Total non-current financial liabilities

  $ 554   $ 511  
           

NOTE 19.  BORROWINGS

(a)
Corporate Borrowings

        Brookfield Infrastructure has a $1.4 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facility used for general working capital including acquisitions. The $1.4 billion is available on a revolving basis for the full term of the facility. All amounts outstanding under this facility will be repayable on June 30, 2019. All obligations of Brookfield Infrastructure under the facility are guaranteed by the partnership. Loans under this facility accrue interest at a floating rate based on LIBOR plus 1.20%. Brookfield Infrastructure is required to pay an unused commitment fee under the facility of 18 basis points per annum. As at December 31, 2014, draws on the credit facility were $246 million (2013: $nil) and $110 million of letters of credit issued (2013: $99 million).

(b)
Non-Recourse Borrowings

        The current and non-current balances of non-recourse borrowings are as follows:

US$ MILLIONS
  December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

Current

  $ 41   $ 71  

Non-current

    6,180     5,719  
           

Total

  $ 6,221   $ 5,790  
           

F-50 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

        Principal repayments on non-recourse borrowings due over the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

US$ MILLIONS
  Utilities   Transport   Energy   Total  

2015

  $ 3   $ 35   $ 3   $ 41  

2016

    289     36     1     326  

2017

    59     120     53     232  

2018

    2     61     1     64  

2019

    58     66     1     125  

Thereafter

    2,723     2,179     612     5,514  
                   

Total Principal repayments

    3,134     2,497     671     6,302  
                   

Deferred financing costs

    (69 )   (2 )   (10 )   (81 )
                   

Total—Dec. 31, 2014

  $ 3,065   $ 2,495   $ 661   $ 6,221  
                   

Total—Dec. 31, 2013

  $ 3,148   $ 2,198   $ 444   $ 5,790  
                   

        The weighted average interest rate of non-recourse borrowings are as follows:

US$ MILLIONS
  Utilities   Transport   Energy   Corporate
& Other
  Total  

Dec. 31, 2014

    6%     5%     4%     3%     5%  

Dec. 31, 2013

    6%     6%     4%     4%     6%  

        Principal repayments on non-recourse borrowings in their local currency are as follows:

US$ MILLIONS, except as noted
  Dec 31, 2014   Local Currency
  Dec 31, 2013   Local Currency

Australian dollars

  $2,859   AUD   3,499   $2,835   AUD   3,179

British pounds

  1,540   GBP   988   1,444   GBP   872

U.S. dollars

  285   USD   285   190   USD   190

Chilean Unidad de Fomento (1)

  884   UF   22   683   UF   16

Canadian dollars

  395   CAD   459   432   CAD   459

Colombian Peso

  168   COP   400,155   206   COP   398,631

Brazilian reais

  90   BRL   239     BRL  

(1)
Chilean Unidad de Fomento is an inflation adjusted unit of account indexed to the Chilean Peso.

Brookfield Infrastructure F-51


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

NOTE 20.  SUBSIDIARY PUBLIC ISSUERS

        On October 10, 2012, wholly-owned subsidiaries of Brookfield Infrastructure executed a C$400 million, five-year medium term note offering in the Canadian bond market with a coupon of 3.5%, which was swapped into U.S. dollars on a matched maturity basis at an all-in rate of 2.7%. These notes, which mature in October 2017 and remain outstanding as of December 31, 2014, are unconditionally guaranteed by Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P., Brookfield Infrastructure L.P., and wholly-owned subsidiaries, Brookfield Infrastructure Holdings (Canada) Inc., Brookfield Infrastructure US Holdings I Corporation, Brookfield Infrastructure LLC and BIP Bermuda Holdings I Limited.

        In December 2014, wholly-owned subsidiaries of Brookfield Infrastructure, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance ULC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance LLC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd and Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Limited (collectively, the "Debt Issuers") and Brookfield Infrastructure Preferred Equity Inc. (collectively with the Debt Issuers, the "Issuers"), filed a base shelf prospectus qualifying the distribution of debt securities and Class A preference shares in Canada. The Issuers may offer and sell these instruments in one or more issuances in the aggregate, of up to C$1 billion (or the equivalent in other currencies).

F-52 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

        The following tables set forth consolidated summary financial information for Brookfield Infrastructure and the Issuers:

For the year ended
December 31, 2014
  Brookfield
Infrastructure (2)
  The Issuers   Subsidiaries of
the Partnership
other than the
Issuers (3)
  Consolidating
Adjustments (4)
  Brookfield
Infrastructure
Consolidated
 

Revenue

  $   $   $ 1,924   $   $ 1,924  

Net income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to partnership

    107         477     (392 )   192  

Net income (loss) attributable to partnership (1)

    101         469     (386 )   184  
                       

For the year ended
December 31, 2013

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Revenue

  $   $   $ 1,826   $   $ 1,826  

Net income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to partnership

    131         655     (573 )   213  

Net income (loss) attributable to partnership (1)

    (63 )       384     (379 )   (58 )
                       

As at December 31, 2014

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Current assets

  $   $ 3   $ 1,560   $ (3 ) $ 1,560  

Non-current assets

    3,493     351     14,935     (3,844 )   14,935  

Current liabilities

        5     821     (5 )   821  

Non-current liabilities

        350     11,461     (2,459 )   9,352  

Non-controlling interests—Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield

            1,321         1,321  

Non-controlling interests—in operating subsidiaries

            1,444         1,444  
                       

As at December 31, 2013

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Current assets

  $   $ 3   $ 1,268   $ (3 ) $ 1,268  

Non-current assets

    3,711     377     14,414     (4,088 )   14,414  

Current liabilities

        3     598     (3 )   598  

Non-current liabilities

        377     10,392     (2,290 )   8,479  

Non-controlling interest—Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield

            1,408         1,408  

Non-controlling interests—in operating subsidiaries

            1,419         1,419  
                       

(1)
Includes net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest—Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield, general partner and limited partners.

(2)
Includes investments in all subsidiaries of the partnership under the equity method.

(3)
Includes investments in all subsidiaries of the partnership other than the Issuers on a consolidated basis.

(4)
Includes elimination of intercompany transactions and balances necessary to present Brookfield Infrastructure on a consolidated basis.

Brookfield Infrastructure F-53


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

NOTE 21.  PREFERRED SHARES

        As at December 31, 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure Holdings (Canada) Inc., Brookfield Infrastructure US Holdings I Corporation and BIP Bermuda Holdings I Limited (wholly owned subsidiaries of Brookfield Infrastructure) have issued 196,000, 1 and 400,000 preferred shares, respectively to wholly owned subsidiaries of Brookfield, for proceeds of $5 million, $5 million and $10 million, respectively (2013: $5 million, $5 million and $10 million, respectively). Each preferred share is non-voting preferred and is redeemable at $25 per share except in the case of the preferred share issued by Brookfield Infrastructure US Holdings I Corporation, which is redeemable for $5 million. Each of these preferred shares is redeemable, together with any accrued and unpaid dividends, at the option of the issuer on or after the tenth anniversary of the date of issue, subject to certain restrictions. Further, these preferred shares entitle the holders thereof to a fixed cumulative 6% preferential cash dividend payable quarterly as and when declared by the issuer's board of directors. At December 31, 2014, there are no dividends in arrears.

NOTE 22.  REVENUES

        Brookfield Infrastructure's revenue arises from the rendering of services by the following operating segments:

US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013   2012  

Utilities

                   

Regulated Terminal Operation

  $ 384   $ 454   $ 441  

Electricity Transmission

    62     62     59  

Regulated Distribution

    505     402     356  

Transport

                   

Rail

    370     371     287  

Ports

    226     205     204  

Toll Roads

    105     108     27  

Energy

                   

Transmission, Distribution & Storage

    100     110     103  

District Energy

    172     114     47  
               

  $ 1,924   $ 1,826   $ 1,524  
               

NOTE 23.  INTEREST EXPENSE

US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013   2012  

Interest on corporate facility

  $ 3   $ 2   $ 5  

Interest on corporate debt

    11     11     2  

Interest on non-recourse borrowings

    343     344     310  

Other financing fees

    5     5     5  
               

  $ 362   $ 362   $ 322  
               

F-54 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

NOTE 24.  PAYROLL EXPENSE

        The partnership has no key employees or directors; therefore Brookfield Infrastructure does not remunerate key management personnel, details of the management fees paid during the year are disclosed in Note 33. Key decision makers of Brookfield Infrastructure are all employees of the ultimate parent company who provide management services under Brookfield Infrastructure's Master Services Agreement.

        Throughout the year, the General Partner in its capacity as the partnership's general partner, incurs director fees, a portion of which are charged to the partnership in accordance with the limited partnership agreement. Less than $1 million in director fees were incurred during the year ended December 31, 2014 (2013: less than $1 million, 2012: less than $1 million).

        For the year ended December 31, 2014, payroll expense, including benefits at Brookfield Infrastructure's subsidiaries was $203 million (2013: $208 million; 2012: $175 million).

Brookfield Infrastructure F-55


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

NOTE 25.  NON-WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARIES

        The following tables present summarized accounts for non-wholly owned subsidiaries on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position:

 
  As of December 31, 2014  
US$ MILLIONS
  Current
Assets
  Non-Current
Assets
  Current
Liabilities
  Non-Current
Liabilities
  Non-Controlling
Interest in
Operating
Subsidiaries
  Partnership
Capital (1)
 

Utilities

                                     

UK regulated distribution operation

  $ 61   $ 2,914   $ 200   $ 1,873   $ 177   $ 725  

Australian regulated terminal operation

    64     2,336     23     2,004     106     267  

New England electricity transmission operation (note 6)

    256         199         43     14  

Colombian regulated distribution operation

    55     724     16     414     286     63  

Transport

                                     

UK port operation

    54     792     62     462     132     190  

Chilean toll roads

    107     1,107     38     947     111     118  

Brazilian toll road

    9     266     3     88     184      

Energy

                                     

North American gas storage operation

    1     120     3     52     55     11  

North American west coast gas storage operation

    9     129     9     26     63     40  

Canadian district energy operation

    43     555     16     314     200     68  

U.S. district energy operation

    23     647     17     535     70     48  

Corporate & Other

                                     

Holding LP

    483     132     247     381     17     (30 )
                           

Total

  $ 1,165   $ 9,722   $ 833   $ 7,096   $ 1,444   $ 1,514  
                           

(1)
Attributable to non-controlling interest—Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield, general partner and limited partners.

F-56 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

 
  As of December 31, 2013  
US$ MILLIONS
  Current
Assets
  Non-Current
Assets
  Current
Liabilities
  Non-Current
Liabilities
  Non-Controlling
Interest in
Operating
Subsidiaries
  Partnership
Capital (1)
 

Utilities

                                     

UK regulated distribution operation

  $ 62   $ 2,732   $ 209   $ 1,720   $ 170   $ 695  

Australian regulated terminal operation

    42     2,408     25     2,043     112     270  

New England electricity transmission operation

    5     221     7     176     34     9  

Colombian regulated distribution operation

    125     744     30     475     301     63  

Transport

                                     

UK port operation

    62     816     59     464     147     208  

Chilean toll roads

    117     1,283     60     733     294     313  

Energy

                                     

North American gas storage operation

    8     119     2     49     64     12  

Canadian district energy operation

    87     560     20     336     218     73  

U.S. district energy operation

    6     142     2     40     64     42  

Corporate & Other

                                     

Holding LP

    649     63     154     123     15     420  
                           

Total

  $ 1,163   $ 9,088   $ 568   $ 6,159   $ 1,419   $ 2,105  
                           

(1)
Attributable to non-controlling interest—Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield, general partner and limited partners.

Brookfield Infrastructure F-57


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

        The following tables present summarized accounts for non-wholly owned subsidiaries on the Consolidated Statement of Operating Results:

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2014  
 
   
  Attributable to non-controlling interest   Attributable to
unitholders
 
US$ MILLIONS
  Revenue   Net
Income
(loss)
  Other
Comprehensive
Income (loss)
  Distributions   Net
Income
(loss)
  Other
Comprehensive
Income (loss)
 

Utilities

                                     

UK regulated distribution operation

  $ 310   $ 15   $ 29   $ 36   $ 74   $ 114  

Australian regulated terminal operation

    385     23     3     31     80     6  

New England electricity transmission operation

    25     (1 )   15     3     (1 )   4  

Colombian regulated distribution operation

    194     36     17     68     44     3  

Transport

                                     

UK port operation

    226     8     (21 )   2     20     (32 )

Chilean toll roads

    105     (17 )   (39 )   128     (35 )   (41 )

Energy

                                     

North American gas storage operation

    7     (9 )   5     4     (11 )   1  

North American west coast gas storage operation

                         

Canadian district energy operation

    82         10     27     (1 )   3  

U.S. district energy operation

    48     (9 )   9     68     (11 )   6  

Corporate & Other

                                     

Holding LP

    8     (1 )   (43 )       (58 )   22  
                           

Total

  $ 1,390   $ 45   $ (15 ) $ 367   $ 101   $ 86  
                           

F-58 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013


 
  Year Ended December 31, 2013  
 
   
  Attributable to non-controlling interest   Attributable to
unitholders
 
US$ MILLIONS
  Revenue   Net
Income
  Other
Comprehensive
Income (loss)
  Distributions   Net
Income
(loss)
  Other
Comprehensive
Income (loss)
 

Utilities

                                     

UK regulated distribution operation

  $ 266   $ 21   $ 43   $ 11   $ 61   $ 128  

Australian regulated terminal operation

    402     20     (26 )   29     50     (64 )

New England electricity transmission operation

    23     3     10     3     1     4  

Colombian regulated distribution operation

    189     3     16     50     1     3  

Transport

                                     

UK port operation

    205     12     14     3     17     20  

Chilean toll roads

    108     5     (30 )       6     (30 )

Energy

                                     

North American gas storage operation

    16     13     (3 )   15     3     (1 )

Canadian district energy operation

    76     3     7     10         (2 )

U.S. district energy operation

    2         (1 )            

Timber

                                     

U.S. freehold timberlands

    278     40     10     29     51     4  

Canadian freehold timberlands

    27     3     (2 )   6     5     (3 )

Corporate & Other

                                     

Holding LP

                    (139 )   (38 )
                           

Total

  $ 1,592   $ 123   $ 38   $ 156   $ 56   $ 21  
                           

Brookfield Infrastructure F-59


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013


 
  Year Ended December 31, 2012  
 
   
  Attributable to non-controlling interest   Attributable to
unitholders
 
US$ MILLIONS
  Revenue   Net
Income
(loss)
  Other
Comprehensive
Income (loss)
  Distributions   Net
Income
(loss)
  Other
Comprehensive
Income (loss)
 

Utilities

                                     

Australian regulated terminal operation

  $ 441   $ 18   $ (1 ) $ 48   $ 45   $ (2 )

New England electricity transmission operation

    23     (6 )   19     2     (2 )   6  

Colombian regulated distribution operation

    188     21     50         5     10  

Transport

                                     

UK port operation

    204     8     3     3     11     5  

Chilean toll roads

    27     4     (4 )       9     (3 )

Energy

                                     

North American gas storage operation

    11     (5 )   (1 )   4     (1 )    

Canadian district energy operation

    13     (1 )   2             1  

U.S. district energy operation

                         

Timber

                                     

U.S. freehold timberlands

    242     123     2     37     52     1  

Canadian freehold timberlands

    236     10     (3 )       6     (3 )

Corporate & Other

                                     

Holding LP

        13             (64 )   (52 )
                           

Total

  $ 1,385   $ 185   $ 67   $ 94   $ 61   $ (37 )
                           

F-60 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

        The following tables present summarized accounts for non-wholly owned subsidiaries on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows:

 
  Cash Flow Activities  
 
  Year ended December 31, 2014   Year ended December 31, 2013  
US$ MILLIONS
  Operating   Investing   Financing   Operating   Investing   Financing  

Utilities

                                     

UK regulated distribution operation

  $ 194   $ (202 ) $ (7 ) $ 159   $ (155 ) $ (8 )

Australian regulated terminal operation

    114     (27 )   (99 )   110     (36 )   (103 )

New England electricity transmission operation

    10         (10 )   8         (8 )

Colombian regulated distribution operation

    39     (1 )   (75 )   33     (10 )   (18 )

Transport

                                     

UK port operation

    50     (47 )   (12 )   30     (15 )   (17 )

Chilean toll roads

    63     (8 )   (16 )   29     5     (26 )

Energy

                                     

North American gas storage operation

    (1 )   1     (1 )   6     18     (19 )

North American west coast gas storage operation

    6                      

Canadian district energy operation

    32     (23 )   (40 )   31     (25 )   70  

U.S. district energy operation

    47     (30 )   (16 )   3          

Timber

                                     

U.S. freehold timberlands

                41     (25 )   (41 )

Canadian freehold timberlands

                17     (15 )   (8 )

Corporate & Other

                                     

Holding LP

    (137 )   (569 )   458     (1 )   242     28  
                           

Total

  $ 417   $ (906 ) $ 182   $ 466   $ (16 ) $ (150 )
                           

Brookfield Infrastructure F-61


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013


 
  Cash Flow Activities  
 
  Year ended December 31, 2012  
US$ MILLIONS
  Operating   Investing   Financing  

Utilities

                   

UK regulated distribution operation

  $ 70   $ 160   $ (231 )

Australian regulated terminal operation

    153     (9 )   (120 )

New England electricity transmission operation

    6         (7 )

Colombian regulated distribution operation

    56     35     (10 )

Transport

                   

UK port operation

    23     (4 )   (11 )

Chilean toll roads

    4     69     (4 )

Energy

                   

North American gas storage operation

    6     (4 )   (2 )

Canadian district energy operation

    4     (2 )    

U.S. district energy operation

             

Timber

                   

U.S. freehold timberlands

    60     (7 )   (52 )

Canadian freehold timberlands

    (3 )   1      

Corporate & Other

                   

Holding LP

    (29 )   (1,497 )   1,451  
               

Total

  $ 350   $ (1,258 ) $ 1,014  
               

F-62 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

NOTE 26.  INCOME TAXES

        The partnership is a flow-through entity for tax purposes and as such is not subject to Bermudian taxation. However, income taxes are recognized for the amount of taxes payable by the partnership's corporate subsidiaries and for the impact of deferred income tax assets and liabilities related to such subsidiaries.

(a)
Deferred Income Tax Balances

        The sources of deferred income tax balances are as follows:

 
  As of December 31  
US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013  

Deferred income tax assets

             

Tax losses carried forward

  $ 232   $ 213  

Financial instruments and other

    200     286  
           

  $ 432   $ 499  
           

Deferred income tax liabilities

             

Property, plant and equipment and investment properties

  $ (1,200 ) $ (1,037 )

Intangible assets

    (574 )   (633 )
           

  $ (1,774 ) $ (1,670 )
           

Net deferred income tax liabilities

  $ (1,342 ) $ (1,171 )
           

Reflected in the balance sheet as follows:

             

Deferred income tax assets

  $ 99   $ 124  

Deferred income tax liabilities

    (1,441 )   (1,295 )
           

Net deferred income tax liabilities

  $ (1,342 ) $ (1,171 )
           

Brookfield Infrastructure F-63


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

        The sources of deferred income tax balances and movements are as follows:

 
   
  Recognized in    
 
US$ MILLIONS
  January 1,
2014
  Net
Income
  Other
Comprehensive
Income
  Other (1)   Acquisitions/
Dispositions
  December 31,
2014
 

Deferred income tax assets related to non-capital losses and capital losses

  $ 213   $ 50   $   $ (22 ) $ (9 ) $ 232  

Deferred income tax liabilities related to differences in tax and book basis, net

    (1,384 )   (99 )   (140 )   133     (84 )   (1,574 )
                           

Net deferred income tax liabilities

  $ (1,171 ) $ (49 ) $ (140 ) $ 111   $ (93 ) $ (1,342 )
                           

 

 
   
  Recognized in    
 
US$ MILLIONS
  January 1,
2013
  Net
Income
  Other
Comprehensive
Income
  Other (1)   Acquisitions/
Dispositions
  December 31,
2013
 

Deferred income tax assets related to non-capital losses and capital losses

  $ 293   $ (9 ) $   $ (16 ) $ (55 ) $ 213  

Deferred income tax liabilities related to differences in tax and book basis, net

    (2,115 )   (14 )   (178 )   88     835     (1,384 )
                           

Net deferred income tax liabilities

  $ (1,822 ) $ (23 ) $ (178 ) $ 72   $ 780   $ (1,171 )
                           

(1)
Other items relates to foreign exchange as deferred income taxes are calculated based on the functional currency of each operating entity.

        Net deferred taxes of $43 million with respect to the New England electricity transmission operations, a business that is classified as held for sale in the financial statements has been included in the $93 million net deferred income tax liability under acquisitions / dispositions in the source of deferred income tax balances and movements noted above.

        Of the $49 million (2013: $23 million) of deferred income tax expense recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operating Results, $nil (2013: $24 million) of the deferred income tax expense was presented as a component of discontinued operations in the financial statements, representing a deferred income tax recovery of $nil (2013: $1 million).

        The amount of non-capital and capital losses and deductible temporary differences for which no deferred income tax assets have been recognized is approximately $683 million (2013: $603 million). Of the $683 million (2013: $603 million) deductible temporary differences not recognized, $416 million (2013: $425 million) relates to capital losses which carry forward indefinitely and have no expiry dates. The remaining $267 million (2013: $178 million) relates to non-capital losses, of which $59 million

F-64 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

(2013: $59 million) expires between 2024 to 2030 and $208 million (2013: $119 million) that carries forward indefinitely and have no expiry dates.

(b)
Income Tax Recognized in Profit or Loss

        The major components of income tax expense include the following:

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013   2012  

Tax expense (benefit) comprises:

                   

Current income tax expense

  $ 30   $ 3   $ 12  

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

                   

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

    17     49     2  

Changes in tax rates or the imposition of new taxes

    22     (39 )   (13 )

Previously unrecognized deferred taxes

    10     (11 )   (31 )
               

Total income tax expense (benefit)

  $ 79   $ 2   $ (30 )
               

Net income before income tax expense reconciles income to tax expense (recovery) as follows:

                   

Net income before income tax

  $ 316   $ 295   $ 82  
               

Income tax expense calculated at the domestic rates applicable to profits in the country concerned

    78     85     28  

Change in substantively enacted tax rates

    23     (39 )   (13 )

Earnings from investments in associates

    (11 )   (36 )   1  

Non-taxable portion of loss

    (1 )       9  

Income not assessable

    (5 )   (5 )   (19 )

International operations subject to different tax rates

    (8 )   (8 )   (8 )

Permanent differences and other

    3     5     (28 )
               

Income tax expense recognized in profit or loss

  $ 79   $ 2   $ (30 )
               

        As the partnership is not subject to tax, the above reconciliation has been prepared using a composite statutory rate for jurisdictions where Brookfield Infrastructure's subsidiaries operate. The composite rate has increased due to changes in the related operating income in the various subsidiaries and changes in local statutory rates.

        The partnership recognized $nil (2013: $nil) of pre-acquisition deferred income tax assets as a result of business combinations that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2014.

        The partnership has approximately $1,908 million (2013: $1,738 million) of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and associates for which no deferred income taxes have been provided.

Brookfield Infrastructure F-65


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

(c)
Income Tax Recognized Directly in Other Comprehensive Income

US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013   2012  

Deferred income tax arising on income and expenses recognized in other comprehensive income:

                   

Revaluation of property, plant and equipment

  $ (143 ) $ (185 ) $ (161 )

Cash flow hedges

        7     6  

Other

    3         (6 )
               

Total income tax expense recognized directly in other comprehensive income

  $ (140 ) $ (178 ) $ (161 )
               

NOTE 27.  PARTNERSHIP CAPITAL

        As at December 31, 2014, our partnership's capital structure was comprised of two classes of partnership units: limited partnership units and general partnership units. Limited partnership units entitle the holder to their proportionate share of distributions. General partnership units entitle the holder the right to govern the financial and operating policies of Brookfield Infrastructure. The Holding LP's capital structure is composed of three classes of partnership units: special limited partner units, managing general partner units and Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield.

        In its capacity as the holder of the special limited partner units of the Holding LP, the special limited partner is entitled to incentive distribution rights which are based on the amount by which quarterly distributions on partnership units exceed specified target levels. To the extent distributions on partnership units exceed $0.305 per quarter, the incentive distribution rights are entitled to 15% of incremental distributions above this threshold. To the extent that distributions on partnership units exceed $0.33 per unit, the incentive distribution rights are entitled to 25% of incremental distributions above this threshold. During the year, the partnership paid incentive distributions of $44 million (2013: $31 million, 2012: $16 million).

        The Holding LP has issued 58.7 million Redeemable Partnership Units to Brookfield, which may, at the request of the holder, require the Holding LP to redeem the units at the market price of the partnership. This right is subject to the partnership's right of first refusal which entitles it, at its sole discretion, to elect to acquire any unit so presented to the Holding LP in exchange for one of the partnership's units subject to certain customary adjustments. Both the limited partnership units issued by the partnership and the Redeemable Partnership Units issued by the Holding LP have the same economic attributes in all respects, except for the redemption right described above. The Redeemable Partnership Units participate in earnings and distributions on a per unit basis equivalent to the per unit participation of the limited partnership of the partnership. The partnership reflects the Redeemable Partnership Units issued to Brookfield by the Holding LP as non-controlling interest—Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield.

        In March 2014, the Holding LP underwent a restructuring whereby the Holding LP's limited partnership agreement was amended to make the partnership the managing general partner of the Holding LP by redesignating the limited partner units as managing general partner units and to make the general partner a special limited partner of the Holding LP by redesignating the general partner units to special limited partner units. This change was made in order to simplify the partnership's governance structure and to more clearly delineate our partnership's governance rights in respect of the Holding LP.

F-66 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

(a)
Special and Limited Partnership Capital

 
  Special
limited
partner
units
  Limited
partnership
units
  Total  
UNITS MILLIONS
  2014   2013   2014   2013   2014   2013  

Authorized to issue

                                     

On issue at January 1

    1.1     1.1     150.2     143.6     151.3     144.7  

Issued for cash

            0.1     6.6     0.1     6.6  
                           

On issue at December 31

    1.1     1.1     150.3     150.2     151.4     151.3  
                           

 

 
  General
partner
  Limited
partners'
  Total  
US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013   2014   2013   2014   2013  

Opening balance

  $ 19   $ 19   $ 3,199   $ 2,955   $ 3,218   $ 2,974  

Share issuance

            2     244     2     244  
                           

Ending balance

  $ 19   $ 19   $ 3,201   $ 3,199   $ 3,220   $ 3,218  
                           

        In May 2013, Brookfield Infrastructure issued 6.6 million limited partnership units at $37.75 under our shelf registrations in the U.S. and Canada. In total, $247 million of gross proceeds were raised through the issuance and $10 million in equity issuance costs were incurred.

        In August 2012, Brookfield Infrastructure issued 11.1 million limited partnership units at $33.25 under our shelf registrations in the U.S. and Canada. In total, $370 million of gross proceeds were raised through the issuance and $15 million in equity issuance costs were incurred.

        In June 2010, we implemented a distribution reinvestment plan (the "Plan") that allows eligible holders of the partnership to purchase additional units by reinvesting their cash distributions. Under the Plan, units are acquired at a price per unit calculated by reference to the volume weighted average of the trading price for our units on the New York Stock Exchange for the five trading days immediately preceding the relevant distribution date. During the year, our partnership issued less than 1 million units for proceeds of $2 million (2013: less than 1 million units for proceeds of $7 million, 2012: less than 1 million units for proceeds of $3 million) under the Plan.

        The weighted average number of special limited partner units outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 1.1 million (2013: 1.1 million; 2012: 1.1 million). The weighted average number of limited partnership units outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 150.3 million (2013: 147.8 million; 2012: 136.9 million).

Brookfield Infrastructure F-67


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

(b)
Non-controlling interest—Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield

 
  Non-controlling
interest—
Redeemable
Partnership Units
held by Brookfield
 
UNITS MILLIONS
  2014   2013  

Authorized to issue

             

On issue at January 1

    58.7     56.1  

Issued for cash

        2.6  
           

On issue at December 31

    58.7     58.7  
           

 

 
  Non-controlling
interest—
Redeemable
Partnership Units
held by Brookfield
 
US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013  

Opening balance

  $ 1,178   $ 1,084  

Share issuance

        94  
           

Ending balance

  $ 1,178   $ 1,178  
           

        In May 2013, Brookfield Infrastructure issued 2.6 million Redeemable Partnership Units to Brookfield for proceeds of $94 million.

        In August 2012, Brookfield Infrastructure issued 4.4 million Redeemable Partnership Units to Brookfield for proceeds of $142 million.

        The weighted average number of Redeemable Partnership Units outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 58.7 million (2013: 57.8 million; 2012: 53.5 million).

F-68 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

NOTE 28.  ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(a)
Attributable to Limited Partners'

US$ MILLIONS
  Revaluation
Surplus
  Foreign
Currency
Translation
  Net
Investment
Hedges
  Cash Flow
Hedges
  Available
for sale
  Unrealized
Actuarial
Losses
  Equity
accounted
investments
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ 398   $ 142   $ (57 ) $ (53 )     $ (1 ) $ 200   $ 629  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    254     (236 )   (8 )   (10 )   10     (5 )   111     116  

Dispositions

                            (57 )   (57 )
                                   

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 652   $ (94 ) $ (65 ) $ (63 ) $ 10   $ (6 ) $ 254   $ 688  
                                   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    160     (334 )   101     (33 )   4     (19 )   88     (33 )
                                   

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $ 812   $ (428 ) $ 36   $ (96 ) $ 14   $ (25 ) $ 342   $ 655  
                                   
(b)
Attributable to General Partner

US$ MILLIONS
  Revaluation
Surplus
  Foreign
Currency
Translation
  Net
Investment
Hedges
  Cash Flow
Hedges
  Available
for sale
  Unrealized
Actuarial
Losses
  Equity
accounted
investments
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ 3   $ 1   $   $ (1 ) $   $   $ 2   $ 5  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    2     (1 )                       1  
                                   

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 5   $   $   $ (1 ) $   $   $ 2   $ 6  
                                   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    1     (2 )   1                 (1 )   (1 )
                                   

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $ 6   $ (2 ) $ 1   $ (1 ) $   $   $ 1   $ 5  
                                   

Brookfield Infrastructure F-69


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

(c)
Attributable to Non-controlling interest—Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield

US$ MILLIONS
  Revaluation
Surplus
  Foreign
Currency
Translation
  Net
Investment
Hedges
  Cash Flow
Hedges
  Available
for sale
  Unrealized
Actuarial
Losses
  Equity
accounted
investments
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ 171   $ 62   $ (24 ) $ (24 ) $   $   $ 87   $ 272  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    101     (92 )   (3 )   (4 )   4     (2 )   42     46  

Dispositions

                            (23 )   (23 )
                                   

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 272   $ (30 ) $ (27 ) $ (28 ) $ 4   $ (2 ) $ 106   $ 295  
                                   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    63     (130 )   39     (13 )   2     (6 )   33     (12 )
                                   

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $ 335   $ (160 ) $ 12   $ (41 ) $ 6   $ (8 ) $ 139   $ 283  
                                   

NOTE 29.  DISTRIBUTIONS

        For the year ended December 31, 2014, distributions to partnership unitholders were $404 million or $1.92 per unit (2013: $357 million or $1.72 per unit, 2012: $288 million or $1.50 per unit). Additionally, incentive distributions were made to the general partner of $44 million (2013: $31 million, 2012: $16 million).

        On February 3, 2015 the Board of Directors has declared a quarterly distribution in the amount of $0.53 per unit, payable on March 31, 2015 to unitholders of record as of the close of business on February 27, 2015.

NOTE 30.  CONTINGENT ASSETS & LIABILITIES

        Brookfield Infrastructure, including its associates, had bank and customs guarantees and letters of credit outstanding to third parties totaling $137 million (2013: $116 million). These guarantees are generally supported by cash on deposit with banks.

        The partnership and its subsidiaries are contingently liable with respect to litigation and claims that arise in the normal course of operations.

NOTE 31.  CONTRACTUAL COMMITMENTS

        In the normal course of business, the partnership will enter into contractual obligations which include commitments relating primarily to contracted project costs for various growth initiatives and network upgrades at our Australian rail operation and committed expenditures associated with gas and electricity sales contracts at our UK regulated distribution operation. As at December 31, 2014, the partnership had $387 million (2013: $361 million) of such commitments outstanding.

        In addition, pursuant to the Master Service Agreement, on a quarterly basis, Brookfield Infrastructure pays a base management fee to wholly owned subsidiaries of Brookfield (the "Service Provider") equal to 0.3125% per quarter (1.25% annually) of the market value of the partnership. This fee is recorded on the Consolidated Statements of Operating Results in general and administrative expenses.

F-70 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

NOTE 32.  RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

        Brookfield Infrastructure offers pension plans to employees of its subsidiaries. Brookfield Infrastructure's obligations under its defined benefit pension plans are determined periodically through the preparation of actuarial valuations. The benefit plans' expense for 2014 was less than $1 million (2013: less than $1 million, 2012: less than $1 million). The discount rate used was 3.5% (2013: 4.8%, 2012: 4.7%) with a rate of compensation of 3.1% (2013: 3.3%, 2012: 3.3%).

US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013  

Plan assets

  $ 288   $ 259  

Less accrued benefit obligation

    (387 )   (332 )
           

Accrued benefit liability

  $ (99 ) $ (73 )
           

NOTE 33.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        In the normal course of operations, Brookfield Infrastructure entered into the transactions below with related parties on market terms. These transactions have been measured at fair value and are recognized in the financial statements.

        The immediate parent of Brookfield Infrastructure is the General Partner of the partnership. The ultimate parent of Brookfield Infrastructure is Brookfield. Other related parties of Brookfield Infrastructure represent its subsidiary and operating entities.

(a)
Transactions with the immediate parent

        Throughout the year, the General Partner, in its capacity as the partnership's general partner, incurs director fees, a portion of which are charged at cost to the partnership in accordance with the limited partnership agreement. Less than $1 million in director fees were incurred during the year ended December 31, 2014 (2013: less than $1 million, 2012: less than $1 million).

(b)
Transactions with other related parties

        Since inception, Brookfield Infrastructure had a management agreement with its external service providers, wholly owned subsidiaries of Brookfield.

        Pursuant to the Master Services Agreement, on a quarterly basis, Brookfield Infrastructure pays a base management fee, referred to as the Base Management Fee, to the Service Provider equal to 0.3125% per quarter (1.25% annually) of the market value of the partnership. The Base Management Fee was $107 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 (2013: $102 million, 2012: $86 million).

        For purposes of calculating the Base Management Fee, the market value of the partnership is equal to the aggregate value of all the outstanding limited partnership units of the partnership (assuming full conversion of Brookfield's limited partnership interests in Brookfield Infrastructure into limited partnership units of our partnership), preferred units and securities of the other Service Recipients (as defined in Brookfield Infrastructure's Master Services Agreement) that are not held by Brookfield Infrastructure, plus all outstanding third part debt with recourse to a Service Recipient, less all cash held by such entities.

Brookfield Infrastructure F-71


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

        During the year, $8 million was reimbursed at cost to the Service Provider (2013: $8 million, 2012: $9 million). These amounts represent third party costs that were paid for by Brookfield on behalf of Brookfield Infrastructure relating to general and administrative expenses, and acquisition related expenses of Brookfield Infrastructure. These expenses were charged to Brookfield Infrastructure at cost.

        Brookfield Infrastructure has placed funds on deposit with Brookfield. Interest earned on the deposits is at market terms. At December 31, 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure's deposit balance with Brookfield was less than $1 million (2013: $262 million, 2012: less than $1 million) and earned interest of less than $1 million for the year (2013: less than $1 million, 2012: less than $1 million).

        Brookfield Infrastructure's North American district energy operation has various right-of-way easements and leases office space on market terms with subsidiaries of Brookfield Office Properties Inc. The North American district energy operation also utilizes consulting and engineering services provided by a wholly owned subsidiary of Brookfield on market terms.

NOTE 34.  DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

        Brookfield Infrastructure's activities expose it to a variety of financial risks, including market risk (i.e. currency risk, interest rate risk, commodity risk and other price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. Brookfield Infrastructure and its subsidiaries selectively use derivative financial instruments principally to manage these risks.

        The aggregate notional amount of Brookfield Infrastructure's derivative positions at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

US$ MILLIONS
  Note   Dec. 31, 2014   Dec. 31, 2013  

Foreign exchange contracts

  (a)   $ 2,689   $ 2,174  

Interest rates swaps and other

  (b)     4,755     5,503  
               

      $ 7,444   $ 7,677  
               

        The following table presents the change in fair values of Brookfield Infrastructure's derivative positions during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

US$ MILLIONS
  Unrealized Gains
on Derivative
Financial Assets
  Unrealized Gains/(losses)
on Derivative
Financial Liabilities
  Net Change
During 2014
  Net Change
During 2013
 

Foreign exchange derivatives

  $ 123   $ 29   $ 152   $ 36  

Interest rate derivative

    179     (59 )   120     (20 )
                   

  $ 302   $ (30 ) $ 272   $ 16  
                   

F-72 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

(a)
Foreign Exchange

        Brookfield Infrastructure held the following foreign exchange contracts with notional amounts at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 
  Notional Amount (U.S. Dollars)   Average Exchange Rate  
US$ MILLIONS
  Dec. 31, 2014   Dec. 31, 2013   Dec. 31, 2014   Dec. 31, 2013  

Foreign exchange contracts

                         

Australian dollars

  $ 1,422   $ 866     0.88     0.95  

British pounds

    984     984     1.62     1.60  

European Union euros

    131     148     1.28     1.36  

Canadian dollars

    152     176     0.89     0.97  
                   

  $ 2,689   $ 2,174              
                       
(b)
Interest Rates

        At December 31, 2014, Brookfield Infrastructure held interest rate swap contracts having an aggregate notional amount of $4,364 million (2013: $5,087 million, 2012: $5,632 million). Brookfield Infrastructure has inflation linked swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $391 million (2013: $416 million, 2012: $408 million).

Other Information Regarding Derivative Financial Instruments

        The following table presents the notional amounts underlying Brookfield Infrastructure's derivative instruments by term to maturity as at December 31, 2014 and the comparative notional amounts at December 31, 2013, for both derivatives that are classified as fair value through profit or loss and derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting:

 
  Dec. 31, 2014   Dec. 31, 2013  
US$ MILLIONS
  < 1 year   1 to 5 years   > 5 years   Total Notional
Amount
  Total Notional
Amount
 

Fair value through profit or loss

                               

Foreign exchange derivatives

  $ 412   $ 228   $   $ 640   $ 674  

Interest rate derivatives

                               

Interest rate swaps and other

    28     483     179     690     375  

Inflation linked swap

            391     391     416  
                       

  $ 440   $ 711   $ 570   $ 1,721   $ 1,465  
                       

Elected for hedge accounting

                               

Foreign exchange derivatives

  $ 2,049   $   $   $ 2,049   $ 1,501  

Interest rate derivatives

                               

Interest rate swaps

    2     1,593     2,079     3,674     4,712  
                       

  $ 2,051   $ 1,593   $ 2,079   $ 5,723   $ 6,213  
                       

Brookfield Infrastructure F-73


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

        The following table classifies derivatives elected for hedge accounting during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 as either cash flow hedges or net investment hedges. Changes in the fair value of the effective portion of the hedges are recorded in either other comprehensive income or net income, depending on the hedge classification, whereas changes in the fair value of the ineffective portion of the hedge are recorded in net income:

 
  2014   2013  
AS AT AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
(MILLIONS)
  Notional   Effective
Portion
  Ineffective
Portion
  Notional   Effective
Portion
  Ineffective
Portion
 

Cash flow hedges

  $ 3,674   $ (41 ) $   $ 4,587   $ (13 ) $ 1  

Net investment hedges

    2,049     141         1,501     (12 )    
                           

  $ 5,723   $ 100   $   $ 6,088   $ (25 ) $ 1  
                           

        The partnership settles the difference between the contracted fixed and floating rates of its interest rate swaps on a net basis. All interest rate swap contracts exchanging floating rate interest amounts for fixed rate interest amounts are designated as cash flow hedges in order to reduce the partnership's cash flow exposure resulting from variable interest rates on borrowings. The interest rate swaps and the interest payments on the borrowings occur simultaneously and the amount accumulated in equity is reclassified to profit or loss over the period that the floating rate interest payments on borrowings affect profit or loss.

NOTE 35.  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

        Brookfield Infrastructure recognizes that risk management is an integral part of good management practice.

        Brookfield Infrastructure is exposed to the following risks as a result of holding financial instruments: capital risk; liquidity risk; market risk (i.e. interest rate risk and foreign currency risk); and credit risk. The following is a description of these risks and how they are managed:

(a)
Capital Risk Management

        Brookfield Infrastructure manages its capital structure to be able to continue as a going concern while maximizing the return to stakeholders. Brookfield Infrastructure's overall capital strategy remains unchanged from 2013.

F-74 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

        The capital structure of Brookfield Infrastructure consists of debt, offset by cash and cash equivalents, and partnership capital comprised of issued capital and accumulated gains.

US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013  

Subsidiary and corporate borrowings

  $ 6,809   $ 6,167  

Preferred shares

    20     20  

Cash and cash equivalents (1)

    (494 )   (768 )
           

Net Debt

    6,335     5,419  

Total partnership capital

    6,322     6,605  
           

Total capital and net debt

  $ 12,657   $ 12,024  
           

Net debt to capitalization ratio

    50%     45%  

(1)
Includes marketable securities.

        The Board, along with senior management of the Service Provider, reviews Brookfield Infrastructure's capital structure and as part of this review, considers the cost of capital and the risk associated with each class of capital.

        Brookfield Infrastructure manages its debt exposure by financing its operations on a non-recourse basis with prudent levels of debt, ensuring a diversity of funding sources as well as laddering its maturity profile to minimize refinance risk. Brookfield Infrastructure also borrows in the currency where the asset operates, where possible, in order to hedge its currency risk.

        Generally, Brookfield Infrastructure's equity strategy is to issue equity in conjunction with future acquisitions. However, Brookfield Infrastructure may also issue an amount of equity opportunistically to enhance its liquidity to pursue investments. Brookfield Infrastructure maintains active shelf registrations to enable it to issue securities in both the U.S. and Canadian markets.

        Brookfield Infrastructure's financing plan is to fund its recurring growth capital expenditures with cash flow generated by its operations after maintenance capital expenditure, as well as debt financing that is sized to maintain its credit profile. To fund large scale development projects and acquisitions, Brookfield Infrastructure will evaluate a variety of capital sources including proceeds from selling non-core assets, equity and debt financing. The partnership will seek to raise additional equity if Brookfield Infrastructure believes it can earn returns on these investments in excess of the cost of the incremental partnership capital.

        As disclosed within borrowings (note 19), Brookfield Infrastructure has various loan facilities in place. In certain cases, the facilities have financial covenants which are generally in the form of interest coverage ratios and leverage ratios. Brookfield Infrastructure does not have any market capitalization covenants attached to any of its borrowings, nor does it have any other externally imposed capital requirements.

        During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no breaches of any loan covenants within Brookfield Infrastructure.

Brookfield Infrastructure F-75


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

(b)
Liquidity Risk Management

        Brookfield Infrastructure attempts to maintain sufficient financial liquidity at all times so that it is able to participate in attractive opportunities as they arise, better withstand sudden adverse changes in economic circumstances and maintain a relatively high distribution of its Funds from operations ("FFO") to unitholders. Brookfield Infrastructure's principal sources of liquidity are cash flows from its operations, undrawn credit facilities and access to public and private capital markets. Brookfield Infrastructure also structures the ownership of its assets to enhance its ability to monetize them to provide additional liquidity, if necessary.

        Brookfield Infrastructure's estimated corporate liquidity as at December 31 was as follows:

US$ MILLIONS (1)
  2014   2013  

Corporate cash and financial assets

  $ 317   $ 523  

Availability under committed credit facility

    1,400     1,400  

Draws on credit facility

    (246 )    

Commitments under credit facility

    (110 )   (99 )
           

Estimated corporate liquidity

  $ 1,361   $ 1,824  
           

(1)
Corporate level only.

        Brookfield Infrastructure's $1.4 billion committed revolving credit facility is available for investments and acquisitions, as well as general corporate purposes. Commitments under the facility will be available on a revolving basis until June 30, 2019. All amounts outstanding at that time will be repayable in full. The facility is intended to be a bridge to equity financing rather than a permanent source of capital. At December 31, 2014, there was $246 million drawn on this facility (2013: $nil, 2012: $546 million) and $110 million was committed to letters of credit (2013: $99 million, 2012: $92 million).

        The following tables detail the contractual maturities for Brookfield Infrastructure's financial liabilities. The tables reflect the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the earliest

F-76 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

date on which Brookfield Infrastructure can be required to pay. The tables include both interest and principal cash flows:

December 31, 2014
US$ MILLIONS
  Less than
1 year
  1-2 years   2-5 years   5+ years   Total
contractual
cash flows
 

Non-derivative financial liabilities:

                               

Accounts payable and other liabilities

  $ 413   $ 85   $ 8   $ 121   $ 627  

Interest-bearing liabilities (1)

    347     637     1,840     6,843     9,667  

Finance lease liabilities

    3     1     2     1     7  

Other financial liabilities

            16     43     59  

Derivative liabilities:

                               

Net settled interest rate swaps

    48     34     112     (209 )   (15 )

Net settled foreign currency exchange forward contracts

    2     2     4     3     11  

Net settled inflation swaps

    48     12     92     190     342  

Other derivative liabilities

    8     8     6     50     72  

(1)
Comprised of non-recourse borrowings and corporate borrowings and includes interest payments of $306 million, $298 million, $818 million and $1,354 million for the periods as follows: less than 1 year, 1-2 years, 2-5 years and 5 years and thereafter, respectively. Interest payments are calculated based on interest rates in effect as at the balance sheet date.

December 31, 2013
US$ MILLIONS
  Less than
1 year
  1-2 years   2-5 years   5+ years   Total
contractual
cash flows
 

Non-derivative financial liabilities:

                               

Accounts payable and other liabilities

  $ 411   $ 26   $   $ 81   $ 518  

Interest-bearing liabilities (2)

    313     341     2,261     5,681     8,596  

Finance lease liabilities

    4     3     8     16     31  

Other financial liabilities

    79     40     7     6     132  

Derivative liabilities:

                               

Net settled interest rate swaps

    44     48     104     (42 )   154  

Net settled foreign currency exchange forward contracts

    37     1     4     6     48  

Net settled inflation swaps

    12     64     99     244     419  

Other derivative liabilities

    1             20     21  

(2)
Comprised of non-recourse borrowings and corporate borrowings and includes interest payments of $251 million, $225 million, $622 million and $1,161 million for the periods as follows: less than 1 year, 1-2 years, 2-5 years and 5 years and thereafter, respectively. Interest payments are calculated based on interest rates in effect as at the balance sheet date.

Brookfield Infrastructure F-77


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

(c)
Market Risk

        Market risk is defined for these purposes as the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument held by Brookfield Infrastructure will fluctuate because of the change in market prices. Market risk includes the risk of changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and equity prices.

        Brookfield Infrastructure seeks to minimize the risks associated with foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates primarily through the use of derivative financial instruments to hedge these risk exposures. The use of financial derivatives is governed by Brookfield Infrastructure's Treasury Policy. Brookfield Infrastructure does not enter into, or trade financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for speculative purposes.

        The Treasury Policy provides written principles on the use of financial derivatives. With respect to its treasury policy, senior management of Brookfield Infrastructure's external service provider perform the monitoring, review and approval role and report to the Board on a regular basis.

        Financial instruments held by Brookfield Infrastructure that are subject to market risk include other financial assets, borrowings, derivative instruments, such as interest rate and foreign currency contracts, and marketable securities. The partnership is exposed to equity price risks arising from marketable securities. As at December 31, 2014 the balance of the portfolio was $305 million (2013: $230 million), a 10% change in the value of the portfolio would impact our equity by $29 million and result in an impact on the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive income of $31 million.

Interest Rate Risk Management

        Brookfield Infrastructure's primary objectives with respect to interest rate risk management are to ensure that:

    Brookfield Infrastructure is not exposed to interest rate movements that could adversely impact its ability to meet financial obligations;

    Earnings and distributions are not adversely affected;

    Volatility of debt servicing costs is managed within acceptable parameters; and

    All borrowing covenants under various borrowing facilities, including interest coverage ratios, are complied with.

        To achieve these objectives, in general terms, Brookfield Infrastructure's funding mix comprises both fixed and floating rate debt. Fixed rate debt is achieved either through fixed rate debt funding or through the use of financial derivate instruments. In addition, where possible, interest rate risk is minimized by matching the terms of interest rate swap contracts in regulated businesses to the term of the rate period, thus providing natural hedges.

        The sensitivity analyses below reflect Brookfield Infrastructure's exposure to interest rates for both derivative and non-derivative instruments at the reporting date, assuming that a 10 basis point increase or decrease in rates takes place at the beginning of the financial year and is held constant throughout the reporting period. The sensitivity analyses assume a 10 basis point change to reflect the current methodology employed by Brookfield Infrastructure in assessing interest rate risk. Such parallel shift in

F-78 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

the yield curve by 10 basis points would have had the following impact, assuming all other variables were held constant:

 
  2014   2013   2012  
US$ MILLIONS
  10 bp
decrease
  10 bp
increase
  10 bp
decrease
  10 bp
increase
  10 bp
decrease
  10 bp
increase
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 3   $ (3 ) $ 2   $ (2 ) $ 4   $ (4 )

Other comprehensive (loss) income

    (5 )   5     (4 )   4     (14 )   14  

Foreign Currency Risk Management

        Brookfield Infrastructure has exposure to foreign currency risk in respect of currency transactions, the value of Brookfield Infrastructure's net investment, cash flows and capital expenditures that are denominated outside of the U.S. Brookfield Infrastructure's approach to foreign currency risk management is:

    Brookfield Infrastructure leverages any natural hedges that may exist within its operations;

    Brookfield Infrastructure utilizes local currency debt financing to the extent possible; and

    Brookfield Infrastructure may utilize derivative contracts to the extent that natural hedges are insufficient.

        The tables below set out Brookfield Infrastructure's currency exposure at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

2014
US$ MILLIONS
  USD   AUD   GBP   BRL   CLP   CAD   EUR   COP   Total  

Assets:

                                                       

Current assets

  $ 1,080   $ 116   $ 141   $ 10   $ 107   $ 51   $   $ 55   $ 1,560  

Non-current assets

    1,676     5,147     3,911     1,305     1,107     900     165     724     14,935  
                                       

  $ 2,756   $ 5,263   $ 4,052   $ 1,315   $ 1,214   $ 951   $ 165   $ 779   $ 16,495  
                                       

Liabilities:

                                                       

Current liabilities

  $ 349   $ 106   $ 287   $   $ 36   $ 27   $   $ 16   $ 821  

Non-current liabilities

    1,002     3,909     2,470     90     949     518         414     9,352  
                                       

    1,351     4,015     2,757     90     985     545         430     10,173  
                                       

Non-controlling interest—in operating subsidiaries

    188     112     310     184     111     254         285     1,444  

Non-controlling interest—Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield

    330     307     267     282     32     41     45     17     1,321  
                                       

Net investment

  $ 887   $ 829   $ 718   $ 759   $ 86   $ 111   $ 120   $ 47   $ 3,557  
                                       

Brookfield Infrastructure F-79


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013


2013
US$ MILLIONS
  USD   AUD   GBP   BRL   CLP   CAD   EUR   COP   Total  

Assets:

                                                       

Current assets

  $ 661   $ 114   $ 148   $   $ 117   $ 103   $   $ 125   $ 1,268  

Non-current assets

    1,367     5,375     3,769     773     1,283     935     169     743     14,414  
                                       

  $ 2,028   $ 5,489   $ 3,917   $ 773   $ 1,400   $ 1,038   $ 169   $ 868   $ 15,682  
                                       

Liabilities:

                                                       

Current liabilities

  $ 163   $ 81   $ 234   $   $ 60   $ 30   $   $ 30   $ 598  

Non-current liabilities

    622     3,715     2,382         733     552         475     8,479  
                                       

    785     3,796     2,616         793     582         505     9,077  
                                       

Non-controlling interest—in operating subsidiaries

    112     118     317         292     281         299     1,419  

Non-controlling interest—Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield

    307     428     267     210     85     48     46     17     1,408  
                                       

Net investment

  $ 824   $ 1,147   $ 717   $ 563   $ 230   $ 127   $ 123   $ 47   $ 3,778  
                                       

 

2012
US$ MILLIONS
  USD   AUD   GBP   BRL   CLP   CAD   EUR   COP   NZD   Total  

Assets:

                                                             

Current assets

  $ 112   $ 174   $ 174   $   $ 122   $ 22   $   $ 142   $   $ 746  

Non-current assets

    5,698     5,913     3,349     335     1,425     969     147     752     384     18,972  
                                           

  $ 5,810   $ 6,087   $ 3,523   $ 335   $ 1,547   $ 991   $ 147   $ 894   $ 384   $ 19,718  
                                           

Liabilities:

                                                             

Current liabilities

  $ 622   $ 167   $ 256   $   $ 71   $ 123   $   $ 52   $   $ 1,291  

Non-current liabilities

    2,754     3,763     2,474         817     370         441         10,619  
                                           

    3,376     3,930     2,730         888     493         493         11,910  
                                           

Non-controlling interest—in operating subsidiaries

    1,596     147     124         319     267         331         2,784  

Non-controlling interest—Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield

    228     546     182     91     92     63     40     19     104     1,365  
                                           

Net investment

  $ 610   $ 1,464   $ 487   $ 244   $ 248   $ 168   $ 107   $ 51   $ 280   $ 3,659  
                                           

F-80 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

        The following tables detail Brookfield Infrastructure's sensitivity to a 10% increase and decrease in the U.S. dollar against the relevant foreign currencies, with all other variables held constant as at reporting date. 10% is the sensitivity rate used when reporting foreign currency risk internally. The sensitivity analysis is performed as follows:

    Outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items (excluding foreign exchange derivative contracts) are adjusted at period end for a 10% change in foreign currency rates from the rate at which they are translated; and

    Foreign currency derivative contracts are measured as the change in fair value of the derivative as a result of a 10% change in the spot currency rate.

 
  Impact on Net Income  
 
  2014   2013   2012  
US$ MILLIONS
  -10%   +10%   -10%   +10%   -10%   +10%  

USD/NZD

  $   $   $ (5 ) $ 5   $ (2 ) $ 2  

USD/AUD

    9     (9 )   15     (15 )   (10 )   10  

USD/EUR

    2     (2 )   1     (1 )   (3 )   3  

USD/GBP

    13     (13 )   (3 )   3          

USD/BRL

            1     (1 )        

USD/CLP

    4     (4 )   (1 )   1     2     (2 )

USD/CDN

    3     (3 )   (1 )   1     2     (2 )

 

 
  Impact on Partnership Capital  
 
  2014   2013   2012  
US$ MILLIONS
  -10%   +10%   -10%   +10%   -10%   +10%  

USD/NZD

  $   $   $   $   $ 25   $ (25 )

USD/AUD

    11     (11 )   71     (71 )   111     (111 )

USD/EUR

    3     (3 )   2     (2 )   3     (3 )

USD/GBP

                    24     (24 )

USD/CLP

    12     (12 )   31     (31 )   25     (25 )

USD/COP

    6     (6 )   6     (6 )   5     (5 )

USD/BRL

    104     (104 )   77     (77 )   24     (24 )

USD/CDN

                    17     (17 )
(d)
Credit Risk Management

        Credit risk is the risk of loss due to the failure of a borrower or counterparty to fulfill its contractual obligations.

        From a treasury perspective, counterparty credit risk is managed through the establishment of authorized counterparty credit limits which ensure that Brookfield Infrastructure only deals with credit worthy counterparties and that counterparty concentration is addressed and the risk of loss is mitigated. Credit limits are sufficiently low to restrict Brookfield Infrastructure from having credit exposures concentrated with a single counterparty but rather encourages spreading such risks among several parties. The limits are set at levels that reflect Brookfield Infrastructure's scale of activity and allow it to manage its treasury business competitively.

Brookfield Infrastructure F-81


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

        Brookfield Infrastructure does not have any significant credit risk exposure to any single counterparty or any group of counterparties having similar characteristics. The credit risk on liquid funds and derivative financial instruments is limited because the counterparties are banks with high credit ratings assigned by international credit-rating agencies. Exposure to credit risk is limited to the carrying amount of the assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.

NOTE 36.  SEGMENT INFORMATION

        IFRS 8, Operating Segments, requires operating segments to be determined based on internal reports that are regularly reviewed by the Executive Management and the Board of Directors for the purpose of allocating resources to the segment and to assessing its performance. Key measures used by the Chief Operating Decision Maker ("CODM") in assessing performance and in making resource allocation decisions are funds from operations ("FFO") and earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization ("adjusted EBITDA"), which enable the determination of cash return on the equity deployed. FFO is calculated as net income excluding the impact of depreciation and amortization, deferred income taxes, breakage and transaction costs, non-cash valuation gains or losses and other items. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as FFO excluding the impact of interest expense, cash taxes and other cash income (expenses).

 
  Total attributable to
Brookfield Infrastructure
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Contribution
from
investments in
associates
  Attributable to
non-
controlling
interest
   
  As per
IFRS
financials
on F-7 (1)
 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2014
US$ MILLIONS
  Discontinued
Operations
 
  Utilities   Transport   Energy   Other   Total  

Revenues

  $ 736   $ 1,238   $ 311   $   $ 2,285   $ (821 ) $ 597   $ (137 ) $ 1,924  

Direct operating costs

    (217 )   (639 )   (172 )       (1,028 )   437     (304 )   49     (846 )

General and administrative costs

                (115 )   (115 )               (115 )
                                       

Adjusted EBITDA

    519     599     139     (115 )   1,142     (384 )   293     (88 )      

Other income (expense)

    6     (34 )       26     (2 )   23     (10 )       11  

Interest expense

    (158 )   (173 )   (71 )   (14 )   (416 )   102     (106 )   58     (362 )
                                       

FFO

    367     392     68     (103 )   724     (259 )   177     (30 )      

Depreciation and amortization

    (155 )   (250 )   (76 )       (481 )   167     (111 )   45     (380 )

Deferred income taxes

    (27 )   8     5     16     2     (35 )   (14 )   (2 )   (49 )

Mark-to-market on hedging items

    7     4     (4 )   32     39     (3 )   2         38  

Valuation (losses) gains and other

    (38 )   (51 )   11     (22 )   (100 )   72     (9 )   (5 )   (42 )

Share of earnings from associates

                        58             58  

Income from discontinued operations net of tax

                                (8 )   (8 )

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

                            (45 )       (45 )
                                       

Net income (loss) attributable to partnership (2)

  $ 154   $ 103   $ 4   $ (77 ) $ 184   $   $   $   $ 184  
                                       

F-82 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013


 
  Total attributable to
Brookfield Infrastructure
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Contribution
from
investments in
associates
  Attributable to
non-
controlling
interest
   
  As per
IFRS
financials
on F-7 (1)
 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2013
US$ MILLIONS
  Discontinued
Operations
 
  Utilities   Transport   Energy   Other   Total  

Revenues

  $ 831   $ 1,054   $ 323   $ 83   $ 2,291   $ (761 ) $ 551   $ (255 ) $ 1,826  

Costs attributed to revenues

    (284 )   (557 )   (186 )   (44 )   (1,071 )   414     (287 )   121     (823 )

General and administrative costs

                (110 )   (110 )               (110 )
                                       

Adjusted EBITDA

    547     497     137     (71 )   1,110     (347 )   264     (134 )      

Other income (expense)

    5     (18 )   2     6     (5 )   17     (13 )   18     17  

Interest expense

    (175 )   (153 )   (69 )   (26 )   (423 )   97     (108 )   72     (362 )
                                       

FFO

    377     326     70     (91 )   682     (233 )   143     (44 )      

Depreciation and amortization

    (147 )   (183 )   (70 )       (400 )   115     (92 )   48     (329 )

Impairment charge

            (275 )       (275 )           275      

Deferred income taxes

    (8 )   7     19     (83 )   (65 )   (11 )   22     55     1  

Gain on sale of associates

    35             18     53                 53  

Mark-to-market on hedging items

    7     (9 )   3     6     7     3     9         19  

Valuation (losses) gains and other

    (28 )   (76 )   (1 )   45     (60 )   70     (2 )   (63 )   (55 )

Share of earnings from associates

                        56             56  

Income from discontinued operations net of tax

                                (228 )   (228 )

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

                            (80 )   (43 )   (123 )
                                       

Net income (loss) attributable to partnership (2)

  $ 236   $ 65   $ (254 ) $ (105 ) $ (58 ) $   $   $   $ (58 )
                                       

 

 
  Total attributable to
Brookfield Infrastructure
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Contribution
from
investments in
associates
  Attributable to
non-
controlling
interest
   
  As per
IFRS
financials
on F-7 (1)
 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2012
US$ MILLIONS
  Discontinued
Operations
 
  Utilities   Transport   Energy   Other   Total  

Revenues

  $ 774   $ 738   $ 316   $ 143   $ 1,971   $ (543 ) $ 422   $ (326 ) $ 1,524  

Costs attributed to revenues

    (305 )   (463 )   (172 )   (95 )   (1,035 )   335     (229 )   163     (766 )

General and administrative costs

                (95 )   (95 )               (95 )
                                       

Adjusted EBITDA

    469     275     144     (47 )   841     (208 )   193     (163 )      

Other income (expense)

    6     (1 )   2     7     14     3     (7 )   (2 )   8  

Interest expense

    (167 )   (106 )   (70 )   (50 )   (393 )   75     (95 )   91     (322 )
                                       

FFO

    308     168     76     (90 )   462     (130 )   91     (74 )      

Depreciation and amortization

    (123 )   (118 )   (59 )       (300 )   79     (52 )   43     (230 )

Impairment charge

        (16 )           (16 )   16              

Deferred income taxes

    11     (2 )   31     (3 )   37     (7 )   14     (2 )   42  

Mark-to-market on hedging items

    (10 )   (2 )   (17 )   (21 )   (50 )   (1 )   (14 )   16     (49 )

Valuation (losses) gains and other

    (75 )   3     (31 )   76     (27 )   31     14     (30 )   (12 )

Share of earnings from associates

                        12             12  

Income from discontinued operations net of tax

                                179     179  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

                            (53 )   (132 )   (185 )
                                       

Net income (loss) attributable to partnership (2)

  $ 111   $ 33   $   $ (38 ) $ 106   $   $   $   $ 106  
                                       

(1)
The above table provides each segment's results in the format that management organizes its segments to make operating decisions and assess performance. Each segment is presented on a proportionate basis, taking into account Brookfield Infrastructure's ownership in operations accounted for using the consolidation and equity methods under IFRS. The above table reconciles Brookfield Infrastructure's proportionate results to the partnership's Consolidated Statements of Operating Results on a line by line basis by aggregating the components comprising the earnings from the partnership's investments in associates and reflecting the portion of each line item attributable to non-controlling interests.

(2)
Net income attributable to partnership includes net income attributable to non-controlling interests—Redeemable Partnership Units held by Brookfield, general partners and limited partners.

Brookfield Infrastructure F-83


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

Segment assets

        For the purpose of monitoring segment performance and allocating resources between segments, the CODM monitors the assets, including investments accounted for using the equity method, attributable to each segment.

        The following is an analysis of Brookfield Infrastructure's assets by reportable operating segment for the years under review:

 
  Total attributable to Brookfield Infrastructure    
   
   
   
 
 
  Contribution
from
investments
in associates
  Attributable
to non-
controlling
interest
  Working
capital
adjustment
and other
  As per
IFRS
financials
on F-6 (1)
 
AS AT
DECEMBER 31, 2014
US$ MILLIONS
  Utilities   Transport   Energy   Corporate
& Other
  Brookfield
Infrastructure
 

Total assets

  $ 4,805   $ 4,970   $ 1,816   $ (56 ) $ 11,535   $ (1,944 ) $ 4,284   $ 2,620   $ 16,495  
                                       

 

 
  Total attributable to Brookfield Infrastructure    
   
   
   
 
 
  Contribution
from
investments
in associates
  Attributable
to non-
controlling
interest
  Working
capital
adjustment
and other
  As per
IFRS
financials
on F-6 (1)
 
AS AT
DECEMBER 31, 2013
US$ MILLIONS
  Utilities   Transport   Energy   Corporate
& Other
  Brookfield
Infrastructure
 

Total assets

  $ 4,766   $ 4,789   $ 1,629   $ (46 ) $ 11,138   $ (2,156 ) $ 3,899   $ 2,801   $ 15,682  
                                       

(1)
The above table provides each segment's assets in the format that management organizes its segments to make operating decisions and assess performance. Each segment is presented on a proportionate basis, taking into account Brookfield Infrastructure's ownership in operations using consolidation and the equity method whereby the partnership either controls or exercises significant influence over the investment respectively. The above table reconciles Brookfield Infrastructure's proportionate assets to total assets presented on the partnership's Consolidated Statements of Financial Position by removing net liabilities contained within investments in associates and reflecting the assets attributable to non-controlling interests, and adjusting for working capital assets which are netted against working capital liabilities.

Geographic Information

Revenues from external customers

US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013   2012  

Australia

  $ 804   $ 818   $ 763  

United Kingdom

    621     556     465  

Colombia

    194     189     188  

Canada

    126     131     58  

Chile

    105     108     27  

United States of America

    74     24     23  
               

  $ 1,924   $ 1,826   $ 1,524  
               

        Brookfield Infrastructure has no revenues from any one major customer which are higher than 10% of Brookfield Infrastructure's total revenues.

F-84 Brookfield Infrastructure


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

Non-current Assets (1)

US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013  

Australia

  $ 5,147     5,375  

United Kingdom

    3,911     3,769  

Chile

    1,831     1,999  

Brazil

    1,305     773  

United States of America

    952     651  

Canada

    900     935  

Colombia

    724     743  

Europe

    165     169  
           

  $ 14,935   $ 14,414  
           

(1)
Non-current assets is comprised of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, investments in associates, goodwill, investment properties and other non-current assets.

NOTE 37.  SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 
  For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013   2012  

Interest paid

  $ 328   $ 334   $ 360  

Income taxes paid

  $ 43   $ 25   $ 11  

        Amounts paid and received for interest were reflected as operating cash flows in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Interest paid is net of debt related hedges.

        Amounts paid for income taxes were reflected as either operating cash flows or investing cash flows in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow depending upon the nature of the underlying transaction.

        Details of "Changes in non-cash working capital, net" on the Statements of Cash Flows are as follows:

 
  For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
US$ MILLIONS
  2014   2013   2012  

Accounts receivable

  $ 34   $ 30   $ (61 )

Prepayments and other

    18     (4 )   (99 )

Accounts payable and other

    2     (45 )   316  
               

Changes in non-cash working capital, net

  $ 54   $ (19 ) $ 156  
               

Brookfield Infrastructure F-85


Table of Contents


BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

NOTE 38.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

a)
Preferred Unit Issuance

        Subsequent to period end, Brookfield Infrastructure issued C$125 million of Preferred Units, settling proceeds of USD $95 million, with a fixed annual dividend yielding 4.5% and will be redeemable by Brookfield Infrastructure after a term of 5 years. The net proceeds were used to repay outstanding corporate borrowings and for general corporate purposes.

b)
Medium-Term Note Issuance

        Subsequent to period end, Brookfield Infrastructure executed a C$450 million, seven-year medium term note offering in the Canadian bond market with a coupon of 3.452%, payable semi-annually. The offering was swapped into USD $360 million on a matched maturity basis at an all-in rate of 3.965%.

F-86 Brookfield Infrastructure




Exhibit 4.3

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE L.P.

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE HOLDINGS (CANADA) INC.

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE US HOLDINGS I CORPORATION

 

- and -

 

BIP BERMUDA HOLDINGS I LIMITED

 

- and -

 

BIP BERMUDA HOLDINGS V LIMITED

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE GROUP L.P.

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT PRIVATE INSTITUTIONAL CAPITAL ADVISER (CANADA), L.P.

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT (BARBADOS) INC.

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD GLOBAL INFRASTRUCTURE ADVISOR LIMITED

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE GROUP (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

 

 

March 13, 2015

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1

 

INTERPRETATION

2

1.1

Definitions

2

1.2

Headings and Table of Contents

8

1.3

Gender and Number

9

1.4

Actions by the Service Providers or the Service Recipients

9

1.5

Currency

9

1.6

Invalidity of Provisions

9

1.7

Entire Agreement

9

1.8

Waiver, Amendment

10

1.9

Governing Law

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

 

APPOINTMENT OF THE SERVICE PROVIDERS

10

2.1

Appointment and Acceptance

10

2.2

Other Holding Entities

10

2.3

Other Service Providers

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3

 

SERVICES AND POWERS OF THE SERVICE PROVIDERS

10

3.1

Services

10

3.2

Responsibility for Certain Services

12

3.3

Supervision of Service Providers’ Activities

13

3.4

Restrictions on the Service Providers

13

3.5

Errors and Omissions Insurance

13

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4

 

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE SERVICE PROVIDERS AND THE SERVICE RECIPIENTS

14

4.1

Other Activities

14

4.2

Exclusivity

14

4.3

No Partnership or Joint Venture

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

 

MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

14

5.1

Management and Employees

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

 

INFORMATION AND RECORDS

15

6.1

Books and Records

15

6.2

Examination of Records by the Service Recipients

15

6.3

Access to Information by Service Provider Group

15

6.4

Additional Information

16

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7

 

FEES AND EXPENSES

16

7.1

Net Base Management Fee and Base Management Fee Adjustment

16

 



 

7.2

Maximum Fees Payable by the Infrastructure Partnership

17

7.3

Currency

17

7.4

Computation and Payment of Net Base Management Fee

17

7.5

Failure to Pay When Due

17

7.6

Expenses

17

7.7

Governmental Charges

18

7.8

Computation and Payment of Expenses and Governmental Charges

19

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8

 

BAM’S OBLIGATIONS

19

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BAM, THE SERVICE PROVIDERS AND THE SERVICE RECIPIENTS

19

9.1

Representations and Warranties of the Service Providers and BAM

19

9.2

Representations and Warranties of the Service Recipients

20

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10

 

LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

21

10.1

Indemnity

21

10.2

Limitation of Liability

22

10.3

No Waiver

22

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11

 

TERM AND TERMINATION

23

11.1

Term

23

11.2

Termination by the Service Recipients

23

11.3

Termination by the Service Providers

24

11.4

Survival Upon Termination

24

11.5

Action Upon Termination

24

11.6

Release of Money or other Property Upon Written Request

25

 

 

 

ARTICLE 12

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

25

12.1

Limited Liability of Limited Partners of the BIP Partnership and Infrastructure Partnership

25

12.2

Assignment

26

12.3

Subcontracting and Other Arrangements

26

12.4

Enurement

26

12.5

Notices

27

12.6

Further Assurances

30

12.7

Counterparts

30

 



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT made as of the 13th day of March , 2015.

 

B E T W E E N:

 

BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT INC. (“ BAM ”),
a corporation existing under the laws of the Province of Ontario

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P.
(the “ BIP Partnership ”), a limited partnership existing under the laws of Bermuda

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE L.P. (the “ Infrastructure Partnership ”), a limited partnership existing under the laws of Bermuda

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE HOLDINGS (CANADA) INC. (“ CanHoldco ”), a corporation existing under the laws of the Province of Ontario

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE US HOLDINGS I CORPORATION (“ US Holdco ”) , a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware

 

- and –

 

BIP BERMUDA HOLDINGS I LIMITED (“ BIP Bermuda I ”), an exempted company existing under the laws of Bermuda

 

- and –

 

BIP BERMUDA HOLDINGS V LIMITED (“ BIP Bermuda V ”), an exempted company existing under the laws of Bermuda

 

- and –

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE GROUP L.P.
(the “ Canadian Service Provider ”) , a limited partnership existing under the laws of the Province of Manitoba

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT PRIVATE INSTITUTIONAL CAPITAL ADVISER (CANADA), L.P. (the “ Canadian Service Provider II ”),  a limited partnership existing under the laws of the Province of Manitoba

 

- and –

 



 

BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT (BARBADOS) INC. , (“the International Service Provider ”), a corporation existing under the laws of Barbados

 

- and –

 

BROOKFIELD GLOBAL INFRASTRUCTURE ADVISOR LIMITED (the “ UK Service Provider ”) , a company existing under the laws of England

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE GROUP (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED (the “ Australian Service Provider ”),  a company existing under the laws of Australia

 

RECITALS:

 

A.                                     The Service Recipients (as defined below) directly or indirectly hold interests in infrastructure operations (all such operations, from time to time, being called the “ Infrastructure Operations ”); and

 

B.                                     the BIP Partnership, the Infrastructure Partnership and certain primary subsidiaries of the Infrastructure Partnership engaged the Service Providers (as defined below) to provide or arrange for other members of the Service Provider Group (as defined below) to provide to the Service Recipients certain management and administration services, subject to the terms and conditions of the amended and restated master services agreement dated March 28, 2014 (the “ Current Agreement ”); and

 

C.                                     the BIP Partnership, the Infrastructure Partnership and the Holding Entities (as defined below) wish to amend and restate the Current Agreement to reflect the removal of Brookfield Infrastructure Group Corporation as a Service Provider, the addition of the Canadian Service Provider II as a Service Provider and make certain other amendments to the terms and conditions of the Current Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged), the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                                                                Definitions

 

In this Agreement, except where the context otherwise requires, the following terms will have the following meanings:

 

1.1.1                                Advisers Act ” means the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended;

 

2



 

1.1.2                                Additional Information has the meaning assigned thereto in Section   6.4;

 

1.1.3                                Affiliate ” means, with respect to a Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by such Person, or is under common Control of a third Person;

 

1.1.4                                Agreement ” means this Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement as the same may be amended from time to time, and “herein”, “hereof”, “hereby”, “hereunder” and similar expressions refer to this Agreement and include every instrument supplemental or ancillary to this Agreement and, except where the context otherwise requires, not to any particular article or section thereof;

 

1.1.5                                Australian Service Provider ” has the meaning assigned thereto in the preamble;

 

1.1.6                                BAM ” has the meaning assigned thereto in the preamble;

 

1.1.7                                BAM Group ” means BAM, any of its Affiliates and any Brookfield Fund, but excludes members of the BIP Group;

 

1.1.8                                Base Management Fee ” means the base management fee, calculated quarterly in arrears, in an aggregate amount equal to 0.3125% (1.25% annually) of the Market Value;

 

1.1.9                                Base Management Fee Adjustment has the meaning assigned thereto in Section   7.1.2;

 

1.1.10                         BIP Bermuda I ” has the meaning assigned thereto in the preamble;

 

1.1.11                         BIP Bermuda V ” has the meaning assigned thereto in the preamble;

 

1.1.12                         BIP Group ” means the BIP Partnership, the Infrastructure Partnership , the Holding Entities, the Operating Entities and any other direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Holding Entity;

 

1.1.13                         BIP Partnership ” has the meaning assigned thereto in the preamble;

 

1.1.14                         Brookfield Fund ” means any private investment entity, managed account, joint venture, consortium, partnership or investment fund established, sponsored or managed by a member of the BAM Group;

 

1.1.15                         Business Day ” means any day, other than a Saturday, a Sunday or any legal holiday recognized as such by the government of any of Bermuda, Barbados or the Province of Ontario;

 

1.1.16                         Canadian Service Provider has the meaning assigned thereto in the preamble;

 

3


 

1.1.17                         Canadian Service Provider II ” has the meaning assigned thereto in the preamble;

 

1.1.18                         CanHoldco has the meaning assigned thereto in the preamble;

 

1.1.19                         Capital Commitment ” means, with respect to any Operating Entity, at any time, the amount that a Service Recipient has committed at such time to contribute (either as debt or equity) to such Operating Entity as set forth in the terms of the subscription agreement or other underlying documentation with respect to such Operating Entity at or prior to such time;

 

1.1.20                         Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Operating Entity, at any time, the amount of capital that a Service Recipient has contributed (either as debt or equity) to such Operating Entity at or prior to such time;

 

1.1.21                         Claims ” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section   10.1.1;

 

1.1.22                         Control ” means the control by one Person of another Person in accordance with the following:  a Person (“A”) controls another Person (“B”) where A has the power to determine the management and policies of B by contract or status (for example the status of A being the general partner of B) or by virtue of beneficial ownership of a majority of the voting interests in B; and for certainty and without limitation, if A owns shares to which more than 50% of the votes permitted to be cast in the election of directors to the Governing Body of B or A is the general partner of B, a limited partnership, then in each case A Controls B for this purpose;

 

1.1.23                         Creditable Operating Entity Payment ” means the proportion of each cash payment made by an Operating Entity to any member of the BAM Group, including any payment made in the form of a dividend, distribution or other profit entitlement, which the Service Providers determine to be comparable to the Base Management Fee that is attributable to the Partnership Capital invested in or committed to that Operating Entity, as applicable; provided that the aggregate amount of any Creditable Operating Entity Payments made by such Operating Entity shall not exceed an amount equal to 0.3125% of the amount of Partnership Capital invested in such Operating Entity;

 

1.1.24                         Current Agreement ” has the meaning assigned thereto in the recitals;

 

1.1.25                         Expenses has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 7.6.2;

 

1.1.26                         Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to a Unit or Security, (i) if such Unit or Security is listed on a stock exchange or public quotation system, the Trading Price of such Unit or Security, as applicable, or (ii) if such Unit or Security is not listed on a stock exchange or public quotation system, the fair market value of such Unit or Security, as applicable, as determined by the Governing Body of the Managing General Partner;

 

1.1.27                         Governing Body ” means (i) with respect to a corporation or limited company, the board of directors of such corporation or limited company, (ii) with respect to a limited liability company, the manager(s) or managing partner(s) of such limited liability

 

4



 

company, (iii) with respect to a partnership, the board, committee or other body of the general partner of such partnership that serves a similar function (or if any such general partner is itself a partnership, the board, committee or other body of such general partner’s general partner that serves a similar function) and (iv) with respect to any other Person, the body of such Person that serves a similar function;

 

1.1.28                         Governing Instruments means (i) the memorandum of association and bye-laws in the case of an exempted company existing under the laws of Bermuda, (ii) the certificate of incorporation, amalgamation or continuance, as applicable, and by-laws in the case of a corporation, (iii) the memorandum and articles of association and by-laws, as applicable, in the case of a limited company, (iv) the partnership agreement in the case of a partnership, (v) the articles of formation and operating agreement in the case of a limited liability company, (vi) the trust instrument in the case of a trust and (vii) any other similar governing document under which an entity was organized, formed or created and operates, in each case as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time;

 

1.1.29                         Governmental Authority ” means any (a) multinational, federal, provincial, state, regional, municipal, local or other government, governmental or public department, central bank, court, tribunal, arbitral body, commission, board, bureau or agency, domestic or foreign, (b) self-regulatory organization or stock exchange, (c) subdivision, agent, commission, board, or authority of any of the foregoing, or (d) quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, expropriation or taxing authority under or for the account of any of the foregoing;

 

1.1.30                         Governmental Charge ” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 7.7;

 

1.1.31                         Holding Entities ” means CanHoldco, US Holdco, BIP Bermuda I, BIP Bermuda V and any other primary holding Subsidiaries of the Infrastructure Partnership, excluding, for greater certainty, any Operating Entities;

 

1.1.32                         Incentive Distribution ” means any performance-based dividend, distribution or other profit entitlement but, for greater certainty, does not include Service Agreement Fees or Creditable Operating Entity Payments;

 

1.1.33                         Indemnified Party has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 10.1;

 

1.1.34                         Indemnifying Party has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 10.1;

 

1.1.35                         Independent Committee ” means a committee of the board of directors of the Managing General Partner made up of directors that are “independent” of BAM and its Affiliates, in accordance with the Managing General Partner’s Governing Instruments;

 

1.1.36                         Infrastructure Operations ” has the meaning assigned thereto in the recitals;

 

1.1.37                         Infrastructure Partnership ” has the meaning assigned thereto in the preamble;

 

1.1.38                         Interest Rate ” means, for any day, the annual rate of interest equal to the London Interbank Offering Rate;

 

5



 

1.1.39                         International Service Provider ” has the meaning assigned thereto in the preamble;

 

1.1.40                         Investment Advisory Services ” means any recommendation to buy, sell, vote or take any similar action with respect to a “Security” (which, for purposes of this definition only, shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Advisers Act);

 

1.1.41                         Laws ” means all laws (including common law), statutes, regulations, statutory rules, by-laws, orders, ordinances, directives and the terms and conditions of any approvals, permits, licences or judgements of any Governmental Authority, together with any applicable enforceable published notes, guidelines or policies, and the term “applicable”, with respect to such Laws and in the context that refers to one or more Persons, means such Laws that apply to such Person or Persons or its or their business, undertaking, property or securities at the relevant time and that emanate from a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Person or Persons or its or their business, undertaking, property or securities;

 

1.1.42                         Licensing Agreements ” means the licensing agreements between Brookfield Global Asset Management Inc. and each of the BIP Partnership and the Infrastructure Partnership, pursuant to which the BIP Partnership and the Infrastructure Partnership have been granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the “Brookfield” name and the “Brookfield” logo;

 

1.1.43                         Managing General Partner ” means Brookfield Infrastructure Partners Limited, which is the BIP Partnership’s general partner;

 

1.1.44                         Market Value ” means, with respect to any Quarter, the sum of (i) the Fair Market Value of a Unit multiplied by the number of issued and outstanding Units on the last trading day of the Quarter (assuming full conversion of any limited partnership interests held by any member of the BAM Group in the Infrastructure Partnership into Units), plus (ii) for each class or series of Security, the Fair Market Value of a Security of such class or series multiplied by the number of Securities of such class or series issued and outstanding on the last trading day of the Quarter (calculated on a fully-diluted basis), plus (iii) the principal amount of any debt not captured by paragraph (ii) of this Section 1.1.44 owed by each Service Recipient as of the last trading day of the applicable Quarter to any Person that is not a member of the BIP Group, which debt has recourse to any Service Recipient, less any amount of cash held by all Service Recipients on such day;

 

1.1.45                         Net Base Management Fee ” means the Base Management Fee, as adjusted pursuant to Section 7.1.1;

 

1.1.46                         Operating Entities ” means, from time to time, the Persons other than the Service Recipients or the Holding Entities that (i) directly hold the Infrastructure Operations, or (ii) indirectly hold the Infrastructure Operations, but all of the interests of which are not held by a Service Recipient or a Holding Entity, including in the case of each of (i) and (ii), any joint ventures, partnerships and consortium arrangements, and, other than in the case of each of (i) and (ii), any Person in which the Service Recipients or the

 

6



 

Holding Entities, directly or indirectly, hold interests for investment purposes only of less than 5% of the outstanding equity securities of that Person;

 

1.1.47                         Operational and Other Services ” means any services provided by any member of the BAM Group , to the Operating Entities, including financial advisory, operations and maintenance, development, operating management and other services;

 

1.1.48                         Partnership Capital ” means any Capital Commitment and/or (as the context requires) any Capital Contribution;

 

1.1.49                         Person ” means any individual, partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, syndicate, sole proprietorship, company or corporation with or without share capital, unincorporated association, trust, trustee, executor, administrator or other legal personal representative, regulatory body or agency, government or governmental agency, authority or entity however designated or constituted;

 

1.1.50                         Principal Exchange ” means the principal stock exchange or public quotation system (determined on the basis of aggregate trading volume for the prior four months) on which the Units or Securities, as applicable, are listed;

 

1.1.51                         Quarter ” means a calendar quarter ending on the last day of March, June, September or December;

 

1.1.52                         Redemption-Exchange Units ” means the limited partnership units of the Infrastructure Partnership with the rights and obligations specified in the limited partnership agreement of the Infrastructure Partnership and that are designated as Redemption-Exchange Units;

 

1.1.53                         Relationship Agreement ” means the amended and restated relationship agreement dated as of the date hereof entered into among the BIP Partnership, the Infrastructure Partnership, the Holding Entities, BAM and the Service Providers that governs aspects of the relationship among them;

 

1.1.54                         SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission;

 

1.1.55                         Security ” means with respect to each Service Recipient, any issued and outstanding security of such Service Recipient (other than, in the case of the BIP Partnership, the Units) that is not held by any member of the BIP Group;

 

1.1.56                         Service Agreement ” means any agreement or arrangement entered into pursuant to Section 12.3 between any Service Recipient and any member of the Service Provider Group pursuant to which Services are provided;

 

1.1.57                         Service Agreement Fee ” means, in any Quarter, any cash payment, including any such payment made in the form of a dividend, distribution or other profit entitlement, which the Service Providers determine to be comparable to the Base Management Fee, and which is payable by a Service Recipient to a member of the BAM Group with respect to such Quarter;

 

7



 

1.1.58                         Service Provider Group ” means the Service Providers and any qualified member of the BAM Group that any Service Provider has arranged to provide the Services to any Service Recipient;

 

1.1.59                         Service Providers ” means the Canadian Service Provider, the Canadian Service Provider II, the International Service Provider, the UK Service Provider, the Australian Service Provider and any other Affiliate of BAM that is appointed by a Service Provider from time to time to act as a service provider pursuant to this Agreement;

 

1.1.60                         Service Recipient ” means the BIP Partnership, the Infrastructure Partnership, CanHoldco, US Holdco, BIP Bermuda I, and, at the option of the BIP Partnership, any entity in which any of the foregoing or any combination of the foregoing holds, directly or indirectly, all of the common equity or equivalent interests, excluding, for greater certainty, any Operating Entities;

 

1.1.61                         Services ” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 3.1;

 

1.1.62                         Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any other Person that is directly or indirectly Controlled by such Person, (ii) any trust in which such Person holds all of the beneficial interests or (iii) any partnership, limited liability company or similar entity in which such Person holds all of the interests other than the interests of any general partner, managing member or similar Person;

 

1.1.63                         “Trading Price ” means, in any Quarter, with respect to any Unit or Security that is listed on a stock exchange or public quotation system, the volume-weighted average trading price of such Unit or Security on the Principal Exchange for the five trading days ending on the last trading day of such Quarter, provided that where the Trading Price of such Unit or Security is calculated in any currency other than U.S. dollars, such amount will be converted to U.S. dollars for purposes of this Agreement in accordance with the applicable exchange rate, as determined by the Service Providers acting reasonably;

 

1.1.64                         Transaction Fees ” means fees paid or payable by the Service Recipients, which are on market terms, with respect to financial advisory services ordinarily carried out by investment banks in the context of mergers and acquisitions transactions;

 

1.1.65                         UK Service Provider ” has the meaning assigned thereto in the preamble;

 

1.1.66                         Units ” means the limited partnership units of the BIP Partnership; and

 

1.1.67                         US Holdco ” has the meaning assigned thereto in the preamble.

 

1.2                                                                                Headings and Table of Contents

 

The inclusion of headings and a table of contents in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and will not affect the construction or interpretation hereof.

 

8



 

1.3                                                                                Gender and Number

 

In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa, words importing gender include all genders or the neuter, and words importing the neuter include all genders.

 

1.4                                                                                Actions by the Service Providers or the Service Recipients

 

Unless the context requires otherwise, where the consent or a determination is required by any Service Provider or Service Recipient hereunder, the parties shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon it having been given or taken, as applicable, if, such Service Provider or  Service Recipient, as applicable, has communicated the same in writing.

 

1.5                                                                                Currency

 

Except where otherwise expressly provided, all amounts in this Agreement are stated and will be paid in U.S. currency.

 

1.6                                                                                Invalidity of Provisions

 

Each of the provisions contained in this Agreement is distinct and severable and a declaration of invalidity or unenforceability of any such provision or part thereof by a court of competent jurisdiction will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the parties waive any provision of law which renders any provision of this Agreement invalid or unenforceable in any respect.  The parties will engage in good faith negotiations to replace any provision which is declared invalid or unenforceable with a valid and enforceable provision, the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid or unenforceable provision which it replaces.

 

1.7                                                                                Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement.  There are no warranties, conditions, or representations (including any that may be implied by statute) and there are no agreements in connection with such subject matter except as specifically set forth or referred to in this Agreement.  No reliance is placed on any warranty, representation, opinion, advice or assertion of fact made either prior to, contemporaneous with, or after entering into this Agreement, or any amendment or supplement thereto, by any party to this Agreement or its directors, officers, employees or agents, to any other party to this Agreement or its directors, officers, employees or agents, except to the extent that the same has been reduced to writing and included as a term of this Agreement, and none of the parties to this Agreement has been induced to enter into this Agreement or any amendment or supplement by reason of any such warranty, representation, opinion, advice or assertion of fact.  Accordingly, there will be no liability, either in tort or in contract, assessed in relation to any such warranty, representation, opinion, advice or assertion of fact, except to the extent contemplated above.

 

9



 

1.8                                                                                Waiver, Amendment

 

Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, no amendment or waiver of this Agreement will be binding unless executed in writing by the party to be bound thereby.  No waiver of any provision of this Agreement will constitute a waiver of any other provision nor will any waiver of any provision of this Agreement constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.

 

1.9                                                                                Governing Law

 

This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein.

 

ARTICLE 2
APPOINTMENT OF THE SERVICE PROVIDERS

 

2.1                                                                                Appointment and Acceptance

 

2.1.1                                Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the BIP Partnership, the Infrastructure Partnership and the Holding Entities appoint the Service Providers to provide or arrange for other members of the Service Provider Group to provide the Services to the Service Recipients.  This appointment will be subject to the express terms of this Agreement and to each Service Recipient’s Governing Body’s supervision of the Service Providers and obligation to manage and control the affairs of such Service Recipient.

 

2.1.2                                The Service Providers hereby accept the appointment provided for in Section 2.1.1.

 

2.2                                                                                Other Holding Entities

 

The parties acknowledge that any Holding Entity that is not a party to this Agreement will execute a counterpart of this Agreement agreeing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

 

2.3                                                                                Other Service Providers

 

Any Service Provider may, from time to time, appoint an Affiliate of BAM to act as a new Service Provider under this Agreement, effective upon the execution of a joinder agreement by the new Service Provider in the form set forth on Schedule A hereto.

 

ARTICLE 3
SERVICES AND POWERS OF THE SERVICE PROVIDERS

 

3.1                                                                                Services

 

The Service Providers will provide or arrange for the provision by other members of the Service Provider Group of, and will have the exclusive power and authority to provide or

 

10



 

arrange for the provision by other members of the Service Provider Group of, the services (the “ Services ”) described below:

 

3.1.1                                causing or supervising the carrying out of all day-to-day management, secretarial, accounting, banking, treasury, administrative, liaison, representative, regulatory and reporting functions and obligations;

 

3.1.2                                establishing and maintaining or supervising the establishment and maintenance of books and records;

 

3.1.3                                identifying, evaluating and recommending to the Service Recipients acquisitions or dispositions from time to time and, where requested to do so, assisting in negotiating the terms of such acquisitions or dispositions;

 

3.1.4                                recommending and, where requested to do so, assisting in the raising of funds whether by way of debt, equity or otherwise, including the preparation, review or distribution of any prospectus or offering memorandum in respect thereof and assisting with communications support in connection therewith;

 

3.1.5                                recommending to the Service Recipients suitable candidates to serve on the Governing Bodies of the Operating Entities;

 

3.1.6                                making recommendations with respect to the exercise of any voting rights to which the Service Recipients are entitled in respect of the Operating Entities;

 

3.1.7                                making recommendations with respect to the payment of dividends or other distributions by the Service Recipients, including distributions by the BIP Partnership to its unitholders;

 

3.1.8                                monitoring and/or oversight of the applicable Service Recipient’s accountants, legal counsel and other accounting, financial or legal advisors and technical, commercial, marketing and other independent experts and managing litigation in which a Service Recipient is sued or commencing litigation after consulting with, and subject to the approval of, the relevant Governing Body;

 

3.1.9                                attending to all matters necessary for any reorganization, bankruptcy proceedings, dissolution or winding up of a Service Recipient, subject to approval by the relevant Governing Body;

 

3.1.10                         supervising the timely calculation and payment of taxes payable, and the filing of all tax returns due, by each Service Recipient;

 

3.1.11                         causing the Service Recipients’ annual consolidated financial statements and quarterly interim financial statements to be: (i) prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or other applicable accounting principles for review and audit at least to such extent and with such frequency as may be required by law or regulation; and (ii) submitted to the relevant Governing Body for its prior approval;

 

11



 

3.1.12                         making recommendations in relation to and effecting the entry into insurance of each Service Recipient’s assets, together with other insurances against other risks, including directors and officers insurance, as the relevant member of the Service Provider Group and the relevant Governing Body may from time to time agree;

 

3.1.13                         arranging for individuals to carry out the functions of the principal executive, accounting and financial officers for the BIP Partnership only for purposes of applicable securities laws;

 

3.1.14                         providing individuals to act as senior officers of the Service Recipients as agreed from time to time, subject to the approval of the relevant Governing Body;

 

3.1.15                         advising the Service Recipients regarding the maintenance of compliance with applicable Law and other obligations; and

 

3.1.16                         providing all such other services as may from time to time be agreed with the Service Recipients that are reasonably related to the Service Recipient’s day-to-day operations.

 

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, all Investment Advisory Services shall (i) be provided solely to the Infrastructure Partnership and (ii) be provided by a Service Provider that is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser (or through such a Service Provider by participating affiliates thereof relying on the SEC’s Uniao de Bancos de Brasileiros S.A. no action letter dated July 28, 1992 and the subsequent letters related thereto).

 

3.2                                                                                Responsibility for Certain Services

 

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary:

 

3.2.1                                the International Service Provider, the Australian Service Provider and, subject to the remainder of this Section 3.2, the UK Service Provider shall be responsible for the provision of Services to the BIP Partnership and the Infrastructure Partnership and no entity resident in Canada shall be responsible for the provision of any Services to the BIP Partnership and the Infrastructure Partnership;

 

3.2.2                                the International Service Provider and the Australian Service Provider shall be responsible for the provision of the Services described in Sections 3.1.1, 3.1.2, 3.1.4, 3.1.7-3.1.11 and 3.1.16 to the BIP Partnership and the Infrastructure Partnership and the UK Service Provider shall not be responsible for the provision of, nor shall it provide, any such Services;

 

3.2.3                                the International Service Provider and the Australian Service Provider shall be responsible for the provision of the Services to any Service Recipient that is not (i) an Affiliate of the UK Service Provider, or (ii) acting as principal, and the UK Service Provider shall not be responsible for the provision of, nor shall it provide, any such Services; and

 

12



 

3.2.4                                any Services provided to the Infrastructure Partnership in connection with any securities, whether equity or debt, of CanHoldco that are held by the Infrastructure Partnership shall be provided by the International Service Provider or the Australian Service Provider or an Affiliate of either the International Service Provider or the Australian Service Provider that is not resident in Canada with whom the International Service Provider or the Australian Service Provider as the case may be, has made arrangements for the provision of such Services or to whom the International Service Provider or the Australian Service Provider, as the case may be, has subcontracted the provision of such Services;

 

provided, however, that nothing in this Section 3.2 shall restrict the provision of Investment Advisory Services to the Infrastructure Partnership in accordance with Section 3.1.

 

3.3                                                                                Supervision of Service Providers’ Activities

 

The Service Providers will perform their duties hereunder as independent contractors of the Service Recipients and will, at all times, be subject to the supervision of the relevant Service Recipient’s Governing Body and will only provide such Services as such Governing Body may request including the Services identified herein and provided that the relevant Governing Body shall remain responsible for all investment and divestment decisions made by the Service Recipient.

 

3.4                                                                                Restrictions on the Service Providers

 

3.4.1                                The Service Providers will and will cause any other member of the Service Provider Group to refrain from taking any action that is not in compliance with or would violate any Law or that otherwise would not be permitted by the Governing Instruments of the Service Recipients.  If any Service Provider or any member of the Service Provider Group is instructed to take any action that is not in such compliance by a Service Recipient’s Governing Body, such person will promptly notify such Governing Body of its judgment that such action would adversely affect such status or violate any such Law or Governing Instrument.

 

3.4.2                                In performing its duties under this Agreement, each member of the Service Provider Group will be entitled to rely in good faith on qualified experts, professionals and other agents (including on accountants, appraisers, consultants, legal counsel and other, professional advisors) and will be permitted to rely in good faith upon the direction of the secretary of a Service Recipient’s Governing Body (or any Person serving in a similar capacity) to evidence any approvals or authorizations that are required under this Agreement.  All references in this Agreement to the Service Recipients or Governing Body for the purposes of instructions, approvals and requests to the Service Providers will refer to the Governing Body.

 

3.5                                                                                Errors and Omissions Insurance

 

Each of the Service Providers and any other member of the Service Provider Group will at all times during the term of this Agreement maintain “errors and omissions” insurance coverage and other insurance coverage which is customarily carried by Persons

 

13


 

performing functions that are similar to those performed by members of the Service Provider Group under this Agreement and in an amount which is comparable to that which is customarily maintained by such other Persons.

 

ARTICLE 4
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE SERVICE PROVIDERS AND THE SERVICE RECIPIENTS

 

4.1                                                                                Other Activities

 

Subject to the terms of the Relationship Agreement, no member of the Service Provider Group (and no Affiliate, director, officer, member, partner, shareholder or employee of any member of the Service Provider Group) will be prohibited from engaging in other business activities or sponsoring, or providing services to, third parties that compete directly or indirectly with the Service Recipients.

 

4.2                                                                                Exclusivity

 

The Service Recipients will not, during the term of this Agreement, engage any other Person to provide any services comparable to those to be provided by the Service Provider Group hereunder without the prior written consent of the Canadian Service Provider, which may be withheld in the absolute discretion of the Canadian Service Provider.

 

4.3                                                                                No Partnership or Joint Venture

 

The Service Recipients and the Service Providers are not partners or joint venturers with each other, and nothing herein will be construed so as to make them partners or joint venturers or impose any liability as such on any of them as a result of this Agreement; provided however that nothing herein will be construed so as to prohibit the Service Recipients and the Service Providers from embarking upon an investment together as partners, joint venturers or in any other manner whatsoever.

 

ARTICLE 5
MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

 

5.1                                                                                Management and Employees

 

The Service Providers will arrange or will arrange for another member of the Service Provider Group to arrange for such qualified personnel and support staff to be available to carry out the Services.  Such personnel and support staff will devote such of their time to the provision of the Services to the Service Recipients as the relevant member of the Service Provider Group reasonably deems necessary and appropriate, commensurate with the level of activity of the Service Recipients from time to time.  Such personnel need not have as their primary responsibility the provision of the Services to the Service Recipients or be dedicated exclusively to the provision of the Services to the Service Recipients.

 

To the extent applicable, each of the Service Recipients will make available to the Service Provider Group, and grant the Service Provider Group access to, the employees or

 

14



 

contractors of the Service Recipients as the Service Provider Group may from time to time reasonably request in order for the Service Provider Group to perform its obligations, covenants and responsibilities and exercise its rights pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

ARTICLE 6
INFORMATION AND RECORDS

 

6.1                                                                                Books and Records

 

6.1.1                                The Service Providers will, or will cause any other member of the Service Provider Group, as applicable, to maintain proper books, records and documents in which complete, true and correct entries, in conformity in all material respects with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and all requirements of applicable Laws, will be made in respect of the performance of the Services under this Agreement.

 

6.1.2                                The Service Recipients will maintain proper books, records and documents in which complete, true and correct entries, in conformity in all material respects with generally accepted accounting principles and all requirements of applicable Laws, will be made.

 

6.2                                                                                Examination of Records by the Service Recipients

 

Upon reasonable prior notice by the Service Recipients to the relevant member of the Service Provider Group, the relevant member of the Service Provider Group will make available to the Service Recipients and their authorized representatives, for examination during normal business hours on any Business Day, all books, records and documents required to be maintained under Section 6.1.1.  In addition, the Service Provider Group will make available to the Service Recipients or their authorized representatives such financial and operating data in respect of the performance of the Services under this Agreement as may be in existence and as the Service Recipients or their authorized representatives will from time to time reasonably request, including for the purposes of conducting any audit in respect of expenses of the Service Recipients or other matters necessary or advisable to be audited in order to conduct an audit of the financial affairs of the Service Recipients.  Any examination of records will be conducted in a manner which will not unduly interfere with the conduct of the Service Recipients’ activities or of the Service Provider Group’s business in the ordinary course.

 

6.3                                                                                Access to Information by Service Provider Group

 

6.3.1                                The Service Recipients will:

 

6.3.1.1                               grant, or cause to be granted, to the Service Provider Group full access to all documentation and information necessary in order for the Service Provider Group to perform its obligations, covenants and responsibilities pursuant to the terms hereof, including all of the books, records, and documents, financial and operating data of the Service Recipients required to be maintained under Section 6.1.2 and to enable the Service Provider Group to provide the Services; and

 

15



 

6.3.1.2                               provide, or cause to be provided, all documentation and information as may be reasonably requested by any member of the Service Provider Group, and promptly notify the appropriate member of the Service Provider Group of any material facts or information of which the Service Recipients is aware, which may affect the performance of the obligations, covenants or responsibilities of the Service Provider Group pursuant to this Agreement, including maintenance of proper financial records, including any known, pending or threatened suits, actions, claims, proceedings or orders by or against the Service Recipients, or any of its Subsidiaries, before any court of administrative tribunal.

 

6.4                                                                                Additional Information

 

The parties acknowledge and agree that conducting the activities and providing the Services contemplated herein may have the incidental effect of providing additional information (“ Additional Information ”) which may be utilized with respect to, or may augment the value of, business interests and related assets in which the relevant Service Provider or its Affiliates have an interest and, subject to compliance with this Agreement, that neither the relevant Service Provider nor its Affiliates will be liable to account to the Service Recipients with respect to such activities or results; provided, however, that the relevant Service Provider will not (and will cause its Affiliates not to), in making any use of Additional Information, do so in any manner that the relevant Service Provider or its Affiliates know, or ought reasonably to know, would cause or result in a breach of any confidentiality provision of agreements to which any Service Recipient is a party or is bound.

 

ARTICLE 7
FEES AND EXPENSES

 

7.1                                                                                Net Base Management Fee and Base Management Fee Adjustment

 

7.1.1                                The Infrastructure Partnership hereby agrees to pay as provided by this Article 7, during the term of this Agreement, the Net Base Management Fee, quarterly in arrears.

 

7.1.2                                The amount of the Net Base Management Fee payable hereunder for any Quarter will be equal to the amount of the Base Management Fee reduced (the “ Base Management Fee Adjustment ”) by the following amounts, to the extent that such amounts have not previously reduced the amount of the Base Management Fee as a result of the application of the Base Management Fee Adjustment in a previous Quarter:

 

7.1.2.1                               any Service Agreement Fees paid in or payable for that Quarter; and

 

7.1.2.2                               any Creditable Operating Entity Payments paid in or payable for that Quarter.

 

7.1.3                                For greater certainty, the Base Management Fee will not be reduced by operation of this Agreement by the amount of any (i) Incentive Distribution paid or payable by any Service Recipient or Operating Entity to any member of the BAM Group; (ii) any fees for Operational and Other Services that are paid or payable by any Operating Entity to any member of the BAM Group; or (iii) any Transaction Fees.

 

16



 

7.2                                                                                Maximum Fees Payable by the Infrastructure Partnership

 

In no event shall the Infrastructure Partnership be obligated under this Agreement and the Service Agreements to pay, in the aggregate in respect of any Quarter, any amount exceeding the Base Management Fee payable for that Quarter, after giving effect to any reductions for Creditable Operating Entity Payments contemplated by Section  7.1.2.

 

7.3                                                                                Currency

 

For the purposes of Section 7.1.2 hereof, if a payment giving rise to a Base Management Fee Adjustment was denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars, the amount of such payment will be converted to U.S. dollars for purposes of this Agreement in accordance with the applicable exchange rate, as determined by the Service Providers acting reasonably.

 

7.4                                                                                Computation and Payment of Net Base Management Fee

 

7.4.1                                The Service Providers or another member of the Service Provider Group will compute each instalment and allocation (pursuant to the method of allocation determined from time to time by agreement of the Service Providers and the Service Recipients) of the Net Base Management Fee (including computation of the Base Management Fee Adjustment, by and to whom the Net Base Management Fee is paid approximately 30 days before the end of the Quarter with respect to which such instalment is payable.  A copy of the computations and allocations made will thereafter, for informational purposes only, promptly be delivered to each Service Recipient by the relevant member of the Service Provider Group upon request.  Payment of such instalment and allocation of the Net Base Management Fee shown therein will be due and payable no later than the last day of the Quarter.  Unless otherwise agreed to by the Service Providers and the Service Recipients, the Net Base Management Fee shall be allocated among the Service Recipients on the basis that each Holding Entity (other than BIP Bermuda V and any other Holding Entity created or acquired after the date of this Agreement that the BIP Partnership has not elected to be included as a Service Recipient) and its Subsidiaries shall be responsible each Quarter for an amount equal to 0.3125% times the equity and debt capitalization provided to such Holding Entity by the Infrastructure Partnership, less the amount of any Service Agreement Fees and Creditable Operating Entity Payments attributable to such Holding Entity and its Subsidiaries.

 

7.5                                                                                Failure to Pay When Due

 

Any amount payable by any Service Recipient to any member of the Service Provider Group hereunder which is not remitted when so due will remain due (whether on demand or otherwise) and interest will accrue on such overdue amounts (both before and after judgment) at a rate per annum equal to the Interest Rate.

 

7.6                                                                                Expenses

 

7.6.1                                The Service Providers acknowledge and agree that the Service Recipients will not be required to reimburse any member of the Service Provider Group for the salaries and

 

17



 

other remuneration of the management, personnel or support staff who provide the Services to such Service Recipients or overhead for such persons.

 

7.6.2                                Each of the Service Recipients will reimburse the relevant member of the Service Provider Group for all out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses, including those of any third party, (other than those contemplated by Section 7.6.1) (“ Expenses ”) incurred by the relevant member of the Service Provider Group in connection with the provision of the Services.  Such Expenses are expected to include, among other things:

 

7.6.2.1                               fees, costs and expenses relating to any debt or equity financing;

 

7.6.2.2                               fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the general administration of any Service Recipient;

 

7.6.2.3                               taxes, licenses and other statutory fees or penalties levied against or in respect of a Service Recipient;

 

7.6.2.4                               amounts owed under indemnification, contribution or similar arrangements;

 

7.6.2.5                               fees, costs and expenses relating to financial reporting, regulatory filings and investor relations and the fees, costs and expenses of agents, advisors and other Persons who provide services to a Service Recipient;

 

7.6.2.6                               any other fees, costs and expenses incurred by the relevant member of the Service Provider Group that are reasonably necessary for the performance by the relevant member of the Service Provider Group of its duties and functions under this Agreement or any Service Agreement; and

 

7.6.2.7                               fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the investigation, acquisition, holding or disposal of any asset or business that is made or that is proposed to be made.

 

7.7                                                                                Governmental Charges

 

Without limiting Section 7.6, the Service Recipients shall, in addition to the Net Base Management Fee, pay or reimburse the relevant member of the Service Provider Group for all sales, use, value added, withholding or other taxes, customs duties or other governmental charges (“ Governmental Charges ”), which are levied or imposed by any Governmental Authority by reason of this Agreement, any Service Agreement or any other agreement contemplated by this Agreement, except for any income taxes, corporation taxes, capital taxes or other similar taxes payable by any member of the Service Provider Group which are personal to such member of the Service Provider Group.  Any failure by the Service Provider Group to collect monies on account of these Governmental Charges shall not constitute a waiver of the right to do so.

 

18



 

7.8                                                                                Computation and Payment of Expenses and Governmental Charges

 

The Service Providers or another member of the Service Provider Group will prepare a statement documenting the Expenses and Governmental Charges to be reimbursed by the Service Recipients pursuant to this Article 7 and will deliver such statement to each Service Recipient, approximately 30 days prior to the end of the Quarter.  All Expenses and Governmental Charges reimbursable pursuant to this Article 7 will be reimbursed no later than the date which is last day of the Quarter.  The provisions of this Section 7.8 will survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 8
BAM’S OBLIGATIONS

 

BAM’s sole obligation pursuant to this Agreement shall be to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause its Subsidiaries (other than any member of the BIP Group) to provide Services to the Service Recipients, as applicable, in accordance with the direction of the Service Providers.

 

ARTICLE 9
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
OF BAM, THE SERVICE PROVIDERS AND THE SERVICE RECIPIENTS

 

9.1                                                                                Representations and Warranties of the Service Providers and BAM

 

Each of the Service Providers (or, as applicable, its general partner on its behalf) and BAM hereby represents and warrants to the Service Recipients that:

 

9.1.1                                it (and, as applicable, its general partner) is validly organized and existing under the relevant laws governing its formation and existence;

 

9.1.2                                it, or another member of the Service Provider Group, holds such licenses or registrations necessary to perform its duties hereunder and is not aware of any reason why such licenses or registrations might be cancelled;

 

9.1.3                                it (or, as applicable, its general partner on its behalf) has the power, capacity and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its duties and obligations hereunder;

 

9.1.4                                it (or, as applicable, its general partner) has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement;

 

9.1.5                                the execution and delivery of this Agreement by it (or, as applicable, its general partner on its behalf) and the performance by it of its obligations hereunder do not and will not contravene, breach or result in any default under its Governing Instruments (or, as applicable, the Governing Instruments of its general partner) or under any mortgage, lease, agreement or other legally binding instrument, license, permit or applicable law to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets may be bound;

 

19



 

9.1.6                                no authorization, consent or approval, or filing with or notice to any Person is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by it (or, as applicable, its general partner on its behalf) of this Agreement; and

 

9.1.7                                this Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of it enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization and other laws of general application limiting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and remedies generally and (ii) general principles of equity, including standards of materiality, good faith, fair dealing and reasonableness, equitable defenses and limits as to the availability of equitable remedies, whether such principles are considered in a proceeding at law or in equity.

 

9.2                                                                                Representations and Warranties of the Service Recipients

 

Each of the Service Recipients that is a party to this Agreement (or, as applicable, its general partner on its behalf) hereby represents and warrants to the Service Providers and BAM that:

 

9.2.1                                it (and, if applicable, its general partner) is validly organized and existing under the relevant laws governing its formation and existence;

 

9.2.2                                it, or the relevant Operating Entity, holds such licenses or registrations necessary to own and operate the Infrastructure Operations that it directly or indirectly owns or operates from time to time and is not aware of any reason why such licenses or registrations might be cancelled;

 

9.2.3                                it (or, as applicable, its general partner on its behalf) has the power, capacity and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its duties and obligations hereunder;

 

9.2.4                                it (or, as applicable, its general partner) has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement;

 

9.2.5                                the execution and delivery of this Agreement by it (or, as applicable, its general partner on its behalf) and the performance by it of its obligations hereunder do not and will not contravene, breach or result in any default under its Governing Instruments (or, if applicable, the Governing Instruments of its general partner);

 

9.2.6                                no authorization, consent or approval, or filing with or notice to any Person is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by it (or, as applicable, its general partner on its behalf) of this Agreement; and

 

9.2.7                                this Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of it enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to:  (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization and other laws of general application limiting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and remedies generally; and (ii) general principles of equity, including standards of materiality, good faith, fair dealing and reasonableness, equitable defenses and limits as to the availability of equitable remedies, whether such principles are considered in a proceeding at law or in equity.

 

20



 

ARTICLE 10
LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

10.1                                                                         Indemnity

 

10.1.1                         The Service Recipients (for purposes of this Article, each an “ Indemnifying Party ”) hereby jointly and severally agree, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to indemnify and hold harmless each of the Service Providers, any other member of the Service Provider Group, any of their Affiliates and any directors, officers, agents, members, partners, shareholders and employees of each of the foregoing (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”) from and against any claims, liabilities, losses, damages, costs or expenses (including legal fees) incurred by them or threatened in connection with any and all actions, suits, investigations, proceedings or claims of any kind whatsoever, whether arising under statute or action of a regulatory authority or otherwise or in connection with the business, investments and activities of the Service Recipients or in respect of or arising from this Agreement or the Services provided hereunder (“ Claims ”), including any Claims arising on account of the Governmental Charges contemplated by Section 7.7; provided that no Indemnified Party will be so indemnified with respect to any Claim to the extent that such Claim is finally determined by a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, or pursuant to a settlement agreement agreed to by such Indemnified Party, to have resulted from such Indemnified Party’s bad faith, fraud, wilful misconduct, gross negligence or, in the case of a criminal matter, conduct undertaken with knowledge that the conduct was unlawful.

 

10.1.2                         The Service Providers and the Service Recipients agree that in case any Claim should be made by a third party arising from this Agreement or the Services provided hereunder, the Indemnified Party will have the right to employ its own counsel in connection therewith, and the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel, as well as the reasonable costs (excluding an amount reimbursed to such Indemnified Party for the time spent in connection therewith) and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection therewith will be paid by the Indemnifying Party in such case, as incurred but subject to recoupment by the Indemnifying Party if ultimately it is not liable to pay indemnification hereunder.

 

10.1.3                         The Service Providers and the Service Recipients agree that, promptly after the receipt of notice of the commencement of any third-party Claim involving an Indemnified Party pursuant to this Agreement, where such Claim is based, directly or indirectly, upon any matter in respect of which this Agreement provides for indemnification, the Indemnified Party in such case will notify the Indemnifying Party in writing of the commencement of such Claim (provided that any accidental failure to provide any such notice will not prejudice the right of any such Indemnified Party hereunder) and, throughout the course of such Claim, such Indemnified Party will use its best efforts to provide copies of all relevant documentation to such Indemnifying Party and will keep the Indemnifying Party apprised of the progress thereof and will discuss with the Indemnifying Party all significant actions proposed.

 

21



 

10.1.4                         The parties hereto expressly acknowledge and agree that the right to indemnity provided in this Section 10.1 will be in addition to and not in derogation of any other liability which the Indemnifying Party in any particular case may have or of any other right to indemnity or contribution which any Indemnified Party may have by statute or otherwise at law.

 

10.1.5                         The indemnity provided in this Section 10.1 will survive the completion of Services rendered under, or any termination or purported termination of, this Agreement.

 

10.2                                                                         Limitation of Liability

 

10.2.1                         The Service Providers assume no responsibility under this Agreement other than to render the services called for hereunder in good faith and will not be responsible for any action of a Service Recipient’s Governing Body in following or declining to follow any advice or recommendations of any member of the Service Provider Group, including as set forth in Section 3.3 hereof.

 

10.2.2                         The Service Recipients hereby agree that no Indemnified Party will be liable to a Service Recipient, a Service Recipient’s Governing Body, an officer of a Service Recipient or any security holder or partner of a Service Recipient for any Liabilities that may occur as a result of any acts or omissions by the Indemnified Party pursuant to or in accordance with this Agreement, except to the extent that such Liabilities are finally determined by a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the Indemnified Party’s bad faith, fraud, wilful misconduct, gross negligence, or in the case of a criminal matter, conduct undertaken with knowledge that the conduct was unlawful.

 

10.2.3                         The maximum amount of the aggregate liability of any member of the Service Provider Group and any Affiliate, director, officer, employee, contractor, agent, advisor or other representative of any member of the Service Provider Group pursuant to this Agreement will be equal to the amounts previously paid in the two most recent calendar years by the Service Recipients pursuant to Article 7.

 

10.2.4                         For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Section 10.2 will survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

10.3                                                                         No Waiver

 

U.S. federal and state securities laws impose liabilities under certain circumstances on Persons who act in good faith; nothing herein shall constitute a waiver or limitation of any rights which the Service Recipients may have, if any, under any applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws.

 

22



 

ARTICLE 11
TERM AND TERMINATION

 

11.1                                                                         Term

 

The Service Providers’ engagement hereunder will continue in full force and effect until terminated in accordance with Section 11.2 or Section 11.3.

 

11.2                                                                         Termination by the Service Recipients

 

11.2.1                         The Service Recipients may, subject to Section 11.2.2, terminate this Agreement effective upon 30 days’ prior written notice of termination to the Service Providers without payment of any termination fee if:

 

11.2.1.1                        any of the Service Providers or any of their permitted assignees or subcontractors defaults in the performance or observance of any material term, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement that results in material harm to the Service Recipients and such default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof specifying such default and requesting that the same be remedied in such 30-day period;

 

11.2.1.2                        the Service Providers or any of their permitted assignees or subcontractors engages in any act of fraud, misappropriation of funds or embezzlement against any Service Recipient that results in material harm to the Service Recipients;

 

11.2.1.3                        there is an event of any gross negligence on the part of the Service Providers or any of their permitted assignees or subcontractors in the performance of the duties under this Agreement and such negligence results in material harm to the Service Recipients; or

 

11.2.1.4                        each of the Service Providers makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, institutes proceedings to be adjudicated voluntarily bankrupt, consents to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy against it, is adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction as being bankrupt or insolvent, seeks reorganization under any bankruptcy law or consents to the filing of a petition seeking such reorganization or has a decree entered against it by a court of competent jurisdiction appointing a receiver liquidator, trustee or assignee in bankruptcy or in insolvency.

 

11.2.2                         This Agreement may only be terminated by the Managing General Partner on behalf of the BIP Partnership with the prior unanimous approval of the members of the Independent Committee.

 

11.2.3                         Each of the Service Recipients hereby agrees and confirms that this Agreement may not be terminated due solely to the poor performance or underperformance of any investments that are made for the account of a Service Recipient provided that the Services called for herein are rendered in good faith by the Service Providers, the other members of

 

23


 

the Service Provider Group and each of their permitted assignees and subcontractors, if any.

 

11.3                                                                         Termination by the Service Providers

 

11.3.1                         The Service Providers may terminate this Agreement:

 

11.3.1.1                        effective upon 30 days’ prior written notice of termination to the Service Recipients if any Service Recipient defaults in the performance or observance of any material term, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement in a manner that results in material harm to the Service Providers and such default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof specifying such default and requesting that the same be remedied in such 30-day period; or

 

11.3.1.2                        at any time if any Service Recipient makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, institutes proceedings to be adjudicated voluntarily bankrupt, consents to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy against it, is adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction as being bankrupt or insolvent, seeks reorganization under any bankruptcy law or consents to the filing of a petition seeking such reorganization or has a decree entered against it by a court of competent jurisdiction appointing a receiver liquidator, trustee or assignee in bankruptcy or in insolvency.

 

11.4                                                                         Survival Upon Termination

 

If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Article 11, such termination will be without any further liability or obligation of any party hereto, except as provided in Section 6.4, Section 7.5, Article 10, Section 11.5 and Section 11.6 hereof.

 

11.5                                                                         Action Upon Termination

 

11.5.1                         From and after the effective date of the termination of this Agreement, the Service Providers will not be entitled to receive the Base Management Fee for further services under this Agreement, but will be paid all compensation accruing to and including the date of termination.

 

11.5.2                         Upon any termination of this Agreement, the Service Providers will forthwith:

 

11.5.2.1                        after deducting any accrued compensation and reimbursements for any Expenses to which it is then entitled, pay over to the Service Recipients all money collected and held for the account of the Service Recipients pursuant to this Agreement;

 

11.5.2.2                        deliver to the Service Recipients’ Governing Bodies a full accounting, including a statement showing all payments collected by it and a statement of all money held by it, covering the period following the date of the last accounting furnished to the Governing Bodies with respect to the Service Recipients;

 

24



 

11.5.2.3                        deliver to the Service Recipients’ Governing Bodies all property and documents of the Service Recipients then in the custody of the Service Provider Group; and

 

11.5.3                         Upon any termination of this Agreement, unless otherwise agreed by the Service Providers, the relevant Service Recipient will, or will cause any Operating Entity to, cease using the name “Brookfield” as part of its name or the “Brookfield” logo in accordance with the Licensing Agreements.

 

11.6                                                                         Release of Money or other Property Upon Written Request

 

The Service Providers hereby agree that any money or other property of the Service Recipients or their Subsidiaries held by the Service Provider Group under this Agreement shall be held by the relevant member of the Service Provider Group as custodian for such Person, and the relevant member of the Service Provider Group’s records shall be appropriately marked clearly to reflect the ownership of such money or other property by such Person.  Upon the receipt by the relevant member of the Service Provider Group of a written request signed by a duly authorized representative of a Service Recipient requesting the relevant member of the Service Provider Group to release to the Service Recipient any money or other property then held by the relevant member of the Service Provider Group for the account of such Service Recipient under this Agreement, the relevant member of the Service Provider Group shall release such money or other property to the Service Recipient within a reasonable period of time, but in no event later than 60 days following such request.  The relevant member of the Service Provider Group shall not be liable to any Service Recipient, a Service Recipient’s Governing Body or any other Person for any acts performed or omissions to act by a Service Recipient in connection with the money or other property released to the Service Recipient in accordance with the second sentence of this Section 11.6.  Each Service Recipient shall indemnify and hold harmless the relevant member of the Service Provider Group and any of its Affiliates (and any directors, officers, agents, members, partners, shareholders and employees of the foregoing) against any and all Liabilities which arise in connection with the relevant member of the Service Provider Group’s release of such money or other property to the Service Recipient in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.6.  Indemnification pursuant to this provision shall be in addition to any right of such Persons to indemnification under Section 10.1 hereof.  For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Section 11.6 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 12
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

12.1                                                                         Limited Liability of Limited Partners of the BIP Partnership and Infrastructure Partnership

 

12.1.1                         The parties acknowledge that each of the BIP Partnership and Infrastructure Partnership is a limited partnership formed under the laws of Bermuda, a limited partner of which is liable for any liabilities or losses of the relevant partnership only to the extent of the amount that such limited partner has contributed, or agreed to contribute, to the capital

 

25



 

of the relevant partnership and such limited partner’s pro rata share of any undistributed income.

 

12.2                                                                         Assignment

 

12.2.1                         This Agreement shall not be assigned by the Service Providers without the prior written consent of the BIP Partnership, except in the case of assignment by any of the Service Providers to an Affiliate or to a Person that is its successor by merger, consolidation or purchase of assets, in which case the Affiliate or successor shall be bound under this Agreement and by the terms of the assignment in the same manner as such of the Service Providers is bound under this Agreement.  In addition, provided that the Service Providers provide prior written notice to the Service Recipients for informational purposes only, nothing contained in this Agreement shall preclude any pledge, hypothecation or other transfer or assignment of the Service Providers’ rights under this Agreement, including any amounts payable to the Service Providers under this Agreement, to a bona fide lender as security.

 

12.2.2                         Notwithstanding Section 12.2.1, this Agreement will not be assigned (within the meaning of the Advisers Act) by any Service Provider that is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser without the prior written consent of the BIP Partnership.

 

12.2.3                         This Agreement shall not be assigned by any of the Service Recipients without the prior written consent of the Service Providers, except in the case of assignment by a Service Recipient to a Person that is its successor by merger, consolidation or purchase of assets, in which case the successor shall be bound under this Agreement and by the terms of the assignment in the same manner as the Service Recipient is bound under this Agreement.

 

12.2.4                         Any purported assignment of this Agreement in violation of this Article 12 shall be null and void.

 

12.3                                                                         Subcontracting and Other Arrangements

 

Any Service Provider may subcontract to any other member of the Service Provider Group or any of its other Affiliates, or arrange for the provision of any or all of the Services to be provided by it under this Agreement by any other member of the Service Provider Group or any other of its Affiliates, and the Service Recipients hereby consent to any such subcontracting or arrangement; provided that the Service Providers shall remain responsible to the Service Recipients for any Services provided by such other member of the Service Provider Group or Affiliate.

 

12.4                                                                         Enurement

 

This Agreement will enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

26



 

12.5                                                                         Notices

 

Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder will be in writing and will be given by prepaid first-class mail, by facsimile or other means of electronic communication or by hand-delivery as hereinafter provided.  Any such notice or other communication, if mailed by prepaid first-class mail at any time other than during a general discontinuance of postal service due to strike, lockout or otherwise, will be deemed to have been received on the 4 th  Business Day after the post-marked date thereof, or if sent by facsimile or other means of electronic communication, will be deemed to have been received on the Business Day following the sending, or if delivered by hand will be deemed to have been received at the time it is delivered to the applicable address noted below either to the individual designated below or to an individual at such address having apparent authority to accept deliveries on behalf of the addressee.  Notice of change of address will also be governed by this section.  In the event of a general discontinuance of postal service due to strike, lock-out or otherwise, notices or other communications will be delivered by hand or sent by facsimile or other means of electronic communication and will be deemed to have been received in accordance with this section. Notices and other communications will be addressed as follows:

 

12.5.1                         if to BAM:

 

Brookfield Asset Management Inc.
Suite 300, Brookfield Place
181 Bay Street, Box 762,
Toronto, Ontario
M5J 2T3

 

Attention:                                   Vice President, Legal Affairs
Telecopier number: 416-365-9642

 

12.5.2                         if to the BIP Partnership:

 

Brookfield Infrastructure Partners Limited
73 Front Street
Hamilton HM 12
Bermuda

 

Attention:                                Secretary

Telecopier number: 441-298-3304

 

12.5.3                         if to the Infrastructure Partnership:

 

Brookfield Infrastructure L.P.
73 Front Street
Hamilton HM 12
Bermuda

 

Attention :                                Secretary

 

27



 

Telecopier number: 441-298-3304

 

12.5.4                         if to CanHoldco:

 

Brookfield Infrastructure Holdings (Canada) Inc.
Suite 300, Brookfield Place
181 Bay Street, Box 762,
Toronto, Ontario
M5J 2T3

 

Attention:                                   Secretary

Telecopier number: 416-365-3642

 

12.5.5                         if to US Holdco:

 

Brookfield Infrastructure US Holdings I Corporation
Brookfield Place

250 Vesey Street, 15th Floor

New York, NY 10281-1023
USA

 

Attention:                                   Secretary

Telecopier number: 212-417-7196

 

12.5.6                         if to BIP Bermuda I:

 

BIP Bermuda Holdings I Limited
73 Front Street
Hamilton HM 12
Bermuda

 

Attention:                                   Secretary

Telecopier number: 441-298-3304

 

12.5.7                         if to BIP Bermuda V

 

BIP Bermuda Holdings V Limited
73 Front Street
Hamilton HM 12
Bermuda

 

Attention:                                   Secretary

Telecopier number: 441-298-3304

 

28



 

12.5.8                         if to the Canadian Service Provider:

 

Brookfield Infrastructure Group L.P.

Suite 300, Brookfield Place
181 Bay Street, Box 762,
Toronto, Ontario
M5J 2T3

 

Attention:                                   Chief Executive Officer

Telecopier number: 416-365-9642

 

12.5.9                         if to the Canadian Service Provider II:

 

Brookfield Asset Management Private Institutional Capital Adviser (Canada), L.P.

Suite 300, Brookfield Place
181 Bay Street, Box 762,
Toronto, Ontario
M5J 2T3

 

Attention:                                   Chief Executive Officer

Telecopier number: 416-365-9642

 

12.5.10                  if to the International Service Provider

 

Brookfield Asset Management (Barbados) Inc.
Cedar Court, 2nd Floor
Wildey Business Park
St Michael, Barbados

 

Attention:                                   Secretary

Telecopier number: 246-436-6960

 

12.5.11                  if to the UK Service Provider:

 

Brookfield Infrastructure Global Advisor Limited

23 Hanover Square
London, England
W1S 1JB

 

Attention:                                          Secretary
Telecopier number: +44 (0) 20 7659 3501

 

29



 

12.5.12                  if to the Australian Service Provider:

 

Brookfield Infrastructure Group (Australia) Pty Limited

Level 22, 135 King Street

Sydney, New South Wales

2000

Australia

 

Attention:                                   Secretary

Telecopier number:  61 2 9322 2001

 

12.5.13                  if to any new Service Provider appointed pursuant to Section 2.3, at the address listed in the joinder agreement executed by the new Service Provider.

 

12.6                                                                         Further Assurances

 

Each of the parties hereto will promptly do, make, execute or deliver, or cause to be done, made, executed or delivered, all such further acts, documents and things as the other party hereto may reasonably require from time to time for the purpose of giving effect to this Agreement and will use reasonable efforts and take all such steps as may be reasonably within its power to implement to their full extent the provisions of this Agreement.

 

12.7                                                                         Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be signed in counterparts and each of such counterparts will constitute an original document and such counterparts, taken together, will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[NEXT PAGE IS SIGNATURE PAGE]

 

30


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

“A.J. Silber”

 

 

Name: A.J. Silber

 

 

Title: Vice-President, Legal Affairs

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P. , by its general partner BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

“Jane Sheere”

 

 

Name: Jane Sheere

 

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE L.P. ,
by its managing general partner, BROOKFIELD

 

INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P. ,
by its general partner,
BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

“Jane Sheere”

 

 

Name: Jane Sheere

 

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE HOLDINGS (CANADA) INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

“James Rickert”

 

 

Name: James Rickert

 

 

Title: Vice-President and Secretary

 

[Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement]

 



 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE US HOLDINGS I CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

“Brett Fox”

 

 

Name: Brett Fox

 

 

Title: Vice-President

 

 

 

 

 

BIP BERMUDA HOLDINGS I LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

“Jane Sheere”

 

 

Name: Jane Sheere

 

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

 

BIP BERMUDA HOLDINGS V LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

“Jane Sheere”

 

 

Name: Jane Sheere

 

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE GROUP L.P. , by its general partner, BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE GROUP G.P. INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

“James Rickert”

 

 

Name: James Rickert

 

 

Title: Vice-President and Secretary

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT PRIVATE INSTITUTIONAL CAPITAL ADVISER (CANADA), L.P. , by its general partner, BROOKFIELD PRIVATE FUNDS HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

“A.J. Silber

 

 

Name: A.J. Silber

 

 

Title: Director

 

Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement

 



 

 

BROOKFIELD ASSET MANAGEMENT (BARBADOS) INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

“Gregory McConnie”

 

 

Name: Gregory McConnie

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD GLOBAL INFRASTRUCTURE ADVISOR LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

“Brian Baker”

 

 

Name: Brian Baker

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE GROUP (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

“Stewart Upson”

 

 

Name: Stewart Upson

 

 

Title: Director

 

Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement

 



 

Schedule A

 

JOINDER TO MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

THIS JOINDER to the Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement dated as of · , 2015 among Brookfield Asset Management Inc. (“ BAM ”), Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P., Brookfield Infrastructure L.P., the Holding Entities and the Service Providers (the “ Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of this · day of · by · , a [corporation/partnership/limited partnership] governed by the laws of · (the “ New Service Provider ”).  Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement.

 

RECITALS:

 

A.                                     The Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement provides that any Service Provider may, from time to time, appoint an Affiliate of BAM to act as a new Service Provider under that agreement;

 

B.                                     The New Service Provider is an Affiliate of BAM; and

 

C.                                     · Service Provider wishes to appoint the New Service Provider to act as a new Service Provider under the Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement and the New Service Provider wishes to accept such appointment.

 

NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Joinder and other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged), the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Agreement to be Bound.   The New Service Provider hereby agrees that upon execution of this Joinder, it shall become a party to the Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement and acknowledges that it is fully bound by, and subject to, all of the covenants, representations, terms and conditions of the Service Providers under the Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement.

 

2.                                       Successors and Assigns.   Any purported assignment of this Joinder in violation of section  · of the Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement will be null and void.

 

3.                                       Enurement.   This Joinder will enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

4.                                       Notices.   Notices and other communications to the New Service Provider will be addressed as follows:

 

·

 



 

5.                                       Counterparts.   This Joinder may be signed in counterparts and each of such counterparts will constitute an original document and such counterparts, taken together, will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6.                                       Governing Law.   This Joinder will be governed by and interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.

 

[NEXT PAGE IS SIGNATURE PAGE]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Joinder as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

[ · SERVICE PROVIDER]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

[NEW SERVICE PROVIDER]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 




Exhibit 4.6

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE ULC,

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LLC,

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LIMITED,

 

and

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE PTY LTD

 

and

 

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA,
Trustee

 


 

Indenture

 

Dated as of October 10, 2012

 


 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article 1

 

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

1

1.1

Definitions

1

1.2

Compliance Certificates and Opinions

14

1.3

Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee

14

1.4

Acts of Holders

15

1.5

Notices, etc. to Trustee and Issuers

16

1.6

Notice to Holders; Waiver

17

1.7

Effect of Headings and Table of Contents

18

1.8

Successors and Assigns

18

1.9

Separability Clause

18

1.10

Benefits of Indenture

18

1.11

Issuers’ Obligations

18

1.12

Governing Law

19

1.13

Conflict of Any Provision of the Indenture with the Trust Indenture Act or Trust Indenture Legislation

19

1.14

Legal Holidays

19

1.15

Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities

20

1.16

Conversion of Currency

21

1.17

Currency Equivalent

22

1.18

Notes in a Foreign Currency

22

1.19

Language Clause

23

1.20

Unitholders, Officers, Trustees and Others Exempt from Individual Liability

23

1.21

Waiver of Jury Trial

23

1.22

Force Majeure

23

1.23

References to Agreements and Documents

23

 

 

 

Article 2

 

NOTES FORMS

24

2.1

Forms Generally

24

2.2

Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication

25

2.3

Notes Issuable in Global Form

25

 

 

 

Article 3

 

THE NOTES

27

3.1

Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series

27

3.2

Denominations

31

3.3

Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating

31

3.4

Temporary Notes

33

3.5

Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange

36

3.6

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes

39

 


Note: This table of contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.

 



 

3.7

Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved; Optional Interest Reset

41

3.8

Optional Extension of Stated Maturity

43

3.9

Persons Deemed Owners

44

3.10

Cancellation

45

3.11

Computation of Interest

45

3.12

Currency and Manner of Payments in Respect of Notes

45

3.13

Appointment and Resignation of Successor Exchange Rate Agent

48

3.14

CUSIP Numbers

48

 

 

 

Article 4

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

48

4.1

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

48

4.2

Application of Trust Money

50

 

 

 

Article 5

 

REMEDIES

50

5.1

Events of Default

50

5.2

Notice of Defaults

52

5.3

Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment

52

5.4

Collection of Debt and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee

54

5.5

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

55

5.6

Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes

56

5.7

Application of Money Collected

56

5.8

Limitation on Suits

56

5.9

Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest

57

5.10

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

57

5.11

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

58

5.12

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

58

5.13

Control by Holders

58

5.14

Waiver of Past Defaults

59

5.15

Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws

59

 

 

 

Article 6

 

THE TRUSTEES

59

6.1

Corporate Trustee Required Eligibility

59

6.2

Certain Duties, Rights and Responsibilities of Trustee

60

6.3

Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes

63

6.4

May Hold Notes

63

6.5

Money Held in Trust

63

6.6

Compensation and Reimbursement

63

6.7

Conflict of Interest

65

6.8

Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor

65

 

ii



 

6.9

Acceptance of Appointment by Successor

66

6.10

Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business

67

6.11

Appointment of Authenticating Agent

68

6.12

Acceptance of Trust

70

6.13

Trustee Not Required to Give Note

70

6.14

Trustee Not Required to Possess Notes

70

6.15

Protection of Trustee

70

6.16

Third Party Interests

70

6.17

Trustee Not Bound to Act

71

6.18

Experts, Advisers and Agents

71

 

 

 

Article 7

 

HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND ISSUERS

71

7.1

Disclosure of Names and Addresses of Holders

71

7.2

Reports by Trustee

71

7.3

Reports by the Corporation

72

 

 

 

Article 8

 

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

73

8.1

Permitted Reorganizations

73

8.2

Successor Person Substituted

73

 

 

 

Article 9

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

73

9.1

Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders

73

9.2

Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders

75

9.3

Execution of Supplemental Indentures

76

9.4

Effect of Supplemental Indentures

77

9.5

Conformity with Trust Indenture Act

77

9.6

Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures

77

 

 

 

Article 10

 

COVENANTS

77

10.1

Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest

77

10.2

Maintenance of Office or Agency

77

10.3

Money for Notes Payments to Be Held in Trust

79

10.4

Statement as to Compliance

80

10.5

Additional Amounts

81

10.6

Waiver of Certain Covenants

84

 

 

 

Article 11

 

REDEMPTION OF NOTES

84

11.1

Applicability of Article

84

 

iii



 

11.2

Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee

84

11.3

Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed

85

11.4

Notice of Redemption

85

11.5

Deposit of Redemption Price

86

11.6

Notes Payable on Redemption Date

86

11.7

Notes Redeemed in Part

87

11.8

Tax Redemption

88

11.9

Affiliate Purchase in Lieu of Redemption or Repayment on Maturity

88

 

 

 

Article 12

 

SINKING FUNDS

89

12.1

Applicability of Article

89

12.2

Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Notes

89

12.3

Redemption of Notes for Sinking Fund

90

 

 

 

Article 13

 

REPAYMENT AT OPTION OF HOLDERS

91

13.1

Applicability of Article

91

13.2

Repayment of Notes

91

13.3

Exercise of Option

91

13.4

When Notes Presented for Repayment Become Due and Payable

92

13.5

Notes Repaid in Part

93

 

 

 

Article 14

 

DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

93

14.1

Issuers’ Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

93

14.2

Defeasance and Discharge

93

14.3

Covenant Defeasance

94

14.4

Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

94

14.5

Deposited Money and Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

96

14.6

Reinstatement

97

 

 

 

Article 15

 

MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF NOTES

97

15.1

Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called

97

15.2

Call, Notice and Place of Meetings

98

15.3

Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings

98

15.4

Quorum; Action

98

15.5

Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings

100

15.6

Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings

100

15.7

Instruments in Writing

101

15.8

Meetings - U.S. Dollar Note Holders

101

 

iv


 

INDENTURE, dated as of October 10, 2012 among Brookfield Infrastructure Finance ULC having its principal office at 181 Bay Street, Brookfield Place, Suite 300, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5J 2T3, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance LLC having its principal office at Three World Financial Centre, 200 Vesey Street, 11th Floor, New York, New York, United States 10281-1021, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Limited having its principal office at 73 Front Street, Hamilton, HM 12, Bermuda, and Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd having its principal office at Level 22, 135 King Street, Sydney, NSW, Australia 2000, each as an Issuer, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as Canadian Trustee.  Each Issuer is a wholly-owned indirect Subsidiary (as defined herein) of Brookfield Infrastructure L.P.

 

RECITALS OF THE ISSUERS

 

The Issuers have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of their unsecured debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness (herein called the “ Notes ”), which may, if and as specified in the applicable Supplemental Indenture, be convertible into, or exchangeable for, Securities of one or more Persons (including any one or more of the Issuers), to be issued in one or more Series as provided for in this Indenture.

 

All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid, legally binding agreement of the Issuers, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

 

The foregoing recitals are made as representations and statements of fact by the Issuers and not by the Trustee.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

 

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes or of Series thereof, as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

 

1.1                                Definitions

 

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1)                                  the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular;

 

(2)                                  all other terms used herein which are defined in Trust Indenture Legislation, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein;

 

(3)                                  subject to Section 1.1(2) all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings

 



 

assigned to them therein, and the terms “cash transaction” and “self-liquidating paper”, as used in TIA Section 311 of the Trust Indenture Act, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the rules of the Commission adopted under the Trust Indenture Act;

 

(4)                                  all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP;

 

(5)                                  the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

 

(6)                                  the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”;

 

(7)                                  the words “U.S. Trustee” shall be read as “and if appointed by a Supplemental Indenture providing for the issuance of U.S. Dollar Notes, the U.S. Trustee”;

 

(8)                                  the words “Trustee or Trustees” shall be read to mean “Trustee or Trustees, as applicable”; and

 

(9)                                  any reference to “Person” shall include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns.

 

Certain terms, used principally in Article 3, are defined in that Article.

 

Act ”, when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in Section 1.4.

 

Additional Amounts ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.5.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly through one or more Persons, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such Person.

 

Associate ” has the meaning it has in section 128F(9) of the Australian Tax Act.

 

Australian Tax Act ” means in the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 of the Commonwealth of Australia and the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 of the Commonwealth of Australia, as applicable.

 

Authenticating Agent ” means any Person appointed by the Trustee or Trustees to act on behalf of such Trustee or Trustees pursuant to Section 6.11 to authenticate Notes.

 

Authorized Newspaper ” means a newspaper, in the English language or in an official language of the country of publication, customarily published on each Business Day, whether or not published on Saturdays, Sundays or holidays, and of general circulation in each place in connection with which the term is used or in the financial community of each such

 

2



 

place.  Where successive publications are required to be made in Authorized Newspapers, the successive publications may be made in the same or in different newspapers in the same city meeting the foregoing requirements and in each case on any Business Day.

 

Bearer Note ” means any Note except a Registered Note.

 

BIP ” means Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P., an exempted limited partnership formed under the laws of Bermuda.

 

Board ” means either the board of trustees, board of directors or the equivalent entity of such entities, as applicable, of each Issuer or any duly authorized committee thereof.

 

Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution of the respective Board of each Issuer certified by any Board member or officer of each Issuer to have been duly adopted by each Board and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Trustee or Trustees.

 

branch register ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.5.

 

Branch Note Registrar ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.5.

 

BRM Holdco ” means BIP Bermuda Holdings I Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda.

 

Business Day ”, when used with respect to any Place of Payment or any other location referred to in this Indenture, expressly or impliedly, which shall include Toronto, Ontario and New York, New York, hereunder, or in the Notes, means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Notes pursuant to Section 3.1, each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in that Place of Payment or other such location are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

Called Principal ” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, the principal of such Series of Notes that is to be prepaid pursuant to an optional redemption.

 

Canadian Dollar Notes ” shall mean Notes denominated in Dollars.

 

Canadian Trustee means Computershare Trust Company of Canada or such other Person appointed as Canadian Trustee in a Supplemental Indenture.

 

Can Holdco ” means Brookfield Infrastructure Holdings (Canada) Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Ontario.

 

Capital Stock ” of any Person means any and all shares, units, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock or equity of such Person.

 

CDS means CDS Clearing and Depository Services Inc. and its successors, and includes any nominee of CDS in whose name a Global Note is registered.

 

3



 

Central Note Registrar ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.5.

 

Central Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.5.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Commission ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the U.S. Exchange Act or, if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

 

Control ”, “ Controlled ” and similar expressions mean a relationship between two Persons wherein one of such Persons has the power, through the ownership of Securities, by contract, constitutional documents or otherwise, to directly or indirectly, direct the management and policies of the other of such Persons, and includes: (i) in the case of a corporation, the ownership, either directly or indirectly through one or more Persons, of Securities of such corporation carrying more than 50% of the votes that may be cast to elect the directors of such corporation either under all circumstances or under some circumstances that have occurred and are continuing (other than Securities held as collateral for a bona fide debt where the holder thereof is not entitled to exercise the voting rights attached thereto), provided that such votes, if exercised, are sufficient to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation; and (ii) in the case of a limited partnership, acting or having the power to act as the general partner of such limited partnership or to otherwise Control such general partner.

 

Conversion Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.12(d).

 

Conversion Event ” means the cessation of use of (i) a Foreign Currency both by the government of the country which issued such Currency and by a central bank or other public institution of or within the international banking community for the settlement of transactions, or (ii) any Currency unit (or composite Currency) for the purposes for which it was established.

 

Corporate Trust Office ” means the principal corporate trust office of a Trustee, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office, in respect of the Canadian Trustee on the date of execution of this Indenture is located at 100 University Avenue, 8th Floor, South Tower, Toronto, Ontario M5J 2Yl, Attention: Manager, Corporate Trust Services, except that with respect to presentation of Notes for payment or for registration of transfer or exchange, such term shall mean the office or agency of the Trustee at which, at any particular time, its corporate agency business shall be conducted.

 

corporation ” includes corporations, associations, companies and business trusts.

 

coupon ” means any interest coupon appertaining to a Bearer Note.

 

covenant defeasance ” has the meaning specified in Section 14.3.

 

4



 

Currency ” means any currency or currencies, composite currency or currency unit or currency units, issued by the government of one or more countries or by any recognized confederation or association of such governments.

 

Default ” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default with respect to Notes of a certain Series.

 

Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.7.

 

defeasance ” has the meaning specified in Section 14.2.

 

Depository ” means with respect to the Notes of any Series issuable or issued in the form of one or more Registered Notes, CDS, or such other Person designated as Depository by the Issuers until a successor Depository shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Depository” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Depository hereunder, and if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Depository” as used with respect to the Notes of any such Series shall mean the Depository with respect to the Registered Notes of that Series.

 

Dollar ” or “ $ ” means a dollar or other equivalent unit in such coin or Currency of Canada as at the time shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

 

Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.12(f).

 

Election Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.12(g).

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.1.

 

Exchange Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.4.

 

Exchange Rate Agent ” means, with respect to Notes of or within any Series, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Notes pursuant to Section 3.1, a chartered bank listed on Schedule I to the Bank Act (Canada), designated pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.13.

 

Exchange Rate Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate setting forth (i) the applicable Market Exchange Rate and (ii) the Dollar or Foreign Currency amounts of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any (on an aggregate basis and on the basis of a Note having the lowest denomination principal amount determined in accordance with Section 3.2 in the relevant Currency), payable with respect to a Note of any Series on the basis of such Market Exchange Rate, signed by any one of each of the Issuers’ Board members or officers, as the case may be.

 

Extension Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.8.

 

Extension Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.8.

 

5



 

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as amended, and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof.

 

Final Maturity ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.8.

 

First Currency ” has the meaning specified in Section 1.17.

 

Foreign Currency ” means any Currency other than Currency of Canada.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles which are in effect from time to time in Canada, which as of the date hereof are International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (or, if the Issuers hereafter determine to prepare their principal consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles which are in effect from time to time in the United States, such principles); provided, however, if the Issuers are required by any securities regulatory authority in Canada or the Commission to adopt (or are permitted to adopt and so adopt) a different accounting framework, “ GAAP ” shall mean such new accounting framework as in effect from time to time, including, without limitation, in each case, those accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession.

 

Global Note ” means a Note representing the aggregate principal amount of a Series of Notes.

 

Government Obligations ” means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Series of Notes pursuant to Section 3.1, securities which are (i) direct obligations of the government which issued the Currency in which the Notes of a particular Series are payable or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the government which issued the Currency in which the Notes of such Series are payable, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed by such government, which, in either case, are full faith and credit obligations of such government payable in such Currency and are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or the specific payment of interest or principal of the Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

 

Guarantee ” means a guarantee of the obligations of the Issuers in respect of a Series of Notes, given by the Guarantors in favour of the Trustee or Trustees.

 

Guarantors ” means, collectively, BIP, Holding LP, BRM Holdco, Can Holdco and US Holdco, and each other direct wholly-owned material Subsidiary of Holding LP formed

 

6



 

or acquired after the date hereof and which delivers a Guarantee; and “ Guarantor ” means any of them.

 

Holder ” means, in the case of a Registered Note, the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register and, in the case of a Bearer Note, the bearer thereof and, when used with respect to any coupon, shall mean the bearer thereof.

 

Holding LP ” means Brookfield Infrastructure L.P., an exempted limited partnership formed under the laws of Bermuda.

 

Indenture ” means this instrument as originally executed and as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, and shall include the terms of particular Series of Notes established as contemplated by Section 3.1; provided , however , that, if at any time more than one Person is acting as Trustee under this instrument, “Indenture” shall mean, with respect to any one or more Series of Notes for which such Person is Trustee, this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and shall include the terms of particular Series of Notes for which such Person is Trustee established as contemplated by Section 3.1, exclusive, however, of any provisions or terms which relate solely to other Series of Notes for which such Person is not Trustee, regardless of when such terms or provisions were adopted, and exclusive of any provisions or terms adopted by means of one or more indentures supplemental hereto executed and delivered after such Person had become such Trustee but to which such Person, as such Trustee, was not a party.

 

Indexed Note ” means a Note the terms of which provide that the principal amount thereof payable at Stated Maturity may be more or less than the principal face amount thereof at original issuance.

 

interest ”, when used with respect to an Original Issue Discount Note which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity at the rate prescribed in such Original Issue Discount Note.

 

Interest Payment Date ”, when used with respect to any Note, means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Note.

 

Issuers ” means the Original Issuers and any New Issuers, and “ Issuer ” means any one of them.

 

Issuers Request ” or “ Issuers Order ” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Issuers by any one of each of the Issuers’ Board members or officers, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or Trustees.

 

Judgment Currency ” has the meaning specified in Section 1.16.

 

mandatory sinking fund payment ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.1.

 

7



 

Market Exchange Rate ” means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Notes pursuant to Section 3.1, (i) for any conversion involving a Currency unit on the one hand and Dollars or any Foreign Currency on the other, the exchange rate between the relevant Currency unit and Dollars or such Foreign Currency calculated by the method specified pursuant to Section 3.1 for the Notes of the relevant Series, (ii) for any conversion of Dollars into any Foreign Currency, the Bank of Canada noon rate as published on the Reuters Screen Page BOFC (or such other means of reporting the Bank of Canada noon rate as may be agreed upon by each of the parties to this Indenture) and (iii) for any conversion of one Foreign Currency into Dollars or another Foreign Currency, the spot rate at noon local time in the relevant market at which, in accordance with normal banking procedures, the Dollars or Foreign Currency into which conversion is being made could be purchased with the Foreign Currency from which conversion is being made from major banks located in either Toronto, New York City or any other principal market for Dollars or such purchased Foreign Currency, in each case determined by the Exchange Rate Agent.  Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Notes pursuant to Section 3.1, in the event of the unavailability of any of the exchange rates provided for in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), the Exchange Rate Agent shall use, in its sole discretion and without liability on its part, such Bank of Canada noon rate as of the most recent available date, or quotations from one or more major banks in Toronto, New York City, or another principal market for the Currency in question, or such other quotations as the Exchange Rate Agent shall deem appropriate.  Unless otherwise specified by the Exchange Rate Agent, if there is more than one market for dealing in any Currency by reason of foreign exchange regulations or otherwise, the market to be used in respect of such Currency shall be that upon which a non-resident issuer of Securities designated in such Currency would purchase such Currency in order to make payments in respect of such Securities.

 

Maturity ”, when used with respect to any Note, means the date on which the principal balance of such Note becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, notice of redemption, notice of option to elect repayment or otherwise.

 

New Issuers ” means each direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of Holding LP, which from time to time becomes a party to this Indenture pursuant to a Supplemental Indenture, and “ New Issuer ” means any one of them.

 

Note Register ” and “ Note Registrar ” have the respective meanings specified in Section 3.5.

 

Notes ” means unsecured debentures, notes or other evidence of indebtedness of the Issuers issued or to be issued pursuant to this Indenture, including without limitation, Canadian Dollar Notes and U.S. Dollar Notes; provided , however , that if at any time there is more than one Person acting as Trustee under this Indenture, “Notes” with respect to the Indenture as to which such Person is Trustee shall more particularly mean Notes authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, exclusive, however, of Notes of any Series as to which such Person is not Trustee.

 

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any one of each of the Issuers’ Board members or officers, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or Trustees.

 

8



 

Offshore Associate ” means an Associate that is either:

 

(a)                                  a non-resident of Australia that does not acquire the Notes in carrying on a business at or through a permanent establishment in Australia; or

 

(b)                                  a resident of Australia that acquires the Notes in carrying on a business at or through a permanent establishment outside Australia,

 

other than one acting in the capacity of a dealer, manager or underwriter in relation to the placement of the Notes or in the capacity of a clearing house, custodian, funds manager or responsible entity of a registered scheme within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 of the Commonwealth of Australia.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion, reasonably acceptable to the Trustee or Trustees, of counsel containing the information specified in Section 1.2, who may be counsel for the Issuers, including an employee of the Issuers (except in the case of an Opinion of Counsel delivered pursuant to Section 11.8 or 14.4 or as otherwise provided), and which opinion shall be subject to customary assumptions and qualifications.

 

Optional Reset Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.7.

 

optional sinking fund payment ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.1.

 

Original Issue Discount Note ” means any Note which provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.3.

 

Original Issuers ” means Brookfield Infrastructure Finance ULC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance LLC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Limited, and Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd and “ Original Issuer ” means any one of them.

 

Original Stated Maturity ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.8.

 

Other Currency ” has the meaning specified in Section 1.17.

 

Outstanding ”, when used with respect to Notes, means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except :

 

(a)                                  Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or Trustees or delivered to the Trustee or Trustees for cancellation;

 

(b)                                  Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption or repayment at the option of the Holder money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or Trustees or any Paying Agent (other than the Issuers) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Issuers (if the Issuers shall act as their own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Notes and any coupons appertaining thereto; provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee or Trustees have been made;

 

9



 

(c)                                   Notes, except to the extent provided in Sections 14.2 and 14.3, with respect to which the Issuers have effected defeasance and/or covenant defeasance as provided in Article 14; and

 

(d)                                  Notes which have been paid pursuant to Section 3.6 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Notes in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee or Trustees proof satisfactory to such Trustee or Trustees that such Notes are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Notes are valid obligations of the Issuers;

 

provided , however , that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder or are present at a meeting of Holders for quorum purposes, and for the purpose, in the case of U.S. Dollar Notes, of making the calculations required by the Trust Indenture Act, (i) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Note that may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed to be Outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the amount of principal thereof that would be (or shall have been declared to be) due and payable, at the time of such determination, upon a declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.3, (ii) the principal amount of any Note denominated in a Foreign Currency that may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed Outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the Dollar equivalent, determined as of the date such Note is originally issued by the Issuers as set forth in an Exchange Rate Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee or Trustees, of the principal amount (or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Note, the Dollar equivalent as of such date of original issuance of the amount determined as provided in clause (i) above) of such Note, (iii) the principal amount of any Indexed Note that may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed Outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the principal face amount of such Indexed Note at original issuance, unless otherwise provided with respect to such Note pursuant to Section 3.1, and (iv) Notes owned by the Issuers or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuers or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee or Trustees shall be protected in making such calculation or in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which are certified in an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee or Trustees as so owned shall be disregarded.  Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee certifies in favour of the Trustee or Trustees that the pledgee has the right to act with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuers or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuers or such other obligor.

 

Paying Agent ” means any Person (including the Issuers acting as Paying Agent) authorized by the Issuers to pay the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Notes on behalf of the Issuers.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

10


 

Place of Payment ” means, when used with respect to the Notes of or within any Series, the place or places where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Notes are payable as specified as contemplated by Sections 3.1 and 10.2.

 

Predecessor Note ” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 3.6 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note or a Note to which a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note or the Note to which the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains, as the case may be.

 

Pricing Date ” means the date upon which the Redemption Price is to be calculated for Notes that do not have a fixed Redemption Price, which date shall be the third Business Day prior to the Redemption Date for such Notes, unless otherwise specified in a Supplemental Indenture with respect to such Notes.

 

Purchase Price ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.9.

 

rate(s) of exchange ” has the meaning specified in Section 1.16.

 

Redemption Date ”, when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, in whole or in part, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Redemption Price ”, when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Registered Note ” means any Note registered in the Note Register.

 

Regular Record Date ” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date on the Registered Notes of or within any Series means the date, if any, specified for that purpose as contemplated by Section 3.1.

 

Repayment Date ” means, when used with respect to any Note to be repaid in whole or in part at the option of the Holder, the date fixed for such repayment pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Repayment Price ” means, when used with respect to any Note to be repaid at the option of the Holder, the price at which it is to be repaid pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Required Currency ” has the meaning specified in Section 1.16.

 

Reset Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.7.

 

Responsible Officer ”, when used with respect to the Trustee or Trustees, means any vice president, any trust officer or assistant trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee or Trustees customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above-designated officers, and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any

 

11



 

other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

Securities ” means any stock, shares, units, installment receipts, voting trust certificates, bonds, debentures, notes, other evidences of indebtedness, or other documents or instruments commonly known as securities or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for, receipts for, guarantees of, or warrants, options or rights to subscribe for, purchase or acquire any of the foregoing.

 

Security Interest ” means any mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, conditional sale or other title retention agreement, or other similar security interest.

 

A “ Series ” of Notes means all Notes denoted as part of the same Series authorized by or pursuant to a particular Board Resolution as the case may be.

 

Special Record Date ” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Registered Notes of or within any Series means a date fixed by the Trustee or Trustees pursuant to Section 3.7.

 

Stated Maturity ”, when used with respect to any Note and any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Note or a coupon representing such installment of interest as the fixed date on which the principal of such Note or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable, as such date may be extended pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.8.

 

Subsequent Interest Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.7.

 

Subsidiary ” of any Person means a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, trust or other entity 50% or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries thereof.

 

Successor ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.1.

 

Successor Transaction ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.1.

 

“Supplemental Indenture” means an indenture supplemental to this Indenture pursuant to which, among other things, Notes may be authorized for issue or the provisions of this Indenture may be amended.

 

Tax Jurisdiction ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.5.

 

Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.5.

 

Trustee means the Person named as the “ Canadian Trustee ” in this Indenture and additionally, in respect of a Supplemental Indenture providing for the issue of U.S. Dollar Notes, the Person named as the “ U.S. Trustee ” and appointed by such Supplemental Indenture,

 

12



 

and “ Trustees ” means, upon the appointment of the U.S. Trustee, the Canadian Trustee and the U.S. Trustee, unless a successor of any such Canadian or U.S. Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “ Trustee or Trustees ” shall refer instead to such successor Trustee or Trustees; provided , however , that if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Trustee” as used with respect to the Notes of any Series shall mean only (i) the Trustee with respect to Notes of that Series and (ii) if such Person is not the Canadian Trustee, the Canadian Trustee.

 

Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder as in force at the date as of which this Indenture was executed, except as provided in Section 9.5.

 

Trust Indenture Legislation ” has the meaning specified in Section 1.13.

 

United States ” means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Notes pursuant to Section 3.1, the United States of America (including the states and the District of Columbia), its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction.

 

U.S. Dollar Notes ” shall mean Notes denominated in United States dollars.

 

U.S. Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

US Holdco ” means Brookfield Infrastructure Corporation, a company incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

U.S. Trustee means a Person appointed as U.S. Trustee in a Supplemental Indenture providing for the issue of U.S. Dollar Notes, which Person has agreed to be bound by the terms hereof as if such Person was an original signatory hereto.

 

Valuation Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.12(c).

 

Vice President ”, when used with respect to the Trustee or Trustees, means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “vice president”.

 

Voting Stock ” of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person which ordinarily has voting power for the election of directors (or Persons performing similar functions) of such Person, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of Securities has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

 

Yield to Maturity ” means the yield to maturity, computed at the time of issuance of a Note (or, if applicable, at the most recent redetermination of interest on such Note) and as set forth in such Note in accordance with generally accepted Canadian bond yield computation principles.

 

13



 

1.2                                Compliance Certificates and Opinions

 

Upon any application or request by the Issuers to the Trustee or Trustees to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee or Trustees an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture (including any covenant compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent) relating to the proposed action have been complied with and, where specifically required by this Indenture, an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with.

 

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 10.4) shall include:

 

(1)                                  a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

 

(2)                                  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3)                                  a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(4)                                  a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

 

1.3                                Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee

 

(a)                                  In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

 

(b)                                  Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Issuers may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous.  Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Issuers stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Issuers, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

 

14



 

(c)                                   Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

 

1.4                                Acts of Holders

 

(a)                                  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders of the Outstanding Notes of all Series or one or more Series, as the case may be, may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing.  If Notes of a Series are issuable as Bearer Notes, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders of such Series may, alternatively, be embodied in and evidenced by the record of Holders of Notes of such Series voting in favor thereof, either in person or by proxies duly appointed in writing, at any meeting of Holders of Notes of such Series duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article 15, or a combination of such instruments and any such record.  Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee or Trustees and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuers.  Such instrument or instruments and any such record (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments or so voting at any such meeting.  Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or of the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee or Trustees and the Issuers, if made in the manner provided in this Section.  The record of any meeting of Holders of Notes shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 15.6.

 

(b)                                  The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof.  Where such execution is by a signatory acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of authority.  The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which such Trustee or Trustees deem sufficient.

 

(c)                                   The principal amount and serial numbers of Registered Notes held by any Person, and the date of holding the same, shall be proved by the Note Register.

 

(d)                                  The principal amount and serial numbers of Bearer Notes held by any Person, and the date of holding the same, may be proved by the production of such Bearer Notes or by a certificate executed, as depository, by any trust company, bank, banker or other depository, wherever situated, if such certificate shall be deemed by the Trustee or Trustees to be satisfactory, showing that at the date therein mentioned such Person had on deposit with such depository, or exhibited to it, the Bearer Notes therein described; or such facts may be proved by the certificate or affidavit of the Person holding such Bearer Notes, if such certificate or affidavit

 

15



 

is deemed by the Trustee or Trustees to be satisfactory.  The Trustee or Trustees and the Issuers may assume that such ownership of any Bearer Note continues until (1) another certificate or affidavit bearing a later date issued in respect of the same Bearer Note is produced, or (2) such Bearer Note is produced to the Trustee or Trustees by some other Person, or (3) such Bearer Note is surrendered in exchange for a Registered Note, or (4) such Bearer Note is no longer Outstanding.  The principal amount and serial numbers of Bearer Notes held by any Person, and the date of holding the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee or Trustees deem sufficient.

 

(e)                                   If the Issuers shall solicit from the Holders of Registered Notes any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of Holders, the Issuers may, at their option, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of Holders, but the Issuers shall have no obligation to do so.  Notwithstanding the Trust Indenture Act, such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such Board Resolution, which shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith and not later than the date such solicitation is completed.  If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of Holders may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of Holders, and for that purpose the Outstanding Notes shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date.

 

(f)                                    Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or Trustees or the Issuers in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

 

1.5                                Notices, etc. to Trustee and Issuers

 

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other documents provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

 

(1)                                  the Trustee or Trustees by any Holder or by the Issuers shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if delivered to an officer of the Canadian Trustee at 100 University Avenue, 8th Floor, South Tower, Toronto, Ontario M5J 2Yl, Attention: Manager, Corporate Trust Services, or if sent by facsimile transmission or other electronic communication (with receipt confirmed) to (416) 981-9777 or corporatetrust.toronto@computershare.com, Attention: Manager, Corporate Trust Services, and, if applicable, the U.S. Trustee, as set out in the Supplemental Indenture

 

16



 

appointing such U.S. Trustee, shall be deemed to be validly given at the time of delivery or transmission if it is received prior to 4:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on a Business Day, failing which it shall be deemed to have been given on the next Business Day.  The Trustee or Trustees may from time to time notify the Issuers of a change in address, facsimile number or email address which thereafter, until changed by like notice, shall be the address, facsimile number or email address of the Trustee or Trustees for the purposes of this Indenture.

 

(2)                                  the Issuers by the Trustee or Trustees or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if delivered to the Issuers at Brookfield Place, 181 Bay Street, Suite 330, Toronto, Ontario, M5J 2T3, Attention: Chief Executive Officer, or, if sent by facsimile transmission (with receipt confirmed) to Brookfield Infrastructure Finance ULC, Attention: Chief Executive Officer at (416) 365-9642 shall be deemed to be validly given at the time of delivery or transmission if it is received prior to 4:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on a Business Day, failing which it shall be deemed to have been given on the next Business Day.  The Issuers may from time to time notify the Trustee or Trustees of a change in address or facsimile number which thereafter, until changed by like notice, shall be the address or facsimile number of the Issuers for the purposes of this Indenture.

 

1.6                                Notice to Holders; Waiver

 

(a)                                  Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to Holders of Registered Notes by the Issuers or the Trustee or Trustees, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each such Holder affected by such event, at his address as it appears in the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice.  In any case where notice to Holders of Registered Notes is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders of Registered Notes or the sufficiency of any notice to Holders of Bearer Notes given as provided.  Any notice mailed to a Holder in the manner herein prescribed shall be conclusively deemed to have been received by such Holder, whether or not such Holder actually receives such notice.

 

(b)                                  In case, by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impractical to mail notice of any event to Holders of Registered Notes when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee or Trustees shall be deemed to be sufficient giving of such notice for every purpose hereunder.

 

(c)                                   Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or otherwise specified with respect to any Notes pursuant to Section 3.1, where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of Bearer Notes of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given to Holders of Bearer Notes if published in an Authorized Newspaper in Toronto, Ontario and in such other city or cities as may be specified in such Notes on a Business Day at least twice, the first such publication to be not earlier than the earliest date, and not later than the latest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice.  Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date of the first such publication.

 

17



 

(d)                                  In case, by reason of the suspension of publication of any Authorized Newspaper or Authorized Newspapers or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impracticable to publish any notice to Holders of Bearer Notes as provided above, then such notification to Holders of Bearer Notes as shall be given with the approval of the Trustee or Trustees shall constitute sufficient notice to such Holders for every purpose hereunder.  Neither the failure to give notice by publication to Holders of Bearer Notes as provided above, nor any defect in any notice so published, shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders of Bearer Notes or the sufficiency of any notice to Holders of Registered Notes given as provided herein.

 

(e)                                   Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver required or permitted under this Indenture shall be in the English language, except that any published notice may be in an official language of the country of publication.

 

(f)                                    Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice.  Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee or Trustees, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

 

1.7                                Effect of Headings and Table of Contents

 

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

1.8                                Successors and Assigns

 

All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Issuers shall bind their successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

 

1.9                                Separability Clause

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in any Note or coupon shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

1.10                         Benefits of Indenture

 

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes or coupons, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Note Registrar and their successors hereunder and the Holders of Notes or coupons, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

 

1.11                         Issuers’ Obligations

 

The Issuers acknowledge and agree that the obligations of any Issuer under this Indenture, any Supplemental Indenture or any Note are the joint and several obligations of all the Issuers, provided however, that no New Issuer shall be liable for any such obligations of any

 

18



 

other Issuer in respect of Notes or a Series of Notes that were issued prior to the time that such New Issuer became an Issuer pursuant to any Supplemental Indenture.

 

1.12                         Governing Law

 

This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable in the Province of Ontario and shall be treated in all respects as Ontario contracts; provided, that the rights, protections, duties, obligations and immunities of the U.S. Trustee hereunder shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of New York; and provided, further that U.S. Dollar Notes and certain provisions of the Supplemental Indenture under which such U.S. Dollar Notes are issued, as provided for in such Supplemental Indenture, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

1.13                         Conflict of Any Provision of the Indenture with the Trust Indenture Act or Trust Indenture Legislation

 

In this Section 1.13, the expression “ Trust Indenture Legislation ” means the provisions, if any, of any statute of Canada or any Province thereof, and of any regulations under any such statute, relating to trust indentures and to the rights, duties and obligations of trustees under trust indentures and of corporations issuing debt obligations under trust indentures, to the extent that such provisions are in the Opinion of Counsel at the time in force and applicable to this Indenture or the Issuers.

 

Each of the Issuers and the Trustee or Trustees agrees to observe and comply with all provisions of the Trust Indenture Act and Trust Indenture Legislation applicable to or binding upon it in connection with this Indenture, the Notes and any action to be taken hereunder or thereunder.  If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or applicable law as set forth in Section 1.12 limits, qualifies or conflicts with any mandatory requirements of the Trust Indenture Act or Trust Indenture Legislation (and notwithstanding any provisions of this Indenture or the Notes to the contrary), such mandatory requirements shall prevail.  For greater certainty, if and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or applicable law as set forth in Section 1.12 limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Sections 310 to 318, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act, or conflicts with any provision (an “incorporated provision”) required by or deemed to be included in this Indenture by operation of such sections of the Trust Indenture Act (and notwithstanding any provisions of this Indenture or the Notes to the contrary), the Trust Indenture Act shall prevail but only to the extent of such qualification or conflict.

 

1.14                         Legal Holidays

 

In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, sinking fund payment date or Stated Maturity or Maturity of any Note shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment or other location contemplated hereunder, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of any Note or coupon other than a provision in the Notes of any Series which specifically states that such provision shall apply in lieu of this Section), payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, need not be made at such Place of Payment

 

19



 

or other location contemplated hereunder on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment or other location contemplated hereunder with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date or sinking fund payment date, or at the Stated Maturity or Maturity; provided that no interest shall accrue for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, sinking fund payment date, Stated Maturity or Maturity, as the case may be.

 

1.15                         Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities

 

(a)                                  By the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuers (i) acknowledge that they have irrevocably designated and appointed Torys LLP at 79 Wellington Street West, Box 270, TD Centre, Suite 3000, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5K 1N2, as their authorized agent upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Canadian Dollar Notes or this Indenture in respect of the Canadian Dollar Notes, that may be instituted in any provincial court in the City of Toronto or brought under Canadian securities laws or brought by the Trustee or Trustees (whether in their individual capacity or in their capacity as Trustee(s) hereunder), (ii) submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit or proceeding, and (iii) agree that service of process upon Torys LLP and written notice of said service to the Issuers (mailed or delivered to the Issuers, attention: General Counsel, at their principal office specified in the first paragraph of this Indenture and in the manner specified in Section 1.5 hereof), shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Issuers in any such suit or proceeding.  The Issuers further agree to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of Torys LLP in full force and effect so long as any of the Canadian Dollar Notes shall be outstanding.

 

(b)                                  By the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuers (i) acknowledge that they have irrevocably designated and appointed Brookfield Infrastructure Corporation at Three World Financial Center, 200 Vesey Street, 24th Floor, New York, NY, 10281-1021, United States of America, as their authorized agent upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to the U.S. Dollar Notes or this Indenture in respect of the U.S. Dollar Notes, that may be instituted in any federal or state court in the City of New York or brought under federal or state securities laws or brought by the Trustee or Trustees (whether in their individual capacity or in their capacity as Trustee(s) hereunder), (ii) submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit or proceeding, and (iii) agree that service of process upon Brookfield Infrastructure Corporation and written notice of said service to the Issuers (mailed or delivered to the Issuers, attention: General Counsel, at their principal office specified in the first paragraph of this Indenture and in the manner specified in Section 1.5 hereof), shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Issuers in any such suit or proceeding.  The Issuers further agree to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of Brookfield Infrastructure Corporation in full force and effect so long as any of the U.S. Dollar Notes shall be outstanding.

 

(c)                                   To the extent that the Issuers have or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with

 

20


 

respect to themselves or their property, the Issuers hereby irrevocably waive such immunity in respect of their obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, to the extent permitted by law.

 

(d)                                  The Issuers hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waive, to the extent they may legally and effectively do so, any objection which they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture or, in the case of the U.S. Dollar Notes, in any federal or state court in the State of New York, Borough of Manhattan, or in the case of Canadian Dollar Notes, any court in Toronto, Ontario.  Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

 

1.16                         Conversion of Currency

 

(a)                                  The Issuers covenant and agree that the following provisions shall apply to conversion of Currency in the case of the Notes and this Indenture:

 

(i)                                      If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment of, any court in any country, it becomes necessary to convert into any other Currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) an amount due or contingently due under the Notes of any Series and this Indenture (the “ Required Currency ”), then the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which a final judgment which is not appealable or is not appealed is given or the order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (unless a court shall otherwise determine).

 

(ii)                                   If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which the judgment referred to in (i) above is given or an order of endorsement is made, as the case may be (or such other date as a court shall determine), and the date of receipt of the amount due, the Issuers shall pay such additional (or, as the case may be, such lesser) amount, if any, as may be necessary so that the amount paid in the judgment Currency when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt will produce the amount in the Required Currency originally due.

 

(b)                                  In the event of the winding-up of any Issuer at any time while any amount or damages owing under the Notes and this Indenture, or any judgment or order rendered in respect thereof, shall remain outstanding, the Issuers shall indemnify and hold the Holders of Notes and the Trustee or Trustees harmless against any deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between (1) the date as of which the equivalent of the amount in the Required Currency due or contingently due under the Notes and this Indenture (other than under this Subsection (b)) is calculated for the purposes of such winding-up and (2) the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in such winding-up.  For the purpose of this Subsection (b) the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in the winding-up of any Issuer shall be the date fixed by the liquidator or otherwise in accordance with the relevant provisions of applicable law as being the latest practicable date as at which liabilities of such Issuer may be ascertained for such winding-up prior to payment by the liquidator or otherwise in respect thereto.

 

21



 

(c)                                   The obligations contained in Subsections (a)(ii) and (b) of this Section shall constitute separate and independent obligations of the Issuers from their other obligations under the Notes and this Indenture, shall give rise to separate and independent causes of action against the Issuers, shall apply irrespective of any waiver or extension granted by any Holder or Trustee or Trustees from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order or the filing of any proof of claim in the winding-up of any Issuer for a liquidated sum in respect of amounts due hereunder (other than under Subsection (b) above) or under any such judgment or order.  Any such deficiency as aforesaid shall be deemed to constitute a loss suffered by the Holders or the Trustee or Trustees, as the case may be, and no proof or evidence of any actual loss shall be required by the Issuers or the applicable liquidator.  In the case of Subsection (b) above, the amount of such deficiency shall not be deemed to be reduced by any variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date of any liquidating distribution.

 

The term “ rate(s) of exchange ” shall mean the Bank of Canada noon rate for purchases on the relevant date of the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency, as published on the Reuters Screen Page BOFC (or such other means of reporting the Bank of Canada noon rate as may be agreed upon by each of the parties to this Indenture) and includes any premiums and costs of exchange payable.

 

1.17                         Currency Equivalent

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, for purposes of the construction of the terms of this Indenture or of the Notes, in the event that any amount is stated herein in the Currency of one nation (the “ First Currency ”), as of any date such amount shall also be deemed to represent the amount in the Currency of any other relevant nation (the “ Other Currency ”) which is required to purchase such amount in the First Currency at the Bank of Canada noon rate published on the Reuters Screen Page BOFC (or such other means of reporting the Bank of Canada noon rate as may be agreed upon by each of the parties to this Indenture) on the date of determination.

 

1.18                         Notes in a Foreign Currency

 

Unless otherwise specified in or pursuant to a Board Resolution, a Supplemental Indenture or an Officer’s Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 3.1 with respect to a particular Series of Notes, whenever for purposes of this Indenture any action may be taken by the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of one or more Series at the time Outstanding and, at such time, there are Outstanding Notes of any such affected Series which are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then the principal amount of the Notes of such Series which shall be deemed to be Outstanding for the purpose of taking such action shall be the amount of Dollars which could be obtained for such principal amount at the Market Exchange Rate on the applicable record date, or if no such record date shall have been established, on the date that the taking of such action shall be authorized by Act of the Holders of all such affected Series.  The provisions of this paragraph shall also apply in connection with any other action taken by the Holders pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, including without limitation any action under Section 5.3.

 

22



 

1.19                         Language Clause

 

Les parties aux présentes ont exigé que la présente convention ainsi que tous les documents et avis qui s’y rattachent et/ou qui en découleront soient rédigés en langue anglaise.  The parties hereto have required that this Indenture and all documents and notices related thereto be drawn up in English.

 

1.20                         Unitholders, Officers, Trustees and Others Exempt from Individual Liability

 

No recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture, or in any Note, or because of any indebtedness evidenced thereby, shall be had against any past, present or future shareholder, unitholder, stakeholder, partner, officer, director or trustee, as such, of the Issuers or of any successor, either directly or through the Issuers or any successor, under any rule of law, statute or constitutional provision or by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding or otherwise, all such liability being expressly waived and released by the acceptance of the Notes by the Holders thereof and as part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 

1.21                         Waiver of Jury Trial

 

EACH OF THE ISSUERS AND THE TRUSTEE OR TRUSTEES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

1.22                         Force Majeure

 

In no event shall the Trustee or Trustees be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of such Trustee’s or Trustees’ obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond such Trustee’s or Trustees’ control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee or Trustees shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

1.23                         References to Agreements and Documents

 

Each reference in this Indenture to any agreement or document shall be construed so as to include such agreement or document (including any attached schedules, appendices and exhibits) as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

 

23



 

ARTICLE 2
NOTES FORMS

 

2.1                                Forms Generally

 

(a)                                  The Registered Notes, if any, of each Series and the Bearer Notes, if any, of each Series and related coupons shall be in substantially the forms as shall be established by or pursuant to a Board Resolution or in one or more Supplemental Indentures, in each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with any law, with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto, with the rules of any securities exchange or to conform to usage as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Notes or coupons, as evidenced by their execution of the Notes or coupons.  If the forms of Notes or coupons of any Series are established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by any one of the Board members or officers, as the case may be, of each of the Issuers and delivered to the Trustee or Trustees at or prior to the delivery of the Issuers Order contemplated by Section 3.3(c) for the authentication and delivery of such Notes or coupons.  If temporary Notes of any Series are issued in Global form as permitted by Section 3.4, the form thereof shall be established as provided in the preceding sentence.  Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note.

 

(b)                                  Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, Notes in bearer form shall have interest coupons attached.

 

(c)                                   The Trustee’s certificate of authentication on all Notes shall be in substantially the form set forth in this Article.

 

(d)                                  The definitive Notes and coupons shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods on steel-engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers of the Issuers executing such Notes or coupons, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes or coupons.

 

24



 

2.2                                Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication

 

Subject to Sections 6.9 and 6.11, the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

This is one of the Notes of the Series designated, and issued under the Indenture as described herein.

 

 

 

[                                  ],

 

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Authorized Officer

 

THE CERTIFICATE OF THE TRUSTEE SIGNED ON THE NOTES WILL NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY BY THE TRUSTEE AS TO THE VALIDITY OF THE INDENTURE OR OF THE NOTES OR OF THEIR ISSUANCE AND THE TRUSTEE WILL IN NO RESPECT BE LIABLE OR ANSWERABLE FOR THE USE MADE OF SUCH NOTES OR ANY OF THEM OR THE PROCEEDS THEREOF. THE CERTIFICATE OF THE TRUSTEE SIGNED ON THE NOTES WILL, HOWEVER, BE A REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTY BY THE TRUSTEE THAT THE NOTES HAVE BEEN DULY CERTIFIED BY OR ON BEHALF OF THE TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE.

 

2.3                                Notes Issuable in Global Form

 

(a)                                  If Notes of or within a Series are issuable as Global Notes, as specified and contemplated by Section 3.1, then, notwithstanding clause (10) of Section 3.1(b), any such Note shall represent such of the Outstanding Notes of such Series as shall be specified therein and may provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of Outstanding Notes of such Series from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of Outstanding Notes of such Series represented thereby may from time to time be increased or decreased to reflect exchanges.  Any endorsement of a Note in Global form to reflect the amount, or any increase or decrease in the amount, of Outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or Trustees in such manner and upon instructions given by such Person or Persons as shall be specified therein or in the Issuers Order to be delivered to the Trustee or Trustees pursuant to Section 3.3 or 3.4.  Subject to the provisions of Section 3.3 and, if applicable, Section 3.4, the Trustee or Trustees shall deliver and redeliver any Global Note in the manner and upon instructions given by the Person or Persons specified therein or in the applicable Issuers Order.  If an Issuers Order pursuant to Section 3.3 or 3.4 has been, or simultaneously is, delivered, any instructions by the Issuers with respect to endorsement or delivery or redelivery of a Global Note shall be in writing but need not comply with Section 1.2.

 

25



 

(b)                                  The provisions of the last sentence of Section 3.3 shall apply to any Note represented by a Global Note if such Note was never issued and sold by the Issuers and the Issuers deliver to the Trustee or Trustees the Global Note together with written instructions (which need not comply with Section 1.2) with regard to the reduction in the principal amount of Notes represented thereby, together with the written statement contemplated by the last sentence of Section 3.3.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.7, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, payment of principal of, (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any Global Note shall be made to the Person or Persons specified therein.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.9 and except as provided in the preceding paragraph, the Issuers, the Trustee or Trustees and any agent of the Issuers and the Trustee or Trustees shall treat as the Holder of such principal amount of Outstanding Notes represented by a Global Note (i)  in the case of a Global Note in registered form, the Holder of such Global Note in registered form, or (ii) in the case of a Global Note in bearer form, the Person holding such Bearer Note.

 

(e)                                   Unless otherwise specified in the Issuers Order or the Supplemental Indenture authorizing a Series of Notes, every Global Note in registered form of such Series authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or Trustees shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF.  UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE CANADIAN DEPOSITORY FOR NOTES LIMITED (“CDS”) TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IN RESPECT THEREOF IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CDS & CO., OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CDS & CO.  OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED HOLDER HEREOF, CDS & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Global Note evidencing U.S. Dollar Notes shall bear a legend in substantially the following form, or such other applicable legend, unless otherwise specified in the Supplemental Indenture:

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED

 

26



 

IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF.  THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED TO, OR REGISTERED OR EXCHANGED FOR NOTE REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF, ANY PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, AND NO SUCH TRANSFER MAY BE REGISTERED, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.  EVERY NOTE AUTHENTICATED AND DELIVERED UPON REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF, OR IN EXCHANGE FOR, OR IN LIEU OF, THIS NOTE WILL BE A GLOBAL NOTE SUBJECT TO THE FOREGOING, EXCEPT IN SUCH LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.

 

ARTICLE 3
THE NOTES

 

3.1                                Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series

 

(a)                                  The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

 

(b)                                  The Notes may be issued in one or more Series.  There shall be established in one or more Board Resolutions or pursuant to authority granted by one or more Board Resolutions and, subject to Section 3.3, set forth in, or determined in the manner provided in, an Officer’s Certificate, or established in one or more Supplemental Indentures, prior to the issuance of Notes of any Series, any or all of the following, as applicable (each of which (except for the matters set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (23) below), if so provided, may be determined from time to time by the Issuers with respect to unissued Notes of the Series and set forth in such Notes of the Series when issued from time to time):

 

(1)                                  the title of the Notes of the Series (which shall distinguish the Notes of the Series from all other Series of Notes);

 

(2)                                  any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Notes of the Series that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration or transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes of the Series pursuant to Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 9.6, 11.7 or 13.5);

 

(3)                                  the extent and manner, if any, to which payment on or in respect of Notes of that Series will be senior or will be subordinated to the prior payment or other liabilities and obligations of the Issuers;

 

(4)                                  the percentage or percentages of principal amount at which the Notes of a Series will be issued;

 

(5)                                  the date or dates, or the method by which such date or dates will be determined or extended, on which the principal of the Notes of the Series is payable;

 

27



 

(6)                                  the rate or rates at which the Notes of the Series shall bear interest, if any, or the method by which such rate or rates shall be determined, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue, or the method by which such date or dates shall be determined, the Interest Payment Dates on which such interest shall be payable and the Regular Record Date, if any, for the interest payable on any Registered Note on any Interest Payment Date, or the method by which such date or dates shall be determined, and the basis upon which interest shall be calculated if other than on the basis of a 365-day year or 366-day year, as applicable;

 

(7)                                  the place or places, if any, other than or in addition to Toronto, Ontario, where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on Notes of the Series shall be payable, where any Registered Notes of the Series may be surrendered for registration of transfer, where Notes of the Series may be surrendered for exchange, where Notes of the Series that are convertible or exchangeable may be surrendered for conversion or exchange, as applicable and, if different than the location specified in Section 1.5, the place or places where notices or demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes of the Series and this Indenture may be served;

 

(8)                                  the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which, the Currency in which, and other terms and conditions upon which Notes of the Series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Issuers, if the Issuers are to have that option;

 

(9)                                  the obligation, if any, of the Issuers to redeem, repay or purchase Notes of the Series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provision or at the option of a Holder thereof, and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which, the Currency in which, and other terms and conditions upon which Notes of the Series shall be redeemed, repaid or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;

 

(10)                           if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the denomination or denominations in which any Registered Notes of the Series shall be issuable and, if other than denominations of $5,000, the denomination or denominations in which any Bearer Notes of the Series shall be issuable;

 

(11)                           if other than the Issuers or the Trustee or Trustees, the identity of each Note Registrar and/or Paying Agent;

 

(12)                           if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Notes of the Series that shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.3 or the method by which such portion shall be determined;

 

(13)                           if the Notes may be converted into or exercised or exchanged for common stock or preferred stock or other Securities of the Issuers or any other Person or debt or equity Securities of one or more third parties, the terms on which conversion, exercise or exchange may occur, including whether conversion, exercise or exchange is mandatory, at the option of the Holder or at the Issuers’ option, the period during which conversion,

 

28



 

exercise or exchange may occur, the initial conversion, exercise or exchange price or rate and the circumstances or manner in which the amount of common stock or preferred stock or other Securities issuable upon conversion, exercise or exchange may be adjusted;

 

(14)                           any subordination provisions applicable to the Notes;

 

(15)                           the issue price at which the Notes will originally be issued, expressed as a percentage of the principal amount, and the original issue date;

 

(16)                           if the Note is also an Original Issue Discount Note, the Yield to Maturity;

 

(17)                           if other than Dollars, the Currency in which payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Notes of the Series shall be payable or in which the Notes of the Series shall be denominated and the particular provisions applicable thereto in accordance with, in addition to or in lieu of any of the provisions of Section 3.12;

 

(18)                           whether the amount of payments of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Notes of the Series may be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method (which index, formula or method may be based, without limitation, on one or more Currencies, commodities, equity indices or other indices), and the manner in which such amounts shall be determined;

 

(19)                           whether the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Notes of the Series are to be payable, at the election of the Issuers or a Holder thereof, in a Currency other than that in which such Notes are denominated or stated to be payable, the period or periods within which (including the Election Date), and the terms and conditions upon which, such election may be made, and the time and manner of determining the exchange rate between the Currency in which such Notes are denominated or stated to be payable and the Currency in which such Notes are to be so payable, in each case in accordance with, in addition to or in lieu of any of the provisions of Section 3.12;

 

(20)                           the designation of the initial Exchange Rate Agent, if any;

 

(21)                           the applicability, if any, of Section 14.2 and/or 14.3 to the Notes of the Series and any deletion from, modification of, in addition to or in lieu of any of the provisions of Article 14 with respect to Notes of that Series whether or not consistent with the provisions of Article 14 set forth herein;

 

(22)                           provisions, if any, granting special rights to the Holders of Notes of the Series upon the occurrence of such events as may be specified;

 

(23)                           any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the Events of Default or covenants (including any deletions from, modifications of or additions to Section 10.6) of the Issuers with respect to Notes of the Series, whether or not such Events of Default or covenants are consistent with the Events of Default or covenants set forth herein;

 

29



 

(24)                           whether Notes of the Series are to be issuable as Registered Notes, Bearer Notes (with or without coupons) or both, any restrictions applicable to the offer, sale or delivery of Bearer Notes, whether any Notes of the Series are to be issuable initially as temporary Global Notes and whether any Notes of the Series are to be issuable as permanent Global Notes with or without coupons and, if so, whether beneficial owners of interests in any such permanent Global Note may exchange such interests for Notes of such Series and of like tenor of any authorized form and denomination and the circumstances under which any such exchanges may occur, if other than in the manner provided in Section 3.5, whether Registered Notes of the Series may be exchanged for Bearer Notes of the Series (if permitted by applicable laws and regulations), whether Bearer Notes of the Series may be exchanged for Registered Notes of such Series, and the circumstances under which and the place or places where any such exchanges may be made and if Notes of the Series are to be issuable in Global form, the identity of any initial depository therefor;

 

(25)                           the date as of which any Bearer Notes of the Series and any temporary Global Note representing Outstanding Notes of the Series shall be dated if other than the date of original issuance of the first Note of the Series to be issued;

 

(26)                           the Person to whom any interest on any Registered Note of the Series shall be payable, if other than the Person in whose name that Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, the manner in which, or the Person to whom, any interest on any Bearer Note of the Series shall be payable, if otherwise than upon presentation and surrender of the coupons appertaining thereto as they severally mature, and the extent to which, or the manner in which, any interest payable on a temporary Global Note on an Interest Payment Date will be paid if other than in the manner provided in Section 3.4;

 

(27)                           if Notes of the Series are to be issuable in definitive form (whether upon original issue or upon exchange of a temporary Note of such Series) only upon receipt of certain certificates or other documents or satisfaction of other conditions, the form and/or terms of such certificates, documents or conditions;

 

(28)                           if the Notes of the Series are to be issued upon the exercise of warrants, the time, manner and place for such Notes to be authenticated and delivered;

 

(29)                           whether, under what circumstances and the Currency in which the Issuers will pay Additional Amounts as contemplated by Section 10.5 on the Notes of the Series to any Holder (including any modification to the definition of such term) in respect of any tax, assessment or governmental charge and, if so, whether the Issuers will have the option to redeem such Notes rather than pay such Additional Amounts (and the terms of any such option);

 

(30)                           if the Notes of the Series are to be convertible into or exchangeable for any Securities of any Person (including the Issuers), the terms and conditions upon which such Notes will be so convertible or exchangeable;

 

30


 

(31)                           the form of the face and reverse of the Notes of such Series;

 

(32)                           CUSIP numbers, if any;

 

(33)                           the application, if any, of Sections 10.5 and 11.8 to the Notes of that Series; and

 

(34)                           any other terms, conditions, rights and preferences (or limitations on such rights and preferences) relating to the Series (which terms shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture or, in the case of U.S. Dollar Notes, requirements of the Trust Indenture Act).

 

(c)                                   All Notes of any one Series and the coupons appertaining to any Bearer Notes of such Series shall be substantially identical except, in the case of Registered Notes, as to denomination and except as may otherwise be provided in or pursuant to such Board Resolution (subject to Section 3.3) and set forth in such Officer’s Certificate or in any such Supplemental Indenture .  Not all Notes of any one Series need be issued at the same time, and, unless otherwise provided, a Series may be reopened for issuances of additional Notes of such Series.

 

(d)                                  If any of the terms of the Series are established by action taken pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions, such Board Resolutions shall be delivered to the Trustee or Trustees at or prior to the delivery of the Officer’s Certificate setting forth the terms of the Series.

 

3.2                                Denominations

 

The Notes of each Series shall be issuable in such denominations as shall be specified as contemplated by Section 3.1.  With respect to Notes of any Series denominated in Dollars, in the absence of any such provisions, the Registered Notes of such Series, other than Registered Global Notes (which may be of any denomination), shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof and the Bearer Notes of such Series, other than the Bearer Notes issued as Global Notes (which may be of any denomination), shall be issuable in a denomination of $5,000.

 

3.3                                Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating

 

(a)                                  The Notes and any coupons appertaining thereto shall be executed on behalf of each Issuer by any one of each of the Issuers’ Board members or officers, as the case may be. The Notes and any coupons appertaining thereto may be executed on behalf of each Issuer in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The signature of any Board member or officer, as the case may be, on the Notes, coupons and any counterparts thereto, may be the manual, facsimile or other electronic signatures of the present or any future such authorized officer and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Notes.

 

(b)                                  Notes or coupons bearing the manual, facsimile or other electronic signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Issuers shall bind the Issuers, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices

 

31



 

prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such offices at the date of such Notes or coupons.

 

(c)                                   At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuers may deliver Notes of any Series together with any coupon appertaining thereto, executed by the Issuers to the Trustee or Trustees for authentication, together with an Issuers Order for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, and the Trustee or Trustees in accordance with such Issuers Order shall authenticate and deliver such Notes; provided , however , that, in connection with its original issuance, no Bearer Note shall be mailed or otherwise delivered to any location in the United States; and provided further that, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Series of Notes pursuant to Section 3.1, a Bearer Note may be delivered in connection with its original issuance only if the Person entitled to receive such Bearer Note shall have furnished a certificate in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1 to this Indenture, dated no earlier than 15 days prior to the earlier of the date on which such Bearer Note is delivered and the date on which any temporary Note first becomes exchangeable for such Bearer Note in accordance with the terms of such temporary Note and this Indenture.  If any Note shall be represented by a permanent Bearer Note issued as a Global Note, then, for purposes of this Section and Section 3.4, the notation of a beneficial owner’s interest therein upon original issuance of such Note or upon exchange of a portion of a temporary Global Note shall be deemed to be delivery in connection with its original issuance of such beneficial owner’s interest in such permanent Global Note.  Except as permitted by Section 3.6, the Trustee or Trustees shall not authenticate and deliver any Bearer Note unless all appurtenant coupons for interest then matured have been detached and cancelled.  If not all the Notes of any Series are to be issued at one time and if the Board Resolution or Supplemental Indenture establishing such Series shall so permit, such Issuers Order may set forth procedures acceptable to the Trustee or Trustees for the issuance of such Notes and determining terms of particular Notes of such Series such as interest rate, stated maturity, date of issuance and date from which interest shall accrue.

 

(d)                                  In authenticating such Notes, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Notes, the Trustee or Trustees shall be provided with, and (subject to Trust Indenture Act) shall be fully protected in relying upon,

 

(i)                                      an Opinion of Counsel stating:

 

(A)                                that such Notes, together with any coupons appertaining thereto, when completed by appropriate insertions and executed and delivered by the Issuers to the Trustee or Trustees for authentication in accordance with this Indenture, authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or Trustees in accordance with this Indenture and issued by the Issuers in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuers, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights, to general equitable principles and to such other qualifications as such counsel shall conclude do not materially affect the rights of Holders of such Notes and any coupons;

 

32



 

(B)                                that the Issuers have the requisite power to issue such Notes and any coupons, and have duly taken all necessary action in accordance with their constating documents with respect to such issuance; and

 

(C)                                that the issuance of such Notes and any coupons will not contravene the constating documents of the Issuers, and

 

(ii)                                   an Officer’s Certificate stating:

 

(A)                                that the form or forms of such Notes and any coupons have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and

 

(B)                                that the terms of such Notes and any coupons have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1 and of the preceding two paragraphs, if not all the Notes of any Series are to be issued at one time, it shall not be necessary to deliver the Officer’s Certificate otherwise required pursuant to Section 3.1 or the Issuers Order and Opinion of Counsel otherwise required pursuant to the preceding two paragraphs prior to or at the time of issuance of each Note, but such documents shall be delivered prior to or at the time of issuance of the first Note of such Series.

 

(f)                                    The Trustee or Trustees shall not be required to authenticate and deliver any such Notes if the issue of such Notes pursuant to this Indenture will affect the Trustee’s or Trustees’ own rights, duties or immunities under the Notes and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner which is not reasonably acceptable to the Trustee or Trustees.

 

(g)                                   Each Registered Note shall be dated the date of its authentication and each Bearer Note shall be dated as of the date specified as contemplated by Section 3.1.

 

(h)                                  No Note or coupon shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein duly executed by the Trustee or Trustees by manual signature of an authorized officer, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Issuers, and the Issuers shall deliver such Note to the Trustee or Trustees for cancellation as provided in Section 3.10 together with a written statement (which need not comply with Section 1.2 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) stating that such Note has never been issued and sold by the Issuers, for all purposes of this Indenture such Note shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

 

3.4                                Temporary Notes

 

(a)                                  Pending the preparation of definitive Notes of any Series, the Issuers may execute, and upon receipt of the Issuers Order the Trustee or Trustees shall authenticate and

 

33



 

deliver, temporary Notes which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Notes in lieu of which they are issued, in registered form or, if authorized, in bearer form with one or more coupons or without coupons, and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as conclusively the officers executing such Notes may determine, as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such Notes.  Such temporary Notes may be Global Notes.

 

(b)                                  Except in the case of temporary Global Notes (which shall be exchanged in accordance with the provisions of the following paragraphs), if temporary Notes of any Series are issued, the Issuers will cause definitive Notes of that Series to be prepared without unreasonable delay.  After the preparation of definitive Notes of such Series, the temporary Notes of such Series shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes of such Series upon surrender of the temporary Notes of such Series at the office or agency of the Issuers in a Place of Payment for that Series, without charge to the Holder.  Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes of any Series (accompanied by any unmatured coupons appertaining thereto), the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee or Trustees shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of the same Series of authorized denominations; provided , however , that no definitive Bearer Note shall be delivered in exchange for a temporary Registered Note; and provided further that a definitive Bearer Note shall be delivered in exchange for a temporary Bearer Note only in compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 3.3.  Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes of any Series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes of such Series.

 

(c)                                   If temporary Global Notes of any Series are issued, any such temporary Global Note shall, unless otherwise provided therein, be delivered to the Toronto office of the Depository, for credit to the respective accounts of the beneficial owners of such Notes (or to such other accounts as they may direct).

 

(d)                                  Without unnecessary delay but in any event not later than the date specified in, or determined pursuant to the terms of, any such temporary Global Note (the “ Exchange Date ”), the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee or Trustees definitive Notes, in aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such temporary Global Note, executed by the Issuers. On or after the Exchange Date such temporary Global Note shall be surrendered by the Depository to the Trustee or Trustees, as the Issuers’ agent for such purpose, to be exchanged, in whole or from time to time in part, for definitive Notes without charge and the Trustee or Trustees shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for each portion of such temporary Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of definitive Notes of the same Series of authorized denominations and of like tenor as the portion of such temporary Global Note to be exchanged.  The definitive Notes to be delivered in exchange for any such temporary Global Note shall be in bearer form, registered form, permanent global bearer form or permanent global registered form, or any combination thereof, as specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, and, if any combination thereof is so specified, as requested by the beneficial owner thereof; provided , however , that, unless otherwise specified in such temporary Global Note, upon such presentation by the Depository, such temporary Global Note is accompanied by a certificate dated the Exchange Date or a subsequent date and signed by the beneficial owner as to the portion of such temporary Global Note held for its account then to be exchanged and a certificate

 

34



 

dated the Exchange Date or a subsequent date in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2 to this Indenture (or in such other form as may be established pursuant to Section 3.1); and provided further that definitive Bearer Notes shall be delivered in exchange for a portion of a temporary Global Note only in compliance with the requirements of Section 3.3.

 

(e)                                   Unless otherwise specified in such temporary Global Note, the interest of a beneficial owner of Notes of a Series in a temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for definitive Notes of the same Series and of like tenor following the Exchange Date when the account holder instructs the Depository, to request such exchange on his behalf and delivers to the Depository, a certificate in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1 to this Indenture (or in such other form as may be established pursuant to Section 3.1), dated no earlier than 15 days prior to the Exchange Date, copies of which certificate shall be available from the offices of the Depository, the Trustee or Trustees, any Authenticating Agent appointed for such Series of Notes and each Paying Agent.  Unless otherwise specified in such temporary Global Note, any such exchange shall be made free of charge to the beneficial owners of such temporary Global Note, except that a Person receiving definitive Notes must bear the cost of insurance, postage, transportation and the like in the event that such Person does not take delivery of such definitive Notes in person at the offices of the Depository.  Definitive Notes in bearer form to be delivered in exchange for any portion of a temporary Global Note shall be delivered only outside the United States.

 

(f)                                    Until exchanged in full as hereinabove provided, the temporary Notes of any Series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes of the same Series and of like tenor authenticated and delivered hereunder, except that, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, interest payable on a temporary Global Note on an Interest Payment Date for Notes of such Series occurring prior to the applicable Exchange Date shall be payable to the Depository (on behalf of the beneficial owners) on such Interest Payment Date upon delivery by the Depository to the Trustee or Trustees of a certificate or certificates in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2 to this Indenture (or in such other form as may be established pursuant to Section 3.1), for credit without further interest thereon on or after such Interest Payment Date to the respective accounts of the Persons who are the beneficial owners of such temporary Global Note on such Interest Payment Date and who have each delivered to the Depository, a certificate dated no earlier than 15 days prior to the Interest Payment Date occurring prior to such Exchange Date in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1 to this Indenture (or in such other form as may be established pursuant to Section 3.1).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the certifications made pursuant to this paragraph shall satisfy the certification requirements of the preceding two paragraphs of this Section and of the third paragraph of Section 3.3 of this Indenture and the interests of the Persons who are the beneficial owners of the temporary Global Note with respect to which such certification was made will be exchanged for definitive Notes of the same Series and of like tenor on the Exchange Date or the date of certification if such date occurs after the Exchange Date, without further act or deed by such beneficial owners.  Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, no payments of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, owing with respect to a beneficial interest in a temporary Global Note will be made unless and until such interest in such temporary Global Note shall have been exchanged for an interest in a definitive Note.  Any interest so received by the Depository and not paid as herein provided shall be returned to the

 

35



 

Trustee or Trustees immediately prior to the expiration of two years after such Interest Payment Date in order to be repaid to the Issuers in accordance with Section 10.3.

 

3.5                                Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange

 

(a)                                  The Issuers shall keep or shall cause to be kept a securities register (the “ Central Register ”) of Holders of each Series of Notes maintained in compliance with applicable laws.  The Issuers will cause the particulars of each such issue, exchange or transfer of Notes to be recorded in the Central Register.  The Trustee or Trustees shall initially be the central security registrar (the “ Central Note Registrar ”) for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers and exchanges of Notes in the Central Register as provided herein; provided , however , the Issuers may appoint from time to time one or more successor Central Note Registrars and may from time to time rescind any such appointment.

 

(b)                                  The Issuers shall also cause to be maintained a branch register (a “ branch register ”) or branch registers of Holders of Notes in accordance with Section 10.2 in the same manner and containing the same information with respect to each entry contained therein as contained in the Central Register.  A copy of every entry in a branch register shall, promptly after the entry is made, be transmitted to the Central Note Registrar.  If there is a conflict between the information contained in the Central Register and the information contained in the branch register, the information contained in the Central Register shall prevail.  The Canadian Trustee is hereby initially appointed as branch security registrar (the “ Branch Note Registrar ”) for the purpose of maintaining a branch register at its Corporate Trust Office; provided , however , the Issuers may appoint from time to time one or more successor or additional Branch Note Registrars and may from time to time rescind any such appointment.  The Central Register together with each branch register are collectively referred to herein as the “ Note Register ” and the Central Note Registrar together with each Branch Note Registrar are collectively referred to herein as the “ Note Registrar ”.

 

(c)                                   At all reasonable times, the Note Register shall be open for inspection by the Issuers, the Trustee or Trustees or any Holder of a Registered Note. The Note Registrar shall from time to time when requested to do so by the Issuers, in writing, furnish the Issuers with a list of names and addresses of Holders of Registered Notes entered on the Note Register kept by it and showing the principal amount and serial numbers of the Notes held by each such Holder, provided the Note Registrar shall be entitled to charge a reasonable fee to provide such a list.

 

(d)                                  Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Registered Note of any Series at the office or agency in a Place of Payment for that Series, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee or Trustees shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee, one or more new Registered Notes of the same Series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor.

 

(e)                                   At the option of the Holder, Registered Notes of any Series may be exchanged for other Registered Notes of the same Series, of any authorized denomination and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Registered Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency.  Whenever any Registered Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee or Trustees shall authenticate and deliver, the Registered

 

36



 

Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.  Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Series of Notes as contemplated by Section 3.1, Bearer Notes may not be issued in exchange for Registered Notes.

 

(f)                                    If (but only if) expressly permitted in or pursuant to the applicable Board Resolution and (subject to Section 3.3) set forth in the applicable Officer’s Certificate, or in any Supplemental Indenture hereto, delivered as contemplated by Section 3.1, at the option of the Holder, Bearer Notes of any Series may be exchanged for Registered Notes of the same Series of any authorized denomination and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor, upon surrender of the Bearer Notes to be exchanged at any such office or agency, with all unmatured coupons and all matured coupons in default thereto appertaining.  If the Holder of a Bearer Note is unable to produce any such unmatured coupon or coupons or matured coupon or coupons in default, any such permitted exchange may be effected if the Bearer Notes are accompanied by payment in funds acceptable to the Issuers in an amount equal to the face amount of such missing coupon or coupons, or the surrender of such missing coupon or coupons may be waived by the Issuers and the Trustee or Trustees if there is furnished to them such security or indemnity as they may require to save each of them and any Paying Agent harmless.  If thereafter the Holder of such Note shall surrender to any Paying Agent any such missing coupon in respect of which such a payment shall have been made, such Holder shall be entitled to receive the amount of such payment; provided , however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.2, interest represented by coupons shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of those coupons at an office or agency located outside the United States.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in case a Bearer Note of any Series is surrendered at any such office or agency in a permitted exchange for a Registered Note of the same Series and like tenor after the close of business at such office or agency on (i)  any Regular Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the relevant Interest Payment Date, or (ii) any Special Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the related proposed date for payment of Defaulted Interest, such Bearer Note shall be surrendered without the coupon relating to such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, and interest or Defaulted Interest, as the case may be, will not be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, in respect of the Registered Note issued in exchange for such Bearer Note, but will be payable only to the Holder of such coupon when due in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

(g)                                   Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee or Trustees shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

 

(h)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, any permanent Global Note shall be exchangeable only as provided in this paragraph.  If any beneficial owner of an interest in a permanent Global Note is entitled to exchange such interest for Notes of such Series and of like tenor and principal amount of another authorized form and denomination, as specified as contemplated by Section 3.1 and provided that any applicable notice provided in the permanent Global Note shall have been given, then without unnecessary delay but in any event not later than the earliest date on which such interest may be so exchanged, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee or Trustees definitive Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such beneficial owner’s interest in

 

37



 

such permanent Global Note, executed by the Issuers.  On or after the earliest date on which such interests may be so exchanged, such permanent Global Note shall be surrendered by the Depository to the Trustee or Trustees, as the Issuers’ agent for such purpose, to be exchanged, in whole or from time to time in part, for definitive Notes without charge, and the Trustee or Trustees shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for each portion of such permanent Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of definitive Notes of the same Series of authorized denominations and of like tenor as the portion of such permanent Global Note to be exchanged which, unless the Notes of the Series are not issuable both as Bearer Notes and as Registered Notes, as specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, shall be in the form of Bearer Notes or Registered Notes, or any combination thereof, as shall be specified by the beneficial owner thereof; provided , however , that no such exchanges may occur during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before any selection of Notes to be redeemed and ending on the relevant Redemption Date if the Note for which exchange is requested may be among those selected for redemption; and provided , further , that no Bearer Note delivered in exchange for a portion of a permanent Global Note shall be mailed or otherwise delivered to any location in the United States.  If a Registered Note is issued in exchange for any portion of a permanent Global Note after the close of business at the office or agency where such exchange occurs on (i) any Regular Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the relevant Interest Payment Date, or (ii) any Special Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the related proposed date for payment of Defaulted Interest, interest or Defaulted Interest, as the case may be, will not be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, in respect of such Registered Note, but will be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, only to the Person to whom interest in respect of such portion of such permanent Global Note is payable in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

(i)                                      If at any time the Depository of a Series notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling, unable or no longer qualifies to continue as Depository of such Series or if at any time, in respect of U.S. Dollar Notes, the Depository for such Series shall no longer be registered or in good standing under the U.S. Exchange Act or other applicable statute or regulation, the Issuers shall appoint a successor depository with respect to the Notes for such Series.  If a successor to the Depository is not appointed by the Issuers within 90 days after the Issuers receive such notice or become aware of such condition, as the case may be, the Issuers’ election pursuant to Section 3.1 shall no longer be effective with respect to the Notes for such Series and the Issuers will execute, and the Trustee or Trustees, upon receipt of an Issuers Order for the authentication and delivery of definitive Notes of such Series, will authenticate and deliver Notes of such Series in definitive registered form, in authorized denominations, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Note or Notes representing such Series in exchange for such Global Note or Notes.

 

(j)                                     The Issuers may at any time and in their sole discretion determine that the Notes of any Series issued in the form of one or more Global Notes shall no longer be represented by such Global Note or Notes.  In such event the Issuers will execute, and the Trustee or Trustees, upon receipt of an Issuers Order for the authentication and delivery of definitive Notes of such Series, will authenticate and deliver Notes of such Series in definitive registered form, in authorized denominations, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the

 

38



 

principal amount of the Global Note or Notes representing such Series in exchange for such Global Note or Notes.

 

(k)                                  Upon the exchange of a Global Note for Notes in definitive registered form, such Global Note shall be cancelled by the Trustee or Trustees. Notes issued in exchange for a Global Note pursuant to this Section shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the depository for such Global Note, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee or Trustees in writing.  The Trustee or Trustees shall deliver such Notes to the persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.

 

(l)                                      All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

(m)                              Every Registered Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Issuers or the Note Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Issuers and the Note Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

 

(n)                                  No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 3.4, Section 9.6, Section 11.7 or 13.5 not involving any transfer.

 

(o)                                  The Issuers shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange Notes of any Series during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the selection for redemption of Notes of that Series under Section 11.3 or 12.3 and ending at the close of business on (A) if Notes of the Series are issuable only as Registered Notes, the day of the mailing of the relevant notice of redemption and (B) if Notes of the Series are issuable as Bearer Notes, the day of the first publication of the relevant notice of redemption or, if Notes of the Series are also issuable as Registered Notes and there is no publication, the mailing of the relevant notice of redemption, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Registered Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, or (iii) to exchange any Bearer Note so selected for redemption except that such a Bearer Note may be exchanged for a Registered Note of that Series and like tenor; provided that such Registered Note shall be simultaneously surrendered for redemption, or (iv) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Note which has been surrendered for repayment at the option of the Holder, except the portion, if any, of such Note not to be so repaid.

 

3.6                                Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes

 

(a)                                  If any mutilated Note or a Note with a mutilated coupon appertaining to it is surrendered to the Trustee or Trustees, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee or Trustees

 

39



 

shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Note of the same Series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, with coupons corresponding to the coupons, if any, appertaining to the surrendered Note, or, in case any such mutilated Note or coupon has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuers in their discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, with coupons corresponding to the coupons, if any, appertaining to the surrendered Note, pay such Note or coupon.

 

(b)                                  If there shall be delivered to the Issuers and to the Trustee or Trustees (i) evidence to such Trustee’s or Trustees’ satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note or coupon and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of any of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Issuers or the Trustee or Trustees that such Note or coupon has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser (as defined under the Canada Business Corporations Act ) or a protected purchaser (as defined in Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code), as applicable, the Issuers shall execute and upon receipt of the Issuers Order the Trustee or Trustees shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note or in exchange for the Note for which a destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains (with all appurtenant coupons not destroyed, lost or stolen), a new Note of the same Series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, with coupons corresponding to the coupons, if any, appertaining to such destroyed, lost or stolen Note or to the Note to which such destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the provisions of the previous two paragraphs, in case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note or coupon has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuers in their discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, with coupons corresponding to the coupons, if any, appertaining to such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note or to the Note to which such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains, pay such Note or coupon; provided , however , that payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on Bearer Notes shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.2, be payable only at an office or agency located outside the United States and, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, any interest on Bearer Notes shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the coupons appertaining thereto.

 

(d)                                  Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section, the Issuers may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee or Trustees) connected therewith.

 

(e)                                   Every new Note of any Series with its coupons, if any, issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note or in exchange for a Note to which a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains, shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuers, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note and its coupons, if any, or the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen coupon shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes of that Series and their coupons, if any, duly issued hereunder.

 

40


 

(f)                                    The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes or coupons.

 

3.7                                Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved; Optional Interest Reset

 

(a)                                  Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 3.1 with respect to any Series of Notes, interest, if any, on any Registered Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 10.2; provided , however , that each installment of interest, if any, on any Registered Note may at the Issuers’ option be paid by (i) mailing a check for such interest, payable to or upon the written order of the Person entitled thereto pursuant to Section 3.9, to the address of such Person as it appears on the Note Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States or Canada maintained by the payee.

 

(b)                                  Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 3.1 with respect to the Notes of any Series, payment of interest, if any, may be made, in the case of a Bearer Note, by transfer to an account located outside the United States maintained by the payee.

 

(c)                                   Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 3.1, every permanent Global Note will provide that interest, if any, payable on any Interest Payment Date will be paid to the Depository on behalf of the beneficial owners with respect to that portion of such permanent Global Note held for their account by the Depository, for the purpose of permitting the Depository to credit the interest, if any, received by it in respect of such permanent Global Note to the accounts of the beneficial owners thereof.

 

(d)                                  Any interest on any Registered Note of any Series which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such defaulted interest and, if applicable, interest on such defaulted interest (to the extent lawful) at the rate specified in the Notes of such Series (such defaulted interest and, if applicable, interest thereon herein collectively called “ Defaulted Interest ”) may be paid by the Issuers, at their election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below:

 

(1)                                  The Issuers may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Registered Notes of such Series (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner.  The Issuers shall notify the Trustee or Trustees in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Registered Note of such Series and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee or Trustees an amount of money in the Currency in which the Notes of such Series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1 for the Notes of such Series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or

 

41



 

shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee or Trustees for such deposit on or prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided.  Thereupon the Trustee or Trustees shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee or Trustees of the notice of the proposed payment.  The Trustee or Trustees shall promptly notify the Issuers of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Issuers, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be given in the manner provided in Section 1.6, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date.  Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose name the Registered Notes of such Series (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2).

 

(2)                                  The Issuers may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Registered Notes of any Series in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Issuers to the Trustee or Trustees of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee or Trustees.

 

(e)                                   The provisions of this Section 3.7(e) may be made applicable to any Series of Notes pursuant to Section 3.1 (with such modifications, additions or substitutions as may be specified pursuant to such Section 3.1).  The interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) on any Note of such Series may be reset by the Issuers on the date or dates specified on the face of such Note (each an “ Optional Reset Date ”).  The Issuers may exercise such option with respect to such Note by notifying the Trustee or Trustees of such exercise at least 50 but not more than 60 days prior to an Optional Reset Date for such Note, which notice shall set forth the specific information to be contained in the Reset Notice (as defined below).  Not later than 40 days prior to each Optional Reset Date, the Trustee or Trustees shall transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 1.6, to the Holder of any such Note a notice (the “ Reset Notice ”) indicating whether the Issuers have elected to reset the interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable), and if so (i) such new interest rate (or such new spread or spread multiplier, if applicable) or method of determining such rate (or spread or spread multiplier, if applicable) and (ii) the provisions, if any, for redemption during the period from such Optional Reset Date to the next Optional Reset Date or if there is no such next Optional Reset Date, to the Stated Maturity Date of such Note (each such period a “ Subsequent Interest Period ”), including the date or dates on which or the period or periods during which and the price or prices at which such redemption may occur during the Subsequent Interest Period.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, not later than 20 days prior to the Optional Reset Date, the Issuers may, at their option, revoke the interest rate (or spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) or method of determining such interest rate (or

 

42



 

spread or spread multiplier, if applicable) provided for in the Reset Notice and establish an interest rate (or a spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) or method of determining such interest rate (or spread or spread multiplier, if applicable) that is higher than the interest rate (or spread or spread multiplier, if applicable) or method of determining such interest rate (or spread or spread multiplier, if applicable) provided for in the Reset Notice, for the Subsequent Interest Period by causing the Trustee or Trustees to transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 1.6, notice of such higher interest rate (or such higher spread or spread multiplier, if applicable) or method of determining such interest rate (or spread or spread multiplier, if applicable) to the Holder of such Note.  Such notice shall be irrevocable.  All Notes with respect to which the interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) is reset on an Optional Reset Date, and with respect to which the Holders of such Notes have not tendered such Notes for repayment (or have validly revoked any such tender) pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph, will bear such higher interest rate (or such higher spread or spread multiplier, if applicable).

 

The Holder of any such Note will have the option to elect repayment by the Issuers of the principal of such Note on each Optional Reset Date at a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus interest accrued to such Optional Reset Date.  In order to obtain repayment on an Optional Reset Date, the Holder must follow the procedures set forth in Article 13 for repayment at the option of Holders except that the period for delivery or notification to the Trustee or Trustees shall be at least 25 but not more than 35 days prior to such Optional Reset Date and except that, if the Holder has tendered any Note for repayment pursuant to the Reset Notice, the Holder may, by written notice to the Trustee or Trustees, revoke such tender or repayment until the close of business on the tenth day before such Optional Reset Date.

 

(f)                                    Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section and Section 3.5, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

 

3.8                                Optional Extension of Stated Maturity

 

(a)                                  The provisions of this Section 3.8 may be made applicable to any Series of Notes pursuant to Section 3.1 (with such modifications, additions or substitutions as may be specified pursuant to such Section 3.1).  The Stated Maturity of any Note of such Series may be extended at the option of the Issuers for the period or periods specified on the face of such Note (each an “ Extension Period ”) up to but not beyond the date (the “ Final Maturity ”) set forth on the face of such Note.  The Issuers may exercise such option with respect to any Note by notifying the Trustee or Trustees of such exercise at least 50 but not more than 60 days prior to the Stated Maturity of such Note in effect prior to the exercise of such option (the “ Original Stated Maturity ”), which notice shall set forth the specific information to be contained in the Extension Notice (as defined below).  If the Issuers exercise such option, the Trustee or Trustees shall transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 1.6, to the Holder of such Note not later than 40 days prior to the Original Stated Maturity a notice (the “ Extension Notice ”) indicating (i) the election of the Issuers to extend the Stated Maturity, (ii) the new Stated Maturity, (iii) the interest rate, if any, applicable to the Extension Period and (iv) the provisions, if any, for redemption during such Extension Period.  Upon the Trustee’s or Trustees’ transmittal of the

 

43



 

Extension Notice, the Stated Maturity of such Note shall be extended automatically and, except as modified by the Extension Notice and as described in the next paragraph, such Note will have the same terms as prior to the transmittal of such Extension Notice.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, not later than 20 days before the Original Stated Maturity of such Note, the Issuers may, at their option, revoke the interest rate provided for in the Extension Notice and establish a higher interest rate for the Extension Period by causing the Trustee or Trustees to transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 1.6, notice of such higher interest rate to the Holder of such Note.  Such notice shall be irrevocable.  All Notes with respect to which the Stated Maturity is extended will bear such higher interest rate.

 

(c)                                   If the Issuers extend the Maturity of any Note, the Holder will have the option to elect repayment of such Note by the Issuers on the Original Stated Maturity at a price equal to the principal amount thereof, plus interest accrued to such date.  In order to obtain repayment on the Original Stated Maturity once the Issuers have extended the Maturity thereof, the Holder must follow the procedures set forth in Article 13 for repayment at the option of Holders, except that the period for delivery or notification to the Trustee or Trustees shall be at least 25 but not more than 35 days prior to the Original Stated Maturity and except that, if the Holder has tendered any Note for repayment pursuant to an Extension Notice, the Holder may by written notice to the Trustee or Trustees revoke such tender for repayment until the close of business on the tenth day before the Original Stated Maturity.

 

3.9                                Persons Deemed Owners

 

(a)                                  Prior to due presentment of a Registered Note for registration of transfer, the Issuers, the Trustee or Trustees and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee or Trustees may treat the Person in whose name such Registered Note is registered as the owner of such Registered Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Sections 3.5 and 3.7) interest, if any, on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and none of the Issuers, the Trustee or Trustees or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee or Trustees shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(b)                                  Title to any Bearer Note and any coupons appertaining thereto shall pass by delivery.  The Issuers, the Trustee or Trustees and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee or Trustees may treat the bearer of any Bearer Note and the bearer of any coupon as the absolute owner of such Note or coupon for the purpose of receiving payment thereof or on account thereof and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note or coupons be overdue, and none of the Issuers, the Trustee or Trustees or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee or Trustees shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(c)                                   None of the Issuers, the Trustee or Trustees, any Paying Agent or the Note Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

 

44



 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Global Note, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or Trustees, or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee or Trustees, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by any depository, as a Holder, with respect to such Global Note or impair, as between such depository and owners of beneficial interests in such Global Note, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of such depository (or its nominee) as Holder of such Global Note.

 

3.10                         Cancellation

 

All Notes and coupons surrendered for payment, redemption, repayment at the option of the Holder, registration of transfer or exchange or for credit against any current or future sinking fund payment shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee or Trustees, be delivered to the Trustee or Trustees.  All Notes and coupons so delivered to the Trustee or Trustees shall be promptly cancelled by it.  The Issuers may at any time deliver to the Trustee or Trustees for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuers may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee or Trustees (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee or Trustees) for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated hereunder which the Issuers have not issued and sold, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee or Trustees.  If the Issuers shall so acquire any of the Notes, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee or Trustees for cancellation.  No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture.  All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee or Trustees shall be disposed of by the Trustee or Trustees in accordance with such Trustee’s or Trustees’ customary procedures and certification of their disposal delivered to the Issuers upon their written request therefor unless by Issuers Order the Issuers shall direct that cancelled Notes be returned to them.

 

3.11                         Computation of Interest

 

Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1 with respect to any Notes, interest, if any, on the Notes of each Series shall be computed on the basis of a 365-day year or 366-day year, as applicable.

 

3.12                         Currency and Manner of Payments in Respect of Notes

 

(a)                                  With respect to Registered Notes of any Series not permitting the election provided for in paragraph (b) below or the Holders of which have not made the election provided for in paragraph (b) below, and with respect to Bearer Notes of any Series, except as provided in paragraph (d) below, payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any Registered or Bearer Note of such Series will be made in the Currency in which such Registered Note or Bearer Note, as the case may be, is payable.  The provisions of this Section 3.12 may be modified or superseded with respect to any Notes pursuant to Section 3.1.

 

(b)                                  It may be provided pursuant to Section 3.1 with respect to Registered Notes of any Series that Holders shall have the option, subject to paragraphs (d) and (e) below, to

 

45



 

receive payments of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on such Registered Notes in any of the Currencies which may be designated for such election by delivering to the Trustee or Trustees a written election with signature guarantees and in the applicable form established pursuant to Section 3.1, not later than the close of business on the Election Date immediately preceding the applicable payment date.  If a Holder so elects to receive such payments in any such Currency, such election will remain in effect for such Holder or any transferee of such Holder until changed by such Holder or such transferee by written notice to the Trustee or Trustees (but any such change must be made not later than the close of business on the Election Date immediately preceding the next payment date to be effective for the payment to be made on such payment date and no such change of election may be made with respect to payments to be made on any Registered Note of such Series with respect to which an Event of Default has occurred or with respect to which the Issuers have deposited funds pursuant to Article 4 or Article 14 or with respect to which a notice of redemption has been given by the Issuers or a notice of option to elect repayment has been sent by such Holder or such transferee). Any Holder of any such Registered Note who shall not have delivered any such election to the Trustee or Trustees not later than the close of business on the applicable Election Date will be paid the amount due on the applicable payment date in the relevant Currency as provided in Section 3.12(a).  In no case may a Holder of Notes of any Series elect to receive payments in any Currency as described in this Section 3.12(b) following a deposit of funds with respect to the Notes of such Series as described in Section 4.1(a)(2).  The Trustee or Trustees shall notify the Exchange Rate Agent as soon as practicable after the Election Date of the aggregate principal amount of Registered Notes for which Holders have made such written election.

 

(c)                                   Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1, if the election referred to in paragraph (b) above has been provided for pursuant to Section 3.1, then, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1, not later than the fourth Business Day after the Election Date for each payment date for Registered Notes of any Series, the Exchange Rate Agent will deliver to the Issuers a written notice specifying, in the Currency in which Registered Notes of such Series are payable, the respective aggregate amounts of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Registered Notes to be paid on such payment date, specifying the amounts in such Currency so payable in respect of the Registered Notes as to which the Holders of Registered Notes of such Series shall have elected to be paid in another Currency as provided in paragraph (b) above.  If the election referred to in paragraph (b) above has been provided for pursuant to Section 3.1 and if at least one Holder has made such election, then, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1, on the second Business Day preceding such payment date the Issuers will deliver to the Trustee or Trustees for such Series of Registered Notes an Exchange Rate Officer’s Certificate in respect of the Dollar or Foreign Currency payments to be made on such payment date.  Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1, the Dollar or Foreign Currency amount receivable by Holders of Registered Notes who have elected payment in a Currency as provided in paragraph (b) above shall be determined by the Issuers on the basis of the applicable Market Exchange Rate in effect on the third Business Day (the “ Valuation Date ”) immediately preceding each payment date, and such determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

 

(d)                                  If a Conversion Event occurs with respect to a Foreign Currency in which any of the Notes are denominated or payable other than pursuant to an election provided for pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then with respect to each date for the payment of principal of

 

46



 

(and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the applicable Notes denominated or payable in such Foreign Currency occurring after the last date on which such Foreign Currency was used (the “ Conversion Date ”), the Dollar shall be the Currency of payment for use on each such payment date.  Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1, the Dollar amount to be paid by the Issuers to the Trustee or Trustees and by the Trustee or Trustees or any Paying Agent to the Holders of such Notes with respect to such payment date shall be, in the case of a Foreign Currency, the Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency as determined by the Exchange Rate Agent in the manner provided in paragraph (f) below.

 

(e)                                   Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1, if the Holder of a Registered Note denominated in any Currency shall have elected to be paid in another Currency as provided in paragraph (b) above, and a Conversion Event occurs with respect to such elected Currency, such Holder shall receive payment in the Currency in which payment would have been made in the absence of such election; and if a Conversion Event occurs with respect to the Currency in which payment would have been made in the absence of such election, such Holder shall receive payment in Dollars as provided in paragraph (d) above.

 

(f)                                    The “ Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency ” shall be determined by the Exchange Rate Agent and shall be obtained for each subsequent payment date after the Conversion Date by converting the specified Foreign Currency into Dollars at the Market Exchange Rate on the Conversion Date.

 

(g)                                   For purposes of this Section 3.12 the following term shall have the following meaning:

 

Election Date ” shall mean the date for any Series of Registered Notes as specified pursuant to clause (19) of Section 3.1(b) by which the written election referred to in paragraph (b) above may be made.

 

(h)                                  All decisions and determinations of the Exchange Rate Agent regarding the Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency and the Market Exchange Rate as specified above shall be in its sole discretion and shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive for all purposes and irrevocably binding upon the Issuers, the Trustee or Trustees and all Holders of such Notes denominated or payable in the relevant Currency.  The Exchange Rate Agent shall promptly give written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee or Trustees of any such decision or determination.

 

(i)                                      In the event that the Issuers determine in good faith that a Conversion Event has occurred with respect to a Foreign Currency, the Issuers will immediately give written notice thereof to the Trustee or Trustees and to the Exchange Rate Agent (and the Trustee or Trustees will promptly thereafter give notice in the manner provided for in Section 1.6 to the affected Holders) specifying the Conversion Date.

 

(j)                                     The Trustee or Trustees shall be fully justified and protected in relying and acting upon information received by it from the Issuers and the Exchange Rate Agent and shall not otherwise have any duty or obligation to determine the accuracy or validity of such information independent of the Issuers or the Exchange Rate Agent.

 

47



 

3.13                         Appointment and Resignation of Successor Exchange Rate Agent

 

(a)                                  Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1, if and so long as the Notes of any Series (i) are denominated in a Currency other than Dollars or (ii) may be payable in a Currency other than Dollars, or so long as it is required under any other provision of this Indenture, then the Issuers will maintain with respect to each such Series of Notes, or as so required, at least one Exchange Rate Agent.  The Issuers will cause the Exchange Rate Agent to make the necessary foreign exchange determinations at the time and in the manner specified pursuant to Section 3.1 for the purpose of determining the applicable rate of exchange and, if applicable, for the purpose of converting the issued Currency into the applicable payment Currency for the payment of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, pursuant to Section 3.12.

 

(b)                                  No resignation of the Exchange Rate Agent and no appointment of a successor Exchange Rate Agent pursuant to this Section shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Exchange Rate Agent as evidenced by a written instrument delivered to the Issuers and the Trustee or Trustees accepting such appointment executed by the successor Exchange Rate Agent.

 

(c)                                   If the Exchange Rate Agent shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Exchange Rate Agent for any cause with respect to the Notes of one or more Series, the Issuers, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Exchange Rate Agent or Exchange Rate Agents with respect to the Notes of that or those Series (it being understood that any such successor Exchange Rate Agent may be appointed with respect to the Notes of one or more or all of such Series and that, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1, at any time there shall only be one Exchange Rate Agent with respect to the Notes of any particular Series that are originally issued by the Issuers on the same date and that are initially denominated and/or payable in the same Currency).

 

3.14                         CUSIP Numbers

 

The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee or Trustees shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes,  and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.  The Issuers will promptly notify the Trustee or Trustees in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers.

 

ARTICLE 4
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

4.1                                Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

 

(a)                                  This Indenture shall upon Issuers Request cease to be of further effect with respect to any Series of Notes specified in such Issuers Request (except as to any surviving rights

 

48



 

of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes of such Series expressly provided for herein or pursuant hereto and any right to receive Additional Amounts as contemplated by Section 10.5) and the Trustee or Trustees, at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such Series when

 

(1)                                  either

 

(A)                                all Notes of such Series theretofore authenticated and delivered and all coupons, if any, appertaining thereto (other than (i) coupons appertaining to Bearer Notes surrendered for exchange for Registered Notes and maturing after such exchange, whose surrender is not required or has been waived as provided in Section 3.5, (ii) Notes and coupons of such Series which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 3.6, (iii) coupons appertaining to Notes called for redemption and maturing after the relevant Redemption Date, whose surrender has been waived as provided in Section 11.6, and (iv) Notes and coupons of such Series for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust with the Trustee or Trustees or any Paying Agent or segregated and held in trust by the Issuers and thereafter repaid to the Issuers, as provided in Section 10.3) have been delivered to the Trustee or Trustees for cancellation; or

 

(B)                                all Notes of such Series and, in the case of (i) or (ii) below, any coupons appertaining thereto not theretofore delivered to the Trustee or Trustees for cancellation

 

(i)                                      have become due and payable, or

 

(ii)                                   will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

 

(iii)                                if redeemable at the option of the Issuers, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee or Trustees for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee or Trustees in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers,

 

and the Issuers, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee or Trustees as trust funds in trust for such purpose an amount in the Currency in which the Notes of such Series are payable, sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee or Trustees for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, to the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

 

(2)                                  the Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable with respect to the Notes of such Series hereunder by the Issuers; and

 

49



 

(3)                                  the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee or Trustees an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such Series have been complied with.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Issuers to the Trustee or Trustees under Section 6.6, the obligations of the Trustee or Trustees to any Authenticating Agent under Section 6.11 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee or Trustees pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee or Trustees under Section 4.2 and the last paragraph of Section 10.3 shall survive.

 

4.2                                Application of Trust Money

 

Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.3, all money deposited with the Trustee or Trustees pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be held in trust and applied by such Trustee or Trustees, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes, the coupons and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuers acting as their own Paying Agent) as the Trustee or Trustees may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee or Trustees; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

ARTICLE 5
REMEDIES

 

5.1                                Events of Default

 

Event of Default ”, wherever used herein with respect to Notes of any Series, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

 

(1)                                  default in the payment of any installment of principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note of that Series or any interest due on any Note of that Series, or any related coupon, when such installment of principal (or premium), interest or coupon becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 consecutive days; or

 

(2)                                  default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note of that Series at the Maturity of such Note; or

 

(3)                                  default in the deposit of any sinking fund or analogous payment when due by the terms of any Note of that Series and Article 12; or

 

50


 

(4)                                  default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of any Issuer in this Indenture (other than those covenants or agreements whose default or breach is specifically dealt with elsewhere in this Section), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 consecutive days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Issuers by the Trustee or Trustees or to the Issuers and the Trustee or Trustees by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of all Outstanding Notes of that Series, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

 

(5)                                  the failure by the Issuers to perform or comply with Article 8 of this Indenture; or

 

(6)                                  the entry of a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises adjudging any Issuer or any Guarantor a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of any Issuer or any Guarantor under applicable law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or relief of debtors, or any other analogous bankruptcy or insolvency laws in the jurisdiction of formation or incorporation of the applicable Issuer or Guarantor, or the issuance of a sequestration order or the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of any Issuer or any Guarantor or in receipt of any substantial part of the property of any Issuer or any Guarantor, and any such decree, order or appointment continues unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

 

(7)                                  the institution by any Issuer or any Guarantor of proceedings to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by it to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief from creditors in respect of it or its property under applicable law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or relief of debtors, or any other analogous bankruptcy or insolvency laws in the jurisdiction of formation or incorporation of the applicable Issuer or Guarantor, or the consent by it to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of any Issuer or any Guarantor or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the petition or application to any court or tribunal for the appointment of a receiver or trustee for itself or any substantial part of its property, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due or the taking by it of corporate action in furtherance of any of the aforesaid purposes; or

 

(8)                                  a resolution is passed for the winding up or liquidation of (i) any one of the Issuers, except in the course of carrying out or pursuant to a transaction in respect of which the conditions of Article 8 are observed and performed, or (ii) any Guarantor, except in the course of carrying out or pursuant to a transaction in respect of which the conditions of a Successor Transaction (as defined in the applicable Guarantee) are observed and performed; or

 

51



 

(9)                                  any other Event of Default provided with respect to Notes of that Series; or

 

(10)                           the occurrence of any “Event of Default” under any Guarantee while it is outstanding (as that term is defined in such Guarantee).

 

5.2                                Notice of Defaults

 

(a)                                  If more than one Trustee is appointed, each Trustee shall, promptly after it has received notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default, give the other Trustee(s) notice of such Event of Default.

 

(b)                                  If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes of any Series shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or Trustees shall, within 30 days after the Trustee or Trustees become aware of the occurrence of such Event of Default, give notice of such Event of Default to the Holders of that Series, and may, notwithstanding that no Default has occurred with respect to the Notes of any other Series, give notice to the Holders of the Notes of such other Series in the manner and to the extent provided in Trust Indenture Act, unless such Default shall have been cured or waived; provided , however , that, except in the case of a Default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Note of such Series or in the payment of any sinking fund installment with respect to Notes of such Series, the Trustee or Trustees shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of trustees and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee or Trustees in good faith determine that the Issuers have made provisions to cure the same or withholding of such notice is in the best interest of the Holders of such Series and any related coupons; and provided further that in the case of any Default of the character specified in Section 5.1(4) with respect to Notes of such Series, no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 30 days after the expiry of the 60 day period referred to in Section 5.1(4).

 

(c)                                   If notice of an Event of Default has been given to Holders of any Series of Notes and the Default to which such Event of Default relates is thereafter remedied or cured prior to the acceleration of the indebtedness of the Issuers hereunder pursuant to Section 5.3, notice that such Event of Default is no longer continuing with respect to such Series shall be given by the Trustee or Trustees to the Persons to whom notice of such Event of Default was given pursuant to this Section, such notice to be given within a reasonable time, not to exceed 30 days, after the Trustee or Trustees become aware that such Default has been remedied or cured during such period of time.

 

5.3                                Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment

 

(a)                                  If an Event of Default described in clause (1), (2), (3), (4) or (9) of Section 5.1 with respect to Notes of any Series at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, then in every such case the Trustee or Trustees, acting on written direction of Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of that Series may declare the principal amount (or, if the Notes of that Series are Original Issue Discount Notes or Indexed Notes, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of that Series) of all of the Notes of that Series to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Issuers (and to the

 

52



 

Trustee or Trustees if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal amount (or specified portion thereof) shall become immediately due and payable.  If an Event of Default described in clause (6) or (7) of Section 5.1 occurs and is continuing, then in every such case the Trustee or Trustees, acting on written direction of Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of all the Notes then Outstanding may declare the principal amount (or, if any such Notes are Original Issue Discount Notes or Indexed Notes, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of that Series) of all of the Outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Issuers (and to the Trustee or Trustees if given by the Holders) and upon any such declaration such principal amount (or specified portion thereof) shall become immediately due and payable.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5.3(a), the sole remedy for any breach of the obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture (including without limitation under Section 7.3) to file periodic or other reports (including pursuant to section 314(a)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act) shall, except as provided in the final sentence of this Section 5.3(b) be the payment of liquidated damages in the form of additional interest, and Holders of any Series of Notes will not have any right hereunder to accelerate the maturity of such Notes as a result of any such breach.  If a breach of the obligations under this Indenture to file periodic or other reports (including pursuant to Section 314(a)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act) continues for 60 days after notice thereof is given in accordance with Section 5.3(a), the Issuers will pay additional interest to all Holders of Notes of a Series at a rate per annum to be specified pursuant to Section 3.1 for the Notes of such Series.  Following the expiration of a time period to be specified pursuant to Section 3.1 for the Notes of such Series, such additional interest will cease to accrue, and the Notes will be subject to acceleration as provided above if the Event of Default is continuing.

 

(c)                                   At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Notes of any Series (or of all Series, as the case may be) has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee or Trustees as hereinafter provided in this Article, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of that Series (or of all Series, as the case may be), by written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee or Trustees, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

 

(1)                                  the Issuers have paid or deposited with the Trustee or Trustees a sum sufficient to pay in the Currency in which the Notes of such Series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1 for the Notes of such Series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)),

 

(A)                                all overdue interest, if any, on all Outstanding Notes of that Series (or of all Series, as the case may be) and any related coupons,

 

(B)                                all unpaid principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Outstanding Notes of that Series (or of all Series, as the case may be) which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, and interest on such unpaid principal at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Notes,

 

53



 

(C)                                to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Notes, and

 

(D)                                all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee or Trustees hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee or Trustees, and such Trustee’s or Trustees’ agents and counsel; and

 

(2)                                  all Events of Default with respect to Notes of that Series (or of all Series, as the case may be), other than the non-payment of amounts of principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest on Notes of that Series (or of all Series, as the case may be) which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.14.

 

(d)                                  No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

5.4                                Collection of Debt and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee

 

(a)                                  The Issuers covenant that if

 

(1)                                  default is made in the payment of any installment of principal of (or premium, if any, on) of any Note or interest on any Note and any related coupon when such installment of principal (or premium) or interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 consecutive days, or

 

(2)                                  default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note at the Maturity of such Note,

 

then the Issuers will, upon demand of the Trustee or Trustees, pay to the Trustee or Trustees for the benefit of the Holders of such Notes and coupons, the whole amount then due and payable on such Notes and coupons for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, and interest on any overdue principal (and premium, if any) and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, on any overdue interest, at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Notes, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the reasonable costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee or Trustees, and such Trustee’s or Trustees’ agents and counsel.

 

(b)                                  If the Issuers fail to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee or Trustees, upon receipt of a notice in writing to the Trustee or Trustees by the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of that Series and upon being sufficiently indemnified to such Trustee’s or Trustees’ reasonable satisfaction against all costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred, may, in their name as Trustee or Trustees hereunder institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Issuers or any other obligor upon such Notes and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuers or any other obligor upon such Notes, wherever situated.

 

54



 

(c)                                   If an Event of Default with respect to Notes of any Series (or of all Series, as the case may be) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or Trustees may in such Trustee’s or Trustees’ discretion proceed to protect and enforce such Trustee’s or Trustees’ rights and the rights of the Holders of Notes of such Series (or of all Series, as the case may be) by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee or Trustees shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

 

5.5                                Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

 

(a)                                  In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Issuers, Guarantors or any other obligor upon the Notes or the property of the Issuers, Guarantors or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee or Trustees (irrespective of whether the principal of the Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee or Trustees shall have made any demand on the Issuers for the payment of overdue principal, premium, if any, or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise,

 

(1)                                  to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (and premium, if any), or such portion of the principal amount of any Series of Original Issue Discount Notes or Indexed Notes as may be specified in the terms of such Series, and interest, if any, owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee or Trustees (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee or Trustees, and such Trustee’s or Trustees’ agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

 

(2)                                  to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee or Trustees and, in the event that the Trustee or Trustees shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee or Trustees any amount due to such Trustee or Trustees for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee or Trustees, and such Trustee’s or Trustees’ agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee or Trustees under Section 6.6.

 

(b)                                  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee or Trustees to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee or Trustees to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding except as aforesaid, for the electing of a Trustee or Trustees in bankruptcy or other person performing similar functions.

 

55



 

5.6                                Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes

 

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or with respect to the Notes or coupons may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee or Trustees without the possession of any of the Notes or coupons or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee or Trustees shall be brought in such Trustee’s or Trustees’ own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee or Trustees, and such Trustee’s or Trustees’ agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes and coupons in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

 

5.7                                Application of Money Collected

 

Any money collected by the Trustee or Trustees pursuant to this Article with respect to the Notes shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee or Trustees and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, upon presentation of the Notes or coupons, or both, as the case may be, and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

 

First :  To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee or Trustees under Section 6.6;

 

Second :  To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Notes and coupons in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes and coupons for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, respectively; and

 

Third :  The balance, if any, to the Issuers or as directed in writing by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

5.8                                Limitation on Suits

 

No Holder of any Note of any Series or any related coupons shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless

 

(1)                                  an Event of Default with respect to that Series shall have occurred and be continuing and such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee or Trustees of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Notes of that Series;

 

(2)                                  the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of that Series in the case of any Event of Default described in clause (1), (2), (3), (4) or (9) of Section 5.1, or, in the case of any Event of Default described in clause (6) or (7) of Section 5.1, the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of all Outstanding Notes, shall have made written request to the Trustee or Trustees to institute

 

56



 

proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in such Trustee’s or Trustees’ own name as Trustee or Trustees hereunder;

 

(3)                                  such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee or Trustees indemnity satisfactory to such Trustee’s or Trustees’ against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

 

(4)                                  the Trustee or Trustees for 60 days after such Trustee’s or Trustees’ receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity, have failed to institute any such proceeding; and

 

(5)                                  no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee or Trustees during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority or more in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of that Series in the case of any Event of Default described in clause (1), (2), (3), (4) or (9) of Section 5.1, or, in the case of any Event of Default described in clause (6) or (7) of Section 5.1, by the Holders of a majority or more in principal amount of all Outstanding Notes;

 

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders of Notes of the same Series, in the case of any Event of Default described in clause (1), (2), (3), (4) or (9) of Section 5.1, or of Holders of all Notes in the case of any Event of Default described in clause (6) or (7) of Section 5.1, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders of Notes of the same Series, in the case of any Event of Default described in clause (1), (2), (3), (4) or (9) of Section 5.1, or of Holders of all Notes in the case of any Event of Default described in clause (6) or (7) of Section 5.1.

 

5.9                                Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest

 

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment, as provided herein (including, if applicable, Article 14) and in such Note, of the principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Section 3.7) interest, if any, on such Note or payment of such coupon on the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Note or coupon (or, in the case of redemption or repayment, on the Redemption Date or Repayment Date, as the case may be) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

 

5.10                         Restoration of Rights and Remedies

 

If any of the Trustee or Trustees or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or Trustees or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Issuers, the Trustee or Trustees and the Holders of Notes and coupons shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the

 

57



 

Trustee or Trustees and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

5.11                         Rights and Remedies Cumulative

 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes or coupons in the last paragraph of Section 3.6, subject to Section 5.8, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or Trustees or to the Holders of Notes or coupons is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

5.12                         Delay or Omission Not Waiver

 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or Trustees or of any Holder of any Note of any Series or coupon to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default with respect to the Notes of such Series shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Indenture or by law to the Trustee or Trustees or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or Trustees or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

5.13                         Control by Holders

 

With respect to the Notes of any Series, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of such Series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or Trustees, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee or Trustees, relating to or arising under clause (1), (2), (3), (4) or (9) of Section 5.1, and, with respect to all Notes, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of all Outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or Trustees, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee or Trustees, not relating to or arising under clause (1), (2), (3), (4) or (9) of Section 5.1, provided that in each case

 

(1)                                  such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture,

 

(2)                                  the Trustee or Trustees may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee or Trustees which is not inconsistent with such direction, and

 

(3)                                  the Trustee or Trustees need not take any action which might involve such Trustee or Trustees in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders of Notes of such Series not taking part in such direction.

 

58



 

5.14                         Waiver of Past Defaults

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 5.3, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of any Series may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes of such Series waive any past default described in clause (1), (2), (3), (4) or (9) of Section 5.1 (or, in the case of a default described in clause (6) or (7) of Section 5.1, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of all Outstanding Notes may waive any such past default), and its consequences, except

 

(1)                                  a waiver that has the effect of forgiving any payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Note or any related coupon, or

 

(2)                                  a default in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article 9 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note of such Series affected.

 

(b)                                  Upon any such waiver, any such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

5.15                         Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws

 

The Issuers covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuers (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that they will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee or Trustees, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

ARTICLE 6
THE TRUSTEES

 

6.1                                Corporate Trustee Required Eligibility

 

(a)                                  There shall be at all times a Canadian Trustee under this Indenture.  The Canadian Trustee shall at all times be a corporation organized under the laws of Canada or any province thereof and authorized under such laws and the laws of the Province of Ontario to carry on trust business therein and, together with its parent, shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $15,000,000.  If at any time the Canadian Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with this Article 6, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article 6.

 

(b)                                  The U.S. Trustee, if any, hereunder shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Sections 310(a)(1), 310(a)(2), 310(a)(5), 310(b) and 311(a) (excluding any

 

59



 

creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the Trust Indenture Act) of the Trust Indenture Act and, together with its parent, shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least U.S.$100,000,000 and have its Corporate Trust Office in New York City to the extent there is such an institution eligible and willing to serve.  If such U.S. Trustee publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of U.S. federal, state, territorial or District of Columbia supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.1 the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  If at any time the U.S. Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.1, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article 6.

 

6.2                                Certain Duties, Rights and Responsibilities of Trustee

 

(a)                                  The Trustee or Trustees shall undertake to perform such duties and only such duties, as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee or Trustees.

 

(b)                                  In the exercise of the rights, powers, and duties prescribed or conferred by the terms hereunder, the Trustee or Trustees shall act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Holders and exercise that degree of care, diligence and skill of a reasonably prudent trustee acting in such capacity.

 

(c)                                   In the absence of negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee or Trustees, the Trustee or Trustees may conclusively rely and act, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee or Trustees and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee or Trustees, the Trustee or Trustees shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

(d)                                  No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee or Trustees from liability for such Trustee’s or Trustees’ own negligent action, such Trustee’s or Trustees’ own negligent failure to act, or such Trustee’s or Trustees’ own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i)                                      this subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of Section 6.2(a), (b) or (c);

 

(ii)                                   the Trustee or Trustees shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee or Trustees, unless it shall be proved that such Trustee was or such Trustees were negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

 

(iii)                                the Trustee or Trustees shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by such Trustee or Trustees in good faith in

 

60


 

accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or Trustees, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee or Trustees under this Indenture; and

 

(iv)                               no provision contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee or Trustees to expend or risk such Trustee’s or Trustees’ own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of such Trustee’s or Trustees’ duties or in the exercise of any of such Trustee’s or Trustees’ rights or powers, if there is reasonable ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or liability is not reasonably assured to Trustee or Trustee under the terms of this Indenture or adequate indemnity against such risk is not reasonably assured to it.

 

(e)                                   No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee or Trustees from such Trustee’s or Trustees’ duties, except to the extent permitted by Trust Indenture Act and provided that:

 

(i)                                      any request or direction of the Issuers mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Issuers Request or Issuers Order and any resolution of the Board may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

 

(ii)                                   whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee or Trustees shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee or Trustees (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on such Trustee’s or Trustees’ part, rely upon an Officer’s Certificate;

 

(iii)                                the Trustee or Trustees may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by such Trustee or Trustees hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

 

(iv)                               subject to Section 6.2(c), the Trustee or Trustees shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee or Trustees, in such Trustee’s or Trustees’ discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as such Trustee or Trustees may see fit, and, if the Trustee or Trustees shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, such Trustee or Trustees shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuers, personally or by agent or attorney at the expense of the Issuers and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation;

 

61



 

(v)                                  the Trustee or Trustees may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee or Trustees shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by such Trustee or Trustees hereunder;

 

(vi)                               the Trustee or Trustees shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by such Trustee or Trustees in good faith and believed by such Trustee or Trustees to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon such Trustee or Trustee by this Indenture;

 

(vii)                            the Trustee or Trustees will disburse monies according to this Indenture only to the extent that monies have been deposited with such Trustee or Trustees;

 

(viii)                         in the event that Bearer Notes are issued, the Trustee or Trustees, upon the occurrence or at any time during the continuance of any act, action or proceeding, may require the Holders at whose instance such Trustee is or Trustees are acting to deposit with such Trustee or Trustees Bearer Notes held by such Holders, for which the Trustee or Trustees shall issue receipts;

 

(ix)                               the Trustee or Trustees may, in the absence of such Trustee’s or Trustees’ willful misconduct, conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by such Trustee or Trustees to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

 

(x)                                  the Trustee or Trustees shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in such Trustee or Trustees by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee or Trustees security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee or Trustees against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by such Trustee or Trustees in compliance with such request or direction;

 

(xi)                               in no event shall the Trustee or Trustees be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee was or Trustees have been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action;

 

(xii)                            the Trustee or Trustees shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee or Trustees has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee or Trustees at the Corporate

 

62



 

Trust Office of the Trustee or Trustees, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture; and

 

(xiii)                         the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee or Trustees, including, without limitation, such Trustee’s or Trustees’ right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee or Trustees in each of such Trustee’s or Trustees’ capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

(f)                                    Whether or not therein and expressly so provided, except to the extent expressly provided herein to the contrary, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or effecting the liability or affording protection to the Trustee or Trustees shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 6.2.

 

6.3                                Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes

 

The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except for the Trustee’s or Trustees’ certificates of authentication, and in any coupons shall be taken as the statements of the Issuers, and neither the Trustee or Trustees nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness.  The Trustee or Trustees make no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes or coupons, except that the Trustee or Trustees represent that such Trustee or Trustees are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform such Trustee’s or Trustees’ obligations hereunder.  Neither the Trustee or Trustees nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Issuers of Notes or the proceeds thereof.

 

6.4                                May Hold Notes

 

Any Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Note Registrar or any other agent of the Issuers or of the Trustee or Trustees, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and coupons and, subject to Trust Indenture Act, may otherwise deal with the Issuers with the same rights it would have if it were not a Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Note Registrar or such other agent.

 

6.5                                Money Held in Trust

 

Money held by the Trustee or Trustees in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.  The Trustee or Trustees shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by such Trustee or Trustees hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Issuers.

 

6.6                                Compensation and Reimbursement

 

(a)                                  The Issuers agree, both before any default hereunder and thereafter until all the duties of the Trustee or Trustees shall be firmly and fully performed, except any such expense, disbursement, or advance as shall be determined to have been caused by such Trustee’s or Trustees own negligence or willful misconduct:

 

63



 

(1)                                  to pay to the Trustee or Trustees from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by each Trustee or Trustees hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a Trustee or Trustees of an express trust);

 

(2)                                  except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee or Trustees upon such Trustee’s or Trustees’ request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee or Trustees in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of such Trustee’s or Trustees’ agents and counsel and the reasonable expenses related to the calling of any meeting of Holders by the Issuers), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall be determined to have been caused by such Trustee’s or Trustees’ own negligence or willful misconduct; and

 

(3)                                  to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee or Trustees, their directors, officers, employees and agents, and all of their respective representatives, heirs, successors and assigns (collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties ”) from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements, including reasonable legal or advisor fees and disbursements, of whatever kind and nature which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Indemnified Parties in connection with the performance of the Trustee’s or Trustees’ duties and obligations hereunder, other than such liabilities, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements arising by reason of the gross negligence or fraud of the Trustee or Trustees.  This provision shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee or Trustees, or the termination of this Agreement.  The Indemnified Parties shall not be under any obligation to prosecute or to defend any action or suit which, in the opinion of their counsel, may involve them in expense or liability, unless the Issuers shall, so often as required, furnish the Indemnified Parties with satisfactory indemnity and funding against such expense or liability.

 

(b)                                  The obligations of the Issuers under this Section to compensate the Trustee or Trustees, to pay or reimburse the Trustee or Trustees for expenses, disbursements and advances and to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee or Trustees shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder and shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.  As security for the performance of such obligations of the Issuers, the Trustee or Trustees shall have a claim prior to the Notes upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee or Trustees as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on particular Notes or any coupons.

 

(c)                                   When the Trustee or Trustees incur expenses or render services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 5.1(6) or (7), the expenses (including reasonable charges and expense of such Trustee’s or Trustees’ counsel) of and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable U.S. or Canadian federal, state or provincial bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law.

 

(d)                                  The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Indenture.  Any amount due under this Section 6.6 and unpaid 30 days after request for such

 

64



 

payment shall bear interest at the then current rate for overdue amounts charged by the Trustee or Trustees.

 

(e)                                   The remuneration of the Trustee or Trustees hereunder shall continue to be payable until the trusts hereof shall be finally wound up, whether or not the trusts of this Indenture shall be in course of administration by or under the direction of any court.

 

6.7                                Conflict of Interest

 

The Trustee or Trustees in such Trustee’s or Trustees’ individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers with the same rights such Trustee or Trustees would have if such Trustees or Trustees were not the Trustee or Trustees. However, in the event that the Trustee or Trustees acquire any conflicting interest such Trustee or Trustees must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign or, if permitted under Trust Indenture Act, apply to the Commission for permission to continue as Trustee or Trustees. Any Authenticating Agent or Paying Agent may do the same with like rights and duties.

 

6.8                                Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor

 

(a)                                  No resignation or removal of the Trustee or Trustees and no appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee or Trustees in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 6.9.

 

(b)                                  The Trustee or Trustees may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Issuers upon three months’ notice or such shorter period as agreed to by the Issuers.  If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee or Trustees required by Section 6.9 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee or Trustees within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee or Trustees may petition at the expense of the Issuers any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

 

(c)                                   The Trustee or Trustees may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, delivered to the Trustee or Trustees and to the Issuers.  If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee or Trustees required by Section 6.9 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee or Trustees within 30 days after the delivery of such Act, the Trustee or Trustees being removed may petition at the expense of the Issuers any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

 

(d)                                  If at any time:

 

(1)                                  the Trustee or Trustees shall fail to comply with the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act (including Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act) or Section 6.7 after written request therefor by the Issuers or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months, or

 

65



 

(2)                                  the Trustee or Trustees shall cease to be eligible under Section 6.1 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Issuers or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months, or

 

(3)                                  the Trustee or Trustees shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or Trustees or of it or such Trustee’s or Trustees’ property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or Trustees or of such Trustee’s or Trustees’ property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

 

then, in any such case, (i) the Issuers, by a Board Resolution, may remove the Trustee or Trustees, or (ii) subject to the Trust Indenture Act, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee or Trustees and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

 

(e)                                   If the Trustee or Trustees shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, the Issuers, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees. If no successor Trustee or Trustees shall have been appointed by the Issuers and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided within 30 days after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee or Trustees may be appointed by Act of the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes delivered to the Issuers and the retiring Trustee or Trustees. If no successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Notes of any Series shall have been so appointed by the Issuers or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Notes.

 

(f)                                    The Issuers shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee or Trustees and each appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees to the Holders of Notes of any Series affected by such resignation or removal, as the case may be, and appointment in the manner provided for in Section 1.6. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Notes of such Series and the address of such Trustee’s or Trustees’ Corporate Trust Office.

 

6.9                                Acceptance of Appointment by Successor

 

(a)                                  In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee or Trustees, every such successor Trustee or Trustees so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuers and to the retiring Trustee or Trustees an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee or Trustees shall become effective and such successor Trustee or Trustees, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee or Trustees; but, on the request of the Issuers or the successor Trustee or Trustees, such retiring Trustee or Trustees shall, upon payment of all amounts due to such Trustee or Trustees under Section 6.6,

 

66



 

execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee or Trustees all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee or Trustees and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee or Trustees all property and money held by such retiring Trustee or Trustees hereunder.

 

(b)                                  In the event where a separate Trustee or Trustees was provided for with respect to a particular Series of Notes at the time such Series was issued, (i) the provisions of Section 6.8 will apply with respect to such Trustee or Trustees, but references to decisions being made or actions being taken by any one or more Holders of Outstanding Notes will be replaced with references to Holders of such Series of Notes as are Outstanding and (ii) the Issuers, the retiring Trustee or Trustees and each successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Notes of such Series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein the successor Trustee or Trustees shall accept such appointment and which shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, the successor Trustee or Trustees all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Notes of that Series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee or Trustees relates, and upon the execution and delivery of such Supplemental Indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee or Trustees shall become effective for such Series and such successor Trustee or Trustees, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Notes of that Series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee or Trustees relates; but, on request of the Issuers or such successor Trustee or Trustees, such retiring Trustee or Trustees shall upon payment of all amounts due to such Trustee or Trustees under Section 6.6 duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee or Trustees all property and money held by such retiring Trustee or Trustees hereunder with respect to the Notes of that Series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee or Trustees relates.  Whenever there is a successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to one or more (but less than all) Series of Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture, the terms “Indenture” and “Notes” shall have the meanings specified in the provisos to the respective definitions of those terms in Section 1.1 which contemplate such situation.

 

(c)                                   Upon request of any such successor Trustee or Trustees, the Issuers shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee or Trustees all rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, as the case may be.

 

(d)                                  No successor Trustee or Trustees shall accept such Trustee’s or Trustees’ appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee or Trustees shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

 

6.10                         Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business

 

Any corporation(s) into which the Trustee or Trustees may be merged or converted or with which such Trustee or Trustees may be consolidated, or any corporation(s) resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee or Trustees shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee or Trustees, shall be the successor of the Trustee or Trustees hereunder, provided such

 

67



 

corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.  In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee or Trustees or the Authenticating Agent then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee or Trustees or any successor Authentication Agent, as the case may be, may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee or Trustees or successor Authenticating Agent, as the case may be, had authenticated such Notes.  In case any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated by such predecessor Trustee or Trustees, any successor Trustee or Trustees or any successor Authenticating Agent, as the case may be, may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee or Trustees.  In all such cases such certificates shall have the full force and effect which this Indenture provides for the certificate of authentication of the Trustee or Trustees or the Authenticating Agent; provided , however , that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or Trustees or to authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee or Trustees shall apply only to such Trustee’s or Trustees’ successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

 

6.11                         Appointment of Authenticating Agent

 

(a)                                  At any time when any of the Notes remain Outstanding, the Trustee or Trustees may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to one or more Series of Notes which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee or Trustees to authenticate Notes of such Series and the Trustee or Trustees shall give written notice of such appointment to all Holders of Notes of the Series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve, in the manner provided for in Section 1.6.  Notes so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee or Trustees hereunder.  Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee or Trustees, and a copy of such instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Issuers.  Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Notes by the Trustee or Trustees or the Trustee’s or Trustees’ certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee or Trustees by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee or Trustees by an Authenticating Agent.  Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Issuers and shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or the laws of Canada or any province thereof, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than U.S.$35,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by U.S. federal or state or Canadian federal or provincial authority.  If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

 

68



 

(b)                                  Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or Trustees or the Authenticating Agent.

 

(c)                                   An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee or Trustees and to the Issuers.  The Trustee or Trustees may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Issuers.  Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee or Trustees may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Issuers and shall give written notice of such appointment to all Holders of Notes of the Series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve, in the manner provided for in Section 1.6.  Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent.  No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

 

(d)                                  The Trustee or Trustees agree to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section, and the Trustee or Trustees shall be entitled to be reimbursed for such payments, subject to the provisions of Section 6.6.

 

(e)                                   If an appointment with respect to one or more Series is made pursuant to this Section, the Notes of such Series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s or Trustees’ certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in the following form:

 

Dated:

 

 

 

This is one of the Notes of the Series designated, and issued under the Indenture described herein.

 

 

[                              ],

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

as Authenticating Agent

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Authorized Officer

 

69



 

6.12                         Acceptance of Trust

 

The Trustee or Trustees hereby accept the trusts in this Indenture declared and provided for and agree to perform the same upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture and in trust for the Holders from time to time, subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.

 

6.13                         Trustee Not Required to Give Note

 

The Trustee or Trustees shall not be required to give any bond or security in respect of the execution of the trusts and powers of this Indenture or otherwise in respect of this Indenture.

 

6.14                         Trustee Not Required to Possess Notes

 

All rights of action under this Indenture may be enforced by the Trustee or Trustees without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof on any trial or other proceedings relative thereto.

 

6.15                         Protection of Trustee

 

(a)                                  The Trustee or Trustees shall not incur any liability or responsibility whatsoever or in any way be responsible for the consequence of any breach on the part of the Issuers of any of the covenants contained in this Indenture or in any Notes or of any acts of the agents or employees of the Issuers.

 

(b)                                  Neither the Trustee or Trustees nor any affiliate of the Trustee or Trustees shall be appointed a receiver or receiver and manager or liquidator of all or any part of the assets or undertaking of the Issuers.

 

(c)                                   Nothing in this Indenture shall impose on the Trustee or Trustees any obligation to see to, or to require evidence of, the registration or filing (or renewal thereof) of this Indenture or any instrument ancillary or supplemental to this Indenture in any jurisdiction.

 

(d)                                  The Trustee or Trustees shall incur no liability with respect to the delivery or non-delivery of any certificate or certificates whether delivered by hand, mail or any other means.

 

6.16                         Third Party Interests

 

Each Issuer hereby represents to the Trustee or Trustees that any account to be opened by, or interest to held by the Trustee or Trustees in connection with this Indenture, for or to the credit of such Issuer, either (i) is not intended to be used by or on behalf of any third party; or (ii) is intended to be used by or on behalf of a third party, in which case such Issuer agrees to complete and execute forthwith a declaration in the Trustee’s or Trustees’ prescribed form as to the particulars of such third party.

 

70


 

6.17                         Trustee Not Bound to Act

 

The Trustee or Trustees shall retain the right not to act and shall not be liable for refusing to act if, due to a lack of information or for any other reason whatsoever, the Trustee or Trustees, in their sole judgment, determine that such act might cause them to be in non-compliance with any applicable anti-money laundering or anti-terrorist legislation, regulation or guideline. Further, should the Trustee or Trustees, in their sole judgment, determine at any time that their acting under this Indenture has resulted in their being in non-compliance with any applicable anti-money laundering or anti-terrorist legislation, regulation or guideline, then they shall have the right to resign on 10 days written notice to the Issuer, provided (i) that the Trustee’s or Trustees’ written notice shall describe the circumstances of such non-compliance; and (ii) that if such circumstances are rectified to the Trustee’s or Trustees’ satisfaction within such 10 day period, then such resignation shall not be effective.

 

6.18                         Experts, Advisers and Agents

 

The Trustee or Trustees may seek the advice of experts and advisers (including legal counsel) in the event of any question or dispute as to the construction of any of the provisions hereof or their duties hereunder, and the Trustee or Trustees shall incur no liability and shall be fully protected in acting or not acting in accordance with the opinion and instructions of such experts and advisers. The cost of such services shall be added to and be part of the Trustee’s or Trustees’ expenses hereunder. The Trustee or Trustees shall not be answerable for the default or misconduct of any adviser, agent or legal counsel employed or appointed, at such Trustee’s or Trustees’ discretion, by such Trustee or Trustees if such adviser, agent or legal counsel shall have been selected with reasonable care.

 

ARTICLE 7
HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND ISSUERS

 

7.1                                Disclosure of Names and Addresses of Holders

 

(a)                                  The Trustee or Trustees shall provide to any registered Holder such information with respect to other registered Holders as is required under any applicable Trust Indenture Legislation and/or the Trust Indenture Act.

 

(b)                                  Every Holder of Notes or coupons, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Issuers and the Trustee or Trustees that neither the Issuers nor the Trustee or Trustees or any agent of any of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of such list of the names and addresses of the Holders, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee or Trustees shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

7.2                                Reports by Trustee

 

In the event any U.S. Dollar Notes are outstanding, (i) within 60 days after May 15 th  of each year commencing with January 1, 2013, the U.S. Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Holders, as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register, as provided in Section 313(c)

 

71



 

of the Trust Indenture Act, a brief report dated as of such May 15 th  as and if required by Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act; and (ii) the U.S. Trustee shall comply with Section 313(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

7.3                                Reports by the Corporation

 

In the event any U.S. Dollar Notes are outstanding, the Issuers shall:

 

(a)                                  file with the U.S. Trustee, within 10 days after the Issuers are required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Issuers may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the U.S. Exchange Act; or, if the Issuers are not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to either of such Sections, then they shall file with the U.S. Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports which may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the U.S. Exchange Act  in respect of a Security listed and registered on a national securities exchange in accordance with Section 313(d) of the Trust Indenture Act or as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations;

 

(b)                                  provide the U.S. Trustee an incumbency certificate setting out the names and sample signatures of persons authorized by the Issuers to give instructions on their behalf and the U.S. Trustee shall be entitled to rely on this certificate unless a revised certificate is provided.  The U.S. Trustee shall be entitled to refuse to act upon any instruction or direction from the Issuers which is signed by a Person other than a Person described in such incumbency certificate;

 

(c)                                   file with the U.S. Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Issuers, as the case may be, with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations; and

 

(d)                                  transmit by mail to all Holders, as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register, within 30 days after the filing thereof with the U.S. Trustee, in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Issuers pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 7.3 as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission.

 

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the U.S. Trustee is for informational purposes only and the U.S. Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuers’ compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the U.S. Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

 

72



 

ARTICLE 8
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

 

8.1                                Permitted Reorganizations

 

No Issuer shall enter into any transaction or series of transactions whereby all or substantially all of its undertaking, property and assets would become the property of any other Person (herein called a “ Successor ”), whether by way of conveyance, transfer, lease, reorganization, consolidation, amalgamation, arrangement, merger, transfer, sale or otherwise (herein a “ Successor Transaction ”), unless:

 

(a)                                  the Successor shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the applicable Issuer’s jurisdiction of formation and shall expressly assume, by a Supplemental Indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee or Trustees, in form satisfactory to the Trustee or Trustees, such Issuer’s obligation for the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any), including Redemption Price and Repayment Price, and interest on all the Notes and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of such Issuers to be performed or observed;

 

(b)                                  immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing; and

 

(c)                                   such Issuer or such Successor shall have delivered to the Trustee or Trustees an Opinion of Counsel (for which the provider of such Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate for factual matters), to the effect that such Successor Transaction and such Supplemental Indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such Successor Transaction have been complied with.

 

8.2                                Successor Person Substituted

 

Upon any Successor Transaction in accordance with Section 8.1, the Successor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the applicable Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor had been named as such Issuer herein, and in the event of any such conveyance or transfer, such Issuer (which term shall for this purpose mean the Person named as such “Issuer” in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any successor Person which shall theretofore become such in the manner described in Section 8.1), shall be discharged of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes and the coupons and may be dissolved and liquidated.

 

ARTICLE 9
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

 

9.1                                Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders

 

Without the consent of any Holders, the Issuers, when authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and the Trustee or Trustees, at any time and from time to time, may enter

 

73



 

into one or more Supplemental Indentures, in form satisfactory to the Trustee or Trustees, for any of the following purposes:

 

(1)                                  to evidence the succession (or successive successors) of another Person to any Issuer and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of such Issuer contained herein and in the Notes; or

 

(2)                                  to add to the covenants of the Issuers for the benefit of the Holders of all or any Series of Notes and any related coupons (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all Series of Notes, stating that such covenants are being included solely for the benefit of such Series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuers; or

 

(3)                                  to add any additional Events of Default (and if such Events of Default are to be for the benefit of less than all Series of Notes, stating that such Events of Default are being included solely for the benefit of such Series); or

 

(4)                                  to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture to provide that Bearer Notes may be registrable as to principal, to change or eliminate any restrictions on the payment of principal of or any premium or interest on Bearer Notes, to permit Bearer Notes to be issued in exchange for Registered Notes, to permit Bearer Notes to be issued in exchange for Bearer Notes of other authorized denominations or to permit or facilitate the issuance of Notes in uncertificated form; provided that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Notes of any Series or any related coupons in any material respect; or

 

(5)                                  to add to, change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture with respect to one or more Series; provided that any such addition or change or elimination shall become effective only when there is no Note Outstanding of any Series created prior to the execution of such Supplemental Indenture which is entitled to the benefit of such provision; or

 

(6)                                  to establish the form or terms of Notes of any Series as permitted by Sections 2.1 and 3.1; or

 

(7)                                  to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Notes of one or more Series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 6.9(b); or

 

(8)                                  to close this Indenture with respect to the issuance, authentication and delivery of additional Series of Notes, to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture; or

 

74



 

(9)                                  to add to the conditions, limitations and restrictions on the authorized amount, form, terms or purposes of issue, authentication and delivery of Notes, as herein set forth, other conditions, limitations and restrictions thereafter to be observed, provided that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of Holders of Notes of such Series and any related coupons or any other Series of Notes in any material respect; or

 

(10)                           to supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of any Series of Notes pursuant to Sections 4.1, 14.2 and 14.3; provided that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Notes of such Series and any related coupons or any other Series of Notes in any material respect; or

 

(11)                           to make any other changes in the provisions of this Indenture which the Issuers and the Trustee or Trustees may deem necessary or desirable provided such amendment does not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Notes of any Series in any material respect; or

 

(12)                           to add any Security Interests or guarantors in respect of all Notes;

 

(13)                           to add to or change or eliminate the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to comply with the Trust Indenture Act, provided that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of Holders of Notes of such Series and any related coupons or any other Series of Notes in any material respect; or

 

(14)                           to amend the Indenture to add a New Issuer as an Issuer hereunder and make such other changes to the Indenture as are necessary to effect the same.

 

9.2                                Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders

 

(a)                                  With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of all Outstanding Notes affected by such Supplemental Indenture, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Issuers and the Trustee or Trustees, the Issuers, when authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and the Trustee or Trustees may enter into one or more Supplemental Indentures for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Notes under this Indenture; provided , however , that no such Supplemental Indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby,

 

(1)                                  change the Stated Maturity of the principal of (or premium, if any) or any installment of interest on any Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof (or premium, if any) or the rate of interest, if any, thereon, or change any obligation of the Issuers to pay Additional Amounts contemplated by Section 10.5 (except as contemplated by Section 8.1 and permitted by Section 9.1(a)), or reduce the amount of the principal of an Original Issue Discount Note of such Series that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.3 or the amount thereof provable in bankruptcy pursuant to Section 5.5, or adversely affect any right of repayment at the option of any Holder of any Note, or change any Place of Payment where, or the Currency in which, any Note or any premium or interest thereon is payable,

 

75



 

or impair the right to institute a suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption or repayment at the option of the Holder, on or after the Redemption Date or Repayment Date, as the case may be), or adversely affect any right to convert or exchange any Note as may be provided pursuant to Section 3.1 herein, or

 

(2)                                  reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of any Series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such Supplemental Indenture,  for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences provided for in this Indenture, or reduce the requirements of Section 15.4 for quorum or voting, or

 

(3)                                  modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 5.14 or Section 10.6, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note of such Series affected thereby provided , however , that this clause shall not be deemed to require the consent of any Holder of a Note of such Series with respect to changes in the references to “the Trustee or Trustees” and concomitant changes in this Section and Section 10.6, or the deletion of this proviso, in accordance with the requirements of Sections 6.9(b) and 9.1(7).

 

(b)                                  A Supplemental Indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular Series of Notes, or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Notes of such Series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Notes of any other Series.  Any such Supplemental Indenture adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture, or modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Notes of such Series, shall not affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Notes of any other Series.

 

(c)                                   It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed Supplemental Indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

 

9.3                                Execution of Supplemental Indentures

 

Upon the request of the Issuers, the Trustee or Trustees shall, subject to this Section 9.3, join with the Issuers in the execution of any Supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture. In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any Supplemental Indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee or Trustees shall be provided with, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such Supplemental Indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.  The Trustee or Trustees may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such Supplemental Indenture which affects the Trustee’s or Trustees’ own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

76



 

9.4                                Effect of Supplemental Indentures

 

Upon the execution of any Supplemental Indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Notes issued pursuant to such Supplemental Indenture thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

 

9.5                                Conformity with Trust Indenture Act

 

Every Supplemental Indenture providing for the issue of U.S. Notes executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the applicable requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

 

9.6                                Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures

 

Notes of any Series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any Supplemental Indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee or Trustees, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee or Trustees as to any matter provided for in such Supplemental Indenture.  If the Issuers shall so determine, new Notes of any Series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee or Trustees and the Issuers, to any such Supplemental Indenture may be prepared and executed by the Issuers and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or Trustees in exchange for Outstanding Notes of such Series.

 

ARTICLE 10
COVENANTS

 

10.1                         Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest

 

The Issuers covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of each Series of Notes and any related coupons that they will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Notes of that Series in accordance with the terms of the Notes, any coupons appertaining thereto and this Indenture.  Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1 with respect to any Series of Notes, any interest installments due on Bearer Notes on or before Maturity shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the several coupons for such interest installments as are evidenced thereby as they severally mature.

 

10.2                         Maintenance of Office or Agency

 

If the Notes of a Series are issuable only as Registered Notes, the Issuers will maintain in each Place of Payment for any Series of Notes an office or agency where Notes of that Series may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes of that Series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, where Notes of that Series that are convertible or exchangeable may be surrendered for conversion or exchange, as applicable and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes of that Series and this Indenture may be served.

 

77



 

Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Notes as contemplated by Section 3.1 with respect to a Series of Notes, if Notes of a Series are issuable as Bearer Notes or as either Bearer Notes or Registered Notes, the Issuers will maintain (A) in Toronto, Ontario, an office or agency where any Registered Notes of that Series may be presented or surrendered for payment, where any Registered Notes of that Series may be surrendered for registration of transfer, where Notes of that Series may be surrendered for exchange, where Notes of that Series that are convertible or exchangeable may be surrendered for conversion or exchange, as applicable, where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes of that Series and this Indenture may be served and where Bearer Notes of that Series and related coupons may be presented or surrendered for payment in the circumstances described in the following paragraph (and not otherwise), (B) subject to any laws or regulations applicable thereto, in a Place of Payment for that Series which is located outside Canada or the United States, an office or agency where Notes of that Series and related coupons may be presented and surrendered for payment; provided , however , that, if the Notes of that Series are listed on any stock exchange located outside the United States and such stock exchange shall so require, the Issuers will maintain a Paying Agent for the Notes of that Series in any required city located outside Canada or the United States so long as the Notes of that Series are listed on such exchange, and (C) subject to any laws or regulations applicable thereto, in a Place of Payment for that Series located outside Canada or the United States an office or agency where any Registered Notes of that Series may be surrendered for registration of transfer, where Notes of that Series may be surrendered for exchange, where Notes of that Series that are convertible and exchangeable may be surrendered for conversion or exchange, as applicable and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes of that Series and this Indenture may be served.

 

The Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee or Trustees of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee or Trustees with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or Trustees, except that Bearer Notes of any Series and the related coupons may be presented and surrendered for payment at the offices specified in the Note, and the Issuers hereby appoint the same as their agents solely for the purposes of receiving such respective presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Notes pursuant to Section 3.1, no payment of principal, premium or interest on Bearer Notes shall be made at any office or agency of the Issuers in the United States or by check mailed to any address in the United States or by transfer to an account maintained with a bank located in the United States; provided , however , that, if the U.S. Dollar Notes of a Series are payable in Dollars, payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any Bearer Note shall be made at the office of the Issuers’ Paying Agent in The City of New York, if (but only if) payment in Dollars of the full amount of such principal, premium or interest, as the case may be, at all offices or agencies outside the United States maintained for such purpose by the Issuers in accordance with this Indenture is illegal or effectively precluded by exchange controls or other similar restrictions.

 

The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes of one or more Series may be presented or surrendered for any or all

 

78



 

such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuers of their obligation to maintain an office or agency in accordance with the requirements set forth above for Notes of any Series for such purposes.  The Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee or Trustees of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.  Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Notes as contemplated by Section 3.1 with respect to a Series of Notes, the Issuers hereby designates as a Place of Payment for each Series of Notes the office or agency of the Issuers in Toronto, Ontario, and initially appoint the Canadian Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office as Paying Agent in such city and as their agent solely for the purpose of receiving all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

For greater certainty, any office or agency of the Issuers in Toronto, Ontario as required in this Section 10.2 shall be maintained solely for the administrative purposes described in this Section 10.2.

 

Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Notes pursuant to Section 3.1, if and so long as the Notes of any Series (i) are denominated in a Currency other than Dollars or (ii) may be payable in a Currency other than Dollars, or so long as it is required under any other provision of the Indenture, then the Issuers will maintain with respect to each such Series of Notes, or as so required, at least one Exchange Rate Agent.

 

10.3                         Money for Notes Payments to Be Held in Trust

 

(a)                                  If the Issuers shall at any time act as their own Paying Agent with respect to any Series of Notes and any related coupons, they will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any of the Notes of that Series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum in the Currency in which the Notes of such Series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1 for the Notes of such Series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) sufficient to pay the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on Notes of such Series so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee or Trustees of their action or failure so to act.

 

(b)                                  Whenever the Issuers shall have one or more Paying Agents for any Series of Notes and any related coupons, they will, prior to or on each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Notes of that Series, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum (in the Currency described in the preceding paragraph) sufficient to pay the principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is a Trustee) the Issuers will promptly notify the Trustee or Trustees of their action or failure so to act.

 

(c)                                   The Issuers will cause each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee or Trustees) for any Series of Notes to execute and deliver to the Trustee or Trustees an instrument

 

79



 

in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee or Trustees, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will:

 

(1)                                  hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on Notes of such Series in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

 

(2)                                  give the Trustee or Trustees notice of any default by the Issuers (or any other obligor upon the Notes of such Series) in the making of any payment of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Notes of such Series; and

 

(3)                                  at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee or Trustees, forthwith pay to the Trustee or Trustees all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.

 

(d)                                  The Issuers may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Issuers Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee or Trustees all sums held in trust by the Issuers or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee or Trustees upon the same trusts as those upon which sums were held by the Issuers or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee or Trustees, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums.

 

(e)                                   Except as provided in the Notes of any Series, any money deposited with the Trustee or Trustees or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuers, in trust for the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Note of any Series, or any coupon appertaining thereto, and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on Issuers Request subject to applicable abandoned property or escheat law, or (if then held by the Issuers) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note or coupon shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuers for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or Trustees or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Trustee or Trustees or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuers cause to be published once, in an Authorized Newspaper, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuers.

 

10.4                         Statement as to Compliance

 

So long as any of the Notes are Outstanding, the Issuers will deliver to the Trustee or Trustees, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a brief certificate from each such Issuer’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or treasurer, in such capacity and without personal liability,  as to his or her knowledge of the such Issuer’s compliance with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture as at such date.  For

 

80


 

purposes of this Section 10.4, such compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice under this Indenture.

 

10.5                         Additional Amounts

 

If specified pursuant to Section 3.1,

 

(i)                                      All payments made by or on behalf of the  Issuers under or with respect to the Notes of any Series or any of the Guarantors with respect to any Guarantee shall be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and any other additions thereto) (“ Taxes ”) unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes in any applicable jurisdiction or political subdivision thereof. If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of (1) any jurisdiction in which the Issuers or any Guarantor is then organized, engaged in business for tax purposes or resident for tax purposes or any political subdivision thereof or therein having the power to tax or (2) any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made by or on behalf of the Issuers or any Guarantor or any political subdivision thereof or therein having the power to tax (each, a “ Tax Jurisdiction ”) shall at any time be required to be made from any payments made by the Issuers under or with respect to the Notes or any of the Guarantors with respect to any Guarantee, the Issuers or relevant Guarantor, as applicable, shall pay to each Holder of Notes that are outstanding on the date of the required payment, such additional amounts (“ Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received in respect of such payments by each Holder after such withholding, deduction or imposition (including any such withholding, deduction or imposition from such Additional Amounts) shall not be less than the amount each Holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided, however, that no Additional Amounts shall be payable with respect to:

 

(A)                                Taxes imposed on the overall net income of a Holder;

 

(B)                                any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes would not have been imposed but for the Holder not dealing at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada)) with the Issuer at the time of making such payment;

 

(C)                                any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes would not have been imposed but for the Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes being or having been a “10-percent shareholder” of any of the Issuers or Guarantors as defined in section 871(h)(3) of the Code, or any successor provision;

 

(D)                                any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes would not have been imposed but for the Holder being an Offshore Associate of an Issuer;

 

81



 

(E)                                 any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes would not have been imposed but for the application of section 126 of the Australian Tax Act;

 

(F)                                  any Taxes that would not have been imposed had that Holder provided the Issuers with its Australian business number, tax file number or details of any relevant exemption;

 

(G)                                any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes would not have been imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between the Holder or the beneficial owner of the Notes and the relevant Tax Jurisdiction including, for greater certainty and without limitation, being or having been a citizen, resident or national thereof, or being or having been present or engaged in a trade or business therein or maintaining a permanent establishment or other physical presence in or otherwise having some connection with the relevant Tax Jurisdiction (other than the mere acquisition, ownership, holding or disposition of such Note, the enforcement of rights under such Note or under a Guarantee or the receipt of any payments in respect of such Note or a Guarantee);

 

(H)                               any Taxes to the extent such Taxes are imposed or withheld by reason of the failure of the Holder or beneficial owner of Notes, to comply in a timely fashion with any certification, identification, information or other reporting requirements, whether required by statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of a Tax Jurisdiction, as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, Taxes imposed by the Tax Jurisdiction (including, without limitation, a certification that the Holder or beneficial owner is not resident in the Tax Jurisdiction);

 

(I)                                    any Taxes imposed under FATCA;

 

(J)                                    any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer, added value or personal property tax or any similar Taxes;

 

(K)                               if such Holder is a fiduciary or partnership or person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment and the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed on such payment had such holder been the beneficiary, partner or sole beneficial owner, as the case may be, of such Note (but only if there is no material cost or expense associated with transferring such Note to such beneficiary, partner or sole beneficial owner and no restriction on such transfer that is outside the control of such beneficiary, partner or sole beneficial owner);

 

(L)                                 to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed but for the presentation by the Holder of any Note, where presentation is required, for payment on a date more than 30 days after the date on which payment became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever occurs later; or

 

(M)                             any combination of the above clauses in this Section 10.5(i).

 

82



 

(ii)                                   The Issuers, the Guarantors or the Trustee or Trustees, as applicable, will make any required withholding or deduction and remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Tax authority in accordance with applicable law. Upon request, the Issuers or the Guarantors will provide the Trustee or Trustees with official receipts or other documentation evidencing the payment of the Taxes with respect to which Additional Amounts are paid.

 

(iii)                                The Issuers and the Guarantors shall indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Notes that are outstanding on the date of the required payment from all Taxes (other than Taxes excluded under this Section 10.5).

 

(iv)                               In addition to the foregoing, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall also pay and indemnify each Holder for any present or future stamp, issue, registration, added value, transfer, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies (including penalties, interest and any other liabilities related thereto) which are levied by any jurisdiction on the execution, delivery, issuance, or registration of any of the Notes, this Indenture, any Guarantee or any other document referred to therein, or the receipt of any payments with respect thereto, or enforcement of, any of the Notes or any Guarantee.

 

(v)                                  At least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to the Notes is due and payable, if the Issuers or a Guarantor become obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, the Issuers or relevant Guarantor, as applicable, shall deliver to the Trustee or Trustees an Officer’s Certificate stating the fact that such Additional Amounts shall be payable, and the amounts so payable and shall set forth such other information as is necessary to enable the Trustee or Trustees to pay such Additional Amounts to the Holders of the Notes on the payment date (unless the obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises after the 30th day prior to that payment date, in which case the Issuers or relevant Guarantor shall notify the Trustee or Trustees promptly thereafter).

 

(vi)                               Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context:

 

(A)                                the payment of amounts based upon the principal amount of the Notes,

 

(B)                                the payment of principal (and premium, if any),

 

(C)                                purchase prices in connection with a repurchase of Notes,

 

(D)                                interest and additional interest, if any, or

 

(E)                                 any other amount payable under or with respect to any of the Notes or any Guarantee,

 

83



 

such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts provided for in this section to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

(vii)                            The above obligations shall survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and any transfer by a Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes.

 

10.6                         Waiver of Certain Covenants

 

The Issuers may, with respect to any Series of Notes, omit in any particular instance to comply with any term, provision or condition which affects such Series set forth in Section 10.5, or, as specified pursuant to Section 3.1 for Notes of such Series, in any covenants of the Issuers added to Article 10 pursuant to Section 3.1 in connection with Notes of such Series, if before the time for such compliance the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of all Outstanding Notes of each Series affected by the omission (which, in the case of a covenant not set forth herein and specified pursuant to Section 3.1 to be applicable to the Notes of any Series, shall include only those Series to which such covenant is so specified to be applicable), shall in each case by Act of such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such term, provision or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such term, provision or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Issuers and the duties of the Trustee or Trustees to Holders of Notes of such Series in respect of any such term, provision or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

 

ARTICLE 11
REDEMPTION OF NOTES

 

11.1                         Applicability of Article

 

Redemption of Notes of any Series (whether by operation of a sinking fund or otherwise) as permitted or required by any form of Note issued pursuant to this Indenture shall be made in accordance with such form of Note and this Article; provided , however , that if any provision of any such form of Note shall conflict with any provision of this Article, the provision of such form of Note shall govern.

 

11.2                         Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee

 

The election of the Issuers to redeem any Notes shall be evidenced by or pursuant to a Board Resolution.  In case of any redemption at the election of the Issuers, the Issuers shall, at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Issuers (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee or Trustees), notify the Trustee or Trustees of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Notes of such Series to be redeemed and shall deliver to the Trustee or Trustees such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee or Trustees to select the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 11.3.  In the case of any redemption of Notes prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Notes

 

84



 

or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Issuers shall furnish the Trustee or Trustees with an Officer’s Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction.

 

11.3                         Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed

 

(a)                                  If less than all the Notes of any Series are to be redeemed, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee or Trustees, from the Outstanding Notes of such Series not previously called for redemption on a pro rata basis, or by such other method as the Trustee or Trustees shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions of the principal amount of Notes of such Series; provided , however , that no such partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount of a Note not redeemed to less than the minimum authorized denomination for Notes of such Series established pursuant to Section 3.1.  The Trustee or Trustees may make regulations with regard to the manner in which Notes are selected for redemption, and regulations so made shall be valid and binding upon all Holders.

 

(b)                                  The Trustee or Trustees shall promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Notes selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

 

(c)                                   For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Note which has been or is to be redeemed.

 

11.4                         Notice of Redemption

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided for in Section 1.6 not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed.

 

(b)                                  All notices of redemption shall state:

 

(1)                                  the Redemption Date,

 

(2)                                  the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 11.6, if any,

 

(3)                                  if less than all the Outstanding Notes of any Series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the respective principal amounts) of the particular Notes to be redeemed,

 

(4)                                  in case any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such Note shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, the holder will receive, without charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed,

 

85



 

(5)                                  that on the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 11.6 will become due and payable upon each such Note, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed and, if applicable, that interest thereon will cease to accrue on and after said date,

 

(6)                                  the Place or Places of Payment where such Notes, together in the case of Bearer Notes with all coupons appertaining thereto, if any, maturing after the Redemption Date, are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any,

 

(7)                                  that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case,

 

(8)                                  that, unless otherwise specified in such notice, Bearer Notes of any Series, if any, surrendered for redemption must be accompanied by all coupons maturing subsequent to the Redemption Date or the amount of any such missing coupon or coupons will be deducted from the Redemption Price unless security or indemnity satisfactory to the Issuers, the Trustee or Trustees and any Paying Agent is furnished, and

 

(9)                                  if Bearer Notes of any Series are to be redeemed and any Registered Notes of such Series are not to be redeemed, and if such Bearer Notes may be exchanged for Registered Notes not subject to redemption on such Redemption Date pursuant to Section 3.5 or otherwise, the last date, as determined by the Issuers, on which such exchanges may be made.

 

(c)                                   Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed at the election of the Issuers shall be given by the Issuers or, at the Issuers’ request, by the Trustee or Trustees in the name and at the expense of the Issuers.

 

11.5                         Deposit of Redemption Price

 

Prior to any Redemption Date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee or Trustees or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Issuers are acting as their own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 10.3) an amount of money in the Currency in which the Notes of such Series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1 for the Notes of such Series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and accrued interest, if any, on, all the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date.

 

11.6                         Notes Payable on Redemption Date

 

(a)                                  Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Notes so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified in the Currency in which the Notes of such Series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1 for the Notes of such Series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) (together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date), and from and after such date (unless the Issuers shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any) such Notes shall, if the same were interest-bearing, cease to bear interest and the coupons for such interest appertaining to any

 

86



 

Bearer Notes so to be redeemed, except to the extent provided below, shall be void.  Upon surrender of any such Note for redemption in accordance with said notice, together with all coupons, if any, appertaining thereto maturing after the Redemption Date, such Note or specified portions thereof shall be paid by the Issuers at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date; provided , however , that installments of interest on Bearer Notes whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable only at an office or agency located outside the United States (except as otherwise provided in Section 10.2) and, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, only upon presentation and surrender of coupons for such interest; and provided further that installments of interest on Registered Notes whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes, or one or more Predecessor Notes, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 3.7.

 

(b)                                  If any Bearer Note surrendered for redemption shall not be accompanied by all appurtenant coupons maturing after the Redemption Date, such Note may be paid after deducting from the Redemption Price an amount equal to the face amount of all such missing coupons, or the surrender of such missing coupon or coupons may be waived by the Issuers and the Trustee or Trustees if there be furnished to them such security or indemnity as they may require to save each of them and any Paying Agent harmless.  If thereafter the Holder of such Note shall surrender to the Trustee or Trustees or any Paying Agent any such missing coupon in respect of which a deduction shall have been made from the Redemption Price, such Holder shall be entitled to receive the amount so deducted; provided , however , that interest represented by coupons shall be payable only at an office or agency located outside the United States (except as otherwise provided in Section 10.2) and, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, only upon presentation and surrender of those coupons.

 

(c)                                   If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate of interest or Yield to Maturity (in the case of Original Issue Discount Notes) set forth in such Note.

 

11.7                         Notes Redeemed in Part

 

Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article or of Article 12) shall be surrendered at a Place of Payment therefor (with, if the Issuers or the Trustee or Trustees so require, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuers and the Note Registrar duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee or Trustees shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes of the same Series, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, and having the same terms and provisions and in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered.

 

87



 

11.8                         Tax Redemption

 

If specified pursuant to Section 3.1, the Notes of a Series will be subject to redemption at any time, in whole but not in part, at a Redemption Price equal to the principal amount thereof together with accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for redemption on the Redemption Date specified pursuant to Section 3.1, upon the giving of a notice as described below, if (1) the Issuers determine that (a) as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any relevant Tax Jurisdiction or taxing authority thereof or therein affecting taxation, or any change in official position regarding application or interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings (including a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction), which change or amendment is announced or becomes effective on or after a date specified in Section 3.1, if any date is so specified, the Issuers have or will become obligated to pay, on the next succeeding date on which interest is due, Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 10.5 with respect to any Note of such Series or (b) on or after a date specified pursuant to Section 3.1 with respect to any Note of such Series, any action has been taken by any taxing authority of, or any decision has been rendered by a court of competent jurisdiction in, any relevant Tax Jurisdiction or taxing authority thereof or therein, including any of those actions specified in (a) above, whether or not such action was taken or decision was rendered with respect to the Issuers, or any change, amendment, application or interpretation shall be officially proposed, which, in any such case, in the Opinion of Counsel to the Issuers, will result in the Issuers becoming obligated to pay, on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, Additional Amounts with respect to any Note of such Series and (2) in any such case, the Issuers in their business judgment determine that such obligation cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to the Issuers; provided however , that (i) no such notice of redemption may be given earlier than 90 or later than 30 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuers would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts were a payment in respect of the Notes then due, and (ii) at the time such notice of redemption is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect.

 

11.9                         Affiliate Purchase in Lieu of Redemption or Repayment on Maturity

 

Notwithstanding the other provisions of the Indenture, the Issuers may, by providing notice to the Trustee or Trustees at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date or Stated Maturity, as applicable, elect to have an Affiliate of any Issuer (other than an Offshore Associate, in respect of Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd) purchase all, but not less than all, of the Notes so to be redeemed or repaid at a price equal to the Redemption Price, in the case of Notes called for redemption, or at a price equal to the principal amount, in the case of Notes coming due at Stated Maturity, together with any accrued and unpaid interest (in each case, the “ Purchase Price ”). Upon payment therefore of an amount equal to the Purchase Price, such Notes shall be cancelled by the Trustee or Trustees and a new certificate in the name of such Affiliate will be issued by the Trustee or Trustees upon receipt by the Trustee or Trustees of an Issuers Order, provided however, that such cancellation and reissuance of certificates shall be deemed not to represent a novation of the debt represented by such Notes, but rather such Notes shall be deemed transferred to such Affiliate and such debt shall continue to remain outstanding on the same terms subject to such modifications, if any, as may be agreed by the Issuers and such Affiliate in writing.  Such Affiliate shall not be permitted to vote such Notes in connection with any matter put before Holders for approval, unless 100% of the Notes of each Series of Notes

 

88



 

entitled to be voted in respect of such matter are held by the Issuers or their Affiliates.  Should such Affiliate fail to make full payment of the Purchase Price on the Redemption Date or Stated Maturity, as applicable, then such Notes shall become due and payable as otherwise provided for but for this Section 11.9. The Trustee or Trustees may request, and the Issuers and their counsel shall provide upon such request, any additional supporting documentation in connection with this Section 11.9, including but not limited to an Opinion of Counsel addressed to the Trustee or Trustees in support of the Affiliate purchase herein described.

 

ARTICLE 12
SINKING FUNDS

 

12.1                         Applicability of Article

 

(a)                                  Redemption of Notes through operation of a sinking fund as permitted or required by any form of Note issued pursuant to this Indenture shall be made in accordance with such form of Note and this Article; provided , however , that if any provision of any such form of Note shall conflict with any provision of this Article, the provision of such form of Note shall govern.

 

(b)                                  The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Notes of any Series is herein referred to as a “ mandatory sinking fund payment ”, and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of Notes of any Series is herein referred to as an “ optional sinking fund payment ”.  If provided for by the terms of Notes of any Series, the cash amount of any mandatory sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 12.2.  Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Notes of any Series as provided for by the terms of Notes of such Series.

 

12.2                         Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Notes

 

Subject to Section 12.3, in lieu of making all or any part of any mandatory sinking fund payment with respect to any Notes of such Series in cash, the Issuers may at their option (1) deliver to the Trustee or Trustees Outstanding Notes of a Series (other than any previously called for redemption) theretofore purchased or otherwise acquired by the Issuers together in the case of any Bearer Notes of such Series with all unmatured coupons appertaining thereto, and/or (2) receive credit for the principal amount of Notes of such Series which have been previously delivered to the Trustee or Trustees by the Issuers or for Notes of such Series which have been redeemed either at the election of the Issuers pursuant to the terms of such Notes or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Notes, in each case in satisfaction of all or any part of any mandatory sinking fund payment with respect to the Notes of the same Series required to be made pursuant to the terms of such Notes as provided for by the terms of such Series; provided , however , that such Notes have not been previously so credited.  Such Notes shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee or Trustees at the Redemption Price specified in such Notes for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such mandatory sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.

 

89



 

12.3                         Redemption of Notes for Sinking Fund

 

(a)                                  Not less than 60 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for any Series of Notes, the Issuers will deliver to the Trustee or Trustees an Officer’s Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing sinking fund payment for that Series pursuant to the terms of that Series, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash in the Currency in which the Notes of such Series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1 for the Notes of such Series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering or crediting Notes of that Series pursuant to Section 12.2 (which Notes will, if not previously delivered, accompany such certificate) and whether the Issuers intend to exercise its right to make a permitted optional sinking fund payment with respect to such Series.  Such certificate shall be irrevocable and upon its delivery the Issuers shall be obligated to make the cash payment or payments therein referred to, if any, on or before the next succeeding sinking fund payment date.  In the case of the failure of the Issuers to deliver such certificate, the sinking fund payment due on the next succeeding sinking fund payment date for that Series shall be paid entirely in cash and shall be sufficient to redeem the principal amount of such Notes subject to a mandatory sinking fund payment without the option to deliver or credit Notes as provided in Section 12.2 and without the right to make any optional sinking fund payment, if any, with respect to such Series.

 

(b)                                  Not more than 60 days before each such sinking fund payment date the Trustee or Trustees shall select the Notes to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 11.3 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Issuers in the manner provided in Section 11.4.  Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Notes shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Sections 11.6 and 11.7.

 

(c)                                   On or prior to any sinking fund payment date, the Issuers shall pay to the Trustee or Trustees or a Paying Agent (or, if the Issuers are acting as their own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 10.3) in cash a sum equal to any interest that will accrue to the date fixed for redemption of Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed on such sinking fund payment date pursuant to this Section 12.3.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to a sinking fund for any Series of Notes, if at any time the amount of cash to be paid into such sinking fund on the next succeeding sinking fund payment date, together with any unused balance of any preceding sinking fund payment or payments for such Series, does not exceed in the aggregate $100,000, the Trustee or Trustees, unless requested by the Issuers, shall not give the next succeeding notice of the redemption of Notes of such Series through the operation of the sinking fund.  Any such unused balance of moneys deposited in such sinking fund shall be added to the sinking fund payment for such Series to be made in cash on the next succeeding sinking fund payment date or, at the request of the Issuers, shall be applied at any time or from time to time to the purchase of Notes of such Series, by public or private purchase, in the open market or otherwise, at a purchase price for such Notes (excluding accrued interest and brokerage commissions, for which the Trustee or Trustees or any Paying Agent will be reimbursed by the Issuers) not in excess of the principal amount thereof.

 

90


 

ARTICLE 13
REPAYMENT AT OPTION OF HOLDERS

 

13.1                         Applicability of Article

 

Repayment of Notes of any Series before their Stated Maturity at the option of Holders thereof, as permitted by any form of Note issued pursuant to this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such form of Note and this Article; provided , however , that if any provision of any such form of Note shall conflict with any provision of this Article, the provision of such form of Note shall govern.

 

13.2                         Repayment of Notes

 

Notes of any Series subject to repayment in whole or in part at the option of the Holders thereof will, unless otherwise provided in the terms of such Notes, be repaid at a price equal to the principal amount thereof, together with interest, if any, thereon accrued to the Repayment Date specified in or pursuant to the terms of such Notes.  The Issuers covenant that on or before the Repayment Date they will deposit with the Trustee or Trustees or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Issuers are acting as their own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 10.3) an amount of money in the Currency in which the Notes of such Series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1 for the Notes of such Series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) sufficient to pay the principal (or, if so provided by the terms of the Notes of any Series, a percentage of the principal) of and (except if the Repayment Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) accrued interest, if any, on, all the Notes or portions thereof, as the case may be, to be repaid on such date.

 

13.3                         Exercise of Option

 

(a)                                  Notes of any Series subject to repayment at the option of the Holders thereof will contain an “Option to Elect Repayment” form on the reverse of such Notes.  To be repaid at the option of the Holder, any Note so providing for such repayment, with the “Option to Elect Repayment” form on the reverse of such Note duly completed by the Holder (or by the Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), must be received by the Issuers at the Place of Payment therefor specified in the terms of such Note (or at such other place or places or which the Issuers shall from time to time notify the Holders of such Notes) not earlier than 45 days nor later than 30 days prior to the Repayment Date.  If less than the entire principal amount of such Note is to be repaid in accordance with the terms of such Note, the principal amount of such Note to be repaid, in increments of the minimum denomination for Notes of such Series, and the denomination or denominations of the Note or Notes to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the principal amount of such Note surrendered that is not to be repaid, must be specified.  The principal amount of any Note providing for repayment at the option of the Holder thereof may not be repaid in part if, following such repayment, the unpaid principal amount of such Note would be less than the minimum authorized denomination of Notes of the Series of which such Note to be repaid is a part.  Except as otherwise may be provided by the terms of any Note providing for repayment at the option of the Holder thereof, exercise of the repayment option by the Holder shall be irrevocable unless waived by the Issuers.

 

91



 

(b)                                  For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the repayment of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Note, repaid or to be repaid only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Notes which has been or is to be repaid.

 

13.4                         When Notes Presented for Repayment Become Due and Payable

 

(a)                                  If Notes of any Series providing for repayment at the option of the Holders thereof shall have been surrendered as provided in this Article and as provided by or pursuant to the terms of such Notes, such Notes or the portions thereof, as the case may be, to be repaid shall become due and payable and shall be paid by the Issuers on the Repayment Date therein specified, and on and after such Repayment Date (unless the Issuers shall default in the payment of such Notes on such Repayment Date) such Notes shall, if the same were interest-bearing, cease to bear interest and the coupons for such interest appertaining to any Bearer Notes so to be repaid, except to the extent provided below, shall be void.  Upon surrender of any such Note for repayment in accordance with such provisions, together with all coupons, if any, appertaining thereto maturing after the Repayment Date, the principal amount of such Note so to be repaid shall be paid by the Issuers, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Repayment Date; provided , however , that coupons whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Repayment Date shall be payable only at an office or agency located outside the United States (except as otherwise provided in Section 10.2) and, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1, only upon presentation and surrender of such coupons; and provided further that unless otherwise contemplated by Section 3.1, in the case of Registered Notes, whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Repayment Date, installments of interest, if any, shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes, or one or more Predecessor Notes, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 3.7.

 

(b)                                  If any Bearer Note surrendered for repayment shall not be accompanied by all appurtenant coupons maturing after the Repayment Date, such Note may be paid after deducting from the amount payable therefor as provided in Section 13.2 an amount equal to the face amount of all such missing coupons, or the surrender of such missing coupon or coupons may be waived by the Issuers and the Trustee or Trustees if there be furnished to them such security or indemnity as they may require to save each of them and any Paying Agent harmless.  If thereafter the Holder of such Note shall surrender to the Trustee or Trustees or any Paying Agent any such missing coupon in respect of which a deduction shall have been made as provided in the preceding sentence, such Holder shall be entitled to receive the amount so deducted; provided , however , that interest represented by coupons shall be payable only at an office or agency located outside the United States (except as otherwise provided in Section 10.2) and, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, only upon presentation and surrender of those coupons.

 

(c)                                   If the principal amount of any Note surrendered for repayment shall not be so repaid upon surrender thereof, such principal amount (together with interest, if any, thereon accrued to such Repayment Date) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Repayment Date at the rate of interest or Yield to Maturity (in the case of Original Issue Discount Notes) set forth in such Note.

 

92



 

13.5                         Notes Repaid in Part.

 

Any Note which is to be repaid only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article) shall be surrendered at a Place of Payment therefor (with, if the Issuers or the Trustee or Trustees so require, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuers and the Note Registrar duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee or Trustees shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes of the same Series, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, and having the same terms and provisions and in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered which is not to be repaid.

 

ARTICLE 14
DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

14.1                         Issuers’ Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

 

Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1 for Notes of any Series, the provisions of this Article 14 shall apply to each Series of Notes, and the Issuers may, at their option, effect defeasance of the Notes of or within a Series under Section 14.2, or covenant defeasance of or within a Series under Section 14.3 in accordance with the terms of such Notes and in accordance with this Article.

 

14.2                         Defeasance and Discharge

 

Upon the Issuers’ exercise of the above option applicable to this Section with respect to any Notes of or within a Series, the Issuers shall be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to such Outstanding Notes and any related coupons on the date the conditions set forth in Section 14.4 are satisfied (hereinafter, “ defeasance ”).  For this purpose, such defeasance means that the Issuers shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by such Outstanding Notes and any related coupons, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 14.5 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (A) and (B) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes and any related coupons and this Indenture insofar as such Notes and any related coupons are concerned (and the Trustee or Trustees, at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:  (A) the rights of Holders of such Outstanding Notes and any related coupons to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 14.4 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Notes and any related coupons when such payments are due, (B) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 10.2 and 10.3 and with respect to the payment of Additional Amounts, if any, on such Notes as contemplated by Section 10.5, (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee or Trustees hereunder and (D) this Article 14.  Subject to compliance with this Article 14, the Issuers may exercise their option under this Section 14.2 notwithstanding the prior exercise of their option under Section 14.3 with respect to such Notes and any related coupons.

 

93



 

14.3                         Covenant Defeasance

 

Upon the Issuers’ exercise of the above option applicable to this Section with respect to any Notes of or within a Series, the Issuers shall be deemed to have been discharged from, if specified pursuant to Section 3.1, their obligations under any covenant, with respect to such Outstanding Notes and any related coupons on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 14.4 are satisfied (hereinafter, “ covenant defeasance ”), and such Notes and any related coupons shall thereafter be deemed not to be “Outstanding” for the purposes of any request, demand, authorization, notice, direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder.  For this purpose, such covenant defeasance means that, with respect to such Outstanding Notes and any related coupons, the Issuers may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 5.1(4) or Section 5.1(9) or otherwise, as the case may be, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and any related coupons shall be unaffected thereby.

 

14.4                         Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

 

The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 14.2 or 14.3 to any Outstanding Notes of or within a Series and any related coupons:

 

(1)                                  The Issuers shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee or Trustees (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 6.1 who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Article 14 applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of such Notes and any related coupons, (A) an amount (in such Currency in which such Notes and any related coupons are then specified as payable at Stated Maturity), except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1 for the Notes of such Series and except as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e), or (B) Government Obligations applicable to such Notes (determined on the basis of the Currency in which such Notes are then specified as payable at Stated Maturity), except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1 for the Notes of such Series and except as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e), which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment of principal of (and premium, if any), and interest, if any, under such Notes and any related coupons, money in an amount, or (C) a combination thereof, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee or Trustees, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee or Trustees (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, (i) the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Outstanding Notes and any related coupons on the Stated Maturity (or Redemption Date, if applicable) of such principal (and premium, if any) or installment of

 

94



 

interest, if any, and (ii) any mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments applicable to such Outstanding Notes and any related coupons on the day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of such Notes and any related coupons; provided that the Trustee or Trustees shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such money or the proceeds of such Government Obligations to said payments with respect to such Notes and any related coupons.  Before such a deposit, the Issuers may give to the Trustee or Trustees, in accordance with Section 11.2 hereof, a notice of their election to redeem all or any portion of such Outstanding Notes at a future date in accordance with the terms of the Notes of such Series and Article 11 hereof, which notice shall be irrevocable.  Such irrevocable redemption notice, if given, shall be given effect in applying the foregoing.

 

(2)                                  No Default or Event of Default with respect to such Notes or any related coupons shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or, insofar as paragraphs (6) or (7) of Section 5.1 are concerned, at any time during the period ending on the 91st day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until the expiration of such period).

 

(3)                                  Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Issuers are a party or by which they are bound.

 

(4)                                  In the case of an election under Section 14.2 in respect of U.S. Dollar Notes, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustees an Opinion of Counsel qualified to practice law in the United States stating that (x) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (y) since the date of execution of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of such Outstanding Notes and any related coupons will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred.

 

(5)                                  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall be effected in compliance with any additional or substitute terms, conditions or limitations in connection therewith pursuant to Section 3.1.

 

(6)                                  The Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee or Trustees an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to either the defeasance under 14.2 or the covenant defeasance under Section 14.3 (as the case may be) have been complied with.

 

(7)                                  In the case of an election under Section 14.3 in respect of U.S. Dollar Notes, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustees an Opinion of Counsel qualified to practice law in the United States to the effect that the Holders of such Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same

 

95



 

amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred.

 

(8)                                  The Issuers shall have delivered to the Canadian Trustee an Opinion of Counsel qualified to practice law in Canada or a ruling from Canada Revenue Agency to the effect that the Holders of such Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, and will be subject to Canadian federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case had such defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, not occurred (and for the purposes of such opinion, such Canadian counsel shall assume that Holders of the Notes include Holders who are not resident in Canada).

 

(9)                                  None of the Issuers is an “insolvent person” within the meaning of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) on the date of such deposit or at any time during the period ending on the 91st day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until the expiration of such period).

 

(10)                           The Issuers have delivered to the Trustees an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such deposit shall not cause the Trustee or the trust so created to be subject to the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

14.5                         Deposited Money and Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

 

(a)                                  Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.3, all money and Government Obligations (or other property as may be provided pursuant to Section 3.1) (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee or Trustees (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 14.5, the “Trustees”) pursuant to Section 14.4 in respect of such Outstanding Notes and any related coupons shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustees, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and any related coupons and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuers acting as their own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes and any related coupons of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(b)                                  Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Note pursuant to Section 3.1, if, after a deposit referred to in Section 14.4(1) has been made, (a) the Holder of a Note in respect of which such deposit was made is entitled to, and does, elect pursuant to Section 3.12(b) or the terms of such Note to receive payment in a Currency other than that in which the deposit pursuant to Section 14.4(1) has been made in respect of such Note, or (b) a Conversion Event occurs as contemplated in Section 3.12(d) or 3.12(e) or by the terms of any Note in respect of which the deposit pursuant to Section 14.4(1) has been made, the indebtedness represented by such Note and any related coupons shall be deemed to have been, and will be, fully discharged and satisfied through the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and

 

96



 

interest, if any, on such Note as they become due out of the proceeds yielded by converting (from time to time as specified below in the case of any such election) the amount or other property deposited in respect of such Note into the Currency in which such Note becomes payable as a result of such election or Conversion Event based on the applicable Market Exchange Rate for such Currency in effect on the third Business Day prior to each payment date, except, with respect to a Conversion Event, for such Currency in effect (as nearly as feasible) at the time of the Conversion Event.

 

(c)                                   The Issuers shall pay and indemnify the Trustee or Trustees against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 14.4 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of such Outstanding Notes and any related coupons.

 

(d)                                  Anything in this Article 14 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee or Trustees shall deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon Issuers Request any money or Government Obligations (or other property and any proceeds therefrom) held by it as provided in Section 14.4 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee or Trustees, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, in accordance with this Article.

 

14.6                         Reinstatement

 

If the Trustee or Trustees or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money in accordance with Section 14.5 by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture and such Notes and any related coupons shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 14.2 or 14.3, as the case may be, until such time as the Trustee or Trustees or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 14.5; provided , however , that if the Issuers make any payment of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any such Note or any related coupon following the reinstatement of their obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes and any related coupons to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Trustees or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 15
MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF NOTES

 

15.1                         Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called

 

If Notes of a Series are issuable as Bearer Notes, a meeting of Holders of Notes of such Series may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to this Article to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders of Notes of such Series.

 

97



 

15.2                         Call, Notice and Place of Meetings

 

(a)                                  The Trustee or Trustees may at any time call a meeting of Holders of Notes of all or any one or more Series, and the Trustee or Trustees shall convene a meeting upon receipt of a request of the Issuers or upon receipt of a request in writing to the Trustee or Trustees by the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of any Series, for any purpose specified in Section 15.1, to be held at such time and at such place in Toronto, Ontario or City of New York, New York or  as the Trustee or Trustees shall determine.  Notice of every meeting of Holders of Notes of any Series, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be given, in the manner provided for in Section 1.6, not less than 21 nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.  Holders shall reimburse the Trustee or Trustees for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses relating to the calling and holding of such meeting if called by such Holders.  The Holders shall indemnify the Trustee or Trustees for, and to hold such Trustee or Trustees harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on such Trustee’s or Trustees’ part, arising out of or in connection with the calling of such meeting on behalf of Holders, including the costs and expenses of defending such Trustee or Trustees against any claim or liability in connection with such meeting.

 

(b)                                  In case at any time the Issuers, pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of any Series shall have requested the Trustee or Trustees to call a meeting of the Holders of Notes of such Series for any purpose specified in Section 15.1, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting (which notice need not include the terms of any resolution to be proposed), and the Trustee or Trustees shall not have made the first publication of the notice of such meeting within 21 days after receipt of such request or shall not thereafter proceed to cause the meeting to be held as provided herein, then the Issuers or the Holders of Notes of such Series in the amount above specified, as the case may be, may determine the time and the place in The City of New York, New York or Toronto, Ontario for such meeting and may call such meeting for such purposes by giving notice thereof as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.

 

15.3                         Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings

 

To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of Notes of any Series, a Person shall be (1) a Holder of one or more Outstanding Notes of such Series, or (2) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy for a Holder or Holders of one or more Outstanding Notes of such Series by such Holder of Holders.  The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders of Notes of any Series shall be the Person entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel, any representatives of the Trustee or Trustees and such Trustee’ or Trustees’ counsel and any representatives of the Issuers and their counsel.

 

15.4                         Quorum; Action

 

(a)                                  The Persons entitled to vote 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of the applicable Series shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Holders of Notes of such Series; provided , however , that, if any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent or waiver which this Indenture expressly provides may be given by the Holders of not

 

98



 

less than a specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of a Series, the Persons entitled to vote such specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of such Series shall constitute a quorum.  In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Holders of Notes of such Series, be dissolved.  In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting.  In the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such adjourned meeting.  Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 15.2(a), except that such notice need be given only once not less than five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. At the reconvening of any adjourned meeting, the Holders of the Outstanding Notes entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum and shall transact the business for which the meeting was originally convened, notwithstanding that they may not represent at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes.

 

(b)                                  Except as limited by the proviso to Section 9.2, any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of such Series as are entitled to vote at such meeting; provided , however , that, except as limited by the proviso to Section 9.2, any resolution with respect to any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action which this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage, which is less than a majority, in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of a Series may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid by the affirmative vote of the Holders of not less than such specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of such Series present at such meeting.

 

(c)                                   Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Holders of Notes of any Series duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the Holders of Notes of such Series and the related coupons, whether or not present or represented at the meeting.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 15.4, if any action is to be taken at a meeting of Holders of Notes of any Series with respect to any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action that this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage in principal amount of all Outstanding Notes affected thereby, or of the Holders of such Series and one or more additional Series:

 

(i)                                      there shall be no minimum quorum requirement for such meeting; and

 

(ii)                                   the principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of such Series that vote in favor of such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,

 

99



 

waiver or other action shall be taken into account in determining whether such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action has been made, given or taken under this Indenture.

 

15.5                         Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding any provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee or Trustees may make such reasonable regulations as such Trustee or Trustees may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders of Notes of a Series in regard to proof of the holding of Notes of such Series and of the appointment of proxies and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as its shall deem appropriate.  Except as otherwise permitted or required by any such regulations, the holding of Notes shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 1.4 and the appointment of any proxy shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 1.4 or by having the signature of the person executing the proxy witnessed or guaranteed by any trust company, bank or banker authorized by Section 1.4 to certify to the holding of Bearer Notes.  Such regulations may provide that written instruments appointing proxies, regular on their face, may be presumed valid and genuine without the proof specified in Section 1.4 or other proof.

 

(b)                                  The Trustee or Trustees shall, by an instrument in writing appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, which need not be a Holder of Notes, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Issuers or by Holders of Notes as provided in Section 15.2(b), in which case the Issuers or the Holders of Notes of the Series calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman.  A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of such Series represented at the meeting.

 

(c)                                   At any meeting each Holder of a Note of such Series or proxy shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of Outstanding Notes of such Series held or represented by him (determined as specified in the definition of “Outstanding” in Section 1.1); provided , however , that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Note challenged as not Outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not Outstanding.  The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote, except as a Holder of a Note of such Series or proxy.

 

(d)                                  Any meeting of Holders of Notes of any Series duly called pursuant to Section 15.2 at which a quorum is present may be adjourned from time to time by the Chairman with consent of the Holders entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of such Series represented at the meeting and voting thereon; and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

 

15.6                         Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings

 

The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders of Notes of any Series shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders of Notes of such Series or of their representatives by proxy and the principal amounts and serial

 

100


 

numbers of the Outstanding Notes of such Series held or represented by them.  The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in duplicate of all votes cast at the meeting.  A record, at least in duplicate, of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders of Notes of any Series shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was given as provided in Section 15.2 and, if applicable, Section 15.4.  Each copy shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one such copy shall be delivered to the Issuers, and another to the Trustee or Trustees to be preserved by the Trustee or Trustees, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting.  Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

 

15.7                         Instruments in Writing

 

All actions that may be taken and all powers that may be exercised by the Holders at any meeting of Holders of Notes of any Series may also be taken and exercised by an instrument in writing signed in one or more counterparts by Holders representing not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of such Series as are entitled to vote at such meeting; provided , however , that, except as limited by the proviso to Section 9.2, any resolution with respect to any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action which this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage, which is less than a majority, in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of a Series may also be taken and exercised by an instrument in writing signed in one or more counterparts by the Holders of not less than such specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of such Series as are entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

15.8                         Meetings - U.S. Dollar Note Holders

 

A Supplemental Indenture under which U.S. Dollar Notes are issued may include provisions relating to the acts of Holders and meetings applicable to the Holders of such U.S. Dollar Notes and the U.S. Trustee.  The Issuers and the Trustees shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, as applicable.

 

This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Indenture.

 

*  *  *  *  *

 

101



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the day and year first above written. Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd executes this document as a deed.

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE ULC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

“John Stinebaugh”

 

 

Name:

John Stinebaugh

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

“John Stinebaugh”

 

 

Name:

John Stinebaugh

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

“Jane Sheere”

 

 

Name:

Jane Sheere

 

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE PTY LTD

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

“Jonathon Sellar”

 

 

Name:

Jonathon Sellar

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

“Michael Ryan”

 

 

Name:

Michael Ryan

 

 

Title:

Director or Company Secretary

 

102



 

 

 

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA ,

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

By:

 

“David Ha”

 

 

Name:

David Ha

 

 

Title:

Corporate Trust Officer

 

 

 

By:

 

“Stanley Kwan”

 

 

Name:

Stanley Kwan

 

 

Title:

Associate Trust Officer

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORMS OF CERTIFICATION

 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE GIVEN BY

PERSON ENTITLED TO RECEIVE BEARER NOTE

OR TO OBTAIN INTEREST PAYABLE PRIOR
TO THE EXCHANGE DATE

 

CERTIFICATE

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE ULC, BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LLC, BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LIMITED, and BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE PTY LTD

· % Notes due ·

 

This is to certify that as of the date hereof, and except as set forth below, the above-captioned Notes held by you for our account (i) are owned by any person(s) that is not a citizen or resident of the United States; a corporation or partnership (including any entity treated as a corporation or partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia unless, in the case of a partnership, Treasury Regulations provide otherwise; any estate whose income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source or; a trust if (A) a United States court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one of more United States persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (B) a trust in existence on August 20, 1996, and treated as a United States person before this date that timely elected to continue to be treated as a United States person (“ United States persons(s) ”), (ii) are owned by United States person(s) that are (a) foreign branches of United States financial institutions (financial institutions, as defined in United States Treasury Regulation Section 1.165-12(c)(1)(iv) are herein referred to as “ financial institutions ”) purchasing for their own account or for resale, or (b) United States person(s) who acquired the Notes through foreign branches of United States financial institutions and who hold the Notes through such United States financial institutions on the date hereof (and in either case (a) or (b), each such United States financial institution hereby agrees, on its own behalf or through its agent, that you may advise Brookfield Infrastructure Finance ULC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance LLC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Limited, and Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd or their agent that such financial institution will comply with the requirements of Section 165(j)(3)(A), (B) or (C) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder), or (iii) are owned by United States or foreign financial institution(s) for purposes of resale during the restricted period (as defined in United States Treasury Regulation Section 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(7)), and, in addition, if the owner is a United States or foreign financial institution described in clause (iii) above (whether or not also described in clause (i) or (ii)), this is to further certify that such financial institution has not acquired the Notes for

A-1-1



 

purposes of resale directly or indirectly to a United States person or to a person within the United States or its possessions.

 

As used herein, “United States” means the United States of America (including the states and the District of Columbia); and its “possessions” include Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, Wake Island and the Northern Mariana Islands.

 

We undertake to advise you promptly by in writing or by electronic transmission on or prior to the date on which you intend to submit your certification relating to the above-captioned Notes held by you for our account in accordance with your operating procedures if any applicable statement herein is not correct on such date, and in the absence of any such notification it may be assumed that this certification applies as of such date.

 

This certificate excepts and does not relate to U.S.$ · of such interest in the above-captioned Notes in respect of which we are not able to certify and as to which we understand an exchange for an interest in a permanent Global Note or an exchange for and delivery of definitive Notes (or, if relevant, collection of any interest) cannot be made until we do so certify.

 

We understand that this certificate may be required in connection with certain tax legislation in the United States.  If administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certificate is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certificate or a copy thereof to any interested party in such proceedings.

 

Dated:            ·

 

[To be dated no earlier than the 15 th
day prior to (i) the Exchange Date or (ii) the
relevant Interest Payment Date occurring
prior to the Exchange Date, applicable]

 

 

[Name of Person Making Certification]

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

A-1-2



 

EXHIBIT A-2

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE GIVEN BY A DEPOSITORY
IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OF A PORTION OF A
TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE OR TO OBTAIN INTEREST
PAYABLE PRIOR TO THE EXCHANGE DATE

 

CERTIFICATE

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE ULC, BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LLC, BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LIMITED, and BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE PTY LTD

· % Notes due ·

 

This is to certify that based solely on written certifications that we have received in writing or by electronic transmission from each of the persons appearing in our records as persons entitled to a portion of the principal amount set forth below (our “ Member Organizations ”) substantially in the form attached hereto, as of the date hereof, U.S.$ · principal amount of the above-captioned Notes (i) is owned by any person(s) that is not a citizen or resident of the United States; a corporation or partnership (including any entity treated as a corporation or partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia unless, in the case of a partnership, Treasury Regulations provide otherwise; any estate whose income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source or; a trust if (A) a United States court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one of more United States persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (B) a trust in existence on August 20, 1996, and treated as a United States person before this date that timely elected to continue to be treated as a United States person (“ United States person(s) ”), (ii) is owned by United States person(s) that are (a) foreign branches of United States financial institutions (financial institutions, as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.165-12(c)(1)(iv) are herein referred to as “ financial institutions ”) purchasing for their own account or for resale, or (b) United States person(s) who acquired the Notes through foreign branches of United States financial institutions and who hold the Notes through such United States financial institutions on the date hereof (and in either case (a) or (b), each such financial institution has agreed, on its own behalf or through its agent, that we may advise Brookfield Infrastructure Finance ULC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance LLC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Limited, and Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd or their agent that such financial institution will comply with the requirements of Section 165(j)(3)(A), (B) or (C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder), or (iii) is owned by United States or foreign financial institution(s) for purposes of resale during the restricted period (as defined in United States Treasury Regulation Section 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(7)) and, to the further effect, that financial institutions described in clause (iii) above (whether or not also described in clause (i) or (ii)) have certified that they have not acquired the Notes for purposes of resale directly or indirectly to a United States person or to a person within the United States or its possessions.

 



 

As used herein, “United States” means the United States of America (including the states and the District of Columbia); and its “possessions” include Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, Wake Island and the Northern Mariana Islands.

 

We further certify that (i) we are not making available herewith for exchange (or, if relevant, collection of any interest) any portion of the temporary Global Note representing the above-captioned Notes excepted in the above-referenced certificates of Member Organizations and (ii) as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any of our Member Organizations to the effect that the statements made by such Member Organizations with respect to any portion of the part submitted herewith for exchange (or, if relevant, collection of any interest) are no longer true and cannot be relied upon as of the date hereof.

 

We understand that this certification is required in connection with certain tax legislation in the United States.  If administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certificate is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certificate or a copy thereof to any interested party in such proceedings.

 

Dated:            ·

 

[To be dated no earlier than the 15 th
day prior to (i) the Exchange Date or (ii) the
relevant Interest Payment Date occurring
prior to the Exchange Date, applicable]

 

 

[DEPOSITORY]

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

2




Exhibit 4.7

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE ULC,

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LLC,

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LIMITED,

 

and

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE PTY LTD
Issuers

 

and

 

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA
Trustee

 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

supplementing the Indenture dated as of October 10, 2012

 

-and-

 

providing for the issue of

 

MEDIUM TERM NOTES

 



 

ARTICLE 1

 

INTERPRETATION

2

1.1

To Be Read With Indenture

2

1.2

First Supplemental Indenture

2

1.3

Definitions

2

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

 

ISSUE OF THE NOTES

9

2.1

Form, Terms and Certification and Delivery of the Notes

9

2.2

Execution of Notes

11

2.3

Certification

11

2.4

Additional Events of Default

11

 

 

ARTICLE 3

 

INTEREST, PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL AND REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE

12

3.1

Record Date

12

3.2

Payment of Interest

12

3.3

Payment of Principal and Premium

12

3.4

Redemptions and Repurchases

12

3.5

Location of Registers

13

3.6

Additional Amounts

13

3.7

Trustee, etc.

13

 

 

ARTICLE 4

 

CHANGE OF CONTROL

13

4.1

Redemption upon a Change of Control

13

 

 

ARTICLE 5

 

COVENANTS

14

5.1

Limitations on Indebtedness

14

5.2

Limitation on Liens

14

 

 

ARTICLE 6

 

MISCELLANEOUS

15

6.1

Acceptance of Trust

15

6.2

Confirmation of Indenture

15

6.3

Trust Indenture Act

15

 



 

6.4

Counterparts

15

6.5

Use of Proceeds

15

6.6

Responsibility for Notes

15

 

SCHEDULE I - FORM OF NOTES

 



 

THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of the 10th day of October, 2012

 

BETWEEN:

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE ULC , an unlimited liability company formed under the laws of Alberta

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LLC , a limited liability company formed under the laws of Delaware

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LIMITED , a corporation incorporated under the laws of Bermuda

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE PTY LTD , a proprietary company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of Australia

 

(collectively, the “ Issuers ”)

 

- and -

 

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA , a trust company incorporated under the laws of Canada (the “ Trustee ”)

 

WHEREAS the Issuers entered into an indenture (the “ Indenture ”) dated as of October 10, 2012 which provided for the issuance of one or more Series of unsecured notes of the Issuers by way of Supplemental Indentures;

 

AND WHEREAS this First Supplemental Indenture is entered into for the purpose of providing for the creation and issuance of a series of Notes to be designated “ Medium Term Notes ” (herein called the “ Notes ”) pursuant to the Indenture and establishing the terms, provisions and conditions of the Notes;

 

AND WHEREAS this First Supplemental Indenture is executed pursuant to all necessary authorizations and resolutions of the Issuers;

 

AND WHEREAS the foregoing recitals are made as representations and statements of fact by the Issuers and not by the Trustee;

 

NOW THEREFORE THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSES and it is hereby covenanted, agreed and declared as follows:

 



 

ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                To Be Read With Indenture

 

This First Supplemental Indenture is a Supplemental Indenture within the meaning of the Indenture.  The Indenture and this First Supplemental Indenture shall be read together and shall have effect so far as practicable as though all the provisions of both indentures were contained in one instrument.

 

1.2                                First Supplemental Indenture

 

The terms “ this First Supplemental Indenture ”, “ this indenture ”, “ herein ”, “ hereof ”, “ hereby ”, “ hereunder ”, and similar expressions, unless the context otherwise specifies or requires, refer to the Indenture as supplemented by this First Supplemental Indenture and not to any particular Article, Section, subsection or clause or other portion thereof, and include every instrument supplemental or ancillary to this First Supplemental Indenture.

 

1.3                                Definitions

 

All terms which are defined in the Indenture and used but not defined in this First Supplemental Indenture shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture, as such meanings may be amended by this First Supplemental Indenture.  In the event of any inconsistency between the terms in the Indenture and this First Supplemental Indenture, the terms in this First Supplemental Indenture shall prevail in respect of the Notes.

 

Applicable Spread ” means the number of basis points as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement;

 

BAM ” means Brookfield Asset Management Inc.;

 

Below Investment Grade Rating Event ” shall be deemed to have occurred on any day within the 60 day period (which shall be extended during an Extension Period (as defined below)) after the earlier of (i) the occurrence of a Change of Control and (ii) public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or the intention by the Issuers or BIP to effect a Change of Control, if, in either case, the Notes are downgraded to below an Investment Grade Rating by more than half, and, if there are fewer than three Rating Agencies, all of the Rating Agencies that then rate the Notes.  For the purpose of this definition, an “ Extension Period ” shall occur and continue for so long as the aggregate of (a) the number of Rating Agencies that have placed the Notes on publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade during the initial 60-day period and (b) the number of Rating Agencies that have downgraded the Notes to below an Investment Grade Rating during either the initial 60-day period or the Extension Period is sufficient to result in a Change of Control Triggering Event, should one or more of the Rating Agencies that have placed the Notes on publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade subsequently downgrade the Notes to below an Investment Grade Rating.  The Extension Period shall terminate when two of the Rating Agencies (if there are three Rating Agencies) or one of the Rating Agencies (if there are fewer than three Rating Agencies) have confirmed that the Notes are not undergoing consideration for a possible downgrade, and have not downgraded the Notes, to below an Investment Grade Rating;

 

BILP ” means Brookfield Infrastructure L.P.;

 

BIP ” means Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P.;

 



 

Borrowing Issuer(s) ” has the meaning attributed to such term in Section 6.6;

 

Canada Yield Price ” means a price equal to the price of the Notes (or the portion thereof to be redeemed) calculated to provide a yield to maturity equal to the sum of the Government of Canada Yield calculated at 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date plus the Applicable Spread;

 

Capital Lease Obligation ” of any Person means the obligation to pay rent or other payment amounts under a lease of (or other Indebtedness arrangements conveying the right to use) real or personal property of such Person which is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease or a liability on the face of a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP from time to time and which has a term to stated maturity of at least 18 months.  The stated maturity of such obligation shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty;

 

Change of Control ” means (i) the sale of all or substantially all of an Issuer’s or the Guarantors’ assets, other than any such sale to any one or more of the Issuers, Guarantors or BAM, and/or any Subsidiary of any of the Issuers, Guarantors or BAM, or any of their respective successors, or (ii) the consummation of any transaction including, without limitation, any merger, amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation the result of which is that any Person or group of Persons acting jointly and in concert, other than BAM and/or one or more Affiliates of BAM (or any of their respective successors), becomes the owner (directly or indirectly) of more than 50% of all issued and outstanding Voting Stock of an Issuer or the general partner of BIP, measured by voting power rather than number of shares;

 

Change of Control Offer ” has the meaning attributed to such term in Section 4.1.1;

 

Change of Control Payment ” has the meaning attributed to such term in Section 4.1.1;

 

Change of Control Payment Date ” has the meaning attributed to such term in Section 4.1.2;

 

Change of Control Triggering Event ” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Below Investment Grade Rating Event;

 

Deposits ” means all intercompany deposits, advances of funds and payables;

 

Financial Instrument Obligations ” of any Person, means, at any time with respect to such Person, obligations for transactions arising under:

 

(a)                                  any interest swap agreement, forward rate agreement, floor, cap or collar agreement, futures or options, insurance or other similar agreement or arrangement, or any combination thereof, entered into or guaranteed by such Person where the subject matter of the same is interest rates or the price, value, or amount payable thereunder is dependent or based upon the interest rates or fluctuations in interest rates in effect from time to time (but, for certainty, shall exclude conventional floating rate debt);

 

(b)                                  any currency swap agreement, cross-currency agreement, forward agreement, floor, cap or collar agreement, futures or options, insurance or other similar agreement or arrangement, or any combination thereof, entered into or guaranteed by such Person where the subject matter of the same is currency exchange rates or the price, value or amount payable thereunder is dependent or based upon currency exchange rates or fluctuations in currency exchange rates in effect from time to time; and

 



 

(c)                                   any agreement, whether financial or physical, for the purchase, sale, exchange, making or taking of any commodity (including natural gas, oil, electricity, coal, emission credits or other energy products), any commodity swap agreement, floor, cap or collar agreement or commodity future or option or other similar agreements or arrangements, or any combination thereof, entered into or guaranteed by such Person where the subject matter of the same is any commodity or the price, value or amount payable thereunder is dependent or based upon the price of any commodity or fluctuations in the price of any commodity in effect from time to time,

 

to the extent of the net amount due or accruing due thereunder at such time (determined by marking-to-market the same in accordance with their terms);

 

Funded Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, Indebtedness but excludes (i) any Indebtedness of such Person that, on the date of issue or assumption of liability, has a term to maturity (including any right of extension or renewal) of 18 months or less, (ii) Inter-Company Indebtedness of such Person, and (iii) Qualifying Subordinated Indebtedness of such Person;

 

Global Note ” means a Note that evidences all or part of the Notes in the form set out in Schedule 1 hereto;

 

Government of Canada Yield ” means, on any date, with respect to any Notes, the yield to maturity on such date, compounded semi-annually, which an assumed new issue of non-callable Government of Canada bonds denominated in Canadian dollars would carry if issued in Canada at 100% of its principal amount on such date, with a term to maturity as nearly as possible equal to the remaining term to maturity of such Notes.  The Government of Canada Yield will be the average (rounded to four decimal points) of the bid-side yields provided by the Investment Dealers in accordance with the terms of this First Supplemental Indenture;

 

IIROC ” means the Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada;

 

Indebtedness ” of any Person means (without duplication), whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person and whether or not contingent, obligations treated in accordance with GAAP from time to time as indebtedness, including:  (i) every obligation of such Person for money borrowed; (ii) every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; (iii) every reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person; (iv) every obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (but excluding trade accounts payable or accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue or which are being contested in good faith); (v) the Net Swap Exposure of such Person; (vi) every Capital Lease Obligation of such Person; (vii) the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price, as at the time of determination, of all Redeemable Stock of such Person that is not Qualifying Redeemable Stock; and (viii) every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vii) of another Person and all dividends of another Person the payment of which, in either case, such Person has guaranteed or for which such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, excluding any obligation in respect of Qualifying Redeemable Stock and any obligation of another Person in relation to Net Swap Exposure, the payment of which such Person has guaranteed and which guarantee is included above as indebtedness in accordance with GAAP from time to time;

 

Indenture has the meaning attributed to such term in the recitals hereto;

 



 

Inter-Company Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any of the Issuers, a Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries, Indebtedness owing to any one or more of the Issuers, Guarantors and/or any Subsidiary of the Issuers or Guarantors;

 

Interest Rate means the interest rate as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement;

 

Investment Dealers ” means two investment dealers selected by the Issuers who are independent of the Issuers and are each members of IIROC (or if IIROC shall cease to exist, such other independent investment dealer as the Issuers may select, with the approval of the Trustee, acting reasonably), which Investment Dealers shall be retained by and at the cost of the Issuers to determine the Government of Canada Yield.  The two investment dealers shall be any two agents party to the Agency Agreement (as defined in the Prospectus Supplement dated October 4, 2012);

 

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than (i) “BBB-” (or the equivalent) by S&P, and (ii) in respect of any Rating Agency other than S&P, if applicable, a rating by such Rating Agency in one of its generic rating categories that signifies investment grade;

 

Loan ” means an obligation for money borrowed;

 

Limited Recourse Indebtedness ” as applied to any Indebtedness of any Person means any Indebtedness that is or was incurred to finance a specific facility or portfolio of facilities or the acquisition of financial assets, provided that if such Indebtedness is with recourse to any of the Issuers or a Guarantor, such recourse is on an unsecured basis to such Issuer or Guarantor (except as subsequently provided herein) and is limited to liabilities or obligations relating to the specific facility or portfolio of facilities or financial assets, and provided further that such Indebtedness may be secured by a lien on only (i) the property and assets that constitute such facility, portfolio of facilities or financial assets, as the case may be, (ii) the income from and proceeds of such facility, portfolio of facilities or financial assets, as the case may be, (iii) the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of any of the Issuers or a Guarantor, or other entity, that owns an interest in such facility, portfolio of facilities or financial assets, or any interest that any such Subsidiary, or other entity, holds of any other Person owning any interest in such facility, portfolio of facilities or financial assets, and (iv) the contracts pertaining to such facility, portfolio of facilities or financial assets.

 

Net Swap Exposure ” means the net position of Financial Instrument Obligations of any Person that are:  (i) in excess of 18 months from the time the relevant calculation is made; and (ii) considered as indebtedness in accordance with GAAP from time to time;

 

Net Worth ” means an amount equal to the sum of (i) the equity or capital of BIP (including the partners’ capital, retained earnings or deficits, accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, and contributed and revaluation surplus of BIP) and all preferred equity and equity components of capital Securities of BIP, (ii) the principal amount of all Qualifying Subordinated Indebtedness of BIP, and (iii) the consolidated Qualifying Redeemable Stock of BIP, determined in each case on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as at the date of the most recent financial statements of BIP;

 

Non-Controlling Interests ” means, at the time of any determination thereof, the amount that would be shown on a consolidated financial statement of BIP at such time, prepared in accordance with GAAP at such time, of non-controlling interests owned by minority stakeholders in BIP’s consolidated entities, and includes preferred shares, limited partnership interests and trust units;

 

Notes means any notes of any tranche referred to in Article 2 of this First Supplemental Indenture;

 



 

“Permitted Encumbrances” means any of the following, with respect to any of the Issuers or a Guarantor:

 

(a)                                  any encumbrance on the assets of any one or more of the Issuers and/or Guarantors to secure Indebtedness up to an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time of the greater of 5% of Net Worth and $100 million;

 

(b)                                  any encumbrance to secure Indebtedness in excess of the principal amount referred to in clause (a); provided that the obligations in respect of the Notes are secured equally and ratably with such Indebtedness and all other Indebtedness which is required to be secured equally and ratably;

 

(c)                                   any encumbrance for collateral pledged (including parental guarantees) for Financial Instrument Obligations and any encumbrance on or against cash or marketable debt securities pledged to secure Financial Instrument Obligations provided that such encumbrances are not incurred for speculative purposes;

 

(d)                                  any encumbrance in existence as of the date of the issuance of Notes or arising thereafter pursuant to contractual commitments entered into prior to such issuance;

 

(e)                                   any encumbrance on property of any Person which exists at the time such Person is merged into, or amalgamated or consolidated with any Issuer or Guarantor in compliance with this Indenture, or any encumbrance on property that exists when such property is directly or indirectly acquired by any Issuer or Guarantor, which encumbrance does not extend to any other property or assets of such Issuer or Guarantor, other than an encumbrance incurred in contemplation of such merger, amalgamation, consolidation or acquisition;

 

(f)                                    any encumbrance or right of distress reserved in or exercisable under any lease for rent to which any Issuer or Guarantor is a party and for compliance with the terms of the lease;

 

(g)                                   any encumbrance reserved in or exercisable under any subdivision, site plan control, development, reciprocal, servicing, facility, facility cost sharing or similar agreement with a Governmental Authority currently existing or hereafter entered into with a Governmental Authority, which does not or in aggregate do not materially interfere with the use of the property for the purposes for which it is held or materially detract from the value thereof;

 

(h)                                  encumbrances respecting encroachments by facilities on neighboring lands over any property owned by any Issuer or Guarantor which do not materially interfere with the use thereof for the purposes for which the property is held or materially detract from the value thereof;

 

(i)                                      permits, licenses, agreements, easements (including, without limitation, heritage easements and agreements relating thereto), restrictions, restrictive covenants, reciprocal rights, rights-of-way, public ways, rights in the nature of an easement and other similar rights in land granted to or reserved by other Persons (including, without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, permits, licenses, agreements, easements, rights-of-way, sidewalks, public ways, and rights in the nature of easements or servitudes for sewers, drains, steam, gas and water mains or electric light and power or telephone and telegraph conduits, poles, wires and cables);

 


 

(j)             liens incurred in the ordinary course of business, other than in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness, that do not individually or in the aggregate with all other Permitted Encumbrances materially detract from the value of the assets encumbered or materially interfere with their use in the ordinary course of business;

 

(k)            cash deposited with any lender to cash collateralize (i) bankers acceptances or depository notes within the meaning of the Depository Bills and Notes Act (Canada), (ii) bills of exchange within the meaning of the Bills of Exchange Act (Canada) or (iii) letters of credit, in each case, pursuant to the terms of any credit facility permitted hereunder;

 

(l)             any encumbrance for any Tax, (i) secured by a bond or other reasonable security, (ii) not yet due or (iii) being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings so long as adequate reserves have been provided therefor in accordance with GAAP;

 

(m)           any encumbrance arising out of judgments or awards so long as enforcement of such encumbrance has been stayed and an appeal or proceeding for review is being prosecuted in good faith and for the payment of which adequate reserves, bonds or other reasonable security have been provided or are fully covered by insurance;

 

(n)            encumbrances, deposits or pledges to secure statutory obligations of any Issuer or Guarantor arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(o)            any encumbrance imposed by law which were incurred in the ordinary course of business, including carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ liens and other similar liens arising in the ordinary course of business, and which (i) do not individually or in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the assets subject thereto or materially impair the use thereof in the operations of the business of such Person or (ii) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the assets subject to such liens and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP;

 

(p)            any encumbrance arising from leases or license agreements (other than Capital Lease Obligations) entered into by any Issuer or Guarantor in the ordinary course of business;

 

(q)            any encumbrance created, incurred or assumed to secure any purchase money obligation;

 

(r)             any encumbrance created, incurred or assumed to secure any Limited Recourse Indebtedness;

 

(s)             any encumbrance on or against cash or marketable debt securities in a sinking fund account established in support of a Series of Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture; and

 

(t)             any extension, renewal, alteration or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals, alterations or replacements) in whole or in part, of any encumbrance referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) through (s) inclusive, provided that the extension, renewal, alteration or replacement of such encumbrance is limited to all or any part of the same assets that secured the encumbrance extended, renewed, altered or replaced (plus improvements on such assets) and the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased.

 



 

Premium ” means, with respect to any Note at a particular time, the excess, if any, of the then applicable Redemption Price of such Note over the principal amount of such Note.

 

Pricing Supplement ” means a pricing supplement to the Prospectus, in either or both of the English and French languages, incorporated by reference into the Prospectus for the purpose of distributing the Notes, as contemplated by National Instrument 44-102 - Shelf Distributions ;

 

Program Amount ” means the aggregate principal amount of Notes qualified for issuance from time to time under the Prospectus then in effect;

 

Prospectus ” means the short form base shelf prospectus of the Issuers, BIP and Brookfield Infrastructure Preferred Equity Inc. with respect to the continuous offering of debt securities and Class A preference shares filed with the securities regulatory authority in each of the provinces and territories of Canada from time to time, including any amendments or supplements thereto (other than any Pricing Supplement);

 

Qualifying Redeemable Stock ” of any Person means any Redeemable Stock of such Person that can be satisfied or acquired, in the sole discretion of the Person who issued such Redeemable Stock, BIP or a Subsidiary of BIP, with or in exchange for Capital Stock of such Person, or a Subsidiary of BIP that is not itself Redeemable Stock;

 

Qualifying Subordinated Indebtedness ” of any Person means Indebtedness of such Person (i) which by its terms provides that the payment of principal of (and Premium, if any) and interest on and all other payment obligations in respect of such Indebtedness shall be subordinate to the prior payment in full of the Notes to at least the extent that no payment of principal of (or Premium, if any) or interest on or otherwise due in respect of such Indebtedness may be made for so long as there exists any default in the payment of principal (or Premium, if any) or interest on the Notes or any other default that with the passing of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes and (ii) which expressly by its terms gives such Person the right to make payments of principal (and Premium, if any) and interest and all other payment obligations in respect of such Indebtedness in equity of the Issuers, a Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries;

 

Rating Agencies ” means (i) S&P and any other nationally recognized statistical rating organization selected by the Issuers that then rates the Notes, and (ii) if any of the Rating Agencies ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available for reasons outside the Issuers’ control, a nationally recognized statistical rating organization selected by the Issuers (as certified by a resolution of the Board of each Issuer) as a replacement agency for such Rating Agency, or some or all of them, as the case may be, and “ Rating Agency ” means any one of them;

 

Redeemable Stock ” of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any Note into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the final stated maturity of the Notes;

 

Redemption Price ” means, with respect to a Note being redeemed, the greater of (i) the Canada Yield Price, and (ii) par, together in each case with the accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption;

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. and its successors;

 



 

Total Consolidated Capitalization ” means (without duplication), in accordance with GAAP from time to time, on a consolidated basis, the sum of (i) Net Worth, (ii) the Non-Controlling Interests, and (iii) all Funded Indebtedness of BIP;

 

Trustee means Computershare Trust Company of Canada; and

 

U.S. Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

ARTICLE 2
ISSUE OF THE NOTES

 

2.1           Form, Terms and Certification and Delivery of the Notes

 

2.1.1        The first series of Notes authorized to be issued from time to time hereunder, as one or more tranches, shall be designated “ Medium Term Notes ” and are herein sometimes called the “ Notes ”.  The Notes may be issued by the Issuers in separate tranches from time to time in an unlimited aggregate principal amount and may only be validly issued when the aggregate principal amount of the relevant tranche of Notes to be issued, when added to the aggregate principal amount of all Notes previously or simultaneously issued under the Prospectus in effect on the date of issue, does not exceed the Program Amount. Upon any increase or decrease from time to time in the Program Amount, the Issuers shall forthwith deliver to the Trustee a copy of a Board Resolution of each of the Issuers approving such change certified by any one of the Board members or officers, as the case may be, of each of the Issuers, together with a copy of any amendment of or supplement to the Prospectus relating to such increase or decrease.  Notes shall be delivered to the Trustee and shall be certified by or on behalf of the Trustee and delivered by it to or upon the receipt of a written order of each of the Issuers on the following terms:

 

2.1.1.1           Date and Interest.  Each Note of any tranche issued from time to time shall be dated as of the date of issue and shall bear interest (if any) from, and including, the date of issue at the rate (either fixed or floating and, if floating the manner of calculation thereof) determined by the Issuers at the time of issue.  Interest, if any, shall be payable on the date determined by the Issuers at the time of issue, at the interest rate and calculated in the manner so determined and as well after as before maturity and after default with interest on overdue interest at the same rate, computed in the same manner as interest on the original principal amount, from, and including, its due date until actual payment. If an interest payment date is not a Business Day, then the payment will be made on the next Business Day with no adjustment.

 

2.1.1.2           Maturity.  Each Note shall mature on the date determined by the Issuers at the time of issue, provided that such date shall not be earlier than one year from the date of issue.

 

2.1.1.3           Pricing Supplements.   The Issuers shall prepare one or more Pricing Supplements which shall be acceptable to the Trustee, acting reasonably, with respect to each issue of a series of Notes which shall specify the terms and conditions of such series, including the provisions of this Section 2.1, as applicable.

 

2.1.1.4           Denominations.  Notes shall be issued in such denominations as may be determined by the Issuers at the time of issue.  The Notes are issuable in minimum denominations of $1,000.00 and integral multiples thereof, subject to Section 2.1.1.5.

 



 

2.1.1.5           Currency.   The Notes shall be issued and payable in such currency as is determined by the Issuers at the time of issue.

 

2.1.1.6           Form of Notes.   Each tranche of Notes and the certificate of the Trustee endorsed thereon shall each be issuable initially as one or more Global Notes held by, or on behalf of, CDS, as depository, for its participants and registered in the name of CDS or its nominee.  Each Global Note will be substantially in the form set out in Schedule 1 hereto with such appropriate additions, deletions, substitutions and variations as the Trustee may approve and shall bear such distinguishing letters and numbers as the Trustee may approve, with such approval in each case to be conclusively deemed to have been given by the Trustee certifying such Notes.

 

2.1.1.7           Place of Payment.  Payments of principal and interest on each registered interest bearing Note shall, subject to Section 2.1.1.5, be made in lawful money of Canada at the head office of the Trustee in Toronto, Ontario.

 

2.1.1.8           U.S. Securities Laws.  The Trustee acknowledges that the Notes have not been and will not be registered under the U.S. Securities Act or any U.S. state securities laws, and may not be offered or sold within the United States, except in certain transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and applicable U.S. state securities laws.

 

2.1.2        The written order of the Issuers for the certification and delivery of such Notes shall specify the place of delivery, denominations and registration particulars (if any) for such Notes and shall also specify the following particulars relating to such Notes (unless such particulars are contained in forms of Notes duly completed by the Issuers and delivered concurrently with such written order):

 

2.1.2.1     the date of issue;

 

2.1.2.2     the principal amount;

 

2.1.2.3     the currency (if other than Canadian dollars);

 

2.1.2.4     the interest rate (if any);

 

2.1.2.5     the manner of calculation of interest (if any);

 

2.1.2.6     the Interest Payment Dates (if any);

 

2.1.2.7     the terms of any redemption rights; and

 

2.1.2.8     the terms of any other special provisions relating to such Notes.

 

2.1.3.       Upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents and instruments required pursuant to this Section 2.1, the Trustee shall certify the Notes and cause such Notes to be delivered in accordance with the written order of the Issuers.

 



 

2.2           Execution of Notes

 

Each of the Notes shall be signed (either manually, by facsimile or other electronic signature) by any one of each of the Issuers’ Board members or officers, as the case may be.  Each of the Notes may be executed on behalf of each Issuer in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signature upon any of the Notes shall for all purposes of this First Supplemental Indenture be deemed to be the signature of the individual whose signature it purports to be and to have been signed at the time of such signature and notwithstanding that any individual whose signature may appear on the Notes is not, at the date of this First Supplemental Indenture or at the date of the Note or at the date of the certification and delivery thereof, a Board member or officer, as the case may be, of an Issuer, such Notes shall be valid and binding upon the Issuers and entitled to the benefits of this First Supplemental Indenture.

 

2.3           Certification

 

2.3.1        No Notes shall be issued or, if issued, shall be obligatory or shall entitle the Holder of such Notes to the benefits of this First Supplemental Indenture until it has been certified by or on behalf of the Trustee.  Such certificate on any Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note is duly issued and is a valid obligation of the Issuers and that the Holder of such Note is entitled to the benefits of this First Supplemental Indenture.

 

2.3.2        The certificate of the Trustee on any Note shall not be construed as a representation or warranty by the Trustee as to the validity of this First Supplemental Indenture or of the Notes (except the due certification thereof by the Trustee and any other warranties implied by law) and the Trustee shall in no respect be liable or answerable for the use made of the Notes or the proceeds thereof.

 

2.4           Additional Events of Default

 

2.4.1        In addition to the Events of Default contained in Article 5 of the Indenture, the following events will constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes:

 

2.4.1.1           the failure by the Issuers to comply with their obligations in the event of a Change of Control Triggering Event; or

 

2.4.1.2           default by the Issuers or any Guarantor in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any obligation for borrowed money (other than an obligation payable on demand or maturing less than 18 months from the creation or issue thereof) having an outstanding principal amount in excess of 5% of consolidated Net Worth in the aggregate at the time of default or in the performance of any other covenant of the Issuers or any Guarantor contained in any instrument under which such obligations are created or issued resulting in the acceleration of the final maturity of such obligations; or

 

2.4.1.3           the rendering of a final judgment or judgments (not subject to appeal) against any of the Issuers or any Guarantor in an amount in excess of 5% of the consolidated Net Worth which remains undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days after the date on which the right to appeal has expired.

 

2.4.2        If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, if an Event of Default occurs

 



 

as a result of the failure by the Issuers to comply with their obligations in the event of a Change of Control Triggering Event as described above, the principal of, and any premium and accrued interest on the Notes will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes.

 

ARTICLE 3
INTEREST, PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL
AND REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE

 

3.1           Record Date

 

The Regular Record Date for determining Holders entitled to receive interest on the Notes will be the close of business on the date that is two Business Days preceding the relevant Interest Payment Date for the Notes.

 

3.2           Payment of Interest

 

Prior to an Interest Payment Date, the Issuers will forward or cause to be forwarded to the Trustee (and the Trustee shall subsequently forward to each Holder at the registered address of such Holder as of the Regular Record Date) the interest and Additional Amounts (if any), less any Taxes required by law to be deducted or withheld. If the Issuers forward payment to the Trustee by cheque, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee certified cheque(s) payable to the order of the Trustee on the day that is two Business Days before such Interest Payment Date, and the Trustee will only forward such amounts to the Holders upon receipt of the full amount of interest and Additional Amounts (if any) being paid in immediately available funds.  The forwarding of such cheque(s) will satisfy and discharge the liability for interest upon and Additional Amounts (if any) on such Note to the extent of the sum represented thereby (plus the amount of any Taxes deducted or withheld as aforesaid) unless such cheque(s) are not paid on presentation.  The Issuers, at their option, may cause any amount payable in respect of principal, interest, Additional Amounts (if any) or premium (if any) to be paid to the Trustee by wire transfer(s) to an account specified by the Trustee on the day that is one Business Day before such Interest Payment Date.

 

3.3           Payment of Principal and Premium

 

In accordance with Article 4 of the Indenture, the Issuers will deposit with the Trustee all amounts required to be paid to the order of Holders of Notes on maturity, one Business Day before the maturity date of the Notes.  The deposit of such funds will satisfy and discharge the liability for principal of the Notes to the extent of the sum represented thereby.

 

3.4           Redemptions and Repurchases

 

3.4.1        Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement and subject to Article 11 of the Indenture, at its option, the Issuers may redeem the Notes at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, upon payment of the Redemption Price.  The Issuers will give notice of redemption not more than 60 days and not less than 30 days before the date fixed for redemption.  Less than all of the Notes may be redeemed in accordance with Article 11 of the Indenture.  Notes so redeemed will be cancelled and will not be re-issued.

 

3.4.2        Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the Issuers will be entitled at any time and from time to time to purchase for cancellation all or any of the Notes in the open market (which may include purchases from or through an investment dealer or a firm

 



 

holding membership on a recognized stock exchange), by tender or by private contract at any price at any time.  Notes that are so purchased will be cancelled and will not be re-issued.

 

3.4.3        Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the Notes will not be subject to repurchase pursuant to any sinking fund or any other required repayment provisions.

 

3.5           Location of Registers

 

With respect to the Notes, initially the registers referred to in Section 3.5 of the Indenture shall be kept by and at the principal office of the Trustee in Toronto, Ontario and may be kept in such other place or places, if any, by the Trustee or by such other registrar or registrars (if any) as the Issuers, with the approval of the Trustee, may designate.

 

3.6           Additional Amounts

 

Section 10.5 of the Indenture shall apply to the Notes.

 

3.7           Trustee, etc.

 

The Trustee will be the indenture trustee, authenticating agent, paying agent, transfer agent and registrar for the Notes.

 

ARTICLE 4
CHANGE OF CONTROL

 

4.1           Redemption upon a Change of Control

 

4.1.1        If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Issuers have exercised their right to redeem any Notes as described above, the Issuers will be required to make an offer to repurchase all, or any part (equal to $1,000.00 or an integral multiple thereof), of each Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) on the terms set forth herein. In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuers will be required to offer payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased, to the date of repurchase (the “ Change of Control Payment ”).

 

4.1.2        Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuers will be required to mail a notice to Holders of Notes, with a copy to the Trustee, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase the Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”), pursuant to the procedures required herein and described in such notice. The Issuers must comply with any securities laws and regulations that are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions herein, the Issuers will be required to comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control provisions herein by virtue of such conflicts.

 

4.1.3        On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will be required, to the extent lawful, to:

 



 

(i)     accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

(ii)    deposit with the Trustee an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

 

(iii)   deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate of each of the Issuers stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being repurchased by the Issuers.

 

4.1.4        The Trustee will be required to promptly send a wire transfer comprising, or mail to each Holder of Notes who properly tendered Notes, the purchase price for such Notes and the Trustee will be required to promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each such Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000.00 or an integral multiple thereof.

 

4.1.5        The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if another Person makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer that would be required to be made by the Issuers in connection with a Change of Control Triggering Event, and such Person purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer.

 

ARTICLE 5
COVENANTS

 

5.1           Limitations on Indebtedness

 

The Issuers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, issue, incur, assume or otherwise become liable for or in respect of any Funded Indebtedness unless, after giving effect thereto, the Funded Indebtedness of BIP, calculated on a consolidated basis, would not exceed 75% of Total Consolidated Capitalization.

 

5.2           Limitation on Liens

 

No Issuer will create, incur, assume or permit to exist any lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, unless at the same time the Notes are secured equally and ratably with such lien, provided that this will not apply to Permitted Encumbrances. Upon being advised by the Issuers in writing in an Officer’s Certificate that security has been provided for the Notes on an equal and ratable basis in connection with the grant to a third party of security and subsequently such security to the third party is released, the Trustee will forthwith release the security granted for the Notes.

 



 

ARTICLE 6
MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1           Acceptance of Trust

 

The Trustee accepts the trusts in this First Supplemental Indenture and agrees to carry out and discharge the same upon the terms and conditions set out in this First Supplemental Indenture and in accordance with the Indenture.

 

6.2           Confirmation of Indenture

 

The Indenture as amended and supplemented by this First Supplemental Indenture is in all respects confirmed.

 

6.3           Trust Indenture Act

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Indenture, with respect to the Notes referred to in this First Supplemental Indenture, (i) the Issuers shall not be required to comply with the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act and (ii) Sections 7.2 and 7.3 of the Indenture shall not apply.

 

6.4           Counterparts

 

This First Supplemental Indenture may be executed in several counterparts, each of which once executed shall be deemed to be an original and such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This First Supplemental Indenture may be executed and delivered by facsimile or other electronic transmission of a manually signed counterpart.

 

6.5           Use of Proceeds

 

The Pricing Supplement shall specify each Issuer that is primarily responsible for the repayment of the principal amount of the Notes and interest thereon, together with the intended use of proceeds by such Issuer.

 

6.6           Responsibility for Notes

 

Notwithstanding that each of the Issuers are co-obligors, jointly and severally liable under the Notes for the full principal amount, it is understood and agreed as among the Issuers that only the Issuer(s) nominated as borrower(s) in the Pricing Supplement (the “ Borrowing Issuer(s) ”) shall be primarily responsible for repayment of the total principal amount of the Notes, representing the amount of cash the Borrowing Issuer(s) received from the proceeds of the Notes on the date of issue, plus all interest thereon. To the extent that the Borrowing Issuer(s) actually repay(s) to the Holders more than the share of the indebtedness for which the Borrowing Issuer(s) is/are primarily responsible pursuant to the preceding sentence, then the Borrowing Issuer(s) shall be deemed to have made a loan of such excess amount to, and only to the extent the Borrowing Issuer(s) actually paid such amounts to the Holders and shall be treated as having a right to repayment from, the other Issuers for the amounts such Borrowing Issuer(s) actually paid to the Holders (although such loan and right of repayment shall be subordinated to the rights of the Holders), and the recipients of such deemed loan shall be treated as having repaid such excess amount to the Holders of the Notes. The rights and remedies of the Issuers under this Section 6.6 shall not alter the joint and several obligations of the Issuers to the Holders for the full principal amount of the Notes.

 



 

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this First Supplemental Indenture as of the date first written above. Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd executes this document as a deed.

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE ULC ,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

“John Stinebaugh”

 

 

Name:

John Stinebaugh

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

“John Stinebaugh”

 

 

Name:

John Stinebaugh

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

“Jane Sheere”

 

 

Name:

Jane Sheere

 

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE PTY LTD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

“Jonathon Sellar”

 

 

Name:

Jonathon Sellar

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

By:

 

“Michael Ryan”

 

 

Name:

Michael Ryan

 

 

Title:

Director or Company Secretary

 



 

 

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA , as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

“David Ha”

 

 

Name:

David Ha

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

By:

 

“Stanley Kwan”

 

 

Name:

Stanley Kwan

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

FORM OF NOTE

 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS CLEARING AND DEPOSITORY SERVICES INC. (“CDS”) TO BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE ULC, BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LLC, BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LIMITED, and BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE PTY LTD (THE “ISSUERS”) OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IN RESPECT THEREOF IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CDS & CO., OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CDS & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED HOLDER HEREOF, CDS & CO., HAS A PROPERTY INTEREST IN THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HEREIN AND IT IS A VIOLATION OF ITS RIGHTS FOR ANOTHER PERSON TO HOLD, TRANSFER OR DEAL WITH THIS CERTIFICATE.

 

No.  ·

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE ULC , an unlimited liability company formed under the laws of Alberta

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LLC , a limited liability company formed under the laws of Delaware

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LIMITED , a corporation incorporated under the laws of Bermuda

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE PTY LTD , a proprietary company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of Australia

 

MEDIUM TERM NOTE

 

CUSIP / ISIN Nos.

 

·  /  ·

 

 

 

Issue Date

 

·

 

 

 

Stated Maturity

 

·

 

 

 

Interest Rate

 

· %

 

 

 

Interest Calculation

 

·

 

 

 

Interest Payment Dates

 

·

 



 

Principal Amount

 

$ ·  (the “ Principal Amount” )

 

 

 

Registered Holder

 

·

 

Brookfield Infrastructure Finance ULC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance LLC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Limited, and Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd (the “ Issuers ”) for value received hereby promise to pay to the registered Holder hereof on the Stated Maturity, or on such earlier date as the Principal Amount may become due and payable in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture (as defined below) and with the provisions of the pricing supplement dated · attached to this Note (the “ Pricing Supplement ”), on presentation and surrender of this Note, the Principal Amount in lawful money of Canada at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and to pay interest on the Principal Amount at the interest rate per annum set forth above from the later of the date of issue and the last Interest Payment Date on which interest has been paid or made available for payment on this Note at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, calculated as set forth above, in like money, and if the Issuers at any time default in the payment of any principal, premium or interest, to pay interest on the amount in default at the same rate, calculated as set forth above, in like money, at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and on the same dates.

 

This Note is one of a series of the Notes of the Issuers issued and to be issued under an indenture dated as of October 10, 2012 (the “ Base Indenture ”) made among the Issuers and Computershare Trust Company of Canada (the “ Trustee ”), and a first supplemental indenture dated as of October 10, 2012 (together with the Base Indenture, the “ Indenture ”) made among the Issuers and the Trustee.  The Indenture and the Pricing Supplement specify the terms and conditions upon which the Notes are issued or may be issued and held and the rights of the Holders of Notes, the Issuers and the Trustee, all of which are incorporated by reference in this Note and to all of which the Holder of this Note, by acceptance hereof, agrees.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings attributed to them in the Indenture.

 

Prior to an Interest Payment Date, the Issuers (except in case of payment at maturity or on redemption at which time payment of interest and Additional Amounts (if any) will be made only upon surrender of this Note) will forward or cause to be forwarded to the Trustee the interest and Additional Amounts (if any), less any Taxes required by law to be deducted or withheld. The Trustee shall subsequently mail a cheque for such amount to the registered Holder of this Note at the registered address of such Holder, or in the case of joint Holders to the registered address of the joint Holder first named in the register, payable to the order of such Holder or Holders and negotiable at par at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.  The mailing of such cheque will satisfy and discharge the liability for interest upon and Additional Amounts (if any) on this Note to the extent of the sum represented thereby (plus the amount of any Taxes deducted or withheld as aforesaid) unless such cheque is not paid on presentation. The Trustee may pay or cause to be paid, at its option, any amount payable in respect of principal, interest, Additional Amounts (if any) or premium (if any) to the Holder of this Note, by wire transfer to an account maintained by such Holder.

 

The Notes may be issued in one or more series and without limitation as to aggregate principal amount, but only upon the terms and subject to the restrictions set out in the Indenture.  The aggregate principal amount of Notes of other series which may be issued under the Indenture is unlimited, but such Notes may be issued only upon the terms and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.

 

The Notes are direct obligations of the Issuers but are not secured by any mortgage, pledge, hypothec or other charge.

 

ii



 

Upon compliance with the provisions of the Indenture, Notes of any denomination may be exchanged for an equal aggregate principal amount of Notes in any other authorized denomination or denominations.

 

So long as none of the Issuers is in default under the Indenture, the Issuers may purchase Notes in the open market, by tender or by private contract at any price.

 

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event (as defined in the First Supplemental Indenture), unless the Issuers have exercised any right to redeem the Notes, the Issuers will be required to make an offer to repurchase the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.1 of the First Supplemental Indenture except if another Person makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer that would be required to be made by the Issuers in connection with a Change of Control Triggering Event, and such Person purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer.

 

The Principal Amount may become or be declared due before the Stated Maturity on the conditions, in the manner, with the effect and at the times set forth in the Indenture.

 

The Indenture contains provisions for the holding of meetings of Holders and making resolutions passed at such meetings and instruments in writing signed by the Holders of a specified percentage of the Notes outstanding binding on all Holders, subject to the provisions of the Indenture.

 

This Note may be transferred only upon compliance with the conditions prescribed in the  Indenture on one of the registers kept at the principal offices of the Trustee in Toronto, Ontario and at such other place or places, if any, and by such other registrar or registrars, if any, as the Issuers may designate, by the registered Holder hereof or the Holder’s legal representative or attorney duly appointed by an instrument in writing in form and execution satisfactory to the Trustee, and upon compliance with such reasonable requirements as the Trustee or other registrar may prescribe, and such transfer shall be duly noted hereon by the Trustee or other registrar.

 

[THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY U.S. STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING OR OTHERWISE HOLDING THESE SECURITIES, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE ULC, BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LLC, BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LIMITED AND BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE PTY LTD (THE “ISSUERS”) THAT SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ONLY: (A) TO THE ISSUERS, (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“REGULATION S”) AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS, (C) IN ACCORDANCE WITH (1) RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, IF AVAILABLE, OR (2) RULE 144 UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, IF AVAILABLE, AND, IN THE CASE OF (1) AND (2) ABOVE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE U.S. STATE SECURITIES LAWS, (D) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) IN ANOTHER TRANSACTION THAT DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR APPLICABLE U.S. STATE SECURITIES LAWS; PROVIDED THAT, IN THE CASE OF TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO (C)(2) OR (E) ABOVE, AN

 

iii



 

OPINION OF COUNSEL OF RECOGNIZED STANDING AND IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUERS AND THE TRUSTEE MUST FIRST BE PROVIDED THAT THE SALE OF SUCH SECURITIES IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.  DELIVERY OF THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT CONSTITUTE “GOOD DELIVERY” IN SETTLEMENT OF TRANSACTIONS ON STOCK EXCHANGES IN CANADA.] [Insert if appropriate]

 

The Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein.

 

This Note shall not become obligatory for any purpose until it has been certified by the manual signature of the Trustee under the Indenture.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF Brookfield Infrastructure Finance ULC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance LLC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Limited and Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd have caused this Note to be signed by each of their respective representatives.  Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd executes this Note as a deed.

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE ULC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

iv



 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE PTY LTD

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

Director or Company Secretary

 

v



 

(FORM OF TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE)

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE

 

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture referred to above.

 

 

· , as Canadian Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By: Certifying Officer

 

(FORM OF REGISTRATION PANEL)

(NO WRITING HEREON EXCEPT BY THE TRUSTEE OR OTHER REGISTRAR)

 

DATE OF
REGISTRY

 

IN WHOSE NAME
REGISTERED

 

SIGNATURE OF TRUSTEE
OR OTHER REGISTRAR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

vi



 

(FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER)

 

CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and postal code)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social insurance or security or tax identifying number)

 

 

 

 

and irrevocably          appoint agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 

 

 

 

 

 

* Signature Guarantee

 


* The signature must be guaranteed by an authorized officer of a Schedule I Canadian chartered bank or by a medallion signature guarantee from a member of a recognized Medallion Signature Guarantee Program.

 

vii




Exhibit 4.8

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

GUARANTEE

 

THIS GUARANTEE is made as of the 10th day of October, 2012,

 

BY:

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P. , an exempted partnership formed under the laws of Bermuda (“ BIP ”)

 

 

 

- and -

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE L.P. , an exempted limited partnership formed under the laws of Bermuda (“ BILP ”)

 

 

 

- and -

 

 

 

BIP BERMUDA HOLDINGS I LIMITED , a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda

 

 

 

- and -

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE HOLDINGS (CANADA) INC. , a company incorporated under the laws of Ontario

 

 

 

- and -

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE CORPORATION , a company incorporated under the laws of Delaware

 

 

 

(each, a “ Guarantor ” and, collectively, the “ Guarantors ”)

 

 

 

 

IN FAVOUR OF:

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA , a trust company existing under the laws of Canada

 

 

 

(the “ Trustee ”)

 

RECITALS:

 

A.                                     The Issuers (as defined below) and the Trustee have entered into a first supplemental indenture dated as of the date hereof to the indenture dated as of October 10, 2012, as supplemented (as the same may be further amended, extended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of the Notes (as defined below).

 

[GUARANTEE_BIP_SERIES 1 NOTES]

 



 

B.                                     Each Issuer is either a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of each Guarantor.

 

C.                                     Each Guarantor will, directly or indirectly, benefit from the issuance of the Notes under the Indenture and, accordingly, desires to execute this Guarantee.

 

NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the foregoing and other benefits accruing to each Guarantor, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees with the Trustee as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                                                                Definitions

 

In this Agreement, all capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement will have the meanings given to such terms in the Indenture.  In addition, the following terms will have the following meanings:

 

1.1.1                                “Additional Guarantor” means a “Guarantor” as that term is defined in the Indenture, other than the Guarantors under this Agreement;

 

1.1.2                                “this Agreement” , “this Guarantee”, “herein” , “hereof” , “hereby” , “hereunder” and any similar expressions refer to this Guarantee as it may be supplemented, amended or restated from time to time, and not to any particular Article, section or other portion hereof;

 

1.1.3                                “Event of Default” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(a)                                  any Event of Default under the Indenture;

 

(b)                                  failure on the part of any Guarantor to perform or comply with Section 5.3 of this Agreement;

 

(c)                                   failure on the part of any Guarantor to perform any other covenant or agreement of the Guarantors under this Agreement, which failure continues for a period of 60 consecutive days after a written notice specifying such failure to perform has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Guarantors by the Trustee or Trustees or to the Guarantors and the Trustee or Trustees by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of Outstanding Notes; or

 

(d)                                  failure on the part of any Guarantor to make payment of any amounts payable by it under this Agreement;

 

1.1.4                                “Guaranteed Obligations” means the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Amounts, if any, and interest on all Notes issued by the Issuers under the Indenture from time to time when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, and all other obligations and liabilities owing by the Issuers to the Trustee or Trustees under the Indenture, whether present or future,

 



 

absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, as principal or as surety, alone or with others, of whatsoever nature or kind, in any currency, under or in respect of the Indenture;

 

1.1.5                                “Guarantors’ Counsel” means legal counsel retained by the Guarantors;

 

1.1.6                                Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register;

 

1.1.7                                “Issuers” means Brookfield Infrastructure Finance ULC, a corporation incorporated under the laws of Alberta, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance LLC, a company formed under the laws of Delaware, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd, a company incorporated under the laws of Australia, and each of their respective successors; “ Issuer ” means any one of them;

 

1.1.8                                Notes ” means the 3.455% medium term notes, Series 1, due October 10, 2017;

 

1.1.9                                “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate of a Guarantor or the general partner of a Guarantor, as applicable, signed by any one Board member or officer of such Guarantor or the general partner of such Guarantor, as applicable, in his capacity as an officer and not in his personal capacity; and

 

1.1.10                         “Proceedings” means any receivership, insolvency, proposal, bankruptcy, compromise, arrangement, winding-up, dissolution or other similar judicial proceedings.

 

1.2                                                                                Headings

 

The inclusion of headings in this Agreement is for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation hereof.

 

1.3                                                                                References to Articles and Sections

 

Whenever in this Agreement a particular Article, section or other portion thereof is referred to, such reference pertains to the Article, section or portion thereof contained herein unless otherwise indicated.

 

1.4                                                                                Currency

 

All amounts in this Agreement are stated and shall be paid in Canadian Currency, provided that if Guaranteed Obligations are outstanding in a Currency other than Canadian Currency, a Guarantor, at its option, may pay such amounts in such other Currency, to the extent that the Guaranteed Obligations are outstanding in such other Currency.

 

1.5                                                                                Gender and Number

 

In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa, words importing gender include all genders or the neuter, and words importing the neuter include all genders.

 



 

1.6                                                                                Invalidity of Provisions

 

Each of the provisions contained in this Agreement is distinct and severable and a declaration of invalidity or unenforceability of any such provision or part thereof by a court of competent jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the parties waive any provision of law which renders any provision of this Agreement invalid or unenforceable in any respect.

 

1.7                                                                                Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

1.8                                                                                Governing Law, Attornment

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably attorns to the jurisdiction of the courts of Ontario.

 

ARTICLE 2
GUARANTEE

 

2.1                                                                                Guarantee

 

Each Guarantor unconditionally, jointly and severally, guarantees the due payment of all Guaranteed Obligations.

 

2.2                                                                                Continuing Guarantee

 

The guarantee herein shall be a continuing guarantee of the payment of all the Guaranteed Obligations and shall apply to and secure any ultimate balance thereof due or remaining unpaid.  The guarantee herein shall not be considered as wholly or partially satisfied by the intermediate payment or satisfaction at any time of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

ARTICLE 3
ENFORCEMENT OF GUARANTEE

 

3.1                                                                                Demand

 

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Guarantors shall, on demand by the Trustee or Trustees, forthwith pay to the Trustee or Trustees all Guaranteed Obligations for which such demand was made. Each Guarantor shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations of the Guarantors hereunder.

 



 

3.2                                                                                Right to Immediate Payment or Performance

 

The Trustee or Trustees shall not be bound to make any demand on or to seek or exhaust their recourse against the Issuers or any other Person before being entitled to demand payment from the Guarantors or any one of them and enforce their rights under this Agreement, and each Guarantor hereby renounces all benefits of discussion and division.

 

3.3                                                                                Trustee’s Statement

 

The statement in writing of the Trustee or Trustees as to the amount payable hereunder shall be binding upon the Guarantors and conclusive against them in the absence of manifest error.

 

ARTICLE 4
PROTECTION OF TRUSTEE

 

4.1                                                                                Liability Absolute

 

The liability of the Guarantors hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be discharged, diminished or in any way affected by:

 

4.1.1                                any amalgamation, merger, consolidation or reorganization of an Issuer, a Guarantor or a Trustee, or any continuation of an Issuer, a Guarantor or a Trustee from the statute under which it now or hereafter exists to another statute, whether under the laws of the same jurisdiction or another jurisdiction;

 

4.1.2                                any change in the name, business, objects, capital structure, ownership, constating documents, by-laws or resolutions of an Issuer, a Guarantor or a Trustee, including without limitation any transaction (whether by way of transfer, sale or otherwise) whereby all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets of an Issuer, a Guarantor or a Trustee becomes the property of any other Person;

 

4.1.3                                any Proceedings of or affecting an Issuer, a Guarantor, a Trustee or any other Person, and any court orders made or action taken by an Issuer, a Guarantor, a Trustee or any other Person under or in connection with those Proceedings, whether or not those Proceedings or orders or that action results in any of the matters described in Section 4.2 occurring with or without the consent of the Trustee or Trustees;

 

4.1.4                                any defence, counterclaim or right of set-off available to an Issuer; and

 

4.1.5                                any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute in whole or in part a defence available to, or a discharge of, a Guarantor, an Issuer or any other Person in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations or the liability of a Guarantor.

 



 

4.2                                                                                Dealings by Trustee

 

The Trustee or Trustees may from time to time in their absolute discretion, without discharging, diminishing or in any way affecting the liability of the Guarantors hereunder:

 

4.2.1                                enforce or take action under or abstain from enforcing or taking action under the Indenture, any other guarantee or any other agreement;

 

4.2.2                                renew all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or grant extensions of time or any other indulgences to an Issuer or to any other guarantor or other Person liable directly or as surety for all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;

 

4.2.3                                accept or make any compositions or arrangements with or release, discharge or otherwise deal with or abstain from dealing with an Issuer or any other guarantor or other Person liable directly or as surety for all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;

 

4.2.4                                apply all money at any time received from any Issuer in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations upon such part of the Guaranteed Obligations as the Trustee or Trustees may see fit or change any such application in whole or in part from time to time as each of them may see fit;

 

4.2.5                                in whole or in part prove or abstain from proving a claim of the Trustee or Trustees in any Proceedings of or affecting an Issuer or any other Person; and

 

4.2.6                                agree with an Issuer, any other guarantor or any other Person to do anything described in Sections 4.2.1 to 4.2.5,

 

whether or not any of the matters described above occur alone or in connection with one or more other such matters.

 

ARTICLE 5
COVENANTS OF THE GUARANTORS

 

5.1                                                                                Limitations on Indebtedness

 

The Guarantors will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, issue, incur, assume or otherwise become liable for or in respect of any Funded Indebtedness unless, after giving effect thereto, the Funded Indebtedness of BIP, calculated on a consolidated basis, would not exceed 75% of Total Consolidated Capitalization.

 

5.2                                                                               Limitations on Liens

 

No Guarantor will create, incur, assume or permit to exist any lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, unless at the same time the Notes are secured equally and ratably with such lien, provided that this will not apply to Permitted Encumbrances. Upon being advised by the Guarantors in writing in an Officer’s Certificate that security has been provided for the Guaranteed Obligations on an equal and ratable basis in

 


 

connection with the grant to a third party of security and subsequently such security to the third party is released, the Trustee will forthwith release the security granted for the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

5.3                                                                               Limitations Concerning Merger, Consolidations and Certain Asset Sales

 

No Guarantor shall enter into any transaction or series of transactions whereby all or substantially all of its undertaking, property and assets would become the property of any other Person (herein called a “ Successor ”), whether by way of conveyance, transfer, lease, reorganization, consolidation, amalgamation, arrangement, merger, transfer, sale or otherwise (herein a “ Successor Transaction ”), unless:

 

(a)                                  the Successor shall have executed, prior to or contemporaneously with the consummation of any such transaction, an assumption of the obligations of the applicable Guarantor under this Agreement, including the due and punctual payment of all amounts payable hereunder, and such other instruments as in the opinion of the Guarantors’ Counsel are necessary or advisable to evidence the agreement of the Successor to observe and perform all the covenants and obligations of the applicable Guarantor under this Agreement;

 

(b)                                  immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default, and event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing; and

 

(c)                                   such Guarantor or such Successor shall have delivered to the Trustee or Trustees an opinion of Guarantors’ Counsel (for which the provider of such opinion may rely on an Officer’s Certificate for factual matters), to the effect that such Successor Transaction complies with this Section 5.3 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such Successor Transaction have been complied with.

 

provided, however, the provisions of this Section 5.3 shall not be applicable to any transaction between or among any one or more of any Issuer, any Guarantor, an Additional Guarantor and/or any Subsidiary of any of them.

 

Upon any Successor Transaction in accordance with this Section 5.3, the Successor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the applicable Guarantor under this Guarantee with the same effect as if such Successor had been named as such Guarantor herein, and in the event of any such conveyance or transfer, such Guarantor (which term shall for this purpose mean the Person named as such “Guarantor” in the first paragraph of this Guarantee or any successor Person which shall theretofore become such in the manner described in this Section 5.3), shall be discharged of all obligations and covenants under this Guarantee and may be dissolved and liquidated.

 



 

ARTICLE 6
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

6.1                                                                                Representations and Warranties

 

Each Guarantor represents and warrants to the Trustee or Trustees as follows:

 

6.1.1          it is duly created and existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation or incorporation, as applicable, and has the power and capacity to own its properties and assets and to carry on its business as presently carried on by it;

 

6.1.2          it has the power and capacity to enter into this Agreement and to do all acts and things as are required or contemplated hereunder to be done, observed and performed by it;

 

6.1.3          it has taken all necessary corporate and, if applicable, partnership action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement;

 

6.1.4          if applicable, there is no unanimous shareholder agreement which restricts, in whole or in part, the powers of the directors of such Guarantor to manage or supervise the business and affairs of such Guarantor;

 

6.1.5          the entering into of this Agreement and the performance by such Guarantor of its obligations hereunder does not and will not contravene, breach or result in any default under the constating documents of such Guarantor or under any material mortgage, lease, agreement or other legally binding instrument, license, permit or law to which such Guarantor is a party or by which such Guarantor or any of its properties or assets may be bound and will not result in or permit the acceleration of the maturity of any indebtedness, liability or obligation of such Guarantor under any material mortgage, lease, agreement or other legally binding instrument of or affecting such Guarantor; and

 

6.1.6          no authorization, consent or approval of, of filing with or notice to, any Person or governmental body is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by such Guarantor.

 

ARTICLE 7
DEFAULT

 

7.1                                                                                Judgment Against the Guarantor

 

In case of any judicial or other proceedings to enforce the rights of the Holders, judgment may be rendered against a Guarantor in favour of the Holders or in favour of the Trustee or Trustees, as trustee(s) for the Holders, for any amount which may remain due in respect of the Notes and the interest thereon.

 

7.2                                                                                Immunity of Shareholders, Directors and Officers

 

The Trustee or Trustees and the Holders by their acceptance of the Notes hereby waive and release any right, cause of action or remedy now or hereafter existing in any

 



 

jurisdiction against any past, present or future incorporator, shareholder, director, officer or partner of a Guarantor or the general partner of a Guarantor, as applicable, or of any successor thereof for the payment of the principal of or premium or interest on any of the Notes or on any covenant, agreement, representation or warranty by a Guarantor herein or in the Notes contained.

 

7.3                                                                                Recourse Against BIP and BILP

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Guarantee or the Indenture to the contrary, the obligations of BIP and BILP hereunder will be performed, satisfied and paid only out of, and enforced only against, and recourse will only be had against, the assets of BIP and BILP, respectively. This Agreement and the obligations of BIP and BILP hereunder will not be personally binding upon, and resort will not be had to, nor will recourse or satisfaction be sought from the private property of any of the limited partners of BIP and BILP, respectively.

 

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.1                                                                                Incorporation by Reference

 

The provisions of Sections 1.5 (Notices, etc. to Trustee and Issuers) and 1.6 (Notice to Holders; Waiver), and Articles 6 (The Trustees), 9 (Supplemental Indentures) and 15 (Meetings of Holders of Notes) of the Indenture shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Guarantee.

 

8.2                                                                                Payment of Costs and Expenses

 

The Guarantors shall pay to the Trustee or Trustees on demand all  reasonable costs and expenses of the Trustee or Trustees, their officers, employees and agents and any receiver or receiver-manager appointed by them or by a court in connection with this Agreement, including, without limitation, in connection with:

 

8.2.1          any actual or proposed amendment or modification hereof or any waiver hereunder and all instruments supplemental or ancillary thereto;

 

8.2.2          obtaining advice as to the Trustee’s or Trustees’ rights and responsibilities under this Agreement; and

 

8.2.3          the defence, establishment, protection or enforcement of any of the rights or remedies of the Trustee or Trustees under this Agreement including, without limitation, all costs and expenses of establishing the validity and enforceability of, or of collection of amounts owing under, this Agreement;

 

and further including, without limitation, all of the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of the Trustee’s or Trustees’ lawyers, on a substantial indemnity basis, incurred in connection therewith and all sales or value-added taxes payable by the Trustee or Trustees (whether refundable or not) on all such costs and expenses.

 



 

8.3                                                                                No Waiver

 

No delay on the part of the Trustee or Trustees in the exercise of any right, power or remedy hereunder or otherwise shall operate as a waiver thereof, and no single or partial exercise by the Trustee or Trustees of any right, power or remedy shall preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.  No action of the Trustee or Trustees permitted hereunder shall in any way impair or affect their rights, powers or remedies under this Agreement.

 

8.4                                                                                Termination

 

For greater certainty, this Guarantee shall terminate and be of no further force and effect at the earlier of the date that: (i) the Guaranteed Obligations have been indefeasibly paid or performed in full; and (ii) all of the Notes have been purchased by an Affiliate of any Issuer in accordance with the Indenture.

 

8.5                                                                                Successors and Assigns

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and enure to the benefit of the Trustee or Trustees and their successors and assigns.

 

8.6                                                                                Copy Received

 

Each Guarantor acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Agreement.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF each Guarantor has executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P. , by its general partner, BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

by:

“Jane Sheere”

 

 

Name: Jane Sheere

 

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE L.P. , by its general partner, BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE GP L.P. , by its general partner, BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE GENERAL PARTNER LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

by:

“Jane Sheere”

 

 

Name: Jane Sheere

 

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

 

BIP BERMUDA HOLDINGS I LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

by:

“Jane Sheere”

 

 

Name: Jane Sheere

 

 

Title: Secretary

 



 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE HOLDINGS (CANADA) INC.

 

 

 

 

 

by:

“Aleks Novakovic”

 

 

Name: Aleks Novakovic

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE CORPORATION

 

 

 

by:

“John Stinebaugh”

 

 

Name: John Stinebaugh

 

 

Title: President

 




Exhibit 4.9

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

GUARANTEE

 

THIS GUARANTEE is made as of the 27th day of November, 2013,

 

BY:

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE US HOLDINGS I CORPORATION , a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware

 

 

 

 

 

(the “ Guarantor ” or the “ Corporation ”)

 

 

 

IN FAVOUR OF:

 

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA , a trust company existing under the laws of Canada

 

 

 

 

 

(the “ Trustee ”)

 

RECITALS:

 

A.                                    The Issuers (as defined below) and the Trustee have entered into a first supplemental indenture dated as of October 10, 2012 to the indenture dated as of October 10, 2012, as supplemented (as the same may be further amended, extended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of the Notes (as defined below).

 

B.                                    Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P., Brookfield Infrastructure L.P., Brookfield Infrastructure Holdings (Canada) Inc., Brookfield Infrastructure LLC (formerly Brookfield Infrastructure Corporation) and BIP Bermuda Holdings I Limited (collectively, the “ Existing Guarantors ”) have each unconditionally, jointly and severally, guaranteed the due payment of all Guaranteed Obligations (as defined below) pursuant to a guarantee in favour of the Trustee dated as of October 10, 2012 (the “ Original Guarantee ”).

 

C.                                    Each Issuer is an Affiliate of the Guarantor.

 

D.                                    The Guarantor will, directly or indirectly, benefit from the issuance of the Notes under the Indenture and, accordingly, desires to execute this Guarantee.

 

NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the foregoing and other benefits accruing to the Guarantor, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees with the Trustee as follows:

 

[GUARANTEE_BIP_SERIES 1 NOTES]

 



 

ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                                                                Definitions

 

In this Agreement, all capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement will have the meanings given to such terms in the Indenture.  In addition, the following terms will have the following meanings:

 

1.1.1                                “Additional Guarantor” means a “Guarantor” as that term is defined in the Indenture, other than the Guarantor under this Agreement;

 

1.1.2                                “this Agreement” , “this Guarantee”, “herein” , “hereof” , “hereby” , “hereunder” and any similar expressions refer to this Guarantee as it may be supplemented, amended or restated from time to time, and not to any particular Article, section or other portion hereof;

 

1.1.3                                “Event of Default” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(a)                                  any Event of Default under the Indenture;

 

(b)                                  failure on the part of the Guarantor to perform or comply with Section 5.3 of this Agreement;

 

(c)                                   failure on the part of the Guarantor to perform any other covenant or agreement of the Guarantor under this Agreement, which failure continues for a period of 60 consecutive days after a written notice specifying such failure to perform has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Guarantor by the Trustee or Trustees or to the Guarantor and the Trustee or Trustees by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of Outstanding Notes; or

 

(d)                                  failure on the part of the Guarantor to make payment of any amounts payable by it under this Agreement;

 

1.1.4                                “Guaranteed Obligations” means the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Amounts, if any, and interest on all Notes issued by the Issuers under the Indenture from time to time when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, and all other obligations and liabilities owing by the Issuers to the Trustee or Trustees under the Indenture, whether present or future, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, as principal or as surety, alone or with others, of whatsoever nature or kind, in any currency, under or in respect of the Indenture;

 

1.1.5                                “Guarantor’s Counsel” means legal counsel retained by the Guarantor;

 

1.1.6                                Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register;

 

[GUARANTEE_BIP_SERIES 1 NOTES]

 



 

1.1.7                                “Issuers” means Brookfield Infrastructure Finance ULC, a corporation incorporated under the laws of Alberta, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance LLC, a company formed under the laws of Delaware, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd, a company incorporated under the laws of Australia, and each of their respective successors; “ Issuer ” means any one of them;

 

1.1.8                                Notes ” means the 3.455% medium term notes, Series 1, due October 10, 2017;

 

1.1.9                                “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate of the Guarantor, signed by any one Board member or officer of the Guarantor, in his capacity as an officer and not in his personal capacity; and

 

1.1.10                         “Proceedings” means any receivership, insolvency, proposal, bankruptcy, compromise, arrangement, winding-up, dissolution or other similar judicial proceedings.

 

1.2                                                                                Headings

 

The inclusion of headings in this Agreement is for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation hereof.

 

1.3                                                                                References to Articles and Sections

 

Whenever in this Agreement a particular Article, section or other portion thereof is referred to, such reference pertains to the Article, section or portion thereof contained herein unless otherwise indicated.

 

1.4                                                                                Currency

 

All amounts in this Agreement are stated and shall be paid in Canadian Currency, provided that if Guaranteed Obligations are outstanding in a Currency other than Canadian Currency, the Guarantor, at its option, may pay such amounts in such other Currency, to the extent that the Guaranteed Obligations are outstanding in such other Currency.

 

1.5                                                                                Gender and Number

 

In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa, words importing gender include all genders or the neuter, and words importing the neuter include all genders.

 

1.6                                                                                Invalidity of Provisions

 

Each of the provisions contained in this Agreement is distinct and severable and a declaration of invalidity or unenforceability of any such provision or part thereof by a court of competent jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the parties waive any provision of law which renders any provision of this Agreement invalid or unenforceable in any respect.

 

[GUARANTEE_BIP_SERIES 1 NOTES]

 



 

1.7                                                                                Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

1.8                                                                                Governing Law, Attornment

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably attorns to the jurisdiction of the courts of Ontario.

 

ARTICLE 2
GUARANTEE

 

2.1                                                                                Guarantee

 

The Guarantor unconditionally guarantees the due payment of all Guaranteed Obligations.

 

2.2                                                                                Continuing Guarantee

 

The guarantee herein shall be a continuing guarantee of the payment of all the Guaranteed Obligations and shall apply to and secure any ultimate balance thereof due or remaining unpaid.  The guarantee herein shall not be considered as wholly or partially satisfied by the intermediate payment or satisfaction at any time of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

ARTICLE 3
ENFORCEMENT OF GUARANTEE

 

3.1                                                                                Demand

 

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Guarantor shall, on demand by the Trustee or Trustees, forthwith pay to the Trustee or Trustees all Guaranteed Obligations for which such demand was made.

 

3.2                                                                                Right to Immediate Payment or Performance

 

The Trustee or Trustees shall not be bound to make any demand on or to seek or exhaust their recourse against the Issuers or any other Person before being entitled to demand payment from the Guarantor and enforce their rights under this Agreement, and the Guarantor hereby renounces all benefits of discussion and division.

 

3.3                                                                                Trustee’s Statement

 

The statement in writing of the Trustee or Trustees as to the amount payable hereunder shall be binding upon the Guarantor and conclusive against it in the absence of manifest error.

 

[GUARANTEE_BIP_SERIES 1 NOTES]

 


 

ARTICLE 4
PROTECTION OF TRUSTEE

 

4.1                                                                                Liability Absolute

 

The liability of the Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be discharged, diminished or in any way affected by:

 

4.1.1                                any amalgamation, merger, consolidation or reorganization of an Issuer, the Guarantor or a Trustee, or any continuation of an Issuer, the Guarantor or a Trustee from the statute under which it now or hereafter exists to another statute, whether under the laws of the same jurisdiction or another jurisdiction;

 

4.1.2                                any change in the name, business, objects, capital structure, ownership, constating documents, by-laws or resolutions of an Issuer, the Guarantor or a Trustee, including without limitation any transaction (whether by way of transfer, sale or otherwise) whereby all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets of an Issuer, the Guarantor or a Trustee becomes the property of any other Person;

 

4.1.3                                any Proceedings of or affecting an Issuer, the Guarantor, a Trustee or any other Person, and any court orders made or action taken by an Issuer, the Guarantor, a Trustee or any other Person under or in connection with those Proceedings, whether or not those Proceedings or orders or that action results in any of the matters described in Section 4.2 occurring with or without the consent of the Trustee or Trustees;

 

4.1.4                                any defence, counterclaim or right of set-off available to an Issuer; and

 

4.1.5                                any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute in whole or in part a defence available to, or a discharge of, the Guarantor, an Issuer or any other Person in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations or the liability of the Guarantor.

 

4.2                                                                                Dealings by Trustee

 

The Trustee or Trustees may from time to time in their absolute discretion, without discharging, diminishing or in any way affecting the liability of the Guarantor hereunder:

 

4.2.1                                enforce or take action under or abstain from enforcing or taking action under the Indenture, any other guarantee or any other agreement;

 

4.2.2                                renew all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or grant extensions of time or any other indulgences to an Issuer or to any other guarantor or other Person liable directly or as surety for all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;

 

4.2.3                                accept or make any compositions or arrangements with or release, discharge or otherwise deal with or abstain from dealing with an Issuer or any other guarantor or other Person liable directly or as surety for all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;

 

[GUARANTEE_BIP_SERIES 1 NOTES]

 



 

4.2.4                                apply all money at any time received from any Issuer in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations upon such part of the Guaranteed Obligations as the Trustee or Trustees may see fit or change any such application in whole or in part from time to time as each of them may see fit;

 

4.2.5                                in whole or in part prove or abstain from proving a claim of the Trustee or Trustees in any Proceedings of or affecting an Issuer or any other Person; and

 

4.2.6                                agree with an Issuer, any other guarantor or any other Person to do anything described in Sections 4.2.1 to 4.2.5,

 

whether or not any of the matters described above occur alone or in connection with one or more other such matters.

 

ARTICLE 5
COVENANTS OF THE GUARANTOR

 

5.1                                                                                Limitations on Indebtedness

 

The Guarantor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, issue, incur, assume or otherwise become liable for or in respect of any Funded Indebtedness unless, after giving effect thereto, the Funded Indebtedness of BIP, calculated on a consolidated basis, would not exceed 75% of Total Consolidated Capitalization.

 

5.2                                                                               Limitations on Liens

 

The Guarantor will not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, unless at the same time the Notes are secured equally and ratably with such lien, provided that this will not apply to Permitted Encumbrances. Upon being advised by the Guarantor in writing in an Officer’s Certificate that security has been provided for the Guaranteed Obligations on an equal and ratable basis in connection with the grant to a third party of security and subsequently such security to the third party is released, the Trustee will forthwith release the security granted for the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

5.3                                                                               Limitations Concerning Merger, Consolidations and Certain Asset Sales

 

The Guarantor shall not enter into any transaction or series of transactions whereby all or substantially all of its undertaking, property and assets would become the property of any other Person (herein called a “ Successor ”), whether by way of conveyance, transfer, lease, reorganization, consolidation, amalgamation, arrangement, merger, transfer, sale or otherwise (herein a “ Successor Transaction ”), unless:

 

(a)                                  the Successor shall have executed, prior to or contemporaneously with the consummation of any such transaction, an assumption of the obligations of the Guarantor under this Agreement, including the due and punctual payment of all amounts payable hereunder, and such other instruments as in the opinion of the Guarantor’s Counsel are necessary or advisable to evidence the agreement of the

 

[GUARANTEE_BIP_SERIES 1 NOTES]

 



 

Successor to observe and perform all the covenants and obligations of the Guarantor under this Agreement;

 

(b)                                  immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default, and event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing; and

 

(c)                                   the Guarantor or its Successor shall have delivered to the Trustee or Trustees an opinion of Guarantor’s Counsel (for which the provider of such opinion may rely on an Officer’s Certificate for factual matters), to the effect that such Successor Transaction complies with this Section 5.3 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such Successor Transaction have been complied with.

 

provided, however, the provisions of this Section 5.3 shall not be applicable to any transaction between or among any one or more of any Issuer, the Guarantor, any Additional Guarantor and/or any Subsidiary of any of them.

 

Upon any Successor Transaction in accordance with this Section 5.3, the Successor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Guarantor under this Guarantee with the same effect as if such Successor had been named as the Guarantor herein, and in the event of any such conveyance or transfer, the Guarantor (which term shall for this purpose mean the Person named as “Guarantor” in the first paragraph of this Guarantee or any successor Person which shall theretofore become such in the manner described in this Section 5.3), shall be discharged of all obligations and covenants under this Guarantee and may be dissolved and liquidated.

 

ARTICLE 6
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

6.1                                                                                Representations and Warranties

 

The Guarantor represents and warrants to the Trustee or Trustees as follows:

 

6.1.1                                it is duly created and existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation or incorporation, as applicable, and has the power and capacity to own its properties and assets and to carry on its business as presently carried on by it;

 

6.1.2                                it has the power and capacity to enter into this Agreement and to do all acts and things as are required or contemplated hereunder to be done, observed and performed by it;

 

6.1.3                                it has taken all necessary corporate and, if applicable, partnership action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement;

 

6.1.4                                if applicable, there is no unanimous shareholder agreement which restricts, in whole or in part, the powers of the directors of the Guarantor to manage or supervise the business and affairs of the Guarantor;

 

[GUARANTEE_BIP_SERIES 1 NOTES]

 



 

6.1.5                                the entering into of this Agreement and the performance by the Guarantor of its obligations hereunder does not and will not contravene, breach or result in any default under the constating documents of the Guarantor or under any material mortgage, lease, agreement or other legally binding instrument, license, permit or law to which the Guarantor is a party or by which the Guarantor or any of its properties or assets may be bound and will not result in or permit the acceleration of the maturity of any indebtedness, liability or obligation of the Guarantor under any material mortgage, lease, agreement or other legally binding instrument of or affecting the Guarantor; and

 

6.1.6                                no authorization, consent or approval of, of filing with or notice to, any Person or governmental body is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by the Guarantor.

 

ARTICLE 7
DEFAULT

 

7.1                                                                                Judgment Against the Guarantor

 

In case of any judicial or other proceedings to enforce the rights of the Holders, judgment may be rendered against the Guarantor in favour of the Holders or in favour of the Trustee or Trustees, as trustee(s) for the Holders, for any amount which may remain due in respect of the Notes and the interest thereon.

 

7.2                                                                                Immunity of Shareholders, Directors and Officers

 

The Trustee or Trustees and the Holders by their acceptance of the Notes hereby waive and release any right, cause of action or remedy now or hereafter existing in any jurisdiction against any past, present or future incorporator, shareholder, director or officer of the Guarantor or of any successor thereof for the payment of the principal of or premium or interest on any of the Notes or on any covenant, agreement, representation or warranty by the Guarantor herein or in the Notes contained.

 

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.1                                                                                Acknowledgement of Joint and Several Liability

 

The Corporation hereby acknowledges that it shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations of the Existing Guarantors under the Original Guarantee.

 

8.2                                                                                Acknowledgement Regarding the Indenture

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Indenture or the Original Guarantee, the Corporation agrees that, for the purposes of the Indenture and the Original Guarantee:

 

[GUARANTEE_BIP_SERIES 1 NOTES]

 



 

8.2.1                                the terms “Guarantors” and “Guarantor” in the Indenture shall include the Corporation and the Corporation shall be bound by the provisions of the Indenture that apply to the Guarantors or a Guarantor; and

 

8.2.2                                the term “Guarantee” in the Indenture shall include this Agreement.

 

8.3                                                                                Incorporation by Reference

 

The provisions of Sections 1.5 (Notices, etc. to Trustee and Issuers) and 1.6 (Notice to Holders; Waiver), and Articles 6 (The Trustees), 9 (Supplemental Indentures) and 15 (Meetings of Holders of Notes) of the Indenture shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Guarantee.

 

8.4                                                                                Payment of Costs and Expenses

 

The Guarantor shall pay to the Trustee or Trustees on demand all  reasonable costs and expenses of the Trustee or Trustees, their officers, employees and agents and any receiver or receiver-manager appointed by them or by a court in connection with this Agreement, including, without limitation, in connection with:

 

8.4.1                                any actual or proposed amendment or modification hereof or any waiver hereunder and all instruments supplemental or ancillary thereto;

 

8.4.2                                obtaining advice as to the Trustee’s or Trustees’ rights and responsibilities under this Agreement; and

 

8.4.3                                the defence, establishment, protection or enforcement of any of the rights or remedies of the Trustee or Trustees under this Agreement including, without limitation, all costs and expenses of establishing the validity and enforceability of, or of collection of amounts owing under, this Agreement;

 

and further including, without limitation, all of the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of the Trustee’s or Trustees’ lawyers, on a substantial indemnity basis, incurred in connection therewith and all sales or value-added taxes payable by the Trustee or Trustees (whether refundable or not) on all such costs and expenses.

 

8.5                                                                                No Waiver

 

No delay on the part of the Trustee or Trustees in the exercise of any right, power or remedy hereunder or otherwise shall operate as a waiver thereof, and no single or partial exercise by the Trustee or Trustees of any right, power or remedy shall preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.  No action of the Trustee or Trustees permitted hereunder shall in any way impair or affect their rights, powers or remedies under this Agreement.

 

8.6                                                                                Termination

 

For greater certainty, this Guarantee shall terminate and be of no further force and effect at the earlier of the date that: (i) the Guaranteed Obligations have been indefeasibly paid or

 

[GUARANTEE_BIP_SERIES 1 NOTES]

 



 

performed in full; and (ii) all of the Notes have been purchased by an Affiliate of any Issuer in accordance with the Indenture.

 

8.7                                                                                Successors and Assigns

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon the Guarantor and its successors and enure to the benefit of the Trustee or Trustees and their successors and assigns.

 

8.8                                                                                Copy Received

 

The Guarantor acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Agreement.

 

[GUARANTEE_BIP_SERIES 1 NOTES]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Guarantor has executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE US HOLDINGS I CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

by:

Brett Fox

 

 

Name:

Brett Fox

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[GUARANTEE_BIP_SERIES 1 NOTES]

 




Exhibit 4.10

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE ULC,

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LLC,

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LIMITED,

 

and

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE PTY LTD
Issuers

 

and

 

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA
Trustee

 

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

supplementing the Indenture dated as of October 10, 2012

 

-and-

 

providing for the issue of

 

MEDIUM TERM NOTES

 



 

ARTICLE 1

 

 

INTERPRETATION

2

 

1.1

To Be Read With Indenture

2

 

1.2

Second Supplemental Indenture

2

 

1.3

Amendments to Indenture

2

 

1.4

Definitions

3

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

 

 

ISSUE OF THE NOTES

10

 

2.1

Form, Terms and Certification and Delivery of the Notes

10

 

2.2

Execution of Notes

11

 

2.3

Certification

12

 

2.4

Additional Events of Default

12

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3

 

 

INTEREST, PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL AND REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE

13

 

3.1

Record Date

13

 

3.2

Payment of Interest

13

 

3.3

Payment of Principal and Premium

13

 

3.4

Redemptions and Repurchases

13

 

3.5

Location of Registers

14

 

3.6

Additional Amounts

14

 

3.7

Trustee, etc.

14

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4

 

 

CHANGE OF CONTROL

14

 

4.1

Redemption upon a Change of Control

14

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

 

 

COVENANTS

15

 

5.1

Limitations on Indebtedness

15

 

5.2

Limitation on Liens

15

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

 

 

MISCELLANEOUS

15

 

6.1

Acceptance of Trust

15

 

6.2

Confirmation of Indenture

15

 



 

 

6.3

Trust Indenture Act

16

 

6.4

Counterparts

16

 

6.5

Use of Proceeds

16

 

6.6

Responsibility for Notes

16

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE I - FORM OF NOTES

 

 



 

THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of the 11th day of March, 2015

 

BETWEEN:

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE ULC , an unlimited liability company formed under the laws of Alberta

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LLC , a limited liability company formed under the laws of Delaware

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LIMITED , a corporation incorporated under the laws of Bermuda

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE PTY LTD , a proprietary company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of Australia

 

(collectively, the “ Issuers ”)

 

- and -

 

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA , a trust company incorporated under the laws of Canada (the “ Trustee ”)

 

WHEREAS the Issuers entered into an indenture (the “ Indenture ”) dated as of October 10, 2012 which provided for the issuance of one or more Series of unsecured notes of the Issuers by way of Supplemental Indentures;

 

AND WHEREAS this Second Supplemental Indenture is entered into for the purpose of providing for the creation and issuance of a second series of Notes to be designated “ Medium Term Notes ” (herein called the “ Notes ”) pursuant to the Indenture and establishing the terms, provisions and conditions of the Notes;

 

AND WHEREAS this Second Supplemental Indenture is executed pursuant to all necessary authorizations and resolutions of the Issuers;

 

AND WHEREAS the foregoing recitals are made as representations and statements of fact by the Issuers and not by the Trustee;

 

NOW THEREFORE THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSES and it is hereby covenanted, agreed and declared as follows:

 



 

ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                To Be Read With Indenture

 

This Second Supplemental Indenture is a Supplemental Indenture within the meaning of the Indenture.  The Indenture and this Second Supplemental Indenture shall be read together and shall have effect so far as practicable as though all the provisions of both indentures were contained in one instrument.

 

1.2                                Second Supplemental Indenture

 

The terms “ this Second Supplemental Indenture ”, “ this indenture ”, “ herein ”, “ hereof ”, “ hereby ”, “ hereunder ”, and similar expressions, unless the context otherwise specifies or requires, refer to the Indenture as supplemented by this Second Supplemental Indenture and not to any particular Article, Section, subsection or clause or other portion thereof, and include every instrument supplemental or ancillary to this Second Supplemental Indenture.

 

1.3                                Amendments to Indenture

 

For the purposes of this Second Supplemental Indenture only,

 

1.3.1                      Section 1.1 of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the definition of “FATCA”.

 

1.3.2                      Section 10.5(i) of the Indenture is hereby amended by sequentially  inserting new clauses (M) and (N) after clause (L), deleting clause (I) and re-numbering the Section accordingly:

 

“(M)                       any Taxes that are required to be deducted or withheld from any payment under or in respect of the Notes as a consequence of the holder or beneficial owner thereof being at any time a “specified non-resident shareholder” (within the meaning of subsection 18(5) of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (“ Tax Act ”)) of an Issuer or at any time not dealing at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act) with a “specified shareholder” (within the meaning of subsection 18(5) of the Tax Act) of an Issuer or as a consequence of the payment being deemed to be a dividend under the Tax Act;

 

(N)                                any (i) withholding or deduction imposed pursuant to Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code, as amended (“ FATCA ”), or any successor version thereof, or any similar legislation imposed by any other governmental authority, (ii) withholding or deduction imposed pursuant to any agreement between an Issuer or Guarantor and the United States of America or any authority thereof implementing FATCA, or (iii) Taxes or penalties arising from the holder’s or beneficial owner’s failure to comply with the holder’s or beneficial owner’s obligations imposed under Part XVIII of the Tax Act, the Canada-United States Enhanced Tax Information Exchange Agreement Implementation Act (Canada) or the similar provisions of legislation of any other jurisdiction that has entered into an agreement with the United States of America to provide for the implementation of FATCA-based reporting;”

 

2



 

1.4                                Definitions

 

All terms which are defined in the Indenture and used but not defined in this Second Supplemental Indenture shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture, as such meanings may be amended by this Second Supplemental Indenture.  In the event of any inconsistency between the terms in the Indenture and this Second Supplemental Indenture, the terms in this Second Supplemental Indenture shall prevail in respect of the Notes.

 

Applicable Spread ” means the number of basis points as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement;

 

BAM ” means Brookfield Asset Management Inc.;

 

Below Investment Grade Rating Event ” shall be deemed to have occurred on any day within the 60 day period (which shall be extended during an Extension Period (as defined below)) after the earlier of (i) the occurrence of a Change of Control and (ii) public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or the intention by the Issuers or BIP to effect a Change of Control, if, in either case, the Notes are downgraded to below an Investment Grade Rating by more than half, and, if there are fewer than three Rating Agencies, all of the Rating Agencies that then rate the Notes.  For the purpose of this definition, an “ Extension Period ” shall occur and continue for so long as the aggregate of (a) the number of Rating Agencies that have placed the Notes on publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade during the initial 60-day period and (b) the number of Rating Agencies that have downgraded the Notes to below an Investment Grade Rating during either the initial 60-day period or the Extension Period is sufficient to result in a Change of Control Triggering Event, should one or more of the Rating Agencies that have placed the Notes on publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade subsequently downgrade the Notes to below an Investment Grade Rating.  The Extension Period shall terminate when two of the Rating Agencies (if there are three Rating Agencies) or one of the Rating Agencies (if there are fewer than three Rating Agencies) have confirmed that the Notes are not undergoing consideration for a possible downgrade, and have not downgraded the Notes, to below an Investment Grade Rating;

 

BILP ” means Brookfield Infrastructure L.P.;

 

BIP ” means Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P.;

 

Borrowing Issuer(s) ” has the meaning attributed to such term in Section 6.6;

 

Canada Yield Price ” means a price equal to the price of the Notes (or the portion thereof to be redeemed) calculated to provide a yield to maturity equal to the sum of the Government of Canada Yield calculated at 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date plus the Applicable Spread;

 

Capital Lease Obligation ” of any Person means the obligation to pay rent or other payment amounts under a lease of (or other Indebtedness arrangements conveying the right to use) real or personal property of such Person which is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease or a liability on the face of a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP from time to time and which has a term to stated maturity of at least 18 months.  The stated maturity of such obligation shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty;

 

Change of Control ” means (i) the sale of all or substantially all of an Issuer’s or the Guarantors’ assets, other than any such sale to any one or more of the Issuers, Guarantors or BAM, and/or any Subsidiary of

 

3



 

any of the Issuers, Guarantors or BAM, or any of their respective successors, or (ii) the consummation of any transaction including, without limitation, any merger, amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation the result of which is that any Person or group of Persons acting jointly and in concert, other than BAM and/or one or more Affiliates of BAM (or any of their respective successors), becomes the owner (directly or indirectly) of more than 50% of all issued and outstanding Voting Stock of an Issuer or the general partner of BIP, measured by voting power rather than number of shares;

 

Change of Control Offer ” has the meaning attributed to such term in Section 4.1.1;

 

Change of Control Payment ” has the meaning attributed to such term in Section 4.1.1;

 

Change of Control Payment Date ” has the meaning attributed to such term in Section 4.1.2;

 

Change of Control Triggering Event ” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Below Investment Grade Rating Event;

 

Deposits ” means all intercompany deposits, advances of funds and payables;

 

Financial Instrument Obligations ” of any Person, means, at any time with respect to such Person, obligations for transactions arising under:

 

(a)                                  any interest swap agreement, forward rate agreement, floor, cap or collar agreement, futures or options, insurance or other similar agreement or arrangement, or any combination thereof, entered into or guaranteed by such Person where the subject matter of the same is interest rates or the price, value, or amount payable thereunder is dependent or based upon the interest rates or fluctuations in interest rates in effect from time to time (but, for certainty, shall exclude conventional floating rate debt);

 

(b)                                  any currency swap agreement, cross-currency agreement, forward agreement, floor, cap or collar agreement, futures or options, insurance or other similar agreement or arrangement, or any combination thereof, entered into or guaranteed by such Person where the subject matter of the same is currency exchange rates or the price, value or amount payable thereunder is dependent or based upon currency exchange rates or fluctuations in currency exchange rates in effect from time to time; and

 

(c)                                   any agreement, whether financial or physical, for the purchase, sale, exchange, making or taking of any commodity (including natural gas, oil, electricity, coal, emission credits or other energy products), any commodity swap agreement, floor, cap or collar agreement or commodity future or option or other similar agreements or arrangements, or any combination thereof, entered into or guaranteed by such Person where the subject matter of the same is any commodity or the price, value or amount payable thereunder is dependent or based upon the price of any commodity or fluctuations in the price of any commodity in effect from time to time,

 

to the extent of the net amount due or accruing due thereunder at such time (determined by marking-to-market the same in accordance with their terms);

 

Funded Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, Indebtedness but excludes (i) any Indebtedness of such Person that, on the date of issue or assumption of liability, has a term to maturity (including any right of extension or renewal) of 18 months or less, (ii) Inter-Company Indebtedness of such Person, and (iii) Qualifying Subordinated Indebtedness of such Person;

 

4



 

Global Note ” means a Note that evidences all or part of the Notes in the form set out in Schedule 1 hereto;

 

Government of Canada Yield ” means, on any date, with respect to any Notes, the yield to maturity on such date, compounded semi-annually, which an assumed new issue of non-callable Government of Canada bonds denominated in Canadian dollars would carry if issued in Canada at 100% of its principal amount on such date, with a term to maturity as nearly as possible equal to the remaining term to maturity of such Notes.  The Government of Canada Yield will be the average (rounded to four decimal points) of the bid-side yields provided by the Investment Dealers in accordance with the terms of this Second Supplemental Indenture;

 

Guarantors ” means, notwithstanding anything in the indenture dated as of October 10, 2012 to the contrary, collectively, BIP, Holding LP, BRM Holdco, Can Holdco and US Holdco, and each other material Subsidiary of Holding LP formed or acquired after the date hereof and which delivers a guarantee; and “ Guarantor ” means any of them;

 

IIROC ” means the Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada;

 

Indebtedness ” of any Person means (without duplication), whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person and whether or not contingent, obligations treated in accordance with GAAP from time to time as indebtedness, including:  (i) every obligation of such Person for money borrowed; (ii) every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; (iii) every reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person; (iv) every obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (but excluding trade accounts payable or accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue or which are being contested in good faith); (v) the Net Swap Exposure of such Person; (vi) every Capital Lease Obligation of such Person; (vii) the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price, as at the time of determination, of all Redeemable Stock of such Person that is not Qualifying Redeemable Stock; and (viii) every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vii) of another Person and all dividends of another Person the payment of which, in either case, such Person has guaranteed or for which such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, excluding any obligation in respect of Qualifying Redeemable Stock and any obligation of another Person in relation to Net Swap Exposure, the payment of which such Person has guaranteed and which guarantee is included above as indebtedness in accordance with GAAP from time to time;

 

Indenture has the meaning attributed to such term in the recitals hereto;

 

Inter-Company Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any of the Issuers, a Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries, Indebtedness owing to any one or more of the Issuers, Guarantors and/or any Subsidiary of the Issuers or Guarantors;

 

Interest Rate means the interest rate as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement;

 

Investment Dealers ” means two investment dealers selected by the Issuers who are independent of the Issuers and are each members of IIROC (or if IIROC shall cease to exist, such other independent investment dealer as the Issuers may select, with the approval of the Trustee, acting reasonably), which Investment Dealers shall be retained by and at the cost of the Issuers to determine the Government of Canada Yield.  The two investment dealers shall be any two agents party to the Agency Agreement (as defined in the Prospectus Supplement dated March 5, 2015);

 

5



 

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than (i) “BBB-” (or the equivalent) by S&P, and (ii) in respect of any Rating Agency other than S&P, if applicable, a rating by such Rating Agency in one of its generic rating categories that signifies investment grade;

 

Loan ” means an obligation for money borrowed;

 

Limited Recourse Indebtedness ” as applied to any Indebtedness of any Person means any Indebtedness that is or was incurred to finance a specific facility or portfolio of facilities or the acquisition of financial assets, provided that if such Indebtedness is with recourse to any of the Issuers or a Guarantor, such recourse is on an unsecured basis to such Issuer or Guarantor (except as subsequently provided herein) and is limited to liabilities or obligations relating to the specific facility or portfolio of facilities or financial assets, and provided further that such Indebtedness may be secured by a lien on only (i) the property and assets that constitute such facility, portfolio of facilities or financial assets, as the case may be, (ii) the income from and proceeds of such facility, portfolio of facilities or financial assets, as the case may be, (iii) the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of any of the Issuers or a Guarantor, or other entity, that owns an interest in such facility, portfolio of facilities or financial assets, or any interest that any such Subsidiary, or other entity, holds of any other Person owning any interest in such facility, portfolio of facilities or financial assets, and (iv) the contracts pertaining to such facility, portfolio of facilities or financial assets.

 

Net Swap Exposure ” means the net position of Financial Instrument Obligations of any Person that are:  (i) in excess of 18 months from the time the relevant calculation is made; and (ii) considered as indebtedness in accordance with GAAP from time to time;

 

Net Worth ” means an amount equal to the sum of (i) the equity or capital of BIP (including the partners’ capital, retained earnings or deficits, accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, and contributed and revaluation surplus of BIP) and all preferred equity and equity components of capital Securities of BIP, (ii) the principal amount of all Qualifying Subordinated Indebtedness of BIP, and (iii) the consolidated Qualifying Redeemable Stock of BIP, determined in each case on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as at the date of the most recent financial statements of BIP;

 

Non-Controlling Interests ” means, at the time of any determination thereof, the amount that would be shown on a consolidated financial statement of BIP at such time, prepared in accordance with GAAP at such time, of non-controlling interests owned by minority stakeholders in BIP’s consolidated entities, and includes preferred shares, limited partnership interests and trust units;

 

Notes means any notes of any tranche referred to in Article 2 of this Second Supplemental Indenture;

 

“Permitted Encumbrances” means any of the following, with respect to any of the Issuers or a Guarantor:

 

(a)                                  any encumbrance on the assets of any one or more of the Issuers and/or Guarantors to secure Indebtedness up to an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time of the greater of 5% of Net Worth and $100 million;

 

(b)                                  any encumbrance to secure Indebtedness in excess of the principal amount referred to in clause (a); provided that the obligations in respect of the Notes are secured equally and ratably with such Indebtedness and all other Indebtedness which is required to be secured equally and ratably;

 

(c)                                   any encumbrance for collateral pledged (including parental guarantees) for Financial Instrument Obligations and any encumbrance on or against cash or marketable debt

 

6


 

securities pledged to secure Financial Instrument Obligations provided that such encumbrances are not incurred for speculative purposes;

 

(d)                                  any encumbrance in existence as of the date of the issuance of Notes or arising thereafter pursuant to contractual commitments entered into prior to such issuance;

 

(e)                                   any encumbrance on property of any Person which exists at the time such Person is merged into, or amalgamated or consolidated with any Issuer or Guarantor in compliance with this Indenture, or any encumbrance on property that exists when such property is directly or indirectly acquired by any Issuer or Guarantor, which encumbrance does not extend to any other property or assets of such Issuer or Guarantor, other than an encumbrance incurred in contemplation of such merger, amalgamation, consolidation or acquisition;

 

(f)                                    any encumbrance or right of distress reserved in or exercisable under any lease for rent to which any Issuer or Guarantor is a party and for compliance with the terms of the lease;

 

(g)                                   any encumbrance reserved in or exercisable under any subdivision, site plan control, development, reciprocal, servicing, facility, facility cost sharing or similar agreement with a Governmental Authority currently existing or hereafter entered into with a Governmental Authority, which does not or in aggregate do not materially interfere with the use of the property for the purposes for which it is held or materially detract from the value thereof;

 

(h)                                  encumbrances respecting encroachments by facilities on neighboring lands over any property owned by any Issuer or Guarantor which do not materially interfere with the use thereof for the purposes for which the property is held or materially detract from the value thereof;

 

(i)                                      permits, licenses, agreements, easements (including, without limitation, heritage easements and agreements relating thereto), restrictions, restrictive covenants, reciprocal rights, rights-of-way, public ways, rights in the nature of an easement and other similar rights in land granted to or reserved by other Persons (including, without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, permits, licenses, agreements, easements, rights-of-way, sidewalks, public ways, and rights in the nature of easements or servitudes for sewers, drains, steam, gas and water mains or electric light and power or telephone and telegraph conduits, poles, wires and cables);

 

(j)                                     liens incurred in the ordinary course of business, other than in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness, that do not individually or in the aggregate with all other Permitted Encumbrances materially detract from the value of the assets encumbered or materially interfere with their use in the ordinary course of business;

 

(k)                                  cash deposited with any lender to cash collateralize (i) bankers acceptances or depository notes within the meaning of the Depository Bills and Notes Act (Canada), (ii) bills of exchange within the meaning of the Bills of Exchange Act (Canada) or (iii) letters of credit, in each case, pursuant to the terms of any credit facility permitted hereunder;

 

(l)                                      any encumbrance for any Tax, (i) secured by a bond or other reasonable security, (ii) not yet due or (iii) being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings so long as adequate reserves have been provided therefor in accordance with GAAP;

 

7



 

(m)                              any encumbrance arising out of judgments or awards so long as enforcement of such encumbrance has been stayed and an appeal or proceeding for review is being prosecuted in good faith and for the payment of which adequate reserves, bonds or other reasonable security have been provided or are fully covered by insurance;

 

(n)                                  encumbrances, deposits or pledges to secure statutory obligations of any Issuer or Guarantor arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(o)                                  any encumbrance imposed by law which were incurred in the ordinary course of business, including carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ liens and other similar liens arising in the ordinary course of business, and which (i) do not individually or in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the assets subject thereto or materially impair the use thereof in the operations of the business of such Person or (ii) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the assets subject to such liens and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP;

 

(p)                                  any encumbrance arising from leases or license agreements (other than Capital Lease Obligations) entered into by any Issuer or Guarantor in the ordinary course of business;

 

(q)                                  any encumbrance created, incurred or assumed to secure any purchase money obligation;

 

(r)                                     any encumbrance created, incurred or assumed to secure any Limited Recourse Indebtedness;

 

(s)                                    any encumbrance on or against cash or marketable debt securities in a sinking fund account established in support of a Series of Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture; and

 

(t)                                     any extension, renewal, alteration or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals, alterations or replacements) in whole or in part, of any encumbrance referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) through (s) inclusive, provided that the extension, renewal, alteration or replacement of such encumbrance is limited to all or any part of the same assets that secured the encumbrance extended, renewed, altered or replaced (plus improvements on such assets) and the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased;

 

Premium ” means, with respect to any Note at a particular time, the excess, if any, of the then applicable Redemption Price of such Note over the principal amount of such Note;

 

Pricing Supplement ” means a pricing supplement to the Prospectus, in either or both of the English and French languages, incorporated by reference into the Prospectus for the purpose of distributing the Notes, as contemplated by National Instrument 44-102 - Shelf Distributions ;

 

Program Amount ” means the aggregate principal amount of Notes qualified for issuance from time to time under the Prospectus then in effect;

 

Prospectus ” means the short form base shelf prospectus of the Issuers, BIP and Brookfield Infrastructure Preferred Equity Inc. with respect to the continuous offering of debt securities and Class A preference shares filed with the securities regulatory authority in each of the provinces and territories of Canada from time to time, including any amendments or supplements thereto (other than any Pricing Supplement);

 

8



 

Qualifying Redeemable Stock ” of any Person means any Redeemable Stock of such Person that can be satisfied or acquired, in the sole discretion of the Person who issued such Redeemable Stock, BIP or a Subsidiary of BIP, with or in exchange for Capital Stock of such Person, or a Subsidiary of BIP that is not itself Redeemable Stock;

 

Qualifying Subordinated Indebtedness ” of any Person means Indebtedness of such Person (i) which by its terms provides that the payment of principal of (and Premium, if any) and interest on and all other payment obligations in respect of such Indebtedness shall be subordinate to the prior payment in full of the Notes to at least the extent that no payment of principal of (or Premium, if any) or interest on or otherwise due in respect of such Indebtedness may be made for so long as there exists any default in the payment of principal (or Premium, if any) or interest on the Notes or any other default that with the passing of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes and (ii) which expressly by its terms gives such Person the right to make payments of principal (and Premium, if any) and interest and all other payment obligations in respect of such Indebtedness in equity of the Issuers, a Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries;

 

Rating Agencies ” means (i) S&P and any other nationally recognized statistical rating organization selected by the Issuers that then rates the Notes, and (ii) if any of the Rating Agencies ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available for reasons outside the Issuers’ control, a nationally recognized statistical rating organization selected by the Issuers (as certified by a resolution of the Board of each Issuer) as a replacement agency for such Rating Agency, or some or all of them, as the case may be, and “ Rating Agency ” means any one of them;

 

Redeemable Stock ” of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any Note into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the final stated maturity of the Notes;

 

Redemption Price ” means, with respect to a Note being redeemed, the greater of (i) the Canada Yield Price, and (ii) par, together in each case with the accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption;

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. and its successors;

 

Total Consolidated Capitalization ” means (without duplication), in accordance with GAAP from time to time, on a consolidated basis, the sum of (i) Net Worth, (ii) the Non-Controlling Interests, and (iii) all Funded Indebtedness of BIP;

 

Trustee means Computershare Trust Company of Canada;

 

US Holdco ” means, notwithstanding anything in the Indenture to the contrary, Brookfield Infrastructure US Holdings I Corporation; and

 

U.S. Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

9



 

ARTICLE 2
ISSUE OF THE NOTES

 

2.1                                Form, Terms and Certification and Delivery of the Notes

 

2.1.1       The second series of Notes authorized to be issued from time to time hereunder, as one or more tranches, shall be designated “ Medium Term Notes ” and are herein sometimes called the “ Notes ”.  The Notes may be issued by the Issuers in separate tranches from time to time in an unlimited aggregate principal amount and may only be validly issued when the aggregate principal amount of the relevant tranche of Notes to be issued, when added to the aggregate principal amount of all Notes previously or simultaneously issued under the Prospectus in effect on the date of issue, does not exceed the Program Amount. Upon any increase or decrease from time to time in the Program Amount, the Issuers shall forthwith deliver to the Trustee a copy of a Board Resolution of each of the Issuers approving such change certified by any one of the Board members or officers, as the case may be, of each of the Issuers, together with a copy of any amendment of or supplement to the Prospectus relating to such increase or decrease.  Notes shall be delivered to the Trustee and shall be certified by or on behalf of the Trustee and delivered by it to or upon the receipt of a written order of each of the Issuers on the following terms:

 

2.1.1.1          Date and Interest.  Each Note of any tranche issued from time to time shall be dated as of the date of issue and shall bear interest (if any) from, and including, the date of issue at the rate (either fixed or floating and, if floating the manner of calculation thereof) determined by the Issuers at the time of issue.  Interest, if any, shall be payable on the date determined by the Issuers at the time of issue, at the interest rate and calculated in the manner so determined and as well after as before maturity and after default with interest on overdue interest at the same rate, computed in the same manner as interest on the original principal amount, from, and including, its due date until actual payment. If an interest payment date is not a Business Day, then the payment will be made on the next Business Day with no adjustment.

 

2.1.1.2          Maturity.  Each Note shall mature on the date determined by the Issuers at the time of issue, provided that such date shall not be earlier than one year from the date of issue.

 

2.1.1.3          Pricing Supplements.   The Issuers shall prepare one or more Pricing Supplements which shall be acceptable to the Trustee, acting reasonably, with respect to each issue of a series of Notes which shall specify the terms and conditions of such series, including the provisions of this Section 2.1, as applicable.

 

2.1.1.4          Denominations.  Notes shall be issued in such denominations as may be determined by the Issuers at the time of issue.  The Notes are issuable in minimum denominations of $1,000.00 and integral multiples thereof, subject to Section 2.1.1.5.

 

2.1.1.5          Currency.   The Notes shall be issued and payable in such currency as is determined by the Issuers at the time of issue.

 

2.1.1.6          Form of Notes.   Each tranche of Notes and the certificate of the Trustee endorsed thereon shall each be issuable initially as one or more Global Notes held by, or on behalf of, CDS, as depository, for its participants and registered in the name of CDS or its nominee.  Each Global Note will be substantially in the form set out in Schedule 1 hereto

 

10



 

with such appropriate additions, deletions, substitutions and variations as the Trustee may approve and shall bear such distinguishing letters and numbers as the Trustee may approve, with such approval in each case to be conclusively deemed to have been given by the Trustee certifying such Notes.

 

2.1.1.7          Place of Payment.  Payments of principal and interest on each registered interest bearing Note shall, subject to Section 2.1.1.5, be made in lawful money of Canada at the head office of the Trustee in Toronto, Ontario.

 

2.1.1.8          U.S. Securities Laws.  The Trustee acknowledges that the Notes have not been and will not be registered under the U.S. Securities Act or any U.S. state securities laws, and may not be offered or sold within the United States, except in certain transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and applicable U.S. state securities laws.

 

2.1.2       The written order of the Issuers for the certification and delivery of such Notes shall specify the place of delivery, denominations and registration particulars (if any) for such Notes and shall also specify the following particulars relating to such Notes (unless such particulars are contained in forms of Notes duly completed by the Issuers and delivered concurrently with such written order):

 

2.1.2.1    the date of issue;

 

2.1.2.2    the principal amount;

 

2.1.2.3    the currency (if other than Canadian dollars);

 

2.1.2.4    the interest rate (if any);

 

2.1.2.5    the manner of calculation of interest (if any);

 

2.1.2.6    the Interest Payment Dates (if any);

 

2.1.2.7    the terms of any redemption rights; and

 

2.1.2.8    the terms of any other special provisions relating to such Notes.

 

2.1.3.      Upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents and instruments required pursuant to this Section 2.1, the Trustee shall certify the Notes and cause such Notes to be delivered in accordance with the written order of the Issuers.

 

2.2                                Execution of Notes

 

Each of the Notes shall be signed (either manually, by facsimile or other electronic signature) by any one of each of the Issuers’ Board members or officers, as the case may be.  Each of the Notes may be executed on behalf of each Issuer in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signature upon any of the Notes shall for all purposes of this Second Supplemental Indenture be deemed to be the signature of the individual whose signature it purports to be and to have been signed at the time of such signature and notwithstanding that any individual whose signature may appear on the Notes is not, at the date of this Second Supplemental Indenture or at the date of the Note or at the date of the certification and delivery thereof, a Board member

 

11



 

or officer, as the case may be, of an Issuer, such Notes shall be valid and binding upon the Issuers and entitled to the benefits of this Second Supplemental Indenture.

 

2.3                                Certification

 

2.3.1       No Notes shall be issued or, if issued, shall be obligatory or shall entitle the Holder of such Notes to the benefits of this Second Supplemental Indenture until it has been certified by or on behalf of the Trustee.  Such certificate on any Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note is duly issued and is a valid obligation of the Issuers and that the Holder of such Note is entitled to the benefits of this Second Supplemental Indenture.

 

2.3.2       The certificate of the Trustee on any Note shall not be construed as a representation or warranty by the Trustee as to the validity of this Second Supplemental Indenture or of the Notes (except the due certification thereof by the Trustee and any other warranties implied by law) and the Trustee shall in no respect be liable or answerable for the use made of the Notes or the proceeds thereof.

 

2.4                                Additional Events of Default

 

2.4.1       In addition to the Events of Default contained in Article 5 of the Indenture, the following events will constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes:

 

2.4.1.1          the failure by the Issuers to comply with their obligations in the event of a Change of Control Triggering Event; or

 

2.4.1.2          default by the Issuers or any Guarantor in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any obligation for borrowed money (other than an obligation payable on demand or maturing less than 18 months from the creation or issue thereof) having an outstanding principal amount in excess of 5% of consolidated Net Worth in the aggregate at the time of default or in the performance of any other covenant of the Issuers or any Guarantor contained in any instrument under which such obligations are created or issued resulting in the acceleration of the final maturity of such obligations; or

 

2.4.1.3          the rendering of a final judgment or judgments (not subject to appeal) against any of the Issuers or any Guarantor in an amount in excess of 5% of the consolidated Net Worth which remains undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days after the date on which the right to appeal has expired.

 

2.4.2       If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, if an Event of Default occurs as a result of the failure by the Issuers to comply with their obligations in the event of a Change of Control Triggering Event as described above, the principal of, and any premium and accrued interest on the Notes will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes.

 

12



 

ARTICLE 3
INTEREST, PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL
AND REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE

 

3.1                                Record Date

 

The Regular Record Date for determining Holders entitled to receive interest on the Notes will be the close of business on the date that is two Business Days preceding the relevant Interest Payment Date for the Notes.

 

3.2                                Payment of Interest

 

Prior to an Interest Payment Date, the Issuers will forward or cause to be forwarded to the Trustee (and the Trustee shall subsequently forward to each Holder at the registered address of such Holder as of the Regular Record Date) the interest and Additional Amounts (if any), less any Taxes required by law to be deducted or withheld. If the Issuers forward payment to the Trustee by cheque, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee certified cheque(s) payable to the order of the Trustee on the day that is two Business Days before such Interest Payment Date, and the Trustee will only forward such amounts to the Holders upon receipt of the full amount of interest and Additional Amounts (if any) being paid in immediately available funds.  The forwarding of such cheque(s) will satisfy and discharge the liability for interest upon and Additional Amounts (if any) on such Note to the extent of the sum represented thereby (plus the amount of any Taxes deducted or withheld as aforesaid) unless such cheque(s) are not paid on presentation.  The Issuers, at their option, may cause any amount payable in respect of principal, interest, Additional Amounts (if any) or premium (if any) to be paid to the Trustee by wire transfer(s) to an account specified by the Trustee on the day that is one Business Day before such Interest Payment Date.

 

3.3                                Payment of Principal and Premium

 

In accordance with Article 4 of the Indenture, the Issuers will deposit with the Trustee all amounts required to be paid to the order of Holders of Notes on maturity, one Business Day before the maturity date of the Notes.  The deposit of such funds will satisfy and discharge the liability for principal of the Notes to the extent of the sum represented thereby.

 

3.4                                Redemptions and Repurchases

 

3.4.1       Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement and subject to Article 11 of the Indenture, at its option, the Issuers may redeem the Notes at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, upon payment of the Redemption Price.  The Issuers will give notice of redemption not more than 60 days and not less than 30 days before the date fixed for redemption.  Less than all of the Notes may be redeemed in accordance with Article 11 of the Indenture.  Notes so redeemed will be cancelled and will not be re-issued.

 

3.4.2       Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the Issuers will be entitled at any time and from time to time to purchase for cancellation all or any of the Notes in the open market (which may include purchases from or through an investment dealer or a firm holding membership on a recognized stock exchange), by tender or by private contract at any price at any time.  Notes that are so purchased will be cancelled and will not be re-issued.

 

3.4.3       Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the Notes will not be subject to repurchase pursuant to any sinking fund or any other required repayment provisions.

 

13



 

3.5                                Location of Registers

 

With respect to the Notes, initially the registers referred to in Section 3.5 of the Indenture shall be kept by and at the principal office of the Trustee in Toronto, Ontario  and may be kept in such other place or places, if any, by the Trustee or by such other registrar or registrars (if any) as the Issuers, with the approval of the Trustee, may designate.

 

3.6                                Additional Amounts

 

Section 10.5 of the Indenture shall apply to the Notes.

 

3.7                                Trustee, etc.

 

The Trustee will be the indenture trustee, authenticating agent, paying agent, transfer agent and registrar for the Notes.

 

ARTICLE 4
CHANGE OF CONTROL

 

4.1                                Redemption upon a Change of Control

 

4.1.1       If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Issuers have exercised their right to redeem any Notes as described above, the Issuers will be required to make an offer to repurchase all, or any part (equal to $1,000.00 or an integral multiple thereof), of each Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) on the terms set forth herein. In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuers will be required to offer payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased, to the date of repurchase (the “ Change of Control Payment ”).

 

4.1.2       Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuers will be required to mail a notice to Holders of Notes, with a copy to the Trustee, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase the Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”), pursuant to the procedures required herein and described in such notice. The Issuers must comply with any securities laws and regulations that are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions herein, the Issuers will be required to comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control provisions herein by virtue of such conflicts.

 

4.1.3       On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will be required, to the extent lawful, to:

 

(i)              accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

(ii)           deposit with the Trustee an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

 

14



 

(iii)        deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate of each of the Issuers stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being repurchased by the Issuers.

 

4.1.4       The Trustee will be required to promptly send a wire transfer comprising, or mail to each Holder of Notes who properly tendered Notes, the purchase price for such Notes and the Trustee will be required to promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each such Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000.00 or an integral multiple thereof.

 

4.1.5       The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if another Person makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer that would be required to be made by the Issuers in connection with a Change of Control Triggering Event, and such Person purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer.

 

ARTICLE 5
COVENANTS

 

5.1                                Limitations on Indebtedness

 

The Issuers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, issue, incur, assume or otherwise become liable for or in respect of any Funded Indebtedness unless, after giving effect thereto, the Funded Indebtedness of BIP, calculated on a consolidated basis, would not exceed 75% of Total Consolidated Capitalization.

 

5.2                                Limitation on Liens

 

No Issuer will create, incur, assume or permit to exist any lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, unless at the same time the Notes are secured equally and ratably with such lien, provided that this will not apply to Permitted Encumbrances. Upon being advised by the Issuers in writing in an Officer’s Certificate that security has been provided for the Notes on an equal and ratable basis in connection with the grant to a third party of security and subsequently such security to the third party is released, the Trustee will forthwith release the security granted for the Notes.

 

ARTICLE 6
MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1                                Acceptance of Trust

 

The Trustee accepts the trusts in this Second Supplemental Indenture and agrees to carry out and discharge the same upon the terms and conditions set out in this Second Supplemental Indenture and in accordance with the Indenture.

 

6.2                                Confirmation of Indenture

 

The Indenture as amended and supplemented by this Second Supplemental Indenture is in all respects confirmed.

 

15



 

6.3                                Trust Indenture Act

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Indenture, with respect to the Notes referred to in this Second Supplemental Indenture, (i) the Issuers shall not be required to comply with the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act and (ii) Sections 7.2 and 7.3 of the Indenture shall not apply.

 

6.4                                Counterparts

 

This Second Supplemental Indenture may be executed in several counterparts, each of which once executed shall be deemed to be an original and such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Second Supplemental Indenture may be executed and delivered by facsimile or other electronic transmission of a manually signed counterpart.

 

6.5                                Use of Proceeds

 

The Pricing Supplement shall specify each Issuer that is primarily responsible for the repayment of the principal amount of the Notes and interest thereon, together with the intended use of proceeds by such Issuer.

 

6.6                                Responsibility for Notes

 

Notwithstanding that each of the Issuers are co-obligors, jointly and severally liable under the Notes for the full principal amount, it is understood and agreed as among the Issuers that only the Issuer(s) nominated as borrower(s) in the Pricing Supplement (the “ Borrowing Issuer(s) ”) shall be primarily responsible for repayment of the total principal amount of the Notes, representing the amount of cash the Borrowing Issuer(s) received from the proceeds of the Notes on the date of issue, plus all interest thereon. To the extent that the Borrowing Issuer(s) actually repay(s) to the Holders more than the share of the indebtedness for which the Borrowing Issuer(s) is/are primarily responsible pursuant to the preceding sentence, then the Borrowing Issuer(s) shall be deemed to have made a loan of such excess amount to, and only to the extent the Borrowing Issuer(s) actually paid such amounts to the Holders and shall be treated as having a right to repayment from, the other Issuers for the amounts such Borrowing Issuer(s) actually paid to the Holders (although such loan and right of repayment shall be subordinated to the rights of the Holders), and the recipients of such deemed loan shall be treated as having repaid such excess amount to the Holders of the Notes. The rights and remedies of the Issuers under this Section 6.6 shall not alter the joint and several obligations of the Issuers to the Holders for the full principal amount of the Notes.

 

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

16


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Second Supplemental Indenture as of the date first written above. Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd executes this document as a deed.

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE ULC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

“Samuel Pollock”

 

 

 

Name:

Samuel Pollock

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

“Samuel Pollock”

 

 

 

Name:

Samuel Pollock

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

“Gregory E.A. Morrison”

 

 

 

Name:

Gregory E.A. Morrison

 

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE PTY LTD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

“Anthony Vaughan”

 

 

 

Name:

Anthony Vaughan

 

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

“Jeff Kendrew”

 

 

 

Name:

Jeff Kendrew

 

 

 

Title:

Director

 



 

 

 

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA , as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

“Soheil Kafai”

 

 

 

Name:

Soheil Kafai

 

 

 

Title:

Corporate Trust Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

“Stanley Kwan”

 

 

 

Name:

Stanley Kwan

 

 

 

Title:

Associate Trust Officer

 



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

FORM OF NOTE

 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS CLEARING AND DEPOSITORY SERVICES INC. (“CDS”) TO BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE ULC, BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LLC, BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LIMITED, and BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE PTY LTD (THE “ISSUERS”) OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IN RESPECT THEREOF IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CDS & CO., OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CDS & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED HOLDER HEREOF, CDS & CO., HAS A PROPERTY INTEREST IN THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HEREIN AND IT IS A VIOLATION OF ITS RIGHTS FOR ANOTHER PERSON TO HOLD, TRANSFER OR DEAL WITH THIS CERTIFICATE.

 

No.  ·

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE ULC , an unlimited liability company formed under the laws of Alberta

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LLC , a limited liability company formed under the laws of Delaware

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LIMITED , a corporation incorporated under the laws of Bermuda

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE PTY LTD , a proprietary company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of Australia

 

MEDIUM TERM NOTE

 

CUSIP / ISIN Nos.

 

· / ·

 

 

 

Issue Date

 

·

 

 

 

Stated Maturity

 

·

 

 

 

Interest Rate

 

· %

 

 

 

Interest Calculation

 

·

 

 

 

Interest Payment Dates

 

·

 



 

Principal Amount

 

$ · (the “ Principal Amount” )

 

 

 

Registered Holder

 

·

 

Brookfield Infrastructure Finance ULC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance LLC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Limited, and Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd (the “ Issuers ”) for value received hereby promise to pay to the registered Holder hereof on the Stated Maturity, or on such earlier date as the Principal Amount may become due and payable in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture (as defined below) and with the provisions of the pricing supplement dated · attached to this Note (the “ Pricing Supplement ”), on presentation and surrender of this Note, the Principal Amount in lawful money of Canada at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and to pay interest on the Principal Amount at the interest rate per annum set forth above from the later of the date of issue and the last Interest Payment Date on which interest has been paid or made available for payment on this Note at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, calculated as set forth above, in like money, and if the Issuers at any time default in the payment of any principal, premium or interest, to pay interest on the amount in default at the same rate, calculated as set forth above, in like money, at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and on the same dates.

 

This Note is one of a series of the Notes of the Issuers issued and to be issued under an indenture dated as of October 10, 2012 (the “ Base Indenture ”) made among the Issuers and Computershare Trust Company of Canada (the “ Trustee ”), and a second supplemental indenture dated as of March 11, 2015 (together with the Base Indenture, the “ Indenture ”) made among the Issuers and the Trustee.  The Indenture and the Pricing Supplement specify the terms and conditions upon which the Notes are issued or may be issued and held and the rights of the Holders of Notes, the Issuers and the Trustee, all of which are incorporated by reference in this Note and to all of which the Holder of this Note, by acceptance hereof, agrees.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings attributed to them in the Indenture.

 

Prior to an Interest Payment Date, the Issuers (except in case of payment at maturity or on redemption at which time payment of interest and Additional Amounts (if any) will be made only upon surrender of this Note) will forward or cause to be forwarded to the Trustee the interest and Additional Amounts (if any), less any Taxes required by law to be deducted or withheld. The Trustee shall subsequently mail a cheque for such amount to the registered Holder of this Note at the registered address of such Holder, or in the case of joint Holders to the registered address of the joint Holder first named in the register, payable to the order of such Holder or Holders and negotiable at par at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.  The mailing of such cheque will satisfy and discharge the liability for interest upon and Additional Amounts (if any) on this Note to the extent of the sum represented thereby (plus the amount of any Taxes deducted or withheld as aforesaid) unless such cheque is not paid on presentation. The Trustee may pay or cause to be paid, at its option, any amount payable in respect of principal, interest, Additional Amounts (if any) or premium (if any) to the Holder of this Note, by wire transfer to an account maintained by such Holder.

 

The Notes may be issued in one or more series and without limitation as to aggregate principal amount, but only upon the terms and subject to the restrictions set out in the Indenture.  The aggregate principal amount of Notes of other series which may be issued under the Indenture is unlimited, but such Notes may be issued only upon the terms and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.

 

The Notes are direct obligations of the Issuers but are not secured by any mortgage, pledge, hypothec or other charge.

 

ii



 

Upon compliance with the provisions of the Indenture, Notes of any denomination may be exchanged for an equal aggregate principal amount of Notes in any other authorized denomination or denominations.

 

So long as none of the Issuers is in default under the Indenture, the Issuers may purchase Notes in the open market, by tender or by private contract at any price.

 

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event (as defined in the Second Supplemental Indenture), unless the Issuers have exercised any right to redeem the Notes, the Issuers will be required to make an offer to repurchase the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.1 of the Second Supplemental Indenture except if another Person makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer that would be required to be made by the Issuers in connection with a Change of Control Triggering Event, and such Person purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer.

 

The Principal Amount may become or be declared due before the Stated Maturity on the conditions, in the manner, with the effect and at the times set forth in the Indenture.

 

The Indenture contains provisions for the holding of meetings of Holders and making resolutions passed at such meetings and instruments in writing signed by the Holders of a specified percentage of the Notes outstanding binding on all Holders, subject to the provisions of the Indenture.

 

This Note may be transferred only upon compliance with the conditions prescribed in the  Indenture on one of the registers kept at the principal offices of the Trustee in Toronto, Ontario and at such other place or places, if any, and by such other registrar or registrars, if any, as the Issuers may designate, by the registered Holder hereof or the Holder’s legal representative or attorney duly appointed by an instrument in writing in form and execution satisfactory to the Trustee, and upon compliance with such reasonable requirements as the Trustee or other registrar may prescribe, and such transfer shall be duly noted hereon by the Trustee or other registrar.

 

[THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY U.S. STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING OR OTHERWISE HOLDING THESE SECURITIES, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE ULC, BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LLC, BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LIMITED AND BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE PTY LTD (THE “ISSUERS”) THAT SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ONLY: (A) TO THE ISSUERS, (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“REGULATION S”) AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS, (C) IN ACCORDANCE WITH (1) RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, IF AVAILABLE, OR (2) RULE 144 UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, IF AVAILABLE, AND, IN THE CASE OF (1) AND (2) ABOVE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE U.S. STATE SECURITIES LAWS, (D) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) IN ANOTHER TRANSACTION THAT DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR APPLICABLE U.S. STATE SECURITIES LAWS; PROVIDED THAT, IN THE CASE OF TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO (C)(2) OR (E) ABOVE, AN

 

iii



 

OPINION OF COUNSEL OF RECOGNIZED STANDING AND IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUERS AND THE TRUSTEE MUST FIRST BE PROVIDED THAT THE SALE OF SUCH SECURITIES IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.  DELIVERY OF THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT CONSTITUTE “GOOD DELIVERY” IN SETTLEMENT OF TRANSACTIONS ON STOCK EXCHANGES IN CANADA.] [Insert if appropriate]

 

The Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein.

 

This Note shall not become obligatory for any purpose until it has been certified by the manual signature of the Trustee under the Indenture.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF Brookfield Infrastructure Finance ULC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance LLC, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Limited and Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd have caused this Note to be signed by each of their respective representatives.  Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd executes this Note as a deed.

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE ULC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

iv



 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE PTY LTD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

Director or Company Secretary

 

v



 

(FORM OF TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE)

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE

 

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture referred to above.

 

 

· , as Canadian Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By: Certifying Officer

 

(FORM OF REGISTRATION PANEL)

(NO WRITING HEREON EXCEPT BY THE TRUSTEE OR OTHER REGISTRAR)

 

DATE OF
REGISTRY

 

IN WHOSE NAME
REGISTERED

 

SIGNATURE OF TRUSTEE
OR OTHER REGISTRAR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

vi



 

(FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER)

 

CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (Print or type assignee’s name, address and postal code)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (Insert assignee’s social insurance or security or tax identifying number)

 

 

 

and irrevocably appoint                        agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 

 

 

* Signature Guarantee

 


* The signature must be guaranteed by an authorized officer of a Schedule I Canadian chartered bank or by a medallion signature guarantee from a member of a recognized Medallion Signature Guarantee Program.

 

vii




Exhibit 4.11

 

GUARANTEE

 

THIS GUARANTEE is made as of the 11th day of March, 2015,

 

BY:

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P. , an exempted partnership formed under the laws of Bermuda (“ BIP ”)

 

 

 

 

 

- and -

 

 

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE L.P. , an exempted limited partnership formed under the laws of Bermuda (“ Holding LP ”)

 

 

 

 

 

- and -

 

 

 

 

 

BIP BERMUDA HOLDINGS I LIMITED , a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

- and -

 

 

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE HOLDINGS (CANADA) INC. , a company incorporated under the laws of Ontario

 

 

 

 

 

- and -

 

 

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE US HOLDINGS I CORPORATION , a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware

 

 

 

 

 

(each, a “ Guarantor ” and, collectively, the “ Guarantors ”)

 

 

 

IN FAVOUR OF:

 

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA , a trust company existing under the laws of Canada

 

 

 

 

 

(the “ Trustee ”)

 

RECITALS:

 

A.                                     The Issuers (as defined below) and the Trustee have entered into a second supplemental indenture dated as of the date hereof to the indenture dated as of October 10, 2012, as supplemented (but excluding, for greater certainty, the first supplemental indenture dated as of October 10, 2012) (as the same may be further amended, extended, restated,

 



 

supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of the Notes (as defined below).

 

B.                                     Each Issuer is either a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of each Guarantor.

 

C.                                     Each Guarantor will, directly or indirectly, benefit from the issuance of the Notes under the Indenture and, accordingly, desires to execute this Guarantee.

 

NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the foregoing and other benefits accruing to each Guarantor, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees with the Trustee as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                                                                Definitions

 

In this Agreement, all capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement will have the meanings given to such terms in the Indenture.  In addition, the following terms will have the following meanings:

 

1.1.1                                “Additional Guarantor” means a “Guarantor” as that term is defined in the Indenture, other than the Guarantors under this Agreement;

 

1.1.2                                “this Agreement” , “this Guarantee”, “herein” , “hereof” , “hereby” , “hereunder” and any similar expressions refer to this Guarantee as it may be supplemented, amended or restated from time to time, and not to any particular Article, section or other portion hereof;

 

1.1.3                                “Event of Default” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(a)                                  any Event of Default under the Indenture;

 

(b)                                  failure on the part of any Guarantor to perform or comply with Section 5.3 of this Agreement;

 

(c)                                   failure on the part of any Guarantor to perform any other covenant or agreement of the Guarantors under this Agreement, which failure continues for a period of 60 consecutive days after a written notice specifying such failure to perform has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Guarantors by the Trustee or Trustees or to the Guarantors and the Trustee or Trustees by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of Outstanding Notes; or

 

(d)                                  failure on the part of any Guarantor to make payment of any amounts payable by it under this Agreement;

 

1.1.4                                “Guaranteed Obligations” means the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Amounts, if any, and interest on all Notes issued by the Issuers under the Indenture from

 



 

time to time when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, and all other obligations and liabilities owing by the Issuers to the Trustee or Trustees under the Indenture, whether present or future, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, as principal or as surety, alone or with others, of whatsoever nature or kind, in any currency, under or in respect of the Indenture;

 

1.1.5                                Guarantors ” means, notwithstanding anything in the indenture dated as of October 10, 2012 to the contrary, collectively, BIP, Holding LP, BRM Holdco, Can Holdco and US Holdco, and each other material Subsidiary of Holding LP formed or acquired after the date hereof and which delivers a guarantee; and “Guarantor” means any of them;

 

1.1.6                                “Guarantors’ Counsel” means legal counsel retained by the Guarantors;

 

1.1.7                                Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register;

 

1.1.8                                “Issuers” means Brookfield Infrastructure Finance ULC, a corporation incorporated under the laws of Alberta, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance LLC, a company formed under the laws of Delaware, Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and Brookfield Infrastructure Finance Pty Ltd, a company incorporated under the laws of Australia, and each of their respective successors; “ Issuer ” means any one of them;

 

1.1.9                                Notes ” means the 3.452% medium term notes, Series 2, due March 11, 2022;

 

1.1.10                         “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate of a Guarantor or the general partner of a Guarantor, as applicable, signed by any one Board member or officer of such Guarantor or the general partner of such Guarantor, as applicable, in his capacity as an officer and not in his personal capacity;

 

1.1.11                         “Proceedings” means any receivership, insolvency, proposal, bankruptcy, compromise, arrangement, winding-up, dissolution or other similar judicial proceedings; and

 

1.1.12                         US Holdco ” means, notwithstanding anything in the indenture dated as of October 10, 2012 to the contrary, Brookfield Infrastructure US Holdings I Corporation.

 

1.2                                                                                Headings

 

The inclusion of headings in this Agreement is for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation hereof.

 

1.3                                                                                References to Articles and Sections

 

Whenever in this Agreement a particular Article, section or other portion thereof is referred to, such reference pertains to the Article, section or portion thereof contained herein unless otherwise indicated.

 



 

1.4                                                                               Currency

 

All amounts in this Agreement are stated and shall be paid in Canadian Currency, provided that if Guaranteed Obligations are outstanding in a Currency other than Canadian Currency, a Guarantor, at its option, may pay such amounts in such other Currency, to the extent that the Guaranteed Obligations are outstanding in such other Currency.

 

1.5                                                                                Gender and Number

 

In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa, words importing gender include all genders or the neuter, and words importing the neuter include all genders.

 

1.6                                                                                Invalidity of Provisions

 

Each of the provisions contained in this Agreement is distinct and severable and a declaration of invalidity or unenforceability of any such provision or part thereof by a court of competent jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the parties waive any provision of law which renders any provision of this Agreement invalid or unenforceable in any respect.

 

1.7                                                                                Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

1.8                                                                                Governing Law, Attornment

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably attorns to the jurisdiction of the courts of Ontario.

 

ARTICLE 2
GUARANTEE

 

2.1                                                                                Guarantee

 

Each Guarantor unconditionally, jointly and severally, guarantees the due payment of all Guaranteed Obligations.

 

2.2                                                                                Continuing Guarantee

 

The guarantee herein shall be a continuing guarantee of the payment of all the Guaranteed Obligations and shall apply to and secure any ultimate balance thereof due or remaining unpaid.  The guarantee herein shall not be considered as wholly or partially satisfied by the intermediate payment or satisfaction at any time of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 



 

ARTICLE 3
ENFORCEMENT OF GUARANTEE

 

3.1                                                                               Demand

 

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Guarantors shall, on demand by the Trustee or Trustees, forthwith pay to the Trustee or Trustees all Guaranteed Obligations for which such demand was made. Each Guarantor shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations of the Guarantors hereunder.

 

3.2                                                                                Right to Immediate Payment or Performance

 

The Trustee or Trustees shall not be bound to make any demand on or to seek or exhaust their recourse against the Issuers or any other Person before being entitled to demand payment from the Guarantors or any one of them and enforce their rights under this Agreement, and each Guarantor hereby renounces all benefits of discussion and division.

 

3.3                                                                                Trustee’s Statement

 

The statement in writing of the Trustee or Trustees as to the amount payable hereunder shall be binding upon the Guarantors and conclusive against them in the absence of manifest error.

 

ARTICLE 4
PROTECTION OF TRUSTEE

 

4.1                                                                                Liability Absolute

 

The liability of the Guarantors hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be discharged, diminished or in any way affected by:

 

4.1.1                                any amalgamation, merger, consolidation or reorganization of an Issuer, a Guarantor or a Trustee, or any continuation of an Issuer, a Guarantor or a Trustee from the statute under which it now or hereafter exists to another statute, whether under the laws of the same jurisdiction or another jurisdiction;

 

4.1.2                                any change in the name, business, objects, capital structure, ownership, constating documents, by-laws or resolutions of an Issuer, a Guarantor or a Trustee, including without limitation any transaction (whether by way of transfer, sale or otherwise) whereby all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets of an Issuer, a Guarantor or a Trustee becomes the property of any other Person;

 

4.1.3                                any Proceedings of or affecting an Issuer, a Guarantor, a Trustee or any other Person, and any court orders made or action taken by an Issuer, a Guarantor, a Trustee or any other Person under or in connection with those Proceedings, whether or not those Proceedings or orders or that action results in any of the matters described in Section 4.2 occurring with or without the consent of the Trustee or Trustees;

 



 

4.1.4                                any defence, counterclaim or right of set-off available to an Issuer; and

 

4.1.5                                any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute in whole or in part a defence available to, or a discharge of, a Guarantor, an Issuer or any other Person in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations or the liability of a Guarantor.

 

4.2                                                                                Dealings by Trustee

 

The Trustee or Trustees may from time to time in their absolute discretion, without discharging, diminishing or in any way affecting the liability of the Guarantors hereunder:

 

4.2.1                                enforce or take action under or abstain from enforcing or taking action under the Indenture, any other guarantee or any other agreement;

 

4.2.2                                renew all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or grant extensions of time or any other indulgences to an Issuer or to any other guarantor or other Person liable directly or as surety for all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;

 

4.2.3                                accept or make any compositions or arrangements with or release, discharge or otherwise deal with or abstain from dealing with an Issuer or any other guarantor or other Person liable directly or as surety for all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;

 

4.2.4                                apply all money at any time received from any Issuer in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations upon such part of the Guaranteed Obligations as the Trustee or Trustees may see fit or change any such application in whole or in part from time to time as each of them may see fit;

 

4.2.5                                in whole or in part prove or abstain from proving a claim of the Trustee or Trustees in any Proceedings of or affecting an Issuer or any other Person; and

 

4.2.6                                agree with an Issuer, any other guarantor or any other Person to do anything described in Sections 4.2.1 to 4.2.5,

 

whether or not any of the matters described above occur alone or in connection with one or more other such matters.

 

ARTICLE 5
COVENANTS OF THE GUARANTORS

 

5.1                                                                                Limitations on Indebtedness

 

The Guarantors will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, issue, incur, assume or otherwise become liable for or in respect of any Funded Indebtedness unless, after giving effect thereto, the Funded Indebtedness of BIP, calculated on a consolidated basis, would not exceed 75% of Total Consolidated Capitalization.

 



 

5.2                                                                               Limitations on Liens

 

No Guarantor will create, incur, assume or permit to exist any lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, unless at the same time the Notes are secured equally and ratably with such lien, provided that this will not apply to Permitted Encumbrances. Upon being advised by the Guarantors in writing in an Officer’s Certificate that security has been provided for the Guaranteed Obligations on an equal and ratable basis in connection with the grant to a third party of security and subsequently such security to the third party is released, the Trustee will forthwith release the security granted for the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

5.3                                                                               Limitations Concerning Merger, Consolidations and Certain Asset Sales

 

No Guarantor shall enter into any transaction or series of transactions whereby all or substantially all of its undertaking, property and assets would become the property of any other Person (herein called a “ Successor ”), whether by way of conveyance, transfer, lease, reorganization, consolidation, amalgamation, arrangement, merger, transfer, sale or otherwise (herein a “ Successor Transaction ”), unless:

 

(a)                                  the Successor shall have executed, prior to or contemporaneously with the consummation of any such transaction, an assumption of the obligations of the applicable Guarantor under this Agreement, including the due and punctual payment of all amounts payable hereunder, and such other instruments as in the opinion of the Guarantors’ Counsel are necessary or advisable to evidence the agreement of the Successor to observe and perform all the covenants and obligations of the applicable Guarantor under this Agreement;

 

(b)                                  immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default, and event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing; and

 

(c)                                   such Guarantor or such Successor shall have delivered to the Trustee or Trustees an opinion of Guarantors’ Counsel (for which the provider of such opinion may rely on an Officer’s Certificate for factual matters), to the effect that such Successor Transaction complies with this Section 5.3 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such Successor Transaction have been complied with.

 

provided, however, the provisions of this Section 5.3 shall not be applicable to any transaction between or among any one or more of any Issuer, any Guarantor, an Additional Guarantor and/or any Subsidiary of any of them.

 

Upon any Successor Transaction in accordance with this Section 5.3, the Successor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the applicable Guarantor under this Guarantee with the same effect as if such Successor had been named as such Guarantor herein, and in the event of any such conveyance or transfer, such Guarantor (which term shall for this purpose mean the Person named as such “Guarantor” in the first paragraph of this Guarantee or any successor Person which shall theretofore become such in

 


 

the manner described in this Section 5.3), shall be discharged of all obligations and covenants under this Guarantee and may be dissolved and liquidated.

 

ARTICLE 6
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

6.1                                                                                Representations and Warranties

 

Each Guarantor represents and warrants to the Trustee or Trustees as follows:

 

6.1.1                                it is duly created and existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation or incorporation, as applicable, and has the power and capacity to own its properties and assets and to carry on its business as presently carried on by it;

 

6.1.2                                it has the power and capacity to enter into this Agreement and to do all acts and things as are required or contemplated hereunder to be done, observed and performed by it;

 

6.1.3                                it has taken all necessary corporate and, if applicable, partnership action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement;

 

6.1.4                                if applicable, there is no unanimous shareholder agreement which restricts, in whole or in part, the powers of the directors of such Guarantor to manage or supervise the business and affairs of such Guarantor;

 

6.1.5                                the entering into of this Agreement and the performance by such Guarantor of its obligations hereunder does not and will not contravene, breach or result in any default under the constating documents of such Guarantor or under any material mortgage, lease, agreement or other legally binding instrument, license, permit or law to which such Guarantor is a party or by which such Guarantor or any of its properties or assets may be bound and will not result in or permit the acceleration of the maturity of any indebtedness, liability or obligation of such Guarantor under any material mortgage, lease, agreement or other legally binding instrument of or affecting such Guarantor; and

 

6.1.6                                no authorization, consent or approval of, of filing with or notice to, any Person or governmental body is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by such Guarantor.

 

ARTICLE 7
DEFAULT

 

7.1                                                                                Judgment Against the Guarantor

 

In case of any judicial or other proceedings to enforce the rights of the Holders, judgment may be rendered against a Guarantor in favour of the Holders or in favour of the Trustee or Trustees, as trustee(s) for the Holders, for any amount which may remain due in respect of the Notes and the interest thereon.

 



 

7.2                                                                                Immunity of Shareholders, Directors and Officers

 

The Trustee or Trustees and the Holders by their acceptance of the Notes hereby waive and release any right, cause of action or remedy now or hereafter existing in any jurisdiction against any past, present or future incorporator, shareholder, director, officer or partner of a Guarantor or the general partner of a Guarantor, as applicable, or of any successor thereof for the payment of the principal of or premium or interest on any of the Notes or on any covenant, agreement, representation or warranty by a Guarantor herein or in the Notes contained.

 

7.3                                                                                Recourse Against BIP and Holding LP

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Guarantee or the Indenture to the contrary, the obligations of BIP and Holding LP hereunder will be performed, satisfied and paid only out of, and enforced only against, and recourse will only be had against, the assets of BIP and Holding LP, respectively. This Agreement and the obligations of BIP and Holding LP hereunder will not be personally binding upon, and resort will not be had to, nor will recourse or satisfaction be sought from the private property of any of the limited partners of BIP and Holding LP, respectively.

 

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.1                                                                                Incorporation by Reference

 

The provisions of Sections 1.5 (Notices, etc. to Trustee and Issuers) and 1.6 (Notice to Holders; Waiver), and Articles 6 (The Trustees), 9 (Supplemental Indentures) and 15 (Meetings of Holders of Notes) of the Indenture shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Guarantee.

 

8.2                                                                                Payment of Costs and Expenses

 

The Guarantors shall pay to the Trustee or Trustees on demand all  reasonable costs and expenses of the Trustee or Trustees, their officers, employees and agents and any receiver or receiver-manager appointed by them or by a court in connection with this Agreement, including, without limitation, in connection with:

 

8.2.1                                any actual or proposed amendment or modification hereof or any waiver hereunder and all instruments supplemental or ancillary thereto;

 

8.2.2                                obtaining advice as to the Trustee’s or Trustees’ rights and responsibilities under this Agreement; and

 

8.2.3                                the defence, establishment, protection or enforcement of any of the rights or remedies of the Trustee or Trustees under this Agreement including, without limitation, all costs and expenses of establishing the validity and enforceability of, or of collection of amounts owing under, this Agreement;

 

and further including, without limitation, all of the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of the Trustee’s or Trustees’ lawyers, on a substantial indemnity basis, incurred in connection

 



 

therewith and all sales or value-added taxes payable by the Trustee or Trustees (whether refundable or not) on all such costs and expenses.

 

8.3                                                                                No Waiver

 

No delay on the part of the Trustee or Trustees in the exercise of any right, power or remedy hereunder or otherwise shall operate as a waiver thereof, and no single or partial exercise by the Trustee or Trustees of any right, power or remedy shall preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.  No action of the Trustee or Trustees permitted hereunder shall in any way impair or affect their rights, powers or remedies under this Agreement.

 

8.4                                                                                Termination

 

For greater certainty, this Guarantee shall terminate and be of no further force and effect at the earlier of the date that: (i) the Guaranteed Obligations have been indefeasibly paid or performed in full; and (ii) all of the Notes have been purchased by an Affiliate of any Issuer in accordance with the Indenture.

 

8.5                                                                                Successors and Assigns

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and enure to the benefit of the Trustee or Trustees and their successors and assigns.

 

8.6                                                                                Copy Received

 

Each Guarantor acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Agreement.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF each Guarantor has executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P. , by its general partner, BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

by:

“Gregory E.A. Morrison”

 

 

Name:

Gregory E.A. Morrison

 

 

Title:

  President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE L.P. , by its managing general partner, BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS L.P. , by its general partner, BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE PARTNERS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

by:

“Gregory E.A. Morrison”

 

 

Name:

  Gregory E.A. Morrison

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BIP BERMUDA HOLDINGS I LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

by:

“Gregory E.A. Morrison”

 

 

Name:

Gregory E.A. Morrison

 

 

Title:

Director

 



 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE HOLDINGS (CANADA) INC.

 

 

 

 

 

by:

“Samuel Pollock”

 

 

Name:

Samuel Pollock

 

 

Title:

  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE US HOLDINGS I CORPORATION

 

 

 

by:

“Brett Fox”

 

 

Name:

Brett Fox

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 




Exhibit 12.1

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Samuel Pollock, certify that:

 

1.                                       I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P.;

 

2.                                       Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                                       Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                                       The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a.                                       Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b.                                       Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c.                                        Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d.                                       Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the Annual Report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                                       The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the

 



 

audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a.                                       All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b.                                       Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Dated: March 17, 2015

 

 

/s/ Samuel Pollock

 

Name:

Samuel Pollock

 

Title:

CEO, Brookfield Infrastructure Group L.P.

 

 

2




Exhibit 12.2

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Bahir Manios, certify that:

 

1.                                       I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P.;

 

2.                                       Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                                       Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                                       The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a.                                       Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b.                                       Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c.                                        Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d.                                       Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the Annual Report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                                       The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the

 



 

audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a.                                       All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b.                                       Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Dated: March 17, 2015

 

 

/s/ Bahir Manios

 

Name:

Bahir Manios

 

Title:

CFO, Brookfield Infrastructure Group L.P.

 

 

2




Exhibit 13.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

The undersigned, who is carrying out the functions of chief executive officer for Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P. (the “Partnership”) pursuant to an Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement, dated March 27, 2014, among Brookfield Asset Management Inc., the Partnership, Brookfield Infrastructure L.P. and others, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to his knowledge, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, (i) the annual report of the Partnership on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 (the “Annual Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (ii) the information contained in the Annual Report fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Partnership.

 

Dated:  March 17, 2015

 

 

 

/s/ Samuel Pollock

 

Samuel Pollock

 

CEO, Brookfield Infrastructure Group L.P.

 




Exhibit 13.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

The undersigned, who is carrying out the functions of chief financial officer for Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P. (the “Partnership”) pursuant to an Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement, dated March 27, 2014, among Brookfield Asset Management Inc., the Partnership, Brookfield Infrastructure L.P. and others, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to his knowledge, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, (i) the annual report of the Partnership on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 (the “Annual Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (ii) the information contained in the Annual Report fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Partnership.

 

Dated:  March 17, 2015

 

 

 

/s/ Bahir Manios

 

Bahir Manios

 

CFO, Brookfield Infrastructure Group L.P.

 




Exhibit 15.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-188410 on Form F-3 of our reports dated March 17, 2015, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P., and the effectiveness of Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P.’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Brookfield Infrastructure Partners L.P. for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

 

/s/ Deloitte LLP

 

 

 

Chartered Professional Accountants, Chartered Accountants

 

Licensed Public Accountants

 

Toronto, Canada

 

 

 

March 17, 2015